Language

ENहिગુ
Scripture Library

Tripura Rahasya · Chapter p1

p1.1

tripurārahasyam (jñānakhaṇḍam)
śrīnivāsabhaṭṭaviracitatātparyadīpikāvyākhyāsaṃvalitam
oṃ namaḥ kāraṇānandarūpiṇī paracinmayī /
virājate jagaccitracitradarpaṇarūpiṇī

p1.1

jayatyeṣā parā śrīmattripurā sarvasākṣiṇī /
yā sevakānuddharati saṃsṛtergururūpiṇī //
natvā vighneśvaraṃ devaṃ tripurāyā rahasyake /
jñānakhaṇḍasya tātparyadīpikeyaṃ pratanyate //
jñānakhaṇḍamahāmbhodhiṃ guruvākplavamāśritaḥ /
titīrṣurasmi śrīdevīpadanāvikasaṅgateḥ //
iha khalu hāritāyano bhagavān duḥkhapaṅkanimagnajanoddidhīrṣayā
tripurārahasyamitihāsottamaṃ padyarūpaṃ saṃdṛbdhavān / tatra ca mukhyaṃ
vivakṣitaṃ paramapuruṣārthasādhanameva [k, kh: para-]
vijñānam / tadādau ca tatsādhanāgryabhaktinidānaṃ māhātmyakhaṇḍamāracayaya
samprati māhātmyaśrutyādipariṇatādhikārāṇāṃ [kh: kāriṇāṃ]
jijñāsūnāṃ svātmatattvāvagamāya prāripsitaṃ jñānakhaṇḍaṃ nirvighnena
samāpayituṃ prakaraṇapratipādyasvātmadevatānamanarūpaṃ maṅgalaṃ
sampradāyapravartanāya granthato racayati - oṃ nama iti / kāraṇātmako ya
ānandaḥ aviśeṣāt sarvakāraṇabrahmānandaḥ / sa eva rūpamasyāḥ / evaṃvidhā
parā anavacchinna yā cit tanmayī tadekarūpā / tathā [g: tathā ca]
jagadevādabhutacitraṃ tasya darpaṇavat pratibimbāśrayaṃ rūpamasyāḥ /
evaṃrūpā oṃkāranirdeśyā yā virājate viśeṣatastattadrūpeṇa sāmānyarūpeṇa ca
prakāśate / tasyai namaḥ / anavacchinnacittattvaṃ śāstraprameyaṃ
tadevānandamayaṃ jagatkāraṇaṃ na prakṛtyādidarpaṇe pratibimbavattasyāmeva
jagaccitrabhāsanamiti samastaśāstrārthagarbhitaṃ ślokatātparyam / atra
khaṇḍatrayamapi [māhātmya-jñāna-caryātmakaṃ
khaṇḍatrayam] śivaśaktipraṇavasampuṭitam oṃ nama ityārabhya tripuraiva
hrīmiti samāpanāt / tasyedaṃ tātparyam - śivaśaktirūpamakhilaṃ jagat
svātmacittattvamātramiti bodhanārthamidaṃ prakaraṇamiti

p1.2

p. २)
śrutaṃ kaccinnāradaitat sāvadhānena cetasā /
māhātmyaṃ tripurākhyāyā yacchruti parasādhanam

p1.2

ādye'dhyāye sūtamitapadyaiḥ [ka-ṭa-pa-yavargabhavairiha
piṇḍāntyairakṣarairaṅkāḥ / netre śūnyaṃ jñeyaṃ tathā svare kevale kathite // iti
bhāskararāyeṇa svakīyanāthanavaratnamālāmañjūṣāyāmuddhṛtaślokasya
prāmāṇyena sa ta iti varṇābhyāṃ ७ ६ aṅkayorgrahaṇam aṅkānāṃ vāmato gatiḥ
iti kṛtvā ६७ ślokātmaka ādyo'dhyāya iti sūcyate sa ta iti saṃketākṣarābhyā /
evamevānyatrāpyadhyāyaṭīkārambhaślokeṣu jñeyam /] pūjādyupāsanaiḥ /
śuddhacittasya rāmasya vicārodaya ucyate //
śrotāramabhimukhayituṃ śrutamityādi

p1.3

atha te kathayāmyadya jñānakhaṇḍaṃ mahādbhutam /
yacchrutvā na punaḥ kvāpi manuṣyaḥ śokamṛcchati

p1.3

mahādbhutatvamevāha - yacchrutveti

p1.4

vaidikaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ śaivaṃ śāktaṃ pāśupataṃ tathā /
vijñānaṃ samyagālocya yadetat praviniścitam

p1.4

prakṛtajñānasya sarvottamatvaṃ vaktumāha - vaidikamiti /
vaidikamaupaniṣadam / vaiṣṇavaṃ pāñcarātroktam / śaivaṃ ṣaḍarddhaśāstrīyam
/ śāktaṃ mahocchuṣmādyuktam / pāśupataṃ kāmokoktam / vijñānam
ātmatattvaniścāyakopapattijālam [k: tattvaṃ niścā-]

p1.5

p. ३)
naitadvijñānasadṛśamanyad mānasamāruhet /
mayā śrīdattaguruṇā bhārgavāya nirūpitam

p1.5

sarvottamatvādevāha - naitaditi / dattagurunirūpitaṃ yathā mānasamāruhenna
tathānyadityarthaḥ

p1.6

upapattyupalabdhibhyāṃ sametaṃ bahu citritam /
atroktenāpi no veda yadi kaścidvimūḍhadhīḥ

p1.6

kuta evam? tadāha - upapattiti / upapattiryuktiḥ / upalabdhranubhavaḥ /
bahukathācitritam / atroktaṃ [k: atrokta] jñānaṃ cittamāruhedeveti
vyatirekamukhena draḍhayati - atreti

p1.7

sa kevalaṃ daivahataḥ sthāṇureva na saṃśayaḥ /
na tasya syādapi jñānaṃ sākṣācchivanirūpitam

p1.8

tatte śṛṇu samākhyāsye jñānakhaṇḍātmanā sthitam /
aho satāmadbhutaṃ [k: sattam-] hi vṛttaṃ sarvaguṇottaram

p1.8

tad jñānakhaṇḍātmanā sthitaṃ śāstram / sarvajñakalpaṃ nāradaṃ
svasmādākhyānaṃ śuśrūṣantaṃ stauti - aho iti / sarvaguṇairuttaraṃ
śreṣṭham

p1.9

yanmatto'pyeṣa devarṣiḥ śuśruṣatyapi kiñcana /
anugrāhakatā caiṣā satāṃ sahajasambhavā

p1.9

eṣā śuśruṣā

p1.10

yathā grāṇollāsakatā mṛganābheḥ svataḥ sthitā /
evaṃ dattātreyamukhācchrutvā māhātmyavaibhavam

p1.10

evaṃ māhatmyakhaṇḍoktavat [tripurārahasya māhātmyakhaṇḍaṃ १९३२ ī०
varṣe vārāṇasīsthakāśīsaṃskṛtagranthamālāyāṃ mudritamatra
draṣṭavyam]

p1.11

rāmaḥ sarvajanārāmo jāmadagnyaḥ śubhāśayaḥ /
bhaktyāpahṛtasaccittastūṣṇīṃ kiñcid babhūva ha

p1.11

bhaktyā apahṛtaṃ nilīnaṃ sat śuddhaṃ cittaṃ yasya

p1.12

p. ४)
athasādya bahirvṛttiṃ [k: vṛtti] bharitānandalocanaḥ /
romāñcapīvaravapuḥ svāntarānandanirbharaḥ

p1.12

ānanda ānandāśruḥ / svīyaḥ āntro [k: antaro] bhaktijanito ya ānandaḥ
tena nirbharaḥ pūrṇaḥ

p1.13

harṣo'māyan [k: harṣo nā-] romakūpavibhedānnirgamanniva /
praṇanāma dattaguruṃ daṇḍavaccaraṇāntike

p1.13

svāntaramāyan yo harṣaḥ sa romakūpavibhedānnirgamanniva
romāñcapīvaravapuriti sambandhaḥ

p1.14

utthāya harṣabharitaḥ prāha gadgadasusvaraḥ /
dhanyo'haṃ kṛtakṛtyo'haṃ śrīguro tvatprasādataḥ

p1.14

yatprāha - tadevāha - dhanya iti

p1.15

yasya me karuṇāsindhustuṣṭaḥ sākṣād guruḥ śivaḥ /
yasmiṃstuṣṭe brahmapadamapi syāt tṛṇasammitam

p1.16

mṛtyurapyātmatāṃ yāti yasmāttuṣṭād gurornanu /
mamākāṇḍādeva guruḥ so'dya tuṣṭo maheśvaraḥ

p1.16

gurutoṣahetuko mṛtyurātmatāṃ yātīti / akāṇḍād animittena / sa bahuprayāsena
toṣaṇīyaḥ

p1.17

manye sarvaṃ mayā prāptamityeva kṛpayā guroḥ /
nātha māhātmyamakhilaṃ śrutaṃ tvatkṛpayādhunā

p1.17

guruṃ pratyāha - nāthetyādi

p1.18

tāmupāsitumicchāmi tripurāṃ parameśvarīm /
tadupāstikramaṃ brūhi mahyaṃ sukṛpayā guro

p1.19

iti saṃprārthito dattagururālakṣya bhārgave /
yogyatāṃ tripuropāstau sacchraddhābhaktibṛṃhitām

p1.20

krameṇa dīkṣyāmāsa tripuropāstihetave /
jāmadagnyo'pi saṃprāpya traipuraṃ dīkṣaṇaṃ śubham [k: śubhe]

p1.21

p. ५)
sarvadīkṣāsamadhikaṃ pūrṇatattvaprabodhanam /
mantrayantravāsanābhiranvitaṃ [k: tama] nikhilaṃ kramam

p1.21

mantrayantrayorvāsanā bhāvanābhedāḥ / kramaḥ paddhatiḥ [k:
kramapaddhatiḥ]

p1.22

prāpya śrīguruvaktrābjādrasaṃ madhukaro yathā /
tṛptāntaraṅga ānandamādito [kh, g: modito] bhārgavastadā

p1.22

upāstikramajijñāsānivṛttistṛptiḥ tajjanitānandapūrṇatvānmādito [k:
māditottamaḥ] mattaḥ

p1.23

śrīnāthenābhyanujñātastripurāsādhanodyataḥ /
parikramya guruṃ natvā mahendrādrimupāyayau

p1.24

tatra nirmāya vasatiṃ śubhāmatisukhāvahām /
abhūdupāsanaparo varṣadvādaśakaṃ tadā

p1.25

nityanaimittikaparaḥ pūjājapaparāyaṇaḥ /
sadā śrītripureśānyā mūrtidhyānaikatatparaḥ

p1.26

evaṃ tasyātyāgāt kālo dvādaśābdo nimeṣavat /
athaikadā [gh: tatha-] sukhāsīno nāmadagnyo'nucintayat

p1.27

purā yatprāha saṃvarto mayā svabhyarthitaḥ pathi /
tanmayā naiva viditamaṃśenāpi tadā nanu

p1.27

purā rāmātparājayānantaram / etacca māhātmyakhaṇḍe jñeyam / tat saṃvartoktaṃ
jñānam

p1.28

vismṛtaṃ ca mayā yasmāt prāṅna pṛṣṭaṃ guruṃ prati /
māhātmyaṃ tripurāśakteḥ śrutaṃ śrīguruvaktrataḥ

p1.28

praṣṭuṃ vismṛtam

p1.29

parantu tatra viditaṃ yatsaṃvartaḥ purā'bravīt /
mayā sṛṣṭiprasaṅgena pṛṣṭaṃ kiñcid guruṃ prati

p1.29

mayā sṛṣṭītyādyapi prathamakhaṇḍe [māhātmyakhaṇḍe daśamādhyāye
४९-६२ ślokeṣu] jñeyam

p1.30

p. ६)
tadā kaṭakṛdākhyānaṃ varṇayitvā ca me guruḥ /
nābravīdaprakṛtatastanme tattādṛśaṃ sthitam

p1.30

kuto nābravīttadāha - aprakṛtata iti / tādṛśam aviditam

p1.31

lokasya gatimetāṃ tu na jānāmyapi leśataḥ /
kasmādidaṃ samuditaṃ jagadāḍambaraṃ mahat

p1.32

kutra vā gacchati punaḥ kutra saṃsthānamṛcchati /
asthiraṃ tu prapaśyāmi sarvaṃ sarvatra kiñcana

p1.32

asthiraṃ pratikṣaṇapariṇāmi

p1.33

vyavahāraḥ sthiraprāyaḥ kasmādetadapīdṛśam /
citrāṃ jagadvyavahṛtiṃ prapaśyāmyavimarśinīm

p1.33

viṣayasyāsthiratve kathaṃ tadviṣayakavyavahāro'yaṃ grāmo matputrārthaṃ
sampādita iti sthiraprāyo bhavatīti vismayannāha - vyavahāra iti /
avimarśinīmavicāravatīm

p1.34

aho yathāndhānugato hyandhaśceṣṭati tādṛśaḥ /
lokasya vyavahāro vai sarvasyāpyabhilakṣitaḥ

p1.34

andhaparamparayaiva vyavahāra ityāha - aho iti

p1.35

nidarśanaṃ hyātmakṛtiratra me sarvathā bhavet /
nūnaṃ mama śaiśave kiṃ jātaṃ tanme na bhāvitam

p1.35

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ svasyācāraṇamevetyāha - nidarśanamiti / ātmanaḥ
kṛtirvyavahāraḥ / tadevāha - nūnamiti / me mayā

p1.36

kaumāre cānyathā vṛttaṃ tāruṇye'pi tato'nyathā /
idānīmanyathaivāti vyāpāro mama sarvathā

p1.37

kimabhūt phalameteṣāṃ tanna vedmi kathañcana /
yadyatkāle yacca yacca kriyate yena yena vai

p1.38

p. ७)
samyageveti tadbuddhvā phalāvaṣṭambhapūrvakam /
phalaṃ kiṃ tatra saṃprāptaṃ kena vā sukhamātmanaḥ

p1.38

phalāvaṣṭambhaḥ phalaprāptiniścayaḥ

p1.39

yaccāpi loke phalavadavimṛśya phalaṃ hi tat /
na phalaṃ tadahaṃ manye punaryasmāt karoti saḥ

p1.39

yacca phalaṃ dhanādi tasyāvicāreṇaiva phalatvamityāha - yacceti

p1.40

prāpte phale phalecchāvān punarbhūyāt kathaṃ vada /
yasmānnityaṃ karotyeva janaḥ sarvaḥ phelehayā

p1.41

phalābhimataprāptyanantaraṃ pravṛttikāraṇecchāyā evodayaḥ kathamityāha ##-
phalaṃ tadeva saṃproktaṃ duḥkhahāniḥ sukhaṃ ca vā /
kartavyaśeṣe no duḥkhanāśo vā sukhameva vā

p1.41

nanu kiñcitphalaprāptāvapi phalāntaraprāptyarthaṃ karaṇaṃ
yuktamevetyāśaṅkya neti vaktuṃ phalasvarūpaṃ nirūpayati - phalamiti /
abhāvasyāsato na phalatvaṃ yuktamityāha - sukhaṃ ca veti

p1.42

kartavyataiva duḥkhānāṃ paramaṃ duḥkhamucyate /
tatsattve tu kathaṃ te sto duḥkhābhāvaḥ sukhaṃ ca vā

p1.42

duḥkhānāṃ madhye kartavyataiva paramaṃ mahad duḥkham / te duḥkhābhāvaḥ
sukhaṃ ceti dve

p1.43

yathā dagdhākhilāṅgasya pāde pāṭīralepanam /
tathā kartavyaśeṣasya sukhalābha ihocyate

p1.43

etadeva dṛṣṭāntairupapādayati - yathetyādi

p1.44

yathā śarāviddhahṛdaḥ pariṣvaṅgo'psarogaṇaiḥ /
tathā kartavyaśeṣasya sukhalābha ihocyate

p1.45

yathā kṣayāmayāviṣṭanarasya gītasaṃśrutiḥ /
tathā kartavyaśeṣasya sukhalābha ihocyate

p1.46

sukhanaste hi lokeṣu ye'kartavyatayā sthitāḥ /
pūrṇāśayā mahātmānaḥ sarvadehasuśītalāḥ

p1.46

tarhi kaḥ sukhītyākāṅkṣāyāmāha - sukhina iti / na kartavyaṃ yasya
tadbhāvo'kartavyatā / idameva sukhināṃ [k: sukhinām / na kṣaṇa]
lakṣaṇamiti bhavaḥ / sukhinamitarasmādvivecayitumāha - pūrṇetyādi /
anyeṣāṃ prāptavyaśeṣādapūrṇaḥ kāmitāprāptyā rikta āśayaścittam / tathānye
mahātmānaḥ svātmānaṃ nyūnaṃ manyamānāḥ / spaṣṭaṃ caitat /
sārvabhaumo'pīndrāt svātmānaṃ nyūnaṃ manyata iti / mūrdhni mukuṭasattve'pi
kaṇṭhe [kh: kaṇṭhe nāsti] hārābhāvena duḥkhānuvṛtteḥ na te
sarvāṅgaśītalāśca

p1.47

p. ८)
yadi kartavyaśeṣe'pi sukhaṃ syāt kenacit kvacit /
śūlaprote'pi ca nare syāt sukhaṃ gandhamālyajam

p1.47

kenacid vastramālyādinā

p1.48

aho mahaccitrametat kartavyaśatasaṃkule /
sukhamastīha yasyārthe karotyeva sadā janaḥ

p1.49

aho vicāramāhātmyaṃ kiṃ vadāmi nṛṇāmaham /
anantakartavyaśailākrāntāḥ suakhyaṃ labhanti ca

p1.50

yathā [k: tathā] saukhyāya yatate sārvabhaumastu sarvadā /
tathaiva yatate nityamapi bhikṣāṭane rataḥ

p1.51

pṛthak tau prāpnutaḥ saukhyaṃ manyete kṛtakṛtyatām /
tadyena yānti sarve'pi yāmyahaṃ tānanukramāt

p1.51

yenāvicāritena mārgeṇa kramād yānti tānahamanuyāmi

p1.52

anālocya phalaṃ cāpi yathāndho'ndhānugastathā /
tadalaṃ medhayānena bhūyo gatvā dayānidhim

p1.52

atra hetuḥ - phalamanālocyeti / medhayā avicārajanitaniścayena / anena
vicāreṇa saha gatvā / yāvadvicāro na naśyettāvaditi tātparyam

p1.53

vijijñāsitajijñāsyo vicikitsāmbudheḥ param /
pāraṃ prapatsye suśubhaṃ guruvākplavamāśritaḥ

p1.53

vicikitsā sandehaḥ / guruvāgeva plavo nauḥ tamāśritaḥ [k: tāmāśritaḥ]

p1.54

p. ९)
iti vyavasya sahasā jāmadagnyaḥ śubhāśayaḥ /
pratasthe tadgirivarād gurudarśanakāṅkṣyā

p1.55

gandhamādanaśailendraṃ prāpya śīghramapaśyata /
guruṃ padmāsanāsīnaṃ bhūbhāsvantamiva sthitam

p1.56

praṇanāma pādapīṭhapurato bhuvi daṇḍavat /
śirasā'pīḍayat pādapadmaṃ nijakarāśritam

p1.57

athaivaṃ praṇataṃ rāmaṃ dattātreyaḥ prasannadhiḥ /
āśirbhiryojayāmāsa samutthāpayadādarāt

p1.58

vatsottiṣṭha cirādadya tvāṃ paśyāmi samāgatam /
brūhi svātmabhavaṃ vṛttaṃ nirāmayatayā [k: nirāmayāsthitam]
sthitam

p1.58

ātmabhavaṃ śarīrādau bhavamutpannam

p1.59

athotthāya gurūktyā sa gurvādiṣṭāgnyaviṣṭaraḥ /
upaviśya prasannātmā baddhāñjalipuṭo'bravīt

p1.60

śrīguro karuṇāsindho tvatkṛpāmṛta āplutaḥ /
kathaṃ sa paribhūyeta vidhisṛṣṭairathāmayaiḥ

p1.60

atheti apyarthaḥ / vidhisṛṣṭairapītyarthaḥ

p1.61

tvatkṛpātmāmṛtakaramaṇḍalāntaḥ sthitaṃ tu mām /
santāpayet kathaṃ vyādhiścaṇḍāṃśuratibhīṣaṇaḥ

p1.62

āntaraṃ bāhyamapi te kṛpayānanditaṃ mama /
sadā sthitaṃ kintu bhavatpādābjaviyutiṃ vinā

p1.62

āntaraṃ manaḥ / bāhyaṃ śarīram / bhavatpādābjayorviyutirviyogaḥ

p1.63

nānyadrujāvahaṃ kiñcidāsīnme leśataḥ kvacit /
tadbhavaccaraṇāmbhojadarśanādadya vai punaḥ

p1.64

p. १०)
sampūrṇatā samāpanā sarvathā śrīguro nanu /
tat kiñciccirasaṃvṛttaṃ hṛdi me parivartate

p1.64

ānandasya sampūrṇatā / cirakālāddhṛdi saṃvṛttam utpannaṃ praṣṭavyamiti

p1.65

tatpraṣṭuṃ tvābhivāñchāmi cirasaṃśayitāntaraḥ /
ājñapto bhavatādyāhaṃ pṛcchāmi vicikitsitam

p1.65

praṣṭavyārthe cirāt saṃśayitam āntaraṃ mano yasya

p1.66

saṃśrutyaivaṃ bhārgavoktiṃ dattātreyo dayānidhiḥ /
samprahṛṣṭamanā rāmamūce prītyātha bhārgavam

p1.67

pṛccha bhārgava yatte'dya praṣṭavyaṃ cirasambhṛtam /
tava bhaktyā prasanno'smi prabravīmi tavepsitam

p1.1

iti śrīmaditihāsottame tripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe bhārgavapraśne
prathamo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasyajñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ [g, gh:
śrītripurārahasye-] tātparyadīpikāyāṃ prathamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ११)
atha dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ
ityājñapto [k, g: asya ślokasya pūrvārdhottarārdhayoḥ
pustakayorviparyastaḥ pāṭhaḥ] jāmadagnyaḥ praṇamyā'trisutaṃ munim /
praśrayāvanato bhūtvā saṃpraṣṭumupacakrame

p1.1

atrādhyāye vedamitaiḥ padyaiḥ kartavyadūṣaṇam /
kriyate suvicārasya janistutirapīryate //
pṛcchetyājñaptaḥ / praśrayaḥ vinayaḥ

p1.2

bhagavan gurunāthārya sarvajña karuṇānidhe /
purā me nṛpavaṃśeṣu krodhaḥ kāraṇato hyabhūt

p1.2

svasya nirvedapāptiprakāramāha - pureti

p1.3

tadbhūyo nihitaṃ kṣātraṃ sagarbhaṃ sastanandhayam /
mayā triḥsaptakṛtvo vai kṣatrāsṛgbharite hrade

p1.3

tat krodhāddhetoḥ

p1.4

santarpitāḥ pitṛgaṇāstuṣṭā madbhaktigauravāt /
matkrodhaṃ śāmayāmāsuḥ śāntaḥ pitrājñayāpyaham

p1.5

sampratyayodhyāmadhyāste yaḥ śrīrāmo hariḥ svayam /
krodhāndhastena bhūyo'haṃ saṅgato baladarpitaḥ

p1.6

tena darpādbhagavatā cyāvitaśca parājitaḥ /
jīvan kathañcinnryāto brahmaṇyenānukampinā

p1.7

atha māmupasaṃprāpto nirvedaḥ paribhāvitam [gh: paribhāvitaḥ] /
tato'tyantaṃ pathi mayā bahudhā paridevitam

p1.7

paridevitaṃ pralapitam

p1.8

saṃvartamavadhūtendraṃ mārge'kasmāt samāsadam /
bhasmacchannāgnivad gūḍhaṃ kathañcidavidaṃ tadā

p1.8

samāsadamāsāditavān

p1.9

p. १२)
santapta iva nīhāraṃ taṃ sarvāṅgasuśītalam /
saṅgamyaivātiśiśirabhāvamāsādayaṃ tadā

p1.9

kīdṛśaṃ saṃvartaṃ kathaṃvidho rāma āsāditavān? tadāha - santapteti /
saṅgamaphalamāha - saṅgamyeti

p1.10

mayā svasthitimāpṛṣṭaḥ prāhāmṛtasupeśalam /
susārapiṇḍavat sarvaṃ niṣkṛṣya pratyapādayat

p1.10

peśalaṃ sundaram / sarvaṃ praśnārtham

p1.11

nāhaṃ tadaśakaṃ spraṣṭuṃ raṅko rājñīṃ yathā tathā /
bhūyaḥ saṃprārthitaḥ so'tha bhavantaṃ me vinirdiśat

p1.11

tat saṃvartoktam / raṅkaḥ daridrī

p1.12

tadbhavaccaraṇadvandvaṃ [gh: tanme andho tadbhava iti
paṅktikramaḥ] tata āsāditaṃ mayā /
andho janasamāyogamivātyantasukhāvaham

p1.13

tanme na viditaṃ kiñcit saṃvartamunirāha yat /
śrutaṃ māhātmyamakhilaṃ tripurābhaktikārakam

p1.13

tat saṃvartoktaṃ śravaṇādhikāraṃ svasminnāha - śrutamiti

p1.14

sā bhavadrūpiṇī devī hṛdi nityaṃ samāhitā /
evaṃ me vartamānasya kiṃ phalaṃ samavāpyate

p1.14

bhavadrūpiṇī gururūpiṇī / phalasya devatākāracittavṛtteḥ prāptatvāt
punarupāsanaṃ piṣṭapeṣaṇavadityāha - evamiti

p1.15

bhagavan kṛpayā brūhi yatsaṃvartaḥ purāvadat /
aviditvā ca tannāsti kvacīcca kṛtakṛtyatā

p1.15

kiṃ saṃvartoktena upāsanameva kurviti cedāha - aviditveti

p1.16

taduktamaviditvā tu yadyacca kriyate mayā /
tadvālakrīḍanamiva pratibhāti samantataḥ

p1.16

tadaviditvopāsanamanyadvā karma sarvaṃ vyarthamityāha - taduktamiti

p1.17

p. १३)
purā mayā hi bahuśaḥ kratubhirdakṣiṇocchrayaiḥ /
prabhūtānnagaṇairiṣṭā devāḥ śakramukhā nanu

p1.17

nanu na vyarthaṃ karmādīnāṃ phalasattvāditi cennetyāha - pureti /
dakṣiṇānām ucchraya ādhikyaṃ yeṣu

p1.18

tadalpaphalameveti śrutaṃ saṃvartavaktrataḥ /
manye tadahamalpaṃ yat duḥkhameveti sarvathā

p1.18

tadalpeti / evaṃvidhottamakarmaṇāmalpaphalatve kimanyeṣāmiti bhāvaḥ /
alpaphalatve'pi na phalābhāva ityāśaṅkyālpaphalasya duḥkhātmataivetyāha -
manya iti

p1.19

asukhaṃ nahi duḥkhaṃ syād duḥkhamalpaṃ sukhaṃ smṛtam /
yataḥ sukhātyaye duḥkhaṃ bhaved gurutaraṃ kila

p1.19

etadeva nirūpayati - asukhamiti / tatra hetuḥ - yata iti

p1.20

naitāvadeva caitasmādadhikaṃ cāsti vaibhavam /
mṛtyūpayogo yadbhūyo na tatra syāt kadācana

p1.20

nanu kṛtakarmadhārayālpasukhadhārā [kh: sukhādhāra] prāpteḥ kiṃ
jñāneneti cedāha - naitāvadeveti / bhayamevāha - mṛtyūpeti /
mṛtyugrasanaṃ karmabhirdurnivāramiti bhāvaḥ

p1.21

evameva bhavedyanme kriyate tripurāvidhau /
bālakrīḍeva me bhāti sarvaṃ tanmānasaṃ yataḥ

p1.21

nanu karmaivaṃvidhameva / upāsanaṃ tu
paradevatāsambandhānnaivamityāśaṅkyopāsanamapi śuṣkakarmatulyameva
phalata ityāha - evamiti / me mayā tripuropāsanavidhau kriyamāṇaṃ
karmavadevetyarthaḥ / ata eva bālakrīḍeveti / tatra hetuḥ - mānasaṃ yata iti

p1.22

etadyaduktaṃ bhavatā kartuṃ tat [k: tasyā] syādito'nyathā /
niyataṃ cāpyanyathā tad vacobhedasamāśrayāt

p1.22

upāsanasya karmatulyatāmāha - etaditi / yad upāsanam / vacobhedaḥ
śāstrabhedaḥ / śāstrāṇāṃ vividhatvena bhavaduktaprakāreṇānyathā vā
niyamenāniyamena vā kartuṃ śakyamityarthaḥ

p1.23

p. १४)
ālambabhedataścāpi vividhaṃ pratipadyate /
kathametat kratusamamasatyaphalasammitam

p1.23

śāligrāmanārmadādyālambanabhedena cānyathā kartuṃ śakyam / evamanekathā
pratipadyamānatvāt kratvādikarmasamametadupāsanamasatyaphalatvena sammitaṃ
niścitam / kratusamaṃ kathaṃ na bhavediti śeṣaḥ

p1.24

apyasatyātmakaṃ yasmāt kathaṃ satyasamaṃ bhavet /
athāpi nityaṃ [k: nitya] kartavyametannāsyāvadhiḥ kvacit

p1.25

mānasatvāt svarūpato'pyasatyaṃ yasmāttasmāt kathaṃ satyaphalajanakaṃ bhavet /
nāstyakṛtaḥ kṛtena (muṇḍa० १/२/१२) iti vacanāditi bhāvaḥ /
śāstrasyeśvarasaṅkalparūpatvenācintyatvānnaivaṃ vaktuṃ yuktamiti cedāha ##-
lakṣito me sa bhagavān [k, gh: bhagavan] saṃvartaḥ sarvaśītalaḥ
/
kartavyaleśaviṣamaviṣajvālāvinirgataḥ

p1.25

nanu yāvajjīvaṃ kurvata eva paraśreyaḥprāptiriti cedāha - lakṣita iti / me mayā
/ na tena śreyaḥ prāptamiti cedāha - sarvaśītala iti / na pratyakṣadṛṣṭe
vipratipattirityāśayaḥ / kuta evaṃ sa sarvaśītalastvayā jñātaḥ / tadāha -
kartavyeti / yato vinirgataḥ tataḥ śītalaḥ

p1.26

hasanniva lokatantramabhayaṃ mārgamāśritaḥ /
vane dāvāgnisaṅkīrṇe himāmbusthagajopamaḥ

p1.26

na ca sa kevalaṃ mūḍhaḥ pāpaphalabhāk yato'bhayaṃ mārgamāśrito
lokavyavahāraṃ hasannivāste / tasya sarvaśītalatve dṛṣṭāntaḥ - vana iti

p1.27

sarvakartavyavaikalyāmṛtasaṃsvādananditaḥ /
kathametāṃ daśāṃ prāpto yacca māmāha tatpurā

p1.27

kartavyavaidhuryamātreṇa kathaṃ sa mahāsukhī ? tadāha - sarveti /
kartavyataiva mahāduḥkhahetuḥ / vyavahāre śrāntidarśanāt tadabhāvādeva
sukham / suṣuptau sukhadarśanāditi bhāvaḥ / etāṃ daśāṃ
karmatyāgādabhayadaśāṃ saṃvartaḥ prāptaḥ

p1.28

p. १५)
sarvametat sukṛpayā guro me vaktumarhasi /
kartavyakālabhujaganigīrṇaṃ māṃ vimocaya

p1.28

kimetena te prayojanamiti cedāha - kartavyeti

p1.29

ityuktvā caraṇau mūrdhnā gṛhītvā daṇḍavannataḥ /
atha dṛṣṭvā tathābhūtaṃ bhārgavaṃ muktibhājanam [gh: bhakti]

p1.29

tathābhūtam ārtaṃ mumukṣum

p1.30

dayamānasvabhāvo'tha datto vaktumupākramat /
vatsa bhārgava dhanyo'si yasya te buddhirīdṛśī

p1.30

kartavyasya duḥkhahetutvabuddhiḥ

p1.31

abdhau nimajjato naukāsamprāptiriva saṅgatā /
etāvadeva sukṛtiḥ kriyābhirupasaṅgataḥ

p1.31

buddhiṃ stauti - abdhāviti / te saṅgatetyanvayaḥ / upāsanaṃ bālakrīḍanavad
vyarthamiti rāmeṇoktaṃ phalapradarśanena pratyāha - etāvaditi /
buddhiprāptimityarthaḥ

p1.32

svātmānamārohayati pade paramapāvane /
sā devī tripurā sarvahṛdayākāśarūpiṇī

p1.32

upasaṅgata ārohayatīti sambandhaḥ / paramapāvane nirdoṣe mokṣākhye / kathaṃ
kriyābhirbuddhiprāptyā padārohastadāha - seti / hṛdayākāśe'bhivyaktyā
tadrūpiṇī

p1.33

ananyaśaraṇaṃ bhaktaṃ pratyevaṃrūpiṇī drutam /
hṛdayāntaḥ pariṇatā mocayed mṛtyujālataḥ

p1.33

evaṃrūpiṇī proktabuddhirūpiṇī / proktabuddhyādirūpeṇa [k, kh, g:
buddhyā rūpeṇa] pariṇatā saiva mocayediti bhāvaḥ

p1.34

yāvat kartavyavetālānna bibheti dṛḍhaṃ naraḥ /
na tāvat sukhamāpnoti vetālāviṣṭavat sadā

p1.34

asyā buddhervyatirekamukhena padasādhanatāmāha - yāvaditi

p1.35

p. १६)
nṛṇāṃ kartavyakālāhisandaṣṭānāṃ kathaṃ śubham /
karālagaralajvālākrāntāṅgānāmiva kvacit

p1.35

sarpadaṣṭānāmiva kartavyayutānāṃ na sukhamityāha - nṛṇāmiti

p1.36

kartavyaviṣasaṃsargamūrcchitaṃ paśya vai jagat /
andhībhūtaṃ na jānāti kriyāṃ svasya hitātmikām

p1.36

na jānāti / evaṃrūpaṃ jagat paśya

p1.37

anyathā ceṣṭate bhūyo mohamāpadyate punaḥ /
evaṃvidho hi lokoayaṃ kartavyaviṣamūrcchitaḥ

p1.37

anyatheti / hitasādhanāya [k, kh, g: nāyatsā] tatsādhanaṃ
vihāyānyathā ceṣṭate / atra heturviṣamūrcchita iti

p1.38

anādikālato bhīme pacyate viṣasāgare /
yathā hi kecit pathikāḥ prāptā vindhyamahānagam [k: vindhyaṃ
mahā]

p1.38

evaṃ moho jīvasya kadāprabhṛti [k, g: bhṛtisampanna] sampanna iti
cedāha - anādīti / atra dṛṣṭāntatvenākhyāyikāmupakramate - yatheti

p1.39

kṣudhābharasamākrāntāḥ phalāni dadṛśurvane /
viṣamuṣṭiphalānyāśu tindukasya phalehayā

p1.40

bhakṣayāmāsuratyantakṣudhānaṣṭarasendriyāḥ /
atha te tadviṣajvālājvalitāṅgāḥ supīḍitāḥ

p1.40

nanu viṣamuṣṭitindukaphalayorākṛtisāmye'pi na rasasāmyamityata āha -
naṣṭarasendriyā iti

p1.41

andhībhūtā vicinvantastadviṣoṣṇapraśāntaye /
aviditvā muṣṭiphalaṃ tindūphalaniṣevaṇāt

p1.41

muṣṭiphalaṃ bhakṣitamityaviditvā

p1.42

matvā jvālāṃ nije dehe dhatturaphalamāsaduḥ /
bhrāntyā jambīrabuddhyā tat sarvirāsīt subhakṣitam

p1.42

tindūphalajāmevāṅge jvālāṃ matva āsaduḥ prāptāḥ / tad dhatturaphalam

p1.43

p. १७)
unmattāśca tato'bhūvan mārgād bhraṣṭāśca te tadā /
andhībhūtātigahane patanto nimnabhūmiṣu

p1.44

kaṇṭakaiśchinnasarvāṅgā [k, gh: ścit-]
bhagnabāhūrupādakāḥ /
adhikṣipantaścānyonyaṃ kalahaṃ cakruruccakaiḥ

p1.45

muṣṭibhiśca śilābhiśca kāṣṭhairjaghnuḥ parasparam /
atha te dīrṇasarvāṅgāḥ puraṃ kañcit samāsaduḥ

p1.46

niśīthe daivavaśataḥ puradvāramupāyayuḥ /
puradvārādhipālaiste pratiruddhāḥ praveśane

p1.47

deśakālānabhijñānāt kalahaṃ cakruruccakaiḥ /
atha te prahṛtā dvārapālairatitarāṃ yadā

p1.47

dvārādhipaiḥ kalahaṃ cakruḥ

p1.48

tadā palāyanaparā babhūvuḥ paritastu te /
patitāḥ parikhe kecid bhakṣitā makarādibhiḥ

p1.48

parikhājalasthamakarādibhiḥ

p1.49

kecit khāteṣu kūpeṣu patitāḥ prāṇamutsṛjuḥ /
apare tairvinihatāḥ kecijjīvagrahaṃ gatāḥ

p1.50

evaṃ janā hitecchābhiḥ kartavyaviṣamūrcchitāḥ /
aho vināśaṃ yāntyuccairmohenāndhīkṛtāḥ khalu

p1.50

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti

p1.51

dhanyo'si bhārgava tvaṃ tu yasmādabhyudayaṃ gataḥ /
vicāraḥ sarvamūlaṃ hi sopānaṃ prathamaṃ bhavet

p1.51

mohasāgarottīrṇatvād dhanyo'si / ko'sāvabhyudayastadāha - vicāra iti / mūlaṃ
bhavet

p1.52

paraśreyomahāsaudhaprāptau jānīhi sarvathā /
suvicāramṛte kṣemaprāptiḥ kasya kathaṃ bhavet

p1.52

yata evamataḥ saudhaprāptau prathamaṃ sopānaṃ jānīhi / ata evāha - suvicāreti

p1.53

p. १८)
avicāraḥ paro mṛtyuravicārahatā janāḥ /
vimṛśyakarī jayati sarvatrābhīṣṭasaṅgamāt

p1.54

avicārahatā daityā yātudhānāśca sarvaśaḥ /
vicāraparamā devāḥ sarvataḥ sukhabhāginaḥ

p1.54

avicāreṇa ke hatāḥ ke vā vicāreṇa sukhinastadāha - avicāreti

p1.55

vicārādviṣṇumāśritya jayanti pratyarīn sadā /
vicāraḥ sukhavṛkṣasya bījamaṅkuraśaktikam

p1.55

devāḥ pratyarīn daityādīn jayanti / aṅkuraśaktikamiti / na niṣphalaṃ bījamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.56

virājate vicāreṇa puruṣaḥ sarvato'dhikaḥ /
vicārādvidhirutkṛṣṭo vicārāt pūjyate hariḥ

p1.57

sarvajñastu vicāreṇa śiva āsīnmaheśvaraḥ /
avicārānmṛgāsakto rāmo buddhimatāṃvaraḥ

p1.58

paramāmāpadaṃ prāpto vicārādatha vāridhim /
baddhvā laṅkāpurīṃ rakṣogaṇākīrṇāṃ samākramat

p1.59

avicārādvidhirapi mūḍho bhūtvā'bhimānataḥ /
śiraśchedaṃ samagamaditi saṃśrutameva te

p1.60

mahādevo'vicāreṇa varaṃ datvā'surāya vai /
bhasmībhāvāt svasya bhītaḥ palāyanaparo'bhavat

p1.61

avicārāddhariḥ pūrvaṃ bhṛgupatnīṃ nihatya tu /
śāpena paramaṃ duḥkhamāptam(mavāpā)tyantaduḥsaham

p1.62

evamanye surā devā yātudhānā narā mṛgāḥ /
avicāravaśādeva vipadaṃ prāpnuvanti hi

p1.63

mahābhāgāste hi dhīrā yān kutrāpi ca bhārgava /
vijahāti vicāro no namastebhyo nirantaram

p1.63

vicāraparān stauti - maheti

p1.64

p. १९)
kartavyamavicāreṇa prāpya muhyanti sarvataḥ /
vicārya kṛtvā sarvebhyo mucyate'pārasaṅkaṭaiḥ

p1.64

akartavyameva duḥkhadamavicārāt kartavyatvena prāpya sarvato muhyanti /
apārasaṅkaṭaiḥ aparihāryaduḥkhaprāpakaiḥ saha sarvebhyo duḥkhebhyaḥ

p1.65

evaṃ lokāṃścirādeṣo'vicāraḥ saṅgato'bhavat /
yasyāvicāro yāvat syāt kutastāvadvimarśanam

p1.65

vicārāvicārayorvirodhaṃ sadṛṣṭāntamāha - yasyeti

p1.66

grīṣmabhīṣmakarātapte marau kva śiśiraṃ jalam /
evaṃ cirāvicārāgnijvālāmālāparīvṛte

p1.66

nanu grīṣme'pyakasmād vṛṣṭyāgama iva vicāraḥ svayamevodeṣyatīti cennetyāha
- evamiti

p1.67

vicāraśītalasparśaḥ kathaṃ syāt sādhanaṃ vinā /
sādhanaṃ tvekamevātra paramaṃ sarvato'dhikam

p1.67

sādhanaṃ prasiddhaṃ karma syāditi cennetyāha - ekameveti / sarvataḥ
itaraphalasādhakebhyaḥ sādhanebhyo'dhikam / avaśyaphalaparyavasānāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.68

sarvahṛtpadmanilayadevatāyāḥ parā kṛptā /
tāṃ vinā syāt kathaṃ kasya mahāśreyaḥ susādhanaḥ

p1.68

tat kim ? tadāha - parā kṛpeti

p1.69

vicārārko'vicārāndhamahādhvāntanibarhaṇaḥ /
tatra mūlaṃ bhavedbhaktyā devatāparirādhanam

p1.69

andhasya janmāndhasya yanmahādhvāntaṃ sūryādyairanivāryam / tatra kṛpāyām

p1.70

rādhitā paramā devī samyak tuṣṭā satī tadā /
vicārarūpatāṃ yāti cittākāśe raviryathā

p1.70

devatārādhanād vicārodayaprakāramāha - rādhiteti / kṛpayā svayameva
vicārarūpā bhavatītyarthaḥ / kṛpotpatteḥ pūrvaṃ saivāvicārarūpā cāsīditi
tātparyam / ata evoktaṃ caṇḍīstave - saṃsārabandhahetuśca saiva
sarveśvareśvarī (१/५८) iti

p1.71

p. २०)
tasmānnijātmarūpāṃ tāṃ tripurāṃ parameśvarīm /
sarvāntaraniketāṃ śrīmaheśīṃ cinmayīṃ śivām

p1.71

tadapyārādhanaṃ nendracandrādirūpāyāḥ kintvantaryābhirūpāyā ityāha -
nijātmeti

p1.72

ārādhayedakāpaṭyāt sadgurudvārataḥ kramāt /
ārādhane'pi mūlaṃ syādbhaktiḥ śraddhā ca nirmalā

p1.72

ārādhanaprakāramāha - akāpaṭyāditi / kāpaṭyam phalābhisandhiḥ

p1.73

tatrāpi mūlaṃ māhātmyaśravaṇaṃ parikīrtitam /
ataste prathamaṃ rāma māhātmyaṃ sampravartitam

p1.73

tatrāpi bhaktyādau / sampravartitaṃ śrāvitam

p1.74

tena śrutenādhunā tvaṃ prāptavānasi maṅgalam /
vicāraḥ [k, g, gh: vicāraṃ] śreyaso mūlaṃ yasmātte nahi
bhīritaḥ

p1.75

vicārodayaparyantaṃ bhayamasti mahattaram /
avicārātmadoṣeṇa grastasya prativāsaram

p1.76

yathā hi sannipātena grastasyauṣadhasevanāt /
api tāvadbhaved bhītiryāvaddhātoraśuddhatā

p1.76

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / sannipātamahādoṣavato mahauṣadhasevanādapi
yāvad dhātuśuddhirna bhavati tāvad bhayamastyeva kvacidviparyayadarśanāt evaṃ
devatārādhanaparasyāpi vicārodayaparyantamavicāreṇa bhayamastīti bhāvaḥ

p1.77

prāpte vicāre parame phalitaṃ jīvitaṃ nṛṇām /
yāvatsu janmasu nṛṇāṃ vicāro na bhavet paraḥ

p1.77

paro mokṣasādhanaḥ

p1.78

p. २१)
tāvanto janmataravo vandhyā viphalahetutaḥ /
sa eva saphalo janmavṛkṣo yatra vimarśanam

p1.79

kūpamaṇḍūkasadṛśā ye narā nirvimarśanāḥ /
yathā kūpe samutpanno bheko no veda kiñcana

p1.79

te kūpamaṇḍukasadṛśaḥ

p1.80

śubhaṃ vāpyaśubhaṃ vāpi kūpe eva vinaśyati /
tathā janā api vṛthotpannā brahmāṇḍakūpake

p1.81

śubhaṃ vāpyaśubhaṃ vāpi na viduḥ svātmanaḥ kvacit /
utpadyotpadya naśyanti na jānanti svakaṃ hitam

p1.82

sukhabuddhiṃ ca duḥkheṣu sukhe duḥkhaviniścayam /
prāpyāvicāramāhātmyāt pacyante sṛtipāvake

p1.82

duḥkhasādhaneṣu putrādiṣu sukhasādhanatvabuddhim / sukhasādhane [k:
sādhanavairā-] vairāgyādau duḥkhasādhanatvaviniścayam /
sṛtirjanmādirūpaḥ saṃsāraḥ

p1.83

duḥkhena kliśyamānāśca na kathañcit tyajanti tat /
yathā pādaśatāghātaistāḍito'pi mahākharaḥ

p1.83

tad dhanādirūpaṃ duḥkhasādhanam / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti

p1.84

rāsabhīmanuyātyeva tathā saṃsaraṇaṃ janaḥ /
tvaṃ tu rāma vicārātmā pāraṃ duḥkhasya saṅgataḥ

p1.84

tatheti / saṃsaraṇaṃ ghorasaṃsārapravṛttim [k: ghoraṃ saṃsāre] /
bhūyaḥ kliśyamāno'pi na tyajatītyarthaḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe vicāramāhātmye dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २२)
atha tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ
dattātreyaproktavacaḥ śrutvā'tyantasukautukī /
jāmadagnyaḥ punarapi papraccha vinayānvitaḥ

p1.1

pūrvādhyāye māhātmyaśravaṇād bhaktistata upāsanaṃ tato vicārodaya ityuktam /
tatra māhātmyaśravaṇa eva kiṃ kāraṇamiti papracchetyāha hāritāyanaḥ [k:
tāya namaḥ] dattātreyeti

p1.2

bhagavan gurunāthoktaṃ bhavatā yattathaiva tat /
avicārāt paro nāśaḥ saṃprāptaḥ sarvathā janaiḥ

p1.3

vicāreṇa bhavecchreyastannidānamapi śrutam /
māhātmyaśrutirityevaṃ [k: rityeva; kh: riveyam] tatra me saṃśayo
mahān

p1.3

tatra māhātmyaśrutau

p1.4

kathaṃ vā tadapi prāpyaṃ sādhanaṃ tatra kiṃ bhavet /
svābhāvikaṃ tadyadi syāttatsarvairna kutaḥ śrutam

p1.4

tadapi māhātmyaśravaṇamapi / prāṇimātrasyāśanāyāpipāsādivat
svābhāvikamevaitaditi cedāha - tatsarvairiti

p1.5

ahaṃ vādyāvadhi kutaḥ pravṛttiṃ nāptavāniha /
duḥkhaṃ matto'dhikaṃ prāptā vihatāśca pade pade

p1.5

śauryavīryādivat tvādṛśānāmevāyaṃ svabhāva iti cedāha - ahaṃ veti / iha
māhātmyaśravaṇe / duḥkhaprāptirevātra mūlamiti cedāha - duḥkhamiti

p1.6

na kutaḥ sādhanaṃ prāptā etanme kṛpayā vada /
ityāpṛṣṭaḥ prāha bhūyo hṛṣṭo datto dayānidhiḥ

p1.6

ahaṃ yathā rāmeṇa vihataḥ parājita evamanye pade pade vihatā api kuto na
māhātmyaṃ śrutavantaḥ etadvadetyarthaḥ

p1.7

p. २३)
śṛṇu rāma pravakṣyāmi nidānaṃ śreyasaḥ param /
sadbhiḥ saṅgaḥ paraṃ mūlaṃ sarvaduḥkhanibarhaṇam

p1.7

nidānamādikāraṇam / paraṃ mūlamādikāraṇam

p1.8

paramārthaphalaprāptau bījaṃ satsaṅga ucyate /
tvaṃ cāpi tena hi satā saṃvartena mahātmanā

p1.9

saṅgataḥ sannimāṃ prāpto daśāṃ śreyaḥphalodayām /
santa eva hi saṃyātā diśanti paramaṃ sukham

p1.9

tacca rāma eva nidarśayati - tvaṃ ceti / satsaṅgaṃ stauti - santa iti

p1.10

vinā satsaṅgataḥ kena prāptaṃ śreyaḥ paraṃ kadā /
loke'pi yādṛśaṃ saṅgaṃ yo yaḥ prāpnoti mānavaḥ

p1.11

tatphalaṃ sa samāpnoti sarvathā nahi saṃśayaḥ /
atra [k: atreti] te kīrtayiṣyāmi śṛṇu rāma kathāmimām

p1.11

tatphalaṃ saṅgānurūpaṃ sadasadvā / pūrvādhyāye saṃvartopadiṣṭaṃ vijñānaṃ
saṃvartasya tādṛśasthitiṃ ca vadetyuktam / tatsarvaṃ satsaṅgaphalatvena
vaktumākhyāyikāmupakramate - atreti

p1.12

purā daśārṇādhipatirmuktācūḍa itīritaḥ /
tasya putrau hemacūḍamaṇicūḍau babhūvatuḥ

p1.13

surūpau suguṇau cobhau sarvavidyāviśāradau /
kadācinmṛgayotsāhāt senābhiḥ parivāritau

p1.14

sahyācalavanaṃ bhīmaṃ siṃhavyāghrādisaṅkulam /
mahābalau viviśaturdhanurbāṇadharau kila

p1.15

atha tatra mṛgān siṃhān varāhān mahiṣān vṛkān /
jaghanturniśitairbāṇairlāghavāt kārmukacyutaiḥ

p1.17

p. २४)
pāṃśubhirnabha ākrāntamabhūd darśaniśopamam /
na dṛśyate tatra śilā vṛkṣaḥ puruṣa eva vā

p1.18

kuto nīcoccatāṃ paśyedevaṃ dhvāntāvṛto giriḥ /
nihatā śarkarāvarṣaiḥ senātyantaṃ palāyitā

p1.19

vṛkṣān kecicchilāḥ kecid guhāḥ kecidupāsaduḥ /
aśvārūḍhau rājaputrāvapi dūraṃ palāyitau

p1.19

upāsaduḥ saṃśritā babhūvuḥ

p1.20

hemacūḍaḥ kvacittatra prapede [gh: pradeśe] tāpasāśramam /
kadalīkharjūravanairākrāntamatisundaram

p1.21

tatrāpaśyacchubhāṃ kāñcit kanyāmagniśikhāmiva /
pradyotamānāṃ vapuṣā taptahemasuvarcasā

p1.22

tāṃ dṛṣṭvā rājaputro'pi padmāmiva surūpiṇīm /
smayamāna ivā'pṛcchat kā tvaṃ padmānane vane

p1.23

nirjane bhītijanane nirbhayeva [k: nirbhaye vaśa] samāsthitā /
kasya tvamapi kenātra nivasasyekalā katham

p1.23

kena hetornivasasi ? kathamekalā nivasasīti sambandhaḥ

p1.24

pṛṣṭaivaṃ prāha sā kanyā rājaputramaninditā /
svāgataṃ te rājaputra viṣṭaraṃ pratipadyatām

p1.24

viṣṭaram āsanam

p1.25

tapasvināmayaṃ dharmaḥ pūjanaṃ hyatithestu yat /
śrāntaṃ tvāmabhipaśyāmi vyathitaṃ caṇḍavāyunā

p1.25

matpraśnasyottaramanuktvā kuta ādau pūjanaṃ kriyata iti cedāha -
tapasvināmiti / tatraiva [k: tatraiva] hetvantaramāha - śrāntaṃ tvāmiti

p1.16

evaṃ vinighnatorvanyān mṛgān rājakumārayoḥ /
caṇḍavāyuḥ prādurāsīccharkarāśmapravarṣaṇaḥ

p1.26

[atra sthāpitaḥ
ṣoḍaśaḥ ślokaḥ २-३ paṅktyoḥ sthāpanīyaḥ /]
p. २५)
badhvā kharjūravṛkṣe'śvamatrāsīno gataśramaḥ /
madvṛttamarhasi śrotumityuktaḥ sa tathā'karot

p1.27

phalāni bhojayāmāsa pāyayāmāsa sadrasam /
evaṃ taṃ viśramaṃ prāptaṃ rājaputramaninditā

p1.27

sadrasaṃ svādūdakam

p1.28

prāha sā madhusaṃsrāvapeśalākārayā girā /
rājaputra vyāghrapādo muniḥ śivapadāśrayaḥ

p1.28

peśalākārayā śobhanayā

p1.29

yena lokāḥ puṇyatamā jitāḥ svatapaso balāt /
parāvarajño hyaniśaṃ pūjito munināyakaiḥ

p1.29

parāvarajño brahmajñaḥ

p1.30

tasyāhaṃ dharmataḥ putrī hemalekheti viśrutā /
vidyutprabhākhyā vidyādhrī sā sarvāṅgamanoharā

p1.30

svasya dharmaputrītvameva nirūpayitumāha - dharmata iti / na tanujetyarthaḥ /
vidyuditi

p1.31

imāṃ veṇāmanu nadīṃ snātumabhyāyayau kvacit /
tadhā tatrājagāmārthāt suṣeṇo vaṅgabhūpatiḥ

p1.32

sa dadarśa vigāhantīṃ nadīṃ tāṃ lokasundarīm /
klinnāṃśukāntaratyantavyaktapīnakucadvayīm

p1.33

kāmabāṇahatastatra tāṃ prārthayadathāpi sā /
saundaryamohitā tasya taduktiṃ samamaṃsata

p1.33

atha sāpītyanvayaḥ / samamaṃsata aṅgīcakāra

p1.34

saṅgamyātha tayā rājā yayau svanagaraṃ pratiṃ /
dadhāra sāpi vidyādhrī garbhaṃ rājarṣivīryataḥ

p1.35

bhītā'pacārāt patyuḥ sā garbhaṃ tyaktvātra saṃyayau /
amoghavīryād rājarṣerjātāhaṃ kanyakā tataḥ

p1.35

atra [k: atra ...... ramogha nāsti] veṇātīre / amogheti /
rājarṣeramoghavīryatvādahaṃ garbhe paripākaṃ vinaiva tadvīryāt kanyakā jāteti
bhāvaḥ

p1.36

p. २६)
māṃ dadarśa vyāghrapādaḥ sandhyopāstyarthamāgataḥ /
dayayā māmupādāyā'pālayajjananī yathā

p1.37

dharmeṇa yaḥ pālayitā procyate hi pitaiva saḥ /
ahaṃ tasya dharmaputrī pitṛsevāparāyaṇā

p1.38

tasya māhātmyato me'tra bhayaṃ nāstyeva kutracit /
nāyaṃ surāsurairvāpi kadācid duṣṭabuddhibhiḥ

p1.38

kathamekalā nivasasītyasyottaramāha - tasyeti

p1.39

praveṣṭumāśramo'rhaḥ syāt praviśannāśamāpnuyāt /
etanme'bhihitaṃ vṛttaṃ tiṣṭha kiñcinnṛpātmaja

p1.40

āyāsyati sa bhagavān pitā me taṃ niśāmaya /
praṇamya taṃ prāpya ceṣṭaṃ tataḥ kalye prayāsyasi

p1.40

rājaputrasya svasminnabhiprāyamālakṣya svāṅgīkāraṃ [k: svāṅgīkāre]
dyotayantyāha - prāpya ceṣṭamiti / āvayoranurūpatvād māṃ tubhyaṃ
dāsyatyevetyāśayaḥ / kalye uṣasi

p1.41

hemalekhāvacaḥ śrutvā tatsaundaryeṇa mohitaḥ /
bhitaḥ kiñcit pravaktuṃ tāṃ vimanā iva cābhavat

p1.41

munimāhātmyādbhītaḥ / kiñcit svābhiprāyam

p1.42

athālakṣya rājaputraṃ kāmasya vaśamāgatam /
prāha sā viduṣī bhūyo rājaputra dhṛtiṃ bhaja

p1.43

āgacchati pitā sadyastato'bhilaṣitaṃ bhaja /
evaṃ vadantyāṃ tasyāṃ sa vyāghapādo mahāmuniḥ

p1.44

ājagāma vanāt [k: vanādyatra puṣpā] patrapuṣpādeḥ
kṛtasañcayaḥ /
muniṃ samāgataṃ dṛṣṭvā rājaputraḥ samutthitaḥ

p1.45

p. २७)
praṇamya nāma saṃśrāvyopaviṣṭastena deśitaḥ /
atha dṛṣṭvā rājaputraṃ kāmena vikṛtākṛtim

p1.45

deśita ājñaptaḥ

p1.46

jñātvā yogadṛśā sarvaṃ matvā yuktaṃ ca tattadā /
dārakriyārthaṃ tasmai tāṃ hemalekhāṃ dadau muniḥ

p1.46

sarvaṃ tayorabhiprāyam / tat tasmai kanyādānam

p1.47

tuṣṭo rājakumāro'pi tāmādāya puraṃ yayau /
muktācūḍo'tisantuṣṭo mahotsavavidhānataḥ

p1.48

vivāhamakarottasya vidhānena kṣitīśvaraḥ /
atha rājakumāro'pi tayā krīḍāparaḥ sadā

p1.49

saudheṣu vanarājīṣu pulinādiṣu saṃbabhau /
hemalekhāṃ rājaputro bhogeṣvanatikāminīm

p1.50

udāsīnāṃ sadad dṛṣṭvā papraccha rahasi kvacit /
kiṃ priye nānuraktāsi priye mayayanurāgiṇi

p1.51

kuto bhogeṣu nātyantamāsaktāsi śucismite /
kiṃ bhogāste manoyogyā na santyatra kutastvidam

p1.51

kutaḥ kasmāddhetoḥ / bhogāḥ bhogasādhanāni / kuta idamaudāsīnyam

p1.52

atyuttameṣu bhogeṣu nāsakteva vibhāsi me /
tvayayāsaktivihīnāyāṃ kathaṃ me sukhadā ratiḥ

p1.52

bhogā anuttamā evetyāśayenāha - atyuttameṣviti / atyuttame'labhye'pi bhoge
āsakteva na vibhāsi / kiṃ madāsaktyā taveti cedāha - tvayīti /
parasparāsaktyatiśayenaiva ratiḥ sukhadetyāśayaḥ

p1.53

āsakte mayi cāpi tvaṃ bhāsyanyagatamānasā /
bhāṣitāpi mayā bhūyo na śṛṇoṣyeva kiñcana

p1.53

kathamanāsaktirmayi tvayā niścitā tadāha - āsakta iti / mayi [k: api]
āsakte tvadekabhāve satyapi tvamanyagatamānaseva bhāsīti śeṣaḥ /
anyagatamānasatvaṃ vā kathaṃ tvayā'vagatamiti cedāha - bhāṣiteti

p1.54

p. २८)
āgataṃ kaṇṭhasaṃlagnaṃ cirādapi vibhāvya ca /
kadā nāthāgataṃ ceti pṛcchasyaviditā yathā

p1.54

cirāt kaṇṭhasaṃlagnamapi kadā āgatamiti pṛcchasi

p1.55

peśaleṣūpabhogeṣu durlabheṣu kvacinna te /
mana āsajjate kasmānna kiñcidanumodasi

p1.55

peśaleṣu sundareṣu mano nāsajjata [k: na sajjata] ityapi kathaṃ viditamiti
cedāha - na kiñciditi / yato na kiñcidalabhyamapi bhogyamaho atisundaramiti
nā(a)numodasi

p1.56

mayā virahitāṃ tvāṃ vai nimīlya nayane sthitām /
yadā yadopagacchāmi paśyāmi ca tadā tadā

p1.57

vimukhyāṃ tvayi bhogeṣu viṣayeṣu sukhaṃ mama /
kathaṃ bhaveddāruyoṣāsaṅgatasyeva tadvada

p1.58

na tavābhimataṃ tyaktvā kiñcinmama samīhitam /
sarvathā tvāmanugato jyotsnāṃ kumudavat kila

p1.58

na ca tvāmananugato'smītyāha - na taveti

p1.59

tadevaṃ te kutaścittaṃ brūhi prāṇādhikapriye /
yena śuddhyettu maccittaṃ śāpitāsi mayā priye

p1.59

evaṃ viṣayavimukham

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe satsaṅgamāhātmye tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २९)
atha caturtho'dhyāyaḥ
priyasya kaṇṭhāsaktasya niśamyaivaṃ vaco hi sā /
īṣatsmitānanā prāha rājaputramaninditā

p1.1

adhyāye mānapamite'sminnākhyānena susphuṭam /
vairasyaṃ bhogajāleṣu vairāgyāya nirūpyate //
aninditeti / na tasyā viditavedyāyā viṣayavaimukhyaṃ mauḍhyādineti bhāvaḥ

p1.2

bubodhayiṣatī rājaputraṃ yuktyā'bravīdidam /
rājaputra śṛṇu vaco nāhaṃ tvayi virāgiṇī

p1.2

bubodhayiṣatī enaṃ bodhayiṣyāmītīcchāyutā [k: ṣyatī] yuktyeti /
kevalasvavacasi tasyānāśvāsasambhavāditi bhāvaḥ / idaṃ vakṣyamāṇam

p1.3

kiṃ syāt priyatamaṃ loke kinnu syādapriyaṃ tviti /
vicāraparamā nityaṃ nāntametyatra me matiḥ

p1.3

yadi nāsi virāgiṇī tarhi kuta evamiti cedāha - kiṃ syāditi / vicāra eva paramo
mukhyadhyeyo yasyāḥ / antaṃ niścayam

p1.4

dhyāyāmyetaccirānnityaṃ strīsvabhāvavaśādaham /
naitajjānāmi tattvaṃ me vaktumarhasi tattvataḥ

p1.4

kimetaddhyānena te phalamiti cedāha - strīsvabhāveti / tattvamiti /
priyāpriyasvarūpasya tattvaṃ yāthārthyam

p1.5

evaṃ prokto hemacūḍaḥ prahasya prāha tāṃ priyām /
nūnaṃ striyo mūḍhadhiya iti satyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ

p1.6

priyāpriye hi jānanti paśupakṣisarīsṛpāḥ /
yatasteṣāṃ dṛśyate hi priyeṣvapriyakeṣu ca

p1.6

kuto mūḍhadhiya iti cedāha - priyeti / yattiryañco'pi jānanti tatra ko.āṃ vicāra
iti bhāvaḥ

p1.7

p. ३०)
pravṛttiśca nivṛttiśca kimatra bahu cintanam /
sukhaṃ yasmāt tat priyaṃ syāt duḥkhaṃ yasmāttadapriyam

p1.7

kathaṃ tvayaitat paśvādijñānaṃ vijñātamiti cedāha - pravṛttīti /
priyāpriyayoḥ pravṛttinivṛttibhyāmanumīyata ityarthaḥ / atra tiraścāmapi
prasiddhe'rthaṃ / nanu tarhi priyāpriyayorlakṣaṇaṃ vadeti cedāha - sukhamiti

p1.8

kimatra mugdhabhāvena nityaṃ cintayasi priye /
śrutvā priyavacaḥ prāha hemalekhā punaḥ priyam

p1.8

atra prasiddhe'rthe

p1.9

satyaṃ striyo mugdhabhāvā nāstyāsāṃ sadvimarśanam /
tathāpyahaṃ bodhanīyā tvayā samyagvimarśinā

p1.9

sadvimarśanaṃ samyagvicāraḥ

p1.10

subodhitā tvayā cāhaṃ cintāmetāṃ visṛjya tu /
tvayā bhogeṣu satataṃ bhavāmyanudinaṃ tataḥ

p1.10

bhogeṣvāsaktā bhavāmi / tataḥ bodhanānantaram

p1.11

rājan sukhañca duḥkhañca yābhyāṃ bhavati te nanu /
priyāpriye vinirdiṣṭe tvayā sūkṣmavimarśinā

p1.11

tallakṣaṇaṃ dūṣayitumanuvadati - rājannityādi

p1.12

ekameva sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ kāladeśākṛterbhidā /
janayedatra tat kasmāt pratiṣṭhā'dhyavasāyinī

p1.12

bhidā bhedena / ekameva vastu kālādibhedena sukhaṃ duḥkhañca janayet / atra
evambhūte vastuni / pratiṣṭhā sukhasādhanamevetyavyabhicāripratiṣṭhitasvarūpatā /
adhyavasāyinī niścayavatī

p1.13

yato vahniḥ kālabhedāt pṛthageva phalapradaḥ /
tathā deśavibhedenāpyākārasya vibhedataḥ

p1.13

tadeva nirūpayati - yata iti / pṛthakphalasya sukhādeḥ prada eva

p1.14

p. ३१)
śītakāle priyo vahnirūṣme tvapriya eva hi /
himoṣṇadeśabhedena priyaścāpriya eva ca

p1.14

etadeva vivicyāha - śīteti

p1.15

śītaprakṛtijīvānāṃ priyoaṇyeṣāṃ tathetaraḥ /
athāpyadhikabhāvenālpabhāvenaivamīritaḥ

p1.15

prakṛtirūpākārabhede'pi tathetyāha - śīteti /
vahneralpānalparūpākārabhede'pi tathetyāha - atheti / evaṃ sukhāsukhayoḥ
sādhakatvena priyo'priyaśca

p1.16

evaṃ śītaṃ dhanaṃ dārāḥ putrā rājyaṃ tathetarat /
athāpyevaṃ mahārājo dāraputradhanairvṛtaḥ

p1.16

uktamarthamanyatrātidiśati - evamiti / itarat paśvādi / evaṃ na kasyacit
sukhamātrasādhanatvamityuktvā sukhasādhanatvaṃ nāstyevetyāha - athāpīti /
sarvasukhasādhane satyapītyarthaḥ / mahārājo muktācūḍaḥ

p1.17

śocatyanudinaṃ kasmānna śocantītare kutaḥ /
yo'yaṃ bhogaḥ sukhārtho'sti so'pyananto bhavennanu [k, kh: na tu]

p1.17

dārādyakhilasukhasādhanayukto'pi kasmādanudinaṃ śocati / itare
sukhasādhanarahitā virāgiṇaḥ / nanu matpiturakhilaviṣayāprāptyā śokaḥ /
ato'khilaviṣayāṇāṃ sambhūya sukhasādhanatvamiti cedāha - yo'yamiti

p1.18

na kenacittadakhilaṃ prāptaṃ yasmāt sukhaṃ bhavet /
yatkiñcillābhato yatsyāt [k: yasmāt] sukhaṃ tatrāpi saṃśṛṇu

p1.18

tasyānantyena prāptyasambhavānnetyāha - na kenaciditi /
māstvakhilalābhastathāpi kadācit kiñcillābhe kasyacit sukhaṃ bhavatyeveti cedāha
- tatrāpīti / tatsukhaviṣaye'pītyarthaḥ

p1.19

na tat sukhaṃ bhavennātha yato duḥkhavimiśritam /
duḥkhaṃ tu dividhaṃ proktaṃ bāhyamāntaramityapi

p1.19

duḥkhavimiśritamiti / prakāśāndhakārayoriva
sukhaduḥkhayorviruddhasvabhāvatvānnaikadā sambhavaḥ / atastatkāle
duḥkhasyānubhūyamānatvānna tvadabhimataṃ sukhamiti bhāvaḥ / nanu na [k:
na nāsti] tatkāle duḥkhānubhavo'stītyāśaṅkya tadduḥkhamupapādayituṃ
vibhajati - duḥkhaṃ tviti

p1.20

p. ३२)
bāhyaṃ śarīrasambhūtaṃ dhātudoṣādisambhavam /
āntaraṃ mānasaṃ proktaṃ tacca vāñchāsamudbhavam

p1.20

dhātavo vātapittādayaḥ / ādinā sphoṭābhighātādiḥ

p1.21

mahattaraṃ mānasaṃ syādyena grastamidaṃ jagat /
vāñchaiva duḥkhaviṭapibījaṃ sudṛḍhaśaktikam

p1.21

śarīrānmānasaṃ mahattaram / kuto mahattaratvaṃ tadāha - yeneti /
bījasvabhāvādapi tasya mahattaratvamāha - vāñchaiveti / sudṛḍhaśaktikam
avaśyaphalaparyavasāyīti bhāvaḥ / naivaṃ dhātudoṣādiḥ tasya supratīkāryatvāt

p1.22

yayā kiṅkaratāṃ prāptāḥ kurvantyeva divāniśam /
indrādayo'pi vibudhāḥ svarnivāsāḥ sadoditāḥ

p1.22

ata evāmṛtāśināmapi sā dṛśyata ityāha - yayeti / vāñchayetyarthaḥ /
svargātmakaguṇottaradeśasevanena sadodayanimittāmṛtapānena vā tāṃ
pratīkartumasamarthā eva devā ityāśayaḥ

p1.23

sukhaṃ vāñchāvaśeṣe'pi yadasti nṛpasambhava /
tad duḥkhameva jānīhi yat kṛmiṣvapi sambhavet

p1.24

nanu mandāndhakāre prakāśāndhakārayoraviruddhayoriva vāñchākāle
sukhaduḥkhayoḥ sahabhāva iṣyata iti cedāha - sukhamiti / duḥkhamiśritasya
sukhasya kṛmiṣvapi duḥkhaprakṛtikeṣu sambhavānna tanmukhyaṃ sukham / kintu
mandāndhakārasthaprakāśābhāsavat [k: madā-; g, gh: mahā##-
p. ३३)
varaṃ tiryakkīṭakṛmiprabhṛtīnāṃ sukhaṃ tu yat /
svalpavāñchāsammilitaṃ nṛṇāṃ kiṃ syāt sukhaṃ vada

p1.24

nanu tatsukhābhāsamapi itarajantubhyo martyasyottamameveti cennetyāha -
varamiti / tiryak paśuḥ / kīṭāḥ sapakṣāḥ / kṛmayo'pakṣāḥ / prabhṛtinā
[k, kh: tatprabhṛtīnāṃ] vayāṃsi [kh: vayāṃsi nāsti] /
tiryagādīnāṃ svalpavāñcāsammilitatvāt
prabhātāndhakāramilitaprakāśābhāsavat sukhābhāsam / nṛṇāṃ tu
anantavāñchāmilitatvād gāḍhāndhakārasthakhadyotaprakāśavat
kāryākṣamatvāt tanna sukhābhāsamapīti bhāvaḥ

p1.25

vāñchāśatasamāviṣto yadi kiñcidupetya tu /
sukhī bhavediha tadā ko hi na syāt sukhī vada

p1.25

yadyevaṃvidhasukhenāpi sukhitve na ko'pi duḥkhī bhavedityāha - vāñcheti /
kiñcit srakcandanādi

p1.26

akhilāṅge vahnidagdhe sūkṣmapāṭīrabindunā /
yadi śītaladehaḥ syāttadā so'pi sukhī bhavet

p1.26

evaṃ tarhi mahāduḥkhe'pi sukhī syādityāha - akhileti /
pāṭīrabinduścandanabinduḥ

p1.27

priyāyāḥ sampariṣvaṅgāt sukhaṃ prāpnoti vai naraḥ /
tatraivāṅgasya vis'mabandhād duḥkhaṃ bhavennanu

p1.27

nanu priyāparisvaṅge hi bāhyasarvavismṛteḥ kevalaṃ sukhamastīti cedāha -
priyāyā iti / tatraiva pariṣvaṅgakāla eva / viṣamaḥ pīḍākaro bandhaḥ
parasparāṅgasaṃśleṣaḥ / tadduḥkhayutatvānna tadapi kevalaṃ sukhamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.28

ratyāveśāt pariśrāntiḥ sarveṣāṃ jāyate kila /
anantaraṃ bhāravāhapaśoriva pariśramaḥ

p1.28

pariṣvaṅgādau duḥkhamastītyatra sarveṣāmanubhavaṃ nidarśayati - ratīti /
ratyāveśādanantaram / iyaṃ pariśrāntirduḥkhamūletyatra dṛṣṭāntaḥ -
bhāreti / iyaṃ pariśrāntirduḥkhajanyā pariśrāntitvāt
bhāravāhapaśupariśrāntivat

p1.29

p. ३४)
kathaṃ paśyasi tat saukhyaṃ nāthaitanme samucyatām /
yāvat sukhaṃ priyāsaṅge nāḍīsaṃghaṭṭasambhavam

p1.29

evamasya duḥkhayuktatvāttatsaukhyaṃ kathaṃ paśyasi

p1.30

tavāsti [k: tadāsti] tāvanna kimu śunāmastīha tadvada /
yattato hyatiriktaṃ te dṛṣṭasaundaryasambhavam

p1.30

nāḍīsaṃghaṭṭaḥ ānandendriyasaṃgharṣaḥ tajjanitaṃ sukhaṃ śunāmapyastīti na
tatsukhaṃ budhairabhilaṣaṇīyamiti bhāvaḥ / tataḥ nāḍīsaṃghaṭṭajāt / atiriktam
adhikam / dṛṣṭasaundaryasambhavaṃ saundaryadarśanajam

p1.31

tat kevalābhimānotthaṃ svāpnastrīsaṅgame yathā /
purā kaścidrājasuto manmathādhikasundaraḥ

p1.31

saundaryadarśanādijasukhasyābhimānotthatve ākhyāyikāmāha - pureti

p1.32

kāñcit surūpiṇīṃ prāptaḥ striyaṃ sarvamanoharām /
atyantamanuraktaḥ sa tasyāṃ rājakumārakaḥ

p1.33

sā tvanyasmin rājasuta bhṛtye saṃsaktamānasā /
sa bhṛtyo rājaputraṃ taṃ vañcayāmāsa yuktitaḥ

p1.34

madirāṃ mohanārthāya tasmai datvātimātrakam /
tato madāndhāya ceṭīṃ kāñcit preṣya kurūpiṇīm

p1.34

yuktimevāha - madirāmiti / atimātraṃ puṣkalam

p1.35

bubhuje tāṃ tasya patnīṃ sarvalokaikasundarīm /
evameva ciraṃ tatra madāndho nṛpateḥ sutaḥ

p1.35

svasmai madāndhāya preṣitāṃ ceṭīṃ dāsīṃ rājakumāro bubhuje / tasya
rājakumārasya patnīm / sa bhṛtyo bubhuja iti tātparyam

p1.36

p. ३५)
pratyahaṃ ceṭikāṃ gacchan svātmānaṃ samamaṃsata /
dhanyo'hamīdṛśīṃ lokasundarīṃ prāṇapreyasīm

p1.36

rājakumāro dhanyo'hamityādyātmānamabhimanute

p1.37

upagacchāmyahaṃ nityaṃ na me'sti sadṛśaḥ kvacit /
evaṃ vṛtte cire kāle kadācid daivayogataḥ

p1.38

bhṛtyo nidhāya pānaṃ sa kārye cātyantike yayau /
atha rājakumārastatpānaṃ nātyantikaṃ papau

p1.38

sa bhṛtyaḥ / ātyantike āvaśyake kārye sati / ātyantikaṃ puṣkalam

p1.39

nimittato yayau śīghraṃ ratyutsukitamānasaḥ /
śayanīyaṃ manaḥkāntaṃ sarvabhogarddhisaṃyutam

p1.39

nimittataḥ kenacinnimittena / na papau

p1.40

śacīgṛhaṃ devapatiriva nandanasaṃsthitam /
parārddhyaparyaṅkagatāṃ tāṃ ceṭīmupasaṅgataḥ

p1.40

nandanavana [k, kh, g: vana nāsti] saṃsthitaṃ śacīgṛham /
parārddhyamuttamam / tāṃ bhṛtyapreṣitām

p1.41

kāmavegena vivaśo bubhuje'tyantaharṣataḥ /
upalabhyātha ratyante ceṭīṃ tāṃ vikṛtākṛtim

p1.41

kāmavegena tāmaparīkṣyaiva

p1.42

śaṅkito'marṣitaścāpi kimetaditi cintayan /
kva sā mama priyatametyevaṃ tāmanvapṛcchata

p1.42

keyamiti śaṅkitaḥ / anayā pratārito'hamiti marṣitaḥ / neyaṃ māṃ pratārayituṃ
sumarthā ataḥ kimetaditi cintayan kva setyādyanvapṛcchat

p1.43

pṛṣṭaivaṃ tena sā ceṭī vimadaṃ taṃ niśāmya [k, kh:
niśamya] tu /
bhītā na kiñcittaṃ prāha vepamānā tadā tataḥ

p1.43

taṃ kumāram / tataḥ ceṭīvṛttāt / ālakṣyeti sambandhaḥ

p1.44

p. ३६)
ālakṣya rājaputro'pi vaiṣamyaṃ cātmavañcanam /
vāmena jagrāha kace ceṭīṃ krodhāruṇekṣaṇaḥ

p1.44

vaiṣamyamanarhaṃ vacanam

p1.45

kṛpāṇimādade [kh: kṛpāṇa] dakṣahastena nṛpasambhavaḥ /
tarjayaṃstāṃ pratyuvāca vada vṛttaṃ yathātatham

p1.45

kṛpāṇiṃ khaḍgam

p1.46

no cenna syājjīvitaṃ te kṣaṇamātramapi drutam /
saivaṃ niśamya tadvākyaṃ bhītā prāṇaparīpsayā

p1.46

ato drutaṃ vadeti yojanā

p1.47

jagau yathāvattat sarvaṃ cirād vṛttaṃ samāsthitam /
prādarśayaccāpi tasmai tāṃ bhṛtyena susaṅgatām

p1.47

tat priyāvṛttam / vṛttam atītam / samāsthitaṃ tayā samācaritam

p1.48

kvacidbhūmau kaṭe bhṛtyaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ piṅgalalocanam /
prāṃśuṃ malinasarvāṅgaṃ rūkṣavaktraṃ jugupsitam

p1.48

prāṃśum uccam

p1.49

samāśliṣya ratiśrāntāṃ sarvāṅgaiḥ premabhāvataḥ /
mṛdubāhulatāvṛttagrīvasya vadane svakam

p1.49

sarvāṅgaiḥ samāśliṣya / latayā vṛtā veṣṭitā grīvā yasya

p1.50

niveśya vaktrakamalaṃ padbhyāmāśliṣya gāḍhataḥ /
tasyoruyugmaṃ taddhastasaṃsaktagurusustanīm

p1.51

vāsantikāmiva latāṃ vṛtāṃ kusumakorakaiḥ /
rohiṇīṃ rāhuṇopetāmivāpaśyannṛpātmajaḥ

p1.52

evaṃvidhāṃ samālokya nidrayā'pagatasmṛtim /
momuhyamānaścātyantaṃ kṣaṇaṃ paścād dhṛtiṃ bhajan

p1.52

kṣaṇamatyantaṃ mohaṃ prāptaḥ

p1.53

yat prāha rājatanayastanmattaḥ śrūyatāṃ nanu /
dhiṅmāmanāryamatyantaṃ mūḍhaṃ madavimohitam

p1.54

p. ३७)
dhig ye strīṣvabhisaṃprītā dhik tāṃśca puruṣādhamān /
na kāminyaḥ kasyacit syurvṛkṣasyeva ca śārikāḥ

p1.54

puruṣādhamān dhik [kh, g: dhig dhik; gh: dhik dhig mām] / śārikā iti /
yatrepsitaṃ phalaṃ tatra gacchantīti bhāvaḥ

p1.55

kimahaṃ māṃ pravakṣyāmi mugdhaṃ mahiṣapotavat /
jānantamenāṃ prāṇebhyaḥ preṣṭhāṃ sucirakālataḥ

p1.55

mahiṣapotaḥ sadyojāta [k: jāto] mahiṣaḥ tadvanmugdham atijaḍamiti
tātparyam

p1.56

na striyaḥ kasyacidvā syurveśyā iva viṭasya hi /
yaḥ strīṣu viśrabdhamanāḥ sa eva vanagardabhaḥ

p1.56

evameva sarvāḥ striya ityāha - neti / vanagardabha iti / puragardabho hi
janasaṅgāt kiñcidanyabhāvajñaḥ kadācit syāditi tātparyam

p1.57

yā sthitiḥ śāradābhrasya kṣaṇikā hyanavasthitā /
tato'pi pelavā strīṇāṃ sthitiratyantacañcalā

p1.57

pelavā laghutarā

p1.58

nāhamadyāvadhi hyevaṃ strīsvabhāvamaho'vidam /
yanmāṃ sarvātmanāsaktaṃ tyaktvā bhṛtyamanuvratā

p1.59

anyāsaktā gūḍhabhāvā mayi chadmānurāgiṇī /
pradarśayantī bhaktiṃ svāṃ naṭīva viṭamaṇḍale

p1.59

chadmānurāge dṛṣṭāntaḥ - naṭīveti

p1.60

nāvidaṃ leśato'pyenāṃ madirāmattamānasaḥ /
chāyeva māṃ saṅgateti matvā viśrabdhamānasaḥ

p1.61

aprekṣaṇīyāṃ ceṭīṃ tāṃ vañcitaścirasaṅgataḥ /
nūnaṃ matto mūḍhatamaḥ ko bhavejjagatītale

p1.61

anayā vañcito'haṃ ceṭīṃ saṅgataḥ

p1.62

ya evaṃ visrambhapūrvamanayā ciravañcitaḥ /
aho'yaṃ bhṛtyahatakaḥ sarvāṅgavikṛtākṛtiḥ

p1.62

tatra hetuḥ - ya evamiti / hatakaḥ atininditaḥ

p1.63

p. ३८)
kimasminnanayā dṛṣṭaṃ saundaryaṃ sarvato'dhikam /
yato māṃ nijasaundaryāhṛtalokāvalokanam

p1.63

saundaryeṇa āhṛtaṃ lokānāmavalokanaṃ nirīkṣaṇaṃ yena

p1.64

anuraktaṃ sarvathaiva tyaktvainamupasaṅgatā /
evaṃ pralapya bahudhā nirviṇṇo'titarāṃ tadā

p1.64

sarvathā'nuraktam / nirviṇṇo viraktaḥ

p1.65

rājaputro vanaṃ prāgāt sarvasaṅgavivarjitaḥ /
tasmād rājakumāraitatsaundaryaṃ manasotthitam

p1.65

yasmāttena rājakumāreṇa mohitenātibībhatsarūpāṃ ceṭīṃ ciraṃ saṃgacchatā
[k, kh, g: gacchatā] iyaṃ saiva lokasundarītyabhimānamātreṇa tat
sukhaṃ ciraṃ prāptaṃ tasmādityarthaḥ / manasotthitaṃ manasā parikalpitam

p1.66

yathā tvaṃ mayi cātyantasaubhagekṣaṇapūrvakam /
ratiṃ vindasyatitarāṃ tathā vā tadviśeṣataḥ

p1.66

etadeva dṛṣṭāntena draḍhayati - yatheti / tadviśeṣataḥ tato'pyadhikarūpeṇa

p1.67

vindanti ratimatyantaṃ yoṣitsu vikṛtāsvapi /
atra te pratyayaṃ vakṣye śṛṇu priya samāhitaḥ

p1.67

atra saundaryasya mānasatve / pratyayaṃ niścayānukūlāṃ prakriyām

p1.68

vilokyate yā hi yoṣit sā bahiḥ suvyavasthitā /
yā ca tatpratibimbātmarūpiṇī cittasaṃśrayā

p1.68

bahiḥ cittādanyatra

p1.69

saṅkalparūpiṇī tasyāḥ sauṣṭhavaṃ manasollikhan /
paunaḥpunyena tadanu vāñchāmupasamāgataḥ

p1.69

tasyāḥ sauṣṭhavaṃ saundaryaṃ paunaḥpunyenollikhan / tadanu
samyagullekhānantaram / tadviṣayavāñchām

p1.70

p. ३९)
kṣubdhendriyo narastasyāṃ ratimāpnoti sarvataḥ /
akṣubdhe tvindriye na syāt sundaryāmapi vai ratiḥ

p1.70

kṣubdham upasthendriyaṃ yasya / sarvato'nyavāñchābhyo nivṛtta iti śeṣaḥ /
puruṣasya vāñchāsahasrasamākrāntasya strīsaundaryādyullekhanena dṛḍhataraḥ
strīrativāñchodayo yadā tadā anyavāñchā nyagbhavantīti [k, kh:
bhavatī] bhāvaḥ / evaṃ kṣobhābhāve na kvacidratirityāha - akṣubdheti

p1.71

tatra mūlaṃ samullekhaḥ sauṣṭhavasya punaḥ punaḥ /
ataḥ kṣobho naiva dṛṣṭo bālānāṃ yogināmapi

p1.71

tatra kṣobhe / etadvyatirekamukhena draḍhayati - ata iti

p1.72

tathā ca yo yo yasyāṃ tu ratiṃ vindati mānavaḥ /
sundaryāṃ vāpi cānyasyāṃ tatra sauṣṭhavamullikhet

p1.72

saundaryollekha eva kṣobhaheturna saundaryaminyāha - tathā ceti / sauṣṭavaṃ
sthitamasthitaṃ vā

p1.73

dṛśyante yoṣito'tyantabībhatsākāravigrahāḥ /
taruṇaiḥ saṅgatāstāśca dṛśyante'patyahetutaḥ

p1.73

atra nidarśanamāha - dṛśyanta iti / bībhatsākāro vigraho'vayavasaṃsthānaṃ
yāsāṃ tāḥ / evaṃvidhā jagati yā dṛśyante tāstaruṇaiḥ saṃgatāśca
dṛśyante / nanu saṃgateḥ rahasi sambhavāt kathamanyaiḥ saṃgatā dṛśyanta iti
cedāha - apatyahetuta iti

p1.74

virūpatollekhanaṃ vāpyanullekhastu sauṣṭhave /
yadi syāttat kathaṃ nṝṇāṃ ratistāsu hi sambhavet

p1.74

nanu tatra sauṣṭhavollekhanaṃ vināpi saṅgatiḥ syāditi cedāha - virūpeti /
sauṣṭhave'nullekhaḥ sauṣṭhavaviṣayakānullekhaḥ / tāsu virūpāsu

p1.75

kiṃ vaktavyamaho nṝṇāṃ kāmināṃ kṣiptacetasām /
jaghanyāṅge'pi saundaryaṃ bhāsate sarvato'dhikam

p1.75

nanu virūpāyāṃ kathaṃ saundaryollekhanamityāśaṅkya naitat kāmināṃ
citramityāha - kimiti / kṣiptaṃ vikṣiptaṃ ceto yeṣām / jaghanye
nikṛṣṭe'pānodgāradhūpite mūtrādiklinne klinnanāḍīvraṇasuṣiratulye
yonyādyaṅge'pi / sarvato mukhādibhyo'dhikam

p1.76

p. ४०)
malamūtrapariklinnaṃ yadaṅgaṃ tatra saubhagam /
paśyeccet kutra no paśyet saundaryaṃ tanmameraya

p1.77

tasmāt saundaryametadvai rājaputra niśāmaya /
abhimānamṛte naiṣa sukhaheturbhavet kvacit

p1.77

tasmāt saundaryasya manaḥkalpitamātratvāt

p1.78

kṣaudramādhuryavad dehe saundaryaṃ sahajaṃ yadi /
tadbālānāṃ kumārāṇāṃ kuto no bhāti tadvada

p1.78

na kṣaudramādhuryavat saundaryaṃ svābhāvikamiti prakārāntareṇa saundaryasya
mānasatvaṃ sādhayati - kṣaudreti

p1.79

deśabhedeṣu dṛśyante vividhākṛtayo narāḥ /
ekapādaikanayanā lambakarṇā hayānanāḥ

p1.79

nāsti virūpāsu kāmināṃ ratiḥ / kvacid dṛśyamānāpi na
pūrṇasukhāvahetyāśaṅkya deśāntarasthityākhyānena pariharati - deśeti

p1.80

karṇaprāvaraṇāḥ phālavaktrā nirgatadaṃṣṭrakāḥ /
vinasā dīrghanāsāśca lomacchannā vilomakāḥ

p1.81

piṅgakeśāḥ śvetakeśā vikeśāḥ sthūlakeśakāḥ /
śvitravarṇāḥ kākavarṇāḥ piṅgalā lohitāṅgakāḥ

p1.82

evaṃ bahuvidhā martyāḥ sajātivanitāsu te /
ratiṃ vindanti tvamiva rājaputra niśāmaya

p1.82

niśāmaya paśya

p1.83

sukhasādhanabhūteṣu mukhyaṃ yat strīvapuḥ sthitam /
sarvapriyaṃ yatra sarve muhyanti vibudhā api

p1.83

śarīraprakṛtiṃ varṇayitumāha - sukheti

p1.84

p. ४१)
puṃsāṃ vapustathā strīṇāṃ priyamatyantasundaram /
vimarśaya subuddhyā tvaṃ rājaputra yathāsthitam

p1.85

māṃsaliptamasṛkklinnaṃ śirābaddhaṃ tvagātatam /
asthipañjarakaṃ lomacchannaṃ pittakaphāhitam

p1.85

pittakaphābhyām āhitaṃ yuktam

p1.86

malamūtrakusūlaṃ tacchukraśoṇitasambhavam /
mūtradvārasamudbhūtamaho priyamiheṣyate

p1.87

ya evamatibībhatse vitanvanti ratiṃ narāḥ /
viṭkṛmibhyaḥ kutasteṣāṃ bhavedantaramīraya

p1.88

rājaputra tanuriyaṃ priyā hi nitarāṃ tava /
vibhāvaya vivekena dhātūnāṃ ca pṛthaksthitim

p1.88

dhātūnāṃ tvagasṛgādīnāṃ pṛthaksthitim / vivekena vicāradṛṣṭyā [k:
dṛśā] / vibhāvaya / evaṃ vibhāvane kva saundaryādikamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.89

evamanyatropayojye madhurāmlādiṣaḍrase /
pariṇāmasvabhāvaṃ tu sūkṣmadṛṣṭyā vibhāvaya

p1.89

evaṃ śarīre priyatvaṃ sukhasādhanatvarūpamapāsya bhojye nirākaroti -
evamiti / śarīrādanyatra / upayojye bhojye

p1.90

bhakṣitasyāpi sarvasya viḍbhāvaḥ pariṇāmake /
sarvathā nātra sandehaḥ sarvaireva vibhāvitaḥ

p1.90

pariṇāmasvabhāvamevāha - bhakṣiteti

p1.91

vadaivaṃ saṃsthite loke kiṃ priyaṃ syāt kimapriyam /
ityukto hemacūḍo'tha vairasyaṃ viṣaye vidan

p1.92

śrutvā'pūrvaṃ vākyajālaṃ vismito'bhavadañjasā /
vicārya bhūyastatsarvaṃ yaduktaṃ hemalekhayā

p1.92

apūrvaṃ kadāpyaśrutam

p1.93

p. ४२)
bhogeṣu jātanirvedaḥ paraṃ vairāgyamāptavān /
atha krameṇa pṛṣṭvā tāṃ priyāṃ jñātvā ca tatpadam

p1.93

jāto nirvedaḥ alaṃbuddhiryasya / paraṃ tīvram / tatpadam ātmapadam

p1.94

kevalāṃ citimātmasthāṃ tripurāmātmarūpiṇīm /
budhvā'bhavad vimuktātmā svātmabhūtākhilekṣaṇaḥ

p1.94

ātmasthāṃ sarvāntarām / ātmarūpiṇīm pratyagrūpām /
svātmabhūtamakhilekṣaṇaṃ yasya

p1.95

jīvanmuktaḥ samabhavat tatastasyānujo'pi hi /
maṇicūḍo'vidad bhrāturmuktācūḍo'pi putrataḥ

p1.96

muktācūḍapriyā cāpi snuṣayā jñānamāsadat /
mantriṇaścāpi paurāśca babhūvurjñānaśālinaḥ

p1.96

muktācūḍapriyā hemacūḍamātā / snuṣayā hemalekhayā / upadiṣṭamiti śeṣaḥ /
parasparopadeśena jñānaśālinaḥ

p1.97

na tatra nagare kaścidavidvān samajāyata /
āsīd brahmapuraprakhyaṃ śāntasaṃsṛtivāsanam

p1.97

brahmapuraprakhyaṃ satyalokatulyam / saṃsṛtervāsanā kāmakrodhādi

p1.98

viśālanagaraṃ tacca jagatyatyuttamaṃ babhau /
yatra kīrāḥ śārikāśca pañjarasthāḥ paṭhanti vai

p1.98

atyuttamatve hetuḥ - yatreti

p1.99

citirūpaṃ svamātmānaṃ bhajadhvaṃ cetyavarjitam /
nāsti cetyaṃ citeranyad darpaṇapratibimbavat

p1.99

yat paṭhanti tadāha - citirūpamiti / he janāḥ ! viṣayabhajanaṃ tyaktvā
svamātmānaṃ bhajadhvam / viṣayabhajanasya duḥkhamūlatvāditi tātparyam /
kathaṃvidhamātmānaṃ tadāha - citirūpam / citiḥ prajñānaṃ tadeva rūpaṃ
yasya / nātra bhajanaṃ bāhyapūjanādikam kintu tasya pūjanamahantayā sthiti
[matiḥ iti mudritacidvilāsastavapāṭhaḥ
yoginīhṛdayadīpikāyāmuddhṛte'smin śloke'pi matiḥ ityeva pāṭhaḥ /
draṣṭavyam - pṛ० २५०] (ci० sta० ५) iti nītyā so'hamasmīti
niṣprakampa [k, kh: kampatvani] niścayavattvameva / taccāsmākaṃ
dehādisaṃghātāntarbhāve [k, kh: rbhāvo] nāstyeveti cedāha -
cetyavarjitamiti / cetyairdehādyaiścitprakāśyairvarjitam / kuta evamiti cedāha -
nāstīti / cetyaṃ dehādyaṃ śaśaśṛṅgādivannāstyeveti bhāvaḥ /
śaśaśṛṅgādivannāsti cet kathaṃ prakāśata iti cet ? citireva prakāśate
nānyadityāha - citeranyaditi / citireva cet kathaṃ dehādyātmanā bhānamiti
cedāha - darpaṇapratibimbavat /
p. ४३)
atredamāgamatattvam - citirevātmatattvam idampratyayāviṣayatvāt /
anyadanātmarūpam idaṃpratyayaviṣayatvāt / tadātmatattvaṃ [k, kh:
yattadā] smṛtyanusandhānānurodhenaikamanekāvasthāsvanugatam / tasya
citimātrarūpatvena bhedakadharmāprasiddhyā [k, gh: prasiddhāsurā]
surāsuranṛdehādiṣvapyekatvameva / kāladeśādīnāṃ tadantaḥ sarvātmanā
nimagnānāmanyathā naraśṛṅgakalpānāṃ na tadbhedakatvaśaṅkāpi yuktā /
evaṃvidhamanavacchinnacidekarasamātmatattvameva śāstraprasiddhaḥ
paramaśivaḥ / tatsvātantryaśaktyā māyābhidhayā'ghaṭitaghaṭanācaturayā
svasvarūpagopanaparayā avidyātmakamalāvabhāsanapūrvakamidaṃ
dvaitāvabhāsanam / tacca bhāsamānaṃ dvaitaṃ dṛśyaṃ na bījādaṅkuravat
kāraṇācchivādārabdham / nāpi mṛtpiṇḍapariṇāmaghaṭavat
kāraṇapariṇāmātmakam avikṛtakāraṇasvarūpānugamāt / nāpi rajjau sarpa iva
vivartitam citicetyayordvitvagrahāt / ato darpaṇasya nairmalyaśaktyā avikṛte
svasmin pratibimāvabhāsanavacciti svaśaktyā cetyāvabhāsanam / na ca bimbasya
svasamānākārasya darpaṇapratibimbe'pekṣaṇādatrāpi citi
pratibimbadṛśyāpekṣitasva[kh, g, gh:
samākāra]samānākārabāhyadṛśyasiddhiriti śaṅkyam yato
darpaṇapratibimbe bāhyaṃ bimbaṃ nopādānam kārye'nanugamāt kintu nimittam /
nimittañca ghaṭādau daṇḍādiḥ / tacca vyabhicaritam karaparāvartitacakrādinā
ghaṭotpatteḥ / tathā ca citi dṛśyapratibimbane māyākhyā
svātantryaśaktirnimittatvenābhyupagataiveti nānupapattiḥ / nahi pratibimbavidhāṃ
vinā'nyathā dṛśyāvabhāsanaṃ yujyate dṛśyasya cidbāhyatve
prakāśānupapatteḥ citsambandhānupapatteḥ [k, kh:
citsaṃbandhānupapatteḥ nāsti] sambandhasyāpi dṛśyatvenānavasthādinā
tadasiddheḥ [gh: siddhiḥ] / citsambandhānapekṣaṇe sadā
dṛśyasyāvabhāso'navabhāso vā syāt / itthameva
prakaṭatādyakhilapakṣapratikṣepaḥ [jñātatāparaparyāyāḥ prakaṭatāyāḥ
svarūpaṃ kumārilabhaṭṭapratipāditaṃ taddarśanapratipādakagrantheṣu
draṣṭavyam /] etadvistāraḥ pratyabhijñādau [ādinā
abhinavaguptaviracitatantrālokādīnāṃ grahaṇaṃ kartavyam] draṣṭavyaḥ /
tasmāt [gh: tasmāttat] pratibimbavidhayaiva dṛśyāvabhāsanamiti

p1.100

p. ४४)
citiścetyaṃ citirahaṃ citiḥ sarvaṃ carācaram /
yataḥ sarvaṃ citimanu bhāti sā tu svatantrataḥ

p1.100

bahuvidho'pi pratibimbo darpaṇa evetyata āha - citiriti / cetyaṃ dṛśyam /
carācaraṃ matto'nye [kh: ato] pramātāraḥ / sarvaṃ citirityatra hetuḥ -
yata iti / yathā darpaṇamanugataṃ gṛhītvaiva sarve pratibimbāḥ prakāśanta iti
pratibimbā darpaṇātmakāḥ evaṃ sarvamidaṃ cetyādi citimanugatāṃ gṛhītvaiva
bhātīti cettasyāścidātmatvādeva nānyā'nugatyapekṣetyāha - sā tviti / yataḥ
svatantraprakāśattvameva cittvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.101

p. ४५)
ataścitiṃ janāḥ sarve bhāsinīṃ sarvasaṃśrayām /
bhajadhvaṃ bhrāntimutsṛjya citimātrasudṛṣṭayaḥ

p1.101

yataḥ pratibimbātma jagacciternānyadasti ato darpaṇācciteradhikaṃ sāmarthyamāha
- sarvabhāsinīmiti / darpaṇaḥ kevalaṃ pratibimbāśraya eva na bhāsaka iti
bhāvaḥ / bhrānterutsarjanamaprāmāṇyagrahaḥ / ata eva citimātrasudṛṣṭaya iti /
sudṛṣṭiḥ satyadṛṣṭiḥ / sarvaṃ jñānaṃ dharmiṇyabhrāntamiti nyāyāt

p1.102

kadācidevaṃ kīrāṇāṃ śrutvā vākyaṃ mahodayam /
brāhmaṇā vāmadevādyā nāmācakhyuḥ purasya tu

p1.102

mahato mokṣasyodayo yasmāt

p1.103

yato'tra vidyāṃ tiryañco'pyāhustasmādidaṃ puram /
prasiddhavidyānagaramiti nāmnā prasiddhyatu

p1.104

tadadyāpi ca tenaiva nāmnā tannagaraṃ sthitam /
rāma tasmāttu satsaṅgo mūlaṃ sarvaśubhodaye

p1.104

tat tasmānnāmakaraṇāddhetoḥ

p1.105

saṅgena hemalekhāyāḥ sarve vidyāvido'bhavan /
tasmāt saṅgaḥ paraṃ mūlaṃ rāma jānīhi śreyasaḥ

p1.105

upasaṃharati - tasmāditi

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyāne satsaṅgaphalaṃ
caturtho'dhyāyaḥ //
iti tripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ caturtho'dhyāyaḥ
//
atha pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ
evaṃ satsaṅgamāhātmyaṃ śrutvā'trisutabhāṣitam /
prahṛṣṭamānaso bhūyaḥ praṣṭumevopacakrame

p1.1

atra rāvāyapadyaistu hemalekhā'tmasaṃsthitam /
bandhaṃ mokṣaṃ cāha gūḍhavākyaiḥ priyahitepsayā //
rāmaḥ śrutvā

p1.2

satyaṃ proktamidaṃ nātha bhavatā śubhakāraṇam /
satsaṅgarūpametacca pratyakṣeṇaiva bhāvitam

p1.2

bhāvitamanubhūtaṃ saṃvartasaṅgāt

p1.3

yo yathā saṅgamāpnoti phalaṃ tasya tathā bhavet /
striyo'pi hemalekhāyāḥ saṅgāt sarve mahāphalāḥ

p1.3

sarve viśālanagaravāsinaḥ

p1.4

bhūya icchamyahaṃ śrotuṃ hemacūḍastayā katham /
bodhitastanmamācakṣva vistareṇa dayānidhe

p1.5

evaṃ rāmeṇānuyukto dattātreya uvāca tam /
śṛṇu bhārgava vakṣyāmi kathāṃ paramapāvanīm

p1.5

anuyuktaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / saṃsṛtidoṣaśāmakatvāt paramapāvanīm

p1.6

evaṃ tasyā vacaḥ śrutvā viṣayān virasān vidan /
teṣu sañjātanirvedo vimanā iva saṃbabhau

p1.6

evaṃ viṣayavairasyapratipādakam / saṃjāto nirvedo viṣayabhoge'laṃbuddhiryasya /
evaṃ san / vimanā iva khinna iva

p1.7

cirasthitaviṣayajavāsanānāṃ vaśaṃ gataḥ /
tyaktuṃ vā saṃgrahītuṃvā nāśakat sahasā hi saḥ

p1.7

vaimanasye hetumāha - cireti / viṣayān tyaktuṃ saṃgrahītuṃ bhoktuṃ vā

p1.8

p. ४७)
priyāṃ na kiñcit provāca rājaputro'tilajjitaḥ /
kāṃścicca divasānevamanayaccintayākulaḥ

p1.8

priyāvacanaṃ śrutvā na kiñcit provāca / atilajjitaḥ striyā niruttarīkṛtatvāt / evaṃ
tyāgabhogayoraśaktaḥ san

p1.9

viṣayeṣu prasakteṣu smṛtvā tat priyayoditam /
vigarhanneva svātmānaṃ bubhuje vāsanāvaśaḥ

p1.9

kathamubhayatrāśaktiḥ ekatarapakṣasyāvaśyakatvāditi cedāha - viṣayeṣviti /
prasakteṣu upasthiteṣu / yat priyayoktaṃ vairasyakāraṇaṃ tat smṛtvā /
dhiḍyāmīdṛśaṃ viṣayaṃ svīkaromīti svātmānaṃ vigarhanneva bubhuje / nanu
kuto na pariharati ? tadāha - vāsanāvaśa iti

p1.10

vāsanāvegavaśato viṣayānanugacchati /
dṛṣṭvaiva viṣayān doṣān priyāproktān vicintayan

p1.10

upasthitaviṣayabhogaprakāramuktvā'nupasthitaviṣayeṣvāha - vāsaneti /
anugacchati viṣayasamīpaṃ prāpnoti / priyāproktān viṣayadoṣān

p1.11

śokasaṃvignahṛdayo viṣīdati muhurmuhuḥ /
evaṃ tasyābhavaccittaṃ caladdolāsthitaṃ yathā

p1.11

śokena saṃvignaṃ prakṣubhitaṃ hṛdayaṃ mano yasya / viṣīdati duḥkhaṃ
prāpnoti / caladdolāsthitaṃ vāsanayā viṣayeṣu patati viṣayaprāptau
taddoṣasmṛtyā tata uccalati

p1.12

bhojyaṃ vastraṃ bhūṣaṇaṃ vā yoṣid vāhanameva vā /
mitrāṇi vāpi suhṛdo neṣattaṃ [k, kh: naitattaṃ; g: naiva taṃ]
sukhayanti vai

p1.12

evaṃ vāsanādoṣadṛṣṭibhyāṃ yutaṃ hemacūḍaṃ bhojyādīni neṣadapi
[naiṣat iti sārvatrikaḥ pāṭhaḥ] sukhayantītyāha - bhojyamiti

p1.13

naṣṭākhilārtha iva sa śocatyeva nirantaram /
vāsanāvivaśaḥ sarvaṃ tyaktuṃ nāśakadañjasā

p1.14

nopabhoktuṃ tathā śakto doṣadṛṣṭiyutastataḥ /
evaṃ taṃ śokavaśato vivarṇavadanekṣaṇam

p1.14

vāsanayā doṣadṛṣṭyā ca yukta iti tyaktuṃ bhoktuṃ vā na śaktaḥ
parasparapratibandhāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.15

p. ४८)
hemalekhā samālakṣya kadācit saṅgatā rahaḥ /
kiṃ nātha pūrvavattvaṃ no lakṣyase'tyantaharṣitaḥ

p1.15

rahaḥ vivikte / taṃ parīkṣituṃ pṛcchati - kiṃ nātheti

p1.16

śocantamiva paśyāmi kuta evaṃ tava sthitiḥ /
kaccicchārīra ātmā [k, kh: ccharīramātmā] te
nāmayairbādhyate sadā

p1.16

śārīreti / śarīratādātmyāpanna ātmā / kevalayoḥ śarīrātmanorduḥkhābhāvāditi
bhāvaḥ

p1.17

bhogeṣu rogabhīti vai pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ /
tridoṣasambhave dehe doṣavaiṣamyasambhavāḥ

p1.17

mama mahārājakumārasya bhiṣakśreṣṭhaiḥ sevitasya kuta āmayasambhāvaneti
cedāha - bhogeṣviti / śubhabhogeṣvityarthaḥ / trayāṇāṃ
vātapittakaphadoṣāṇāṃ samyag bhavaḥ sthitiryatra

p1.18

āmayāḥ prāyaśaḥ sarvadehān vyāpyaiva saṃsthitāḥ /
sarvathā hyapratīkāryaṃ vaiṣamyaṃ doṣajaṃ nanu

p1.18

viṣamāśanādibhirdoṣavaiṣamyasyoktabhogavatāmāvaśyakatvena
taddeheṣvavaśyaṃ rogavyāptiriti bhāvaḥ / nanu mādṛśāṃ kathaṃ
doṣavaiṣamyaṃ tatpratīkāraparāṇāmiti cedāha - sarvatheti / doṣavaiṣamyajanito
rogaḥ pratīkāryaḥ na tu kevalaṃ doṣavaiṣamyam
rogaprāgavasthāsthakevaladoṣavaiṣamyasya prāyo durlakṣyatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.19

aśanād vasanād vāco darśanāt sparśanādapi /
kālād deśāt karmataśca doṣā vaiṣamyamāpnuyuḥ

p1.19

doṣeṣu jāyamānavaiṣamyanimittānyāha - aśanādityādi / aśanasya
śītoṣṇādiguṇaḥ prasiddhaḥ / evaṃ paṭṭorṇādivasanasya / vāco bahulasya
prayuktasyoṣṇaguṇaḥ [k, kh: prayuktasya yo guṇaḥ] /
vahnijalādidarśanasparśanayoḥ grīṣmahemantādikālasya jāṅgalā
nūpādideśasya [k, kh: lārūpā] ca śītoṣṇādi prasiddham / karmato'pi
[kh, g, gh: karmaṇo] khananāditaśca yadvā pāpakarmato
[kh, g, gh: karmaṇo] dos'vaiṣamyam

p1.20

p. ४९)
atastasyodbhavo loke sarvathā'lakṣyatāṃ gataḥ /
ityataḥ sati vaiṣamye cikitsā samprakīrtitā

p1.20

ato doṣavaiṣamyahetoranekatvāt / tasya vaiṣamyasya / nanu
sūkṣmadṛgbhirvaiṣamyodbhavo jñātuṃiti cennetyāha - ityata iti / yato
vaiṣamyodbhava ādāvalakṣyaḥ ato hetoḥ cikitsā śāstre saṃprakīrtitā

p1.21

noktā cikitsā'nutpattau vaiṣamye kenacit kvacit /
tadvada priya kasmāddhi śokasya tava sambhavaḥ

p1.21

vaiṣamyaviṣayānutpattau cikitsā noktā

p1.22

iti śrutvā hemalekhāṃ prāha rājasutastataḥ /
priye śṛṇu pravakṣyāmi yanme śokasya kāraṇam

p1.22

tataḥ praśnānantaram

p1.23

tvaduktyā yat purā me'bhūt sukhadaṃ taddhataṃ nanu /
na paśyāmyadhunā kiñcidapi me sukhavarddhanam

p1.23

tat samprati tvaduktyā hatam / kuta iti cedāha - neti

p1.24

rājñā vitīrṇo viṣayaḥ sukhado'pi samantataḥ /
vadhyaṃ na sukhayed yadvattathā tasmānna me sukham

p1.24

naṣṭaṃ cedanyat sukhasādhanaṃ sampādayeti cedāha - rājñeti / na tat
svarūpato naṣṭam / api tu vadhyāya rājñā dattaviṣayādyathā tasya sukhaṃ na evaṃ
sādhanaṃ sadapi na tasmānme sukham

p1.25

viṣayān sevamāno'haṃ sadā viṣṭigṛhītavat /
tat pṛcchāmi priye brūhi kiṃ kṛtvā sukhamemyaham

p1.25

nanu viṣayairna te sukhaṃ cettān parityajeti cenmayā na parityaktuṃ śakyata ityāha
- viṣayāniti / viṣṭigṛhītavat / rājakāryārthaṃ rājabhaṭairgṛhītā
janāstatkāryaṃ tyaktumasamarthāḥ kurvanti yathā evaṃ vāsanābhirgṛhīto'haṃ
sadā viṣayān sevamāno duḥkhaṃ prāpta [prāptavānityarthe kartari ktaḥ]
iti śeṣaḥ

p1.26

p. ५०)
evaṃ tena samāpṛṣṭā hemalekhā tadā'bravīt /
nūnameṣa sunirvedamāgato madvacaḥśruteḥ

p1.26

svamanasyabravīt / śruteḥ śravaṇāt

p1.27

asti bījaṃ śreyaso'smin yata evaṃvidho bhavān /
yeṣu śreyo hyasambhāvyaṃ ta evaṃ vākyagumphanaiḥ

p1.27

evaṃvidhaḥ prāptaviṣayavairasyaḥ / evaṃ maduktasadṛśairvācāṃ
gumphanairnibiḍasamudāyaiḥ

p1.28

nahyaṇvapi viśeṣeṇa viśiṣyante kadācana /
ciraṃ saṃrādhitā hṛtsthā prasannā svātmadevatā

p1.28

aṇvapi svalpamapi pūrvasthitiṃ leśato'pi na parityajantīti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ
vacaḥśrutireva vairasye kāraṇaṃ cet kuto na sarveṣāṃ vairasyotpattiriti
cenmūlakāraṇābhāvādityāha - ciramiti

p1.29

tripurā yena tasyaiva [k, kh: teṣveva] bhavedevaṃvidhā sthitiḥ /
ityālocyātividuṣī bubodhayiṣatī priyam

p1.29

evaṃvidhā viṣayavairasyavatī / devatārādhanarūpamūlakāraṇābhāvānna
sarveṣāmiyaṃ sthitiriti bhāvaḥ

p1.30

gopayantī svavaiduṣyaṃ prāhānyavyapadeśataḥ /
śṛṇu rājakumāredaṃ yanme vṛttaṃ purātanam

p1.30

gopayantīti / svavaiduṣyaprakaṭane vidvattābhimānaśaṅkā'pyasya bhavettato
madvākye nāśvāso bhavediti / ataḥ svavaiduṣyagopanamiti bhāvaḥ /
atrānyavyapadeśena svasyāḥ saṃsārabandhanānmuktiprakāramāha -
śṛṇviti / purātanaṃ bandhasyānādikālatvāt [anādiḥ kālo yasyeti
bahubrīhigarbhitaṃ vākyam / bandhasyānādikālikatvādityarthaḥ]

p1.31

p. ५१)
purā me jananī kāñcit krīḍanāya sakhīṃ dadau /
sā svabhāvasatī kāñcidasatīmanusaṅgatā

p1.31

pureti / kasyāścit sṛṣṭerādikāle bandhasyānāditvena sarvādikālāsambhavāt /
jananī svaprakāśaśuddhacitiḥ / sakhīṃ buddhim / kāñciditi / ajñātakulagotreva
nirūpaṇālliṅgadehāvayavatvenānāditvaṃ buddherdyotitam /
śuddhaciterjananītvaṃ svasyā jīvacitestadaṃśabhūtatvāt /
sukhaduḥkhādyanubhavakrīḍāyā buddhyadhīnatvāt krīḍanāya sakhīṃ
dadāvityuktam / pralaye buddherlīnatvāt sṛṣṭyādau
karmaparipākanimittakabuddhyāvirbhāvādapūrvavat [g, gh: pūrveva]
prāptatvāduktaṃ dadāviti / sā buddhiḥ / sattvaguṇapradhānatvāt prakāśarūpatvāt
svabhāvena satī / svasattāyāṃ vṛttyantarānapekṣaṇāt svataḥ satī / bāhyapakṣe
svabhāvataḥ satī sādhvītyarthaḥ / asatīmavidyām / anusaṅgatā / ātmākāratāṃ
kevalāṃ parityajyāvidyākāryadṛśyātmatāṃ prāptetyarthaḥ / kāñciditi tasyā
anirvacanīyatādyotakaṃ viśeṣaṇam / āgamapakṣe tu citeḥ
paricchinnatvajñānamevājñānam / etacca ajñānaṃ [g, gh:
jñānaṃ] bandhaḥ (१/२) iti śivasūtre vṛttikṛtā spaṣṭaṃ
nirūpitam / etatpakṣe'nirvacanīyatvābhāvena
kāñcidityajñānasyāparicchedyaśaktitvaṃ jñeyam / taduktam -
bhrāntermahatī [rajjvāṃ nāsti bhujaṅgastrāsaṃ kurute ca mṛtyuparyantam /
ityayaṃ ślokasya pūrvārddhaḥ] śaktirna vivektuṃ śakyate nāma (pa०
sā० २८) iti / pakṣadvaye'pyasatītyasatyātmakatvājjñeyam

p1.32

sā vicitravidhāścaryasṛṣṭisāmarthyasaṃyutā /
alakṣitā me jananyā sakhyā me saṅgatā'bhavat

p1.32

sā avidyā / me jananyā śuddhacitā alakṣitā satī me sakhyā buddhyā / manmātuḥ
parokṣe eva sā asatī matsakhyā saṅgatā'bhavadityarthaḥ /
vidyāvidyayorvirodhādavidyā kāryaviṣayā buddhiḥ kevalaśuddhacidviṣayiṇīti
tātparyam / āgamapakṣe tu śuddhacinmātrasphūrtidaśā śaktitattvam /
cidacidoridaṃ sarvamahamiti sāmānādhikaraṇyasphūrtidaśā śuddhavidyātattvam /
paricchinnacinmātrasphūrtidaśā avidyātattvam / paricchinnacitaścetyasya ca
sphūrtidaśā buddhitattvamiti prakriyā / tathā ca buddheḥ
śuddhacidaviṣayakatvādalakṣiteti jñeyam

p1.33

p. ५२)
asaccāritrayā'tyantaṃ saṅgatā mama sā sakhī /
prāṇebhyo'pi priyatamā sadā tadvaśagā hyaham

p1.33

buddhirdṛśyaparā sadā'bhavadityāha - asaditi / asad mithyārūpaṃ cāritraṃ
[k: caritraṃ] yasyāḥ sā avidyā / mama prāṇebhyo'pi priyatamā /
atastadvaśagā'hamabhavam parasparatādātmyādhyāsāt

p1.34

na tāṃ vihāya me saṃsthā kṣaṇārddhaṃ vā kvacidbhavet /
sā nirmalasvabhāvena māṃ vaśīkṛtya saṃsthitā

p1.34

na tāmiti / tāṃ buddhim / saṃsthā sthitiḥ / buddhyasattve buddhyavacchinno
[buddhyavacchinno jīvaḥ iti vācaspatimiśrasya bhāmatīprasthānamāśritya
buddhipratibimbo jīvaḥ iti ca svayaṃprakāśayatino vivaraṇaprasthānamāśrityoktam
/ asya vistaraḥ siddhāntaleśasaṃgrahe'ppayadīkṣitaviracite draṣṭavyaḥ /] jīvo
buddhipratibimbo jīva ityubhayapakṣe'pi jīvasya sthitirna bhavediti spaṣṭameva /
āgamapakṣe tu vyādhakulasaṃvarddhitarājakumāravat
svasvātantryasamācchāditamāhaiśvaryo maheśvara eva jīvaḥ / tasya buddhiṃ vinā
saṃsthā samyaksthitiḥ bhedavyavahāro na bhavediti tātparyam / sā buddhiḥ /
nirmalasvabhāvena sattvapradhānarūpeṇa yutā / māṃ jīvākhyāṃ paricchinnāṃ
pratibimbabhūtāṃ vā tādātmyāpannāṃ vā / bāhyapakṣe tu māṃ
śuddhakulaprasūtim / sā nirmalasvabhāvena tulyaśīlatvādvaśīkṛtya saṃsthiteti
yuktameveti bhāvaḥ

p1.35

nirantaraṃ tadgatātmasvabhāvā'bhavamañjasā /
sā tayā duṣṭayā yuktā naṭyā citrasvabhāvayā

p1.35

tadgatātmasvabhāvā buddhisammilitasvarūpā / bāhyapakṣe tu tadgatacittetyarthaḥ /
sā matsakhī buddhiḥ / tayā avidyayā / duṣṭayeti / svanāśahetutvāt / citram
āścaryamayamaghaṭamānaṃ [k, kh: maghaṭitajñānaṃ] svabhāvaḥ
svarūpaṃ yasyāḥ / svalīlāpradarśanenārthaharatvānnaṭyeti

p1.36

p. ५३)
parokṣavṛttimānītā svaputreṇābhiyojitā /
tasyāḥ putro'timūḍhātmā madirāghūrṇitekṣaṇaḥ

p1.36

parokṣavṛttiṃ svargādiparokṣakāmyaikarūpatām / ānītā prāpitā / tayā asatyā /
matsakhī buddhiḥ / avidyayā svargādikāmyatatparā buddhirāsīditi bhāvaḥ /
bāhyapakṣe asatyā parokṣavṛttiṃ rahasi sthitim ānītā svaputreṇābhiyojitā
matsakhī jāteti / svasyā avidyāyāḥ putro mohaḥ tenābhiyojitā / avidyayā
kāmyatatparatāyāṃ sadvicārapratibandhakamohātmakavṛttiviśeṣaṃ prāptā
buddhiriti bhāvaḥ / tasyā avidyāyā mauḍhye [kh: maurkhyaṃ] hetuḥ
madiretyādi // etadviśeṣaṇaṃ mohitā me buddhiḥ pāpācārā'bhavaditi dyotanāya

p1.37

bubhuje tāṃ samākramya sarvadā matsamakṣataḥ /
sā tenākrāntasarvāṅgī bhujyamānānuvāsaram

p1.37

tāṃ matsakhīṃ buddhim / pāpācaraṇena mohapracurā buddhirjātetyāha -
samākramyeti / matsamakṣata iti / buddheścitprakāśādhīnaprakāśatvāditi
tātparyam / sā buddhiḥ / tena mohena

p1.38

na māṃ jahau kadācicca tatspṛṣṭā tena cāpyaham /
tataḥ putraḥ samutpanno mūḍhasya sadṛśākṛtiḥ

p1.38

sā sakhī māṃ kadācidapi priyasaṅgamakāle'pi na jahau / citprakāśāśrayeṇaiva
buddhivṛttīnāmavabhāsanāditi tātparyam / yasmānmāṃ na jahau tat
tasmāddhetoḥ / tena sakhīpriyeṇa mūḍhātmanā / spṛṣṭā jātā /
ghaṭāvacchinnākāśasyāyaḥpiṇḍatādātmyāpannavahnervā vartulādyākāra iva
buddhyā paricchinnāyā vā tādātmyāpannāyā vā citermohādirūpeteti bhāvaḥ /
tataḥ cirasaṅgānantaram / mūḍhasya mohasya svasadṛśākāro manorūpaḥ putro
jātaḥ / yadyapi manaḥ pūrvamevāsti tathāpi vīryātmanā pitṛdehe sthitaputra iva
prāk sūkṣmarūpaṃ manaḥ / buddhau mohasambandhānantarameva
vikalpādyādhikyāt pituḥ prasūtaḥ putra iva manaḥ puṣṭamāsīditi tātparyam /
asattvarūpatvena sadṛśākṛtirjñeyā

p1.39

p. ५४)
taruṇaḥ so'bhavattūrṇamaticañcalasaṃsthitiḥ /
piturmauḍhyena saṃyuktaḥ pitāmahyā guṇena ca

p1.39

taruṇo vyavahārakṣamaḥ piturmohasya mauḍhyena jaḍatvaguṇena / pitāmahyā
avidyāyā anekanirmāṇe upādānaṃ svātiriktamanapekṣya yat sāmarthyaṃ tena
guṇena ca samāvṛtaḥ

p1.40

anekacitranirmāṇasāmarthyena samāvṛtaḥ /
pitāmahyā śūnyanāmnyā pitrā mūḍhābhidhena ca

p1.40

eteṣāṃ nāmakathanapūrvakaṃ manaso guṇānāha - pitāmahyā iti / manasaḥ
pitāmahī avidyā / vicāre kṛte tatsvarūpavilayācchūnyanāmnī sā / pitā mohaḥ /
mūḍhatāprayojaka iti mūḍhābhidhaḥ saḥ / ābhyāmasthirāhvaḥ śikṣito'bhūditi
sambandhaḥ

p1.41

asthirāhvaḥ śikṣito'bhūt svayaṃ cātiviśāradaḥ /
gatimapratibaddhāṃ vai śīghrācchighrāṃ samāsadat

p1.41

pitṛśikṣayā mūḍhatāṃ prāptaḥ pitāmahīśikṣayā vicitranirmāṇasāmarthyaṃ
prāptaḥ / svayamaticaturo'pratibaddhāṃ gatiṃ prāptavān / śīghrācchīghrām
atiśīghrāmityarthaḥ / evaṃ buddhermohavaśānmanaḥ prarūḍhaṃ
sadaticañcalatvāt kvacidasthiram anantavicitrakalpanāparaṃ
mūḍhatvādvicāravimukhaṃ cāsīditi viśiṣṭagranthatātātparyam [k: śiṣṭa; g:
vaśiṣṭa]

p1.42

evaṃ mama sakhī svacchasvabhāvā janmataḥ satī /
asatīsaṅgato'tyantaṃ mālinyaṃ samupāgatā

p1.43

p. ५५)
sakhyā priyeṇa putreṇāsatsvabhāvayutena sā /
cirasaṅgātteṣu dṛḍhānurāgeṇa samāyutā

p1.43

evamuktaprakāreṇa / mama sakhī buddhiḥ / asatīsaṅgataḥ avidyāsaṅgena /
atyantamālinyaṃ sattvasvabhāvāvarakaṃ tāmasaṃ mohaṃ samupāgatā / sakhyā
avidyayā / asatsvabhāvena priyeṇa mohena putreṇa manasā ca / dṛḍhasaṅgāt
sadā tadrūpeṇa pariṇatatvāt / buddhiḥ svīyaṃ satsvarūpaṃ parityajya mohātmanā
manaḥkalpitavastusaundaryādivyavasāyātmanā ca sadā sthiteti bhāvaḥ

p1.44

jahau mayayanurāgaṃ tu sarvathā kramataḥ sakhī /
ahaṃ svabhāvasaralā hātuṃ tatsaṅgamañjasā

p1.44

jahāviti / kālakramato mūḍhādiṣu dṛḍhānurāgānmayayanurāgaṃ prītiṃ jahau /
paricchinnacitirūpakartṛbhoktrātmakajīvasvarūpavicāro'pi buddhernāsīditi
tātparyam / nanvevaṃ sati tvayāpi tadanurāgastyaktaḥ [k, kh: tadānu]
syāditi cennetyāha - ahamiti / svabhāvataḥ saralā / nisarga##-
saralānāmanyaprītyādyanimittaiva prītiriti tātparyam

p1.45

anīśā tatparaivāsaṃ sarvathā tāmanuvratā /
atha tasyāḥ priyo mūḍho bhuñjānastāṃ tu sarvadā

p1.45

matprīteranimittatvāt prītiṃ tyaktumanīśā ata eva tatparā satī sarvathā tāmanuvratā
/ tatsamānaśīlāabhavamityarthaḥ / mama cinmātrarūpatvāt
pratibimbabhūtairbuddhidharmairyogād buddhyanukṛtiṃ prāpteti bhāvaḥ / atha
evaṃ buddhyanukāraprāptyanantaram

p1.46

prasahya māṃ samākrāntumudyuktaḥ sarvathā'bhavat /
nāhaṃ svabhāvasaṃśuddhā vastutastadvaśaṃ gatā

p1.46

matpriyāmanugateyamiti matvā māmapi haṭhena bhogāyākrāntuṃ sa mūḍha
udyukto'bhavat / evaṃ jāte'pi svabhāvaśuddhā ahaṃ na tadvaśaṃ gatā /
buddherviṣayavāsanānibiḍatve'pi na jīvatādātmyamapa gacchati / evaṃ
buddhitādātmyāpannaciterbuddhivṛttirūpamohasamparkābhāse'pi darpaṇasya
pratibimbeneva [k, kh: darpaṇapratibimbanyānena / asmin pāṭhe
pūrvatanaṃ darpaṇasya iti padamanāvaśyakam /] na vastuto mohasamparka iti
bhāvaḥ

p1.47

p. ५६)
tathāpi loke me'tyantaṃ parīvādo mahānabhūt /
mūḍhena sarvatheyaṃ ca bhujyate iti sarvataḥ

p1.47

parīvādo'pavādaḥ / parīvādasvarūpamevāha - mūḍheneti / sarvataḥ sarvatra /
avivekino buddhidharmānātmanyāropayantīti tātparyam

p1.48

asthirākhyaṃ svaputraṃ sā mayi nyasya sakhī mama /
priyeṇa saṃpariṣvaktā sarvathā tatparā'bhavat

p1.48

sā buddhiḥ sakhī / tatparā mūḍhaparā / manaḥkalpitamapi niścetumasamarthā
[k: niśceṣṭu] buddhirmohaikarūpā'bhavaditi bhāvaḥ

p1.49

athāsthiro mayā samyag lālitaḥ poṣitastataḥ /
prauḍhastriyaṃ pitāmahyā anumatyopasaṅgataḥ

p1.49

atha mayi putranyāsānantaram / pitāmahyā mūḍhamātuḥ avidyāyā iti yāvat /
striyaṃ kalpanām / buddheratimohātmatāprāptyanantaraṃ cittādātmyāpannaṃ
manaḥ kalpanāyāṃ samarthaṃ sat kalpanaikaparamabhavadityāśayaḥ /
kalpane'vidyānukūleti tadanumatirjñaṃyā

p1.50

sā priyā tasya capalābhidhānā hi pratikṣaṇam /
priyasya sammataṃ rūpaṃ bhinnaṃ bhinnaṃ manoharam

p1.50

kalpanāyāścapaleti nāma / priyasya manasaḥ

p1.51

gṛhṇātyāścaryajananaṃ priyamevaṃ svake vaśe /
cakre sā'tyantanipuṇā svanaipuṇyavaśāt khalu

p1.51

svanaipuṇyavaśādvaśe cakre / mano vicitrakalpanāparaṃ
pratikṣaṇamabhavadityāśayaḥ

p1.52

p. ५७)
asthiro'pi kṣaṇenaiva tvasaṃkhyaśatayojanam /
prayātyāyāti ca sadā na śrāntimupagacchati

p1.52

asthiro manaḥ

p1.53

samīhate yatra gantumasthiraśca yadā yadā /
tasyeṣṭaṃ ca svarūpaṃ tu kṛtvā sā capalāpi hi

p1.53

samīhata iti / yatra yatra mano gacchati tatra tatra vicitrānekakalpanāṃ karotyeveti
bhāvaḥ

p1.54

tatra tatra sthitā bhūtvā ramayatyeva svaṃ priyam /
evaṃ sā capalā samyagasthireṇa yutā satī

p1.54

ramayatyeveti / svayameva manorājyādikamantaḥsaṅkalpya
tatprayuktasukhābhāsaṃ prāpnotīti bhāvaḥ / yutā satī tanayān suṣuve iti yojanā

p1.55

suṣuve pañcatanayān mātāpitṛparāyaṇān /
te samarthāḥ pañcavidhā mayi sakhyā niveśitāḥ

p1.55

suṣuva iti / tanayān jñānendriyāṇi / manaso nirvikalpatve indriyavṛttyanudayād
manasā vikalpanāyāmindriyaprasṛtiḥ [kh, g, gh: prasūtiḥ] /
indriyaprasarasya manaḥkalpanopayuktatvānmātāpitṛparāyaṇāniti jñeyam /
sakhyā mayi niveśitā iti cittādātmyāpattiruktā

p1.56

ahaṃ sakhyanuraktā tānakurvaṃ balavattarān /
atha te pañcatanayāścapalāyāḥ pṛthak pṛthak

p1.56

tān putrān balavattarān / cittādātmyaprakarṣeṇa svatantraprakāśatulyāniti bhāvaḥ

p1.57

cakrurāyatanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vicitramativistṛtam /
pitaraṃ svavaśe cakrurmātrā samyag vibhāvitāḥ

p1.57

vicitraṃ vividhagandhādyupalabdhisthānam [k: vividhaṃ] / ativistṛtam
asaṃkhyaviṣayagrahaṇe'pi tadudarāpūrteḥ / sarvavyavahārasya tadadhīnatvāt
śreṣṭham āyatanaṃ cakruriti / tattadgolakādhiṣṭhitā babhūvurityāśayaḥ / mātrā
kalpanayā vibhāvitāḥ poṣitāḥ / vikalpaparaṃ manaḥ sadendriyadvāreṇa
bahirmukhamabhavditi tātparyam

p1.58

p. ५८)
ānayanti svāyatanaṃ pitaraṃ taṃ kṣaṇe kṣaṇe /
tatrāsthiro jyeṣṭhasutāyatanaṃ viniviśya tu

p1.58

piturvaśīkaraṇameva vivicya darśayati - ānayantīti / jyeṣṭhasutaḥ
śrotrendriyam

p1.59

aśṛṇodvividhān śabdān susvarānitarānapi /
kvacinmadhurasaṅgītaṃ kvacidvādyaṃ sumañjulam [k, g, gh:
sumaṅgalam]

p1.59

itarān visvarān / etadevāha - kvaciditi

p1.60

ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni mantrānātharvaṇānapi /
śāstrāgametihāsāṃśca bhūṣaṇānāṃ ca siñjitam

p1.61

bhṛṅgasaṅghasya gītaṃ ca pikapañcamasusvaram /
evaṃ manoharān śabdān śṛṇvan putranideśataḥ

p1.61

manaḥ śrotrendriyamāviśya śrotradvārā tattacchabdākāreṇa pariṇatamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.62

prītaḥ putravaśaṃ prāgādatha putro'nyathā'diśat /
viruddhān karṇakaṭukānaśṛṇod bhairavān ravān

p1.62

putravaśaṃ śrotre dṛḍhaniveśam / anyathā'diśaditi / manaso
bāhyaviṣayagrahaṇasyendriyādhīnatvādindriyādeśenā'śṛṇoditi

p1.63

siṃhādigarjitaṃ meghanirghoṣamaśanestathā /
brahmāṇḍabhedanaṃ garbhasrāvaṇaṃ subhayaṅkaram

p1.63

aśaninirghoṣaviśeṣaṇaṃ brahmāṇḍetyādi

p1.64

evaṃ [k: atra śloke pūrvāddhottarārddhayorviparyastaḥ pāṭhaḥ]
śrutvā sucakitaścānyatrāpyaśṛṇottathā /
ruditaṃ vipralapitaṃ śocitādivicitritam

p1.65

dvitīyasutanīto'thāsthirastadbhavanaṃ yayau /
tatrāpaśyad mṛdusparśānyāsanāni śubhāni ca

p1.65

dvitīyasutastvagindriyam

p1.66

p. ५९)
śayanāni ca vāsāṃsi kaṭhinasparśakānyapi /
śītasparśāni vastūni tathoṣṇasparśakāni ca

p1.67

anuṣṇāśītasparśāni vicitrāṇyabhivīkṣya tu /
hitān dṛṣṭvā pramudito viṣaṇṇastvahitānapi

p1.68

atha tṛtīyatanayabhavanaṃ prāpya so'sthiraḥ /
apaśyadrucirākārān bhāvān vividhavarṇakān

p1.68

tṛtīyaścakṣuḥ

p1.69

raktān śvetān pītanīlān haritān pāṭalānapi /
dhūmrān kaḍārān kapiśān mecakān karburāṃstathā

p1.70

sthūlān kṛśānaṇūn dīrghānāyatān vartulāṃstathā /
arddhavṛttān dīrghavṛttān sundarāṃśca vibhīṣaṇān

p1.70

netrasya rūpānyaparimāṇādiviṣayatvādāha - sthūlānityādi

p1.71

bībhatsān bhāsvarān raudrānanālokāṃśca dṛṅmuṣaḥ /
kvaciddhitaṃ tato'nyacca paśyantaṃ pitaraṃ punaḥ

p1.71

anālokānandhakārān / kīdṛśān ? dṛṅmuṣaḥ

p1.72

anayatturyatanayo bhavanaṃ svaṃ vicitritam /
tatrāsasāda puṣpāṇi phalānyannāni [k, kh: phalānyanyā] ca
kramāt

p1.72

turyo rāsanaṃ rasānumitaṃ puṣpādi jñeyam

p1.73

peyāni lehyacoṣyāṇi bhakṣyāṇi rasavanti vai /
sudhāsvādūni madhurāṇyanyānyamlarasāni ca

p1.74

kaṭukāni ca tiktāni kaṣāyāṇyapi kānicit /
kṣārāṇi madhurāmlāni kaṭvamlalavaṇāni ca

p1.74

madhurāmlānītyādi miśrarasaḥ

p1.75

kaṭutiktāni citrātmarasāni vividhānyapi /
āsvādayannātmajena sameto'thāntimaḥ sutaḥ

p1.75

antimo ghrāṇam

p1.76

p. ६०)
nināya pitaraṃ sthāne svīye'tyantavicitrite /
tatropālabhatānekapuṣpāṇi ca phalāni ca

p1.77

tṛṇānyannānyoṣadhīśca [k: tṛṇānyanyā] bhāvānanyāṃśca
sarvataḥ /
sugandhān pūtigandhāṃśca mṛdugandhogragandhakān

p1.77

bhāvān arthān / tānevāha - sugandhānityādi

p1.78

mohagandhān jñānagandhān mūrchāgandhān vicitritān /
putrāṇāṃ bhavane caivaṃ praviśan niviśannapi

p1.78

mohajanako mohagandhaḥ / evamagre'pi

p1.79

hiteṣu ramate kvāpi viṣīdatyahite kvacit /
sadā gamāgamaparaḥ putrāṇāṃ bhavane babhau

p1.80

te putrāḥ pitṛvātsalyāt pitṛhīnā na ca kvacit /
spṛśanti viṣayāṃścitrān svalpaṃ vāpi kadācana

p1.80

te putrā iti / mano vihāya svātantryeṇendriyāṇāṃ viṣayagrahaṇāsāmarthyamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.81

asthirastu putragṛhe bhuktvā tān viṣayān bahūn /
muṣitvānyāṃśca viṣayān guptyā nayati svaṃ padam

p1.81

mana indriyābhiniviṣṭaṃ bāhyaviṣayamāsādya tatkṛtasukhādikaṃ tatkāla
evānubhavati / kāṃścicca viṣayān saṃskāradvāreṇāntarguptyā'prakaṭarūpeṇa
gṛhītvā svapade hṛdi sthitvā taṃ viṣayaṃ smṛtyādinā vikalpya
tatsukhamanubhavatītyāha - asthira iti

p1.82

patnyā capalayā sākaṃ rahaḥ putrairvinā svayam /
bhunaktyatitarāṃ nityamathānyā capalā svasā

p1.82

rahaḥ svapnādau / anyā āśā

p1.83

p. ६१)
mahāśanā patiṃ vavre manaḥkāntaṃ tamasthiram /
tasyāmatitarāṃ sakto yadā'bhūdasthiro'pi vai

p1.83

tam asthiram / nityaṃ [k: nitya] viṣayabhogenāśā pravṛddheti bhāvaḥ

p1.84

tadā tasyāḥ prītaye sa bhogāharaṇatatparaḥ /
tenānītaṃ bahvapi ca bhakṣitvā kṣaṇamātrataḥ

p1.84

tasyāṃ mahāśanāyāmatyantāsaktihetunā tasyāḥ prītaye sadā
bhogāharaṇatatparo'bhavat

p1.85

punarbubhukṣayākrāntā bhogāharaṇahetave /
sadā priyaṃ sandiśati so'pyāhartuṃ sadekṣate

p1.85

duṣpūrāśāviṣṭaṃ manaḥ sarvadā viṣayasādhanaparamabhavaditi tātparyam

p1.86

putraiḥ pañcabhirānītaṃ priyeṇāpi susaṃbhṛtam /
bhuktvā kṣaṇena bhūyo'pi sā bubhukṣāprapīḍitā

p1.86

sapatnyāḥ putrairindriyaiḥ

p1.87

bhogāhṛtau sandiśati priyaṃ putrāṃśca sarvadā /
tataḥ sā svalpakālena suṣuve putrayoryugam

p1.87

bhogānām āhṛtau āharaṇaviṣaye

p1.88

jvālāmukhastayorjyeṣṭho nindyavṛttastathāparaḥ /
sadā mātuḥ priyatamau tau putrau saṃbabhūvatuḥ

p1.88

tayoḥ putrayormadhye jyeṣṭho jvālāmukhaḥ krodhaḥ / paro nindyavṛtto lobhaḥ /
māturāśāyāḥ / āśādhikyāt krodhalobhayoḥ prābalyamabhavadityāśayaḥ

p1.89

mahāśanāyāmāsaktaḥ saṃśliṣyati yadā'sthiraḥ /
tadā jvālāmukhajvālālīḍhasarvakalevaraḥ

p1.89

yadā yadā āśāparavaśastadā tadā krodhalobhakṛtaṃ mahāduḥkhaṃ prāpnotīti
tātparyam

p1.90

asthiraḥ pīḍito'tyantaṃ gāḍhamūrchāmupaiti hi /
kadācinnindyavṛttena saṅgataḥ priyasūnunā

p1.91

sarvairvinindyatāmeti mṛtatulyo hi jāyate /
evaṃ yadā'sthiro jāto duḥkhabhogaikatatparaḥ

p1.91

lobhena nindyatā tato mṛtatulyatā ca spaṣṭā

p1.92

p. ६२)
tadā sakhī me svabhāvasatī putre'sthirāhvaye /
ativātsalyatastena saṅgatā tasya duḥkhataḥ

p1.92

evaṃ manaso'tiduḥkhaprāptau manobuddhyoraikātmyād buddherapi
duḥkhaprāptirityāha - tadeti / sakhī buddhiḥ / putre manasi

p1.93

duḥkhabhārasamākrāntā nindyavṛttena saṅgatā /
jvālāmukhena ca tathā pautreṇāśleṣitā satī

p1.94

sudagdhā ninditā lokairmṛtaprāyā babhūva ha /
tāṃ sadānugatā cāhaṃ luptaprāyā'bhavaṃ priya

p1.94

tāṃ sakhīm / svopādherbuddheḥ rajastamovyāptatvena
svarūpasyānavabhāsālluptaprāyatvaṃ jñeyam

p1.95

evaṃ bahūni varṣāṇi sakhyā duḥkhena duḥkhitā /
asthiro'bhūdasvatantro mahāśanāparigrahāt

p1.95

duḥkhitā'bhavamiti sambandhaḥ

p1.96

puraṃ prāpa daśadvāraṃ kenacit karmaṇā kvacit /
tasmin mahāśanāyukto putrairmātrādibhiryutaḥ

p1.96

puraṃ śarīraṃ brahmarandhreṇa saha daśadvāram / kenacid prārabdhena karmaṇā /
bāhyapakṣe tu yuddhādikarmaṇā / kvacit pralyānantaraṃ sṛṣṭikāle

p1.97

nyavasat sa sukhaprepsurduḥkhaṃ bhuñjan divāniśam /
putrābhyāṃ dagdhasarvāṅgo ninditaścānuvāsaram

p1.97

sukhaprepsuriti / sukhasyecchāmātram duḥkhameva prāpyata iti bhāvaḥ

p1.98

itastataḥ samākṛṣṭaḥ priyābhyāṃ sarvadā hi saḥ /
putrāṇāṃ pañcabhavanaṃ praviśan niviśannapi

p1.98

priyābhyāṃ vikalpāśābhyām / putrāṇām indriyāṇām

p1.99

atyantaṃ śrāntimāyāti na sukhaṃ labhate kvacit /
evaṃ putrasya duḥkhena sakhī me'tyantaduḥkhitā

p1.99

putrasya manasaḥ / sakhī buddhiḥ

p1.100

p. ६३)
abhūnmūrcchitakalpā sā evaṃ tatpura āvasat /
jvālāmukhanindyavṛttayutā yā sā mahāśanā

p1.100

sāttvikāṃśāpagamānmūrcchitakalpā / tatpure dehe / mahāśanā āśā

p1.101

śūnyākhyayā poṣitā ca mūḍhena śvaśureṇa ca /
tathā sapatnyā capalākhyayā'tyantaṃ samedhitā

p1.101

śūnyākhyayā bhartuḥ pitāmahyā avidyayā

p1.102

asthiraṃ svavaśe cakre patiṃ tatpurasaṃsthitā [gh: yat] /
sakhīprītyā tatra cāhamavasaṃ tatparā satī

p1.102

avidyāmohakalpanābhiḥ prarūḍhayā āśayā manaḥ samākrāntamityetadāha -
asthiramiti / sakhīti / buddhitādātmyāpannāyāścito buddhyanukṛtirniyataiveti
bhāvaḥ

p1.103

sakhīduḥkhāddhataprāyā sarveṣāṃ rakṣaṇodyatā /
yadyahaṃ tatra na syāṃ vai kṣaṇamātramapi priya

p1.103

yadyahamiti / darpaṇaṃ vinā pratibimbavad adhiṣṭhānamantarā na kiñcidāropitaṃ
bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.104

na bhavettatra caiko'pi mayā sarvaṃ hi rakṣitam /
śūnyayā śunyatāṃ prāptā mūḍhena mūḍhatāmapi

p1.104

sarvādhiṣṭhānatvāt svasya sarvānukṛtimāha [sarvasya anukṛtim
anusṛtim sarvarūpatayā pratibhāsamityarthaḥ /] - śūnyayetyādi /
śūnyayā yutā

p1.105

asthireṇāsthiratvaṃ ca cāpalyaṃ capalāyutā /
jvālāmukhājjvalattāṃ ca nindyavṛttāttadātmatām

p1.106

sakhīsaṃyogataścaivamabhavaṃ tattadākṛtiḥ /
sakhīṃ yadi vimuñcāmi sā naśyet kṣaṇamātrataḥ

p1.106

mama cidrūpāyā anekarūpatā buddhitādātmyādevetyāha - sakhīsaṃyogata iti /
sakhīmiti / ahaṃ buddherapyadhiṣṭhānamiti māṃ vinā buddhirapi na
bhavedityāśayaḥ

p1.107

p. ६४)
māṃ saṅgatena teṣāṃ vai samāhurvyabhicāriṇīm /
janā mūḍhāḥ sarva eva kuśalā nirmalāṃ viduḥ

p1.107

teṣāṃ buddhyādīnāṃ saṅgatena sahabhāvena māṃ śuddhāmapi
vyabhicāriṇīmāhuḥ sarve janāḥ / ata eva te mūḍhāḥ /
śuddhākhaṇḍacidrūpamapyātmānaṃ kṣaṇikadṛśyākārānukāramātreṇa
kṣaṇikamāhurbauddhādaya iti tātparyam / kuśalāḥ sūkṣmadhiyastu
smṛtyanusandhānādimūlasarvavyavahārānupapattyā tanmatamupekṣya nirmalāṃ
kāladeśādiparicchedamalanirgatāṃ māṃ viduḥ

p1.108

mahāsatī me jananī viśuddhā nirmalākṛtiḥ /
ākāśādapi vistīrṇā sūkṣmā ca paramāṇutaḥ

p1.108

nanu kathaṃ te duṣṭasaṅgatāyā nirmalatvamiti cenmātuḥ sakāśāt
prāptamahāmantramāhātmyāditi vaktumādau mātaraṃ stauti - mahāsatītyādi /
bāhyapakṣe mahāsatī mahāpativratā / ata eva śuddhā mānasadoṣarahitā /
nirmalākṛtiḥ śarīradoṣarahitā [k: śarīra] ca / ākāśādapi vistīrṇā
yaśasā [k,kh: yā sā] / paramāṇutaḥ sūkṣmabuddhyādyupetatvāt
sūkṣmā / āntarapakṣe'navacchinnasattārūpeti mahāsatī / viśuddhā
śuddhacidekarūpatvādekarasetyarthaḥ / nirmalākṛtiḥ
ajñānādisvarūpāvarakamalānākrāntā / kāraṇatvena bhāsakatvena ca
vyāpakatvādākāśādapi vistīrṇā / paramāṇorapyantaranusyūtatvād
durjñeyatvācca paramāṇutaḥ sūkṣmā

p1.109

sarvajñānāpyakiñcijjñā sarvakartryapi niṣkriyā /
sarvāśrayāpyanādhārā sarvādhārāpyanāśritā

p1.109

bāhyapakṣe svabhāvataḥ sarvajñānāpi tatprayuktābhimānābhāvādakiñcijjñeva
tiṣṭhatīti / evamagre'pi / sarveṣāṃ poṣakatvenāśrayā / sarvakalānāmādhārāpi /
āntarapakṣe tu sarvajñatvādikaṃ dṛśyakṛtamiti svataḥ kiñcijjñatvādikam /
sarvatra bhāsamānatvāt sarvādhārā

p1.110

p. ६५)
sarvarūpāpyarūpā sā sarvayuktāpyasaṃyutā /
sarvatra bhāsamānāpi na jñeyā kenacit kvacit

p1.110

bāhyapakṣe sarvarūpā sarvāvayavasaundaryavatī [k: vat]
sarvairdhanadhānyādibhiryuktā sarvatra kāruṇyasauśīlyādistrīguṇairbhāsamānā
prasiddhāpi kvacit kenacinn jñeyā sadāntaḥpurasthatvāt / āntarapakṣe tu
sarvapratibimbarūpasyāpi darpaṇasya yathā pratibimbarūparāhityamevaṃ neyam /
sarvatra pratibimbāṃśe bhāsamāno'pi darpaṇo na kenacit pratibimbavyatirekeṇa
jñāyate evaṃ bhāveṣu sarvatra bhāsamānā citirbhāvavyatirekeṇa na jñāyate

p1.111

mahānandāpyanānandā mātāpitṛvivarjitāḥ /
mādṛśyastanayāstasyāḥ santi saṃkhyāvivarjitāḥ

p1.111

bāhyapakṣe mahānānando vibhavanimitto yasyāḥ /
evaṃvidhāpyānandanimittaharṣānutsekādanyairalakṣyamāṇānandatvādanānandā /
mātāpitarau varjitau yayā / mahāsatītvena patiparāyaṇatvāt tyaktamātāpitṛsneheti
tātparyam / āntara pakṣe mahānandarūpāpi svarūpātiriktānandāyogādanānandā /
nityatvānmātāpitṛvivarjitā / saṃkhyāvivarjitā asaṃkhyāḥ

p1.112

yathā taraṅgā jaladherasaṃkhyaḥ sodarīgaṇaḥ /
sarvāstā matsamācārā rājaputra bhavanti vai

p1.112

yathā taraṅgā asaṃkhyāstathā me asaṃkhyaḥ sodarīgaṇaḥ / etaddṛṣṭāntena
vastuto jananyavyatiriktatvaṃ kanyānāmuktaṃ jñeyam / samācārāḥ
sakhīkuṭumbaparāyaṇāḥ

p1.113

mahāmantravatī cāhaṃ sarvairetaiḥ sakhīgaṇaiḥ /
saṅgatā tatparā cāpi mātṛtulyā svarūpataḥ

p1.113

evaṃ duṣṭaiḥ saṅgatā tatparā'pyahaṃ teṣāṃ doṣairaspṛṣṭā / kuta evamiti
cedevaṃvidhameva mantrasāmarthyaṃ mamastītyāha - mahāmantreti /
āntarapakṣe tu mahāmantro māyāśaktiḥ / tayā'hamaghaṭitamapi śuddhasvarūpe
saṃsārāvabhāsanaṃ sampādayāmīti tātparyam

p1.114

p. ६६)
asmin pure sakhīputro yadā śrānto bhavatyalam /
tadā mātuḥ samutsaṅge'sthiraḥ śete sunirbharam

p1.114

evaṃ prasaṅgāt svavṛttamabhidhāya punaḥ sakhīputrādivṛttaṃ nirūpayati ##-
āntarapakṣe tu paripakvakarmaṇāṃ bhogena kṣayādanyeṣāmaparipākād madhye
māturbuddherutsaṅga manaḥ śete layaṃ prāpnoti

p1.115

asthirastu yadā suptastadā tasya sutādayaḥ /
svāpaṃ samadhigacchanti nānyo jāgarti kaścanaḥ

p1.115

sutā indriyāṇi krodhalobhau ca / ādipadena patnī mātā ca / āntarapakṣe tu manasi
vilīne indriyādi sarvaṃ vilīnamiti tāparyam

p1.116

tadā tadrakṣati puramasthirasya priyaḥ sakhā /
pracārākhyaḥ praticaran pūrvadvārayuge muhuḥ

p1.117

asthirasyāpi yā mātā sakhī me tanayena sā /
tasyāḥ sakhī ca yā śvaśrūrasatī yā svabhāvataḥ

p1.117

tadā sarvasvāpakāle suṣuptau / pracāraḥ prāṇaḥ / manaḥprāṇayoranyatararodhe
dvayoḥ rodhasambhavāt priyatvaṃ sakhitvaṃ prāṇasya / pūrvadvārayugaṃ
nāsāpuṭadvayam / me sakhī asthiramātā yā sā tanayena tanayādinā saha yadā
suptā tadeti śeṣaḥ / tasyāḥ asthiramātuḥ yā sakhī śvaśrūśca śūnyanāmnī
avidyā

p1.118

sā samācchādya tān sarvān putreṇa saha rakṣati /
evaṃ sarveṣu supteṣu prāpya svāṃ mātaraṃ tadā

p1.118

sarvān asthirādīn suptān / putrena mūḍhākhyena sahitā [k: saha] rakṣati /
āntarapakṣe mohātmikayā avidyayā sarvamāvṛtaṃ bhavatīti tātparyam

p1.119

p. ६७)
ānanditā'haṃ bhavāmi mātrāśliṣṭā ciraṃ nanu /
punastānutthitān śīghramanusaṃyāmi cānvaham

p1.119

āntarapakṣe tu suṣuptau paricchedakopādhilayāt pūrṇarūpatāsampattyā ānanditā
ānandarūpā bhavāmīti tātparyam / anusaṃyāmi tattattādātmyaṃ prāpnomītyarthaḥ

p1.120

asthirasya sakhā yo'yaṃ pracārākhyo mahābalaḥ /
sa sarvānasthiramukhān poṣayatyanuvāsaram

p1.120

pracārākhyaḥ prāṇaḥ / asthiramukhān manaḥśrotrādīn / poṣayatīti /
prāṇasamedhitajaṭharāgnipācitānnarasamūlakasāmarthyavattvānmanaḥprabhṛtīn
āmiti bhāvaḥ

p1.121

sa eko bahudhā bhūtvā puraṃ ca puravāsinaḥ /
vyāpya rakṣatyanudinaṃ sarvān saṃśleṣayatyapi

p1.121

sa prāṇaḥ / bahudhā prāṇādivṛttibhedena / saṃśleṣayati svasvaviṣayaiḥ
saṃyojayati

p1.122

taṃ vinā te hi viśliṣṭā naṣṭāḥ syurapi sarvathā /
sūtreṇa hīnā maṇayo mālābaddhā yathā pṛthak

p1.122

manaḥprabhṛtiṣu kriyāśaktirūpeṇāyameva prota ityāha dṛṣṭāntena - taṃ
vineti / viśliṣṭāḥ viṣayāsaṃvaddhāḥ [k: yasambandhāḥ] / naṣṭāḥ
kāryākṣamatvena naṣṭaprāyāḥ / mālākāratayā baddhā maṇayaḥ / teṣāṃ
pṛthagbhūtānāṃ mālākāratā yathā naśyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.123

sa evaṃ [k: eva] māṃ ca saṅgamya sarvaiḥ saṃyojayat param [k:
puram] /
mayā saṃjīvito'tyantaṃ sūtradhāro hi tatpure

p1.123

saṅgamya mattādātmyaṃ prāpya / sarvairmāṃ saṃyojayati / antaḥkaraṇādīnāṃ
cittādātmyaṃ prāṇadvārakameveti tātparyam / etaccāgre bhaviṣyati
[akṣāntaḥkaraṇādīnāṃ prāṇasūtraṃ yadāntaram (२०/३५) ityādinā /
] / sūtradhāra iti / yathā sūtradhāro nāṭyapravartakaḥ evaṃ prāṇa eva
manaḥprabhṛtivyāpārapravartakaḥ

p1.124

p. ६८)
jīrṇe tu tatpure cānyatpuraṃ tāṃ nayati drutam /
evaṃ pracāraṃ saṃśritya purāṇāmadhipo'bhavat

p1.124

tatpure śarīre / tān buddhyādīn / nayatīti / utkramaṇakāle buddhyādīnāṃ prāṇe
layāt prāṇo nayatīti bhāvaḥ / adhipaḥ asthirābhidhaṃ mano'bhavat

p1.125

bahūnāmasthiro nūnaṃ vicitrāṇāṃ krameṇa vai /
satīputro'pyasthiraḥ sa saṃśrito'pi mahābalam

p1.125

bahūnāṃ purāṇāmiti pūrveṇa sambandhaḥ / mahābalaṃ prāṇam

p1.126

mayā ca bhāvito'tyantaṃ sarvathā duḥkhabhāgabhūt /
capalāmahāśanābhyāṃ patnībhyāṃ susamāgamāt [k, kh:
gamat]

p1.126

tvayā mahāmantravatyā bhāvitasya mahābalasaṃśrayasya satīputrasyāpi
duḥkhabhāktvaṃ [k: duḥkhatvaṃ tu] kuta iti cet
patnyādyasatsamāgamādityāha - capaletyādi

p1.127

jvālā[gh: mukhā]mukhanindyavṛttābhidhaputrayugena ca /
anyaiḥ putraiḥ pañcabhiḥ sa sarvatrābhivikarṣitaḥ

p1.127

abhivikarṣita iti / vikalpena āśodayaḥ tata indriyārtheṣu pravṛttiḥ tannimittaḥ
krodhalobhodayaḥ tena duḥkhabhāgabhūdityāśayaḥ

p1.128

mahākleśaparītātmā sukhaleśavivarjitaḥ /
itastataḥ kvacit putraiḥ pañcabhiḥ sa vikarṣitaḥ

p1.128

mahākleśaprāptiprakāramāha - ita ityādi

p1.129

kvaciccapalayā'tyantaṃ cālitaḥ khedamīyivān [g, gh: meyivān] /
kvacinmahāśanāhetoraśanārthaṃ pradhāvati

p1.129

khedamīyivān [g, gh: meyivān] duḥkhaṃ prāptavān

p1.130

kvacijjvālāmukhākṣipto nirdagdhāpādamastakaḥ /
mahāmūrcchāṃ samāyāti cāvidaṃstatpratikriyām

p1.130

tatpratikriyāṃ krodhapratikriyāṃ śāntim

p1.131

p. ६९)
nindyavṛtaṃ kvacit prāpya garhito bhartsitaḥ paraiḥ /
mṛtatulyaṃ svamātmānaṃ manyate śokasantataḥ

p1.131

garhaṇabhartsanābhyāṃ mṛtatulyamātmānaṃ manyate tena śokasantapto
[kh, g: santato] bhavati

p1.132

duṣpatnīputrasahito mohito duṣkulodbhavaḥ /
patnīputraiḥ samākrānto nīyamānastu taiḥ sadā

p1.132

mūḍhaputratvād duṣkulodbhavatvam

p1.133

uvāsa tairvicitreṣu pureṣūccāvaceṣu hi /
kvacit kāntārakīrṇeṣu kravyādakulabhūmiṣu

p1.133

taiḥ sahīvāsa / uccāvaceṣu utkṛṣṭeṣvapakṛṣṭeṣu ca / evaṃvidhasya
narakaprāptimāha - kvaciditi / kāntārairaraṇyaiḥ kīrṇeṣu vyāpteṣu pureṣu /
kravyādakulaṃ māṃsāśikākādisamudāyaḥ tadāśriteṣu [k: sadā] /
mahāraṇyasthaṃ kākādivyāptaṃ ca svadehaṃ paśyatīti tātparyam

p1.134

kvacidatyantatapteṣu kvacicchitajaḍeṣuca /
kvacit pūtivahāstheṣu kvacid gāḍhatamaḥsu ca

p1.134

pūtīti / durgandhavahātmakanadīstheṣu / gāḍhatamaḥsu tarvādideheṣu
uvāsetyanvayaḥ

p1.135

evaṃ bhūyo'tiduḥkhena duḥkhite [k, kh: duhkhitaṃ] tanaye'sthire /
sakhī ca me duḥkhamūḍhā'bhavad duḥsaṅgataḥ sadā

p1.136

svabhāvasatyapi mudhā tāmanvahamapi priya /
mūḍhevātyantamabhavaṃ tatkuṭumbaparāyaṇā

p1.136

ahaṃ svabhāvasatī / vastutastatsaṅgābhāvāt svacchasvabhāvāpi / mudhā vyarthaṃ
nirnimittenetyarthaḥ

p1.137

ko hi duḥsaṅgataḥ saukhyaṃ prāpnuyālleśataḥ kvacit /
gacchan marusthale [k: mahā-] grīṣme tṛṣṇāśāntiṃ yathā
[k, kh: yayau] naraḥ

p1.137

nanu kimarthaṃ tvayā mūḍhatvaṃ prāptamiti ced duḥsaṅgata ityāha - ko hīti

p1.138

p. ७०)
evaṃ ciratare kāle saṃvṛtte mama sā sakhī /
mohitā'tyantakhedena mayā rahasi saṅgatā

p1.138

evaṃ duḥkhabhogena / saṃvṛtte atīte / saṅgateti /
kathañcitprāpteśvarānugraheṇa / rahasi vivikte viṣayānavabhāsadaśāyāṃ mayā
[k: mayā nāsti] saṅgatā śuddhacidākārā'bhavaditi āntarapakṣe jñeyam

p1.139

madekasaṅgādyuktiṃ sā prāpyāsādya ca satpatim /
jitvā svatanayaṃ hatvā badhvā tattanayādikān

p1.139

madekasaṅgāt / śuddhamadrūpābhivyakteryuktiṃ vairāgyam
vairāgyātmadarśanayoḥ parasparakāraṇatvāt / taduktaṃ - bhaktiḥ
pareśānubhavo viraktiḥ [kh: vimuktiḥ] (bhā० pu० ११/२/४२) ityādi
paraṃ dṛṣṭvā nivartate (bha० gī० २/५५) iti ca / vairāgyāt satpatiṃ vivekam
/ tanayaṃ manaḥ / krodhalobhau hatvā / indriyāṇi badhvā

p1.140

mayā saṅgamya manmātṛpuramāsādayad drutam /
manmātaraṃ pariṣvajya muhurmuhurakalmaṣā

p1.140

mayā saṅgamya samyagekatāṃ nirvikalpasamādhiṃ prāpya / saṅgateti pūrvaṃ
śravaṇena parīkṣajñānamuktam / idānīṃ manananididhyāsanābhyāmaparokṣamiti
[k: bhyāṃ samapa-] vā vivekaḥ / manmātṛpuram
anavacchinnaśuddhacidātmatām / drutamiti [k: udbhūta] jñānottarakṣaṇe
/ muhurmuhurmanmātaraṃ pariṣvajyeti jīvanmuktidaśoktā jñeyā / muhurmuhuriti
buddhermadhye madhye dvaitābhāsarūpatoktā / ata evāha akalmaṣeti /
dagdhapaṭākārasya [k: stha] dvaitābhāsasya na pūrvavat
saṃsāramūlavāsanātmakakalmaṣādhāyakatvamiti bhāvaḥ / etadevoktam -
hatvāpi sa imān lokān na hanti na nivadhyate (bha० gī० १८/१७) iti

p1.141

p. ७१)
ānandārṇavanirmagnasvabhāvā'bhavadañjasā /
evaṃ tvamapi durvṛttaṃ nigṛhya sakhisambhavam

p1.141

nanu saṃsāramūlavāsanābhāve'pi dṛṣṭaduḥkhaṃ syādityāśaṅkyāha -
ānandeti / vāsanāhetorabhimānasyaiva duḥkhahetutvāditi tātparyam / abhavaditi
prathamapuruṣeṇa buddhereva bandhamokṣau [k: revaṃvidhamokṣo] na
mametyuktaṃ bhavati / sakhisambhavaṃ manaḥ

p1.142

prāpya svamātaraṃ nātha sukhaṃ nityaṃ samāpnuhi /
etatte kathitaṃ nātha svānubhūtaṃ sukhāspadam

p1.142

prāpyeti / buddhyā saha [k: mahā] paricchinnacidekarūpatāṃ
prāpyetyarthaḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyāne bandhākhyāyikā
pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ //
atha ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ
evaṃ priyāvacaḥ śrutvā hemacūḍo'tivismitaḥ /
hasan papraccha tāṃ kāntāmavidvān viduṣīṃ tadā

p1.2

atrādhyāye cetipadyaiḥ śraddhā śreyaḥsusādhanam /
kutarkasyānarthalābha iti samyagnirūpyate //
priye proktaṃ yadetatte khacitramiva bhāti me /
nirālambaṃ vacaste'dya [k: vacaste'dya nāsti] jānāmyetadaśeṣataḥ

p1.2

khacitramiva / asambhāvitamivetyarthaḥ / nirālambaṃ nirviṣayam

p1.3

nūnaṃ tvamapsarodbhūtā [k: tada] ṛṣiṇā varddhitā vane /
saṃspṛṣṭayauvanādyāpi [k: saṃsṛṣṭa] na tāruṇyamalaṃ gatā

p1.3

kuta iti cedāha - nūnamiti / alam atyantam

p1.4

vakṣyasyanekasāhasravarṣāṇāmiva saṃsthitim /
bhūtagrastoktisadṛśavacasā te'timātrataḥ

p1.4

atimātrato'timātreṇa bahulena vacasā

p1.5

asandarbheṇa kimahaṃ vibuddhyāmi yathārthataḥ /
vada te sā sakhī kvāste baddhaśca sakhiputrakaḥ

p1.5

kuto [madvacasi asandarbhatā iticchedaḥ]madvacasyasandarbhateti
[k, g: castha] cedāha - vadeti

p1.6

purāṇi tāni vā kutra saṃsthitāni tadīraya /
astu kiṃ tena vṛttena vada me kva ca sā sakhī

p1.7

p. ७३)
sakhīṃ na prāptavān māturahaṃ tat pravicāraya /
āryāsti me'varodhe sve piturme'nyā nahi priyā

p1.7

ahaṃ mātrā dattāṃ sakhīṃ na prāptavānasmi / me āryā mātā avarodhe'ntaḥpure'sti
tāṃ vicāraya pṛccha / anyāpi mātā me nāsti yayā [k, kh, g:
yathā] sakhī dattā [k: dattāsthā] syādityāha pituriti

p1.8

sā vā sakhī me kutrāste tatputro vā vada drutam /
manye'haṃ te vaco loke vandhyāputrasamāśrayam

p1.8

loke prasiddhaṃ vandhyāputrasamāśrayaṃ vaca iva te vacaḥ

p1.9

yathāha kaścinnaṭiko [k: naṭīko] vidūṣakavacovidhau /
vandhyāputraḥ samārūḍhaḥ pratibimbamahāratham

p1.9

tadevāha - yatheti / naṭiko naṭaḥ

p1.10

śuktyāropitahairaṇyabhūṣaṇairbhūṣitāṅgakaḥ /
āyudhairnaraśṛṅgotthairyudhvā gaganakānane

p1.11

hatvā bhaviṣyadrājānaṃ jitvā gandharvapattanam /
marīcisrotasi svāpnakāminībhirhi khelati

p1.12

tathā tava vaco manye sarvathā'saṅgataṃ nanu [kh: na tu] /
śrutvaivaṃ priyavākyaṃ sā caturā prāha taṃ punaḥ

p1.12

tathā proktavidūṣakavākyavat / asaṅgatam

p1.13

nātha proktaṃ mayā yatte tat kathaṃ syādapārthakam /
na mādṛśānāṃ vacanaṃ nirālambaṃ kvacidbhavet

p1.14

mṛṣā hi tapasāṃ hantrī satyaśīleṣu sā kutaḥ /
tapasvināṃ kule kasmācchvitre [gh: kasmi] [śvitre kuṣṭhe
ityarthaḥ] saundaryavadbhavet

p1.14

kutaste vaco mṛṣā neti cedāha - mṛṣeti / tapasvināṃ madhye viśeṣataḥ
satyaśīleṣvasmāsu sā asambhāvyaiveti sadṛṣṭāntamāha - tapasvināmiti

p1.15

p. ७४)
yo yojayati jijñāsumanyārthena hyasatyataḥ /
tasya norddhvaṃ na cādhastālloko'sti [k: loke] sukhasādhanam

p1.15

jijñāsuviṣaye asatyena vacasā puṇyalokanāśa ityāha - ya iti / anyārthena
apārthavacasā asatyāt / na lokaḥ

p1.16

śṛṇu rājasutoktiṃ [kh, g, gh: ktaṃ] me loke taimirikaḥ
kvacit /
samadṛṣṭiṃ naiti śīghramañjanānāṃ vacogaṇaiḥ

p1.16

maduktaṃ sakṛcchravaṇamātreṇa tvayā mūḍhena
jñātumaśakyamityāśayenāha - śṛṇviti

p1.17

asatyameva jānāti hitaproktaṃ ca mūḍhadhīḥ /
tattvāṃ [k: tattvaṃ priyārha] priyā'haṃ jijñāsumasatyairyojayāmi
kim

p1.17

hitena priyeṇa proktamapi mūḍhadhīrasatyamiti jānāti / tat tasmāt tvayaivaṃ
yadvijñātaṃ tadanucitameva / yadahaṃ tapasvinī satyaśīlā tava priyā ca bhūtvā
tvāṃ [k, kh, g: tvāṃ nāsti] jijñāsum [k, kh, g:
jijñāsuḥ] asatyairyojayāmi kim / na yojayāmyevetyarthaḥ

p1.18

apyasatyaṃ mayoktaṃ yattadvimarśaya saddhiyā [k, gh:
siddhayā] /
loke hi kuśalo martyaḥ sarvavyavahṛtau nanu

p1.18

nanu asatyaṃ sāhasaṃ krauryaṃ strīṇāṃ sahajasambhavam iti cettvaṃ
kuśalo'syabhijñātumata [k: kuśalo'bhi] etat parīkṣayetyāha [k:
kṣasve] apīti / saddhiyā sūkṣmatarkayuktabuddhyā / nanvahaṃ
kuśalo'pyatītārthaṃ tvadvacanaṃ kathaṃ parīkṣiṣyāmīti cedāha - loka iti

p1.19

parīkṣyaikāṃśataḥ sarvāmabhijānāti saṃsthitim /
nidarśanaṃ pradāsyāmi tubhyamatra samīkṣaya [k: samīkṣayā]

p1.19

loke satyaśīlasaṃsthitim ekāṃśataḥ [k: evāṃśataḥ] kvacid vyavahāre
parīkṣyaiva jānāti / ato mayā prāguktaṃ yattattvayā satyatvenānubhūtamiti
nidarśanaṃ pradāsyāmi anubhūtaṃ smārayāmi / atra madvacanaparīkṣāyām

p1.20

p. ७५)
yaḥ purā viṣayaḥ sarvo babhūvābhīṣṭasādhanam /
cirānmadvacanāt so'dya kuto na sukhasādhanam

p1.20

ya iti / yo viṣayaḥ purā sukhasādhanatayā gṛhītaḥ so'dya
madvacasā'nyathaivānubhūyate / evaṃ prāguktasya satyatvādidamapi satyaṃ
bhavedeveti jānīhīti bhāvaḥ

p1.21

sa evādya sādhayati sukhamanyeṣu vai kutaḥ /
etannidarśanenaiva svamataṃ vettumarhasi

p1.21

nanu kālabhedānna sa viṣayaḥ sukhasādhanam [k: dhanaṃ matto] ato
naitattvadvacanakṛtamiti cedāha - sa eveti / etannidarśanena
maduktānubhavena / svamataṃ maduktamasatyamiti niścayaṃ
pramāṇamapramāṇaṃ veti vettum

p1.22

śṛṇu rājan yadbravīmi [k: yaddhavī ṛjyā] ṛjjvyā nirmalayā
dhiyā /
anāśvāso [loke āptoktiṣu anāśvāsaḥ sthiro ripurbhavedityanvayaḥ]
ripurloke [k: ripuloko] bhavedāptoktiṣu sthiraḥ

p1.22

madvacane śraddhasveti vaktuṃ [k, kh: vākye tu] śraddhāṃ stauti ##-
anāśvāsaḥ aśraddhā

p1.23

śraddhā mātā prapannaṃ sā vatsaleva sutaṃ sadā /
rakṣati prauḍhabhītibhyaḥ sarvathā nahi saṃśayaḥ

p1.24

āpteṣvaśraddhinaṃ [k, g: ddhitaṃ] mūḍhaṃ jahāti śrīḥ
sukhaṃ yaśaḥ /
sa bhavet sarvato hīno yaḥ śraddhārahito naraḥ

p1.24

ata eva sarvato hīno bhavet

p1.25

p. ७६)
śraddhā hi jagatāṃ dhātrī śraddhā sarvasya jīvanam /
aśraddho mātṛviṣaye bālo jīvet kathaṃ vada

p1.25

aśraddha iti / mātā me hitameva [k: hīna] kuryāditi śraddhābhāve
taddattāhārādestyājyatvena bālo na jīviṣyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.26

aśraddhastaruṇaḥ patnyāṃ kathaṃ sa sukhamedhate /
tathā'patyeṣu sthaviraḥ kathamīyāt satīṃ gatim

p1.26

mayi nidrite māmiyaṃ na hanyāditi patnyāṃ śraddhāmakurvato
viparītasambhāvanodayāt sukhaṃ na syāt / evaṃsthaviro'pi / satīṃ gatiṃ sukhasthitim

p1.27

aśraddho vā bhuvaṃ kasmād vikarṣet karṣakaḥ kila /
na pravṛttirbhavet kvāpi tyāge vā saṃgrahe'pi vā

p1.27

aśraddhasya na kvāpi pravṛttiḥ syāt iṣṭasādhanatvaniścayāsambhavādityāha
- aśraddha iti

p1.28

śraddhāvaidhuryayogena vinaśyejjagatāṃ sthitiḥ /
ekāntagrahaṇāllokapravṛttiriti cecchṛṇu

p1.28

pravṛttyabhāve iṣṭāpattiriti cennaivamityāha - śraddheti /
śraddhāvaidhuryaṃ śraddhābhāvaḥ tadyogena tatsattvena hetunā pravṛttyabhāve
sādhite satīti śeṣaḥ / jagatāṃ prāṇināṃ sthitiḥ sukhādyanubhavātmā vyavahāraḥ
/ naśyed nāśaḥ sambhavet [vyavahārapadasaṃnidhānena vyavahārasya
nāśaḥ saṃbhavedityartho vibhaktivipariṇāmena saṃpadyate /] /
pratyakṣasiddhā jagatsthitirapahnotuṃ na śakyā /
atastanmūlabhūtaśraddhāsiddhiriti bhāvaḥ / nanu na
jagatsthitinimittapravṛttyanyathānupapattyā śraddhāsiddhiriti pravṛtteranyathā
siddherityāha - ekānteti / ekāntagrahaṇāt vyāptigrahādityarthaḥ / karṣako
bhūvikarṣaṇe kṛte'kṛte ca dhānyaprāptimaprāptiśca bhūyo gṛhītvā
karṣaṇavyāptiṃ dhānyaprāptau viniścitya karṣaṇe pravartate na śraddhayā
pravartata iti bhāvaḥ / atrāha - śṛṇviti

p1.29

ekāntagrahaṇe vāpi śraddhā kasmāt pratiṣṭhitā /
tatrāpyekāntaśaraṇaḥ śraddhāśaraṇa eva hi

p1.29

śraddhānāma sambhāvanātmā niścayaḥ idamitthameva syāditi / evaṃ sati
ekāntagrahaṇe vā śraddhā tava kathaṃ pratiṣṭhitā sthitā /
śraddhāmapahnuvānasya [kh: hnuvataḥ] tava keṣucit sthāneṣu
kāryakāraṇayoḥ sāhacaryānubhavamātreṇa parokṣe bhāvikārye'pi
kāraṇasāhacaryasambhāvanā kuta ityabhiprāyaḥ / yadvā
sukhādyanubhavarūpaphalādapahnotumaśakyāt pravṛttiḥ siddhā / siddhāyāṃ
pravṛttau śraddhāmūlakatvaṃ na bhavedekāntagrahaṇamūlakatvameva bhavediti
vā śraddhā kuta iti - tatrāpīti / ekāntagrahaṇāt pravṛttiriti [g:
pravṛttisvī] svīkāre'pi / evaṃ satyapi śraddhā tvayā'bhyupagateti bhāvaḥ

p1.30

p. ७७)
tasmācchraddhāmṛte loko'vasīdedaśvasan dhruvam /
tasmācchraddhāṃ dṛḍhāṃ prāpya sukhamātyantikaṃ vraja

p1.30

yasmācchraddhāṃ vinā pravṛttirna ghaṭate tasmāt śraddhāmṛte
pravṛttyabhāvāllokavyavahāro naśyet / aśvasanniti /
ucchvāsaniśvāsayostannirodhe ca saṃśayādapravṛttiḥ syāditi tātparyam /
yasmācchraddhāṃ vinā vyāvahārikamapi sukhaṃ na bhavettasmāt / maduktau
śraddhāṃ prāpya

p1.31

śraddhā'vare na kāryeti manyase yadi tacchṛṇu /
iyaṃ ca śraddhayaivāste pravṛttirnṛpateḥ suta

p1.31

nanu śraddhā vidvadvacaneṣu kāryā nāvare nikṛṣṭe srīmūḍhādivacana iti
tadākṣepamanūdya pariharati - śraddheti / iyamiti / avare śraddhā na
kartavyetyabhyupagamarūpā pravṛttirapi śraddhayaiva bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.32

tat kathaṃ te pravṛttiḥ syāditi śrutvā priyāvacaḥ /
hemacūḍaḥ prāha punaḥ priyāṃ kuśalabhāṣiṇīm

p1.32

yadi śraddhā na syāttadā proktābhyupagamarūpā pravṛttiḥ kathaṃ syādityāha
- taditi

p1.33

nūnaṃ priye sarvathaiva śraddhātavyaṃ yadā bhavet /
śraddhā satsu vidhātavyā yayā [k, kh: yathā] śreyaḥ
samāpnuyāt

p1.33

sarvathā varāvaratvavicāraṃ vinā / tadā śraddhā satsvityādi mahājanoktavat
mīnānāmiva nāśamāpnuyāditi vyavahitena sambandhaḥ

p1.34

p. ७८)
asatsu no vidhātavyā śraddhā śreyo'bhivāñchinā /
anyathāntaḥ suniśite kuṭile baḍiśe yathā

p1.34

anyathā asati [asati asajjanasthānīye na tvavidyamāne] baḍiśe śraddhayā
mīnā yaṃ nāśamāpnuyustaṃ nāśamāpnuyāt / yato'sati śraddhayā nāśaḥ
tasmāt

p1.35

bahiḥsame supiṣṭena mīnānāṃ nāśamāpnuyāt /
tasmāt satsveva kartavyā śraddhā nāsatsu kutracit

p1.36

asatsu kṛtvā śraddhāṃ ye nāśamīyuḥ pare'pi ca /
satsu śreyoyujaḥ śraddhāvaśataste nidarśanam

p1.36

ye mīnā ivāsatsu śraddhayā naṣṭāḥ ye ca satsu śraddhayā śreyoyuktāste sarve
maduktau nidarśanam udāharaṇam

p1.37

ataḥ pratītyaiva yuktā kartuṃ śraddhā na cānyathā /
tat kathaṃ te pravṛttiḥ syāditi praśnaḥ kathaṃ tava

p1.37

saditi pratītyā jñātvaiva śraddhā kartuṃ yuktā / evaṃ sati tat kathaṃ te
pravṛttiriti [g: iti nāsti] prākkṛtaḥ praśna ākṣepaḥ katham ? na
sarvathā'haṃ śraddhāpratiṣedhaparaḥ satsu śraddhā kāryā nānyatreti satāṃ
mahājanānāṃ vākyādevamahaṃ pravṛtta iti bhāvaḥ

p1.38

ityuktā hemalekhā sā punarāha patiṃ priyam /
śṛṇu rājakumāredaṃ procyamānaṃ mayā vacaḥ

p1.39

yadāttha tvaṃ kathaṃ praśna iti tatra bravīmi te /
ayaṃ [k: atha] san vā hyasan vāyamiti te niścayaḥ kutaḥ

p1.39

satsu śraddhā kāryeti yadvākye tava śraddhā so'yaṃ puruṣaḥ sanneveti kathaṃ te
niścayaḥ

p1.40

p. ७९)
satyasmin niścaye bhūyācchubhaṃ sacchraddhayeha vai /
so'pi lakṣaṇataḥ syāccecchraddhā lakṣaṇasaṅgatā

p1.40

anyavākyeneti cedanavasthetyabhipretyāha - satyasminniti / ayaṃ niścaya eva na
ghaṭata iti tātparyam / so'pi sanniti niścayo'pi / lakṣaṇataḥ asadvyāvṛttidharmeṇa /
śraddheti / idamastya lakṣaṇamityanyavākyenedaṃ lakṣaṇajñānaṃ bhavitavyaṃ
cedanavasthā tadavasthaiveti bhāvaḥ

p1.41

pramāṇāllakṣaṇajñānamiti cettatra saṃśṛṇu /
aśraddhasya pramāṇaṃ kiṃ bhavettat sunirūpyatām

p1.41

pramāṇāditi / anvayavyatirekābhyāmityarthaḥ / aśraddhasya pramāṇaṃ kimiti /
ayamāśayaḥ - pare hyāgame śraddhayaiva pravṛttirupapadyate na
śuṣkatarkeṇa / pārthivatvalohalekhyatvayoḥ sahacārasya bhūyo gṛhītatve'pi hīrake
vyabhicāradarśanānna kevalatarkeṇa kiñcijjñātuṃ śakyata iti

p1.42

anyathā hi pramātā no visaṃvādyeta kutracit /
tasmācchraddhāṃ samāśritya lokaḥ sarvaḥ pravartate

p1.42

tasmāt puruṣārthasādhanapravartakamavisaṃvādipramāṇamāgamānnānyadityāha
- anyatheti / sadāgamasyevānyapramāṇānāmapi
duṣṭatvābhāvasambhāvanayā [k, kh: dṛṣṭa-]
sarvathā'visaṃvādakatve pravṛttaḥ pramātā na kvāpi visaṃvādyeta
pravṛttyuddiṣṭaphalāprāptyā [gh: phala] paribhūyata /
yasmādanyapramāṇānāṃ visaṃvādakatvasambhāvanā tasmāt / sadāgame
śraddhāmāśrityaiva kṛṣībalo'pyāgamāśrayeṇa
sumuhūrtavighnanirasanādipūrvakaṃ pravartate / tatra ca dṛśyamānaḥ
kvacidvisaṃvādā na pramāṇadoṣakṛtaḥ kintu sāmagrīvaikalyakṛta eva / ata eva
tasyaiva tatraiva bhūyaḥ sāmagrīsākalyasampādanābhimānena
pravṛttirupapadyata iti bhāvaḥ

p1.43

tatprakāraṃ pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu niścalacetasā /
anavasthitatarko vā hyatarko vāpi sarvathā

p1.43

tatprakāraṃ śraddhayā śreyaḥprāptiprakāram / anavasthitatarkaḥ śuṣkatarkavān /
atarko mūḍhaḥ

p1.44

p. ८०)
śreyo na prāpnuyālloka iha vāpi paratra vā /
tatrātarkasya kālena bhavecchreyaḥ kadācana

p1.44

śreyo neti / ādyasyānāśvāsenāpravṛtteḥ / dvitīyasya sāmagrīvaikalyasambhavāt
/ andhaprakṣiptaloṣṭāghātena [g, gh: loṣṭa] phalapātavad dvitīyasya
śreyaḥ kadācit sambhāvyata ityāha - tatreti / tayormadhye ityarthaḥ

p1.45

anavasthitatarkasya na śreyaḥ syāt kathañcana /
purā sahyagirau godāvarītīre hi kauśikaḥ

p1.45

anavasthitatarkasya śreyo na kathañcidityatretihāsamāha - pureti

p1.46

nyavasacchāntasumatirjñātalokasatattvakaḥ /
tasya śiṣyāstu śataśaḥ [g: bahuśaḥ] sthitā gurusamāśrayāt

p1.46

śāntaścāsau sumatiśca / kāmādyanāhatasvabhāvaḥ
śraddhābhaktipracuramatiśca / ata eva jñātalokasatattvakaḥ / lokyate dṛśyate iti
loko dṛśyam / dṛśyasya hi paraṃ tattvaṃ yatprakāśaḥ paraḥ śivaḥ
ityāgamarītyā adhiṣṭhānaprakāśamātraṃ satattvaṃ svarūpaṃ jñātaṃ yena

p1.47

ta ekadā gurumanu gatā lokasya saṃsthitim /
nirṇetuṃ buddhyanuguṇaṃ tadā procuḥ parasparam

p1.47

te śiṣyāḥ / gurumanu paścāt / guroḥ parokṣa iti yāvat / lokasya sthitiṃ nirṇetuṃ
gatāḥ saṅgatāḥ santaḥ tadā tannirṇayāya svabuddhyauguṇaṃ yathā tathā
parasparaṃ procuḥ

p1.48

tatrājagāma śuṅgākhyo vipraḥ kaścinmahābudhaḥ /
sa sarveṣāṃ mataṃ proktaṃ dūṣayadbuddhikauśalāt

p1.48

tatra kauśikaśiṣyasamāje / mahābudhaḥ śuṣkatarkanipuṇaḥ / yadvā
mahāṃścāsāvabudhaśca ajñātalokasatattva iti bhāvaḥ / sa śuṅgaḥ / sarveṣāṃ
kauśikaśiṣyāṇām / buddhikauśalāt / nāgamānuruddhayuktyā'dūṣayat kintu
kevalaṃ buddhikauśalāt / śuṣkatarkairiti bhāvaḥ

p1.49

p. ८१)
aśraddhayā hataprajño vivādanipuṇastadā /
pramāṇāt pramitaṃ satyamityukteṣu dvijeṣvatha

p1.49

kutastasyāgamānādara iti cedāha - aśraddhayeti / ata eva vivādanipuṇaḥ san
vitaṇḍāmāśrityeti yāvat / tadā kauśikaśiṣyāṇāṃ
dṛśyatattvanirṇayopayuktakathākāle / nirduṣṭapramāṇapramitaṃ satyamiti
teṣūkteṣu / athāhetyanvayaḥ

p1.50

anavasthitatarko vai prāha tarkaikasaṃśrayaḥ /
śuṅgākhya ākṣipan sarvān tatra vādakathāntare

p1.50

anavasthitatarkaḥ śuṅgākhyaḥ / śuṣkatarkāśrayaḥ / vādakathāntare /
jalpavitaṇḍābhinnakathāmadhye

p1.51

viprāḥ śṛṇudhvaṃ madvākyaṃ satyaṃ na kvāpi sidhyati /
pramitaṃ yat pramāṇena tat satyamiti hīritam

p1.51

śuṅgavākyaṃ viprā ityādi / bhavadbhiryat sādhyate satyam na tat kvāpi
kālatraye'pi siddhyatītyākṣepaḥ / pramitamityādi kauśikaśiṣyamatānuvādaḥ / iti hi
bhavadbhirīritam

p1.52

tatra tena doṣayujā bhavedapramitaṃ nanu [g: na tu] /
niścetavyā tatastvādau pramāṇānāmaduṣṭatā

p1.52

tatra pramāṇeṣu madhye doṣayuktapramāṇena bhātamapramitamasatyaṃ nanu / ata
ādau satyāsatyaparīkṣakeṇa pramāṇānāmaduṣṭatā niścetavyetyāha -
niścetavyeti / nahi bhāsanamātreṇa satyatvaṃ kasyacit śuktirajatādeḥ
satyatvaprasaṅgāt / ato'duṣṭapramāṇapramitasyaiva satyatvāt /
pramāṇāduṣṭatvaniścayādhīna eva bhāvasatyatvaniścaya iti bhāvaḥ

p1.53

sā pramāṇāntarakṛtā tatrāpyevaṃ vicintyatām /
ityevamanavasthānād na kiñcit pramitaṃ bhavet

p1.53

pramāṇāduṣṭatvaniścayo'pi pramāṇāntarādhīna ityanavasthayā mūlakṣatikaryā
na kvacit satyatvaṃ sidhyatītyāha - sā pramāṇeti

p1.54

p. ८२)
ataḥ pramātā pramitaṃ pramāṇaṃ vā na sidhyati /
tasmācchūnyāśrayo hyeṣa vikalpo vividhaḥ sthitaḥ

p1.54

ataḥ pramāṇāduṣṭatvāniścayāt / pramitaṃ dṛśyam / satyaṃ na sidhyati / tasmāt
satyatvāsiddheḥ / ahamidaṃ cakṣuṣā paśyāmītyādi vividho vikalpaḥ
śunyālambana eva / na cānumānādipramāṇairabhimatasiddhiḥ uktadoṣagrastatvāt
teṣāṃ pratyakṣopajīvyatvācca / na ca śūnyaṃ vā tava [kh, g: tarkeṇa]
kathaṃ siddhyatīti vācyam śūnyasiddhau pramāṇavyāpārānupayogāt
itarāsiddhimātrātmakatvāt tasyeti

p1.55

so'pi śūnyātmatā prāptaḥ pramāṇāviṣayatvataḥ /
tasmācchūnyaṃ na kiñcit sadityeṣa [k, kh, gh: syādi]
pravinirṇayaḥ

p1.55

ata evāha - so'pīti / śūnyapadārtho'pi śūnyatāṃ prāptaḥ
niścitāduṣṭapramāṇāviṣayatvāt / tasmāt śūnyamiti na kiñcidvastu syāt
itarāsiddhimātrātmakatvāt tasya / yadvā nanu
pramātṛpramāṇaprameyasiddhāvapi vikalpadhārāyāḥ svaprakāśāyāḥ
sattvānna śūnyamātraśeṣa iti cedāha - so'pīti / vikalpo'pītyarthaḥ /
tasyānavasthayā pramāṇāntarāviṣayatvāt svaprakāśatve
kartṛkarmabhāvavirodhāt so'pi śūnyātmatāṃ prāptaḥ / tasmādvikalparūpamapi
sanna sidhyatīti śūnyameveti pravinirṇayaḥ

p1.56

iti śuṅgavacaḥ śrutvā teṣu kecid dvijādhamāḥ /
taṃ śritā niścayābhāsaṃ babhūvuḥ śūnyavādinaḥ

p1.56

teṣu kauśikaśiṣyeṣu madhye / dvijādhamāḥ asārahṛdayāḥ / taṃ
śuṅgasiddhāntam

p1.57

vināśamīyustanniṣṭhāḥ śūnyabhāvaṃ paraṃ gatāḥ /
ye dvijāḥ sārahṛdayāste śuṅgasya prabhāṣitam

p1.57

sarvasya śūnyatāniścayena svātmānamapi śūnyaṃ manyamānāḥ
śūnyabhāvaṃ sthāvaratāṃ prāptāḥ / na tvabhāvarūpatāṃ gatāḥ vastuto
bhāvasyābhāvatvānupapatteḥ / sārahṛdayāḥ sāraṃ vicāraparaṃ hṛdayaṃ
mano yeṣām

p1.58

p. ८३)
nirūpya kauśike tena samāhitahṛdo'bhavan /
tasmāt sarvātmanā tyaktvā tarkaṃ tamanavasthitam

p1.58

tena kauśikoktena / śaṅkāyā nāśāt samāhitahṛdaḥ /
yato'navasthitatarkasyānarthasampattiḥ tasmāt

p1.59

sadā sadāgamāyattatarkaḥ śreyaḥ samāpnuyāt /
iti prokto hemacūḍaḥ priyayā'tyantadhīrayā

p1.59

sadāgamasyāyatto'nukūlastarko yasya / dhīrayā paṇḍitayā

p1.60

punaḥ papraccha cātyantavismitastāṃ mahāśayām /
aho priye te vaiduṣyamīdṛśaṃ nāvidaṃ purā

p1.60

asambhāvyamānāṃ yoṣiti vidvattāṃ dṛṣṭvā vismitaḥ

p1.61

dhanyāsi tvamahaṃ cāpi dhanyo yastvāmupāgataḥ /
bravīṣi śraddhayā sarvaśreyaḥsiddhiṃ hi tat katham

p1.61

upāgataḥ saṅgataḥ

p1.62

kutra śraddhā vidhātavyā kutra vā sā na śasyate /
ānantyādāgamānāṃ vai viruddhārthasamāśrayāt

p1.62

āgame śraddhā vidheyetyukte āgamānāmapyanaikyāt kutra śraddhā kartavyeti
pṛcchati - kutreti / sā śraddhā / anaikye'pyāgamānāmarthaikyādyatra
kvacicchraddhāṃ kurviti cedāha - viruddheti

p1.63

ācāryamatabhedācca vyākhyātṛmatabhedataḥ /
svabuddheranavasthānāt kimādeyaṃ na vāpi kim

p1.63

na viruddhārthatvaṃ baudhārhatavedādyāgamānāmeva parasparam api
tvekaikāgame'pyācāryamatabhedādapi virodha ityāha - ācāryeti / spaṣṭaṃ
caitat / tathāhi - vaidikādyāgamācāryāṇāṃ jaiminipatañjaliprabhṛtīnāṃ
parasparaṃ matavirodha iti / tathā jaiminiśāstravyākhyātṝṇāṃ
śabarakumārilaprabhṛtīnāṃ parasparaṃ vyākhyāvirodhaḥ / nanvevaṃ
parasparavirodhe'pi svabuddhyā vicārya yacchreṣṭhaṃ tacchraddheyamiti cedāha ##-
buddheḥ kālabhedena sthitibhedādekasyaiva puruṣasya kālabhedena
vividhatarkasambhavādanavasthānamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.64

p. ८४)
yadyasyābhimataṃ tat [kh: tattat sadityeva] sa vadatyeva suniścitam /
anyaccāpyavyavasitaṃ hānipradamapi priye

p1.64

ācāryādiparasparavirodhamevāha - yaditi / tat sādhanatvena vadati / anyat
anabhimatam / avyavasitaṃ sādhanatvenāniścitam

p1.65

tatraiva sati naivāntaṃ kaścidatrāpi gacchati /
yaḥ śūnyamāha tattvaṃ so'pyaśūnyaṃ dūṣayet param

p1.65

tatra āgameṣu / evaṃ sati virodhe sati / antaṃ niścayam / atrāpi vicāre kṛte'pi

p1.66

aśraddheyaṃ kuto vā tat saṅgataṃ cāgamena hi /
etad brūhi priye samyag nahyetatte'styacintitam

p1.66

śūnyavādināpi śuṅgena śūnyaṃ [k: śūnyatattva] tattvamuktam /
aśūnyatattvavādo dūṣitaḥ / āgamena ca tanmataṃ saṅgatameva tasmāttanmataṃ
kuto na śraddheyametanme vadetyāha - aśraddheyamiti / yadyapyeṣa
duruddharākṣepaḥ tathāpyetat tvayā cintimastīti sambhāvyate tava
sarvajñakalpatvādityāśayenāha - nahyetaditi

p1.6

iti śrīmaditihāsottame tripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyāne
śraddhāpraśaṃsanaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ

p1.1

p. ८५)
atha saptamo'dhyāyaḥ
iti pṛṣṭā hemalekhā bhartrā priyatareṇa sā /
provāca viduṣī samyag vijñātalokasaṃsthitiḥ

p1.1

atrādhyāye veda(dha)padyaiḥ śraddhāpauruṣatarkataḥ /
śivaṃ jñātvārādhya tato labhecchreya itīryate //
vijñātā lokasya saṃsthiriradhiṣṭhānaṃ svarūpaṃ [k: svarūpaṃ nāsti] vā
yayā

p1.2

śṛṇu vakṣye priyatama sthirasvāntaḥ [k: sthiraśānta] samādarāt /
mano hi markaṭaprāyamasthiraṃ sarvadaiva tat

p1.2

sthirasvānto'nanyacittaḥ / samādārāt idaṃ mayā śrotavyamevetyabhiniveśāt /
etaddvayasyāpi krameṇa phalamāha - mana iti / na svabhāvato manasaḥ
sthairyamiti bhāvaḥ / yata evaṃ tat tasmāt sthirasvanta iti yojanā

p1.3

yata evaṃ mahānarthaṃ prāptavān prākṛto janaḥ /
calanmanaḥ sarvaduḥkhānidānaṃ dṛṣṭameva hi

p1.3

tadasthairyaṇa kiṃ me bhavediti cedāha - yata iti / manasaścalanādityarthaḥ

p1.4

yataḥ suṣuptau calanābhāvādvindati vai sukham /
tasmānmanaḥ sthirīkṛtya śṛṇu yatte bravīmyaham

p1.4

manasaścalanādeva duḥkhamiti vyatirekato darśayati - yata iti / sarvo'pi vindati /
tasmāditi / nityaprāptasvarūpasukhaphalavighaṭakasya manaścalanasya
śravaṇaphalavighaṭakatvaṃ sutarāṃ bhavedeveti [k: bhavediti] tātparyam

p1.5

anādareṇa śrutaṃ ca bhavedaśrutasammitam /
aphalaṃ syāttadatyantaṃ yathā citrataruśrayaḥ

p1.5

anādareṇa śrutam / aśraddhayā asamāhitamanasā āpātataḥ śrutam / aphalamiti /
nāsti phalaṃ yasya tat / nahyetadvakṣyamāṇaṃ gānamiva śrutimātreṇa
phalāvaham kintu mananādidvāreṇa [kh: mananādvicāreṇa] / tathā
cādarābhāve mananādāvapravṛtteḥ citralikhitavṛkṣāśrayavad vyarthaṃ
śrāṇaṃ syāditi bhāvaḥ / tat śravaṇam

p1.6

p. ८६)
anavasthitatarkatva(rkaṃ taṃ)mapahāya vināśanam /
sattarkamāśritya janaḥ prāpnuyāt suphalaṃ drutam

p1.7

sattarkasaṃśrayeṇāśu sādhanaikaparo bhavet /
sattarkajanitāṃ śraddhāṃ prāpyeha phalabhāg naraḥ

p1.7

nanu mama śuṣkatarkaṃ santyajya tvaduktau viśrabdhasyāpi sattarkaparasya na
phalaprāptirdṛśyate ? iti cedāha - sādhanaikapara iti / nanvalaṃ
sattarkeṇa kutarkayāpi me sādhanaparatvenaiva phalaṃ bhavediti cedāha -
sattarketi / kutarkasya vakṣyamāṇasattarkamūlakeśvarasiddherdurghaṭatvena
tadārādhanaśraddhā dūrato'pāsteti kevalārādhanasya aśraddhayā hutaṃ dattam ....
na ca tat pretya no iha (bh० gī० १७/२८) iti nītyā niṣphalatvamiti [k:
niṣphalamiti] sattarkajanitaśraddhayā sādhanapara eva phalabhāg
bhavatītyāśayaḥ

p1.8

anavasthitatarkaṃ taṃ vihāyālokaya priya /
pravṛttimetāṃ jagataḥ śraddhayā phalaśālinīm

p1.8

taṃ prasiddhatvena [k: prasiddhaṃ] tvayi sthitam / anavasthitatarkarahitānāṃ
śraddhāvatāṃ phalaśālinīṃ pravṛttimavalokaya / tatphalasya na parokṣatvamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.9

sutarkitena kālena karṣakaḥ kṣmāṃ vikarṣati /
śraddhayaiva tathā rūpyasvarṇaratnauṣadhādikam

p1.9

tāṃ pravṛttimevāha - sutarkiteneti / āgamāviruddhastarkaḥ sutarkaḥ /
śāstroktahalapravāhaṇayogyastarkitānāvṛṣṭyādisasyapratibandhābhāvavāṃśc
a yaḥ kālaḥ tena nimittena karṣati / na tu tarkānavasthityā sarvatrāśraddhayā
tvamiva tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.10

p. ८७)
vyavasyanti sutarkeṇa tyaktvā tarkānavasthitim /
tasmāt sutarkaśraddhābhyāṃ vyavasya śreya ātmanaḥ

p1.10

tathā pūrvasmādidamatisūkṣmalakṣaṇamapi
svarṇādikametāvanmaulyārhamevaṃvidhaguṇametadrogaharamiti parīkṣakā
āgamatarkābhyāmeva vyavasyanti prāyo na visaṃvādyante cetyāha -
vyavasyantīti / sutarkaḥ puruṣaḥ kvacidvisaṃvādyate na tvanavasthitatarkavat
sarvaśūnyatvenātmāpahāraṃ prāpnotīti yataḥ tasmāt / ātmanaḥ śreyo vyavasya
niścitya tatsādhanāya yetediti sambandhaḥ

p1.11

prayatettatsādhanāya [k: prayateta sā] nahi tarkānavasthiteḥ /
viramet pauruṣād yatnācchuṅgānuganarā iva

p1.11

śuṅgānugatā narā ivāsattarkeṇa sarvaśūnyatvaṃ sambhāvya
pauruṣayatnavimukho na bhavedityāha - nahīti

p1.12

śraddhayā pauruṣaparo na vihanyeta [k: nyate] sarvathā /
dṛḍhaṃ pauruṣamāśritya na prāpyeta kathaṃ phalam

p1.12

pauruṣaṃ puruṣayatnaḥ [gh: prayatnaḥ] / phalāprāptyā [k, kh:
phala] na vihanyeta [k: nyate] / keṣāñcit phalābhāvo
hyadṛḍhapauruṣādityāha [gh: hyadṛṣṭa] dṛḍhamiti

p1.13

pauruṣāt karṣakā dhānyaṃ vaṇijo dhanameva ca /
rājyalakṣmīṃ nṛpā viprā vidyāṃ sarvasukhāśrayām

p1.13

dṛḍhapauruṣayogānnāphalamiti [k: nna phalamiti; gh: nāṃ phalamiti; kh: nna
phalaṃ kathamiti] sapratyayamāha - pauruṣāditi

p1.14

śūdrā bhṛtiṃ sudhāṃ devāstāpasā lokamuttamam /
prāpuranye'pyabhimataṃ pauruṣeṇaiva karmaṇā

p1.15

anavasthitatarkeṇāśraddhena puruṣeṇa kim /
kadā kiñcit kathaṃ prāptaṃ phalaṃ vada vimṛśya tat

p1.15

kiñcidapi kiṃ phalaṃ kadā kāle sādhanaṃ vinā kathaṃ prāptam

p1.16

p. ८८)
kvacit phalavisaṃvādāt sarvatrāśvāsavarjane /
vijānīyād daivahataṃ taṃ svātmaripurūpiṇam

p1.16

nanu karṣakādīnāmapi kvacit phalābhāvo dṛśyata iti
cettāvataivāpravṛttirmarkhyamūlaivetyāha - kvaciditi / āśvāsaḥ śraddhā

p1.17

ataḥ pauruṣamāśritya śraddhāsattarkapoṣitam /
śreyasāṃ yanmukhyatamaṃ sādhanaṃ tat samāśrayet

p1.17

śraddhāsattarkābhyāṃ poṣitam / sattarkeṇa śraddhodayaḥ śraddhayā ca
pauruṣasya vṛddhirbhavediti bhāvaḥ / nanu śreyaḥsādhanamapi karmayogādikaṃ
śātreṣu bahuvidhaṃ prasiddham tatra katamaṃ (mat) sādhanaṃ
samāśrayediti cedāha - śreyasāmiti

p1.18

tatra dṛṣṭaṃ [k: dṛṣṭasādha] sādhanānāṃ vaicitryaṃ ca
pṛthagvidham /
teṣu yat sarvathā sādhyaṃ sādhayettaddhi mukhyakam

p1.18

nanu [k: nanu nāsti] śreyaḥsādhanasya mukhyatvaṃ kiṃ taditi cedāha ##-
vicitratvena pṛthagdṛṣṭeṣu sādhaneṣu / sādhyaṃ phalaṃ sarvathā yat sādhayet /
nehābhikramanāśo'sti (bha० gī० २/४०) ityādinītyā phalaviparyayo
netyuktam - sarvatheti

p1.19

tat sutarkānubhūtibhyāṃ vyavasyāśu samārabhet /
tatte sarvaṃ pravakṣyāmi sāvadhānaḥ [kh: dhānaṃ] śṛṇuṣva tat

p1.19

etadapi vā kathaṃ niścetavyamiti cedāha - taditi / vyavasya niścitya / tatra
nṛdehasya śreyonidānasya durlabhasya mṛtyugrastatvenāha - āśviti /
niścayo vā mama kathaṃ syāditi cedāha - taditi / mukhyaṃ śreyastatsādhanaṃ
cetyarthaḥ

p1.20

śreyastaddhi vijānīyādyasmād bhūyo na śocati /
śokaḥ sarvata eva [kh: evāsya] syād dṛśyate sūkṣmayā dṛśā

p1.20

tatrādau mukhyaṃ śreyaḥpadārthamāha - śreya iti / nanu tādṛśaṃ
dhanādikameveti cennetyāha - śoka iti / kathaṃ dhanādeḥ śoka iti cedāha ##-
dṛśyate

p1.21

p. ८९)
yacchokairanusaṃbhinnaṃ na tacchreyo hi sarvathā /
dhanaṃ putrāstathā dārā rājyaṃ kośo balaṃ yaśaḥ

p1.21

tadevāha - yaditi / anusaṃbhinnaṃ yutam

p1.22

vidyā buddhirdarśanaṃ ca dehaḥ saundaryasampadaḥ /
sarvametadasthiratvāt kālasarpamukhasthitam

p1.22

antaramāha - vidyetyādi / darśanaṃ karaṇam / saundaryasya sampadaḥ
prāptayaḥ / etat sarvaṃ nāśagrastamiti śokāvahatvād duḥkhayutamityāha [g:
yuta nāsti] sarvamiti

p1.23

śokāṅkuramahāśaktibījātmakatayā sthitam /
kuta ātyantikaśreyaḥsādhanatvaṃ samarhati

p1.23

śokāṅkurotpādane mahāśaktiyutabījavad aṅkuraśakteḥ
sādhāraṇopāyairanāśyatvamiti bhāvaḥ / tasmādevaṃvidhasya
naivātyantikaśreyaḥsādhanatvamityāha - kuta iti

p1.24

ataḥ paramakaṃ śreya etadvai mukhyato bhavet /
evaṃ dhanādiviṣaye yadādeyatvavibhramaḥ

p1.24

ato dhanāderasādhanatvāt [k: deḥ sādha] / śreyaḥ śreyaḥ sādhanam /
etad vakṣyamāṇaṃ devatārādhanam / kathaṃ devatārādhanenaiva śreyolābha
ityetannirūpayitumiha - evamiti / śreyaḥsādhanatvenetyarthaḥ / yaditi / yo
vibhrama ityarthaḥ

p1.25

mohādeva samudbhūto mohako hi maheśvaraḥ /
yo hi sarvajagatkartā tasmāt sarve hi mohitāḥ

p1.25

ko'yaṃ mohaka iti cedāha - maheśvara iti / kathambhūto maheśvara iti
cejjagatkartṛtvena siddho nāpahnavanīya ityāha - yo hīti

p1.26

p. ९०)
mohayatyalpako'pīha vidyābhāgasamāśrayat /
kāṃścideva na sarvān sa yasmādvidyā hi sā mitā

p1.26

kathamasyaivaṃ sāmarthyamiti cedāha - mohayatīti / alpako dehādiparicchinna
aindrajālikaḥ / asya vidyā miteti na sarvamohakatvam

p1.27

alpavidyaṃ māyinaṃ cāpyanutkrāntā janā yataḥ /
mahādevaṃ mahāmāyaṃ kaḥ samutkrāntumarhati

p1.27

māyinamaprasādya tanmohataraṇamaśakyamityāha - alpavidyamiti

p1.28

yo hi loke'lpamāyāṃ ca jānāti pratividyayā /
sa mohānnirgataḥ svasthaḥ sukhamāpnotyanaśvaram

p1.28

alpamāyām / niroddhumiti śeṣaḥ / svasthaḥ tannirmitasarpādibhayarahitaḥ /
anaśvaraṃ tanmāyayā'vināśyam

p1.29

evaṃvidhāpi vidyā tamanāśritya tu māyinam /
na labhyā sarvathā yāvadaprasādya tu sarvathā

p1.29

evaṃvidhāpi alpamāyāpratirodhrī [k, kh: rodhividyā] vidyāpi / tam
alpamāyinam / yāvat yasmāt / anāśritya sarvathā dhanadānasevanādyairaprasādya
na labhyā / sarvathā tamaprasādyetyagrimeṇa sambandhaḥ

p1.30

tasmānmahāmāyinaṃ tamaprasādya kathaṃ bhavet /
mahāmohasya taraṇaṃ tasmāttaṃ sarvathā śrayet

p1.30

tasmāt aprasādane mohataraṇābhāvāt

p1.31

yastaṃ prasādayet samyak prāpya tasya prasādataḥ /
mahāvidyāṃ sa tanmohād dhruvamutkrāntimeṣyati

p1.31

samyak akāpaṭyena / mahāvidyām advitīyaśivātmavidyāṃ prāpya
mahāmāyāsvarūpaṃ vedeti śeṣaḥ / tanmohāt mahāmāyākṛtamohāt

p1.32

anye'pi yogāḥ kathitāḥ śreyaḥsādhanakarmaṇi /
maheśvaraprasādātte vinā na syuḥ phalāptaye

p1.32

yogāḥ yuktayaḥ praṇāyāmādirūpāḥ / śreyaḥsādhanakarmaṇi hetutveneti śeṣaḥ

p1.33

p. ९१)
tasmādārādhayedādau maheśaṃ viśvakāraṇam /
bhaktyā sa sādhayedāśu yogānmohavināśanān

p1.33

tasmāditi / yasmādīśvarārādhanaṃ vinā kimapi sādhanaṃ phalaparyavasāi na
bhavettasmādityarthaḥ / ādāviti / sarvasādhanopakrama ityarthaḥ / kuta evamiti
cedāha - viśvakāraṇamiti / tasya sarvakartṛtvena tadanugrahaṃ vinā na
kiñcit setsyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.34

etajjagat kāryabhūtaṃ pratyakṣaṃ paridṛśyate /
sāṃśamevaṃ pṛthivyādyamadṛṣṭārambhamapyalam

p1.34

kathameṣa īśvaro jagatkartṛtvena sidhyatītyāśaṅkyeśvaraṃ
prasādhayitumupakramate - etaditi / pratyakṣeṇa dṛśyamānamityarthaḥ / tacca
jagat kāryabhūtameva [k: mevaṃ] pratyakṣaṃ yathā tathā [g: tathā
nāsti] paridṛśyate] / nanu ghaṭādīnāṃ kāryabhūtameva [gh: tu
nāsti] pṛthvīsamudragiryādīnāmiti cet teṣāmapi sāṃśatvena hetunā
kāryatvaṃ setsyatītyāha - sāṃśamiti / adṛṣṭārambhamapi
adṛṣṭotpattikamapi pṛthivyādi

p1.35

kāryaṃ syāditi tarkeṇa bahvāgamadṛḍhena tu /
vyavasyettatra kartāraṃ sarvakartṛvilakṣaṇam

p1.35

yat sāvayavaṃ tat kāryamiti tarkeṇa pṛthivyādyutpattimaditi bhāvaḥ /
nanvevamapi paramāṇvākāśādīnāṃ niravayavatvenākāryatvānna jaganmātraṃ
kāryabhūtamiti cenna vedyatvena hetunā kāryatvasiddheḥ / na ca niravayatvena
kāryatvābhāvaḥ sādhayituṃ śakyaḥ vedyatvahetukānumānasya [k:
vedyatve] vahvāgamasaṃvādena dṛḍhataratvādityāha - vahvāgameti /
tathā cāgamaḥ - dyāvābhūmī janayan deva ekaḥ (ṛg० १०/८१/३)
ātmana ākāśaḥ sambhūtaḥ (taitti० u० २/१/१) ākāśavāyupramukhaṃ
dṛśyaṃ sarvaṃ sasarja saḥ ityādayaḥ / tathā ca dṛśyamātrasya jagataḥ
kāryatve siddhe tatra jagati kāryatvena kartṛpūrvakatvaṃ sādhayedityāha -
vyavasyediti / tatra pṛthivyādau kartāraṃ niścayaviṣayīkuryādityarthaḥ / nanu
ghaṭāditattatkāryeṣu siddhakulālādibhiḥ siddhasādhanamityāśaṅkyāha -
sarvakartṛvilakṣaṇamiti / nāsadāsīnno sadāsīttadānīm (ṛg० १०/१२९/१)
purā sṛṣṭeridaṃ dṛśyaṃ nāṇumātramapi sthitam
ityādyāgamānurodhenānādisṛṣṭābupādānādyabhāvāttadanapekṣaṇāt
sarvakartṛvilakṣaṇa eṣa kartā sādhita iti bhāvaḥ

p1.36

p. ९२)
yadyapyakartṛkaṃ lokamāha kaścidihāgamaḥ /
tadanekairāgamaistu tarkarūḍhaiḥ subādhitam

p1.36

nanvāgamasaṃvādādyathā jagatkāryatvagamakastarko
dṛḍhastathā'kāryatvānumāpakastarko'pi dṛḍhaḥ kuto na bhavet ?
akartṛko hyayaṃ lokaḥ svabhāvaikasamāśrayaḥ
ityādibārhaspatyāgamasaṃvādādityāśaṅkya naiṣa sadāgamaḥ
kintvāgamābhāsa eveti cārvākamataprakṣepāyopakramate yadyapīti /
kaścidāgamaśvārkāgamaḥ / atreyaṃ cārvākaprakriyā -
bhūmirāpo'nalo vāyuriti tattvacatuṣṭayam /
pratyakṣamānasaṃsiddhaṃ pañcamaṃ nahi vidyate //
etatsaṃghātmako lokaḥ pratikṣaṇavibheditaḥ /
pūrvapūrvajagajjālasadṛśaṃ cottarottaram //
evaṃsvabhāva evaiṣa lokaḥ svasmin pratiṣṭhitaḥ /
guḍodakādau svābhāvyād madaśaktiryathodbhavet //
evaṃ strīgarbhanihite śukraśoṇitabudbude /
utpadyate hi caitanyaṃ kriyājñānasamāśrayam //
madaśaktiyutaṃ toyaṃ madyamityucyate yathā /
evaṃ caitanyasaṃyukto dehaḥ puruṣa ucyate //
sukhaṃ pumarthaḥ svargaḥ syād duḥkhaṃ tu narako bhavet /
pravartate [k: rtakadaya] dvayaṃ caitat svabhāvādeva nānyathā //
sukhaduḥkhābhāsa eva [k: evaṃ] saṃsāraḥ praṇigadyate /
madirāmadaśaktestu yathā nāśaḥ svabhāvataḥ //
evaṃ caitanyanāśo hi mokṣa ityucyate budhaiḥ /
mṛtasya nāsti svargo vā narako vāpi kaścana // iti [k: iti nāsti] /
tat cārvākaśāstram anekaiḥ āstikanāstikasambandhibhiḥ āgamaiḥ tarkarūḍhaiḥ
anugatatarkairbādhitam atastyājyameveti sambandhaḥ

p1.37

p. ९३)
yatrātmanāśa evārthaḥ pratyakṣaikasamāśrayāt /
tadāgamābhāsameva na taddhi mahadāśrayam

p1.37

anekāgamavirodhādābhāsatvamuktam / samprati sarvānubhavavirodhācca
tathātvamāha - yatreti / jananamaraṇādipravāharūpaḥ saṃsāro
duḥkharūpatvāddheyaḥ / etasya [k: etatsaṃ] saṃsārasya
nimittābhāvasampādanenābhāve [k: bhāvā] sati
mahāsukhasvarūpānubhavo mokṣaḥ paramapuruṣārtharūpo'ta eva sarvairupādeya iti
hi mokṣasya puruṣārthatvavādināṃ mataṃ tarkāgamādyairvyavasthitam / evaṃ sati
pratyakṣaikapramāṇasamāśrayādātmanāśa eva puruṣārtha iti yatra śāstre uktam
tadāgamābhāsameva / ata eva tacchāstraṃ na mahatāṃ
sārāsāravivecakānāmāśrayaṃ puruṣārthaprayojakatvenopādeyam / ātmanāśaḥ
puruṣārtha iti vadan cārvākaḥ praṣṭavyaḥ - kimātmanāśo yaḥ [k:
nāśo'yaṃ] kaścana puruṣārthaḥ ? uta tatsamudāyaḥ ?
āhosvidātmasāmānyanāśaḥ ? nādyaḥ ātmanastava mate kṣaṇikatvena
yatkiñcidātmanāśasya prāptatvāt itarayorasambhavāt / nāpi
svātmasantānanāśaḥ svātmanāśakāle svasyāsattvena
svātmanāśasyāprāptavyatvenāpuruṣārthatvāt / aprāptavyasyāpi
puruṣārthatve'nyātmanāśasyāpi pumarthatvaprasakteḥ / atha ca svātmanāśaḥ
pramāṇena siddho'siddho [k: asiddo ...... pramāṇena siddhaḥ? nāsti]
vā puruṣārtha ityucyate ? asiddha iti cet naraviṣāṇasyāpi tathātvāpatti / siddha
iti cet ? kena pramāṇena siddhaḥ ? pratyakṣaṃ hi sannikarṣanimittakaṃ
nātītānāgatayoḥ sambhavati / na tato'nyat pramāṇamanumānādyabhyupagamyate
tvayā / pratyakṣamātraṃ pramāṇaṃ vadatā tvayā guḍodakādau
madaśaktyudbhavāderdṛṣṭāntatvanirūpaṇena caitanyādyudbhavādisādhanamapi
nāsti [k: tannāsti] me jihveti kathanatulyamityādi jñeyam

p1.38

p. ९४)
śuṣkatarkaikasaṃkḷptaṃ śāstraṃ tat tyājyameva hi /
anyairapyucyate kaiścid jagadetat sanātanam

p1.38

na tacchāstraṃ sarvajñapraṇītamityāha - śuṣketi / śuṣkaḥ upapattirahito
yastarkaḥ / tadekasakḷptaṃ tanmātramūlakamityarthaḥ / evaṃ
prakṛtapakṣapratipakṣabhūtaṃ cārvākamataṃ nirasya tathāvidhameva
sāṃkhyamataṃ nirākartumanukramate - anyairiti / sanātanaṃ sadrūpamityarthaḥ
/ te hi pariṇāmavādino jagat kāraṇāntarbhāvena sadevetyāhuḥ

p1.39

abuddhimatkartṛkaṃ cetyetaccāpyasamañjasam /
kriyāyā buddhipūrvatvādabuddhau tadadarśanāt

p1.39

abuddhimaditi / guṇasāmyāvasthātmakaṃ prakṛtitattvaṃ jaganmūlakāraṇam /
tacca abuddhimat [k, gh: buddhi] citikriayārahitaṃ jaḍam / yathā hi
mṛtpiṇḍo ghaṭātmanā pariṇamamānaḥ kulālaṃ kartāramapekṣate na tathā
prakṛtitattvaṃ jagadrūpeṇa pariṇamamānaṃ svātiriktaṃ kañcit
kartāramapekṣate / ato jagatkriyāyāṃ svatantramiti jagatkartṛbhūtamityartha
ityetadanīśvaraṃ sāṃkhyamatam / atra hi prakṛtiḥ sattvāṃśena darpaṇatulyena
svāntaḥ śuddhacidrūpaṃ puruṣaṃ svīyatamo'śamayaṃ ca dṛśyaṃ
pratibimbatvena gṛhṇāti / evaṃ pratibimbabhūtadraṣṭṛdṛśyasambandhādeva
prakṛtyavivekamāpannaḥ puruṣo ghaṭamahaṃ jānāmiti mṛṣābhimānena
yujyate / ayameva puruṣasya saṃsāraḥ / yadā hi puruṣo vicāreṇa
prakṛterviviktamātmānaṃ jānāti tadā jñātacora iva tatpuruṣaviṣaye
prakṛteranupasaraṇāt puruṣapratibimbāgrahaṇena
mṛṣābhimānābhāvānmucyata iti tanmatam / atra hi prakṛtau
pratibimbabhūtacitsambandhād dṛśaprakāśo'bhyupagataḥ / tatra pratibimbabhūtā
cit kimāśrayavajjaḍarūpā ? uta svanimittamukhya(cidvaca)cidrūpā
vā? ādye jaḍasya dṛśyaprakāśatvānupapattiḥ / jaḍasya
dṛśyaprakāśatvābhyupagame prakṛtisattvāṃśasambandhenaiva sarvopapattau
citpratibimbakalpanavaiyarthyāpatteḥ / dvitīye'pi dṛśyasya
mukhyacitsambandhopagamāccitpratibimbavaiyarthyameva / na ca darpaṇasya
ghaṭādyaprakāśakatve'pi tatpratibimbitasaurātapasya gauṇasya
ghaṭādiprakāśakatvavaccitipratibimbasyaiva dṛśyaprakāśakatvamiti vācyam
saurātapapratibimbasyālokavad ghaṭādiprakāśasahakāritvenāprakāśakatvāt /
nāpi pratibimbabhūtacitaścijjaḍobhayarūpatvamubhayavilakṣaṇatvaṃ vā [k:
vā nāsti] vaktuṃ yujyate virodhādapasiddhāntācca / atha ca
svabhāvasyānyathābhāvānupapatteḥ puruṣaṃ prati pravṛttisvabhāvāyāḥ
prakṛtervivekajñānānantaraṃ [kh, g, gh: nottaraṃ]
nivṛttisvabhāvatā'nupapattyā bandhasya parihāryatvamityādyabhisandhāyāha ##-
kulālādibuddhipūrvatvāt evambhūtaṃ ghaṭamevaṃ karomīti
buddhimatpūrvakatvād ghaṭādyutpatterabuddhimatprakṛtikartṛkatvaṃ na jagat iti
bhāvaḥ / abuddhāviti / citralikhitakulālādau ghaṭādikriyādarśanāt

p1.40

p. ९५)
vahvāgamopaṣṭambhācca kartā'tra syāddhi buddhimān /
buddhimatkartṛkaṃ kāryaṃ sarvatraiva hi darśanāt

p1.40

bahviti / sa īkṣata lokānnu sṛjā (aita० u० १/१) iti nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇi
(chā० u० ६/३/२) iti ādikartā hi bhagavānādāvālocya vai jagat / yogīva
nirupādānaṃ praviviktamakalpayat // ityādi bahvāgamaḥ upaṣṭambha
āśrayabhūto'nukūlo yasyaivaṃvidhād jagad buddhimatkartṛkaṃ kāryatvād
ghaṭādivaditi balavattarkād buddhimāneva jagatkartā bhavennābuddhimato
prakṛtirityarthaḥ / kāryasya buddhimatkartṛkatve dṛṣṭāntadaurlabhyaṃ
pariharati - sarvatraiveti [k: sarvatraiveti] / sāṃkhyamate jaḍasya
prakṛtitattvasya kartṛtvasādhane dṛṣṭāntadaurlabhyavannātreti bhāvaḥ

p1.41

p. ९६)
evaṃ sattarkāgamābhyāṃ jagadetat sakartṛkam /
sa kartā laukikebhyastu kartṛbhyaḥ syādvilakṣaṇaḥ

p1.41

sakartṛkaṃ siddhamiti śeṣaḥ / nanu ghaṭādikartā kulālādirivādikartāpi puruṣaḥ
kaścana siddhyatu tasya punarna parameśvaratvaṃ siddhyatītyāśaṅkyāha - sa
karteti

p1.42

kāryasyācintyarūpatvādacintyānantaśaktikaḥ /
aparicchinnasāmarthyaḥ kāryasyānuguṇatvataḥ

p1.42

tatra hetuḥ - acintyarūpatvāditi / kathaṃ jale sthitā pṛthvī jalaṃ vāpi kathaṃ
divi ityādirītyā kāryasyācintyatā [k: kāya] jñeyā /
laukikakartṛvailakṣaṇyamevāha - acintyeti / evaṃvidhā etāvatīti tacchaktirna
cintyā nāpi sāntā / etadeva niṣkṛṣyāha - aparicchinneti / loke kāryānuguṇa
[k: kāryaguṇa] jñeyā / laukikakartṛvailakṣaṇyamevāha - acintyeti /
evaṃvidhā etāvatīti tacchaktirna cintyā nāpi sāntā / etadeva niṣkṛṣyāha -
aparicchinneti / loke kāryānuguṇa [k: kāryaguṇa] eva kartā dṛṣṭa
ityaparicchinnajagato'paricchinnasāmarthya eva karteti bhāvaḥ

p1.43

sa prapannān samuddhartuṃ prabhavatyeva sarvathā /
atastaṃ sarvabhāvena śaraṇīkuru sarvadā

p1.43

evāvatā grantheneśvaraṃ prasādhya samprati tasya śaraṇyatvamāha - sa
prapannāniti / yata evamatastaṃ jagatkartāram / sarvabhāvena niṣkāmatvenetyarthaḥ /
ye kāminasteṣām ardho bhāvo'rdhaṃ cittaṃ kāmye tiṣṭhati ardhamīśvara iti
bhāvaḥ

p1.44

nidarśanaṃ te'bhidhāsye śṛṇu pratyayakāraṇam /
miteśvaro'pyatra [g: prīteśvaro; gh: miteśvare] loke cākāpaṭyāt
prasāditaḥ

p1.44

sarvabhāvena śaraṇīkṛtā te phalaprāptau nidarśanaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ / pratyayo
viśvāsaḥ / akāpaṭyāt sarvabhāvena

p1.45

p. ९७)
sarvātmanā yojayati sveṣṭārthaiḥ śreyase naram /
eṣa lokeśvaro devaḥ samyag yena prasāditaḥ

p1.45

sarvātmanā kāyavāṅmanobhiḥ prasādita iti sambandhaḥ / śreyase sukhāya

p1.46

tasmai kiṃ na diśed brūhi bhaktalokaikavatsalaḥ /
puruṣā hīśvarā loke cānavasthā avatsalāḥ

p1.46

tasmai upāsakāya / iṣṭaṃ na diśet kim? api tu diśedevetyarthaḥ / yadvā
kimiṣṭaṃ na diśedapi tu sarvaṃ diśedeva / nanu miteśvarāṇāṃ svasya
samīhitasevyabhāvasampattyā santoṣādiṣṭārthapradānaṃ yujyate / parameśvarasya
[mitaiśvarasyāprāptakāmatvena kāmāptau saṃtoṣānubhavo yujyate
parameśvarasya tu prāptakāmatvena naiva tatra saṃtoṣasyāsaṃtos'sya vā
saṃbhāvanā saṃtoṣānubhava eva copāsitasyepsitaphaladātṛtve prayojaka iti
nanvityādi cedāhetyantasya granthasyāśayaḥ] prāptakāmatvena [kh,
g, gh: āpta] saṃtoṣābhāvāt kathamupāsitasyepsitadātṛtvamiti cedāha
- bhaktalokaikavatsala iti / tasya bhakteṣu vatsalasvabhāvatvādeva phaladānaṃ
yujyata iti bhāvaḥ / kiñca miteśvarebhyaḥ phalaprāptiraniyatā parameśvarāttu
niyatetyāha - puruṣā iti

p1.47

nirdayāśca kṛtaghnāśca tasmāt tatphalamasthiram /
parameśo dayāsindhuḥ kṛtajñaḥ [k: kṛtijñaḥ] suvyavasthitaḥ

p1.47

tasmāt anavasthātvādidharmacatuṣṭayayutatvāt [k: yuktāt] / asthiram
aniyatam / īśvarastu naivaṃvidha ityāha - parameśa iti / yata evamataḥ
phalaprāptirbhavedeveti śeṣaḥ

p1.48

anyathā'nādisaṃsāre kuto'nindyatvamāpnuyāt /
vyavasthitā jagadyātrā [k: jagaddhātrā] cāpi vā syāt kathaṃ vada

p1.48

kuta etanniścitamiti cedāha - anyatheti / avatsalatvādisattve'nindyo na bhavet
anavasthaścet tatkṛtā lokayātrā vyavasthitā na bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.49

p. ९८)
anavasthasya rājyaṃ tu naṣṭamālokyate yataḥ /
tasmādeṣa [k: tasmādeva] dayāsindhuḥ suvyavasthaśca kīrtitaḥ

p1.49

anavastheti / īśvarasyānavasthitatve tatsṛṣṭaḥ saṃsāro'kāla eva naśyediti
bhāvaḥ

p1.50

tameva sarvabhāvena bhaktyāśu śaraṇīkuru /
śreyasi tvāṃ yojayet sa tvaṃ na tatparatāṃ vraja

p1.50

sarvabhāvena niṣkāmatvena / śreyasi paraśreyaḥsādhane / tvaṃ na tatparatāṃ
vrajeti / paraśreyaḥsādhanasya durvijñeyatvena tvaṃ na tatparo bhava kintu tvaṃ
sampratīśvaramārādhaya / tvadārādhanena prasanna īśvarastvāṃ tatra yojayediti
bhāvaḥ / etena matabhedeṣu sādhanabhedasattvāt kiṃ sādhanamupādeyamiti
śaṅkā prakṣiptā jñeyā

p1.51

upāsanaṃ [k: sane] bahuvidhamārttyārthārthitvato'pi ca /
nirhetukaṃ tu kvācitkaṃ tat satyopāsanaṃ bhavet

p1.51

niṣkāmatveneśvarabhajanameva sarvathā phalapradamiti [k: phalamiti]
vaktumāha - upāsanamiti / ārtyā rogādikṛtapīṭayā arthārthitvataḥ
dhanādilipsayā vā / ābhyāṃ kṛtamupāsanaṃ prasiddhaṃ sarvatra / nirhetukaṃ
niṣkāmopāsanaṃ satyopāsanam satyaphalasahitatvāt

p1.52

dṛṣṭametat sarvato vai cārtenopāsitaḥ prabhuḥ /
kadācid dayayāviṣṭa vārtti tasya vimocayet

p1.52

etadeva laukikadṛṣṭāntenopapādayati - dṛṣṭametaditi

p1.53

upekṣeta kadācidvopāstervai tāratamyataḥ /
evamevārthārthino'pi mitaṃ cāniyataṃ phalam

p1.53

tāratamyata iti / upāsterādhikye ārti mocayedanyathopekṣeteti bhāvaḥ / evamiti /
upāstitāratamyādarthaprāptiraprāptirvā / evaṃ kāmināmupāsanaphalamaniyataṃ
mitaṃ ca yadarthamupāsanaṃ tasya parimitatvāt upāsyasya kṛtaghnatve
phalāprāpteśceti bhāvaḥ

p1.54

p. ९९)
nirhetukopāsakasya jñātvā nirhetutāṃ cirāt /
miteśvaro'pyavyavasthastadadhīno bhavatbalam

p1.54

tadadhīnaḥ upāsakādhīnaḥ

p1.55

nirhetukatvajñānāya ciraṃ syādajñabhāvataḥ /
eṣa sarveśvaro devo hṛdayeśo'khilasya tu

p1.55

miteśvarasya svopāsakanirhetukatvajñānāya [k: upā]
kālavilambāpekṣāsti īśvarasya tu na sā'pītyāha - eṣa iti /
antaryāmitvenākhilahṛdayasthitatvād hṛdayeśaḥ

p1.56

sarvaṃ jānāti tatkāle phalaṃ dadyācca satvaram /
ārtamarthārthinaṃ devastadarthenābhiyojitum

p1.56

yataḥ sarvamupāsakahṛdgatamapi svabhāvata eva jānāti atastatkāle
upāsanārambhakāle eva / atrārthārthārthinorapi [k, gh: rtārthi] naiva
satvaraṃ phalaṃ prayacchati kintu karmaparipākānantaramityāha - ārtamiti /
tadarthena kāmitārthena

p1.57

svaniyatyā karmapākaṃ pratīkṣya phalamādiśet /
nirhetukopāsakaṃ svamananyaśaraṇaṃ vibhuḥ

p1.57

svaniyatiḥ svakṛta [kh: svakṛta] idamitthaṃ bhavediti saṃkalpaḥ / tayā
yutaḥ / tāmanullṅghyeti yāvat / karmapākamiti / atredamavadheyam - karmaṇaḥ
pākaḥ phalapradānasāmarthyam / tacca kvacit karmaṇāṃ kālaviśeṣakṛtam kvacit
karmāntarasahakārakṛtam / karmāntarasahakṛtamevotkaṭaṃ karmetyucyate /
yaduktaṃ śivāgame - karmaṇaḥ paripākastu kālāt karmāntarādapi iti /
anyatrāpi - atyutkaṭaiḥ puṇyapāpairihaiva phalamaśnute iti /
evaṃvidhakarmapākaṃ pratīkṣyetyarthaḥ / svaṃ svīyamityarthaḥ

p1.58

p. १००)
jñātvā sarvātmanā tasya yogakṣemavaho bhavet /
apratīkṣya [k: apratīkṣyaṃ] karmapākaṃ niyatiṃ svāṃ vidhūya ca

p1.58

taṃ svīyaṃ jñātvā / sarvātmanā manovāgādibhiḥ / yogakṣemavahaḥ / aprāptasya
prāptiryogaḥ prāptasya rakṣaṇaṃ kṣemaḥ / etadubhayaṃ tasya svayameva karotīti
bhāvaḥ / niyatiriti prārabdhopalakṣakam / niyatiṃ prārabdhaṃ ca vidhūyetyarthaḥ

p1.59

tatsādhanaṃ samprasādhya drutaṃ saṃyojayet phale /
etadeva maheśatvaṃ svātantryamahataṃ tu yat

p1.59

tasya niṣkāmino yat sādhanaṃ tad vighnāpanayanena samyak prasādhya / nanu
niyatiḥ sarvathā'nullaṅghanīyeti cedāha - etadeveti /
niyatyāderullaṅghanamevetyarthaḥ

p1.60

prārabdhaṃ niyatirvāpi maheśavimukhe [k: vimukhaṃ] bhavet /
etanmṛkaṇḍutanaye'tyantamīśvaratatpare [ekā kathā padmapurāṇe
sṛṣṭikhaṇḍe trayastriṃśe'dhyāye draṣṭavyā /]

p1.60

nanu prārabdhaniyatyorapyullaṅghane prārabdhaṃ no nāśamiyānniyatirnānyathā
bhavet ityāgamavirodha iti cedāha - prārabdhamiti / maheśavimukhe eva
prārabdhaniyatyormāhātmyamityāgamatātparyamiti bhāvaḥ /
naitadāgamaikasiddham kintvaitihyasiddhamapītyāha - etaditi

p1.61

sarvairjñātaṃ maheśasya niyatyārabdhalaṅghanam /
atropapattiṃ te vakṣye śṛṇu prāṇapriyeritām [k: ritam]

p1.61

niyatyārabdhayorlaṅghanam / atra anullaṅghyaprārabdhaniyatyullaṅghane /
upapattiṃ yuktim

p1.62

yadyapyanullaṅghanīye prārabdhaniyatī khalu /
tathāpyapauruṣāṇāṃ tat prārabdhamanapohanam

p1.62

apauruṣāṇāṃ puruṣayatnarahitānām

p1.63

ata eva prāṇayamaiḥ prārabdhaṃ parijīyate /
na tān dṛṣṭeṣu duḥkheṣu prārabdhaṃ yojayatyalam

p1.63

kuta etaditi cedāha - ata eveti / prāṇayamaiḥ prāṇāyāmaparairyogibhiḥ /
kathametajjñātamiti cet pratyakṣeṇetyāha - na tāniti

p1.64

p. १०१)
prārabdhāhinigīrṇāste ye pauruṣaparāṅmukhāḥ /
etanniyatisaṃkḷptaṃ tathaivānubhavānnanu [kh: na tu]

p1.64

kuta evaṃ pauruṣāt prārabdhaparābhava iti cettathaiva niyatisvabhāvādityāha -
etaditi / pauruṣeṇa prārabdhāpohanamityarthaḥ / tathaiveti / anubhavānurodhena
niyateḥ kalpanīyatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.65

niyatiḥ syādīśaśaktiḥ saṅkalpaikasvarūpiṇī /
satyasaṅkalpa eveśo'nullaṅghyā hyata eva sā

p1.65

ata eva satyasaṅkalpatvādeva

p1.66

kuṇṭhitā sāpi bhavati parameśaparāyaṇe /
akuṇṭhitāpi bhavati yataḥ sā tādṛśī bhavet

p1.66

sāpi anullaṅghyā niyatyapi / nanvanullaṅghyatvaṃ kuṇṭhitatvamityubhayaṃ
viruddhamiti cedāha - akuṇṭhiteti / yataḥ sā niyatiḥ tādṛśī
parameśaparāyaṇe kuṇṭhitasvabhāvaiva / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ - prārabdhaṃ hi
phalonmukhaṃ karma tacca yoginā jīyata iti tathaiva tanniyatyā niyataṃ parikalpyate /
prakṛte niṣkāyu(mo)pāsako'pi karmayogitvena yogī bhavedityanenāpi
tajjiyate / tathā ca prārabdhamayogina evānullaṅghyam / niyatiśca
bhagavatsaṅkalparūpā sā sarvathānullaṅghyasvabhāvaiva / tathāpi
bhagavatparāyaṇe sā kuṇṭhitā bhavatīti ca tasyāḥ svabhāva eveti sā
sarvatrākuṇṭhitaiveti

p1.67

tasmāt kutarkaṃ santyajya maheśaṃ śaraṇīkuru /
ahetukatayā sa tvāṃ niyojayati śreyasi

p1.67

yasmād bhagavatpare prārabdhaniyatyorapyanantarāyatvaṃ tasmāt / ahetukatayā
niṣkāmatvena / saḥ maheśaḥ

p1.68

etāvadeva sopānaṃ prathamaṃ kṣemasaudhake [k: saudhakam] /
etadvihāya [k: etadvidhāya] cānyatra nāstīṣatphalasambhavaḥ

p1.68

etāvadeva ahetukatvenopāsanameva / anyatra sādhane

p1.69

p. १०२)
śrutvetthaṃ vacanaṃ rāma hemacūḍaḥ priyoditam /
papraccha bhūyastāṃ kāntāmatihṛṣṭamanāstadā

p1.70

priye maheśvaraṃ brūhi yaḥ śaraṇyo bhavenmama /
sarvakartā svatantrātmā yacchaktyā niyataṃ jagat

p1.71

evaṃ jagadādikartā parameśvaraḥ sevya iti śrutvā karturhi śarīravattvaṃ
niyatamiti matvā śivādiśarīriṣu īśvaratvaṃ kva tvayā niścitamiti pṛcchati ##-
taṃ viṣṇumāhuḥ kecidvai śivamanye [k: kecit śiva] gaṇeśvaram /
tathā sūryaṃ nṛsiṃhādīn buddhaṃ sugatameva ca

p1.71

kutastavātra śaṅketi cettatrāpi śāstrānaikyādityāha - tamiti [k:
buddha] / buddhaṃ sugataṃ ca bauddhaikadeśinaḥ

p1.72

arhantaṃ vāsudevaṃ ca prāṇaṃ somaṃ ca pāvakam /
karma pradhānamaṇava ityādi bahudhā jaguḥ

p1.72

arhantaṃ jainā āhuḥ / vāsudevaṃ pāñcarātrāḥ / prāṇādīn prāṇādyupāsakāḥ /
karmādīnāṃ kartṛtvaṃ prāk parihṛtam tathāpi prasaṅgāt punastadgaṇanam

p1.73

jagatkāraṇarūpaṃ vai vicitramatabheditam /
tatra kveśvarabuddhistu kartavyā tat samīraya

p1.73

evaṃ jagataḥ kāraṇasya kartuḥ svarūpaṃ vicitramatairbheditam [k:
matabhe] ata āha - tatreti

p1.74

na te hyaviditaṃ kiñcid bhavediti hi niścayaḥ /
yataḥ sa bhagavān vyāghrapādo dṛṣṭaparāvaraḥ

p1.74

vyāghrapādaḥ te pitā

p1.75

ataste yoṣito'pyevaṃ jñānametadvirājate /
brūhi me śraddadhānāya priyāyāmṛtabhāṣiṇi k:
priyāmṛtaprabhāṣiṇī]

p1.75

ataḥ tatsambandhāt

p1.76

p. १०३)
pṛṣṭaivaṃ sā hemalekhā priyeṇa prāha harṣitā /
nātha te sampravakṣyāmi śṛṇvīśvaravinirṇayam

p1.77

īśvaro hi jagajjālapralayotpādakṛd bhavet /
sa viṣṇuḥ sa śivo dhātā sa sūryaḥ soma eva ca

p1.78

sa eva sarvathā sarvaḥ sarvairapi nirūpitaḥ /
na śivo nāpi viṣṇurvā na dhātā nānya eva ca

p1.78

sarvaiḥ vaiṣṇavādyaiḥ nirūpitaḥ sarvo'pi viṣṇuśivādiḥ sa eva
viṣṇuśivādimūrtiṣu sarvatrānugataṃ pārameśvaraṃ svatantracidrūpamiti
sarvātmatāṃ tasyoktvā parasparaṃ vyavṛttaṃ dṛśyaṃ sthūlaśarīraṃ na tasya
vāstavaṃ rūpamiti niṣedhati - na śiva ityādi

p1.79

etatte sampravakṣyāmi śṛṇvatyantasamāhitaḥ /
kartāraṃ śivamāhuste pañcavaktraṃ trilocanam

p1.79

etat śivo na śivaścetyetat / te śaivāḥ

p1.80

sa kartā ghaṭakarteva cetanaḥ saśarīrakaḥ /
loke'pi cetanaḥ kartā saśarīro hi dṛśyate

p1.80

saḥ sthūlaśarīrasahakṛtaḥ / kuta evamiti cedvibhajyāha - loka iti / kartā
kulālādiḥ

p1.81

aśarīro'cetano vā na kartā kvacidīkṣitaḥ /
tatra mukhyaṃ hi kartṛtvaṃ cetanasyaiva sambhavet

p1.81

evaṃ śarīraviśiṣṭacetanasyaiva kartṛtvamīkṣitam tathāpi tatra
śarīracetanayormadhye

p1.82

yataḥ svapneṣvayaṃ jīvo hitvā sthūlaṃ śarīrakam /
caitanyamayadehena sarvānabhimatān sṛjet

p1.82

kuta evamiti ced bhautikadehasya vyabhicārānna kartṛtvamityāha - svapneṣviti
/ svāpno deho naivaṃvidha ityāha - caitanyeti

p1.83

ataḥ śarīraṃ karaṇaṃ kārye kartuścidātmanaḥ /
jīvānāṃ karaṇāpekṣā yato'pūrṇā svatantratā

p1.83

ataḥ sthūlaśarīraṃ vināpi kāryasambhavena vyabhicārāt / astu karaṇatve'pi sthūlaṃ
cinmayaṃ vā śarīramīśvarasyāpekṣitamiti cennetyāha - jīvānāmiti

p1.84

p. १०४)
bhagavāṃstu jagatkartā pūrṇasvātantryayogataḥ /
anapekṣyaiva yatkiñcit sṛjatyavikalaṃ jagat

p1.84

jīvānāmapūrṇasvātantryeṇa karaṇādyapekṣāyāmapi na
pūrṇasvātantryasyeśvarasya yatkiñcidapekṣetyāha - bhagavāniti / avikalaṃ
sampūrṇam

p1.85

ataḥ śarīraṃ nāstyeva hyeṣa mukhyaviniścayaḥ /
anyathā lokavatkarturupādānāśrayo bhavet

p1.85

ataḥ śarīrakalpane prayojanābhāvāt / anyathā kulālādivat karaṇādyapekṣatve /
kartuḥ īśvarasya upādānasyāpyāśrayaḥ apekṣā bhavet

p1.86

tathā ca deśakālādikāraṇapracayairyutaḥ /
jagat sṛjanmaheśāno jīva eva bhavettathā

p1.86

pracayaiḥ samūhaiḥ sāmagryeti yāvat / jjiva eva bhavet / īśvaratvaṃ vihanyeteti
bhāvaḥ / tathā kulālādivat

p1.87

p. १०५)
pūrṇaiśvaryaṃ vihanyeta jagatsṛṣṭeḥ purāpi ca /
siddhyettatsarvakartṛtvaṃ vihataṃ syānna saṃśayaḥ

p1.87

iṣṭāpattāvāha - jagaditi / upādānādikaṃ [k, gh: dikajaga]
jagatsṛṣṭeḥ pūrvamapi siddhyet / īśvarasya jagatkriyāyāmupādānādyapekṣaṇe
upādānādernityatā siddheti bhāvaḥ / tat upādānādikam/ astviti cedāha -
sarvakartṛtvamiti / upādānādeḥ sṛṣṭeḥ pūrvaṃ siddhatvena taṃ
pratyakartṛtvena sarvakartṛtvaṃ vihanyetetyarthaḥ / tathā ca
karturnimittatvenopādānatvābhāveneśvaratvameva na saṅgacchata iti
[k:ccheta] bhāvaḥ / yaduktaṃ kṣemarājācāryaiḥ -
ye [eṣa ślokaḥ spandapradīpikāyām (pṛ० २३)
āgamarahasyaślokatvenoddhṛtaḥ] tvīśvaraṃ vyapadiśanti nimittahetuṃ
dattastilāñjaliramībhiriheśitāyai /
anyāṅgatopagamanena vaśīkṛtasya
kāmīśvarasthitimamī bata saṅgirante // iti /
atha ca nahīśvarasya kevalanimittatve [k: nityatve] kāryaṃ
sambhavitumarhati / tathā hi sṛṣṭeḥ purā viśarāravaḥ paramāṇava
īśvarecchayā saṃghaṭitāḥ kāryārambhakā bhavantīti hyārambhavādina āhuḥ /
naitadupapannam loke cetano hyanyecchāmanurudhya kiñcit karoti nācetanaḥ / tathā
ca paramāṇūnāmīśvarecchānurodho'nupapanna eva / nanvīśvarasyaivaṃvidhameva
sāmarthyam yat paramāṇavo'pi tadicchāmanurudhyeranniti / satyametat
īśvaro'paricchinnasāmarthya eva / tenaivālaukakasāmarthyena
bhagavānupādānādyanapekṣyaiva jagatkriyāsamarthaḥ / evaṃ satyapi bhagavato
jagatkriyāyāṃ paramāṇvādyapekṣābhyupagamo dvaitavādaśraddhāmātravilāsa
iti jñeyam / etena seśvarasāṃkhyo'pi pratyukto jñeyaḥ /
asmākamāgamaikasamāśrayāṇāmabhyupagatākhilavyavahārasamarthanasamarthap
arameśvaraiśvaryāṇāṃ nānupapattigandho'pi / nanu
vaiṣamyanairghṛṇyadoṣadūrīkaraṇāya jagatkriyāyāṃ karma nimittamiti
sarvairabhyupeyam / tathā cānyāpekṣeśvarasya siddheti ceducyate -
satyametadapratisamādheyameva dvaitavādinām / advaitavādināmasmākaṃ tu
darpaṇapratibimbanyāyena sarvasya jagataścidekarasatvena karmaṇo'pi
parameśvarasvarūpānanyatvenānyānapekṣaṇānna doṣāvakāśaleśo'pi /
nanvevamapi ghaṭādikartṛtvasya kulālādiniṣṭhatvānneśvaraḥ sarvakarteti cenna
kulālātmana īśvarānanyatvenādoṣāt / atha ca rājapuruṣakṛte rājakṛtatvavad
brahādikṛtasyāpīśvarakṛtatvāt / taduktaṃ pratyabhijñāyām -
tathā hi kumbhakāro'sāvaiśvaryaiva vyavasthayā /
tattanmṛdādisaṃskārakrameṇa janayed ghaṭam // (१/४१) iti

p1.88

p. १०६)
ato hi dṛśyadehādyamanapekṣya jagat sṛjet /
nāsti tasmāt sthūladeho vastutaḥ prāṇavallabha

p1.88

ataḥ śarīrādyapekṣāyāmaiśvaryavihateḥ

p1.89

pararūpe hyadehe'smin muhyanti sthūlabuddhayaḥ /
bhaktuyuktāśca tairdhyāto yatra yatra yathā yathā

p1.89

nanu yadi vastuto deho nāsti tarhi kuto'yaṃ viṣṇvādideha iti cedāha - pareti /
asmin īśvare / muhyanti mohaṃ prāpnuvanti na vidantīti yāvat / ye [k: ye
nāsti] evaṃvidhā bhaktiyuktāśca / yatra yatra kailāsavaikuṇṭhādideśe / yathā
yathā pañcavaktraikavaktrādirūpeṇa

p1.90

tathā dhatte'nekarūpaṃ bhaktacintāmaṇiḥ svayam /
ataścetana eveśastaddehaḥ [k: etena] syāccitiḥ parā

p1.90

svayamiti / na mātṛpitrādyapekṣayeti bhāvaḥ / ataḥ
evaṃvidhadehānāmicchāmātraparikalpitatvāt / parā aparicchinnā citiḥ

p1.91

citireva mahāsattā samrājñī [kh, g, gh: sāmrājñī]
parameśvarī /
tripurā bhāsate yasyāmavibhinnaṃ [k: bhinnā] vibhinnavat

p1.91

citireveti / citirhi svarūpapariniṣṭhitā nistaraṅgābdhikalpā turīyā tripuā / saiva
yadā svasvātantryāccitikriyākartṛtvarūpacetanatāmāsādayati tadeśvara ityucyate
/ kāryabrahmeti [k: kāryaṃ brahmeti] yaṃ vedāntina āhuḥ / sā
citirmahāsattā aparicchinnasadrūpā / samrājñī [kh, g, gh:
sāmrājñī] svatantrā / parameśvarī anuttaraiśvaryavatī / tripurā turyā / bhāsate
aviśeṣāt sarvatra sarvadetyarthaḥ

p1.92

ādarśanagaraprakhyaṃ jagadetaccarācaram /
tadrūpaikatvatastatra nottamādhamabhāvanā

p1.92

nanu na [k: na nāsti] sā citiḥ kvacidbhāsate kintu jagadeva bhāsata iti
cedāha - ādarśeti / yathā hyādarśā'vibhinnamapi pratibimbanagaramādarśaṃ
bhinnavadbhāsate evamasyāṃ citi [k: citiścarā] carācarātmakaṃ
jagattadabhinnamapi vibhinnavadbhāsate / yathā hi bālāḥ pratibimbaṃ paśyanto
darpaṇaṃ na vidurevaṃ mūḍhā jagat paśyanto'pi na citiṃ viduḥ / evaṃ ca
viṣṇuśivādiṣvapīyameveśvarākhyā ekā atastatra viṣṇuśivādau
nottamādhamabhāvanā kartavyā

p1.93

p. १०७)
apare tu svarūpe hi kalpitaṃ [kh: kalpitā] mukhyatādi hi [kh:
nahi] /
tasmāt prājña upāsīta paraṃ rūpaṃ hi niṣkalam

p1.93

nanu śāstreṣūttamatvādi kathamuktamiti cedāha - apare iti / sthūle / tasmāt
yataḥ sā mukhyatā kalpitā na vāstavī / niṣkalamaśarīram

p1.94

asamarthaḥ sthūlarūpaṃ yad buddhau saṅgataṃ dṛḍham /
tadupāsyāhetutastu śreyaḥ prāpnotyanuttamam /
nānyathāsya gatiḥ kvāpi bhavedvai koṭijanmabhiḥ

p1.94

nanu tadrūpaṃ prājñenopāsituṃ śakyamanyena kiṃ kartavyamiti cedāha -
asamartha iti / yad buddhau dṛḍhaṃ saṃgatamiti / yadrūpe buddhirdṛḍhānuraktā
sā mūrtirupāsyeti bhāvaḥ / anyathā īśvaramanārādhya / gatiḥ
paraśreyaḥsādhanaprāptiḥ / ṣaṭcaraṇaḥ ślokaḥ

p1.1

iti śrīmajjñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyāne īśvarasvarūpanirūpa
saptamodhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
saptamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. १०८)
atha aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ
evaṃ priyāvacaḥ śrutvā jñātvā tattvaṃ maheśituḥ /
traipuraṃ cinmayaṃ hemalekhāvākyena niścitam

p1.1

atrādhyāye bhāgamitapadyaiḥ stutvā virāgatām /
hemalekhoktigūḍhārthavyākhyānaṃ sunirūpyate //
traipuraṃ turyam / tadrūpaṃ cinmayameveśvarasya tattvamiti parokṣatayā jñātvā

p1.2

āśvastacittastripurāṃ guṇarūpāṃ maheśvarīm /
jñātvā gurubhyaḥ paramāṃ māhaiśvaryavibhāvitaḥ

p1.3

guṇarūpāṃ saguṇarūpāṃ saguṇamūrtim / gurubhyastanmantrādikaṃ ca jñātveti
śeṣaḥ / māhaiśvaryavibhāvitaḥ parameśvarānugrahaśaktividdhaḥ / etaduktam ##-
tāmekabhāvānugato hemacūḍo'bhavad dṛḍham /
evaṃ paropāsanena vyatīyuḥ ke'pi māsakāḥ

p1.3

tāṃ [k: tāṃ tripurām nāsti] tripurām / ekabhāvo dṛḍhabhaktiḥ /
anugatirupāsanam

p1.4

tripurā parameśānī prasādamakarod hṛdi /
viṣayādvimukhaṃ cittaṃ vicāraparamaṃ babhau

p1.4

kiṃvidhaṃ prasādamakarottadāha - viṣayāditi / vicāraparamaṃ
svarūpavicāratatparam

p1.5

etāvad durlabhaṃ loke parānugrahamantarā /
vicārapravaṇaṃ cittaṃ yanmukhyaṃ mokṣakāraṇam

p1.5

etāvad viṣayavaimukhyapūrvakaṃ vicārapravaṇatvam / kuta etasya durlabhatā
tadāha - yaditi

p1.6

rāma yāvanna jāyeta vicāraparamaṃ manaḥ /
na tāvacchreyasā yoga upāyānāṃ śataiḥ kvacit

p1.7

p. १०९)
atha bhūyaḥ sa kasmiṃściddine rahasi vai tayā /
saṅgataḥ priyayā'tyantavicāraparamānasaḥ

p1.7

atha vicāraparatāsampattyanantaram

p1.8

āyāntaṃ svaniketaṃ taṃ dūrāt kāntaṃ dadarśa sā /
utthāya taṃ samānīya svāsane viniveśya ca

p1.8

niketaṃ gṛham

p1.9

pādaprakṣālanādyaistaṃ pūjayitvā yathāvidhi /
provācāmṛtaniṣyandasundaraṃ paramaṃ vacaḥ

p1.10

preṣṭha ! tvāmadya paśyāmi cirāya nanu te vapuḥ /
nīrujaṃ kaccidāsīdvai yato rogāspadaṃ vapuḥ

p1.10

preṣṭha atipriyatama

p1.11

tanmamācakṣva [k: tanmāmā] vṛttāntaṃ yato nāhaṃ smṛtā
tvayā /
nanu māmasamālokya cāprabhāṣya kadāpi te

p1.11

tat śarīravṛttāntam [g: śārīraṃ] / kutastaveyaṃ sambhāvaneti cedāha
- yata iti

p1.12

nātyagāddinabhāgo'pi tadevaṃ kuta āsthitam /
manye'haṃ te'nabhimate vartanaṃ nahi vartmani

p1.12

evaṃ māmasmṛtvā adṛṣṭvā [k: adṛṣṭvā nāsti] vā tvayā āsthitaṃ
tat kutaḥ / svapne'pi na manye

p1.13

svapne vāpi kuto'nyatra kuta evamabhūd vada /
kathaṃ rātristvayā nītā caikāpi yugasammitā

p1.13

anyatra jāgrati kuta etatsambhāvaneti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ sati kuta evaṃ te sthitirabhūt

p1.14

māṃ [k: vinā māṃ ca kṣaṇo] vinā prāk kṣaṇo'pyeko yugakalpaḥ
suduḥsahaḥ /
ityuktvā sā samāśliṣya khinnevābhūtkṣaṇaṃ tataḥ

p1.14

māṃ vinā kṣaṇo'pi [k: kṣaṇamapi suduḥsahamiti]

p1.15

p. ११०)
so'pi priyāsamāśliṣṭo neṣadvikṛtimāyayau /
prāha priye na māmevaṃ vimohayitumarhasi

p1.15

dṛḍhavairāgyeṇa neṣadapi [k: naiṣo'pi] priyāśleṣādinā vikṛtiṃ
prāptavān / māmiyaṃ mohayituṃ pravṛtteti jñātvā āha - priye iti

p1.16

jñātā mayā'si sudṛḍhaṃ nāsti te śokakāraṇam /
parāvarajñā tvaṃ dhīrā mohastvāṃ vai kathaṃ spṛśet

p1.16

kutastvadviyoge śoko na bhavettadāha - parāvareti

p1.17

tattvāṃ praṣṭuṃ samāyāto yattadvakṣyāmi saṃśṛṇu /
yat prāk svavṛttaṃ kathitaṃ tat sphuṭaṃ me samīraya

p1.17

nāhaṃ prāgiva krīḍituṃ samāgata ityāha - tattvāmiti / mahāsatī me jananī
(५/१०८) ityādi prāguktaṃ svavṛttam

p1.18

kā sā te jananī proktā sakhī vā tatpatiśca kaḥ /
tatputrādyā api ca ke mama vā te kva saṃvada

p1.18

te jananyādayaḥ

p1.19

na tanayā suviditaṃ na tanmanye mṛṣoditam /
kintu tvayā nigaditaṃ vyapadeśena sarvathā

p1.19

tat tvaduktam / na tanmṛṣoditam kintvanyavyapadeśenoktam

p1.20

tadvivicya prakathaya yathā jñāsye tvahaṃ sphuṭam /
ahaṃ tvāṃ suprapanno'smi [k, kh: suprasanno] chindhi me hṛdi
saṃśayam

p1.21

evamuktā hemalekhā prasannavadanekṣaṇā /
matvā sunirmaladhiyaṃ parānugrahasaṃyutam

p1.21

parāyāstripurāyā anugrahayutam

p1.22

nūnameṣo'tivimukho viṣayebhyo'tidhairyataḥ /
viddhaḥ [k: viṣṇuśaktyā] śaktyā maheśānyā [kh, g,
gh: mahaiśvaryā] phalitaḥ puṇyasañcayaḥ

p1.22

anugrahaśaktyā

p1.23

p. १११)
kālaḥ prabodhane cāyaṃ bodhayāmi tatastvimam /
nātha te'ho mahābhāgyaṃ prāptamīśakṛpāvaśāt

p1.23

yato'yaṃ bodhane kālastata iti matvā prāheti śeṣaḥ / te tvayā

p1.24

anyathā naiva viṣayavairasyaṃ paśyati kvacit /
etallakṣaṇamīśasyānugrahe jñeyamāditaḥ

p1.24

anyathā bhāgyābhāve kvacit kālādau / etat vakṣyamāṇam / lakṣaṇaṃ jñāpakam /
ādita iti / īśānugrahe satyādāveva [kh, g, gh: veta] tajjāyata iti
bhāvaḥ

p1.25

bhogavairasyamaparaṃ vicārapravaṇaṃ manaḥ /
hanta te sampravakṣyāmi vṛttiṃ proktāṃ sadātmanaḥ

p1.25

aparaṃ dvitīyam / vṛttiṃ sthitim sadā sthitāmiti śeṣaḥ

p1.26

parā citirme jananī sakhī buddhirmatā mama /
avidyā tvasatī soktā yayā buddhiḥ susaṅgatā

p1.27

avidyāyāstu sāmarthyaṃ loke spaṣṭaṃ vicitritam /
yadrajjau sarpamābhāsya mahābhītiṃ prayacchati

p1.28

mahāmohastu tatputro manastasya suto'bhavat /
tasya patnī kalpanā syāttatsutāḥ pañca ye'bhavan

p1.29

jñānendriyāṇi te pañca tatsthānaṃ golakaṃ bhavet /
viṣayāṇāṃ pramoṣastu saṃskāro manaso bhavet

p1.30

tadbhogaḥ svapnabhogaḥ syāt kalpanāyāḥ svasā tu yā /
mahāśanā bhavedāśā tasyā yau tanujāvubhau

p1.30

tadbhogaḥ pramuṣitaviṣayabhogaḥ

p1.31

krodho lobhaśca tāvuktau tatpuraṃ tu śarīrakam /
mama yastu mahāmantraḥ svarūpasphuraṇaṃ hi tat

p1.32

prāṇaḥ pracāraḥ samprokto manasastu priyaḥ sakhā /
kāntārādyāstu narakā [k: navakā] evaṃ sarvaṃ prakīrtitam

p1.33

p. ११२)
mayā buddheḥ saṅgamastu samādhirabhidhīyate /
manmātṛlokasaṃprāptirmokṣaḥ priya udāhṛtaḥ

p1.34

evaṃ proktaḥ svavṛttāntastvamapyevaṃvidho [k: vidhau] nanu /
tadyuktyaitat suvijñāya paraṃ śreyaḥ samāpnuhi

p1.34

etat svavṛttāntam

p1.1

iti śrīmajjñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyāne saṃsārākhyāyikāvivaraṇe
aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyām
aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ११३)
atha navamo'dhyāyaḥ
śrutvetthaṃ priyayā proktaṃ hemacūḍo'tivismitaḥ /
harṣagadgadayā vācā punarvaktuṃ pracakrame

p1.1

atra nonākapadyaiḥ [k: nonāṅka] svamātmatattvaṃ vivicya vai /
hemacūḍaḥ svātmasaṃsthāṃ prāpta ityetaducyate //
punaḥ hemalekhāṃ vaktum

p1.2

dhanyā priye'si nipuṇā aho te jñānavaibhavam /
kiṃ varṇayāmi yat proktamākhyārūpatayā'khilam

p1.2

jñānasya vaibhavaṃ māhātmyam / yat yasmāt /
svātmavṛttamakhilamanyāpadeśenākhyānatayā proktam ataḥ kiṃ varṇayāmi

p1.3

evaṃvidhaṃ svavṛttaṃ me nābhavadviditaṃ kvacit /
tvaduktyā'haṃ samprati tat karāmalakavat sphuṭam

p1.3

kvacit kāle / tat svātmavṛttaṃ krodhalobhādinā duḥkhānubhavarūpam

p1.4

smarāmyanubhavāmyantaraho lokakriyā'dbhutā /
kā sā parā citirmātā kathaṃ tasyāstu no janiḥ

p1.4

sphuṭamatītaṃ smarāmi vartamānamanubhavāmi / antaḥ svātmani / lokānāṃ kriyā
vyavahāraḥ

p1.5

ke vā vayaṃ svarūpaṃ kimasmākaṃ tad bravīhi me /
iti pṛṣṭā hemalekhā rāmovāca priyaṃ prati

p1.5

mahāsatī me jananī (५/१०८) ityādyākhyānena paraciterupeyatoktā svasya
tadaṃśātmatvaṃ coktam / tatra kā sā parā (९/४) ityupeyasvarūpaṃ
pṛṣṭvā svātmarūpaṃ pṛcchati - ke vā vayamiti / dehasya
puratvaśravaṇena prāṇādeḥ parivāratvaśravaṇena [k: parīvāratva] ca
dehāderanātmatvaniścayāt puruṣādisaṃjñāyāḥ saṅghātaniṣṭhatvena ke
ityātmanaḥ saṃjñāviṣayo'yaṃ praśno jñeyaḥ

p1.6

p. ११४)
nātha śṛṇu pravakṣyāmi gūḍhārthamidamādarāt /
vicārayātmano rūpaṃ buddhyā'tyantaviśuddhayā

p1.6

gūḍhārthamiti / ayaṃ praśnārtho gūḍho vaktumaśakya eva tathāpi kiñciduttaraṃ
vakṣyāmi / tadevāha - vicārayeti / ātmanaḥ śuddhasvarūpe vidite parā
citirviditaprāyaiveti prathamapraśnamupekṣya dvitīye uttaraṃ kriyata iti bhāvaḥ /
svayameva vicāraya / tatropāyamāha - atyantaviśuddhayeti /
buddherantaḥkaraṇasyendriyādidvārā bahirmukhatvamaśuddhiḥ
tatparityāgenāntarmukhatvaṃ hi śuddhiḥ / tathā ca vāhyadehādāvanātmatvaṃ
niścitya buddherantarmukhatāsampādanenātmasvarūpaṃ svayameva jñātuṃ
śakyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.7

na dṛśyaṃ nāpi tadvācyamato vakṣyāmi tat katham /
jñāte [k: jñātasvātmasvarūpo] svātmasvarūpe vai tato jñāsyasi
mātaram

p1.7

nanu tvayā viditamātmatattvaṃ kuto nocyata iti cedaśakyaṃ vaktumityāha - na
dṛśyamityādi / na jñeyamityarthaḥ / jñeyamanyopadeśena [k: manyā]
jñātuṃ śakyamiti bhāvaḥ / tasya nirdharmatvena
vacanapravṛttinimittadharmābhāvānnāpi tadvācyamiti tātparyam / nanu tarhi parā
citiryā mātā tāṃ vadeti cedāha - jñāta iti

p1.8

nahyādeśaḥ [k: deśasva] svarūpe'sti tata ādeṣṭṛvarjitam /
svaṃ [g, gh: svarūpaṃ] rūpaṃ svātmanā paśya
śuddhabuddhisamāśrayam

p1.8

yato na dṛśyaṃ na vācyamātmarūpamatastasya na sākṣādupadeśa ityāha -
nahīti / ādeśa upadeśaḥ / nanu tarhi tat kathaṃ jñeyamiti cedāha - svātmaneti /
śuddhātmarūpeṇa sthitamityarthaḥ / viṣayavinirmuktaṃ śuddhacidrūpeṇa sthitamiti
bhāvaḥ / yadvā svātmanā sthitaṃ dṛśyā'nātmavyāvṛttadraṣṭṛmātrātmanā
sthitamiti bhāvaḥ / evaṃvidhaṃ kva paśyāmīti cedāha - śuddheti /
śuddhāyāṃ viṣayākārarahitāyāṃ buddhau karaṇavyāpārānapekṣameva
svarūpaṃ jñeyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.9

p. ११५)
devāditiryagantānāṃ bhāntaṃ bhānairabhāsitam /
bhāntaṃ sarvatra sarvasya sarvadā mānavarjitam

p1.9

nanvadṛśyaṃ tat kathaṃ paśyāmīti cedāha - deveti / devaḥ sadāśivo
hiraṇyagarbhaḥ tiryag [k: tiryaggati] atisūkṣmastambākhyaḥ kṛmiḥ
devāditiryagantānāmātmatvena bhāsamānaḥ / nanu tarhi mama kuto na bhāsata iti
cedāha - bhānairabhāsitam / bhānaiḥ paricchinnairdṛśyākārairjñānaiḥ /
nāsti bhāsitaṃ yasya / buddherdṛśyākārairācchāditatvānnātyantaṃ bhāsate
kintu ghanācchannārkavadbhāsata [kh, g, gh: ghana] eva /
dṛśyākārarahitāyāṃ buddhau tu nirabhranabhogatārkavadatyantaṃ bhāsata iti
bhāvaḥ / nanu buddhāveva bhāsamānatvāt paricchedaḥ prāpta iti cedāha -
sarvatreti / sarvasya sarvatra sarvadā ghaṭādikaṃ bhāsamānaṃ tadbhāsaiva bhāsate /
sarvatra bhāsamānasūryālokasya [k: mānasūryo lo]
bhittāvatyantābhivyaktivacchuddhabuddhāvabhivyaktiriti bhāvaḥ / nanu
pramāṇavyāpāroparame [k: brahmaṇi] na tasya bhāsanaṃ syāttat kathaṃ
sarvadeti cedāha - mānavarjitamiti / pramāṇavyāpārāviṣayamityarthaḥ /
karaṇavyāpārasya [k: kāraṇa] kartaryapravṛtterata evādṛśyamapīti
bhāvaḥ

p1.10

kathaṃ kutra kadā kena nirūpyetāpi leśataḥ /
mannetraṃ darśayetyevamuktametat priyādhunā

p1.10

tatra pramāṇāpravṛtteḥ kathaṃ kena rūpeṇa kutra deśe kadā kāle kena
pramāṇena leśato'pi nirūpyeta [k: nirūpyate] ?
pramāṇāviṣayatvādatredānīmīdṛśo'yamiti [k: dānīṃ mādṛ]
nirūpayitumaśakya eveti tātparyam / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - mannetramiti / etat
ātmānaṃ nirūpayeti [kh, g: yati]

p1.11

p. ११६)
nātrācāryasyopayogo yathā nayanadarśane /
nipuṇo'pi mahācāryaḥ kathaṃ netraṃ pradarśayet

p1.11

ātmano'nirūpaṇīyatvādevātmadarśane [k, kh: nirū] na
sākṣādācāryasyopayoga ityāha - nātreti / nipuṇaḥ kuśalaḥ / mahān
tapomāhātmyādiyuktaḥ

p1.12

ato gururupāyo'tra tadupāyapradarśanāt /
tatte vakṣyāmyupāyaṃ tacchṛṇu saṃyatamānasaḥ

p1.12

nanvevaṃ ced guruḥ śiṣyasya kiṃ kuryāttadāha - ata iti /
nirūpaṇāsamarthatvāt / upa samīpe ayati gacchati yena saḥ / śiṣyasya parāg
dṛśo'tidūrāyitamātmānaṃ pratyagdṛṣṭyutpādanena samīpīkaroti gururiti
tātparyam / atra ātmāvagame / gurāvupāyapadaṃ yojayati - tadupāyeti /
tasyātmadarśanasyopāyaḥ sādhanaṃ tasya pradarśanāt / tattasmād
gurorupāyapradarśakatvāt / upāyamahaṃ vakṣyāmi

p1.13

yāvat tvamātmani mametyevaṃ tu pratipaśyasi /
tataḥ paraṃ nijaṃ rūpaṃ yanmameti na bhāti te

p1.13

ātmaviṣaye yāvanmameti paśyasi tataḥ paraṃ tebhyo bhinnaṃ yattava mameti na
bhāti tannijaṃ rūpaṃ vivicyeti sambandhaḥ

p1.14

gatvaikānte vivicyaitadyadyad bhāti mamatvataḥ /
tattat parityajya paraṃ svātmānamabhilakṣaya

p1.14

ekāntasthāne gatvā / etat mayoktaṃ yanmameti na bhāti tat / vivicya vivecaya / evaṃ
vivecanakāle mamatvena yad yad bhāti tattat parityajya anātmeti niścitya tataḥ paraṃ
yanmamatvā'nākrāntaṃ tat svātmatvenābhilakṣaya

p1.15

yathāhaṃ te mamatvena bhāsanānnātmatā mayi /
sambandhamātrādātmīyā na svarūpagatā [kh: tāsmya] hyaham

p1.15

etadeva vivicyopapādayati - yatheti / na svarūpagatā na svarūpāntarbhūtā

p1.16

p. ११७)
mamārthamakhilaṃ tyaktvā yattyaktuṃ naiva śakyate /
tamātmānaṃ samālakṣya paraṃ śreyaḥ samāpnuhi

p1.16

evaṃ mameti bhāsamānamakhilamarthaṃ nāhamiti niścayena tyaktvā yattyaktuḥ
svarūpaṃ kevalacitprakāśarūpamakhilatyāgāvadhibhūtaṃ tyaktuṃ na śakyate

p1.17

ityuktaḥ priyayā hemacūḍa utthāya vai drutam /
yayāvaśvaṃ samāruhya tatkṣaṇe nagarād bahiḥ

p1.18

udyānaṃ nandanasamaṃ praviśya kṣaṇamātrataḥ /
vanāntaḥ saudhamunnamraṃ sphāṭikaṃ praviveśa ha

p1.18

udyānaṃ krīḍāvanam / unnamramuccam

p1.19

visṛjyānucarān sarvān dvārapālānaśāsayat /
na ko'pyatra praviśatu mayayekāntavicāraṇe

p1.19

atra matsamīpe / ekaḥ advitīyaḥ antaḥ sarvaniṣedhāvadhibhūta ātmā tasya
vicāraṇaṃ vivecanam / tatpare mayi satīti yāvat

p1.20

rājāmātyāśca guravo rājā vā'pyatra saṅgataḥ /
apraveśyā eva yāvadahamājñāṃ diśāmi vaḥ

p1.21

ityuktvāruhya saudhāgryaṃ navamīṃ bhūmimāviśat /
tatra vātāyane citre sarvalokāvalokane

p1.21

uparyupari vidyamānabhūmiṣu navamīṃ bhūmim / sarvalokānāmavalokanaṃ yatra /
atyuccāmiti yāvat

p1.22

āsane mṛdutūlāḍhye viveśānyavivarjitaḥ /
manaḥ samādhāya dṛḍhaṃ vicāramakarottadā

p1.23

nūnamete janāḥ sarve kathamevaṃ vimohitāḥ /
naiko'pyatra [k: na ko] vijānāti svātmānaṃ leśato'pi vai [k:
ca]

p1.24

p. ११८)
sarvo'pi svātmano hetoḥ karoti vividhāḥ kriyāḥ /
kecit paṭhanti śāstrāṇi sāmnāyāṅgāni [k: yāni ca] nityaśaḥ

p1.24

svatmanaḥ sukhahetoḥ / āmnāyo vedaḥ

p1.25

keciddhanānyarjayanti kecicchāsati cāvanim /
anye yudhyanti ripubhiranye bhogaikalampaṭāḥ

p1.26

kurvantyetat svārthamete sa [k, gh: svasvātmā] katamo bhavet /
nainaṃ jānāti ko'pyatra kuta evamayaṃ bhramaḥ

p1.27

aho yathāvadātmānamaviditvaiva vai kṛtam /
vyarthaṃ svapne kṛtamiva tadadya vimṛśāmi tam

p1.27

mayā kṛtam / yasmādajñānāt kṛtaṃ vyarthaṃ tat tasmāt

p1.28

gṛhadhānyarājyadhanayoṣitpaśvādi [gh: dhānyaṃ; k: dikañca na]
kiñcana /
na me svarūpaṃ bhavati tvanahantāśrayatvataḥ

p1.28

vimarśanaprakāramāha - gṛhetyādi / anahanteti /
ahamityabhāsanenāhantāśrayatvābhāvāt

p1.29

madarthaṃ bhūtatāhetordeho'haṃ syāṃ hi sarvathā /
nūnaṃ kṣatriyadāyādo gaurāṅgo'haṃ na saṃśayaḥ

p1.29

madartheti / ahamityasmatpratyayaviṣayabhūtatvāddhetordeho'haṃ syām / etadeva
draḍhayati - nūnamiti

p1.30

ahantayā samākrāntāstathaite'pi janāḥ pare /
iti niścitya dadhyau taṃ dehaṃ rājakumārakaḥ

p1.30

eteṣāṃ janānāmapyātmā [k: pyātmadeha] deha eveti saṃbhāvayati -
ahanteti / tathaite dehātmāna eva / dehamātmatvena dadhyau cintayāmāsa

p1.31

atha dehasya cātmatvaṃ pratiṣeddhuṃ pracakrame /
aho kathaṃ deha eṣa mamatāyāḥ samāśrayaḥ

p1.31

atha dhyānānantaram / dehasvabhāvamupalabhya mamatāśrayasyā'nātmatvamiti
hemalekhoktaṃ smṛtvāha - aho iti

p1.32

p. ११९)
rudhirāsthyādisaṃghātaḥ pratikṣaṇavikāravān /
mama rūpaṃ bhavennūnaṃ chinnametattu lakṣyate

p1.32

kathaṃ mama rūpaṃ bhavet / hetvantaramapyāha - chinnamiti

p1.33

kāṣṭhaloṣṭasamatvena svapnādau cānyathā sthitaḥ /
nāhaṃ deho'nya eva syāṃ prāṇo'pyeṣa tathāvidhaḥ

p1.33

dehaikadeśarūpaṃ hastādyaṅgaṃ chinnaṃ sadahantānāśrayatvena
kāṣṭhaloṣṭasamatvena yasmāllakṣyate ato mama rūpaṃ dehaḥ katham ? atha ca
svapnādau anyathaivāyaṃ dehaḥ sthito lakṣyate / anusaṃdhānena
jāgratsvapnayorekātmatvaniścayāddehasya pṛthagrūpatvānnātmatvamiti bhāvaḥ
/ ādipadena suṣuptirjanmāntaraṃ vā / tathāvidho mamatvādyāśrayaḥ

p1.34

mano buddhiśca nāhaṃ syāṃ yata etanmameritam /
ato dehādibuddhyantādanya [k: ddhyantasta] eva na saṃśayaḥ

p1.34

mameritaṃ mamatvenoktam / ato dehādermamatvāśrayatvāt

p1.35

ahaṃ kadācinnāsmīti bhāsanābhāvahetutaḥ /
sarvadā'haṃ bhāsamānaḥ sthita eva na saṃśayaḥ

p1.35

dehādīnāṃ mamatvāśrayatvenā'nātmatvādanyasyā'nupalambhāt suṣuptau
śūnyopalambhācca śūnyamātmeti prāpte āha - ahamiti / ahaṃ nāsmīti
kadācidapi bhāsanābhāvāddhetoḥ sarvadā bhāsamāno'haṃ sthita eva sadrūpa eva
na śūnyarūpa ityarthaḥ / suṣuptāvapi nāsmīti na prāmāṇikaḥ pratyayaḥ /
tadā'nubhaviturabhāve vyutthitasya na kiñcidavediṣam iti
dṛśyasāmānyādarśanasmṛtyanupapatteḥ / tathā cātmā'śūnyarūpaḥ
sarvadā'smīti bhāsata eva / kadācidapi nāhamasmīti bhāsanābhāvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.36

bhāsamānasya tu mama kena bhānamiti sphuṭam /
nahi jānāmi tat kasmādetanna viditaṃ mayā

p1.36

kena hetunā / ghanācchannārkavat sāmānyena bhāsamānasya kena viśeṣahetunā
sphuṭaṃ bhānamayamahamasmīti vijñānaṃ syāditi nahi jānāmi tadetat
kasmānnimittānna viditam

p1.37

p. १२०)
ghaṭādikaṃ cakṣurādyairbhāsate bhuvi nānyataḥ /
prāṇastvacā vibhātyeṣa mano jñānena cohitam

p1.37

jñānena jñānātmakakāryahetunā / ūhitaṃ kāryakāraṇatvenānumitam

p1.38

evaṃ buddhiḥ kena ca me bhāsanaṃ nāvidaṃ tvidam /
athaiṣāṃ bhāsanādeva nātmā bhāseta me yadi

p1.38

evaṃ buddhiḥ kāryeṇānumitetyarthaḥ / me mama / atheti
nimittasambhāvanādyotakam / yathā hi pratibimbabhāsanakāle śuddhadarpaṇo na
bhāsate evameṣāmanātmanā bhāsanādātmā na bhāsata iti sambhāvayati -
eṣāmiti

p1.39

tarhi no vimṛśāmyetāṃstato me bhāsanaṃ bhavet /
iti niścitya manasā jahau mānasagocaram

p1.39

evaṃ dṛśyabhāsanasāmānyā bhāvamātmavijñāne [gh: sāmānya]
nimittaṃ niścityāha - tarhīti / yadyanātmabhāsanādātmā na bhāsate
tarhyetānanātmabhāvānna vimṛśāmi / nahyete svato bhāsante
avimṛṣṭānāmabhāsanāt / yathā hi ghaṭavimarśanakāle tato'nyanna bhāsate
tathā anātmavimarśanakāle [k: antya] ātmā na bhāsata iti /
anyāvimarśane [k: vimarśanena] ātmabhāsanaṃ bhavediti bhāvaḥ /
vimarśaḥ ayamīdṛśa ityādi mānasollekhaḥ / manasā mananātmakena
sūkṣmabuddhirūpeṇāntaḥkaraṇena mānasagocaraṃ [k: so'gocaraḥ]
mānasollekham [k: llekhaḥ]

p1.40

athā'paśyadandhakāraṃ gāḍhaṃ tat kṣaṇamātrataḥ /
idaṃ mamātmano rūpamiti niścitamānasaḥ

p1.40

atha yatkiñcidbhāvamātrānullekhānantaram tat tamaḥ tadidamātmano rūpamiti
yojanā / kṣaṇamātrataḥ andhakāradarśanottarakṣaṇe / niścitamānasaḥ niścitaṃ
mānasaṃ manovikārātmaka tamo yena

p1.41

p. १२१)
praharṣamatulaṃ [k, gh: tumulaṃ] lebhe cātha bhūyo vyacintayat /
nūnaṃ punaḥ prapaśyāmītyevaṃ cittaṃ rurodha vai

p1.41

praharṣam ātmā dṛṣṭa iti bhramajanitam [k: śrama]

p1.42

cañcalaṃ haṭhayogena niruddhaṃ [gh: niruddhe] samavaikṣata /
tejaḥpuñjamanādyantaṃ bhāsvaraṃ kṣaṇamātrataḥ

p1.42

cañcalaṃ mano haṭhayogena kiñcidanullikhāmīti
dṛḍhasaṅkalparūpābhiniveśamātreṇa na tu [k, kh, g: nanu]
prāṇāyāmanirodhādyabhyāsena / bhāsvaraṃ prakāśaikanibiḍam

p1.43

prabuddhaścintayāmāsa kimetaditi vismitaḥ /
aho paśyāmi vividhaṃ kimātmānaṃ kathaṃ tvidam

p1.43

kṣaṇamātrataḥ prabuddhya [k: prabuddhaḥ] nirodhāt parāvṛttya /
etattamastejaśca [k: etanme teja] idaṃ viruddharūpatvamātmanaḥ kathamiti
vismitaḥ

p1.44

bhūyaḥ paśyāmi cetyevaṃ rurodha svamanastadā /
vilīnaṃ nidrayā cittaṃ babhau cirataraṃ dṛḍham

p1.44

tadā rodhānantaram [gh: rodhanā] nidrayā
paripakvakarmasāmānyābhāvarūpayā [kh: sāmānya] / hetau tṛtīyā /
nidrāhetunā cittaṃ vilīnam

p1.45

tatrāpaśyat svapnajālaṃ vicitrānekadarśanam /
atha prabuddho'tyantaṃ vai cintāṃ prāpa mahattarām

p1.46

kimahaṃ nidrayācchannaḥ svapnān samavalokayam /
tamastejaścāpi dṛṣṭamaho svapnātmakaṃ [k: tmako] bhavet

p1.46

tamaḥ pramukhaṃ dṛṣṭamapi svapnātmakameva syāditi sambhāvayati - tama
iti

p1.47

p. १२२)
svapnastu mānasollāsastadetaṃ varjaye katham /
bhūyo nigṛhya paśyāmītyevaṃ niścitya vai dṛḍham

p1.47

mano nigrahītuṃ pravṛttasya me mānasaṃ prasaratyeva tat kathamatra kartavyamiti
cintayati - svapna iti / etaṃ svapnam

p1.48

rurodha cittaṃ tu haṭhāttadetadabhavat sthiram /
tadānandasamudrāntarnimagna iva so'bhavat

p1.48

cittaṃ dṛḍhaṃ rurodhetyanvayaḥ / tadā rodhānantaram / īṣat kiñcitkālaṃ cittaṃ
sthiramabhavat / tadā niruddhacittadaśāyām

p1.49

punaścittapracalanāt prabuddho'bhavadañjasā /
kimeṣa me'bhavat svapnaścā'thavā cittavibhramaḥ

p1.49

prabuddhaḥ nirodhacyutaḥ / nirodhakālikaṃ sukhamātrarūpaṃ svātmānamavidan
[k: danniva kalpa] vikalpayati - kimeṣa iti

p1.50

āhosvit satya eṣa syādavicintyaṃ vibhāti me /
nā'nvabhūvaṃ kiñcidapi sukhamāptaṃ kathaṃ mayā

p1.50

viṣayānubhavena sarvatra sukhānubhavaḥ tat kathaṃ kiñcidapyananubhūya
nirodhakāle sukhānubhava iti śaṅkate - nānvabhūvamiti

p1.51

aho'sya sukhaleśasya tulyaṃ nāstyatra kiñcana /
ahaṃ suṣuptavanmūḍhaḥ kathametat sukhaṃ sthitam

p1.51

kiñcana sukham / suṣuptavat bāhyāntarāgrahaṇena mohagrasto'haṃ sthitaḥ / tatra
kathameṣa sukhānubhavaḥ

p1.52

nātra hetuṃ kañcidapi lakṣaye tat kathaṃ bhavet /
ātmāvagamanāyāhaṃ pravṛtto'pyadya nāvidam

p1.52

atra sukhopalabdhau tat sukhaṃ hetuṃ vinā kathaṃ bhavet

p1.53

ātmānamanyaccānyacca paśyāmi kimidaṃ bhavet /
prakāśo vāndhakāro vā sukhaṃ vānyadathāpi vā

p1.53

ātmānaṃ nāvidamityanvayaḥ / anyaccānyacca tamaḥprakāśādirūpam / apirevārthe
/ atha prakāśādibhyo'nyadeva vetyarthaḥ

p1.54

p. १२३)
ātmā bhavenmama tathā kramikaitatsvarūpakaḥ /
nāntamemyatra bhūyastāṃ pṛcchāmi viduṣīṃ priyām

p1.54

athavā tathā'nubhūtatamaḥprabhṛtibhāvakramayuktasaṅghasvarūpaka ātmā
bhavet / atrāntaṃ niścayaṃ naimi na prāpnomi

p1.55

iti niścitya dvāreśamāhūyājñāṃ samādiśat /
svasannidhānamānetuṃ hemalekhāṃ nṛpātmajaḥ

p1.56

atha prāptā muhūrtena dvārikasya nideśataḥ /
āruroha mahāsaudhaṃ meruminduprabheva sā

p1.57

athāpaśyad rājasutaṃ priyaṃ śāntātmamānasam /
niścalaṃ nirvikāraṃ ca saṃhṛtendriyamaṇḍalam

p1.57

hemalekhā apaśyat / śāntaṃ niśceṣṭam / ātmā śarīraṃ mānasañca / calanaṃ
[kh, g, gh: calaḥ] prāṇacāraḥ / vikāraḥ kāmādiḥ

p1.58

samīpamupasṛtyāśu tadviṣṭaramupāruhat /
ekāsanopaviṣṭāyāṃ tasyāṃ sa nimiṣārddhataḥ

p1.58

bhartṛsamīpam / tasyāṃ hemalekhāyāṃ sa hemacūḍaḥ

p1.59

unmīlya nayane pārśve samālokayadāsthitām /
ālokitā priyaṃ śīghraṃ praṇayāt pariṣasvaje

p1.59

priyāṃ samālokayat / ālokitā sā

p1.60

tataḥ prāhāmṛtasyandi sundaraṃ vacanaṃ priyā /
nātha kiṃ bhavatāhūtā kaccitte nīrujaṃ tanau

p1.61

vadāhūtau kāraṇaṃ me yadarthamahamāgatā /
evaṃ priyānuyuktaḥ sa babhāṣe svātmanaḥ priyām

p1.62

priye tvayānuśiṣṭo'haṃ vivikte'tra samāsthitaḥ /
vicāraparamaḥ svātmarūpalakṣaṇahetave

p1.62

vicāraḥ parama upādeyo yasya tatpara iti yāvat / svātmarūpasya lakṣaṇaṃ
vijñānam taddheturyaya mokṣasya tadarthaṃ vicāraparama iti sambandhaḥ

p1.63

p. १२४)
tatpareṇāpi citraṃ tu lakṣitaṃ tat pṛthak kimu /
ātmanaḥ sarvadā prāpterbhāsamānatvato'pi ca

p1.63

tatpareṇāpi ananyamānasenāpi / citram anekavidham / pṛthag atyantabhinnam
prakāśāndhakārādirūpam / svena yathā vicāritaṃ tadāha - ātmana iti /
ātmatvādeva prāptatvam prakāśarūpatvādbhāsamānatvam

p1.64

asamyag bhāsanaṃ cānyabhāsanasya nimittataḥ /
iti matvā nirudhyānyabhāsanaṃ suvyavasthitaḥ

p1.64

evaṃvidhasyāpyasamyagbhāsanamanyabhāsananimittāt / anyeṣāṃ bhāsanaṃ
bhāsanakaraṇamindriyādi [k: diniruktam] niruddhya

p1.65

apaśyamandhakāraṃ ca prakāśamanyadeva ca /
kvacit sukhaṃ mahat prāptaṃ kimetadvada me priye

p1.66

idamevātmano rūpamathavā'nyad bhavet kvacit /
samyag vivicya kathaya yathā tamabhilakṣaye

p1.66

idameva prakāśāndhakārādyanyatamam / anyat prakāśāndhakārādibhyaḥ / kvacit
samādheranyatra

p1.67

ityuktā sā'bravīd hemalekhā jñātaparāvarā /
śṛṇu priya pravakṣyāmi samāhitadhiyā'khilam

p1.68

yastvayā bāhyasaṃrodhe vyavasāyaḥ samedhitaḥ /
sa śubhaḥ sammataḥ sarvaiḥ sumukhyaścātmavedibhiḥ

p1.68

vyavasāyaḥ yatnaḥ / śubhaphalapradatvācchubhaḥ / anantarasādhanatvāt
sumukhyaḥ

p1.69

vinā tena na tat prāptaṃ kenāpi kutracit kvacit /
na tat kāraṇatāmeti tatprāptau prāptabhāvataḥ

p1.69

tena nirodhena / tat advaitātmavijñānam / kutracit kāle kvaciddeśe /
nanvevamātmajñānasya sādhanasādhyatvena ghaṭādijñānatulyatve
ghaṭavadātmano jaḍatvamanātmatvañca syādityata āha - na taditi / tat
nirodhanam / tatprāptau ātmavijñānaprāptau / prakṛte ātmarūpameva vijñānaṃ
vivakṣitam na tvātmano vijñānam / atastasya prāptatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.70

p. १२५)
aprāptāvātmatā na syādātmatve'nāptatā kutaḥ /
aprāpyaḥ sarvathaivātmā prāptistasya na vidyate

p1.70

etadeva sādhayati - aprāptāviti

p1.71

aprātasya bhavet prāptirātmatvānnāptirastyataḥ /
tannirodho'pi nāptyarthastvatra paśya nidarśanam

p1.71

tannirodhaḥ manonirodhaḥ / nidarśanaṃ dṛṣṭāntam

p1.72

andhakārasamācchannaṃ kiñcit tasya nirodhataḥ /
dīpādyairāpyate prāptamiva loke yathā tathā

p1.72

kiñcit ghaṭādi / tasya andhakārasya dīpasūryādibhirnirodhataḥ parihārataḥ
ghaṭādyāpyate / atra sthitamapi ghaṭādi yathā tamonirodhāt prāptamiva bhavati
tathā svaprakāśacidekarūpamātmatattvaṃ vāsanodbhūtavikalpairācchannamiva
sthitaṃ vikalpanirodhena prāptamiva bhavati / tathā ca nirodhasya na
svarūpaprāpakatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.73

yathā kaścid bhrāntacittaḥ kvacidvismṛtaniṣkakaḥ [k: kaści] /
anyacintānirodhena samāhitatayā punaḥ

p1.73

nātrāndhakāravat svarūpātiriktamācchādakaṃ sambhavatītyāśayena
dṛṣṭāntāntaramāha - yatheti / niṣkaṃ suvarṇam

p1.74

āsādayati tanniṣkaṃ naṣṭaṃ prāptaṃ yathā tathā /
na nirodho'tra hetuḥ syānniṣkāptau tu yathā tathā

p1.74

prāptaṃ yathā prāptamiveti dvitīyaṃ yathāpadaṃ yojanīyam / atra yathā anaṣṭaṃ
niṣkaṃ naṣṭaṃ prāptamiti cocyate tathā aprāpta ātmā prāpto bhavati / atra
yathā'nyacintānirodho na niṣkaprāptau hetustathā prakṛte'pi nirodho na hetuḥ

p1.75

p. १२६)
ātmalābhe na hetuḥ syānnirodho bāhyavastunaḥ /
tvayā na lakṣitaḥ svātmā tatra vyutpattivarjanāt

p1.75

bāhyavastuno nirodhaḥ / nanu tarhyātmā mayā nirodhenāpi kuto na lakṣita iti cedāha
- tatreti / vyutpattiḥ vastuparicayaḥ

p1.76

yathā prakāśe'vyutpanno rātrau rājasabhāṃ gataḥ /
paśyan sabhyāṃśca dīpāṃśca na jānāti prakāśakam

p1.76

avyutpattyā dṛśyamānamapi nopalakṣayatītyatra dṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti /
avyutpannaḥ prakāśo hi pradīpaprasṛto bhāsvararūpavān bhāvāvabhāsaka iti
paricayahīnaḥ / evaṃ tvayā na lakṣita iti yojyam

p1.77

śṛṇu priya nirodhānte hyandhakāro vilokitaḥ /
andhakārāvalokādau śeṣabhāvastava sthitaḥ

p1.77

evaṃ svarūpānupalakṣaṇe'vyutpattiṃ nimittamktvā tadvyutpattyarthamāha -
śṛṇviti / nirodho hyavikalpadaśā /
tatrāndhakārāvalokanarūpavikalpāsambhavānnirodhānte ityuktam /
tādṛśāndhakārāvalokanasyādau [kh, g, gh: lokasyādau]
pūrvadaśāyāṃ nirvikalparūpāyām / yastava śeṣabhāvaḥ sthitaḥ pariśiṣṭaṃ
rūpaṃ sthitam / tathā [k: yathā] hi dehādyatiriktaṃ jñānamātmano rūpam
tacca vikalpakāle dṛśyasaṃvalitameva [k, kh: dṛśyaṃ saṃ]
prakāśate / nirodhakāle dṛśyaparicyutau yad jñānamātraṃ sthitaṃ
tatpariśiṣṭaṃ rūpaṃ śeṣabhāva ityucyate / na ca tādṛśaśeṣabhāvo'pahnotuṃ
śakyaḥ svaprakāśatvena tasya prakāśamānatvāt vyutthitasya tasyaitāvantaṃ
kālaṃ kiñcidavidannāsamityanusandhānācceti

p1.78

taṃ bhāvaṃ bhāvaya sadā paramānandadāyakam /
atra sarve mahāmohagrahagrastāḥ parāgdṛśaḥ

p1.78

taṃ bhāvaṃ śeṣabhāvam dṛśyarahitadṛṅmātrarūpam / sadā ahamasmīti
bhāvaya anusandhiparo bhava / duḥkhamūladvaitābhāsavaidhuryeṇa [k:
dṛśya-; k: bhāsana]
duḥkhādirūpānandācchādakābhāvādabhivyaktaparamānandarūpatvena [k:
dṛśyā-; k: vyaktadṛśyapa] prakāśamānatvāt
paramānandadāyakamiti / atra evaṃvidhe svarūpe sarvaṃ śāstrajñā yoginaśca /
parāgdṛśaḥ [k: yaḥ sadṛśaḥ] bahirmukhāntaḥkaraṇāḥ [k:
karaṇa] paśyāmīti paricchinnābhiniveśaparā [k: para] iti yāvat /
yaduktam - paśyāmīti parāgdṛṣṭeralabhyaṃ tat paraṃ padam iti

p1.79

p. १२७)
anviṣyānviṣya vihatā na tāṃ prāpuśca bhāvanām /
santi loke śāstravidaḥ kuśalāśca sutārkikāḥ

p1.79

yataḥ sarve tatra mahāmohagrastāḥ ata āha - anviṣyeti / tadbhāvāprāptyā
vihatāḥ śrāntāḥ / tāṃ bhāvanāṃ śeṣabhāvānusandhirūpām / nanu māstveṣā
bhāvanā śāstrābhayasatarkādibhireva labdhapuruṣārthā bhavāma iti cennetyāha
- santīti / śāstravidaḥ śravaṇaparāḥ / kuśalāḥ tārkikā mananaparāḥ /
evaṃvidhā api parāgdṛśo nididhyāsanarāhityena puruṣārthāprāptyā
śocantyeveti bhāvaḥ

p1.80

aviditvā bhāvamamuṃ śocantyeva divāniśam /
śabdārthaśilpamātreṇa nahi tatpadamāpyate

p1.80

śabdārthe śrutārthe śilpo mananaṃ tanmātreṇa

p1.81

yāvadanveṣaṇaṃ kuryādvicāraṃ vāpi paṇḍitaḥ /
tāvanna prāpyate tadvai yato na grāhyameva tat

p1.81

nanvatisūkṣmo'pi śāstrārtho bhūyaḥ śravaṇamananābhyāṃ cittamupārohati
evameṣa bhāvo'pi śravaṇamananābhyāmeva bhūyaḥkṛtābhyāṃ cittārūḍho
bhavet kiṃ rodharūpanididhyāsaneneti cennetyaha - yāvaditi / anveṣaṇaṃ
śravaṇam [k: śravaṇam nāsti] vicāraṃ mananam / kuta evamiti cedāha
- yata iti / asyāgrāhyatvenālaukikatvānna kevalaśravaṇamananābhyāṃ
cittārūḍhateti bhāvaḥ

p1.82

p. १२८)
gatvā dūraṃ na tat prāpyaṃ sthitvā prāptaṃ hi sarvadā /
na tadvicārya vijñeyamavicārād vibhāsate

p1.82

alaukikatvameva tasyāha - gatveti [k: yata iti] / atra
gamanamindriyaprasāraḥ / sthitistadaprasāraḥ / vicāraścintanaṃ cittaprasāraḥ
[kh: prasādo] avicārastadabhāvaḥ / parāg vastu hi
bāhyamindriyavyāpāreṇa āntaraṃ vicāreṇa jñātuṃ śakyam asya tu
pratyagrūpatvenendriyamanonirodhamantarā durvijñeyatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.83

dhāvan svamūrdhacchāyeva na prāpyaṃ kriyayā kvacit /
yathā hi nirmalādarśe pratibimbasahasrakam

p1.83

savyāpāreṇa na prāpyamityatra dṛṣṭāntamāha - dhāvanniti /
pramāṇavyāpārasya pramātaryaprasara iti tātparyam / vastunyavyutpannena
nirodhavatāpi tad durvijñeyamiti vastuvyutpattaye bhūyaḥ sadṛṣṭāntaṃ
nirūpayati - yatheti

p1.84

paśyan bālo'pi nādarśaṃ paśyatyevaṃ janaḥ khalu /
paśyan svātmamahādarśe pratibimbaṃ hi jāgatam

p1.84

bālaḥ ādarśe'vyutpannaḥ paśyannapīti sambandhaḥ / na paśyati eṣa ādarśa iti na
vijānāti / dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evaṃ jana iti / jāgataṃ jagatsambandhi
pratibimbam

p1.85

svātmānaṃ na vijānāti tadvyutpattivivarjanāt /
yathā paricitākāśaḥ paśyannākāśasaṃśritam

p1.85

cittasamārohāya dṛṣṭāntaramāha - yatheti / vyutpattihi vastuparicayaḥ / yathā
hyākāśamavakāśātmakamiti kathañcit paricitākāśaḥ puruṣaḥ sarvatra jagat
paśyan [k, kh: paśyet] tadāśrayamākāśaṃ ca paśyati /
kathañcidapyaparicitākāśastu sarvamākāśāśritaṃ jagat paśyannapi nākāśaṃ
paśyati / evamaparicitātmasvarūpaḥ svātmapratibimbitaṃ jagat paśyannapi
nātmānaṃ paśyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.86

p. १२९)
jagannāvaiti cākāśaṃ tathā svātmasvarūpakam /
nātha sūkṣmadṛśā paśya jñānajñeyātmakaṃ jagat

p1.86

avyutpattyā nirodhenāpyātmā nopalakṣita iti tatra vyutpādanāya śeṣabhāvastava
sthitaḥ (९/७७) ityādyuktam tathāpi tatra priyasyāvyutpattimālakṣya
prakārāntareṇa tatra vyutpādayituṃ bhūya āha - nātheti / jagadastīti śeṣaḥ

p1.87

tatra jñānaṃ svataḥ siddhaṃ tadabhāve na kiñcana /
pramāṇānāṃ pramāṇaṃ tadapramāṇaṃ svato bhavet

p1.87

anekavidhamapi jagat saṃkṣepeṇa jñānaṃ jñeyamiti dvirūpam / tatra jñeyaṃ
pratyakṣādipramāṇaiḥ siddhamanātmarūpaṃ [kh, gh: svarūpaṃ] ceti
tannirūpaṇamaprayojakamiti jñānameva nirūpayati - tatreti / tayormadhye
ityarthaḥ / svataḥ pramāṇamanapekṣya / tadabhāve na kiñcid bhāyāt [k,
kh: bhūyāt; gh: bhāyāditi tātparyam] atastadapahnotumaśakyamiti tātparyam /
nanu tadabhāve na kiñcanetyanupapannam pramāṇaiḥ [k: pramāṇaṃ]
prameyasya siddhatvādityāśaṅkya pramāṇānāṃ pramāṇatve siddhe pramāṇaiḥ
prameyaṃ setsyati pramāṇatvaṃ ca prameye
vyāvṛtti(pṛti)kriyāmantarā [k: avyā] na sidhyati tasyāṃ ca
kriyāyāṃ na [kh, g: na nāsti] pramāṇasya svātantryam karaṇatvāt
kuṭhāravat / ataḥ pramāṇānāṃ pramātāramantarā pramāṇatvāsiddhau prameyaṃ
na sidhyatīti tātparyeṇāha - pramāṇānāmiti / pramāṇānāṃ pramāṇaṃ
svarūpasādhakamityarthaḥ / nanu pramāṇaṃ pramitaṃ hyasti tathā ca pramātari
pramāṇāpekṣāyāṃ tatrāpi pramātrantarāpekṣāyāmanavasthānaṃ
syādityāśaṅkyāha - apramāṇamiti / na pramāṇaṃ yasya tat [k, kh:
tam] / nanu tarhi kathaṃ tadasti ? tadāha - svata iti /
svasattāyāmananyāpekṣamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.88

p. १३०)
yataḥ pramāṇānapekṣamādisiddhamatastu tat /
siddhisādhakabhāvena [g: siddha] na tatsiddhiḥ kadācana

p1.88

kuta evamiti cedāha - yata iti / pramāṇānapekṣamiti / pramātu ścidrūpatvena
sadā prakāśamānatvāt nahi vaikartanaṃ jyotirdīpālokamapekṣate (p० p०
१२) iti rītyā'prakāśitaprakāśakapramāṇasya tatrānupayoga iti tātparyam / ataḥ
sādhanānapekṣaṇāt / siddhisādhaketi [k: siddha] / siddhirutpattirjñaptirvā
[k: statprati] sādhakaṃ tayoḥ sādhanam utpattisādhanaṃ jñaptisādhanaṃ
vetyarthaḥ / siddhisādhakasya bhāvaḥ sattvam / utpattyādisādhakasattvena
kadācidapi na tatsiddhiḥ cidātmana utpattirjñaptirvā na sādhanāntareṇa yujyata iti
bhāvaḥ / cidātmana utpattau jñaptau vā kartṛkaraṇayorapekṣāsti / tathā ca
citibhedāsambhavenaikyāt svasya svasiddhikartṛtvakaraṇatvānupapattiḥ / acidātmā
tu citimantarā svayamevāsiddhaḥ kathaṃ parasiddhiṃ kuryāditi tātparyam / etaca
śrīpratyabhijñāyāṃ kartari jñātari (१/२) iti sūtreṇa [k, gh:
sūtre] vitānitam

p1.89

tatra vipratipannasya na praśno nāpi cottaram /
anapahnavanīyaṃ tanmahādarśatalaṃ bhavet

p1.89

tatra jñānasvarūpe / vipratipannasya nāsti jñānamityākṣepaparasya / na praśno
nāpi cottaram / sidhyatīti śeṣaḥ / jñeyasya jaḍasya
svarūpamātrapariniṣṭhitasvabhāvasyānyatrāsti nāstīti vikalpanasāmarthyābhāvāt /
jñānādhīnatvādakhilasiddhestadākṣepe na praśnādikaṃ siddhyatīti tātparyam
yatastadapahnave'sti nāsti veti praśnādyasiddhirata āha - anapahnavanīyamiti /
nanu jñānaṃ jñeyamiti vastudvayam tatra jñānāpahnave jñeyasya prakāśa
evopahataḥ syāt na tu jñeyasvarūpasyopahatiḥ tathā ca tadabhāve na kiñcaneti
kathamityāśaṅkya jñeyaṃ jñānānna pṛthagiti vaktumāha -
tanmahādarśeti

p1.90

p. १३१)
tatra sarvaṃ bhāsate vai darpaṇapratibimbavat /
deśena vāpi kālena paricchittirna vidyate

p1.90

tatra mahādarśatalanibhe jñānātmani / yathā hi darpaṇaṃ vinā pratibimbaṃ na
kiñcit evaṃ jñānaṃ vinā jñeyaṃ na kiñciditi bhāvaḥ / nanu na tadantaḥ sarvaṃ
bhāsate yena sarvaṃ pratibimbātmakaṃ bhavet /
deśakālayostatparicchedakayostadanantargatatvādityāśaṅkya netyāha -
deśeneti

p1.91

tadantarbhāsamānatvāt kathaṃ tābhyāṃ paricchidiḥ /
paricchedasya bhānaṃ tu gagane vastubhiryathā

p1.91

deśakālābhyāṃ jñātasya [gh: jñānasya] kuto na paricchittiriti cedāha
- tadantariti / yathā hi dīpena prakāśamāno ghaṭādirdīpaprakāśāntarnimagna
eva yāvān [k: yāvān nāsti] ghaṭāderaṃśo
dīpaprakāśāvyāptastāvānna prakāśamānaḥ tathā jñānena prakāśamānaṃ
jñānāntarnimagnameva nikhilaṃ jñeyam / evaṃ ghaṭākāraṃ
jñānamityādyanubhavādapi bhāsamāno ghaṭādyākāro jñānāntargata eva / nahi
jñānāntarbhāamānaghaṭādyākārādanyo ghaṭādirjñānād bahirabhyupeyate
pramāṇābhāvāt prayojanābhāvācca
pratibimbānumitabimbātmakaghaṭāderanumitijñānabhāsyatvena
tadantarnimagnatvena jñānāntargatatvasiddheśca / tathā ca deśakālayorapi
jñeyatvena jñānāntargatatve siddhe svāntargatena na svapariccheda iti bhāvaḥ /
paricchidiḥ paricchittiḥ / nanu kathaṃ tarhyavedānīmetadajñānamiti
paricchedabhānamiti ced vyāpakasyā paricchinnasyākāśasya [k:
paricchinnasyā nāsti] svāntarnimagnairghaṭādyairiva paricchedābhāsa
evetyāha - paricchedasyeti / vastubhiḥ ghaṭādyaiḥ

p1.92

p. १३२)
rājaputra ! sūkṣmadṛśā tallakṣaya nijaṃ vapuḥ /
yatra sāmānyacaitanye jagadetad virājate

p1.92

evamakhaṇḍamaparicchinnaṃ svaprakāśaṃjñānaṃ niṣkṛṣya tadeva samādhau
lakṣaṇīyaṃ tava nijaṃ vapurityāha - rājaputreti / sūkṣmadṛśeti
viṣayākārarahitayā'ntarmukhyetyarthaḥ / yathā hi ghaṭādeḥ sthūlaṃ
rūpamākāraḥ sūkṣmaṃ tu nikhilapārthivavikārānusyūtaṃ pṛthivīsāmānyam
evaṃ tattadākārākhiladṛganusyūtā sāmānyacitiḥ sāmānyacaitanyaṃ tadrūpaṃ
nijaṃ vapurlakṣaya / jagaditi / samādhau sāmānyacidrūpaṃ yat prakāśate vyutthāne
vikalpadaśāyāṃ tadeva pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇavad jagadāśrayamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.93

tatsamāveśasaṃsiddhyā sarvakartṛtvamāpnuyāt /
tasyopalabdhiṃ vakṣyāmi yataḥ prāpnoṣi [k: prāpnoti] tatpadam

p1.93

nanvevaṃ mahatā prayāsena svarūpa upalakṣite'pi na kiñcit phalaṃ dṛśyata iti
cedāha - tatsamāveśeti / tasya
jagatprakāśādhiṣṭhānasāmānyacaitanyasyopalakṣitasya samāveśaḥ
so'hamasmītyavicchedenānusandhānam nididhyāsanamiti yāvat / tasya siddhiḥ
paripākaḥ ayatnenānuvṛttirityetat / sarvakartṛtvaṃ parameśvaratanmayatvam /
yaduktam [gh: taduktam] -
khyātimapūrṇāmpūrṇakhyātisamāveśadārḍhyataḥ kṣapaya / sṛja bhuvanāni
yatheṣṭaṃ [yathecchaṃ sthāpya hara tiraya bhāsaya ca iti
mudritagranthapāṭhaḥ] bhaja śambhuṃ bhava gururjagataḥ // (vi० pa०
५२) iti / nanu sāmānyacaitanyamityapi suṣuptivaddaśāviśeṣaḥ tat kathaṃ tasya
sarvadaśānusyūtatvamiti cettasya [k: cittasya] sarvatropalabdhirastītyāha
- tasyeti / sāmānyacaitanyasyetyarthaḥ / upalabdhim upalabdhisthānam / yataḥ
yasmād madvacanāt / tatpadaṃ sāmānyacaitanyasthānam

p1.94

p. १३३)
nidrājāgranmadhyabhāge saṃvidbhedāntare tathā /
madhye saṃvidvedyayośca sūkṣmabuddhyā'bhilakṣaya

p1.94

tadevāha - nidretyādi / sāmānyacaitanyaṃ nāma viṣayākārarahitaṃ
nirvikalpaṃ jñānam tacca nidrājāgranmadhyabhāge sthitamabhilakṣayeti
sambandhaḥ / nidrā suṣuptiḥ / jāgrad vikalpajñānadhārā / antaḥkaraṇāt
pṛthagbhṛtaiḥ sthūlairindriyairjāgrati viṣayagrahaṇam svapne tu [k:
anu] mano'ntaḥpraviṣṭaiḥ prāptatadaikyakalpairjalanimagnakarakāsadṛśaiḥ
saṃskārātmakamānasaviṣayagrahaṇam / suṣuptau punarindriyaviśiṣṭaṃ manaḥ
svayonau prakṛtau vilīyate / prakṛtiśca tadonmiṣattamoṃ'śena sattvāṃśaṃ
rajoṃ'śaṃ cācchādya tiṣṭhati / tadā ghanacchannārkavadātmāpi
tamasācchannaḥ svayaṃ mandaṃ prakāśate / tathā ca
jāgratsuṣuptyormadhyakṣaṇe manaso vilayābhimukhatvānna viṣayagrahaṇam /
prākṛtatamaso'tyantamanunmeṣānna svarūpācchādanamiti cidātmā
viṣayākāramaprāptaḥ [k: samāptaḥ] prakāśamānaḥ
sāmānyacaitanyarūpaḥ / evaṃ saṃvidbhedāntare saṃvidāṃ bhedo ghaṭākāratā
paṭākāratetyādi / evaṃ bhinnasaṃvidāmantare madhye nahi jñānasya
ghaṭākārataiva [k, g: taiva] paṭākāratā tadbhedasya prasiddhatvāt /
siddhe ca tadbhede ghaṭādyākāraśūnyā śuddhāntarāladaśā'nivāryaiva / evaṃ
saṃvidvedyayormadhye saṃvidityahaṅkārātmā draṣṭā / yathā muktadvāraṃ
[k: dvāreṇa] taḍākodakaṃ kulyādvārā kedārodakenaikībhavati tathā
viṣayagrahaṇakāle draṣṭṛsaṃvid dṛśyasaṃvitparyantaṃ karaṇadvāraikībhavati
/ tatra draṣṭṛ sthāne śarīrādi (dau) draṣṭrākāraṃ caitanyam nabhasi
dṛśye sūryamaṇḍale ca tadākāram madhye tu śuddhamākāravarjitamiti /
viṣayākāravarjitaṃ caitanyamātmano vāstavaṃ rūpam /
tasyoapalabdhisthānānyetānīti bhāvaḥ

p1.95

p. १३४)
etatpadaṃ nijaṃ rūpaṃ yat prāpya na vimuhyati [k, g: hyasi] /
etadajñānamātreṇa pravṛttaṃ jagadīdṛśam

p1.95

nanvetadātmopalabdhisthānam tathā ca [k: ca tatropalabhya nāsti]
tatropalabhya ātmā kīdṛśa cedāha etaditi / etatpadameva nijaṃ rūpam na
tato'tiriktaṃ kiñcit / parityaktadṛśyākāraṃ śuddhacaitanyameva
draṣṭurvāstavaṃ rūpamiti bhāvaḥ / yat prāpya ahamasmīti dṛḍhamupalabhya /
etadajñānamātreṇa ahamasmītyanupalambhanena / īdṛśaṃ mahāduḥkhamayam /
śuddhacaitanyaṃ vāstavamātmano rūpamiti jñāte tattadākārasya darpaṇe
pratibimbavat kalpitatvaniścaye pratibimbavyāghrāderyathā na duḥkhadatvamevaṃ
dṛśyābhāsasyāpīti bhāvaḥ

p1.96

nātra rūpaṃ raso vāpi na gandhasparśaśabdanam [k: kam] /
na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ vā tu na grāhyaṃ grāhakaṃ ca na

p1.96

yata evaṃvidhadaśāsūpalabhyaṃ [gh: dṛśā sūpa]
śuddhacaitanyamevātmano vāstavaṃ rūpamato viṣayākārābhāsadaśāyāmapi
darpaṇe pratibimbavat svarūpātiriktaṃ na kiñcidityāha - neti / atra ātmani /
śabdanaṃ śabdaḥ / na grāhyamiti viśeṣarūpeṇa niṣiddhānāṃ rūpādīnāṃ
sāmānyarūpeṇa niṣedhaḥ / grāhakamindriyādi

p1.97

sarvāśrayaṃ sarvarūpamapi sarvavivarjitam /
eṣa sarveśvaro dhātā viṣṇurīśaḥ sadāśivaḥ

p1.97

pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa iva sarvasya dṛśyasyāśrayam tathā sarvarūpam /
evamapi vastutaḥ sarvavivarjitam / darpaṇasya yathā sarvapratibimbāśrayāditve'pi
vastutaḥ sarvavarjitatvaṃ tatheti bhāvaḥ / kā sā parā citirmātā (९/४) iti ke
vā vayam (९/५) iti ca pṛṣṭam / tataḥ jñāe svātmasvarūpe vai tato
jñāsyasi mātaram (९/७) ityuttaramuktaṃ prāk / tatra punaḥ pṛṣṭā
hemalekhā mahatā prabandhena svātmarūpaṃ vivicya provāca /
sampratyevaṃvidhaṃ śuddhaṃ svātmarūpameva paracidātmakaṃ
mātṛrūpamityupadiśati - eṣeti / śuddhaḥ sāmānyacaitanyarūpa
ātmetyarthaḥ / sarveṣāṃ brahmādīnām īśvarasturya īśastirodhānakriya īśo
rudraḥ / sadāśivaḥ pañcamo'nugrahakārī / yathā hi darpaṇe
tattatpratibimbaparicchinnadarpaṇāṃśānāṃ tattadrūpeṇa bhede'pi
darpaṇasāmānyarūpeṇā'khiladarpaṇānusyūtatā tasya tathā [k: yathā]
pratibimbakalpatattaddehādyavacchinnacaitanyarūpeṇa bhede'pi
samādhyādyupalabdhasāmānyacaitanyarūpeṇa sarvānusyūtatvādeṣa eva
sarveśvarādiriti bhāvaḥ

p1.98

p. १३५)
paśyeṣadantaḥ saṃrudhya svātmānaṃ svātmanā satā /
tyaktvā bahiḥprasaratāmantaḥprasaraṇodyataḥ

p1.98

evaṃvidhamātmatattvaṃ madupadeśairvyutpannasya tava [k, kh: tava
nāsti] na durlakṣyamityāha - paśyeti / īṣaditi na ciraṃ saṃrodhāpekṣā
kintu kṣaṇaṃ dṛśyākārānullekhena manaḥ saṃrudhya tadrūpaṃ paśyeti
bhāvaḥ / tadrūpasyādṛśyatvāt kathaṃ paśyāmīti cedāha - svātmanā sateti /
nahi tadidamīdṛśamiti draṣṭuṃ śakyam kintu
nirodhāvadhibhūtasvātmābhinnasāmānyasadrūpeṇa sadyo
janitaśiśorjaḍavyāvartakāntarullasatsvarūpābhinnaviśeṣavadasmīti
sāmānyābhyupagamarūpeṇeti bhāvaḥ / kathaṃ manaḥ saṃroddhavyaṃ tadāha ##-
udyamavān sannityarthaḥ / atrāntaḥprasaraṇaṃ bahiḥprasaraṇatyāgasya
dṛḍhāvaṣṭambharūpo'bhiniveśa eva nānyad vyāpārāntaram svarūpe
[k, kh: svarūpaṃ] vyāpārānupapatteḥ

p1.99

tyaktvā paśyāmīti bhāvamandhavanniścalātmanā /
darśanādarśane tyaktvā yo'si so'si drutaṃ bhaja

p1.99

evamapyahaṃ māṃ paśyāmītyabhiniviśataḥ svarūpaṃ durlakṣyamityata āha ##-
niścalātmanā vṛttisāmānyaśūnyarūpeṇa sthitaṃ paśyeti sambandhaḥ /
yaduktam - paśyāmītyapi yāvatte draṣṭṛbhāvo vijṛmbhate /
tāvadyatnaśataiścāpi na paśyasyātmavaibhavam // iti / etadeva vivicya punarāha ##-
suṣuptirūpaṃ mūḍhatvam tadubhayaṃ vyāvṛttarūpaṃ tyaktvā nāhamasmīti
dṛḍhaṃ niścitya sthitastvaṃ yo'si yadrūpo'si
pariśeṣādavasthātrayānugatayādṛśa[k: tayā dṛśā
sā]sāmānyacaitanyaturya[gh: turya nāsti]rūpo'si so'si tadrūpa evāsi
tamevātmatvena bhaja / avasthātrayasākṣituryarūpamātmatvena
kālavilambamapahāya drutaṃ bhajeti bhāvaḥ

p1.100

p. १३६)
ityuktaḥ priyayā hemacūḍa ālakṣya tat [kh, g, gh: taṃ] padam
/
ciraṃ viśrāntimālabhya bahirvismaraṇaṃ yayau

p1.100

tathā kṛtvā tat [kh, g, gh: taṃ] padamālakṣya / viśrāntiḥ
nirvikalpasamādhiḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍaviśrāntirnāma
navamo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
navamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. १३७)
atha daśamo'dhyāyaḥ
athā'paśyaddhemalekhā priyaṃ prāptaparasthitim /
na cālayat parapadāttataḥ so'pi muhūrtataḥ

p1.1

atrādhyāye dhātupadyaiḥ priyayā bodhitaḥ punaḥ /
prāpya bāhyasamādhiṃ sa jīvanmukto'bhavad dṛḍham //
prāptā parasmin sāmānyacidrūpe sthitiryena / na cālayat nodvodhayat

p1.2

prabuddha unmīlya netre apaśyat sapriyaṃ jagat /
bhūyastatpadaviśrāntimīhamāno'tivegataḥ

p1.2

sapriyaṃ priyāsahitam / tatpadaviśrāntiḥ samādhiḥ

p1.3

netre ni(nya)mīlayadyāvadabravīttāvadeva sā /
priyaṃ haste samādāya sudhāsundarabhāṣiṇī

p1.3

sā hemalekhā

p1.4

nātha kiṃ te vyavasitaṃ brūhi netranimīlanāt /
unmīlanādvā kiṃ syātte lābhālābhau samīraya

p1.4

vyavasitaṃ niścitam / nimīlanādinā yadbhaved lābho'lābho vā tau samīraya

p1.5

unmīlya na prāpyate kiṃ nimīlya prāpyate ca kim /
tanme brūhi priyatama śrotumicchāmi te sthitim

p1.5

etasyaiva vivecanam - unmīlyeti / sthitim abhyupagamam

p1.6

evaṃ pṛṣṭastayā prāha madamatta ivālasaḥ /
anicchannapi vaktuṃ tāmālasyabharamantharaḥ

p1.6

mantharaḥ mandavyavahāraḥ

p1.7

priye viśrāntimatyantaṃ prāptavānasmi vai cirāt /
na bāhye duḥkhabhūyiṣṭhe viśramo'sti kvacinmama

p1.7

viśrāntiṃ viśramaṇaṃ duḥkhāsambhinnasukhamityetat / bāhye vyavahāre

p1.8

p. १३८)
alamṛjīṣaromanthaprāyavyavahṛtairbahiḥ [g, gh:
hṛterbahiḥ] /
daurbhāgyāndho nādya yāvadavidaṃ svātmasatsukham [gh: svātmanaḥ
sukham]

p1.8

ṛjīṣaṃ hṛtarasekṣukhaṇḍāṃśaḥ / romanthaḥ carvitacarvaṇaṃ paśuṣu
prasiddham / tadevānnaṃ ca pānaṃ ca priyāṅgaṃ mohakaṃ ca tat / etadāsvādanaṃ
nūnaṃ paśuromamanthavat sadā // ityuktarītyā nahyapūrvaṃ kiñciditi bhāvaḥ /
anandho'pi daurbhāgyenāndhaprāyaḥ / svātmasambandhi satsukham / na tu
vaiṣayikasukhavadasat kṣaṇikamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.9

yathā kaścidaṭan bhikṣāṃ nidhānaṃ svaṃ na veda vai /
tathā'haṃ svasukhāmbhodhmaviditvā punaḥ punaḥ

p1.9

svātmasambandhisukhāmbhodhim

p1.10

sukhaṃ vaiṣayikaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ duḥkhasaṃghābhisaṃplutam /
vidyudvilayanaṃ matvā sthiraṃ tatparatāvaśāt

p1.10

śreṣṭhaṃ sthiraṃ ca matveti yojanā / vidyudvilayanaṃ vidyudiva kṣaṇamātreṇa
vilayanaṃ nāśo yasya / tatparatā tadāśrayaṇam

p1.11

duḥkhairabhihato nūnaṃ viśrāntiṃ na tu labdhavān /
aho janā duḥkhasukhavivekajñānavarjitāḥ

p1.11

viśrāntiṃ duḥkhāsambhinnasukham / janāstu duḥkheṣu sukhābhimānād
duḥkhamevānubhavantītyāha - aho iti

p1.12

sukhārthino duḥkhasaṃghaṃ sañcinvanti mudhā sadā /
tadalaṃ duḥkhabhogena svayatnāsāditena vai

p1.12

duḥkhasaṅghaṃ duḥkhasādhanajālaṃ dhanagṛhādikam

p1.13

priye kṛpāṃ mayi kuru prārthayāmi kṛtāñjaliḥ /
viśrāntimabhivāñchāmi ciraṃ svasmin sukhātmani

p1.13

viśrāntiṃ proktasukhātmakasvasvarūpāvasthānātmakaṃ samādhim

p1.14

aho daivahatā bhāsi jñātvāpi tvamidaṃ padam /
tadviśrāntiṃ parityajya mudhā duḥkhāya ceṣṭase [kh, g, gh:
ceṣṭasi]

p1.14

ceṣṭase [kh, g, gh: ceṣṭasi] vyavahāraparāsi

p1.15

p. १३९)
ityuktā sā priyaṃ prāha smayitveṣanmanīṣiṇī /
nātha te tanna viditaṃ padaṃ paramapāvanam

p1.15

smayitvā smitaṃ kṛtvā / tat aparicchinnaṃ sāmānyasaṃvidrūpam / na viditam
ahamasmīti na pratyabhijñātam / paramapāvanaṃ dvaitamalaleśarahitam

p1.16

yatra sthitā na muhyanti paṇḍitāḥ pāvanāśayāḥ /
tatpadaṃ dūrataste'sti bhūsthasyeva nabhastalam

p1.16

yatra advaitacidrūpe pūrṇe pade / sthitāḥ ahamasmīti dṛḍhābhiniveśaṃ gatāḥ /
na muhyanti netronmīlananimīlanābhyāṃ svarūpe viśeṣaṃ nādhigacchantīti
bhāvaḥ / pāvanāśayāḥ dvaitavāsanotkrāntacittaḥ / tatpadaṃ paṇḍitāsāditam

p1.17

tvayā kiñcit suviditaṃ bhavedaviditopamam /
nimīlyonmīlya vā netre tatpadaṃ na samīkṣyate

p1.17

tvayā nirodhaparatantreṇa kiñcit paricchinnaṃ viditamapi tatra
paricchedasyāvastutvena śuddhaṃ na viditamityaviditopamameva / kuta evamiti
cedāha - nimīlyeti

p1.18

akṛtvā vāpi kṛtvā vā na tallabhyeta karhicit /
agatvā cāpi vā gatvā na tadāsādayet padam

p1.18

akṛtveti / svaprakāśatvānnityasattvāt [k: nityatvāt] sarvagatatvācca /
tatsvarūpe nimīlanakaraṇagamanādibhirna viśeṣa iti bhāvaḥ

p1.19

nimīlya kṛtvā gatvā vā prāptaṃ pūrṇaṃ kathaṃ bhavet /
yavāṣṭakamitenaiva pakṣmaṇonmīlitena tu

p1.19

anyathā pūrṇatvādihānirityāha - nimīlyeti / pūrṇamiti svaprakāśaṃ
nityamityanayorupalakṣaṇam / pūrṇasya netronmīlanena tirohitatā'tyantaviruddheti
sopahāsamāha - yavāṣṭaketi

p1.20

p. १४०)
antarhitaṃ yadi tadā nanu pūrṇaṃ bhavetpadam /
aho te mohamāhātmyamāścaryaṃ kimahaṃ bruve

p1.20

antarhitatve pūrṇaṃ bhavet ! nanviti sāvahelaṃ vākyam / etadeva spaṣṭamāha -
aho iti

p1.21

yasmin brahmāṇḍakoṭīnāṃ koṭayaḥ koṇasaṃsthitāḥ /
pakṣmaṇo'ṅgulimānasyonmīlanāttattirohitam

p1.21

yasmin sāmānyacidrūpe ātmani / tirohitamityāścaryamiti sambandhaḥ

p1.22

śṛṇu rājakumāraitat tattvasāraṃ vadāmi yat /
yāvat granthivibhedo na na tāvat sukhamṛcchati

p1.23

evaṃ mohe hetuṃ vaktumāha - śṛṇviti / tattvasāramiti / tattvasya
sāmānyasaṃvidātmanaḥ sāraṃ niṣkṛṣṭaṃ rūpam / yadetadvadāmi
tacchṛṇviti sambandhaḥ / granthibhedābhāvādviditamapyaviditaprāyamityāha ##-
granthayaḥ koṭiśaḥ santi moharajjuvivartitāḥ /
tatra svarūpāsaṃvittirmoharajjurudīritā

p1.23

rajjvādivivartanenodgrathitā granthirityucyate / prakṛtagranthayastu
moharajjorvivartanodgrathanātmikāḥ / katamā sā [k, g: sā nāsti]
moharajjuriti cedāha - tatreti

p1.24

yatra tā granthayaḥ santi viparītagrahātma(tmi)kāḥ /
tatrādyā dehamukhyeṣu bhavedātmatvaniścayaḥ

p1.24

yatra yasyāṃ moharajjau / tatra tāsu granthiṣu madhye / dehamukhyeṣu
dehendriyādiṣu / dehādāvātmatvaniścayasya svarūpājñānamūlakatvena
tadāśrayatvam / yathā sudṛḍhagrantheḥ svāśrayarajjucchedanamantarā na
visraṃsanam evaṃ svarūpājñānarajjucchedanamantarā dehādyātmabhāvo
duṣparihara ityasya granthitvaṃ jñeyam

p1.25

yadvaśādeṣa saṃsāra ātato duṣpratikriyaḥ /
tathā jagatyanātmatvabuddhirbhānasamāśraye

p1.25

yadvaśāt dehādyahaṃ bhāvavaśāt / es' prasiddhaḥ / saṃsāraḥ [kh, gh:
saṃsāraḥ nāsti] sukhaduḥkhānubhavapravāhaḥ / dvitīyāṃ granthimāha tatheti
/ darpaṇapratibimba [k: bimbādbhā] vadbhānasamāśraye
bhānamātrātmake jagati / anātmabuddhirdvitīyetyarthaḥ /
dehādyātmakadraṣṭṛbhāsanapūrvakatvādanātmadṛśyabhāsanasya
dvitīyagranthitvaṃ jñeyam

p1.26

p. १४१)
evaṃ jīveśabhedādiniścayā granthayo matāḥ /
etaccirāt samudbhūtaṃ bhūyaḥ saṃvartitaṃ ca vai

p1.26

ādinā jīvaparasparabhedaniścayādiḥ / etat svarūpājñānam / cirāt anādikālāt /
bhūyaḥ saṃvartitaṃ granthirūpaṃ samāpannamiti sambandhaḥ / tathā rajjureva
bhūyaḥsaṃvartanena grathitā granthirityucyate evaṃ svarūpājñānameva
dehādyāśrayacidātmapradeśasaṃvartanena paricchedādyābhāsatvena grathitaṃ
granthirityucyata iti tātparyam

p1.27

granthirūpaṃ samāpannaṃ puruṣaḥ pāśitastataḥ /
tadgranthivisraṃsanato bandhānmuktiḥ samīritā

p1.27

tato'jñānarajjvā yathā rajjugranthivisraṃsanataḥ pāśitāḥ paśavo muktāḥ evaṃ
puruṣā apīti bhāvaḥ

p1.28

yattvaṃ nimīlya netre sve padamāsādayasyalam /
tatpadaṃ nijarūpaṃ te śuddhasaṃvidanuttaram

p1.28

nanu keyaṃ mamājñānagranthiryā visraṃsanīyetyāśaṅkyāntaḥkaraṇānirodhe
mama na svarūpaviśrāntirityeṣaiva bhramarūpeti vaktumāha - yattvamiti / alaṃ
paryāptaṃ pūrṇaṃ padamityarthaḥ / tadeva padaṃ te nijarūpam / anuttaraṃ
sarvaniṣedhāvadhibhūtam

p1.29

tadevākhilasaṃsāracitrādarśatalaṃ mahat /
kadā kva kena rūpeṇa nāsti tanme nirūpaya

p1.29

citrasyādarśatalam / mahat aparicchinnam / kadā kva keneti
kāladeśākāraparicchedanirāsaḥ

p1.30

p. १४२)
yadā yadrūpato yasminneti brūyāḥ svasaṃvidam /
tarhi tatkāladeśādervandhyāputratvameva hi

p1.30

kuta evamiti cedāha - yadeti / svasaṃvidaṃ sāmānyacitim /
idānīmatraitadrūpeṇa saṃvinnāstīti yadi brūyāstarhi tatkālādīnāṃ
vandhyāputratvameva / yasmin kāle deśe vā yadākāreṇa saṃvinnāsti tatkālādikaṃ
prakāśate na vā ? ādye kālādīnāṃ jaḍatvenāsvaprakāśānāṃ
saṃvittādātmyamṛte prakāśānupapatteḥ siddhā saṃvit /
dvitīye'prakāśamānānāṃ tucchatvaṃ durapohamityabhisandhiḥ

p1.31

pratibimbo nirādarśo yathā nātha tathaiva tat /
tasmāttatpadasaṃtyāgānnāsti kutrāpi kiñcana

p1.31

saṃvittādātmyarahitānāṃ kālādīnāṃ nirādarśapratibimbavadasattvamevetyāha
- pratibimba iti / tatpadaṃ sāmānyacaitanyam

p1.32

tatte netornmīlanena kimantaritatāmiyāt /
yāvadevaṃ vijānāmītyevaṃ granthirdṛḍhā bhavet

p1.32

tat tasmāt saṃvidātmano'paricchinnatvādityarthaḥ / evaṃ kriyayā ātmānaṃ
vijānāmi ityevamabhimānarūpā granthiḥ

p1.33

tāvanna tatpadaṃ prāptaṃ yatprāptaṃ syānna tadbhavet /
nimīlyonmīlya vā netre yatprāptaṃ manyase padam

p1.33

prāptaṃ na bhavati / nanvanubhūyamānasya kathamapalāp iti cedāha -
yatprāptamiti / na tadbhavediti / sarvatrānupalabhyamānasya paricchinnatvena
sāmānyacaitanyātmakapūrṇapadatvābhāvāditi [k: bhāvatvā] tātparyam /
etadeva viśadayati - nimīlyeti

p1.34

tanna pūrṇapadaṃ yasmāt paricchedāt kriyāditaḥ /
kutra nātha mahāsaṃvinnāsti kālānalaprabhā

p1.34

kriyā nirodharūpā / ādinā kālaḥ / nirodhakriyayā tatkāle bāhye bhāsamānatvena
pariccheda iti bhāvaḥ

p1.35

p. १४३)
svātmīkaroti yā'nalpakalpanendhanasaṃcayam /
na te kartavyasaṃśeṣo vijñāya paramaṃ padam

p1.35

kālānalatvameva nirūpayati - svātmīti / yathā kālānalaḥ svātmani patitaṃ
sarvaṃ svātmīkaroti tathā svātmani tādātmyena bhāsamānamakhilaṃ svātmīyaṃ
karotīti bhāvaḥ / mano niroddhavyamiti yo'yaṃ bhramaḥ sa parihartavya ityāha -
na ta iti / śeṣo bhavediti śeṣaḥ

p1.36

tyaja granthiṃ sannirudhya paśyāmīti hṛdi sthitām /
idaṃ nāhamiti granthimunmūlaya parāṃ dṛḍhām

p1.36

sannirudhyaiva svarūpaṃ paśyāmi nānyatheti bhramarūpāṃ granthiṃ tyaja /
etadgranthimūlabhūtāmaparāṃ granthiṃ tyajetyāha - idamiti / yathā
nirodhakāle bhāsamānaṃ dṛśyāsaṃbhinnamātmarūpam evamanirodhakāle
bhāsamānamapi viṣayasaṃbhinnarūpaṃ svātmana eva rūpam / taccāpi śuddhameva
dṛśyasya pratibimbatulyatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.37

paśya sarvatra cātmānamakhaṇḍānandabṛṃhitam /
paśyātmanyakhilaṃ lokaṃ darpaṇapratibimbavat

p1.37

etadevopapādayati - paśyeti / sarvatra dṛśyāvabhāsajāle
abhāsamānasyāsiddherbhāsamānasya [k, kh: ābhāsa] sarvasya
bhānavyāptatvād bhānasyaivātmatvāditi bhāvaḥ / nanu sarvatra bhānātmā bhāsate
tathāpyayaṃ nirodhe [g: nirodhe nāsti] bhāsamāna iva nānandaikarūpa iti
cedāha - akhaṇḍānandabṛṃhitamiti / aparicchinnānandena bṛṃhitaṃ
bharitamityarthaḥ / idamatrākūtam - svātmanaḥ saṃvidrūpataivānandarūpatā
nātiriktā dvaitāpatteḥ / akhaṇḍaikavastunyātmani nirdharmake
jaḍātmatvavyāvṛttaye yathā saṃvicchabdavyavahāraḥ tathā
duḥkharūpatāvyāvṛttaye ānandaśabdavyavahāraḥ / yaśca nirodhakāle
ānandānubhavaḥ sa na svarūpaviśeṣakṛtaḥ svarūpasya nirviśeṣatvāt / api tu
kāma [kh, g, gh: kāmā] eva mahad duḥkhaṃ niṣkāmasya kutastu
tat iti nītyā kāmavāsanā'nantasantatisamākrāntasvabhāvo dāvāgnisaṃkīrṇa iva
duḥkhabhāgayaṃ janaḥ / nirodhakāle punarayameva
dvaitabhāsābhāvāttanmūlakakāmavāsanānāmanunmeṣānmastakanyastabhāratyāg
a iva saviśeṣa eva sukhī saṃvṛtto bhavati / tathā ca kāmavāsanāhānamūlaiva
nirodhe sukhātmatānubhūtirityanirodhe'pi kāmavāsanāhāne prajahāti yadā kāmān
(bh० gī० २/५५) iti bhagavaduktanītyā ānandarūpatānubhūtiranivāryaiveti /
nanvanirodhe kāmavāsanāmūlasya dvaitabhāsasyānapohyatvena
kāmavāsanānāmunmeṣāvaśyambhāvāttannimittaṃ duḥkhaṃ kathaṃ na
bhavedityāśaṅkyāha - paśyeti / anirodhe bhāsamānamakhilaṃ dvaitaṃ na
svātmanaḥ pṛthagasti darpaṇapratibimbavadityarthaḥ / yathā hi pratibimbatvena
dṛṣṭe vastuni na kāmavāsanodayaḥ tathā nikhilasya dṛśyasya
svātmādarśapratibimbatvaniścaye sati na kāmavāsanā nāpi duḥkhamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.38

p. १४४)
sarvatrākhilamātmānamiti bhūyo na bhāvayan /
śeṣamabhyupagamyāntaḥ svastho bhava nijātmanā

p1.38

nanu sarvamātmani pratibimbātmakaṃ cet sarvatrākhilamātmānameva paśyāmīti
manvānaṃ pratyāha - sarvatreti / āntare bāhye cetyarthaḥ / akhilamiti /
bhāsamānamakhilaṃ sukhādikaṃ ghaṭādikaṃ cetyarthaḥ /
sarvatrākhilamātmānaṃ paśyāmīti śeṣaḥ / tathā ca sarvatra
bhāsamānamakhilamātmānaṃ paśyāmīti prathamaṃ niścitya / bhūyaḥ sarvatra
akhilamātmānamityādyaṃśaṃ na bhāvayan / śeṣaṃ rūpaṃ bhāvyāṃśariktaṃ
bhāvakarūpaṃ sāmānyacaitanyam ahamasmītyantarabhyupagamya /
cetyātiriktacitimātrarūpo'hamasmīti saṃskāraśeṣaḥ sanniti bhāvaḥ / evaṃvidhena
nijātmanā akṛtrimasvasvarūpeṇa svastho bhava /
evaṃvidhasvasvarūpāvaṣṭambhādapracyuto bhavetyarthaḥ / yadāha vasiṣṭhaḥ ##-
jñātvā nānuśocati // (yo० vā० ३/७/९) iti

p1.39

p. १४५)
iti priyoditaṃ śrutvā hemacūḍaḥsitāśayaḥ /
viditvā pūrṇamātmānaṃ sarvatra bhrāntivarjitaḥ

p1.39

sitāśayaḥ sarvabhrāntyapagamācchuddhāntaḥkaraṇaḥ / pūrṇamātmānaṃ
nirodhetaradaśayorekarūpeṇa bhāsamānam / nirodha eva śuddhātmā bhāsata iti
bhrāntivivarjitaḥ

p1.40

kramāt pūrṇasamāveśāsādanāt sthirabhāvanaḥ /
viharan sarvadā hemalekhādiyuvatīgaṇaiḥ

p1.40

proktarūpāhaṃbhāvabhāvanākramāt pūrṇe proktarūpe samāveśo
niṣprakampābhimānaḥ / prāksthitadehasamāveśavat / yadāhuḥ -
dehātmajñānavajjñānaṃ dehātmajñānabādhakam / ātmanyeva bhavedyasya sa
necchannapi mucyate // iti / sthirabhāvana iti / samāveśasiddhyuttaraṃ
sthiratatsaṃskāra ityarthaḥ / viharan bhuvi sthita iti dūrasthena saṃbandhaḥ

p1.41

śāsan rājyaṃ samṛddhaṃ svaṃ jitvā śatrugaṇaṃ raṇe /
śāstrāṇi śrāvayan śṛṇvannarjayan dhanasaṃcayam

p1.42

aśvamedharājasūyādyairyajan kratumukhyakaiḥ /
varṣāṇāmayute dve vai jīvanmukto bhuvi sthitaḥ

p1.43

jīvanmuktadaśāsaṃsthaṃ niśāmya tanayaṃ nṛpaḥ /
muktācūḍaśca tadbhrātā maṇicūḍo'pyacintayat

p1.43

hemacūḍapitā muktācūḍo nṛpaḥ

p1.44

kimayaṃ pūrvavanneha lakṣyate sarvathā kila /
sukhe na hṛṣyatyatyantaṃ duḥkhe nodvijate tathā

p1.44

taccintanaprakāramāha - kimayamiti / ayaṃ hemacūḍaḥ

p1.45

lābhālābhau śatrumitre sāmyāt paśyati vai kutaḥ /
karoti rājakāryāṇi naṭavad raṅgamaṇḍale

p1.45

naṭavacchannāntarabhiprāyaḥ

p1.46

p. १४६)
kāpiśāyanapāyīva sadā matto'bhilakṣyate /
sadānyatra gatasvānta iva kṛtyaṃ karotyalam

p1.46

kāpiśāyanaṃ madyam

p1.47

tatkena hetunā ceti tamāsādya rahaḥ kvacit /
apṛcchatāṃ hemacūḍaṃ kuta evaṃ bhavāniti

p1.47

taṃ hemacūḍam / muktācūḍamaṇicūḍāvapṛcchatām

p1.48

tataḥ svasthitimācakhyau hemacūḍastayoḥ kramāt /
tāvubhau bhrātṛpitarau hemadūḍena bodhitau

p1.48

tayoḥ pitṛbhrātroḥ

p1.49

āsāditaparaṃtattvau [k: paratattvau] jīvanmuktau babhūvatuḥ /
atha mantrigaṇo'pyevaṃ rājñaḥ śrutvā jagadgatim

p1.49

jagadgatiṃ jagata ātmā'vyatiriktarūpatvena sthitim

p1.50

vicārya svātmano bhāvaṃ jñātajñeyo'bhavattadā /
evaṃ viśālanagare krameṇaiva parasparam

p1.50

ātmanastādṛśaṃ bhāvaṃ vicārya niścitya / parasparamupadeśādviduriti
saṃbandhaḥ

p1.51

upadeśād viduḥ sarve tattvamābālagopakāḥ /
narā nāryo bālavṛddhā dāsā dāsīgaṇā api

p1.51

tattvaṃ vastuyāthātmyam

p1.52

jñātajñeyāstyaktadehāhaṃbhāvā abhavan khalu /
na tatra kasyacit kāmaḥ krodho vā lobha eva vā

p1.52

jñātaṃ jñeyaṃ śāstreṣu mukhyajñeyatvenābhimataṃ yaiḥ / lobha eva vā
anāhṛto nāstīti saṃbandhaḥ

p1.53

anāhṛto'sti bālasya sthavirasyāpi vā kvacit /
āhṛtaiḥ krodhakāmādyairvyavahāraparāyaṇāḥ

p1.53

bālasyeti / bālavṛddhayoravicārasvabhāvayoḥ prāyaḥ sadā
krodhādisaṃbhavastathāpi samyaktattvavedanamāhātmyena
kāmādimūladehāhaṃbhāvasyonmūlitatvānna tanmūlakāmādiranāhṛto'stīti
tātparyam / kimarthaṃ kāmāderāharaṇamiti ced vyavahārārthamityāha -
āhṛteti / yathā hi naṭānāmāhṛtakāmādyaiḥ prāsaṅkiko nāṭyavyavahāraḥ
evaṃ tatra sarveṣāmiti bhāvaḥ

p1.54

p. १४७)
bālaṃ mātā khelayati aratattvasya vārtayā /
dāsā dāsyaḥ svāminaṃ svaṃ sadā paricaranti vai

p1.54

nanu sadā vyavahāraparāṇāṃ keṣāñcidaparipakvacittānāṃ tattvānusaṃdhānaṃ
śithilībhavedityāśaṅkya tadvyavahārasya tattvānusaṃdhānānukūlatvānnetyāha
- bālamityādi / paratattvasya vārtayā / mā ruda tvaṃ maheśvaro'si na te vastuto
duḥkhamityādirūpayā / evamagre'pi jñeyam

p1.55

paratattvaparairvākyairvyāharantaḥ parasparam /
naṭā nāṭyaṃ vitanvanti pātraistattvaprasaṅgajaiḥ

p1.55

tattvaprasaṅgajaiḥ pātraiḥ vivekamohādiveṣaiḥ

p1.56

vivekavārtāparamaṃ vaco gāyanti gāyakāḥ /
vidūṣakā dūṣayanti lokavyavahṛtiṃ sadā

p1.57

śāstrāṇi pāṭhayanti sma vidvāṃsaḥ pāṭhakān janān /
paratattvavicārārhairudāharaṇamaṇḍalaiḥ

p1.58

evaṃ tatra narā nāryo dāsā dāsyo naṭā viṭāḥ /
bhṛtyā bhaṭā mantriṇaśca śilpino vārayoṣitaḥ

p1.59

sarve veditavedyānte viśālanagare'bhavan /
prāksaṃskārabalenaiva vyavahāraparāyaṇāḥ

p1.59

nanu sarveṣāṃ tatra viditavedyatve kathaṃ tatra bhūpālādeḥ sarvo
rājyādivyavahāra ityāśaṅkyāha - prāgiti / yathā hi madirāmattaḥ śūraḥ
prāksaṃskāramātreṇa śastravartmasvaskhalan yudhyati tatheti bhāvaḥ

p1.60

p. १४८)
na saṃsmarati saṃvṛttaṃ śubhaṃ vāpyaśubhaṃ tathā /
bhaviṣyad nānusandhatte harṣaśokādisādhanam

p1.60

nanu tatratyajanasya kathaṃ saṃskāramātrād vyavahāraḥ kīdṛśaśceti cedāha
- na saṃsmaratīti / saṃvṛttam atītam duḥkhādisādhanaṃ prāptaṃ dṛṣṭvā
bhaviṣyaśokādi nānusaṃdhatte

p1.61

vartamāne smayan hṛṣyan khidyan krudhyannivānvaham /
madhukṣība ivātyantaṃ vyavahāraparo janaḥ

p1.61

vartamāne harṣasukhādau

p1.62

evaṃvidhaṃ tannagaramṛṣayaḥ sanakādayaḥ /
prasiddhavidyānagaramityākhyamūcurāgatāḥ

p1.62

sanakādayaḥ sanakavāmadevādyāḥ / nagaramāgatā iti saṃbandhaḥ

p1.63

yatra kīrāḥ pañjarasthā api vāco vadanti vai /
citirūpaṃ svamātmānaṃ bhajadhvaṃ cetyavarjitam

p1.63

yatretyādiślokacatuṣṭayaṃ caturthādhyāyāntagataṃ prāg vyākhyātam

p1.64

nāsti cetyaṃ citeranyad darpaṇapratibimbavat /
citiścetyaṃ citirahaṃ citiḥ sarvaṃ carācaram

p1.65

yataḥ sarvaṃ citimanu bhāti sā tu svatantrataḥ /
ataścitiṃ janāḥ sarvabhāsinīṃ sarvasaṃśrayām

p1.66

bhajadhvaṃ bhrāntimutsṛjya citimātraṃ sudṛṣṭayaḥ /
tiryañco'pyevamatyantaṃ yatra vāco vadanti vai

p1.67

prasiddhavidyānagaraṃ tadadyāpi pracakṣate /
evaṃ tatra purā hemalekhayā khalu bodhitaḥ

p1.68

hemacūḍo'bhavad vidvān jīvanmuktastathetare /
strībālapramukhāḥ sarve jātā jñātaparāvarāḥ

p1.69

p. १४९)
tasmācchreyonidānaṃ tu satsaṅgaḥ prathamaṃ bhavet /
tasmācchreyovāñchane tu satsaṃśrayaparo bhavet

p1.69

yasmāddhemalekhāsaṅgāt sarve muktā jātāstasmāt sajjanasaṃśrayaparaḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe hemacūḍopākhyānasamāptirnāma
daśamo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
daśamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. १५०)
atha ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ
śrutvaivaṃ hemacūḍasya kathāmatyadbhutāṃ tadā /
bhārgavaḥ sandigdhamanāḥ praṣṭuṃ samupacakrame

p1.1

atrādhyāye modapadyairdatta āha bhṛgūdvaham /
upalabdhyupapattibhyāṃ cetyaṃ nānyacciteriti //
te tvayā / jñānaṃ śuddhādvayātmarūpam / viṣamaṃ sarvānubhavaviruddham /
sarvataḥ sādhanairasādhyaṃ ca

p1.2

bhagavan śrīguro yatte proktaṃ jñānaṃ mahādbhutam /
bhāti me viṣamaṃ hyetadasādhyaṃ cāpi sarvataḥ

p1.3

kathametajjagad dṛśyaṃ citimātrasvarūpakam /
adṛṣṭaṃ kevalaṃ hyetacchraddhopeyaṃ na cānyathā

p1.3

viṣamatvamevāha - kathamiti / dṛgdṛśyayordvitvasya prāmāṇikatvena
citimātratvamadṛṣṭam / etacca śraddhāmātreṇāṅgīkartavyaṃ
nopalabdhyupapattibhyāmiti tātparyam

p1.4

citiścetyavinirmuktā nānubhāvyā kathañcana /
nopapannaṃ sarvathaitat kathaṃ cittaṃ samāruhet

p1.4

upalabdhyabhāvamevāha - citiriti / kathañcana kenāpi pramāṇavyāpāreṇa /
nānubhāvyā nānubhavaviṣayīkāryā / evaṃvidhā citirastīti sarvathā nopapannaṃ na
yuktiyuktam / kathamiti / evaṃ caivaṃvidhā citirastīti kathaṃ niścetavyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.5

kṛpayā bodhanīyo'hamatra sarvātmanā khalu /
ityāpṛṣṭo dattagururavadad bhārgavaṃ prati

p1.5

evamākṣepeṇa svasmin gurordhārṣṭyaśaṅkā bhavediti matvāha - kṛpayeti /
atra śuddhacitiviṣaye

p1.6

p. १५१)
śṛṇu rāma pravakṣyāmi dṛśyatattvaṃ yathāsthitam /
etad dṛśyamaśeṣaṃ tu dṛśimātraṃ na cetarat

p1.6

cetyasya [kh: caitya] cidatirekeṇa naraśṛṅgaprāyatvāt cetyanirmuktā
[kh: caitya] citirupapannaiveti vaktuṃ dṛśyatattvaṃ nirūpayati -
śṛṇviti / dṛśyasya cetyasya tattvaṃ svarūpam / yathāsthitam ananyathetyarthaḥ /
tadevāha - etaditi

p1.7

atropapattiṃ vakṣyāmi śṛṇu samyak samāhitaḥ /
etad dṛśyaṃ kāryabhūtamutpatterupalambhataḥ

p1.7

atra dṛśyasya citimātratve [g, gh: dṛśi] / upapattiṃ yuktim /
upalabdhiprakārasya hemacūḍopākhyānena samyaguktatvena prakṛte
upapattirevocyata iti jñeyam / tatrādau dṛśyasya dṛkkāryatāṃ sādhayati -
etaditi / kāryaṃ kartṛvyāpāraviṣayam

p1.8

utpattirnūtanābhāsaḥ pratikṣaṇamidaṃ jagat /
nūtanatvenaiva bhāti tatkṣaṇotpattimajjagat

p1.8

nanu keyamutpattiriti cedāha - nūtanābhāsa iti / nūtanatvenābhāsanamityarthaḥ
/ loke hi nūtanatvenābhāsamānamevotpannamityucyate / yasmādidaṃ
jagannūtanatvenaiva pratikṣaṇaṃ bhāti tasmādityarthaḥ / etaccāgre bhaviṣyati

p1.9

kecit prāhurjagadidamakhaṇḍaikakṣaṇodbhavam /
anye padārthasaṃghātamayaṃ sthiracarātmakam

p1.9

nanu ghaṭādidṛśyasamudāyo hi jagaditi vyavahriyate samudāyātiriktaṃ na
kiñcidekaṃ vastu jagadityāśaṅkya vijñānavādyabhyupagatāṃ jagataḥ
kṣaṇikaikarūpatāṃ svābhimatāṃ pradarśayati - keciditi / atra
vijñānavādināmayamabhyupagamaḥ kṣaṇikavijñānasaṃtānarūpāḥ pramātāraḥ
pūrvapūrvasaṃskārajanya evottarottaravijñāne dṛśyākārāḥ / ghaṭākāraṃ
jñānaṃ paṭākāraṃ jñānamityādyanubhavena
vijñāneṣvākārasyāvaśyābhyupeyatvena tāvataiva vyavahāropapattau bāhyaṃ
nābhyupeyam / yasmin jñāne hi yāvān deśakālavastvākāro bhāsate
tāvānakhaṇḍaikarasastatkṣaṇe / kuṇḍakṣaṇo badarakṣaṇaḥ kuṇḍabadarakṣaṇa iti
krameṇa jagat kṣaṇikaṃ tattatkāladeśākārātmakamakhaṇḍaikarasaṃ
vijñānameveti / anye hi kāṇādaprabhṛtayaḥ padārthasaṃghāta eva jagat
taccākāśādirūpaṃ sthiraṃ nityam ghaṭādirūpaṃ caramanityam /
sthiracarobhayavastusamudāya eva jagadityāhuḥ / atra
kāṇādapramukhairvādibhirbāhyārthe na kiñcit pramāṇaṃ vaktuṃ śakyam
sarvavyavahārasyāvaśyābhyupeyajñānākāramātraparyavasitatvāt / evamapi
kathañcid vyavahārāspṛṣṭaṃ bāhyaṃ kalpitamajāgalastanāyitameva
[k, kh: mevāha] / vijñānavādimataṃ tu cidātmani
jagatpratibimbavādinaḥ svasyānukūlam aṃśena pratikṣaṇapariṇāmino
[pratikṣaṇapariṇāmino hi sarve eva bhāvāḥ ṛte citiśakteḥ iti
sāṃkhyatattvakaumudīsthitaḥ pāṭhaḥ / draṣṭavyā - sāṃ० kā० ५] hi
bhāvā ṛte citiśaktim ityādyanyamatāviruddhaṃ ceti tasya
prathamamupapādanamiti dhyeyam

p1.10

p. १५२)
sarvathā tu samutpattimadityeva viniścitam /
tatra svabhāvavādastu nocito'tiprasaṅgataḥ

p1.10

anyairyathecchamuktamapi jagad dṛśyatvahetukānumānena
vahvāgamānukūlenotpattimadeva siddhyatītyāha - sarvatheti / sthiraṃ
kṣaṇikamityubhayathā [k: bhayaṃ yathā] sthitamapītyarthaḥ / dṛśyasya
nityatvapakṣavyāvartakastuśabdaḥ / jagato naraviṣāṇatulyatāṃ sampādayituṃ
pravṛttasya tatkṣaṇikatvāks'ṇikatvasādhanaṃ vadhyamaṇḍanatulyamiti
tadupekṣaṇaṃ sarvathetyanena sūcitam / atha jagato na kiñcidupādānaṃ pramāṇena
sidhyatīti nirupādānaindrajālikasṛṣṭabhāvatulyatāṃ vaktumādau jagataḥ
satyatvaṃ sopādānatvaṃ ca vadatāṃ mataṃ krameṇa pratikṣeptumupakramate -
tatreti / jagataḥ [k: jagataḥ nāsti] kāryatve siddhe [k: siddheti] sati /
svabhāvavāda iti / kāraṇamanapekṣyaiva kāryamutpadyate tathā svabhāvāt
kāryasyotpatteḥ pūrvaṃ kāryasyāsattvādeva kaḥ kamapekṣeta / utpannaśca
svayaṃsiddho'nyaṃ kimityapekṣeta / tasmādyathā kāraṇasya kāryānapekṣatvaṃ
svābhāvikamucyate evaṃ kāryasyāpīti hi cārvākaḥ svabhāvavādamāha / taṃ
dūṣayati - nocita iti / na yukta ityarthaḥ / atiprasaṅgata iti / kāraṇamanapekṣya
jāyamāno ghaṭaḥ paṭo'pi bhavediti bhāvaḥ / mama tu
ghaṭapaṭakāraṇayorvaicitryānna ghaṭaḥ paṭo bhavet / nanu ghaṭakāraṇameva
paṭakāraṇaṃ kuto na bhavediti cet svakāraṇavaicityāditi gṛhāṇa

p1.11

p. १५३)
anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ kāryakāraṇaniścayāt /
saṃvādataḥ pravṛttīnāṃ kathamākasmikaṃ bhavet

p1.11

nanu kapālaḥ kāryaṃ ghaṭaḥ kāraṇamiti kuto na bhavediti cedāha - anvayeti /
anvayo hi kārye samagrakāraṇavyāptiḥ / vyatirekastu kāraṇābhāve
kāryābhāvavyāptiḥ / etajjñānena kāryakāraṇayorniyatarūpatāniścayāt /
nanvanvayavyatirekayorjñānasya bhramatvasambhavāt kathamuktaniścayaḥ
pramāṇaṃ syāditi cedāha - saṃvādata iti / tajjñānasya bhramatve
kāraṇamupādāya kāryārthaṃ pravṛtto visaṃvādyeteti bhāvaḥ / tasmāt
kāryamākasmikaṃ niṣkāraṇaṃ kathaṃ bhavet

p1.12

kvacittu kāraṇe'dṛṣṭe'pyadṛṣṭaṃ kalpyameva tat /
bahūnāmanurodho hi nyāyayaḥ sarvairudāhṛtaḥ

p1.12

nanvākasmikaduḥkhādisamāgame na kiñcit kāraṇaṃ dṛṣṭamiti cedāha -
kvaciditi / adṛṣṭaṃ kāraṇam / nanu dṛṣṭakāraṇadṛṣṭāntenādṛṣṭakāraṇe
kāraṇaṃ kalpanīyam athavā dṛṣṭakāraṇābhāvenākāraṇakameva [k:
kāraṇameva] kāryaṃ [k, kh, g: kāraṇaṃ] kalpanīyamiti
[veti iti sārvatrikaḥ pāṭhaḥ / sa cānāvaśyakaḥ] cedāha - bahūnāmiti

p1.13

bhūyo dṛṣṭaṃ sapūrvaṃ hi kāryaṃ kvacidadarśane [gh: nam] /
dṛṣṭavat parikalpyaṃ syādanyathā sārvalaukikī

p1.13

nanu kasya bahutvamiti cedāha - bhūya iti / bahuśa ityarthaḥ / prāyaḥ sarvaṃ hi
jagad dṛṣṭakāraṇakameveti bhāvaḥ / viparīte doṣamāha - anyatheti /
ākasmikatvābhyupagama ityarthaḥ / sārvalaukikī saṃpravṛttirityanvayaḥ

p1.14

p. १५४)
sampravṛttirvirudhyeta tasmāt sarvaṃ sakāraṇam /
ata eva kāryahetoḥ kiñcitkāraṇatatparaḥ

p1.14

kāryārthaṃ [k, kh: kāryārtha] kāraṇopādāne samīcīnā
phalaparyavasāyinī pravṛttirviruddhyeta visaṃvādyeta / niyamena
phalaparyavasāyinī na bhavediti yāvat / kvacit pravṛtteḥ phalāparyavasānaṃ tu
samagrakāraṇavaikalyāditi tātparyam / yasmāt pravṛtteḥ phalaparyavasānaṃ
tasmāt / kāryārthaṃ kāraṇe pravṛttiṃ nidarśayati - ata eveti / tatparo [k:
tatparā] dṛśyata iti sambandhaḥ

p1.15

sarvatra dṛśyate lokastasmādetanna kiñcana /
kecidāhurasatkalpairaṇubhiḥ kāryamudyatam

p1.15

etaccārvākābhyupagataṃ na kiñcana vicārāsahamityarthaḥ / athātra
kāṇādamatamutthāpayati nirākartum - keciditi / asatkalpairadṛṣṭaiḥ / udyatam
utpannam

p1.16

tebhyo'tyantaṃ vibhinnaṃ cāpyasadatyantato bhavet /
asatsatorekatā hi viruddhā [kuto na viruddhā bhavedityanvayaḥ / viruddhā
bhavedeveti tātparyam] na kuto bhavet

p1.16

tebhyaḥ aṇubhyaḥ / vibhinnaṃ kāryam / paramāṇavo hi
jālamarīcyupalabdhatrasareṇorārambhakadvyaṇukakāraṇabhūtāḥ kāryasya
dvyaṇukasya sāvayavatvahetunānumitāḥ / tatrāyaṃ sṛṣṭikramaḥ -
paripakvaprāṇyadṛṣṭasahakṛteśvarecchayā viśarāruṣu sthireṣu paramāṇuṣu
kriyotpadyate tataḥ krameṇa paramāṇudvayaṃ saṃyujyate / tasmāt saṃyuktād
dvyaṇukam / punarīśvarecchayaiva dvyaṇukeṣu kriyā tataḥ krameṇa
tribhirdvyaṇukaiḥ saṃyuktaistrasareṇuriti rītyā ghaṭādyantakaryotpattiḥ /
dvyaṇukādikāryaṃ ca paramāṇvādikāraṇebhyo'tyantabhinnam nāśānantaraṃ
cātyantamasad naraśṛṅgatulyamiti tanmatam / etannirākaroti - asaditi /
nahyeka eva ghaṭa utpatteḥ purā asat tataḥ sannāśottaramasanniti yuktam
sattvāsattvayorvirodhāt

p1.17

p. १५५)
nahi pītamapītaṃ ca prakāśaṃ cāprakāśakam /
ekaṃ bhaved viruddhatvāt sāṅkaryādiprasaktitaḥ

p1.17

nanu sattvāsattvayorbhāvābhāvatve'pi saṃyogatadabhāvayoriva na virodha
ityāśaṅkyāha - nahīti / saṃyogasyāvyāpyavṛttitvānna tadabhāvavirodhaḥ /
sattvaṃ tu ghaṭādau samavāyena sattāvattvam / tacca vyāpyavṛttīti
svābhāvaviruddhameva [k: svabhāva] / pītamiti / ata eva pītamapītaṃ
caikaṃ na bhavediti bhāvaḥ / nanu vastusvabhāvo hyanubhavānurodhena kalpanīyaḥ
tathā ca samavāyināmavayavināṃ daiśikavyāpyavṛttitve'pi ghaṭo'sti
nāstītyanubhavānurodhāt kālikāvyāpyavṛttitvamiṣyata iti cedāha -
prakāśamiti / aprakāśakamiti svārthaṃ kaḥ / prakāśamaprakāśaṃ ca vastu
naikaṃ bhavet / anyathā'nubhavamātrānurodhenaikasya
viruddhobhayarūpatvābhyupagame nīlaṃ tamaścalatītyanubhavānurodhena tamaso
dravyatve ekasminneva dravye bhāsvaraśuklarūpotpattyā prakāśatvaṃ
kṛṣṇarūpotpattyā tamastvamiti vaktuṃ śakyatvena
tamaḥprakāśayoraikyaprasaṅga [k: ṅgāditi] iti bhāvaḥ / pītamapītaṃ
prakāśamaprakāśaṃ ca vastu naikaṃ bhavedviruddhatvāditi sambandhaḥ /
tasmādbhāvābhāvayoḥ kāladeśabhedenāpi virodha iti siddham / nanu tamaso
dravyatve dravyacākṣuṣamālokasahakṛtamiti niyamabhaṅgaprasaṅga iti cenna
anubhavānurodhena niyamasyaivānyathā kalpayituṃ yuktatvāt / atha cāvayavivāde
dūṣaṇāntarāṇyapyāha - sāṅkaryādiprasaktita iti /
sattvāsattvādirūpaviruddhadharmādhyāsātmakasāṅkaryaprasakterityarthaḥ / ādinā
paramāṇoravayavasiddhiḥ tatsaṃyogasyāvyāpyavṛttitvabhaṅga
ityādidoṣo'vaseyaḥ / nau proktasāṅkaryādidoṣāṇāṃ sarvamatasādhāraṇyena
nedṛśairdos'irahameva paryanuyojya iti cet satyamuktam / ata [gh: eta] eva
dvaitasatyatvavādinaḥ sarvānadhikṣeptumevāṇuvādanirasanamiṣeṇemāni
dūṣaṇānyuktāni [k: nyuktāni......ḍūṣaṇāni nāsti] dattaguruṇā /
dvaitānupapattyanveṣaṇaparāṇāmadvaitināṃ punarimāni dūṣaṇāni vāsudevasya
bhagadattaprayuktavaiṣ'vāstravad [bhagadattaprayuktaṃ vaiṣṇavāstraṃ
vāsudevasyorasi vaijayantīrūpeṇa pariṇatamityeṣā kathā mahābhārate droṇaparva.i
२९ adhyāye draṣṭavyā] bhūṣaṇānyeveti [k: dadūṣaṇā] jñeyam
[g, gh: dhyeyam]

p1.18

p. १५६)
īśvarecchādito vāpi kathamādikriyodbhavaḥ /
guṇasāmyaprakṛtikaṃ jagadityapyasaṃbhavi

p1.18

evaṃ paraiḥ sādhitaṃ jagadabhyupagamya sāṅkaryādibhirdūṣayitvā samprati
jagadutpattireva na sambhavatīti mūlacchedakaṃ dūṣaṇamāha - īśvareti /
īśvarecchayā hi paramāṇuṣu kathamādau kriyodbhavaḥ kvacidapi kasyacidicchayā
kasmiṃścidacetane kriyotpattyadarśanāt / yadi prabhoricchāmacetanā
anuruddhyeran tarhi bhaṭān vinā rājecchāmanurudhya śastraṇyeva
śatrubhiryudhyeran / tasmānnaiṣa ārambhavādo yukta iti bhāvaḥ /
evamārambhavādaṃ pratikṣipya [k: prakṣipya]
pariṇāmavādamadhikṣeptuṃ tanmatamanuvadati - guṇasāmyeti / anīśvarāḥ
sāṅkhyāstu sattvarajastamoguṇānāṃ sāmyāvasthā prakṛtiḥ svata eva
guṇavaiṣamyadvārā jagadākāreṇa pariṇamata ityāhuḥ / etanmatamapyasambhavi

p1.19

vaiṣamyahetormṛgyatvāt sāmyahetośca hīnataḥ /
cetanenānadhiṣṭhānād dṛṣṭāntānupalambhataḥ

p1.19

kuta iti cedāha - vaiṣamyeti / prakṛtirhi pralaye guṇasāmyarūpā / pralayānte ca
nirhetukaṃ tadguṇavaiṣamyamayuktam [k, kh: vaiṣamyayuktam] / nāpi
prakṛteranyat pralaye kiñcidasti yadguṇavaiṣamye hetutāmiyāt /
kathañcidviṣamaguṇāyāḥ prakṛteḥ punaḥ sṛṣṭyante
pralayanimittasāmyahetorasambhavaśca / nanvasti heturguṇānāṃ sāmye vaiṣamye
ca yaddhi seśvaraiḥ parairīśvarasya vaiṣamyanairghṛṇyaparihārāya
karmābhyupagataṃ tadeva guṇavaiṣamyādau heturiti cedāha - cetaneti /
cetanenānadhiṣṭhānāt prakṛteḥ pariṇāmo nopapadyata iti śeṣaḥ / sarvatra
cetanavyāpāramantarā jaḍeṣu kriyā'darśanāt svataḥ prakṛterjagadrūpeṇa
pariṇatiḥ bandhāya puruṣaṃ prati pravṛttiḥ mokṣāya nivṛttiśca nopapadyate /
cetanapreraṇaṃ vinā jaḍeṣvadṛṣṭamātreṇa pravṛttirnivṛttirvā na kvacid
dṛṣṭeti dṛṣṭāntābhāvānnānumānenāpyetatsiddhirityāha - dṛṣṭānteti

p1.20

p. १५७)
tasmājjāgatakāryasya kāraṇaṃ nopalabhyate /
adṛṣṭe tu śrutirmūlaṃ nānyamānasya [k, kh: mānasusa]
saṅgamaḥ

p1.20

yasmādevaṃ jagataḥ kāraṇanirūpaṇaṃ nopapadyate tasmādupapannamupādānaṃ
kāraṇaṃ nopalabhyate / nanu jagadrūpaṃ kāryaṃ
pramāṇasiddhamanapahnavanīyam tasyākāraṇakatvābhyupagame
paramatapraveśaḥ tasmāt kāraṇopapādanaṃ [k: pādane]
cāsmaduktamārgeṇaiva bhavatiavyamiti cedāha - adṛṣṭe tviti / parokṣe viṣaya
ityarthaḥ / śruti āgamaḥ / mūlaṃ niścāyakaṃ pramāṇamityarthaḥ / kuta evamiti
cedāha - nānyeti [k: nānyeti nāsti] / anyasya pratyakṣādernasaṅgamo
[k, kh: kṣādirna] na pravṛttirityarthaḥ

p1.21

pramātṝṇāmapūrṇatvāt pramāṇasyānavasthiteḥ /
kāryakartraviyogasya [k, kh: kartṛ] bhūyodarśanahetutaḥ

p1.21

kuta evamiti cedāha - pramātṝṇamiti / indriyasaṃnikṛṣṭe hi pratyakṣaṃ
pramāṇam tathā ca pramātṝṇāṃ parichinnatvenāpūrṇatvāt svargendrādau
tadindriyasannikarṣāsambhavānna pratyakṣapravṛttiḥ / anumānasya
pratyakṣamūlakatvādeva nityaparokṣe na pravṛttiḥ / kathañcit
pravṛttyupapādane vā'numānapramāṇasya
buddhikauśalyāyattatvenānyathāpyanumānapravṛttyā'navasthiterna
kiñcidanumānena prakṛtaṃ setsyati / dṛśyate ca [k, kh: ca nāsti]
tarkamātrasādhite'rthe tairthikānāṃ pṛthagabhyupagama ityabhipretyāha -
pramāṇasyeti / anumānasyetyarthaḥ / nanvāgamo hi śabdaḥ / so'pi
paricchinnapramātṛprayuktaḥ svargādiparokṣe kathaṃ pramāṇamityāśaṅkya
nādṛṣṭe'rthaṃ śabdamātrasya prāmāṇyamucyate kintvaiśvarasyaiva
śrutyāderityabhipretya tasyāgamasya pramāṇeṣu śreṣṭhatvaṃ vaktuṃ
prasaṅgādīśvaraṃ sādhayati kāryeti [k: kāryeti nāsti] / kāryaṃ
kartravinābhūtamiti bhūyodarśanājjagat sakartṛkamityarthaḥ

p1.22

p. १५८)
sakartṛkaṃ jagadidaṃ sambhavāccetano hi saḥ /
kāryasyācintyarūpasya kartā sādhāraṇaḥ katham

p1.22

sakartṛkamiti / nanvanumāneneśvarasādhanamanupapannam anumānaṃ hi
nityaparokṣāsādhakamityanupadamuktatvāditi [k: parokṣa] ceducyate -
kāryasya nopādānāvinābhūtatvaniyamaḥ yoginirmitakāryaṃ vyabhicārāt / nanu
tatrāpi yogīcchayā jhaṭiti saṅghaṭitaparamāṇava evopādānatāṃ bhajeranniti
cenna niyataśivakastūpakakāpālikākapālātmakakramollaṅghanena
vyabhicārānapohāt / niyataśivakādikramollaṅghanaṃ
yogasāmarthyajanitamanapahnavanīyam / tenaiva sāmarthyena kāryanirvāhe
paramāṇusaṅghaṭanakalpanasya [k, kh: apara] niryuktikatvāt /
prasiddhakāraṇādikrameṇaiva ghaṭaṃ nirmimāṇo yogī kulāla eva bhavediti ca
jñeyam / nahi karyasya kartravinābhūtatvāniyamaḥ avyabhicārāt / tasmāt kāryasya
sakartṛkatvānumānaṃ nānavasthitam / evaṃ sādhito'pi kartā na jaḍaḥ upādāna
[k, kh: dānā] gocarāparokṣajāñādimattvarūpakartṛtvasya
jaḍe'sambhavādityāha - sambhavāditi

p1.23

tasmādacintyaśaktiḥ sa āgamastadvimarśanam /
pūrṇasya tvapratihataṃ pramāṇaṃ sarvato'dhikam

p1.23

yasmādacintyarūpakāryasya prākṛtaḥ kartā na sambhavati
tasmādacintyaśaktirjagatkartā / taditi luptaṣaṣṭhyantaṃ tasya
pūrṇasyācintyaśakteḥ / jagatkarturvimarśanaṃ tattvāvagamako vyāhārātmā
vyāpāra āgamaḥ / asyācintyaśaktitvādevāśarīriṇo'pi vyāhārātmā vyāpāra iti
jñeyam / yasmādevaṃvidho'yamāgamaḥ [k, kh: tasmā]
tasmādapratihataṃ sarvathānyairabādhitaṃ pramāṇam / ata eva sarvataḥ
pramāṇebhyo'dhikaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ prablamityetat

p1.24

p. १५९)
tatraikastu maheśānaḥ purā sṛṣṭerudāhṛtaḥ /
svatantro hyanupādānaḥ svātantryabharavaibhavāt

p1.24

dṛśyaṃ dṛśimātramiti atropapattiṃ vakṣyāmi (११/७) iti pratijñāya
mahatā prabandhenāgamasya pramāṇamūrdhanyatvaṃ saṃsādhya
pratijñātārthanirvāhāyāgamoktārthamanuvadati ślokadaśakena - tatreti /
āgame ityarthaḥ / upādānarahita ityudāhṛtaḥ / tathā cāgamaḥ - ātmā vā
idameka evāgra āsīnnānyatkiñcana miṣat (aita० u० २/१/१) nāsadāsīnno
sadāsīttadānīm (ṛ १०/१२९/१) nirupādānasambhāraḥ svātmabhittau hi
līlayā / jagaccitraṃ samullikhya krīḍatyeṣa maheśvaraḥ // ityādiḥ / svātantryasya
bhara utkarṣaḥ tasya vaibhavānmāhātmyādavabhāsayadityanvayaḥ

p1.25

svātmabhittau jagaccitraṃ vilāsāyāvabhāsayat /
yathā svapnamanorājye kalpitaṃ svena kevalam

p1.25

vilāsāya krīḍanāya / yathā svapne manorājye vā [k: vā nāsti] svena
kevalamupādānādyanapekṣya parikalpitaṃ deham

p1.26

ahaṃtvenaiva gṛhṇāti dehaṃ tadvadyaṃ jagat /
na te rūpaṃ yathā dehaḥ svapnavyāvṛttihetutaḥ

p1.26

tatkāle'haṃtvena gṛhṇāti tadvad ayam īśvaraḥ svaparikalpitaṃ jagadahaṃtvenaiva
gṛhṇāti / yaduktam - svāṅgabhūteṣu [svāṅgarūpeṣu iti tatratya
pāṭhaḥ] bhāveṣu pramātā kathyate patiḥ (ī० pra० ३/१४) iti / na ta iti /
yathā hi manorājyaparikalpitadeho na te svarūpam svapnādau vyāvṛtteḥ

p1.27

p. १६०)
tathāsya na jagaddeho vyāvṛtteḥ pralaye nanu /
dehādivyatiriktastvaṃ yathā kevalacinmayaḥ

p1.27

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - tatheti / asya īśvarasya / ahaṃtvena gṛhītamapi jaganna
dehaḥ pralaye jagato vyāvṛtteḥ / yathā jāgradādyavasthāsvanuvṛttasya
cidātmanastavāvasthānanuvṛttadehādivyatiriktatvam [k: statā]
evamīśvaro'pi pralayānanuvṛttajagadvyatiriktaśuddhacinmaya ityāha -
dehādīti

p1.28

evaṃ devo jagacchūnyacidekavapuravyayaḥ /
tenedaṃ svātmani jagaccitramunmīlitaṃ nanu

p1.28

avyaya ityanityajagadvyatiriktatvanirvāhakaṃ viśeṣaṇam / tena cidekavapuṣā
īśvareṇa

p1.29

kvonmīlayejjagaccitraṃ svānyasya kvāpyasambhavāt /
ṛte citiṃ kadācidvā kva kiṃ bhavitumarhati

p1.29

pūrṇasya tvapratihatam (११/२३) ityuktaṃ pūrṇatvaṃ sādhayati - kveti /
svasmādanyasya dṛśyasya kvāpi svasmādanyatrāsambhavājjagaccitraṃ
kvonmīlayedityarthaḥ / kutaḥ kvāpi svānyasyāsambhava iti cedāha - ṛta iti /
kadā kva mimiti kāladeśākārapratiṣedhaḥ

p1.30

yatrābhāvaściterbrūyāt sa deśo naiva sidhyati /
abhāvaśca citeḥ kena sidhyettasmāccitiḥ parā

p1.30

yatreti / yatra cidabhāvastaddeśaprakāśāsambhavānna siddhyet siddheḥ
prakāśāyattatvāditi bhāvaḥ / abhāvaśceti / citaḥ sarvaprakāśakatvena
tadabhāvaḥ kena sidhyediti bhāvaḥ / tasmāt cidabhāvasyāsiddheḥ / parā aniṣedhyā
niṣedhāvadhibhūtatvāt

p1.31

mahāsattā jagadgrāsaśīlā pūrṇā'vabhāsate /
samudramantarā bhaṅgā divānāthaṃ vinā prabhāḥ [kh, g:
bhā]

p1.31

ata eva mahāsattā / mahatī aparicchinnā sattā yasyāḥ / ata eva jagatastayā
vyāptatvājjagato grasanaṃ śīlaṃ yasyāḥ / ata eva pūrṇā / ata eva tadavinābhūtaṃ
jagaditi sadṛṣṭāntamāha - samudramiti

p1.32

p. १६१)
yathā na santi tadvad vai saṃvidrūpaṃ vinā jagat /
tasmādeṣa mahādevaḥ śudhacaitanyavigrahaḥ

p1.32

yathā hi samudrādyavinābhūtāstaraṅgādayastathā [k, kh:
samudrāvi] saṃvidrūpāvinābhūtaṃ jagat / yasmātsaṃvidavinābhūtaṃ jagat
tasmācchuddhacaitanyavigraho dṛśyaleśarahita āsīditi sambandhaḥ

p1.33

āsīt sṛṣṭeḥ purā tasmādutpannaṃ tatra saṃsthitam /
tasmin vilīyate cānte jagadetaccarācaram

p1.33

tasmāt mahādevāt yathā hi samudrāderutpattyādimatāṃ taraṅgādīnāṃ
samudrādimātrādyātmatvam evaṃ jagataścinmātrātmatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.34

ityāgamaprasiddho'rthastanna vipratipadyate /
adṛṣṭārtheṣu saṃvādāt pramāṇaṃ hyāgamo bhavet

p1.34

itīti / tatraikastu (११/२४) ityādiślokadaśakoktaḥ / tat āgamoktam / na
vipratipadyate saṃśayaviṣayatāṃ na prāpnoti / kuta evamiti cedāha - adṛṣṭeti
/ yatpramāṇaṃ hi kvacidvisaṃvādi tatpramito'rtho vipratipadyate / yatpramāṇaṃ
sarvatrāvisaṃvādi tatpramito'rtho na vipratipadyata iti niyamaḥ / āgamastvadṛṣṭa
eva pramāṇaṃ na kvacidvisaṃvādi ato na tatsiddho'rtho vipratipadyate / ataḥ sarvathā
āgamaḥ pramāṇameva bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.35

dṛśyante maṇimantrādisiddhayaḥ sarvato yataḥ /
nālpaprajño vijānīyād maṇimantramahāphalam

p1.35

nanu vedādyāgamo neśvaroktaḥ pramāṇābhāvāditi cedāha - dṛśyanta iti /
maṇimantrauṣadhānāmāgamoktānāṃ sidhayaḥ phalotpattayaḥ sarvataḥ [k:
sarvatra] sādhakeṣu yato dṛśyante tasmādāgamaḥ sarvajñagadita iti
sambandhaḥ / yato maṇyādiphalamīśvarādanyo'lpaprajño jñātuṃ [k:
dātuṃ] na samartha ityāha - neti

p1.36

p. १६२)
tasmāt sarvajñagadito hyāgamaḥ sarvadarśanaḥ /
tatrokto deva evādau sṛṣṭerjagata āsthitaḥ

p1.36

sarvadarśana iti / dṛśyate'neneti darśanaṃ pramāṇavyāpāraḥ [k, kh:
pramāṇaṃ] sarvatra darśanaṃ yasya / dṛṣṭādṛṣṭaviṣaya iti yāvat /
devaścinmātramūrtirīśvaraḥ evakāreṇa pradhānādivyāvṛttiḥ

p1.37

nirupādāna evādau sṛṣṭavānakhilaṃ jagat /
yasmād [k: asmā] maheśvaraḥ pūrṇasvacchasvātantryasaṃyutaḥ

p1.37

ādau svayameko'pi sṛṣṭikāle upādānaṃ kutaścit saṃpādayatīti cennetyāha ##-
ghaṭādikāryamavabhāsayati īśvaro nirupādānaścet kathaṃ kvāvabhāsayediti
cedāha - yasmāditi / pūrṇamaparicchinnaṃ svacchamakṛtrimaṃ sahajaṃ
svātantryam tena yutaḥ

p1.38

cidātmabhittāvakhilaṃ citramunmīlayed [k, kh, gh: laya] jagat
/
na tajjagat sambhavati bahiḥ kvacidavasthitam

p1.39

cidātmeti / yasmāt svasya pūrṇatvena svānyasyāsambhavaḥ
pūrṇasvātantryayutaśca tasmāt svasmin cidātmarūpabhittau akhilaṃ
jagaccitramunmīlayediti bhāvaḥ / nanvātmabhittāvunmīlayatīti kuta etaditi cedāha ##-
pūrṇatvādīśvarasyeha sthānamanyanna vidyate /
anyasthānasthitaṃ tacca kathañcinnaiva sidhyati

p1.39

kuto na sambhavatīti cedāha - pūrṇatvāditi / vrīhibhiḥ pūrṇe ghaṭe'nyasya
sthānābhāva iva digādināmātmanā pūrṇatvena nānyasya sthānamastītyarthaḥ /
ātmano'pūrṇatvābhyupagame'pi [kh, g: ātmanaḥ pū] na tadanyatra
jagatsiddhyati citprakāśabahirgatasyāprakāśādityāha - anyasthāneti

p1.40

p. १६३)
tathā ca darpaṇābhoge pratibimbavadeva hi /
jagadunmīlitaṃ deve caivaṃ sarvaṃ samañjasam

p1.40

nanvetadasamañjasam anyasvarūpāntaranyāvabhāsādṛṣṭeścidātmasvarūpe
jagadavabhāsānupapatterityāśaṅkyāha - tathā ceti / darpaṇeti /
darpaṇasvarūpāntaḥ pratibimbāvabhāsavad deve cidātmasvarūpe
jagadunmīlitamavabhāsata ityevamabhyupagamāt [k: ityevābhyu] sarvaṃ
samañjasamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.41

jagadāderhi devasya yogīva jagataḥ kriyāḥ /
saṅkalpanagaraprakhyā sṛṣṭirdevasya sammatā

p1.41

nanu nirupādānānasya kartuḥ kāryakriyā na kvacid dṛṣṭeti cedāha -
jagadāderiti / jagatkarturityarthaḥ / nanu tarhi yoginirmitavajjagadapi
svanirmāturbhidyeta / tathā ca kathamuktaṃ cidatiriktaṃ jagannāstīti cedāha -
saṃkalpeti / devasya jagatkartuḥ saṅkalpanagaravat karturanatiriktā sṛṣṭiriti
bhāvaḥ

p1.42

rāma te mānasī sṛṣṭirmanomayayeva kevalā /
anekamātṛmeyādipracurā hyavabhāsate

p1.42

nanu saṅkalpanagaramapi karturbhinnameveti cennetyāha - rāmetyādi / mānasī
sṛṣṭiḥ saṅkalpanagarapracurā yā'vabhāsate sā manomayīti sambandhaḥ

p1.43

anekabhedabhināpi manaso'nyā nahi kvacit /
utpanā manasastatra sthitā tatraiva līyate

p1.43

etadeva sādhayati - aneketi / bhedairvyāvṛttadharmairbhinnāpi mānasī
sṛṣṭiryato manasyutpannā tatraiva sthitā līnā ca tato manaso nahyanyeti
sambandhaḥ

p1.44

sā kevalamanorūpā yathā tadvajjagacchivāt /
seti / mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ / yathā manasa utpattyādinā mānasasṛṣṭermanomayatvam
tathā cidātmanaḥ śivādutpattyādimajjagaccinmayamityarthaḥ / nanu
śivādutpannasya jagataḥ śivarūpataiva na citirūpateti cedāha - sa iti / nanu
citeḥ kulālavadvigrahaḥ syādityāśaṅkya netyāha - avigraheti / nāsti
cidatirikto vigraho deho yasyāḥ

p1.45

p. १६४)
tripurānantaśaktyaikyarūpiṇī sarvasākṣiṇī /
sā citiḥ sarvataḥ pūrṇā paricchedavivarjanāt

p1.45

sā citireva prakaraṇapratipādyā tripuretyāha - tripureti / śaktayo'sya
[śaktiśca śaktimāṃścaiva padārthadvayamucyate / śaktayo'sya jagatsarvaṃ
śaktimāṃstu maheśvaraḥ // ityayaṃ ślokaḥ
paramārthasārasyābhinavaguptakṛteryogarājakṛtavivṛtau (pṛ० १०)
śrīsarvamaṅgalāśāstraślokatvenoddhṛtaḥ /] jagatsarvam ityuktanītyā
ghaṭādyābhāsarūpā anantā yāḥ śaktayaḥ tāsāmaikyaṃ saṅghaṭṭaḥ tadrūpiṇī
/ yathā hi darpaṇe pratibhāsamānapratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa eva saṅghaṭṭamayaṃ
rūpam tatheti bhāvaḥ / nanu tarhi darpaṇavacciterjaḍarūpatvamapi syāditi cedāha ##-
jñānaśaktirūpaṃ na jaḍasya sambhavatīti bhāvaḥ / prāguktamapi pūrṇatvaṃ
samyak sādhayitumupakramate - sā citiriti

p1.46

kālo deśaśca loke'smin paricchedakaraḥ smṛtaḥ /
tatrākāramayo deśaḥ kālastu syāt kriyāmayaḥ

p1.46

nanu kathaṃ paricchedavarjiteti cedāha - kāla iti / kāladeśayoreva
paricchedakatvaṃ [k: katvaṃ ....... pariccheda nāsti] loke prasiddhamiti
bhāvaḥ / nanu paricchedakābhimatayordeśakālayoḥ kiṃ rūpamiti cedāha -
tatreti / tayormadhye ityarthaḥ / ihedānīṃ ghaṭaḥ ityatra iheti gṛhādirūpo deśaḥ
idānīmiti prātarādirūpaḥ kālaśca bhāsate / tatra gṛhādirūpo deśaḥ
pṛthivyādeḥ saṃsthānaviśeṣātmākāra eva / kālastu sūryādiparispandādirūpā
kriyaiva / yaduktaṃ śrīpratyabhijñāyām - mūrtivaicitryato
deśakramamābhāsayatyasau / kriyāvaicitryanirbhāsāt kālakramamapīśvaraḥ //
(२/५) iti / tathā kālaḥ sūryādisañcārastattatpuṣpādijanmaiveti ca /
nahyākārakriyābhyāṃ deśaḥ kālo vānya udayagiryādirūpeṇa
sūryādikriyārūpeṇa vopādhinopahito'khaṇḍaḥ sambhavati yataḥ
sarvavyavahārasyopādhinaiva nirvāhāttatkalpane pramāṇaprayojanayorabhāvāt

p1.47

p. १६५)
yāṃ citiṃ samupāśritya syādākāraḥ kriyāpi vā /
tasyāḥ paricchedakatvamanayoḥ syāt kathaṃ vada

p1.47

evaṃ deśakālayoḥ svarūpaṃ vivicya tābhyāṃ paricchedābhāvaṃ cidātmanaḥ
sādhayati - yāmiti / loke hi śatāyuṣo gṛhasthasya puruṣasya tato mahataḥ
kaliyugātmakakālasya jambūdvīpātmakadeśasyaikāṃśena śatavarṣakālena
gṛharūpadeśena ca pariccheda etāvatkālaṃ sthita etaddeśe sthita iti prasiddhaḥ /
prakṛte cidātmaikadeśāśrayeṇa satordeśakālayorākārakriyārūpayoḥ
kathañcidātmaparicchedakatvamityarthaḥ

p1.48

kasmin deśe ca kāle ca citirnāstīha tadvada /
yatra na syāccitiḥ so'pi kathaṃ syāditi vai bhavet

p1.48

nanu na [k, kh, g: na nāsti] cidātmāśritau deśakālau
yatastayormahattarayorekadeśastho [k, kh: yasta] ghaṭādivaccidātmeti
cedāha - kasminniti / yatreti / deśe kāle cetyarthaḥ [kh, gh:
vetyarthaḥ] / so'pīti deśaḥ kālo'pītyarthaḥ / yathā hi ghaṭaśarāvādikaṃ
mṛdavinābhūtaṃ mṛdāśritaṃ mṛdaṃ vinā na bhavati yathā [k, kh:
tathā] ca darpaṇāvinābhūtaṃ pratibimbavastu darpaṇāśritaṃ darpaṇaṃ vinā
na bhavati tathā cidavinābhūtau deśakālau na tāṃ vinā sta iti tadāśritāveveti
bhāvaḥ

p1.49

p. १६६)
astitā hi padārthānāṃ prakāśo nāparaḥ khalu /
prakāśastu citiḥ proktā nāciteḥ syāt [k: nācitaḥ] prakāśatā

p1.49

nanu saurālokavaccitirvastuprakāśikā tathā ca yathā saurālokarahito
ghaṭādirandhakāre'sti tathā citiṃ vināpi deśādibhāvo'pyastviti cedāha -
astiteti / sattvamityarthaḥ / vastūnāṃ sattvaṃ hi prakāśanameva netarat /
sattvātmakaprakāśo hi citireva / nāsti citiryasya so'citiḥ cidaviṣaya iti tātparyam /
tasyāciteḥ [k: nācitaḥ] prakāśatā yato nāsti tataścitireva prakāśa
ityarthaḥ / tathā ca saurālokaṃ vinā'ndhakāre
ghaṭāderbhāsanādālokādanyadastitvaṃ ghaṭādeḥ / citprakāśaṃ [k, kh:
ataści] vinā ghaṭādeḥ kathañcidapi vyavahārābhāvāccitprakāśa
evāstitvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.50

prakāśastu sumukhyaḥ syādyaḥ svatantraḥ prakāśate /
jaḍā na svaprakāśā hi citiyogaprakāśanāt

p1.50

nanvastu bhāvānāṃ sattvaṃ prakāśa eveti tathāpi ghaṭaḥ prakāśate citiḥ
prakāśata iti vyavahārasāmyāt kathaṃ citirghaṭāderdṛśyasyāśrayabhūteti
cedāha - prakāśa iti / yaḥ svatantraḥ anyānapekṣaḥ prakāśate tasya prakāśa
eva sumukhyaḥ [gh: mukhyaḥ] / jaḍā iti / jaḍāścidātmabhinnā na
svaprakāśāḥ anyānapekṣaprakāśā na bhavantītyarthaḥ / hi yasmāt / citiyogena
cidviṣayatāpattyā prakāśanāt / cittādātmyamaprāptānāmaprakāśanānna
jaḍānāṃ svatantraḥ prakāśa iti bhāvaḥ

p1.51

anyānapekṣaṇenaiva citiḥ svasmin prakāśate /
jaḍāścitiṃ samāśritya prakāśante na cānyathā

p1.51

citistu na tathetyāha - anyeti / svasmin anyatādātmyamanupagate svasvarūpe
[k, kh: svarūpe] samādhyādidaśāsu prakāśate / tasmāccijjaḍayoḥ
prakāśavaiṣamyāccitimāśrityaiva jaḍāḥ prakāśante na svātantryeṇetyarthaḥ

p1.52

p. १६७)
aprakāśe'pi vastūnāmastitā cettadā śṛṇu /
asti nāstīti loke'smin vyavasthā nahi setsyati

p1.52

astu bhāvānāmākāśāśritatvavaccidāśritatvam tathāpyasti prakāśate
cetyādivyavahārādastitā prakāśād [k: kāśavad] bhinnaiveti cedāha ##-
[k: sama.....ādye nāsti] vā ? ādye
samaniyatayorghaṭatvakalaśatvayorivābhedaḥ siddha eveti matvā dvitīye
dūṣaṇamāha - astīti / yadyaprakāśe'pyastitvaṃ ghaṭādestarhi ayaṃ
nāstyaprakāśamānatvāt ityādi vyavasthā na setsyatīti bhāvaḥ / nanu tarhyayaṃ
prakāśate'sti ca yataḥ prakāśate tato'stītyādivyavahāraḥ kathamiti ceducyate
dṛśyaḥ pratyakṣatvādityādivanneya iti

p1.53

tasmādvastvastitā loke citprakāśo na cāparaḥ /
yathā hi pratibibimbānāṃ sattvaṃ darpaṇa eva hi

p1.53

tasmāditi / prakāśāstitvayoḥ samaniyatatvādityarthaḥ / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ -
atheti / dharmadharmiṇostādātmyābhiprāyeṇoktam - darpaṇa eveti /
darpaṇasattvameva pratibimbānāṃ sattvamityarthaḥ

p1.54

tathā citirjagatsattā tataḥ sarvaṃ citirbhavet /
adhikaṃ bhāsate yattu tannairmalyamahittvataḥ [k: mahattvataḥ]

p1.54

evaṃ citprakāśayostādātmyāt citirjagatsatteti sarvaṃ jagat / nanu citireva sarvaṃ
cettarhi citirityeva bhāseta ghaṭaḥ paṭa ityadhikāṃśabhāsanaṃ kathamiti cedāha
- adhikamiti / tannairmalyeti / tasyāściternairmalyasya mahittvato [k:
mahattvataḥ] māhātmyādityarthaḥ

p1.55

p. १६८)
kāṭhinyanirmalatvābhyāṃ pratibimbāvabhāsanam /
tayostu tāratamyena pratibimbaḥ sphuṭo'sphuṭaḥ

p1.55

nanu darpaṇe'dhikāvabhāsaḥ pratibimbavidhayā bhavet prakṛte cidātmani
kathamadhikāvabhāsa iti cetpratibimbavidhayaiveti vaktuṃ pratibimbanimittaṃ
vivecayati - kāṭhinyeti / kāṭhinyamariktātmatvam [k, kh:
kāṭhinyabharitātmatvam] pratibimbāvabhāsanaṃ bhavediti śeṣaḥ / tayoḥ
kāṭhinyanirmalatvayoḥ / tāratamyena nyūnādhikabhāvena

p1.56

darpaṇe ca jale cāpi spaṣṭametaddhi lakṣyate /
jaḍatvād darpaṇādestu svātantryaparivarjanāt

p1.56

kāṭhinyanirmalatvayorādhikyena darpaṇe sphuṭaḥ pratibimbaḥ nyūnatvena
jale'sphuṭaḥ pratibimbaḥ / etacca sarvaiḥ spaṣṭaṃ lakṣyate / bhittau
nairmalyābhāvādākāśe kāṭhinyābhāvācca na pratibimbāvabhāsa iti bhāvaḥ /
nanu citeḥ svāntaḥ [k: svataḥ] pratibimbāvabhāsane
darpaṇavadbimbāpekṣāpi syāditi cedāha - jaḍatvāditi / parivarjanād
bimbāpekṣeti sambandhaḥ

p1.57

bimbāpekṣā citeḥ svacchasvātantryādanapekṣatā /
nirmalatvaṃ svataḥsiddhaṃ citermālinyavarjanāt

p1.57

svacchaṃ [k: svaccha] paricchedamalarahitaṃ sārvatrikaṃ yat svātantryaṃ
tasmāt citerbimbānapekṣatā / yaduktam -
antarvibhāti sakalaṃ jagadātmanīha
yadvadvicitraracanā mukurāntarāle /
bodhaḥ [paraṃ nija iti tantrasārasthaḥ (pṛ० १९)
īśvarapratyabhijñāvivṛtivimarśinīsthaśca (bhā० २ pṛ० २०३) pāṭhaḥ
/ paramārthasārayogarājavivṛtau (p. ३९) tu mūlasthita eva pāṭho
dṛśyate /] punarnijavimarśanasārayuktyā [vṛttyā iti tantrasārasthaḥ
pāṭhaḥ]
viśvaṃ parāmṛśati no mukurastathā tu // iti / (ta० sā० pṛ० १९)
nanu jalādeḥ katakādinā nairmalyaṃ sambhavati citeḥ kathamiti cedāha -
nirmalatvamiti / ākāśavadasaṅgatvena mālinyavarjanāt

p1.58

p. १६९)
anekarasataiva syād mālinyaṃ tat [g, gh: sā] citernahi /
aikātmyarūpyāccicchakterakhaṇḍatvācca sarvathā

p1.58

jalādigataṃ mālinyaṃ kim ? yaccitirūpe nāstītyucyate ityāśaṅkyāha -
aneketi / anekarasatvaṃ vastvantarasaṃmilitatvam / yathā pārthivarajaḥsaṃmilitatvaṃ
jale mālinyam / yathā ca darpaṇe kācānyāṃśasaṃmilitatvam / nanvevaṃvidhaṃ
mālinyaṃ citeḥ kuto neti cedāha - aikātmyarūpyāditi / avayavināṃ
svāvayavāntarāleṣu svātiriktāṃśamelanānmālinyasambhavaḥ / cidātmano
niravayavatvenaikarūpyānna mālinyamiti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ nairmalye nimittamuktvā
kāṭhinye'pi nimittamāha - akhaṇḍeti / akhaṇḍatvādariktātmabhāvahetoriti
sambandhaḥ / riktātmatvamavakāśātmatvam / avakāśavattvamiti yāvat / loke
hyavayavasaṃśleṣatāratamyena kāṭhinyatāratamyaṃ dṛṣṭam / yadavayavānāṃ
saṃśleṣādhikyam tatra kāṭhinyādhikyam / saṃśleṣanyūnatve kāṭhinyanyūnatā /
dṛṣṭaṃ caitatpāṣāṇajalayoḥ / saṃśleṣe ādhikyaṃ cāvayavāṃśānāṃ
sambandhādhikyanimittam / tathāhi - yasmādyasyāvayavāṃśā
yāvanto'dhikāḥ saṃyuktāstasya tāvadadhikaḥ saṃśleṣastāvadadhikaṃ
kāṭhinyaṃ ca [k, kh, g: ca nāsti] tathā yasya yāvadavayavāṃśā
asaṃyuktāstasya tāvadaṃśāvacchedenāntaravakāśavattvādriktātmatvācca
tasyānadhikakāṭhinyavattvamiti / citestu
niravayavatvenākhaṇḍatvādariktātmatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.59

ariktātmabhāvahetornairmalyaṃ sarvato'dhikam /
asvato bhāsamānasya bhānamanyānuṣaṅgataḥ

p1.59

ariktātmabhāvahetościternairmalyaṃ sarvato'dhikam / prakṛte nairmalyamiti
kāṭhinyasyāpyupalakṣaṇam / tathā ca citernairmalyaṃ kāṭhinyaṃ ca sarvato
darpaṇāderadhikamityarthaḥ /
avayavināmavayavāṃśeṣvavakāśatāratamyasambhavāttadavakāśeṣu
vastvantarapraveśatāratamyasaṃbhavācca kāṭhinyanairmalyatāratamyam
citerakhaṇḍatvena sarvathā riktātmatvāddhetornairmalyaṃ kāṭhinyaṃ ca
sarvato'dhikamiti bhāvaḥ / nanu jagataḥ pratibimbatve pramāṇābhāvānna
pratibimbatvamiti cet pratibimbalakṣaṇayogāt pratibimbatvamiti vaktuṃ
pratibimbalakṣaṇamāha - asvata iti / anyāsambandhe'bhāsamānatve
satyanyasambandhena bhāsamānatvaṃ pratibimbatvam [k: anyaprati] / yathā
pratibimbaghaṭo darpaṇaṃ vinā'bhāsamāno darpaṇasambandhenaiva bhāsate evaṃ
citiṃ vinā'bhāsamānaṃ citisambandhenaiva bhāsata iti jagat pratibimbātmakameva

p1.60

p. १७०)
pratibimbasvarūpajñāḥ pratibimbaṃ pracakṣate /
jagadetādṛśaṃ sarvaṃ sarvaiḥ samabhilakṣitam

p1.60

pratibimbamiti / pratibimbatvamityarthaḥ / etādṛśaṃ pratibimalakṣaṇavat

p1.61

svato na bhāsate kvāpi bhāsate ca cidāśrayāt /
ato jagat syādādarśapratibimbasusaṃmitam

p1.61

lakṣaṇaṃ jagati yojayati - svata iti / susaṃmitaṃ samam

p1.62

citirvicitrā'nyabhāvairuparaktāpi bhāsinī /
svarūpādapracyutaivādarśavalleśato'pi hi

p1.62

evaṃ jagataḥ pratibimbalakṣaṇayogāt pratibimbatvamupapādya
citerdarpaṇatulyatāṃ vaktuṃ pratibimbagrāhiṇo lakṣaṇaṃ citi yojayati - citiriti /
anyasvarūpoparaktatvena bhāsamānatve [k: mānetyapra]
satyapracyutasvarūpatvaṃ pratibimbagrāhitvam / bhāsinīti / bhāsanamātrarūpā / ata
eva leśato'pyapracyutetyanvayaḥ

p1.63

darpaṇapratibimbānāṃ darpaṇānanyatā yathā /
cidātmapratibimbānāṃ cidātmānanyatā tathā

p1.63

evaṃ mahatā prayatnena jagataḥ pratibimbatve sādhite phalitamāha - darpaṇeti

p1.64

p. १७१)
darpaṇe pratibimbo hi bimbaheturnirūpitaḥ /
citiḥ(ti) svātantryahetuḥ syāt pratibimbo hi jāgataḥ

p1.64

svacchasvātantryādanapekṣatā (११/५७) iti citi pratibimbane [k,
kh, g: pratibimbe] na bimbāpekṣetyuktam tannirvāhayitumupakramate -
darpaṇa iti / bimbaṃ heturyasya sa bimbahetuḥ / svātantryaṃ heturyasya sa jāgataḥ
pratibimbaḥ

p1.65

svasaṅkalpādrāma paśya svātmani pratibimbitān /
bhāvān bimbavinābhūtānnirnimitāvabhāsanān

p1.65

bimbaṃ vinā pratibimbane dṛṣṭānamāha - svasaṅkalpeti / svātmani
antaḥkaraṇaparichinnacaitanye / nirgataṃ nimittaṃ yasya nirnimittamavabhāsanaṃ
yeṣām darpaṇapratibimba iva nālokādinimittāpekṣāpīti bhāvaḥ /
saṅkalpānmanorājye bhāsamānā bhāvāḥ pratibimbalakṣaṇayogāt
pratibimbabhūtāḥ teṣāmavabhāsanaṃ bimbādyanapekṣameva prasiddham evaṃ
paraciti jagatpratibimbanamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.66

saṅkalpa eva svātantryaṃ citerucchūnamīryate /
asaṅkalpadaśāyāṃ sā citiḥ svacchaikarūpiṇī

p1.66

saṅkalpapadārtha vivṛṇoti - saṅkalpa iti / cidātmano yatsvātantryaṃ nāma
śaktiḥ tasya śaktitvādeva cidātmānatirekatvaṃ sūkṣmarūpatvaṃ ca /
tadyadocchūnaṃ puṣṭaṃ bhavati dṛśyākāratvena sthūlatāṃ prāpnotīti yāvat
tadā tatsvātantryameva saṅkalpa itīryate [k: itīryate....ṣaṅkalpa nāsti] /
yathā hi tava svātantryameva saṅkalparūpam / sa [k, kh:
tatvamapyaneka] tvayayanekabhāvān pratibimbatvenāvabhāsayati
evameveśvarasya svātantryamapi jagadavabhāsayatīti bhāvaḥ / asaṅkalpakāle ca
yathā tavātmabhūtā [k, kh: tathā cātma] citiḥ pratibimbavarjanena
svacchaikacinmātrarūpiṇī

p1.67

p. १७२)
evaṃ citerviśuddhaikarūpāyāḥ sṛṣṭitaḥ purā /
bṛhat svātantryamabhavat saṅkalpātmakameva tat

p1.67

evaṃ sṛṣṭeḥ purā pralaye viśuddhaikarūpā yā parā citistasyā yad
bṛhadaparicchinnaṃ svātantryaṃ tadeva sṛṣṭyādau saṅkalpātmakamabhavat /
śuddhaciddaśāyāṃ svātantryasya tadekarūpatvena sthitasya sṛṣṭyādau
jagadrūpatāpattireva saṅkalpatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.68

tata etatsamābhātaṃ pratibimbātmakaṃ jagat /
bṛhatsaṅkalpasusthairyāccirametad vibhāsate

p1.68

tataḥ saṅkalpādetajjagatpratibimbātmakaṃ samābhātaṃ bhavati / nanu
yathā'smatsaṅkalpabhāsitabhāvānāmasthiratvam
evamīśvarasaṅkalpabhāsitasyāpyasthairyaṃ kuto neti cedāha - bṛhaditi /
bṛhataḥ saṅkalpasya sthiratvenaitajjagacciraṃ bhāsate saṅkalpajāvabhāsasya
saṅkalpānyūnakālatvaniyamāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.69

sādhāraṇaṃ jagad bhāti pūrṇasvātantryahetutaḥ /
anyeṣāṃ tadapūrṇatvād bhātyasādhāraṇātmanā

p1.69

nanu tathāpi svasaṅkalpajātaṃ svātmana eva bhāsate nānyasya /
īśvarasaṅkalpajātajagataḥ kathaṃ sarvasādhāraṇyena bhasanamiti [gh:
bhāna] cedāha - sādhāraṇamiti / īśvarasya pūrṇasvātantryāt
sarvasvātantryāddhetorityarthaḥ / tadapūrṇatvāt svātantryāpūrṇatvāt
sarvasvātantryābhāvādityarthaḥ / īśvara idamīdṛśaṃ jagat
pramātrantaradṛśyamiti saṅkalpayati tatastathā bhāsate / jīvena tathā
saṅkalpite'pi jagati pramātrantaradṛśyamityaṃśe'svātantryānna soṃ'śo bhāsata
iti bhāvaḥ

p1.70

abhyāsānmaṇimantrādyaiḥ svātantryaṃ tu yathā yathā /
tyajet saṅkocamātmasthaṃ tathā tatra hi bhāsanam

p1.70

jīvānāmapūrṇaṃ svātantryamiti tatsaṅkalpitānāmasādhāraṇyamuktam / tasyaiva
svātantryasyopāyairyāvat saṅkocahānistāvat pūrṇatvamityāha - abhyāsāditi /
abhyāsaḥ śuddhacidātmatattvasyāhamityavicchinnānusandhānam / maṇimantrau
prasiddhau / ādinauṣadhiḥ / etaiḥ sādhitaiḥ / tatra tatsvātantryakalpite

p1.71

p. १७३)
paśyaindrajālikaṃ rāma nirupādānayogataḥ /
bhāsayantaṃ jagaccitraṃ saṅkalpādeva sarvataḥ

p1.72

atrodāharaṇamāha - paśyeti / aindrajāliko hi
sādhitamaṇimantrādyairgajaturagādirūpaṃ citraṃ jagadupādānamanapekṣyaiva
saṅkalpamātreṇa sarvato bhāsayatīti bhāvaḥ / yadvā
mānasasṛṣṭerasādhāraṇamasthairyamarthakriyābhāvaśceti [k:
sṛṣṭamasā-] bāhyasṛṣṭivaisādṛśyād dṛṣṭāntāntaramāha ##-
sādhāraṇaṃ sthiraṃ svārthakriyārhaṃ bhūya eva tu /
svātmanyupasaṃharecca jagadevaṃ vibhasate

p1.72

svīyā yā'rthakriyā ghaṭāderudakāharaṇādirūpā tadarham / evaṃvidhaṃ
jagadaindrajālikaḥ sṛṣṭvā bhūyaḥ svātmani svasṛṣṭaṃ sarvamupasaṃharecca /
evamīśvarasṛṣṭamapi jagadvibhāsate

p1.73

yoginaḥ paśya sṛṣṭiṃ tāṃ pūrṇasthairyasamāvṛtām /
yoginastu mitatvena sṛṣṭirbāhyā vibhāvitā

p1.73

nanvevamapyaindrajālikasṛṣṭeratisvalpakālasthāyitvena vaisādṛśyameveti
matvāha - yogina iti / viśvāmitrāderyogino
nakṣatrādisṛṣṭimāpralayasthāyitvarūpapūrṇasthairyasamāvṛtāṃ
paśyetyarthaḥ / nanu tathāpi yoginaḥ sṛṣṭirīśvarasṛṣṭivat svasvarūpe kuto neti
cedāha - yoginastviti / sādhāraṇayogina īśvarāpekṣayā paricchinnatvena
parimitasvarūpatvena bahiḥsthānalābhāt parimitaśaktitvācca bāhyā
sṛṣṭirvibhāvitetyarthaḥ / yastu pūrṇayogī sa bāhyamanapekṣya śrīkṛṣṇādivat
[k, kh: śrīkṛṣṇādiḥ] svasvarūpe
evā'khilaviśvavaicitryamavabhāsayituṃ samartha iti dhyeyam

p1.74

p. १७४)
amitatvāt sṛṣṭiriyaṃ cinnāthasyāntareva hi /
ata eva cidātmatvavyatirekādasatyatā

p1.74

naivamīśvara ityāha - amitatvāditi / ata eva antaḥsṛṣṭatvādeva /
anyāntaranyāvabhāsanaṃ pratibimbatulyameveti [k: pratibimbatulyameveti
nāsti] pratibimbasya [g: prati nāsti]
darpaṇātmatvavyatirekeṇāsatyatvavajjagato'pi cidātmatvavyatirekādasatyatāmāha
- [k, kh: cidātmavya] cidātmatveti

p1.75

jagataḥ pratibimbasyādarśātmatvaṃ vinā yathā /
ata eva vicāreṇāsatyatāṃ yāti nānyathā

p1.75

asatyatā jagata ityanvayaḥ / ata eveti / pratibimbarūpatvādevetyarthaḥ / nānyatheti /
pratibimbātmakametajjagaditi vicāre kṛte na satyatāṃ prāpnotītyarthaḥ

p1.76

satyaṃ svabhāvaṃ no muñcedasatyaṃ taṃ parityajet /
jagat paśya bhārgavaitat svabhāvādaticañcalam

p1.76

evaṃ pratibimbatvenāsatyatvaṃ prasādhyāsatyalakṣaṇavattvādapi jagatoasatyatāṃ
vaktuṃ prasaṅgāt satyāsatyalakṣaṇamāha - satyamiti /
avyabhicaritasvabhāvaṃ satyam anyadasatyamiti tadarthaḥ / etat pratyakṣaṃ jagat /
aticañcalaṃ kṣaṇikam

p1.77

satyāsatye vibhāgena bhāsete sarvato'khilam /
pratibimbādarśabhānamiva tatpravicāraya

p1.77

kathamayaṃ niścaya iti cedvicāreṇa bhavedityāha - satyeti / sarvataḥ sarvatra /
akhilaṃ tajjagat pravicāraya / kathamiti cedāha - pratibimbādarśabhānamiveti /
pratibimbādarśayoraniyataniyatarūpatvena [g: niyata nāsti] bhānavad
jagaccidātmanorbhānaṃ bhavediti pravicārayeti bhāvaḥ

p1.78

p. १७५)
ādarśo hyacalastatra calaṃ hi pratibimbakam /
tathā jagaccalaṃ saṃvidacalā sarvabhāvitā

p1.78

etadeva dṛṣṭānte vicārapūrvakaṃ dārṣṭāntike yojayati - ādarśa iti /
yāvatpratibimbeṣu vādarśasyāvyāvṛttatvenāparityaktasvabhāvatvena satyatā
ghaṭapratibimbasyapaṭādipratibimbakāle vyāvṛttatvena parityaktasvabhāvatvāda
satyateti bhāvaḥ / tatheti / ghaṭāderjagataḥ parasparaṃ vyāvṛtteḥ saṃvidaḥ
sarvatrā'vyāvṛtterjagadasatyaṃ saṃvit satyeti jñeyam /
jagatsaṃvidoścalācalatvaṃ sarvairjñātamityāha - sarveti

p1.79

ata eva hi bhāvānāṃ vicārāsaharūpatā /
tathā hi sūryāloko hi vastūnāmavabhāsakaḥ

p1.79

ata eva asatyatvādeva / yaddhi asatyaṃ tanmarutoyakeśoḍrakādivadavicārasahameva
/ vicāreṇedamīdṛśamiti nirṇītaṃ na [k, kh: na nāsti] bhavediti
bhāvaḥ / vicārāsahatvamevopapādayati bhāveṣu tathā hīti

p1.80

ulūkādidivāndhānāṃ viparīto'ndhakāravat /
prakāśatvāndhakāratve na vivikte'nayoḥ [vivikte'nayoḥ ityatra
sandhirārṣaḥ] sphuṭe

p1.80

viparītaḥ anavabhāsakaḥ / na vivikte vivekamaprāpte / anayoḥ saurālokatamasoḥ /
vastvavabhāsakatvaṃ prakāśatvam anavabhāsakatvaṃ prakāśaviruddhatvaṃ
vāndhakāratvam / evaṃ ca saurālokasya manuṣyādīn pratyavabhāsakatvena
ulūkādīn pratyanavabhāsakatvena [k: katvaṃ naivaṃ] evaṃ tamaso'pi
manuṣyādīn pratyanavabhāsakatvenolūkādin pratyavabhāsakatvena kasya
prakāśatvaṃ kasya vāndhakāratvamiti vivektumaśakyatvena vicārāsahatvamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.81

p. १७६)
evaṃ viṣaṃ kasyacit syādaviṣaṃ kasyacid bhavet /
manuṣyādeḥ pratighātakarī bhītirhi lakṣyate

p1.81

evamanyeṣāmapi svabhāvānavasthitimāha - evamiti / viṣaṃ
vatsanābhādirmanuṣyādermārakaṃ syāt tadutpannakṛmyāderaviṣamamārakam /
pratīghāto gamanapratibandhaḥ

p1.82

yogināṃ guhyakādīnāmapratīghātalakṣaṇā /
kālo deśaśca dīrgho yo manuṣyādiprabhāvitaḥ

p1.82

apratīghāto lakṣaṇaṃ yasyāḥ / pratīghātakarī na bhavatīti tātparyam / yaḥ kālo
deśaśca manuṣyādibhirdīrghatvena jñātaḥ sa eva devādīnāmadīrgha ityāha -
kāla iti

p1.83

sa eva viparīto vai devānāṃ yogināmapi /
darpaṇe bhāsamānasya dūrāderdūratā yathā

p1.83

kathamekasyaiva dūratvamadūratvaṃ ceti cet sadṛṣṭāntamāha - darpaṇa iti

p1.84

tathaivāsya svabhāvo'pi vicāre [k, kh, gh: vicāro na
sthirībhavet] na sthiro bhavet /
ata āśrayarūpeṇa vinā nāsti hi kiñcana

p1.84

tathaiveti / darpaṇe dṛśyamāno yaḥ sudīrgho'pi deśastasya darpaṇānatiriktatvena
yathā na dīrghatvam evamevātra citi bhāsamānālokādīnāmaprakāśatvādikaṃ
vicāritaṃ sad na sthiraṃ [g: asthiraṃ] bhavatītyarthaḥ / ataḥ
pratibimbātmakatvājjagata āśrayarūpeṇa cidātmanā vinā nāstītyarthaḥ

p1.85

p. १७७)
yadastīti bhāti tattu citireva maheśvarī /
evaṃ jagaccidekātmarūpaṃ te samyagīritam

p1.85

yaditi / yathā darpaṇe'stīti bhāsamānānāṃ pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa eva svarūpam
evaṃ cidātmani yadastīti bhāti tatsarvaṃ citireva maheśvarīti svasmin
pratibimbātmakavaicitryabhāsane svaiśvaryameva nimittam na tu darpaṇasyeva
bimbamiti [k, kh: pratibimba] sūcitam / adhyāyādau yatpṛṣṭaṃ
kathaṃ citeranyaccetyaṃ [k, kh: caityaṃ] nāstīti tadiyatā [k,
kh: tadīyatā] granthenopapādyopasaṃharati - evamiti

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe jagattattvanirūpaṇe ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyām
ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. १७८)
atha dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ
evaṃ dattātreyamukhād jagattattvaṃ niśamya tu /
papraccha bhārgavo bhūyaḥ saṃdehakalilāntaraḥ

p1.1

atrā'dhyāye cādhipadyairjagatsatyatvabhāsanam /
dṛḍhabhāvanayetyuktaṃ śailākhyānena vai sphuṭam //
evaṃ citireveti / sandehena kalilaṃ [k: kalikalu] kaluṣitamāntaraṃ mano
yasya

p1.2

bhagavan saṃśrutaṃ proktaṃ bhavatā jāgataṃ nanu /
yathā bravīṣi bhagavaṃstattathaiva na cā'nyathā

p1.2

jāgatam svarūpamiti śeṣaḥ / tathaiva citimātrarūpameva

p1.3

tathāpi kuta etaddhi bhāti satyātmakaṃ sadā /
kuto vā'nyairbuddhimadbhiḥ satyatvena viniścitam

p1.3

tathāpi asatyamapi / kutaḥ kasmāt kāraṇāt / sadā satyātmakaṃ bhāti /
rajjusarpāderasatyasya kadācidasatyatvena bhānaṃ dṛṣṭam idaṃ hi jagat kathaṃ
sadā satyātmakaṃ bhātīti bhāvaḥ / nanvetad gagananailyatulyaṃ mūḍhaireva
satyatvena viditamiti cedāha - kuto veti / anyaiḥ parairdvaitavādibhiḥ /
buddhimadbhistarkanipuṇaiḥ

p1.4

tvattaḥ śrutaṃ cāpi bhūyo bhāti me satyavat kutaḥ /
brūhyetat kṛpayā nātha yathā naśyedayaṃ bhramaḥ

p1.4

atha ca tvattaḥ gurorāptatamād asatyamidamiti sopapattikaṃ śrutamapi bhūyaḥ kuto
me jagat satyatvena bhāti etad brūhi

p1.5

ityāpṛṣṭo bhārgaveṇa dattātreyo mahāśayaḥ /
jagatsatyabhrāntimūlaṃ pravaktumupacakrame

p1.5

mahāśaya iti / mahān aparicchinnaḥ cidātmākāra āśayaścittaṃ yasya / jagat
satyamiti yā bhrāntiḥ tanmūlaṃ tannimittam

p1.6

p. १७९)
śṛṇu rāma jagadbhrāntermūlametat sanātanam /
vastvavidyāpūrvakaṃ yad dṛḍhabhāvanameva [gh: dṛḍhā; k:
hṛdā] tat

p1.6

etadvakṣyamāṇam / sanātanam anādi / tadevāha - vastviti / vastuno'vidyā
ayathāvadgrahaṇam etatpūrvakaṃ yadvastuno'nyarūpeṇa dṛḍhabhāvanam /
bhāvanāyā [gh: nāyāṃ] dṛḍhatvaṃ śraddhāvattvam / tat
proktabhramanimittam

p1.7

paśyātmānamavijñāya svātmabuddhiṃ śarīrake /
kva māṃsarudhirāsthīni kva cidātmātinirmalaḥ

p1.7

atrodāharaṇamāha [k: tatro] paśyeti /
ātmānamaparicchinnacidrūpamavijñāya ayathāvat paricchinnatvena vijñāya /
śarīramātmeti dṛḍhabhāvanāditi śeṣaḥ / svātmabuddhimiti / śarīramātmeti
buddhim / śarīraṃ kuto nātmeti cedāha - kveti / atinirmalaḥ cidekarasaḥ

p1.8

kevalaṃ bhāvanādārḍhyāccidātmā dehako'bhavat /
jñāte'pyātmani cidrūpe bhūyo bhrāntiḥ śarīrake

p1.8

ātmatvena dṛḍhabhāvanād dehātmatvaniścayaḥ [k: dehātmani] / evaṃ
bhāvanādeva ātmā cidrūpo na deha ityupapattyupalabdhibhyāṃ jñāte'pi
punarbhrāntiḥ

p1.9

evameva bhāvanayā satyaṃ bhāti jagat khalu /
viparītaṃ bhāvayan vai dṛḍhabhrāntiṃ nivartayet

p1.9

evameveti / anātmani dehe bhāvanayātmabuddhivadevetyarthaḥ /
dṛḍhasatyatvabhāvanayā asatyamiti samyag jñātamapi jagat satyamiti bhāti /
nanvevaṃ sati jagati satyatvabuddhiranivāryaiveti cennetyāha - viparītamiti /
etajjagad asatyamiti sadā viparītaṃ dṛḍhaṃ bhāvayan satyatvabhrāntiṃ nivartayet

p1.10

yo yathā bhāvayedetajjagattasya tathā bhavet /
yogināṃ dhāraṇādhyānaiḥ paśya tadrūpasaṅgatim

p1.10

kuta evamiti cedevameva bhāvanāsāmarthyamityāha - yo yatheti / kvaitad
dṛṣṭamiti cedāha - yogināmiti / dhāraṇā dhyānaṃ ca
bhāvanāparipākaviśeṣaḥ / bahuvacanaṃ dhāraṇāderavāntarabhedābhiprāyam /
tadrūpasaṅgatiṃ jagato bhāvanānurūpatāprāptim

p1.11

p. १८०)
atra te vartayiṣyāmi purāvṛttaṃ [k: punarāvṛttamadbhu]
mahādbhutam /
asti vaṅge sundarākhyaṃ puraṃ paramapāvanam

p1.11

atra jagato bhāvanānurūpatāprāptau / vartayiṣyāmi upakramiṣyāmi /
paramapāvanaṃ tīrthabhūtam

p1.12

tatrāsīnnṛpatirdhīmān suṣeṇa iti viśrutaḥ /
tasya bhrātā mahāseno yavīyān priyakṛt sadā

p1.12

yavīyān kaniṣṭhaḥ / bhrātuḥ [k: bhrātā] priyakṛt

p1.13

śaśāsa rājyaṃ nṛpatirdharmataḥ sarvasammataḥ /
kadācidaśvamedhaiḥ so'yajad devaṃ maheśvaram

p1.14

tatra rājakumārāstu mahābalaprākramāḥ /
mahatyā senayā yajñā'śvaṃ sarve hyanusaṃyayuḥ

p1.14

tatra yajñe / aśvacaryāyāmaśvamanugatāḥ

p1.15

aśvasya rodhakān sarvān vijitya balino balāt /
yayurairāvatītīramanvaśvaṃ nṛpateḥ sutāḥ

p1.15

rodhakān śatrūn / airāvatī nadī / anvaśvam aśvapṛṣṭhataḥ

p1.16

dadṛśustatra rājarṣi taṅgaṇākhyaṃ taponidhim /
baloddhatā avajñāya tamasaṅgamya te yayuḥ

p1.16

tatra airāvatītīre / avajñāprakāra [k: jñākāra] eva asaṅgamyeti /
praṇāmādipūrvakaṃ samīpamagatvetyarthaḥ / te rājakumārāḥ

p1.17

tadvīkṣya taṅgaṇasutaḥ pitravajñāṃ ruṣānvitaḥ /
jagrāhāśvaṃ yajñiyaṃ taṃ rājaputran hi bhartsayan

p1.18

p. १८१)
atha rājakumārāste rurudhuḥ sarvato hi tam /
tāvattaṅgaṇaputro'pi gaṇḍaśailaṃ puraḥ sthitam

p1.18

taṃ muniputram

p1.19

viveśāśvaṃ samādāya paśyatsu rājasūnuṣu /
sāśvaṃ śilāvilīnaṃ taṃ dṛṣṭvā rājakumārakāḥ

p1.19

taṃ muniputram

p1.20

vibhidurgaṇḍaśailaṃ taṃ śastrairuccāvacaiḥ pṛthak /
cūrṇitād gaṇḍaśailāt sa mahatyā senayā vṛtaḥ

p1.20

uccāvacairuttamairadhamaiśca / cūrṇitāt cūrṇitaikadeśāt

p1.21

nirgatya taṅgaṇasuto jigāya yudhi tān kṣaṇāt /
nihatya senāṃ sauṣeṇīṃ baddhvā rājakumārakān

p1.21

tān rājakumārān

p1.22

praviveśa gaṇḍaśailaṃ bhūyastaṅgaṇasambhavaḥ /
atha senābhaṭāḥ śiṣṭā gatvā rājñe nyavedayan

p1.22

sundarapuraṃ gatvā

p1.23

sāśvarājakumārāṇāṃ haraṇaṃ gaṇḍaśailake /
suṣeṇo vismito'tyantamuvācāvarajaṃ svakam

p1.23

tacchrutvā vismitaḥ

p1.24

vatsāśu gaccha taṃ deśaṃ yatrāste taṅgaṇo muniḥ /
tapasvino'cintyavīryā ajeyā devamānuṣaiḥ

p1.24

yato'jeyāḥ ataḥ prasādya / aśvamedhasya kālaḥ

p1.25

taṃ prasādya sutānaśvaṃ cāsādyāyāhi satvaram /
na kālo'tivrajedeṣa vasanto yajñasammataḥ

p1.26

abhimāno na kartavyastapasviṣu kadācana /
kruddhāstapasvino lokān bhasmīkuryuḥ kṣaṇena vai

p1.27

ataḥ prasādanaparo bhūtvā svārthaṃ prasādhaya /
ityādiṣṭo mahāsenastaṃ deśaṃ śīghramāyayau

p1.27

svārtham aśvādimocanam / taṃ deśaṃ taṅgaṇenāstitam

p1.28

p. १८२)
apaśyattaṅgaṇaṃ tatra samāhitamatiṃ dṛḍham /
kāṣṭhakuḍyātmatāṃ prāptaṃ śāntendriyamanodhiyam

p1.28

dṛḍhaṃ yathā tathā samyak svātmanyaprakampatayā āhitā sthāpitā matiryena /
ata eva kāṣṭhetyādi(nā)dehacāñcalyābhāvaḥ śāntetyādinā
bāhyāntaḥkaraṇayoścāñcalyābhāva ukto jñeyaḥ

p1.29

nirvikalpadaśāmbhodhinilīnasvātmabhāvanam /
praṇamya daṇḍavad bhūyaḥ kṛtāñjalipuṭastadā

p1.29

nirvikalpadaśā nirgatā viṣayākāraiḥ paricchedātmikā vikalpadaśā
yasyāścitestasyā aparicchinnatvenāmbhodhirūpatā tatra nitarāṃ līnaṃ
sūkṣmatvena sthitamātmano bhāvanamahaṃtvena sphuraṇaṃ yasya /
nirvikalpasvarūpasyāpi vyutthānānurodhena sūkṣmāhaṃvimarśanābhyupagama iti
dhyeyam / evaṃvidhaṃ taṅgaṇaṃ praṇamya

p1.30

tuṣṭāva vividhaiḥ stotrairmahāseno munīśvaram /
tathā tasya saṃstuvato hyatyagādvai dinatrayam

p1.31

athājagāma tatputraḥ santuṣṭaḥ pitṛsaṃstavāt /
provāca taṃ mahāsenaṃ rājaṃstuṣṭo'smi saṃstavāt

p1.31

atha caturtha dine

p1.32

brūhi kiṃ te'bhilaṣitaṃ sādhayāmyavilambitam /
ahaṃ putro'smyasya vibhostaṅgaṇasya mahāmuneḥ

p1.33

naitasya me pituḥ kālo bhāṣaṇe śṛṇu bhūmipa /
samāhitasvānta eṣa dvādaśābdādanantaram

p1.33

anantaraṃ samuttiṣṭhedityanvayaḥ

p1.34

samādhitaḥ samuttiṣṭhettatra pañcābdakā gatāḥ /
saptāvaśeṣā evaṃ hi samayo'sya purātanaḥ

p1.34

samayaḥ saṅketaḥ saṅkalpa iti yāvat / asya me pituḥ

p1.35

p. १८३)
tatte'bhivāñchitaṃ brūhi yadasmāttat karomyaham /
na māṃ bālaṃ vijānīhi pitṛtulyaṃ tapasvinam

p1.35

tat tasmāt / yadasmātte'bhivāñchitaṃ tadahaṃ karomi / atra bāla māmasamarthaṃ
na vijānīhi

p1.36

nāsādhyaṃ vidyate loke yogināṃ hi tapasvinām /
śrutvā munikumāroktaṃ mahāseno'tibuddhimān

p1.36

atibuddhimāniti / bālānāmanavasthitatvajña iti bhāvaḥ

p1.37

prāha taṃ taṅgaṇasutaṃ praṇamya ca kṛtāñjaliḥ /
muniputra ! priyaṃ me'dya karoṣi yadi satyataḥ

p1.38

tvatpituste'dya vāñchāmi samādhervyutthitasya vai /
saha sambhāṣaṇaṃ kiñcidetadatyantavāñchitam

p1.38

piturityādi ṣaṣṭhyantaṃ tṛtīyayā vipariṇeyam sahayogāt [uttarārdhasthitena
sahaśabdena yogādityarthaḥ /]

p1.39

anukampyo yadyahaṃ te drutametat prasādhaya /
śrutvaitadvacanaṃ rājñaḥ prāha tāpasajaḥ punaḥ

p1.40

rājannasādhyaṃ hyetatte vāñchitaṃ sarvathā bhavet /
tathāpi te karomīti pratiśrutyānyathā katham

p1.40

kathaṃ bravīmīti sambandhaḥ

p1.41

bravīmi bhūyastat kiñcit pratīkṣasvābhiyācitaḥ /
muhūrtamātraṃ me paśya sāmarthyaṃ yogasambhavam

p1.42

eṣa me'dya guruḥ śāntapade paramapāvane /
saṃsthitastaṃ bāhyayatnairapi ko vai prabodhayet

p1.42

śāntapade nirvikalparūpe

p1.43

paśyāhaṃ bodhayāmyenaṃ yogayuktyaiva sūkṣmayā /
ityuktvātha samāviśya samāhṛtyendriyāṇyalam

p1.43

sarvathā'śakyaṃ cet tvamenaṃ kathaṃ bodhayiṣyasīti cedāha - sūkṣmayeti /
mādṛśasya sūkṣmayogayuktivido nāśakyamiti bhāvaḥ / samāviśya upaviśya /
alamatyantamindriyāṇi samāhṛtya saṃruddhya

p1.44

p. १८४)
prāṇe'pānaṃ susaṃyojya mukhyaprāṇena nirgataḥ /
dehaṃ pituḥ praviśyāśu pralīnaṃ tasya mānasam

p1.44

prāṇo bahirnirgacchannāntaro vāyuḥ tasmin / apānaṃ bāhyamantargacchantaṃ
vāyum / susaṃyojya ekīkṛtya / apānaṃ niruddhya niḥśeṣeṇa
prāṇavāyuviracanānantaraṃ bāhyakumbhakaṃ [gh: bāhyaṃ] kṛtveti
bhāvaḥ / mukhyaprāṇo'haṅkārātmāntaḥkaraṇam / tena rūpeṇa dehānnirgataḥ /
tasya pituḥ / maraṇe hyantaḥkaraṇaṃ pralīnaṃ saṃskāramayaṃ [k, kh:
mayaprā] prāṇena saha nirgacchati tadāntaḥkaraṇasya [k: tadantaḥ]
līnatvādeva sa na kiñcijjānāti / parakāyapraveśe [gh: praveśane] tu
nāntaḥkaraṇasya vilayaḥ kintu bāhyakumbhakābhyāsaparipākena svecchayaiva
prāṇamavaṣṭabhyāntaḥkaraṇaṃ tena saha svanirgamādikaṃ vidanneva
nirgacchatīti jñeyam

p1.45

bodhayāmāsa cākṛṣya prabodhyāśu vinirgataḥ /
dehaṃ svamāviśad yāvattāvat sa bubudhe muniḥ

p1.45

piturātmani pralīnaṃ niruddhaṃ mana ākṛṣya bodhayāmāsa / antaḥkaraṇasya
tamomayatvasampattirlayaḥ rajomayatvasampattiḥ prabodhaḥ
sattvamayatāsampattirnirodha ityantaḥkaraṇasya suṣuptijāgratsamādhiṣu
daśātrayaṃ jñeyam / yadyapyantaḥkaraṇasyātīndriyatvena tadākarṣaṇamaśakyam
tathāpi yogināmatīndriyajñānaṃ yogasāmarthyāditi jñeyam /
pitṛdehādvinirgataḥ / saḥ taṅgaṇaḥ

p1.46

apaśyadagragaṃ bhūpaṃ stuvantaṃ praṇataṃ tadā /
kimetaditi sañcintya sarvaṃ yogadṛśā'vidat

p1.46

sarvaṃ putrādiceṣṭitam

p1.47

prasannacitta āmantrya putraṃ prāha suśāntadhīḥ /
vatsa ! naivaṃ puaḥ kāryaṃ krodhastu tapaso ripuḥ

p1.47

prasannacitta iti / śāntabuddhitvād rājñi putre vā na tasya krodha iti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ
krodhenāśvaharaṇādikam

p1.48

p. १८५)
rājñā hi rakṣite loke tapo nirvighnamedhate /
yajñavighnakriyā daityasvabhāvo na muneḥ kvacit

p1.48

rājā'smākamupakārī tasyāpakaraṇenāsmākaṃ kṛtaghnatā syādityāha -
rājñeti / anupakāriṇo'pi yajñe vighno'yukta ityāha - yajñeti

p1.49

prayacchāśvaṃ rājaputrānapyasmai sumanā drutam /
śīghraṃ yātveṣa yajñasya na kālatikramo bhavet

p1.49

sumanā iti / roṣaṃ [k: śeṣaṃ] tyaktvetyarthaḥ / eṣa rājabhrātā

p1.50

ityukto gaṇḍaśailaṃ sa praviśya kṣaṇamātrataḥ /
sāśvān rājasutāṃstasmai dadau prītyā gatakrudhaḥ

p1.50

saḥ muniputraḥ / tasmai mahāsenāya

p1.51

tataḥ sāśvān bhrātṛputrān saṃpreṣya nagaraṃ prati /
mahāsenastaṅgaṇaṃ taṃ praṇamyātyantavismitaḥ

p1.52

apṛcchat prāñjalirbhūtvā prasādya munipuṅgavam /
bhagavan jñātumicchāmi sāśvā me bhrātṛnandanāḥ

p1.53

kathaṃ gaṇḍaśailagarbhe saṃsthitāstat samīraya /
evaṃ rājñā'nuyukto'tha taṅgaṇaḥ prāha bhūpatim

p1.53

kathamiti / gaṇḍaśailasya saghanatvādityarthaḥ

p1.54

śṛṇu rājan pravakṣyāmi purā'haṃ pṛthivīpatiḥ /
samudravalayāṃ pṛthvīmanvaśāsaṃ ciraṃ khalu

p1.55

mahādevaprasādena jñātvā citimadhīśvarīm /
tripurāṃ lokasaṃsthānaṃ nīrasaṃ vimṛśaṃstataḥ [k, kh:
tathā]

p1.55

ātmarūpāṃ citim / lokasya dṛśyasya saṃsthānaṃ sthitim / nīrasamiti /
citipratibimbatvena nistattvabhūtatvāt

p1.56

p. १८६)
nirviṇṇo lokayātrāyā nyasya rājyaṃ suteṣvatha /
prāviśaṃ vanametad vai bhāryā māmanvagāt satī

p1.56

nirviṇṇo jātālaṃbuddhiḥ / lokayātrāyā vyavahṛteḥ

p1.57

tasyābhitapyato me'dya yayurarbudavatsarāḥ /
bhāryāpi matsevanena parāṃ siddhimupāgatā

p1.57

parāṃ siddhiṃ mokṣam

p1.58

kadācidatha bhāvyarthagauravānme priyā satī /
samādhāveva kāmārtamānasā'bhūttatastu sā

p1.58

bhāvyarthagauravāt bhavitavyasyānapohyatvāt [k: syābodhatvāt] /
samādhāveva niruddhaṃ manaḥ kāmakāreṇa prodbuddhamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.59

māṃ dṛṣṭvā ratimicchantī samādhisthaṃ sthirāntaram /
asahantī kāmavegaṃ bhāvayāmāsa madratim

p1.59

sthirāntaraṃ jhaṭityudbodhayitumaśakyam / mayā kṛtāṃ ratiṃ bhāvayāmāsa

p1.60

gāḍhabhāvanayā prāpya sambhogaṃ tu mayā saha /
dadhāra garbhaṃ suṣuve putramenaṃ puraḥ sthitam

p1.61

putraṃ nyasya madutsaṅge māṃ samādheḥ prabodhya ca /
dehaṃ bhūteṣu sātkṛtya paravyomātmatāṃ yayau

p1.61

evaṃ kāmavihatā dehe'pi jātanirvedā dehaṃ tyaktavatītyāha - putramiti /
sātkṛtya saṃyojya / paravyoma paraṃ brahma

p1.62

atha dṛṣṭvotsaṅga enaṃ jñātvā tasyā gatiṃ parām /
dayākrāntamanā jātastenāyaṃ varddhito mayā

p1.62

tasyāḥ patnyāḥ / ayaṃ sutaḥ

p1.63

śrutvā kadācinmatto'yaṃ rājyaśāstiṃ purā kṛtām /
rājyaśāsanakāmo'bhūt prārthayāmāsa māmanu

p1.63

ayaṃ putraḥ / mayā kṛtām

p1.64

p. १८७)
tato madupadeśena prāpya yogrddhimuttamām /
nirmāya bhāvanāyogād lokamasmin mahāśmani

p1.64

yogarddhi yogaiśvaryam / asmin puraḥ sthite

p1.65

samudravalayāṃ pṛthvīṃ śāsti nityaṃ sutastvayam /
talloke'śvaḥ sutā rājño niruddhāste hi mocitāḥ

p1.66

ityetatte samākhyātaṃ gaṇḍaśaile'varodhanam /
iti śrutvā munivaco bhūyaḥ papraccha bhūpatiḥ

p1.67

śrutaṃ tvaduktametadvai mahāścaryakaraṃ param /
taṃ lokaṃ draṣṭumicchāmi kṛpayā me pradarśaya

p1.68

iti samprārthito rājñā muniḥ putraṃ samādiśat /
vatsāsmai darśaya svīyaṃ lokaṃ sarvaṃ yathepsitam

p1.69

ityuktvā taṅgaṇo bhūyaḥ praviveśa samāhitim /
atha taṃ taṅgaṇasutaḥ samāsādya nṛpaṃ yayau

p1.69

samāhitiṃ samādhim

p1.70

gaṇḍaśailaṃ prati tataḥ prāviśanmunidārakaḥ /
praveṣṭuṃ nāśakad bhūpa āhvayantaṃ muneḥ sutam

p1.70

gaṇḍaśaile prāviśat / āhvayantaṃ rājānaṃ muniputrasyāhvānakartāramiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.71

so'pi gaṇḍaśilāntaḥstho rājānaṃ samupāhvayat /
atha bhūyo viniṣkramya prāha bhūpaṃ muneḥ sutaḥ

p1.71

so'pi muniputro'pi

p1.72

nṛpaiṣa lokaste'sādhyaḥ praveṣṭuṃ khalvayoginaḥ /
ayogād gaṇḍaśailo'yaṃ ghanaḥ sapratigho'bhavat

p1.72

ayogāt bhāvanāyogasiddhiṃ vinā / ghanaḥ nibiḍaḥ / sapratighaḥ
praveśapratibandhakaḥ

p1.73

netavyastvaṃ [k: tena vyastaṃ] sarvathaiva piturvacanagauravāt /
tadatra dehaṃ vinyasya koṭare tṛṇasaṃvṛte [g: saṃkule]

p1.73

yasmādavaśyaṃ netavyaḥ tat tasmāt / koṭare bhūbile /
śarīropaghātakakākādibhyo rakṣaṇāya tṛṇasaṃvṛta iti

p1.74

p. १८८)
manomātraśarīraḥ san śailaṃ viśa mayā saha /
ityuktaḥ prāha nṛpatiraśakto dehanirgame

p1.74

dehānnirgame

p1.75

kathaṃ mune dehamimamutsṛjāmi samīraya /
utsṛjāmi yadi balānnāśameṣyāmi sarvathā

p1.75

balāt śvāsapratirodhajihvotpāṭanādinā [k: rodhaka]

p1.76

evaṃ vadantaṃ nṛpatiṃ prahasyāha muneḥ sutaḥ /
aho yogānabhijño'si cāstu netre nimīlaya

p1.77

ityuktvā mīlitākṣaṃ taṃ praviśya nimiṣārdhataḥ /
ākṛṣya talliṅgatanuṃ kṣiptvā śvabhre ca tattanum

p1.77

taṃ rājadeham / tattanuṃ rājñaḥ sthūlatanum

p1.78

yogasāmarthyataḥ śaile niviśya nṛpasaṃyutaḥ /
suṣuptaṃ dehavaikalyāt svasaṅkalpotthadehake

p1.78

sthūladehavaikalyāt / sthūle svasaṅkalpotthānyadehake

p1.79

saṃyojya bodhayāmāsa prabuddho nṛpatistadā /
gṛhītaṃ muninā.paśyat svaṃ mahāgagane tadā

p1.79

liṅgadehaṃ saṃyojya / nanu prāg rājaputrādayaḥ kathaṃ sthūladehayutā nītā iti
ceducyate - te hi suṣuptā eva śailaloke nītāḥ / jāgrataḥ
svābhāvikasthūladehavato'yoginastallokāvalokanamaśakyamityeva
tadyogasāmarthyamiti pūrvottaragranthārthasiddho'bhiprāyo jñeyaḥ

p1.80

ūrdhvaṃ viṣvak ca saṃpaśyan nabho bhīmamanantakam /
bhītaḥ prāha muneḥ putraṃ mune māṃ na parityaja

p1.80

viṣvak paritaḥ

p1.81

parityakto vinaśyāmi patiṣye'haṃ nirāśraye /
iti bhītaṃ nṛpaṃ dṛṣṭvā prahasyāha muneḥ sutaḥ

p1.82

p. १८९)
parityaja bhayaṃ bhūpa notsṛjāmi niśāmaya /
enaṃ śailāntarasthānaṃ lokaṃ dhairyeṇa sarvataḥ

p1.82

niśāmaya paśya / lokaṃ prāṇisamudāyam

p1.83

atha dhairyaṃ samālambya nṛpaḥ samavalokayat /
adho dūre sanakṣatramabhramandhatamovṛtam

p1.83

atha munivākyaśravaṇānantaram / abhramākāśam / andhatamovṛtamiti /
nakṣatralokoparyandhakārasya sarvabāhyasya vidyamānatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.84

praviśya taṃ deśamapi tato'dhastāt prapaśyata [aḍabhāvaḥ
padavyatyayaścārṣaḥ] /
candramaṇḍalamāsphītaṃ tatrāgatya jaḍīkṛtaḥ

p1.84

taṃ deśaṃ nakṣatradeśam / tatra [k: tatra ...... bhavat nāsti]
candramaṇḍalasamīpe āgatya rājā śītena jaḍīkṛto'bhavat

p1.85

candramaṇḍalaśītena muniputreṇa rakṣitaḥ /
atha prāpya sūryalokaṃ tatkarairabhitāpitaḥ

p1.86

muniputreṇa yogena śiśirīkṛtadehakaḥ /
apaśyallokamakhilaṃ svarlokapratibimbavat

p1.86

pratibimbavat sthitam

p1.87

atha śṛṅge hemagirermuninā saha saṃsthitaḥ /
munipradarśitaṃ sarvamapaśyat pṛthvīpatiḥ

p1.88

dūrāntarāvalokāya [k: deśā] munidattaśubhekṣaṇaḥ /
apaśyadvalyātmānaṃ lokālokākhyaparvatam

p1.88

dūrasāntarayordeśayoravalokanāya [kh: dūratarayoḥ]
śubhekṣaṇo'pratihatanetraḥ [k: hṛtanetraḥ]

p1.89

tadbahirdhvāntasandohamantaḥ sauvarṇamedinīm /
samudrān saptadvīpāṃśca nadīgirisamākulān

p1.89

tadvahiḥ lokālokabahiḥ / antaḥ lokālokāntaḥ

p1.90

p. १९०)
bhuvanānyapi sarvāṇi cendrādyān vibudhottamān /
daityān manuṣyān rakṣāṃsi yakṣakimpuruṣādikān

p1.91

tatrāpaśyat satyaloke vaikuṇṭhe rājate nage /
muniputraṃ svamātmānaṃ brahmaviṣṇuśivātmanā [kh, g, gh:
vidhi]

p1.92

vibhajya saṃsthitaṃ sarvalokasṛṣṭyādihetave /
athā'paśyad bhūvibhāge kṛtvā rūpāntaraṃ tathā

p1.92

bhūvibhāge bhūloke

p1.93

praśāsanaparo bhūmeḥ sārvabhaumatvamāsthitaḥ /
evaṃ munikumārasya dṛṣṭvā yogarddhimuttamām

p1.93

yogarddhi yogaiśvaryam

p1.94

vismito'bhūnmahāsenastataḥ prāha muneḥ sutaḥ /
rājannetallokajātaṃ paśyataḥ kāla atyagāt

p1.94

tataḥ svarlokapradarśanānantaram

p1.95

arbudānāṃ dvādaśakamito'pyatra dinātmakaḥ /
gacchāvo bāhyalokaṃ taṃ yatrāste janako mama

p1.95

bahirloke dvādaśārbudavarṣamito'pyatra loke ekadinātmakaḥ

p1.96

ityuktvā bhūbhṛtā tena saha bhūyaḥ khamāplutaḥ [k: samāgataḥ] /
pūrvavat tadgaṇḍaśailānnirgatyābhyāyayau bahiḥ

p1.96

bhūbhṛtā rājñā

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe gaṇḍaśailalokāvalokane
dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. १९१)
atha trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ
muniputraḥ punaḥ śailād mahāsenaṃ [k: sene] vinirgame [k:
rgate] /
vidhāya mūrcchitaṃ liṅgadehaṃ saṃskāramātrakam

p1.1

atrā'dhyāye yodhapadyaiḥ svapnajāgarayoḥ samā /
sthitirdṛśyaṃ bhāvanaikasiddhaṃ ceti nirūpyate //
sthūlendriyādyabhāvāt suṣuptāviva saṃskāramātrakam

p1.2

samādāya vinirgatya prākṣipattaccharīke /
utthāpyāmāsa tu taṃ jīrṇadehasusaṅgatam

p1.2

śailād vinirgatya / taccharīrake prāk tṛṇakoṭaranyaste / taṃ rājānam

p1.3

athotthito mahāseno bāhyalokaṃ samīkṣya tu /
bhuvaṃ janāṃstarūn srotohradādīṃścāpi nūtanān

p1.3

nūtanān pariṇāmāntaraṃ gatān

p1.4

babhūva vismito'tyantaṃ papraccha muninandanam /
katamo vai mahābhāga ! loko'yaṃ me pradarśitaḥ

p1.4

śailāntarevedaṃ [śailāntaḥ śailamadhye evedaṃ lokāntaram]
lokāntaramiti matvā pṛcchati - katama iti / mahān bhāgo bhāgyaṃ
yogasampadyasya

p1.5

purādṛṣṭādapūrvo'yaṃ samācakṣvaitadadbhutam /
ityāpṛṣṭo munisuto mahāsenamuvāca ha

p1.6

śṛṇu rājannayaṃ lokaḥ pūrvaṃ yo'smābhirāsthitaḥ /
sa eva cirakālena pariṇāmāntaraṃ gataḥ

p1.7

śailalokagatānāṃ no dinamekaṃ yadatyagāt /
tāvataivātra kālena dvādaśārbudavatsarāḥ

p1.7

kutaḥ pariṇāmāntaraṃ gata iti cedāha - śaileti

p1.8

p. १९२)
atikrāntrā ato lokastvayaṃ rūpāntaraṃ gataḥ /
bhinnāṃ vyavahṛtiṃ paśya bhāṣāṃ cāpi samantataḥ

p1.8

ataḥ bahukālātyayāt

p1.9

evameva janānāṃ tu kālena bhidyate sthitiḥ /
evaṃ mayā tu bahudhā dṛṣṭā bhinnā jagatsthitiḥ

p1.10

paśyaiṣa me sa [k, kh: paśyaivameṣa] bhagavān samāhitamatiḥ
pitā /
so'yaṃ deśo yatra pūrvaṃ tvayā me saṃstutaḥ pitā

p1.11

enaṃ paśya mahāśailaṃ yatra me loka īkṣitaḥ /
tvadbhrāturvaśapuruṣā atikrāntāḥ sahasraśaḥ

p1.12

yatte puraṃ vaṅgadeśe sundarākhyaṃ sthitaṃ purā /
tatrābhūt samprati vanaṃ vyāptaṃ śvāpadamaṇḍalaiḥ

p1.12

tatra tatpradeśe

p1.13

tvadbhrātṛvaṃśajaḥ [k: bhrāturvaṃśajaḥ] sadyo vīrabāhuriti
śrutaḥ /
mālaveśo viśālākhye kṣiprātīre pure'sti hi

p1.14

tvadvaṃśyo'pi suśarmākhyo drāvideṣvabhavannṛpaḥ /
vardhane nāma nagare tāmraparṇīsarittaṭe

p1.15

lokasthitiriyaṃ cetthaṃ sarvadā parivartate /
alpakālenaivametadbhavad nūtanaṃ jagat

p1.15

parivartate pariṇāmāntaraṃ prāpnoti

p1.16

ito'pi cirakālena nagā nadyo hradā bhuvaḥ /
anyathābhāvamāyānti evameva jagadgatiḥ

p1.16

ito'pi dvādaśārbudasaṃkhyātakālādapi / nagāḥ parvatāḥ

p1.17

girayo nimnatāṃ yānti nimnadeśā mahoccatām /
marudeśāstvanūpāḥ syuḥ parvatā vālukāmayāḥ

p1.17

etadevāha - giraya iti / girayo'tyuccaparvatāḥ / anūpāḥ udakapracurāḥ

p1.18

p. १९३)
kaṭhinā bhūḥ śilāprāyā bhavedatyantakomalā /
komalā bhūrapi bhavet pāṣāṇasadṛśī kvacit

p1.19

ūṣarā bhūrurvarā syūdurvaroṣararūpiṇī /
ratnāni śarkarāḥ [k: karkarāḥ] syurvai ratnātmānastu śarkarāḥ

p1.19

urvarā sasyavatī

p1.20

kṣāraṃ jalaṃ svādurasaṃ madhuraṃ kṣāratāṃ gatam /
kadācinnarabāhulyaṃ kadācit paśusañcayam

p1.21

kadācit kṛmikīṭādipracuraṃ jagadīkṣitam /
evametajjagat kālabhedāt pariṇataṃ pṛthak

p1.21

pariṇataṃ bhavatīti śe'ḥ

p1.22

tasmādayaṃ purāsmākaṃ loka evedṛśaḥ sthitaḥ /
ityākarṇya munisutavākyaṃ sa ca mahīpatiḥ

p1.22

tasmāt pariṇāmāntaraprāpteḥ / īdṛśaḥ apūrvavat

p1.23

mahāseno'tyantaśokāviṣṭo mūrcchāmupāgataḥ /
muniputrasamāśvastaḥ prajñāmāsādya bhūpatiḥ

p1.24

atyantaśokasaṃviṣṭo vilalāpa sudīnavat /
bhrātaraṃ bhrātṛputrāṃśca dārān svātmana eva ca

p1.24

svātmano'pi putrādīniti sambandhaḥ

p1.25

putrādīṃśca pṛthak smṛtvā vilalāpātiduḥkhitaḥ /
atha taṃ mohato bhrātṛmukhān śocantamañjasā

p1.25

taṃ rājānam

p1.26

muniputro vacaḥ prāha bubodhayiṣayā nṛpam /
rājaṃstvaṃ buddhimānnūnaṃ kaṃ [k: tatki] kimarthaṃ hi śocasi

p1.26

bubodhayiṣayā bodhayitumicchayā

p1.27

p. १९४)
buddhimanto hi viphalaṃ jātu kurvanti karma no /
avimṛśya phalaṃ yastu karma kuryāt sa bāliśaḥ

p1.27

śocitasya phalaṃ kutaḥ pṛcchasīti cedāha - buddhimanta iti / phalaṃ kiñcit
syādeveti cedāha - avimṛśyeti

p1.28

tattvaṃ śocasi kaṃ brūhi kimarthaṃ vā hi śocanam /
ityuktaḥ prāha taṃ bhūpo [kh, gh: bhūyo] mahāseno'tiduḥkhitaḥ

p1.28

tat tasmāt

p1.29

kiṃ na paśyasi śokasya sthānaṃ mama mahāmune /
sarvaṃ yasya hataṃ [k: hṛtaṃ] tasya kāraṇaṃ pṛcchasīha kim

p1.30

ekasminnapi śokaḥ syāddhate lokasya sarvathā /
kutastvaṃ pṛcchasi punaḥ sarvanāśe hyapasthite

p1.31

śokasya kāraṇaṃ kutaḥ pṛcchasi mama sarvanāśaprāptau / ३० //
ityukto muniputro'pi bhūyaḥ prāha hasanniva /
rājan brūhi kimetatte kuladharmaḥ sanātanaḥ

p1.31

etat svajane naṣṭe śocitavyamiti / sanātanaḥ paramparāgataḥ

p1.32

yacchocanamakṛtvā tu pratyavāyo mahān bhavet /
athavā śocite naṣṭaṃ prāpyate bhūya eva tat

p1.32

yasmāt kuladharmākaraṇe pratyavāyo bhavedataḥ śocasi kim ? tat naṣṭam

p1.33

rājan vimṛśa dhairyeṇa śocite kiṃ phalaṃ bhavet /
naṣṭeṣu bandhuṣu yadi śocitavyaṃ tadā śṛṇu

p1.33

naṣṭaṃ na prāpyate kintu śiṣṭācāratvācchocitasya saphalatvamiti cedāha -
vimṛśeti / loke śocadbhiḥ kiṃ phalaṃ prāptaṃ yad mama bhavediti
vimṛśetyarthaḥ / phalaṃ nāsti api tu kuladharma eveti cedāha - śṛṇviti

p1.34

atītā bandhavo naṣṭāḥ pitāmahamukhāḥ khalu /
tat sarvadā śocitavyaṃ kutaḥ pūrvaṃ [k: sarvaṃ] na śocitam

p1.34

sarvadeti anantānāṃ bandhūnāṃ mṛtatvena tacchocanasammitaṃ tavāyureva na
bhavediti tātparyam

p1.35

p. १९५)
atha te bandhavaḥ kasya bandhutvaṃ vā kutastava /
mātāpitroḥ svasya vāpi purīṣakṛmayo hi ye

p1.35

te bhrātrādayaḥ / tadbandhutvaṃ tava kuto hetoḥ / ekagarbhavāsādinā
bhrātrādibandhutvaṃ mameti cedāha - māteti

p1.36

asaṃkhyātāḥ svadehotthā dehasambandhino'pi ca /
na te syurbandhavaḥ kasmāt kuto vā te na śocitāḥ

p1.37

rājan vimṛśa kastvaṃ vai kān vinaṣṭān praśocasi /
dehastvaṃ dehabhinno vā dehaḥ saṃghātarūpakaḥ

p1.37

deha evāhamiti cedāha - dehaḥ saṃghātarūpaka iti

p1.38

saṃghātasyaikadeśasya vā nāśānnāśa ucyate /
pratikṣaṇaṃ tvekadeśanāśo dehasya bhāvitaḥ

p1.38

saṃghātarūpadeha evāhaṃ naṣṭān dehātmakān bandhūneva śocāmīti cedāha ##-
tadekadeśanāśe vā tvayocyata iti vikalpya dvitīye [k: dvito] dūṣaṇamāha
- pratikṣaṇamiti

p1.39

mūtroccāraśleṣmanakhakeśādeḥ santataṃ kṣayaḥ /
sarvātmanā tu saṃghātanāśo nahi vibhāvyate

p1.40

kutaḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ nāśa iti cedāha - mūtreti / uccāro viṭ / yataḥ santataṃ
kṣayo dṛśyate ataḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ nāśaḥ siddhaḥ / prathamapakṣaṃ dūṣayati ##-
bhrātrādestava dehāṃśaḥ syāt pṛthivyādiṣu sphuṭam /
antato dehagaganamavināśyasti kevalam

p1.40

kuta iti cedāha - bhrātrāderiti / pṛthivyādirūpadehāṃśaḥ syādeveti
sphuṭaṃ sarvānubhavasiddham / dehapṛthivyādyaṃśo naṣṭa eva syāditi cedāha
- antata iti / dehāṃśapṛthivyādināśāṅgīkāre'pyantataḥ
paryavasāne'vināśino gaganasya kevalasya śuddhasya nāśo durupapāda ityarthaḥ

p1.41

p. १९६)
na tvaṃ dehaḥ kintu dehī maddeha iti bhāṣase /
yathā madvastramityevaṃ sa dehastvaṃ kathaṃ vada

p1.41

atha ca tava mahānayaṃ vyāmoha ityāha - na tvamiti / dehasambandhī dehādanya
evetyarthaḥ / kuta iti cedāha - maddeha iti / yato maddeha iti bhāṣase / nanu
maddeha iti bhāṣaṇena kiṃ jātamiti cedāha - yatheti / madvastramityādi
matpratyayaviṣayavastrādyaṃ yathā tvaṃ na bhavasi tathā [k: tathā nāsti]
matpratyayaviṣayadho'pi [k: tatpratyaya] tvaṃ na / evaṃ sati kathaṃ sa
dehastvamityarthaḥ

p1.42

yadi tvaṃ dehabhinno'si sambandhaḥ ko'nyadehakaiḥ /
yathā bhrātrādivāsobhirnāsti sambandhaleśakaḥ

p1.42

iti śrutvā satyamahaṃ dehabhinno'smīti vadantaṃ pratyāha - yadīti /
dehabhinnasyāpi me bhrātrādidehaiḥ kuto na sambandha iti cedāha - yatheti /
yathā bhrātrādivāsobhistava sambandho nāsti

p1.43

aviśeṣāttaccharīrairvinaṣṭaiste [k: ṣṭaistaḥ] kathaṃ śucā /
maccharīraṃ madakṣāṇi matprāṇo manmanastviti

p1.43

aviśeṣāditi / śarīravastrayormamatvasya tulyatvād bhrātrādivastranāśe
śokābhāvād vastratulyadehanāśe kathaṃ śucā śoka ityarthaḥ / atha ca
maccharīramityādi vadataḥ śarīrādibhinnasya te kiṃ rūpamiti pṛcchati -
maccharīramiti / akṣāṇi indriyāṇi

p1.44

vadan bhavān kiṃsvarūpo vada me pṛcchate nṛpa /
evamukto mahāseno muhūrtaṃ suvicārya tu

p1.44

evaṃ kastvamityādi

p1.45

p. १९७)
aprāpyāntaṃ [k: aprāpya taṃ] muneḥ praśne prāha dīnatarastataḥ /
na jāne bhagavan ko'hamiti sarvātmanāpyaham

p1.45

antaṃ niścayam / dīnatara iti / bandhunāśena dīnaḥ
svātmānamavidannātmanāśamapi prāpta iva dīnatara ityarthaḥ / tataḥ
prāhetyanvayaḥ / sarvātmanā vicāraparo'pyahaṃ na jāne

p1.46

svabhāvatastu śocāmi kāraṇaṃ tatra nāvidam /
prapannastvāmahaṃ dīnaḥ kimidaṃ bhagavan vada

p1.46

śocane'pi nimittamavidannāha - svabhāvata iti / yathā
kṣudhātṛṣādikamadṛṣṭahetukamevaṃ mama śoko'pīti bhāvaḥ / hatabandhuḥ
prāyo hatātmāhaṃ dīnastvāṃ prapannaḥ / ataḥ kimidaṃ śokādikaṃ
sakāraṇamuta niṣkāraṇaṃ veti vada

p1.47

sarve śocanti yat kasminnapi bandhau mṛte sati /
na svātmānaṃ vijānanti nānyaṃ śocanti caiva hi

p1.47

kimidamiti sāmānyataḥ pṛṣṭameva vivṛṇoti - sarva iti / kasminnapi bandhau
mṛte sati sarve śocantīti yat tatkuta iti śeṣaḥ

p1.48

etanme brūhi bhagavan śiṣyāya tava vai sphuṭam /
iti pṛṣṭo munisuto mahāsenamathābravīt

p1.48

etat mṛtabandhuśocanādinimittam / tava śiṣyāya me / atha praśnānantaram

p1.49

rājan śṛṇu mahādevyā māyayā mohitā janāḥ /
svātmānamaviditvaiva vyarthaṃ śocanti sarvadā

p1.49

tripurāmāyayā mohitatvenātmānamaviditvā śocantītyāha - rājanniti / tathā ca
śoke ātmājñānaṃ hetuḥ ātmājñāne ca cidātmana īśvarasya māyākhyaṃ
svātantryameva heturityuktaṃ bhavati / aupaniṣadamate'pi mūlājñānaṃ
bhagavacchaktirmāyā tadaṃśatvāttaddhetukatvaṃ jīvāvarakatūlājñānasyeti
jñeyam

p1.50

p. १९८)
yāvanna viditaṃ svātmasattattvaṃ [k: satattvaṃ] tāvadeva vai /
janāḥ śocanti vijñāya bhūyaḥ śocanti na kvacit

p1.50

evamajñānasyākhilānarthahetutvamuktvā tannivartakamātmavijñānamevetyāha
- yāvaditi / sattattvaṃ [k: satattvaṃ] svarūpam / bhūyaḥ punaḥ /
vijñānānantaraṃ pūrvavanna śocantīti bhāvaḥ

p1.51

yathā nidrāmohitātmā svamavijñāya śocati /
aindrajālikamantrotthamāyayā mohito naraḥ

p1.51

atra dṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / svamātmānaṃ paryaṅke suptamavijñāya
svapne kvacinmārge svāpnacorādyairhṛtasarvasvaḥ śocati
evamaindrajālikamāyayā mohito mohitamātmānamajñātvā
tannirmitasarpāderbhītyā śocatītyanvayaḥ

p1.52

tatprakalpitasarpādibhītyā yadvaddhi śocati /
tathaiva māyayā mugdhaḥ svamajñātvā praśocati

p1.52

mugdho mūḍhaḥ / svamātmānam

p1.53

yathā svapnāt prabuddho vā jñātaindrajālikāgamaḥ /
na śocati kvaciccānyān śucāyuktān hasatyapi

p1.53

jñāninaḥ śoko nāstītyatra dṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / yathā svapnāt
prabuddhaḥ san paryaṅkasthamātmānaṃ vidan corādyaiḥ sarvasvaharaṇaṃ
vitathaṃ matvā śokamavadhūya bhūyastannimittaṃ na śocati anyān tathā śocato
hasatyapi / aindrajālikasyagamo mantraḥ sa mohako mameti jñāto yena

p1.54

evaṃ svātmavido māyāmuktāḥ śocanti na kvacit /
śocatastvādṛśān māyāmūḍhān pravihasanti ca

p1.54

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti

p1.55

tat tvaṃ vijñāyātmatattvaṃ māyāmuttīrya durgamām /
jahi śokaṃ mahābāho mohotthaṃ sadvimarśanāt

p1.55

tat tasmāt / śokasyājñānamūlatvādityarthaḥ / tvamātmatattvaṃ vijñāya
māyāmajñānarūpeṇa pariṇatāṃ durgamāmatikramya gantumanyairaśakyām
uttīrya māyāvaraṇānnirgatya sata ātmatattvasya vimarśanād bhūyo'nusandhānād
jahi

p1.56

p. १९९)
ityuktaḥ punarapyāha mahāseno munīśvaram /
bhagavan yastvayā prokto dṛṣṭānto viṣamaḥ sa hi

p1.56

dṛṣṭāntaḥ svapnendrajālādirūpaḥ

p1.57

svāpno vā māyiko vāpi śūnyātmā bhāsate param /
ayaṃ jāgratprapañcastu satyaḥ sarvārthasādhakaḥ

p1.57

vaiṣamyamevopapādayati - svāpna iti / māyikaḥ aindrajālikodbhāvitaḥ
corasarpādiḥ / śūnyātmā asadrūpaḥ / paraṃ kevalaṃ bhāsata [k: bhāsa
ityeva] eva tadbhāsanaṃ vastvaviṣayamiti tātparyam / ayamiti /
sarvānubhavasiddha ityarthaḥ / sarvārthasādhakatvena sarvānubhavasiddhatvāt satya
ityarthaḥ

p1.58

abādhitaḥ sthiraścāpi kathaṃ svāpnasamo bhavet /
ityuktaḥ punarācakhyau muniputro'tibuddhimān

p1.58

abādhita iti / sarvārthasādhakatvenābādhitatvena sthiratvena ca
sarvānubhavasiddhatvājjāgratprapañcaḥ satyaḥ etadviparītatvāt
svāpnādiprapañco'satya iti bhāvaḥ

p1.59

śṛṇu rājan yattvayoktaṃ dṛṣṭānto viṣamastviti /
eṣa moho dvitīyaste svapne svāpnasya yādṛśaḥ

p1.59

eṣa iti / dṛṣṭānto viṣama iti niścaya ityarthaḥ / dvitīya iti / dṛśyaṃ
draṣṭurvibhinnaṃ satyātmakamastītyādyo mohaḥ bhramaḥ [k: samaḥ] /
tatra dṛśyeṣu svāpnādirasatya iti dvitīyo bhramaḥ / svapnadaśāyāṃ
svāpnapuruṣasya rajjau sarpabhramasadṛśa ityarthaḥ

p1.60

svāpnavṛkṣo'pi tatkāle kiṃ na sādhayate hitam [g: tīhitam] /
pānthānāṃ kiṃ na harati tāpraṃ chāyāpradānataḥ

p1.60

jāgratprapañcavat svāpnasyāpi sarvārthasādhakatvādikaṃ
tvaduktahetutrayamastītyudāharati - svāpneti / tatkāle svapnakāle / yathā
jāgradvṛkṣo jāgratyarthasādhako'bādhitaḥ sthiraśca evaṃ svāpnavṛkṣo'pi
svapnakāle [k, kh: prabhāta] sarvārthasādhako'bādhitaḥ
sthiraścetyarthaḥ

p1.61

p. २००)
phalādyaiḥ svāpnamartyādīnna tarpayati kiṃ vada /
svapne kva bādhitaḥ svāpnaḥ kvāsthiraścopalakṣitaḥ [k: kva sthira]

p1.62

akhilaṃ bādhitaṃ jāgraddaśāyāmiti cecchṛṇu /
jāgratprapañco'pi sarvaḥ suṣuptau kiṃ na bādhitaḥ

p1.63

akhilamiti / svāpnavṛkṣādyakhilaṃ jāgratyabhāsanādbādhitamiti
cejjāgratprapañco'pi suṣuptāvabhāsanād bādhita evetyāha [k: ityāha] ##-
na bādhitaḥ paradine'pyanuvṛttestatheti cet /
svāpnasyāpi paradine nānuvṛttiḥ kva vā vada

p1.63

nanu bādho nāma nānavabhāsanam
kintūttarakālasambandharūpānuvṛttyabhāvaḥ [k: nuvṛttyabhāvaḥ .....
hetunā ityasya sthāne nuvṛttyādyanusandhānahetutā iti pāṭhaḥ] / tathā ca
jāgratprapañcasya paradine so'yamityādyanusandhānahetunā'nuvṛttisattvānna
bādha [k: bādhate na ityā] ityāśaṅkate - na bādhita iti / tathā
[gh: tathā] svapnavanna bādhita iti cedityanvayaḥ /
svāpnasyāpyetattulyamityāha - svāpnasyeti

p1.64

nānuvṛttirbhāti svapne iti cennṛpate śṛṇu /
jāgratyapi kvānuvṛttibhāso navyāvabhāsake

p1.64

svāpnasyānuvṛttirnānubhūyata iti cejjāgratyapi tulyamityāha - jāgratīti / kuta
etaditi cedasambhavādityabhiprāyeṇāha - navyāvabhāsaka iti / jāgrati hi
pratikṣaṇaṃ vastu navyamavabhāsate evaṃ sati kathamanuvṛttisambhava iti
bhāvaḥ

p1.65

navye'nuvṛttyabhāne'pi bhāyanyatreti cecchṛṇu /
tathā svapne'pi bhātyevānuvṛttiḥ sthirabhāsane

p1.65

nanu kriyādikṣaṇikabhāvānāṃ navyānāmananuvṛttāvapyanyeṣāṃ
pṛthvīgirisamudrādīnāmanuvṛttiranivāryaiveti cedetacca svapne'pi tulyamityāha
- tatheti / sthirabhāsana iti / sthiraṃ varṣādirūpacirakālasthāyi bhāsanaṃ yasya
svapnasya / dīrghasvapne putrakalatrādīnāmanuvṛtteḥ sarvānubhavasiddhatvāditi
bhāvaḥ

p1.66

p. २०१)
mṛṣānuvṛttistatreti cejjāgratyapi sā tathā /
sūkṣmabuddhyā vimṛśa tadvastu jāgrati saṃsthitam

p1.66

svāpnaputrakalatrādīnāmasatyatvena tadanuvṛttibhāsanaṃ bhramarūpamiti
cettulyametattavāpītyāha - jāgratīti / sā anuvṛttiḥ / athā mṛṣetyarthaḥ /
jāgratyapyanuvṛttibhāsanaṃ bhramarūpameveti bhāvaḥ / kathametat pratyeyamiti
cedāha - sūkṣmeti / andhaparamparāgatasthiratvābhimānavarjitabuddhyeti
bhāvaḥ

p1.67

dehavṛkṣanadīdīpādikaṃ kṣaṇavibheditam /
kathaṃ tadanuvṛttirvai bhavedavitathātmikā

p1.67

deheti / ādinā meghamaṇḍalādi / dehādīnāṃ sarvaiḥ suspaṣṭaṃ kṣaṇikatvena
jñātānāṃ [k, gh:: jñānānāṃ] kathamanuvṛttiravitathā
bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.68

acalānāmapi nahi dvitīyakṣaṇasaṅgatam /
rūpamasti sarvadaiva nirjharairbheditātmanām

p1.68

nanu dehāderanuvṛttyabhāve'pi parvatādīnāmanuvṛttiḥ sambhavediti cedāha ##-
nirjharairiti / anavarataṃ nirjharairbhidyamānānāṃ dvitīyakṣaṇasaṅgataṃ rūpaṃ
nācalānāmastītyarthaḥ

p1.69

mūṣakairupadīkābhiḥ sūkarairnirjharādibhiḥ /
sarvatastu vibhidyante parvatāḥ sarvadaiva hi

p1.69

nanu nirjharāṇāṃ parvatabhedakatvaṃ na grīṣmādiṣviti cedāha -
mūṣakairityādi / upadīkāḥ yeṣāṃ lālāsambandhena kāṣṭhādīni [k:
kāṣthādirmṛ] mṛttikātvamāpadyante [k: dyate] te
kṛmiviśeṣāḥ [dīmaka ityākhyayā bhāṣāyāṃ prasiddhāḥ] / ādinā
vanagajādibhiḥ [k: dayaḥ]

p1.70

p. २०२)
parvatāmbudhibhūmukhyā [k: parvatā buddhi] apyevaṃ
kṣaṇabhedinaḥ /
atha te sampravakṣyāmi paśya sūkṣmadhiyā nṛpa

p1.70

bhūḥ bhūmiḥ [k: bhūḥrbhūmīti] / parvatāmbudhibhuvo [k: tānāṃ
buddhibhuvo] mukhyāḥ [k: mukhyānāṃ] sthiratvenābhimatānāṃ
yeṣāṃ devalokādīnām / ambudhernadītoyamelanād bhuvo nadyādibhirbhedanāt
kṣaṇikatvam / prakārāntareṇa jāgratsvapna bhāvayoranuvṛttisāmyaṃ [kh:
svāpna] vaktumāha - atheti / paśya vicāraya

p1.71

paricchinnānuvṛttirhi samaiva svāpnajāgratoḥ /
aparicchinnā'nuvṛttiḥ kāryeṣvatyantadurlabhā

p1.71

paricchinneti / jāgradbhāvasyānuvṛttiḥ kālaparicchinnā na vā ? ādye
paricchinnānuvṛttiḥ svāpnajāgratayoḥ [k: gratoḥ] samaiva / dvitīye
dṛśyatvena kāryātmanā
siddhajāgradbhāvasyāparicchinnānuvṛttirdurlabhaivetyarthaḥ

p1.72

anuvṛttiḥ kāraṇena rūpeṇāsti hi sarvadā /
iti cet [k: tat] kāraṇaṃ rūpaṃ pṛthivyādimayaṃ kila

p1.72

nanu kāryasya kāraṇādatyantabhinnatvamārambhavādyabhyupagatam tatra hi
proktadoṣāvakāśo bhavet / pariṇāmavādāśraye tu na ko'pi doṣaḥ /
jāgradbhāvasya kāryarūpeṇa vyāvṛttāvapi
kāraṇarūpeṇānuvṛtterityāśaṅkya samādhātumāha - iti cediti /
pṛthivyāditī / kāraṇarūpaṃ pṛthivyādimayam bhautikānāṃ
mahābhūtakāryatvāt / yadvā pṛthivyādimayaṃ
pṛthivyādinikhilakāryapracuraṃ pradhānatattvamityarthaḥ / kāryamātrasya
kāraṇe sūkṣmarūpeṇāvasthānāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.73

taccānuvṛttaṃ [k: vṛttasva] svapne'pi pṛthivyāderhi bhāsanāt /
atha svāpnasya bādho hi jāgrati hyanubhūyate

p1.73

evamapi svāpnabhāvānāṃ tulyatetyāha - tacceti / kāraṇarūpamityarthaḥ /
svapne'pi pratyahaṃ pṛthivyādikāraṇarūpasya
bhāsamānatvādanuvṛttirastītyāha - anuvṛttamiti / yadvā pṛthivīti
kāryopalakṣakam / tathā ca pṛthivyādikāryasyādibhūtaṃ kāraṇaṃ yatpradhānam
tasya sukhaduḥkhamohātmakaguṇatrayamayasya svapne bhāsanāditi [k, gh:
bhāsamānā] / prakārāntareṇa punarāśaṅkate - atheti /
svāpnabhāvānāṃ bādho jāgrati sarvairanubhūyata ityarthaḥ

p1.74

p. २०३)
na jāgarasya bādhastu bhāsate kasyacit kvacit /
iti cecchṛṇu vakṣyāmi bādho hyanavabhāsanam

p1.74

na jāgarasyeti / jāgarabhāvasya bādhastu na kvacidavasthāyāṃ kasyacit
pramāturbhāsata ityarthaḥ / samādhatte - śṛṇviti / anavabhāsanamiti /
avabhāsanābhāva iyarthaḥ / yadyapīdaṃ rajatamityādau nedaṃ
rajatamityādirviparītagraha eva bādha ityucyate tathāpyavabhāsamānameva saditi
niyamādanavabhāsanasyāsattvaniyamāccānavabhāsanamevāsattvaprayojakamiti
bādha ityucyata iti jñeyam

p1.75

suṣuptau sarvajagato'pyanubhūtaṃ hyabhāsanam /
atha bādho hyapramāṇadarśanaṃ cettadā śṛṇu

p1.75

suṣuptāviti / aviśeṣeṇa sarvasya jagato'navabhāsanaṃ [k, kh:
bhāsanasarvā] sarvā'nubhūtaṃ bādho bhavatyevetyarthaḥ / nanu
nahyanavabhāsanaṃ bādhaḥ ghaṭāvabhāsanaprākkālikaghaṭānavabhāsanasya
bādhatvaprasakteḥ / kintvanyadevetyāha - atheti / apramāṇadarśanamiti /
apramāṇamiti bhāvapradhāno nirdeśaḥ / aprāmāṇyadarśanaṃ bādha ityarthaḥ /
prabuddhasya svāpnadarśane nedaṃ pramāṇamiti jñānaṃ sarvajanīnam / etadeva
bhādaḥ / nahyevaṃvidhabādho jāgratyastīti bhāvaḥ

p1.76

apramāṇadṛśirnāsti [k: sadṛśī nāsti] bhrāntānaṃ
tvādṛśāṃ [k: tvadṛśāṃ] khalu /
jñātavijñeyatatvānāmapramāṇadṛśiḥ sphuṭā

p1.76

yathā hi svāpnapramātuḥ svāpneṣvaprāmāṇyadarśanaṃ nāsti
evamajñātajñeyatatvānāmeva jāgratyaprāmāṇyadarśanaṃ nāstītyāha -
apramāṇeti / jāgratyapramāṇadṛśiḥ / jñeyasya tu paraṃ tattvaṃ citireva na
cetarat iti nītyā jñātavijñeyatattvānāṃ jāgrati sphuṭā'pramāṇadṛśiḥ

p1.77

p. २०४)
tasmādidaṃ dṛśyajālaṃ svāpnadṛśyasamasthiti /
dīrghakālo'pi ca svapne bhāsate nirviśeṣataḥ

p1.77

tasmāditi / svāpnabhāvānāmarthakriyādisattvenāvaiṣamyādityarthaḥ / nanu
jāgradbhāvo dīrghakālo bhāsate na tu svāpna iti cedāha - dīrghakāla iti /
nirviśeṣata iti / jāgratkālavadaviśeṣād [k: dasata] bhāsata ityarthaḥ

p1.78

tasmādabādhito hyartharkriyākārī sthiro'pi ca /
svāpnabhāvastena tulyo jāgrabhāvo'pi sarvaśaḥ

p1.78

tasmāditi / proktadiśā vaiṣamyābhāvādityarthaḥ / svasvakāle'bādhitatvādeḥ
sattvāt svāpnajāgradbhāvayoḥ sarvāṃśena tulyatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.79

yathā jāgrati jāgrattvaṃ gṛhītaṃ jāgare sphuṭam /
svapne'pi jāgaratvaṃ tu gṛhītaṃ tadvadeva hi

p1.79

janvevamapi jāgrato jāgrattvaṃ [k: tvaṃ vinaivaṃ] bhāti naivaṃ svapnasya
jāgrattvaṃ bhātītyasti vaiṣamyamityāśaṅkya pariharati - yatheti / atha jāgrati
svāpnānusandhānaṃ svāpnasya svāpnatvagrahaḥ naivaṃ svapne
jāgarānusandhānādirityasti vaiṣamyamiti cet satyam āpātadarśināmastyeva
vaiṣamyam / samyagdarśināṃ tu na talleśo'pi / tathā hi - svapne
kimakhilajāgradanusandhānaṃ nāsti uta yatkiñcijjāgradanusandhānaṃ
nāstītyucyate / ubhayathā'pi na dos'ḥ / jāgratyapi nikhilasvāpnānusandhānasya
yatkiñcittadanusandhānasya vā'bhāvaḥ sarvānubhavasiddha eva / na ca
yatkiñcitsvapnānusandhānamasti jāgrati naivaṃ svapna iti vācyam anusandhānaṃ
hi smṛtiḥ tathā ca pūrvadine [k, gh: dine'nena; kh: dine tena] na
mayetthaṃ bhāṣitamityādijāgradvyavahārasmṛterānubhavikatvāt / evaṃ svapne
seyaṃ jāgradāsīditi jāgarasya jāgrattvagrahādikaṃ sarvamapratihatameveti
sūkṣmavimarśibhirjñeyam

p1.80

p. २०५)
evaṃ sthite kuto rājan viśeṣaḥ svapnajāgratoḥ /
tatsvāpnānnijabandhūṃstvaṃ nahi śocasi vai kutaḥ

p1.80

evaṃ [k: evaṃ nāsti] sarvasāmye sthite / tat tasmāt svapnajāgratoraviśeṣāt

p1.81

kevalaṃ bhāvanāmātrāt satyatā jagati sthitā /
śūnyatābhāvanenāpi śūnyaṃ niṣpratighaṃ bhavet

p1.81

nanvevaṃ svapnajāgratoḥ [k, kh: svāpna] sāmye sarveṣāṃ jagati
satyatābhāsanaṃ kuta iti cedāha - kevalamiti / satyaṃ jagaditi
bhāvanānusandhānam tanmātrāt / tadekanimittā satyatetyarthaḥ / kevalamiti /
asatyamiti viparītabhāvanānantaritamityarthaḥ / sthitā dṛśyata iti śeṣaḥ / ata eva
śūnyatvabhāvane idameva jagat śūnyamabhāvapratyayaviṣayaṃ bhavet /
niṣpratighamākāśavadapratirodhakaṃ ca

p1.82

bhāvanā hyapramāṇatvavaidhuryeṇa sthirīkṛtā /
bhavettadātmabhāvena satyametad mahīpate

p1.82

nanu mayā samprati śūnyatvena bhāvyamānamapi jagat kuto na śūnyātmatāṃ
yātītyāśaṅkya te [k: śaṅkate] bhāvanā'siddhā tasmānna
śunyātmatāsampattiriti vaktuṃ bhāvanāyāḥ siddhiprakāramāha [k: siddha;
kh: asiddhiḥ] bhāvaneti / bhāvanā idamīdṛgiti pratyayasantānaḥ / tasyāḥ
sthairyameva siddhiḥ / sthairyaṃ cāpramāṇatvaniścayenonmūlanābhāvaḥ / yathā
śuktāvidaṃ rajatamiti bhāvanā [k, kh: bhāvane] nedaṃ rajatamiti
jñānenāpramāṇatvena niścite unmūlitā bhavati chinnasantānā bhavati / seyaṃ
bhāvanā asiddhā / yā tvapramāṇyaniścayavaidhuryeṇa sthirīkṛtā anunmūlitā
syāttadā tadātmabhāvena bhāvitavasturūpeṇa sā bhāvanaiva bhavet / bhāvitaṃ
sarvasādhāraṇaṃ bhāyādityarthaḥ / svenānubhūtatvādāha - satyametaditi

p1.83

p. २०६)
nidarśanaṃ tvatra [gh: tatra] cedaṃ majjagad dṛṣṭameva te /
imaṃ śailaṃ parikramya caihi [k: yau hi] paśyāva samprati

p1.83

nidarśanamudāharaṇam / te tvayā / śailāntastāvān pradeśaḥ syāditi tava śaṅkā
bhavedata imaṃ śailaṃ parikramya paśyāvetyāha - imamiti

p1.84

ityuktvā nṛpatiṃ haste gṛhītvā paricakrame /
parikramya gaṇḍaśailaṃ rājñā saha sametya tu

p1.84

śailaṃ paricakrame / rājñā saha parikramya tataḥ sametya svasthānamāgatya

p1.85

punaḥ prāha mahāsenaṃ medhāvī muninandanaḥ /
rājan dṛṣṭa eṣa śailaḥ pādagavyutimātrakaḥ

p1.85

medhāvī śiṣyabodhane'tikuśalaḥ / gavyūtiḥ krośayugam

p1.86

dṛṣṭa evāsya garbhe te lokaḥ suvitataḥ sphuṭaḥ /
eṣa jāgraduta svapnaḥ satyo mithyātmako'pi vā

p1.86

sphuṭaḥ jāgratsadṛśaḥ / eṣa mallokāvabhāsaḥ [k: śailā] / satyo
mithyātmaka eva vā vvecayeti śeṣaḥ

p1.87

śailaloke yad dinaikaṃ tadatra dvādaśārbudāḥ /
vatsarāstvanubhūtāste satyāsatye vivecaya

p1.87

pādagavyūtiparimitaśaile'nantadeśasya viruddhatvānnaitadvivecayituṃ śakyam
evaṃ kālasyāpi viruddhatvādityāha - śailaloka iti / bahiḥ pādagavyūtimātro
deśo dvādaśārbudamitaśca kālaḥ antarananto [k, kh: ranantaro]
deśo dinaikātmakaḥ kālaśceti parasparaviruddhasvarūpayormadhye / satyāsatye
vivecaya

p1.88

p. २०७)
vivecanaṃ nāsya bhavet svapnayorbhinnayoriva /
asmādetadviddhi jagad bhāvanāmātrasārakam

p1.88

nanu bāhyaviruddhamāntaramasatyamiti cedubhayorbhāsanasya
tulyatvenāntaraviruddhaṃ bāhyamapyasatyamiti vaktuṃ śakyamiti naitannirṇayaḥ
śakyakriya iti sadṛṣṭāntamāha - vivecanamiti / bhāvanāmātrasārakaṃ
svapnavad bhāvanāmātrasvarūpam na tato'dhikaṃ kiñcidityarthaḥ

p1.89

abhāvyamānaṃ caitattu līyeta kṣaṇamātrataḥ /
tasmācchokaṃ jahi nṛpāvetya [k: vekṣya] svāpnasamaṃ jagat

p1.89

mayā abhāvyamānametacchailajagat kṣaṇamātreṇa līyeta [k, gh: yate]
evaṃ brahmaṇā'bhāvyamānaṃ bāhyajagadapīti tātparyam / tasmāt
bhāvanāmātrasāratvājjagataḥ

p1.90

svāpnacitrabhittibhūtaṃ svātmānaṃ saṃvidātmakam /
darpaṇapratimaṃ matvā saṃsthito'si yathā tathā

p1.90

kathaṃ śokaṃ tyajāmīti cedāha - svāpneti / svāpnā ye bhāvāste hi
citrasadṛśāḥ / citrasya bhāsamānasya na [k: nāsatyātiriktaṃ]
bhittyatirikaṃ svarūpamastītyavivādaḥ / tathā ca svāpnacitrabhittibhūtaṃ
saṃvidātmakaṃ svātmānaṃ darpaṇapratimaṃ matvā yathā saṃsthito'si
svāpnabandhunāśe [k, kh, gh: nāśa] rājyalābhe [kh:
bhayorya] vā yathā na śocasi na prahṛṣyasi ca

p1.91

p. २०८)
jāgaccitradarpaṇaṃ cāvehyātmānaṃ cidātmakam /
paramānanditasvānto bhava śīghraṃ mahīpate

p1.91

tathā'vehītyanvayaḥ / svapnajāgratoratyantasāmyāt [k, gh: svāpna]
svāpnabhāvavajjāgradbhāvā api cidātmadarpaṇapratibimbarūpā eveti niścitya
svāpnaśokādyairaspṛṣṭa iva jāgracchokādyairaspṛṣṭaḥ / ata eva
nikhilavāsanāprahāṇamātreṇa niḥsāritodaghaṭāntarabhivyaktākāśavad
vāsanāriktasvāntābhivyaktātmānando [k: nātiri] bhaveti bhāvaḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe śailalokadarśanaṃ nāma
trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २०९)
atha caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ
ityākarṇya munivaco vicārya śubhayā dhiyā /
jagatsthitiṃ svāpnasamāṃ jñātvā śokaṃ jahau drutam

p1.1

atrādhyāye sādhupadyairbhāvanāmātrakaṃ jagat /
bhāvanāyāḥ siddhimapi prāha tattvānyapi kramāt //
jagad bhāvanāmātrasāramityākarṇya śubhayā sattarkayutayā dhiyā

p1.2

dhairyamālambya niḥśoko bhūyo'pṛcchanmuneḥ sutam /
muniputra mahābuddhe tvaṃ parāvaradarśanaḥ

p1.2

jagataḥ svāpnasāmyajñāne'pi vāsanādārḍhyād bhūyaḥ śoka āpatati ata āha ##-
svapna] / parāvaradarśanaḥ sendriyātīndriyajñaḥ

p1.3

na [k: tato] te'pyaviditaṃ kiñcinmanye syāditi leśataḥ /
pṛcchāmi yadahaṃ tanme kṛpayā vaktumarhasi

p1.3

ata evāha - na [k: tata] ta iti / leśato'pyaviditamiti yojanā

p1.4

bhāvanāprabhavaṃ hyetat sarvaṃ vadasi tat katham /
mayā bhūyo bhāvitaṃ [k, g, gh: bhāvite] ca na bahiḥ sarvathā
bhavet

p1.4

sarvaṃ jagat / tajjaganmayā bhūyo bhāvitamapi bahiḥ sarvasādhāraṇaṃ sarvathā na
bhavet tat kathamiti yojanā

p1.5

tvayā tu bhāvanāsiddhyā śaile [k: śailalokaḥ] lokaḥ prakalpitaḥ /
athāpi deśaḥ kālaśca yugapad vividhaḥ katham

p1.5

tvayā tu bhāvanāsiddhayā kalpitaḥ / kathaṃvidhā sā bhāvāasiddhiriti
pūrvādhyāye saṃkṣepeṇoktasya siddhihetorvistarapraśna iti tātparyam /
praśnāntaram - athāpīti / yugapaditi / ekasminneva kāle eka eva deśaḥ kālaśca
vividhaḥ kathamityarthaḥ

p1.6

p. २१०)
tatrātasyamanyatarat katamaṃ tamameraya /
iti pṛṣṭo munisutaḥ pravaktumupacakrame

p1.6

tatra dīrghādīrghatvābhyāṃ bhāsamānayormadhye / yadyapi pūrvādhyāye [k:
pūrvapūrvā] dvayoḥ svāpnatulyatvamuktam tathāpi jāgratprapañce
satyavāsanāviṣṭo bhūyaḥ pṛcchati - anyatarat satyaṃ bhavediti

p1.7

saṅkalpo bhāvanā proktā siddhā'siddheti sā dvidhā /
siddhirvikalpā'sambhedo vikalpastvekaniṣṭhiteḥ [avikalpasut ityapi pāṭho
vyākyātaṣṭīkāyām]

p1.7

krameṇottaramāha - saṅkalpa iti bhāvanā hi saṅkalpaḥ / saṅkalpo
nāmedamīdṛśamityādirmānasa ullekhaḥ / sā bhāvanā / tasyāḥ keyaṃ siddhiriti
cedāha - siddhiriti / idamīdṛgiti saṅkalpadhārāmadhye nedamīdṛgiti
viruddhakalpanayā asambhedaḥ ayogaḥ / evaṃ vikalpāsambhedasampādanāya
vikalpakāraṇamāha - vikalpastviti / ekaniṣṭhiteḥ bhavediti śeṣaḥ / ekatra
niṣṭhiteḥ satyatvagrahādityarthaḥ / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ - bāhyasṛṣṭau
satyatvagrahāt svamānasasṛṣṭāvasatyatvavikalpodayaḥ yāvadevaṃ
vikalpasambhedo bhāvanāyāstāvanna siddhiriti / yadvā vikalpāsambhede upāyaṃ
vaktumāha - avikalpastviti / nāsti vikalpo yasya saḥ saṅkalpa ityarthaḥ /
ekaniṣṭhiteḥ ekatra saṅkalpaviṣayamātre nitarāṃ manasaḥ sthiteḥ /
saṅkalpaviṣayānmanaso'pracalane'vikalpaḥ [kh: lane vika] saṅkalpo
bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.8

brahmabhāvanayā paśya jātaṃ jagadidaṃ nanu /
etat sarvaiḥ satyarūpaṃ bhāvitaṃ sudṛḍhatvataḥ

p1.8

tathā [k, kh: yathā] cāvikalpasaṅkalpātmakasiddhabhāvanābhāvitaṃ
[k: vā vika] sarvasādhāraṇaṃ bhāseta [k: bhāsate] / tatra ca yaḥ
kaścinnedaṃ satyamityavikalpasaṅkalpaparo bhavettaṃ prati tad dṛśyaṃ tathaiva
bhavet / ata evāha - brahmeti / brahmaṇaścaturmukhasya siddhabhāvanayedaṃ
jagajjātam / etajjagat sarvaiḥ pramātṛbhiranekajanmābhyāsāt sudṛḍhatvataḥ
satyarūpaṃ bhāvitam ataḥ sarvasādhāraṇaṃ satyatvena bhāsata iti śeṣaḥ

p1.9

p. २११)
tathā svasaṅkalpabhave nāsti kasyāpi bhāvanā /
vikalpasambheda eṣo'siddhā tasmādvibhāvanā

p1.9

tathā brahmasṛṣṭe iva / tava svasaṅkalpabhave jagati satyatvabhāvanā na kasyāpi /
eṣa tāvaka eva nedaṃ satyamiti yo vikalpastatsambhedo'sti / tasmātte bhāvanā'siddhā

p1.10

bhāvanāyāḥ siddhiratra bahudhā saṃsthitā bhavet /
janmanā maṇinā tadvadauṣadhena ca yogataḥ

p1.10

kathaṃ bhāvanāsiddhirbrahmādīnāmiti cedāha - bhāvanāyā iti / atra jagati

p1.11

tapasā mantrasiddhyā ca vareṇa ca bhavennṛpa /
janmanā brahmaṇaḥ sā vai maṇinā yakṣarakṣasām

p1.11

kasya kīdṛśī bhāvanāsiddhirityetadāha - janmaneti / sā bhāvanāsiddhiḥ

p1.12

auṣadhena tu devānāṃ yogināṃ yogato bhavet /
tapasā tāpasānāṃ sā māntrikāṇāṃ tu mantrataḥ

p1.12

auṣadhena amṛtena

p1.13

viśvakarmamukhānāṃ ca varaprāptyā hi sā'bhavat [kh: bhavet] /
saṅkalpitaṃ tathā bhāvyaṃ pūrvavismaraṇe sati

p1.13

viśvakarmamukhā viśvakarmamayaprabhṛtayaḥ [k: maya nāsti] /
bhāvanāsādhanaprakāramāha - saṅkalpitamiti / saṅkalpanamityarthaḥ / tathā
bhāvyaṃ tathā kartavyam / pūrvavismaraṇe sati yathā sthiraṃ bhavediti śeṣaḥ /
saṅkalpasya pūrvamārambhaḥ yasya mayā saṅkalpa itthaṃ kṛta ityasya
vismaraṇe sati saṅkalpanaṃ sthiraṃ bhavet / evaṃ saṅkalpanaṃ kartavyamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.14

p. २१२)
sthiraṃ tāvadbhavatyeva yāvat pūrvaṃ nahi smaret /
evameva nirvikalpabhāvanā yadi suthirā

p1.14

evaṃ pūrvavismaraṇameva bhāvanāsiddhisampādakamityāha - sthiramiti /
pūrvaṃ na smaran saṅkalpamevānuvartayet / evaṃ cirābhyāsena yāvat pūrvaṃ
[gh: sarvaṃ] na smaret tāvad bhāvanaṃ sthiraṃ bhavatīti bhāvaḥ / evameva
nirantarābhyāsenaiva nivikalpabhāvanā viruddhavikalpāsambhinna bhāvanā yadi
susthirā tadā mahāphalaṃ sādhayediti vyavahitena sambandhaḥ

p1.15

anicchayā vikalpasya yāvat sambhedanaṃ nahi /
tāvat sā bhāvanā siddhā sādhayedvai mahāphalam

p1.15

nanu kiyatkālaṃ susthairyeṇa bhāvanā siddhā syādityāśaṅkyāha -
anicchayeti / viruddhavikalpasambhedo'nicchayā naiva bhavediti susthirā yadi [k:
yadā] tadā bhāvanā siddhetyarthaḥ / anicchayā yāvadvikalpasambhedo nāsti
tāvat siddhā bhāvanā mahāphalaṃ brahmāṇḍādikaṃ sarvasādhāraṇaṃ sādhayet

p1.16

sambhedāttu vikalpena na siddhā tava bhāvanā /
bhāvanāṃ sādhaya kṣipraṃ yadi sraṣṭuṃ samīhasi

p1.16

tava tu vikalpasambhedād bhāvanā na siddhetyāha - sambhedāditi

p1.17

śṛṇu rājan deśakāladvaividhyaṃ vadato mama /
avyutpanno'si lokasya vyavahāre [k: hāraihyata] tatastava

p1.17

evaṃ prathamapraśnottaramuktvā dvitīyapraśnottaramāha - śṛṇviti /
tavaitaccitraṃ bhāsata iti sambandhaḥ

p1.18

etaccitraṃ bhāsate vai śṛṇu samyag bravīmi te /
jagadbhāvasvabhāvo'yaṃ vividhatvena bhāsanam

p1.18

etat ekadaiva deśakālayordīrghatvaṃ hrasvatvaṃ ca / atra kāraṇaṃ bravīmi /
bhāvasya viruddhatvena bhāsanaṃ svabhāva eva

p1.19

p. २१३)
eka eva hi sūryasya [k: sarvasya] prakāśo dvividhaḥ sthitaḥ /
divāndhānāmandhakāra itareṣāṃ tu bhāsakaḥ

p1.19

kuta evaṃ viditamiti ced bhūyo darśanāditi vaktuṃ kāṃścittādṛśān
bhāvānudāharati - eka eveti / dvaividhyamevāha - divāndhānāmiti

p1.20

jalaṃ manuṣyapaśvādeḥ śvāsasya pratirodhakam /
matsyādīnāṃ bahiḥ śvāsapratirodho jale nahi

p1.20

svasminnimagnamanuṣyapaśvādeḥ / bahiḥ nirjale deśe

p1.21

agnirdahati martyādīṃstaṃ bhakṣayati tittiriḥ /
vahnirnaśyati toyena sa jale jvalati kvacit

p1.21

tittirirbhakṣayati taṃ na dahati / kvacit vaḍavānalakuṇḍādau

p1.22

evaṃ sarve jāgatāstu bhāvā dvairūpyataḥ sthitāḥ /
evaṃ sendriyavṛttāntāstvanye ke'pi nirindriyāḥ

p1.22

viruddhadvirūpatayā [kh: tāyāṃ] sarve bhāvāḥ sthitāḥ / tatra kecit
prasiddhāḥ / anye'pyaprasiddhā bhūmyādayo martyānāṃ pratirodhakāḥ
piśācādīnāmapratirodhakā buddhimadbhirjñeyāḥ / sendriyāḥ aparokṣāḥ
nirindriyāḥ parokṣāḥ bhāvānāṃ viruddhasvabhāvāḥ

p1.23

svabhāvato viruddhā vai śataśo'tha sahasraśaḥ /
atropapattiṃ vakṣyāmi samāhitamanāḥ śṛṇu

p1.23

nirindriyāḥ sendriyāśca bhāvā anye'pi viruddhadvisvabhāvāḥ [k: dva
nāsti] santītyāha - svabhāvata iti / kathamekasya viruddhobhayarūpateti
cedupapattipūrvakaṃ vaktumupakramate - atreti

p1.24

ete hi cākṣuṣā bhāvāścakṣurvikṛtimātrakāḥ /
na cākṣuṣādaṃśato'nyad dṛśyamasti kvacid bahiḥ

p1.24

bhāvānāṃ bahirasattvānnāsti virodha iti vadati - eta iti

p1.25

p. २१४)
yathā pittapraduṣṭākṣo bahiḥ pītaṃ prapaśyati /
yathā taimiriko'nyastu paśyatyekaṃ dvidhā sthitam

p1.25

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / taimirikaḥ timiradoṣopahatanetraḥ

p1.26

evaṃ vicitraduṣṭākṣāḥ paśyanti vividhaṃ jagat /
asti pūrvasamudrasya madhye kāraṇḍakāhvayaḥ

p1.27

evamanye'pi dṛṣṭidoṣavaicitryād vividhaṃ jagat paśyantīti sodāharaṇamāha ##-
dvīpastatra janā bhāvān raktān paśyanti vai sadā /
evaṃ ramaṇakadvīpe sadā paśyanti vai janāḥ

p1.27

sarvabhāvān raktān paśyanti

p1.28

vyatyastamūrdhvādharato nikhilaṃ bhāvamaṇḍalam /
evamanyeṣu dvīpeṣu vividhaṃ [k: vividhā] bhāvamaṇḍalam

p1.28

vyatyastam adhomastakamūrdhvapādamityādi

p1.29

janā netrasvabhāvena paśyanti khalu sarvadā /
tatra tesāmanyathā tu dṛśyate yadi kutracit

p1.29

tannetrasya na sa doṣaḥ kintu svabhāva evetyupapādayati - tatreti / teṣu dvīpeṣu
teṣāṃ janānāṃ yadyaraktamavyatyastaṃ vā dṛśyate tadā taiḥ (te)
svanetramauṣadhairañjanādyairaduṣṭaṃ saṃsādhya prāgvadraktaṃ vyatyastaṃ ca
paśyantītyarthaḥ

p1.30

netraṃ susādhyauṣadhena paśyanti prāgvadeva hi /
atastu cakṣuṣā yāvad dṛśyate jagatītale

p1.31

tāvad bhaveccākṣuṣoṃ'śaḥ pītavat pittacakṣuṣaḥ /
evaṃ ghrāṇādīndriyāṇāmaṃśā gandhādayo'pi hi

p1.31

pittacakṣuṣo yathā dṛśyamānaḥ pītavarṇaścākṣuṣoṃ'śastathā puruṣasya
cakṣuṣā yāvad dṛśyate tāvat sarvamapi cākṣuṣoṃ'śa eva / evaṃ
cakṣurviṣayasya tadaṃśatvaṃ prasādhyānyendriyaviṣayepyetadatidiśati -
evamiti / yenendriyeṇa yat prakāśate tasya tadindriyāṃśatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.32

p. २१५)
mānasāśca manomātrāstathaivākhilajāgatāḥ [kh: saṃgatāḥ] /
kramo'pyakṣasvabhāvotthastataḥ [k: bhāvastha] kiñcid bahirnahi

p1.32

evaṃ manoviṣayāṇāmapi mano'śatvamityāha - mānasāśceti / tathā ca
deśakramasya kālakramasya kriayakramasya ca cākṣuṣatvāccakṣuraṃśatvamityāha
- kramo'pīti / kramaḥ paurvāparyeṇāvasthitatvam / tathā ca dravyakramo hi dik /
prayāgāt kāśī pūrveti pūrvavyavahāraviṣayaḥ [gh: pūrvasya] krama eva /
evaṃ kriyāgataḥ kramaḥ kālaḥ / kāsāñcit kriyāṇāṃ
paurvāparyāvasthitatvarūpakramasyaiva ghaṭikādikālavyavahāraviṣayatvaṃ
jñeyam / evaṃ ca yadyatkāle [k: kāle nāsti] deśaḥ kālo vā yathā yathā
mahattvenālpatvena vā bhāsate sa sarvo'pi tattatkālikacākṣuṣoṃ'śa eva vibhinna iti
naikasya viruddhobhayarūpatādoṣa iti bhāvaḥ

p1.33

śṛṇu rājan bahiriti yalloke bhāti kevalam /
tadādyaṃ sarvajagatāṃ jagaccitrasya bhittivat

p1.33

evaṃ pittādiduṣṭākṣāṇāṃ bhāsamānapītādivarṇadṛṣṭāntena [k, kh:
pittā] dṛśyaṃ bahirnāstīti prasādhya
bahirvastvaṃśa(rvastva)sambhavādapi tannāstīti sādhayitumupakramate
- śṛṇviti / citrasya bhittiriva bahiḥpadārtho jagaccitrasyāśrayatvāt
kāraṇatvaccādyamityarthaḥ

p1.34

tasya bāhyasya vaktavyamapādānaṃ dhruvaṃ nanu [kh: na tu] /
śarīraṃ syādapādānaṃ netarad bhavituṃ kṣamam

p1.34

tasya proktasya bāhyasya bahiḥpadārthasya dhruvamavadhibhūtamapādānaṃ
vaktavyam / kasmāt ? bahirityapādānasyākāṃkṣitatvāt / ghaṭādeḥ
śarīrādanyasyāpi bāhyatvenāpādānatvāsambhavāccharīramevāpādānaṃ syāditi
sambhāvayati - śarīramiti

p1.35

p. २१६)
tasyāpi bahirābhāsādapādānaṃ [k: dupā] kathaṃ nu tat /
parvatād bahirityukte parvato na bahirbhavet

p1.35

śarīrasyāpi bahiṣṭhatvenābhāsanānnāpādānatetyāha - tasyāpīti / atra
dṛṣṭāntaḥ - parvatāditi / parvato na bahiṣṭho bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.36

yathā ghaṭo bhāsate hi bahistadvaccharīrakam [k, kh: prāhu] /
bhāsakād bahirityevaṃ vaktuṃ vāpi na sambhavet

p1.36

śarīrasya bahiṣṭhatve dṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / atha
ghaṭādiśarīrāntarbhāsaka ātmaivāpādānamiti śaṅkate - bhāsakāditi /
ityevaṃ vā vaktumiti yojanā

p1.37

dīpasūryālokabahirgatānāṃ [k: rgatāntaṃ] nahi bhāsanam /
atastu bhāsakasyāntarbhāsyamastīti yujyate

p1.37

nanu yadi bhāsako'pādānaṃ tarhi sūryālokād
bahirgatānāmandhakārasthānāmabhāsanamiva bhāsakād bahiṣṭhānāṃ
bhāsanameva na bhavedato bhāsakāntareva bhāsyamabhyupeyam / tathā ca
bahiṣṭhānāṃ bhāsaka ātmā nāpādānamityāha - dīpetyādi

p1.38

bhāsakaṃ tu na dehādirbhāsyatvāt parvatādivat /
na sarvathā yattu bhāsyaṃ taddhi yujyate

p1.38

etāvatā bahiḥpadārthasyāpādānānirūpaṇāddarpaṇe'tivitatagaganābhāsavad
bhāsakāntareva bahiḥpadārthāvabhāsa iti siddham / atha bhāsakamātrātmatā
bhāsyasyeti hetośca bhāsyasya bahiḥpadārthasya na bhāsakamapādānamiti vaktuṃ
bhāsakasvarūpaṃ vivecayati - bhāsakaṃ tviti / nanvastu sthūlo'haṃ
paśyāmītyanubhavāddehasya bhāsyatvaṃ bhāsakatvaṃ ceti cedāha - na
sarvatheti

p1.39

bhāsakasyāpi bhāsyatve bhāsakasyānavasthitiḥ /
svasyaiva bhāsakatvaṃ ca bhāsyatvaṃ nahi yujyate

p1.39

nanu bhāsyasya bhāsakatve kā hāniriti cet yadi eka eva dehaḥ svātmanaḥ
svayaṃvedyo [k: svayabodho] vedakaśceti cedekasya
kartṛkarmatvavirodhaḥ dehāntarasya [k: ntarasthabhā] bhāsyo
bhāsakaśceti cet [k: cet nāsti] svasyābhāsamānasya
bhāsakatvāsiddherbhāsakadehānāṃ paramparayā
bhāsakāntarāpekṣaṇānmūlakṣatikarī bhāsakānavasthetyāha - bhāsakasyeti /
nahi yujyata iti / kartṛkarmatvavirodhāditi śeṣaḥ

p1.40

p. २१७)
atastu bhāsakaṃ śuddhaṃ bhāsakaikasvarūpakam /
tacca bhārūpameveha pūrṇamekarasātmakam

p1.40

ataḥ anavasthādidoṣāt / śuddham abhāsyamityarthaḥ [kh: abhāsya; k, gh:
ābhāsya] / etasyaiva spaṣṭoktiḥ - bhāsakaikasvarūpakamiti / nanu
bhāsakaṃ bhāsanakriyāvat kriyā cānityo dharmaḥ tathā ca bhāsakatvasya
kālaparicchinnatvāt kathaṃ bhāsakaikasvarūpakamiti cedāha - tacceti /
bhāsakamityarthaḥ / bhārūpameveheti / lokavadiha na kartṛkriyayorbhedaḥ kintu
kriyātmaka eva kartetyarthaḥ / darpaṇapratibimbavat kāryasya
svasvarūpānatiriktatvena svarūpātiriktakriyānupayoga iti tātparyam / ata eva
pūrṇamekarasātmakaṃ ca / ekarasaḥ vastvantarāsambhinna ātmā yasya

p1.41

tena vyāptā deśākālā bhāsanāttasya pūrṇatā /
abhārūpasya cābhānād bhārūpaikarasaṃ hi tat

p1.41

tena bhārūpabhāsakena / kuta iti cedāha - bhāsanāditi / sarvatra
bhāsanāddeśakālā vyāptā ityarthaḥ / ata eva tasya pūrṇatā / nahi ghaṭapaṭayoriva
bhāsakabhāsyayorbhāsanam kintu darpaṇapratibimbayoriva / tathā ca darpaṇasya
pratibimbavyāpakatvamiva bhāsakasya bhāsyavyāpakatvamiti bhāvaḥ / nanu
darpaṇapratibimbanyāyena bhāsyasya [k: bhāsyabhāsa]
bhāsakānanyatvamalaukikaṃ kutaḥ kalpyata iti cedāha - abhārūpasyeti /
bhārūpatādātmyānāpannasyetyarthaḥ / abhānāditi / yadi bhāsyasya
bhārūpabhāsakānanyatvaṃ nocyate tadā tasya bhānameva na syādityarthaḥ / ato
bhāsyaṃ bhārūpaikarasameva / ayamatrā'bhiprāyaḥ - yadi bhāsyaṃ
bhārūpabahirgataṃ tarhi kathaṃ tasya bhāsanamupapadyate / nahi bhāsanaṃ
nīlādiriva bhāsyadharmaḥ sarvadā bhāsanaprasakteḥ mama bhāsata iti
vyavahārānupapatteśca / anyathā hi mama nīla iti vyavahāro'pi syāt / nanu ghaṭādau
saurālokavad bhāsye bhāsanamanyata upanipatitam / tathā
cānyabhāsanasambandhādbhāsyabhāsanamupapadyata iti / syādetad
ghaṭasaurālokayoḥ saṃyoga iva bhasyabhāsakayostṛtīyaḥ sambandho yadi bhavet /
sa eva na sambhavati / tathā hi - kiṃ sa sambandho bhāsyātmakaḥ uta
bhāsakātmakaḥ āhosvidubhayātmakaḥ athavā'nubhayātmakaḥ ?
bhāsyātmakatve tadbhāsanāya sambandhāntarāpekṣāyāmanavasthā /
bhāsakātmakatve bhāsakasya bhānamātrarūpatvena bhānasvarūpe [k, kh:
bhāsana] bhedānupapatterbhūyo nirūpitatvāt svasya svasambandhatā'nupapattiḥ
[k: sva nāsti] / nobhayātmakatvam
bhāsanabhāsyayościccijjaḍātmatvenaikasya tadubhayarūpatāvirodhāt /
nāpyanubhayātmakatvam apasiddhāntāt / anubhayātmakaṃ hyanirvacanīyam /
anirvacanīyavādino hi bhānātmakabrahmarūpādanyanna kiñcidabhyupagacchanti /
te hi pūrṇe brahmaṇi
dṛśyamanirvacanīyamābhāsamānamabhyupagacchanto(nti) [k:
sādṛśya] dṛśyasya darpaṇapratibimbatulyatābhyupagataiva / yadāhuḥ ##-
iti / tasmāddarpaṇe pratibimbavadbhānāntareva bhāsyaṃ bhāsata iti tajjagadapi
darpaṇaikarasātmakapratibimbavat bhārūpaikarasamiti siddham

p1.42

p. २१८)
antarbahirvā yat kiñcid bhārūpodarasaṃsthitam /
atastannāpādānaṃ syāt śṛṅgasyeva hi parvataḥ

p1.42

anta iti / antaḥpadārtho bahiḥpadārtho vā yatkiñcidapi bhānāntargatameveti hetoḥ /
tad bhāsakamātmarūpam / yathā parvatāntargataśṛṅgaviśeṣasya parvato
nāpādānaṃ tatheti

p1.43

p. २१९)
evaṃvidhaṃ hi bhārūpaṃ grastasarvaprapañcakam /
bhāti svatantrataḥ svasmin sarvatrāpi ca sarvadā

p1.43

evamakhilajagaccitrabhittibhūtabahiḥpadārthā(rtho')pādānāsiddhyā'siddha
iti bhittyasiddhau citrāsiddhiriva deśakālādibhāsyarūpāsiddhāvajñātarajjoḥ
[k, kh: rajjau] sarpajaladhārābhūcchidratvādirūpavad [k:
cchidrādi] bhāsakasyaiva bhānātmano mahadalpadeśakālādirūpateti
saṃsādhya samprati gaganāntarbhāsamānabhinnabhāvavadbhānāntaramapi
bhāsyaṃ bhinnameva kuto na bhavedityāśaṅkāṃ [k: śaṅkya]
śamayitumupakramate - evaṃvidhamiti / sarvaṃ svodare kṛtvā
sthitamityarthaḥ / tadevāha - grasteti / bhātīti / sarvatra deśe sarvadā kāle
svatantrato'nyānapekṣaṃ sadevaṃvidhaṃ [k: sadaivaṃ] bhāti

p1.44

etat parā citiḥ proktā tripurā parameśvarī /
brahmetyāhurvedavido viṣṇuṃ [gh: viṣṇurvai] vaiṣṇavasattamāḥ

p1.44

sarveṣu śāstreṣvetadeva mukhyatvena pratipāditamityāha - etaditi /
etadbhārūpameva parā citiraparicchinnā cicchaktistraipure śāstre tripurā
parameśvarītyucyate

p1.45

śivaṃ śaivottamāḥ prāhuḥ śaktiṃ śaktiparāyaṇāḥ /
etadrūpādṛte kiñcid yadi brūyustadalpakam

p1.45

śaktiparāyaṇāḥ śāktāḥ / nanu nīlameghaśyāmādimūrtiṃ vaiṣṇavādyā
mukhyatvenāhuriti cedāha - etaditi / paracitirūpaṃ [k: parā] vinā
yadyanyat kiñcinmukhyaṃ brūyustarhi tadalpakaṃ kāladeśaparicchinnameva bhavet
/ tasmāt tripurādināmnāpyetadeva mukhyamiti vaktavyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.46

tayā vyāptaṃ tu cicchaktyā darpaṇapratibimbavat /
tasya bhāsyakṛtaṃ bhāsakatvaṃ ca na svataḥ sthitam

p1.46

nanu grastasarvaprapañcakamityuktyā jagadvyāptirākāśasyeva [k: syaiva]
syāditi cennetyāha - tayeti / nanu sarvasya jagataḥ svasvarūpāvyatiriktatve'pi
citerbhāsakatvaṃ ghaṭādernīlādivadvibhinna eva dharmaḥ syāt / tathā ca
bhārūpasya cābhānamiti bhāsakatvasyābhānaprasaktiriti cedāha - tasyeti /
bhānasyetyarthaḥ / tasya bhāsyakṛtatvenaupādhikatvāt
sphaṭikasthajapākusumalauhityavat tadapi pratibimbātmakameveti bhāvaḥ

p1.47

p. २२०)
bhāsyaṃ tu bhānanirmagnamādarśe nagarādivat /
darpaṇe nagaraṃ yadvad darpaṇānnātiricyate

p1.47

tasmādādarśe nagarādivat sarvaṃ bhāsyaṃ bhānanirmagnamevetyāha -
bhāsyaṃ tviti / darpaṇe bhāsamānanagarāderdarpaṇānanyatvavacciti bhāsamānasya
prapañcasya cidavyatiriktatvamityāha - darpaṇa iti

p1.48

tathā citi jagad bhāti yattannaivātiricyate /
darpaṇātmani sampūrṇe nibiḍe caikarūpiṇi

p1.48

tathā pratibimbatvena citi [k: citivajja] yajjagadbhātītyanvayaḥ / nanu
darpaṇapratibimbavadeva citi jagadbhāsanamiti ko'yaṃ nirbandhaḥ gagane
jagadbhāsanavadeva kuto nābhyupeyata iti cedāha - darpaṇeti / sampūrṇe
chidrarahite nibiḍe aśithilāvayave ekarūpiṇi vastvantarāsambhinne / sacchidre hi
pṛṣṭhataḥ sthitaṃ bhāsate śithilāvayave hyavayavasandhisanniviṣṭaṃ
vastvantaraṃ bhāsate vastusamudāye ca samuditaṃ vicitraṃ bhāsate darpaṇasya
tvanaivaṃvidhatvāddarpa'nadibhinnasya tatra bhānaṃ nopapadyata iti bhāvaḥ

p1.49

yathā hi bhinnaṃ nagaraṃ sarvathā nopapadyate /
tathā pūrṇe [k: pūrṇe'stu] sunibiḍe caikarūpe cidātmani

p1.49

yathā nopapadyate tathopapattiṃ na samaśnuta ityanvayaḥ / nanu darpaṇe na
pratibimba iti kaścana viśeṣaḥ kintu darpaṇapratiruddhaiḥ
parāvṛttaiścākṣuṣaraśmibhirbimbasyaiva grahaṇamiti cenna bhittipratiruddhairapi
tairmukhagrahaṇaprasaṅgāt / na ca nairmalyaṃ hi pratirodhe tantramiti vācyam
saurālokādau bhittyādipratirodhadarśanena pratirodhe kāṭhinyasyaiva
niyāmakatvasya kḷptatvāt rasāsampṛktena nirmalenā'pi darpaṇena
pratirodhādarśanācca darpaṇapārśvanyastahastasya pratibimbena saha
yugapadgrahaṇānupapatteśca
pratibimbamukhāderdarpaṇāśrayatvasammukhatvāvabhāsānupapatteśca [gh:
śrayatvā] / na ca cākṣuṣaraśmīnāṃ darpaṇasamparkadoṣādeva mukhe
darpaṇāśrayatvādeḥ pārśvanyastahaste dvitvasya ca bhrāntyābhāsaḥ sambhavati
pratibimbe yādṛśadarpaṇādidharmasya nimittatvaṃ tādṛśadharmasyaiva
cākṣuṣaraśmipratirodhaniyāmakatvaṃ ceti sarvaṃ samañjasamiti vācyam
darpaṇasāmarthyāt svasampṛktacākṣuṣaraśmīnāṃhastamukhādau
dvitvadarpaṇādyāśrayatvāvabhāsakatvakalpanāto darpaṇe pratibimbakalpanasyaiva
yuktatvāt / evaṃ ca mukhānukāro'yaṃ darpaṇa ityādyabhrāntapratyayā
apyanugṛhītā bhaveranni(yuri)ti dhyeyam

p1.50

p. २२१)
jagat sarvātmanā naiva hyapapattiṃ samaśnute /
ākāśastvavakāśātmā śūnyarūpatvahetutaḥ

p1.50

jagadityasya cidātmano bhinnamityādiḥ / ākāśasya
cidātmavaisādṛśyānnaivamityāha - ākāśastviti / turiti
sādṛśyavyāvartakaḥ / avakāśo rikta ātmā yasya / kuta iti cedāha -
śūnyarūpeti / abhāvarūpatvādityarthaḥ / pṛthivyādicatuṣṭayābhāva evākāśa
iti tātparyam

p1.51

dvaitaṃ jagat prasahate sarvatraiva hi sarvadā /
satī citiraśūnyātmarūpiṇyekarasā katham

p1.51

ata eva sarvakāle sarvatra svadehe dvaitaṃ svasmādbhinnaṃ jagat prasahate / cidātmā
tvanaivaṃvidhatvāt svāntardvaitaṃ kathaṃ prasahedityāha - satīti /
sadrūpatvādevāśūnyātmarūpatvam / ekarasatvaṃ nibiḍasvarūpatā

p1.52

p. २२२)
dvitīyaleśaṃ prasahedādarśātmavadañjasā /
tasmādādarśavat saṃvit svātantryabharavaibhavāt

p1.52

ādarśo yathā sadrūpatvenāśūnyātmā aśithilāvayavatvenaikaraso yathā dvitīyaṃ
svāntarna sahate evaṃ citirapītyāha - ādarśeti / tasmāditi / cidātmanaḥ
svāntardvitīyasyānupapatterityarthaḥ / ādarśavat saṃvit
svātantryabharavaibhavādātmanyadvitīye'vabhāsayediti sambandhaḥ

p1.53

bhāsayedadvitīye sve rūpe sarvaṃ carācaram /
nimittopādānahīnaṃ dvitīyamaticitritam

p1.53

darpaṇavanna bimbāpekṣetyuktam - svātantryabharavaibhavād bhāsayediti /
svātantryamananyāpeks'tvam / tasya bhara ādhikyam / aparicchinnasvātantryamityetat
/ tasya vaibhavānmāhātmyāt / advitīye akhaṇḍe cidekarase sve rūpe [k:
svarūpe] advitīye / sarvaṃ carācaraṃ nimittopādānābhyāṃ hīnaṃ rahitam /
aticitritaṃ parasparavilakṣaṇaṃ bhāsayet

p1.54

yathā'nekarūpavidhe bhāsamāne'pi darpaṇe /
ekatvaṃ bhāsate spaṣṭamaviśeṣādadūṣitam

p1.54

evaṃ vicitrānekarūpatvena bhāsamānasyāpi cidātmana ekatvamabādhitameveti
sadṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / tattatpratibimbarūpe'nānekavidhe / aviśeṣāt
darpaṇasāmānyarūpāt / adūṣitamabādhitam

p1.55

tathā vicitre jagati bhāsamāne'pyanekadhā /
anusandhānasaṃsiddhamekaṃ doṣavivarjjitam

p1.55

vicitre jagati svātmasthe bhāsamāne'pi yo'haṃ prāk [svāpnānanvabhūvaṃ
[k: svapnā] sa evāhamidānīṃ
jāgaramanubhavāmītyādyanusandhānaśatena samyaksiddhamekamabādhitaṃ
svarūpam

p1.56

rājan svātmani sampaśya manorājyadaśāsthitim /
anekavaicitryavapurapi caitanyamātrakam

p1.56

evaṃ darpaṇadṛṣṭāntena sādhitamapi jagaccidātmaikarūpamiti samyag
hṛdayaṅgamāya dṛṣṭāntāntareṇa nirūpayati - rājanniti /
anekavaicitryarūpāpi manorājyasthitiścaitanyamātrātmikā / manorājyaṃ nāma
[k: vā] mānasaḥ saṅkalparūpaḥ / saṅkalpakāle hi svāntarakhilaṃ
bhāsate / tacca pratibimbavidhayaiveti vaktavyam / na tatra bimbādyapekṣā dṛśyate
/ tathā cāyaṃ pūrṇo dṛṣṭānta iti jñeyam / na ca manorājye saṃskārasya
bhāvasūkṣmarūpasyāpekṣāstīti vācyam saṃskārātmakabhāvasya
pratibimbādhāyakatvasyākḷptatvāt / anyathā ghaṭasaṃskāravad
mṛtpiṇḍasāmmukhye'pi darpaṇe ghaṭapratibimbāpatteḥ

p1.57

p. २२३)
sṛṣṭau vā pralaye vāpi nirvikalpaiva sā citiḥ /
pratibimbasya bhāve vāpyabhāve veva [kh: caiva] darpaṇaḥ

p1.57

yasmāddarpaṇapratibimbamanorājyatulyatā dṛśyaprapañcasya tasmādāha -
sṛṣṭāviti / yathā pratibimbasya sattvadaśāyāmasattvadaśāyāṃ ca darpaṇasya
darpaṇamātrātmatvam evaṃ sṛṣṭau prapañcabhāsanakāle pralaye
tadabhāsanakāle ca sā parā citirnirvikalpaiva / citimātrarūpaiveti bhāvaḥ

p1.58

evaṃvidhaikarūpāpi citiḥ svātantryahetutaḥ /
svāntarvibhāsayed bāhyamādarśe gaganaṃ yathā

p1.59

p. २२४)
eṣā hi prathamā sṛṣṭiravidyā tama ucyate /
pūrṇasyāṃśenaiva bhānaṃ bāhyābhāsanamucyate

p1.58

etāvatā granthenaikasyaiva kālasya deśasya ca yugapadalpatvaṃ [k:
danyatvaṃ] bahutvaṃ kathamiti kṛtapraśnasya
bāhyasṛṣṭermanorājyatulyatvena kalpanāmātrasāratvānna kaścana virodha iti
samādhānamuktam / sṛṣṭeḥ kalpanāmātrasāratvena citeḥ sadā
nirvikalpakarūpatve kathaṃ nirvikalpacitereṣā vikalpamayī sṛṣṭiḥ
pravṛttetyāśaṅkāyāmāgamābhyupagataṣaṭtirṃśattattvakrameṇa sṛṣṭiṃ
nirūpayitumādau sarvasṛṣṭinidānāvidyodbhavaṃ vaktumupakramate - evamiti
/ nirvikalpacidekarasarūpāpītyarthaḥ / ādarśe yathā gaganaṃ bhāsate evaṃ sā citiḥ
svāntarbāhyaṃ padārtha bahiriti padasyārthabhūtamavabhāsayet / nanu darpaṇe
bimbabhūtabāhyagagananimittako gaganābhāsaḥ cidātmani bāhyabhāse kiṃ
nimittamiti cedāha - svātantryahetuta iti / svātantryamananyāpekṣatā
tadrūpahetuta ityarthaḥ / darpaṇasya jaḍatvena pāratantyād bimbāpekṣā /
citerajaḍatvena svātantryānna bimbāpekṣeti / yadāhuḥ -
antarvibhāti sakalaṃ jagadātmanīha
yadvad vicitraracanā mukurāntarāle /
bodhaḥ punarnijavimarśanasārayuktyā [atraiva १६८ pṛṣthasthe ṭippaṇyau
draṣṭavye]
viśvaṃ parāmṛśati no mukurastathā tu // iti

p1.59

(ta० sā० pṛ० १९)
eṣeti bāhyārthāvabhāsanarūpā / sarvasṛṣṭeretadavabhāsanapūrvakatvāt
prathamā / etadbāhyāvabhāsanamevāvidyeti tama iti cocyate / nanu pūrṇasya
cidātmanaḥ kathaṃ bāhyāvabhāsanamiti cedāha - pūrṇasyeti /
vastutoṃ'śābhāvādaṃśeneveti / svasya ekāṃśeneva yadbhānaṃ tadeva
bāhyābhāsanamiti / parameśvaro hi nirvikalpacidekavapurjaḍavyāvṛttarūpatvāt
svatantra ityucyate / jaḍasya svaparābhāsane'nyāpekṣaṇāt pāratantryamucyate /
cidātmanaḥ svaparāvabhāsane'nyānapekṣaṇāt svātantryamucyate / etat
svātantryameva śaktiḥ kriyā vimarśa ityādiśabdairāgameṣūcyate / etacca
svātantryaṃ sṛṣṭau jagadavabhāsanaviṣayam / pralayādau
svarūpamātrāvabhāsanaviṣayam pralayādāvapi svarūpasphūrterakṣatatvāt /
(tathā [koṣṭhāntargataḥ pāṭho ghapustake nāsti / aprāsaṅgika iva ca
pratīyate] caitat svātantryaṃ nityānanyadharmaḥ śivasyocyate) pralayānte
ca tadeva svātantryaṃ paripakvaprāṇyadṛṣṭasahakṛtaṃ sad
aṃśenevāvabhāsayati svarūpam / paricchinnatvenāvabhāsayatīti yāvat / etadeva
bāhyāvabhāsanam / yataḥ paricchinnātmābhāsanaṃ hi
svavyatiriktadeśābhāsanāvinābhūtamiti spaṣṭameva

p1.60

p. २२५)
pūrṇāhambhāvavicchedādanahambhāvaūpatā /
eṣaivāvyaktamityuktā jaḍaśaktiśca kathyate

p1.60

bāhyasyaiva svarūpaṃ bhūyo vivecayati - pūrṇeti / svadehaṃ vyāptā
pūrṇāhantā yathā chinne haste anahambhāvarūpatā ahaṃbhāvarūpatā na bhavati
evamātmanaḥ paricchedabhāsanena paricchinnetarāṃśe'nahambhāvarūpatā /
ahambhāvo'hantvaṃ tadrūpabhinnatvaṃ bhavati / ahambhāvarūpadharmarahitateti
[gh: rahiteti] tātparyam / ātmanyetadbhāsanameva bāhyabhāsanam /
evaṃrūpataivāvyaktaṃ jaḍaśaktiriti ca kathyate / evaṃ ca pūrṇacidātmanaḥ
svātantryaśaktyā svātmanaḥ
paricchedāvabhāsanātmakamavidyākhyabāhyāvabhāsanaṃ bhagavataḥ prāthamikī
sṛṣṭirityuktam / idameva bāhyābhāsanamaupaniṣadānāṃ mate
mūlāvidyetyucyate / svātantryaṃ ca bhagavataścicchaktireva /
tasyāścāvasthātrayam - pralayādinirvikalpadaśāyāṃ cicchaktirūpatā tadante
vikalpābhimukhyadaśāyāṃ māyāśaktirūpatā
vikalpadaśāyāmavidyātmakajaḍaśaktirūpateti / etadeva kvacit citprakṛtiḥ
māyā'vidyayoraikyena jaḍaprakṛtiriti ca dvaividhyena nirūpitam / yadāha bhagavān
-
bhūmirāpo'nalo vāyuḥ khaṃ mano buddhireva ca /
ahaṅkāra itīyaṃ me bhinnā prakṛtiraṣṭadhā //
apareyamitastvanyāṃ prakṛtiṃ viddhi me parām /
jīvabhūtāṃ mahābāho yayedaṃ dhāryate jagat // iti / (bha० gī० ७/४-५)
bhūmyādyaṣṭavidhā prakṛtirjaḍaprakṛtiraparā kāryabhūtā / parā prakṛtistu
cicchaktiḥ pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇatulyatvād jagajjīvabhūtā / ata eva
yayā'ṣṭaprakṛtyātmakaṃ jagaddhāryata ityuktam / nanu jaḍaśaktyavabhāsanāt
pūrvametat (meva) kāraṇasvātantryasahakāritvena prāṇyadṛṣṭam
tatparipākaḥ paripācakaḥ kāla ityetāvadavaśyamabhyupagantavyam anyathā
vaiṣamyādidoṣaprasaktiḥ / tathā caitadabhyupagame sṛṣṭeḥ
pūrvamadvitīyacidātmamātrapariśeṣābhyupagamahāniḥ / atha ca
prāṇyadṛṣṭaparipācako hi kālaḥ sa ceśvararūpo vā'tirikto vā ?
ubhayathā'pi tasya pralaye bhedakopādhyantarābhāvena pralayārambhāt
samāptiparyantamaviśeṣādekarūpatvena pralayārambhadvitīyādikṣaṇe
evādṛṣṭaparipākena sṛṣṭyāpattiriti cedatrāhuḥ - satkāryavāde hi
sṛṣṭeḥ pūrvamapi nikhilakāryasya sūkṣmarūpeṇa māyāyāṃ
pralīnatvānmāyāpralīnaprāṇyadṛṣṭasya tatpralīnasūkṣmakāla eva paripācakaḥ /
tathāvidhamāyāyāḥ śaktitvenaiva
cidātmāvyatirekādadvaitābhyupagamanirvāhaśceti / pare tu sṛṣṭeḥ
svapnamanorājyaindrajālikasṛṣṭitulyatvena na tatropapattiprayojanagandho'pi /
yathā hi marucarīcikātoyāderanupapadyamāna eva svabhāvaḥ evaṃ sṛṣṭerapi / ata
evāgamaeṣu sṛṣṭinirūpaṇaprakriyābhedo'pi saṅgacchate / ātmavyatirekeṇa
niṣedhyāyāḥ sṛṣṭeḥ kramanirūpaṇaṃ kathañcinniṣedhyasya cittārohāya / ata
eva - na sṛṣṭirnāpi saṃhāro na sthitirnāpi ca kramaḥ / cidānandaghanaṃ
cetthamātmatattvaṃ prakāśate // iti pārameśvarādyāgamavacanasaṅgatiriti
prāhuḥ

p1.61

p. २२६)
yā citiścātra vicchinnābhāsinī bahirātmanaḥ /
śivatattvamiti proktā śaktistadbhāsanaṃ bhavet

p1.61

evaṃ sṛṣṭerādyāvidyollāsamuktvā tattvakrameṇa sṛṣṭiṃ nirūpayiṣyannādau
śivatattvaṃ vibhajati - yā citiriti / atra tattvaṃ nāma tasya bhāvastattvamityā
[k, kh: mityāha mahā] mahāpralayasthāyi
pṛthivyādisāmānyarūpam / tathā hi - pṛthivyādisāmānyarūpamā
mahāpralayasthāyi bhavati naivaṃ ghaṭādisāmānyam / bhūtalayo hi mahāpralayaḥ
bhautikaghaṭādestataḥ prāgeva nāśāt / atra sṛṣṭikāle / bahirātmano'vidyākhyā
yā citirvicchinnatvenāvabhāsinī sā śivatattvamiti proktā bhavati / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ ##-
(tattvāṃśenāvabhāsanaṃ [koṣṭhāntargataḥ pāṭho ghapustake nāsti /
aprāsaṅgika iva ca pratīyate]) / yathā hi
nistaraṅgaikarūpāmbudherakasmāt parasparaṃ bhedināṃ taraṅgānāmudayaḥ
evaṃ paracidātmanyanantaparicchinnasvāṃśānāmudayaḥ / tathā ca
tattatparicchinnacidaṃśadṛṣṭyā svetarabāhyabhāsaḥ / pūrṇātmanaḥ
paraśivasya tu na bāhyābhāsa iti sthitiḥ / tatra
paricchinnānantaśuddhacidaṃśānugataṃ sāmānyaṃ śivatattvamucyate / na
cedameva śivatattvaṃ paraśivarūpamiti vācyam
sāmānyarūpasyākhilaviśeṣagarbhitatvena paraśivarūpasya
niḥsāmānyaviśeṣatvāditi / tathā ca paricchinnanirvikalpacitisāmānyaṃ
śivatattvamiti paryavasitam / śaktiriti / tasyāḥ paricchinnanirvikalpaciterahamiti
yadbhāsanaṃ tadbhāsanasāmānyaṃ śaktitattvaṃ dvitīyam / yadyapi
prakāśasyātmaviśrāntirahambhāvo hi kīrtitaḥ (aja० pra० si० २२)
ityuktyāhambhāsanaṃ citeḥ svarūpameva tathā ca śivaśaktitattvayorna bhedaḥ
tathāpi nirvikalpacititvena śivatattvātmatā ahambhāsanatvena śaktitattvateti
jñeyam

p1.62

p. २२७)
bahīrūpaṃ mahāśūnyaṃ kalpitaṃ yattadeva tu /
ahambhāvācchādanena sadāśivamayaṃ smṛtam

p1.52

yacca paricchinnacitidṛṣṭyā bahiḥpadārtharūpamavidyākhyaṃ bhāti
tajjagaccitrāśrayatvena mahākāśatulyatvānmahāśūnyaṃ svatmanaḥ
paricchedābhāsamātrollasitatvāt kalpitam / evaṃvidhaṃ bahīrūpaṃ
yadā'hamevedamityahambhāvenāhantvenācchādayati tadā sadāśivamayaṃ
tṛtīyaṃ tattvaṃ smṛtam / saiva paricchinnacitiḥ svasmād vyāvṛttaṃ
bahīrūpamahamidamiti sāmānādhikaraṇyenāhampratyayaviṣayatvenāvabhāsayati /
evamābhāsātmakaparicchinnacitisāmānyaṃ tṛtīyaṃ sadāśivatattvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.63

p. २२८)
tadeva jāḍyamukhyatve īśvarākhyaṃ pracakṣate /
anayoḥ saṃvedanaṃ tu bhedābhedavimarśanam

p1.63

tadeva sadāśivatattvameva / jāḍyamukhyatve turyamīśvarākhyaṃ tattvam /
ahamidamiti cidātmakāhamaṃśena
bahīrūpedamaṃśaniṣekāccitpradhānābhāsanarūpaṃ sadāśivatattvam /
īśvaratattvaṃ tu idamahamiti jaḍātmakedamaṃśena
cidrūpāhamaṃśaniṣekājjāḍyapradhānābhāsanarūpa(mīśvaratattva
[īśvaratattvam iti pāṭho'nāvaśyakaḥ tathāpi sarvāsu mātṛkāsu
dṛśyate])miti bhāvaḥ / anayoḥ
sadāśiveśvarayorbhedābhedavimarśanarūpamahamidamidamahamiti
yatsaṃvedanamābhāsanaṃ tat pañcamaṃ tattvaṃ śuddhavidyeti
samproktamityanvayaḥ / yadyapi bhedābhedavimarśanātmakāhamidamidamahamiti
sāmānādhikaraṇyābhāsanameva kramāt sadāśivatattvamīśvaratattvaṃ ca
tathāpyubhayavidhābhāsanānugatasāmānyarūpeṇa tābhyāṃ bhinnaṃ pañcamaṃ
śuddhavidyātattvaṃ jñeyam

p1.64

śuddhavidyeti samproktametāvacchuddhamucyate /
bhedaśakteraprarūḍhyā cābhedātmāvabhāsanāt

p1.64

etāvaditi / śivādiśuddhavidyāntaṃ tattvapañcakamityarthaḥ / śuddhamiti /
śuddham miśram aśuddhamiti trividhaṃ tattvam / tatraitatpañcakaṃ
śuddhamityāgameṣūcyate / atra hetuḥ - abhedātmāvabhāsanāditi /
advitīyacinmātrātmanā'vabhāsanāt / atrāpi hetumāha -
bhedaśakteraprarūḍhyeti / bhedaśaktiḥ proktajaḍaśaktiḥ tasyā aprarūḍhiḥ
pariṇatakāryarūpatvābhāvaḥ tayetyarthaḥ / bahiravabhāsarūpā (yā)
jaḍaśaktirbījāṅkuravṛks'vadavasthātrayavatī / yathā hi
bīje'ṅkurādyātmakabhedasyāprarūḍhirevaṃ jaḍaśaktau
svaprādhānyakāryarūpabhedāprarūḍhistadā cidātmano'pṛthagbhūya
bhāsanāccitprādhānyācchuddhatvam / yadā hyaṅkuravajjaḍaśakteḥ [k,
kh: jaḍacitoḥ] sūkṣmakāryarūpabhedaprarūḍhiḥ tadā
cidacidubhayaprādhānyānmiśratvaṃ māyādipuruṣāntatattvasaptakasya / yadā
vṛks'vat sthūlakāryarūpabhedaprarūḍhiḥ tadā'citprādhānyādaśuddhatvaṃ
prakṛtyādipṛthivyantacaturviṃśatitattvasyeti bhāvaḥ

p1.65

p. २२९)
atha citsvātantryabharāt prarūḍhe bhedabhāvane /
jaḍaśaktirdharmibhāvaṃ citirdharmātmatāṃ yayau

p1.66

atha śuddhatattvasṛṣṭyanantaram / cidātmanaḥ svātantryasya bhara ādhikyam
tasmād bhedabhāvane prarūḍhe sati / śuddhatattvapañcake hi bhedasya
jaḍaśakterahamidamityādirūpeṇa [k, kh: mida nāsti]
citinirmagnatvādaprarūḍhiḥ samprati citerunmagnatvena bhedabhāvane prarūḍhe sati
/ bhedabhāvanaṃ bhedasaṅkalpaḥ / śuddhatattveṣu cidaṃśasya dharmitvaṃ
jaḍāṃśasya tannirmagnatvenābhinnadharmatvam / prakrṭe hi tadvyatyaya ityāha ##-
tadā sā jaḍaśaktistu māyātattvaṃ pracakṣate /
māyā vibhedabuddhistu bhedapracurabhāvanāt

p1.66

tadā evaṃ dharmadharmibhāvavyatyāse sati / sā dharmitvaṃ prāptā
jaḍaśaktirmāyātattvam / tatsvarūpamāha - māyeti / bhedasya jaḍaśakteḥ
[k, kh: śaktipracu] pracuratvena dharmitvena
bhāvanādvibhedabuddhisāmānyarūpiṇī māyā māyākhyaṃ tattvam

p1.67

bhedapracurasaṃvītā citiḥ saṅkucitātmikā /
pañcakañcukasaṃvyāptā puruṣatvaṃ prapadyate

p1.67

bhedasya pracuraṃ prācuryam tena saṃvītā vyāptā citiḥ bhedādhikye
cidaṃśācchādanāt saṅkucitātmikā citiḥ vakṣyamāṇapañcakñcukairvyāptā
kañcukitā puruṣatvaṃ prapadyate prāpnoti / pañcakañcukitacitisāmānyaṃ
puruṣatattvaṃ bhavediti bhāvaḥ / yadyapi māyā'nantaraṃ kadādipañcakaṃ
tadanantarameva puruṣatattvamityāgamikaḥ kramaḥ tathāpi kalādeḥ
puruṣadharmatvena puruṣasya prādhānyādādau nirūpaṇaṃ jñeyam

p1.68

p. २३०)
kalāvidyārāgakālaniyatiḥ pañcakañcukam /
kalā kiñcitkartṛtā syādvidyā kiñcijjñatā bhavet

p1.68

kañcukānyevāha - kaleti / teṣāṃ svarūpamāha - kalā kiñciditi /
kiñcitkartṛtvaṃ kalā / kiñcijjñatvaṃ vidyā

p1.69

rāgatṛṣṇā paricchittirāyuṣā kāla ucyate /
niyatiḥ paratantratvametairyuktastu pūruṣaḥ

p1.69

tṛṣṇā idaṃ me syāditi viṣayasāmānyecchā rāgaḥ / śatavarṣādirūpāyuṣā
paricchittiḥ paricchedaḥ kālaḥ / kiñcitkaraṇe tatsādhanāpekṣārūpaparatantratvaṃ
niyatiḥ / etaiḥ kalādiniyatyantaiḥ proktaiḥ pañcabhiḥ kañcukaiḥ yukto veṣṭitaḥ
paricchinnatāmāpāditaḥ puruṣaḥ / paramaśivasya sarvakartṛtvaṃ sarvajñatvaṃ
nityatṛptatvaṃ nityatvaṃ svatantratvaṃ ceti pañca śaktayaḥ / tā imāḥ
saṅkucitāḥ puruṣasya pañca kañcukānītyucyante / evaṃ ca kiñcitkartṛtvādi
pratipuruṣaṃ bhinnaṃ tatsāmānyaṃ kalāditattvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.70

citiśaktimadhiṣṭhāya vicitrānādikarmaṇām /
janānāṃ vāsanāpiṇḍaḥ sthitaḥ prakṛtirucyate

p1.70

citiśaktimiti / vicitrāṇi śuklakṛṣṇādyanekavidhāni anādikālataḥ pāramparyeṇa
pravṛttāni yāni janānāṃ karmāṇi teṣāṃ vāsanāḥ saṃskārā
adṛṣṭābhidhāḥ tāsāṃ piṇḍaḥ samudāyaḥ / citiśaktiṃ cidātmano
jñānaśaktirūpaṃ prakāśāṃśamadhiṣṭhāya āśritya sthitaḥ prakṛtirityucyata
ityarthaḥ / jīvasambandhī prākkṛtakarmasaṃskārapiṇḍa eva prakṛtiriti tātparyam

p1.71

phalaṃ tu trividhaṃ yasmāt karmaṇāṃ sā trirūpiṇī /
asyā avasthābhedo hi cittamityabhidhīyate

p1.71

karmaṇāṃ phalasya sukhaduḥkhamoharūpatvena traividhyāt
tatphalajanakakarmavāsanāpi trividheti sattvarajastamomayī prakṛtistrirūpiṇītyāha
- phalaṃ tviti / asyāḥ prakṛteḥ

p1.72

p. २३१)
suṣuptau prakṛtirjñeyā tadante cittamucyate /
vāsanāpiṇḍasahitā citiścittamudīritam

p1.72

etadevāha - suṣuptāviti / suṣuptikāle sa vāsanāpiṇḍaḥ prakṛtirityucyate /
tadante suṣuptyante jāgratsvapnayorādau sa eva vāsanāpiṇḍaścittamityucyate / yā
hi vāsanāpiṇḍasahitā citiśaktiḥ prakṛtirityuktā suṣuptau saiva kālāntare
cittamityucyata ityāha - vāsaneti

p1.73

avyaktametadevoktaṃ vāsanāpiṇḍabhāvataḥ /
puruṣāṇāṃ vibhedena cittaṃ bahuvidhaṃ bhavet

p1.73

ubhayorekatāṃ draḍhayituṃ prakṛtireva cittamityuktvā bhūyaścittameva
prakṛttirityāha - avyaktamiti / vāsanāpiṇḍabhāvata iti /
prakṛticittayorvāsanāpiṇḍatvarūpaikarūpyānna bheda iti tātparyam / atha
cittaprakṛtyoḥ svarūpabhedaṃ vaktumāha - puruṣāṇāmiti / puruṣabhedena
cittaṃ bhinnam ato bahuvidhamityarthaḥ

p1.74

jīvānāmavibhedena suṣuptāvekadhā hi tat /
prakṛtitvaṃ samāyāti tadante cittatāmiyāt

p1.74

evaṃ puruṣabhedena bhinnamapi cittaṃ suṣuptau jīvānāmabhedahetunaikadhā
bhavati evamekībhūtaṃ tat cittameva prakṛtiḥ saiva suṣuptyante vibhinnā
cittamityāha - jīvānāmiti / taccittam / tadante suṣuptyante / jīvo hi
paricchinnacidrūpaḥ paricchedaśca dehādikṛtaḥ dehādeśca
jāgratsvapnayorvibhinnatvājjīvānāṃ bhedo yuktaḥ / suṣuptau tu
dehāderanavabhāsanāt tatparicchedābhāsanamapyātmani nāstīti
nistaraṅgasamudre taraṅgānāmabheda iva jīvānāmabhedaḥ / jīvānāmabhede ca
tadgatakarmavāsanānāmapyekarāśitā / seyaṃ prakṛtiḥ / suṣuptirnāma
paripakvakarmaṇāṃ bhogena kṣaye'nyeṣāmaparipāke sati
dagdhendhanānalavaccidātmano
jñānaśakterviṣayasaṃyojakaparipakvakarmābhāvenā'bahirmukhatve [k,
kh: karmabhāvena iti pāṭho'śuddhaḥ] madhye bhogarahitadaśāviśeṣaḥ /
evaṃ sthite'paripakvakarmasu tāvatā suṣuptikālena keṣāñcit paripāke sati
paripakvakarmaṇā [k, kh: karmaṇāṃ] jñānaśaktirvis'yābhāsena
saṃyojyate / evaṃ viṣayasaṃyojakakarmavāsanāpiṇḍaviśiṣṭā jñānaśaktireva
cittamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.75

p. २३२)
etadeva pumān proktaścitiprādhānyahetunā /
avyaktaprādhānyatastu cittaprakṛtitāmiyāt

p1.75

etadeva cittameva / cittameva citprādhānyavivakṣāyāṃ puruṣa ityucyate /
prakṛtiprādhānyavivakṣāyāṃ cittamityucyata ityāha - pumān prokta ityādi /
cittaprakṛtitāṃ cittarūpatām / yadvā cittatāṃ prakṛtitāṃ cetyarthaḥ / evaṃ ca
cittaṃ na tattvāntaram kintu puruṣe prakṛtau vā'ntarbhūtamiti
viśiṣṭagranthatātparyam

p1.76

kriyābhedāt tat trividhamantaḥkaraṇamucyate /
ahaṅkārabuddhimanorūpeṇa nṛpasattama

p1.76

evaṃvidhaṃ prakṛtitattvaṃ triguṇātmakamevāntaḥkaraṇamityucyate / tacca
trividham abhimānaniścayasaṅkalpātmakatrividhakriyāvattvādityāha -
kriyābhedāditi / kriyābhedāt tatprakṛtitattvamahaṅkārabuddhimanorūpeṇa
trividhamityarthaḥ

p1.77

jñānakarmendriyāṇāṃ tu pañcakaṃ syāttataḥ pṛthak /
śabdādigaganādīni bhūtāni sthūlasūkṣmataḥ

p1.78

p. २३३)
evaṃ sā paramā saṃvid bāhyābhāsaprapūrvakam /
krīḍāṃ karoti sṛṣtyādikrameṇa sarvasākṣiṇī

p1.78

jñāneti / śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇāni pañca jñānendriyāṇi /
vākpāṇipādapāyūpasthāni pañca karmendriyāṇi / śabdasparśarūparasagandhāḥ
pañca sūkṣmabhūtāni / ākāśavāyavagnisalilabhūmayaḥ pañca mahābhūtāni /
tata iti / triguṇātmakādahaṅkārādityarthaḥ / ahaṅkārasya
sattvarajastamoṃ'śairjñānendriyāṇāṃ karmendriyāṇāṃ sūkṣmabhūtānāṃ
pañcakaṃ pṛthagāsīt / sūkṣmabhūtebhyaḥ sthūlabhūtānyāsanniti bhāvaḥ / etat
ṣaṭtriṃśattattvanirūpaṇavistaraḥ svacchandādyāgameṣu draṣṭavyaḥ / evaṃ
prasaṅgāgataṃ tattvakramaṃ nirūpya punaḥ prakṛtaṃ [k: prakṛte]
bhāvanāmātrasāratvaṃ jagato nirūpayati - evamiti / evaṃ
ṣaṭtriṃśattattvakrameṇa sā prasiddhā paramā'navacchinnā saṃvid
bāhyābhāsaprapūrvakaṃ sṛṣṭisthityādikaṃ krameṇa kurvatī krīḍāṃ karoti /
krīḍāṃ karotīti parasaṃvidātmanaḥ sṛṣṭyādau na prayojanāntaramiti sūcitam /
sarvasākṣiṇīti / yathā sākṣiṇaḥ sākṣyagataguṇadoṣairalepaḥ evaṃ
sṛṣṭyādigataguṇadoṣairalepaḥ saṃvidātmano jñeyaḥ

p1.79

tatrādyayā śrītripurāśaktyā sṛṣṭau prabhāvitaḥ /
hiraṇyagarbho yo brahmā tasyaitad bhāvanotthitam

p1.79

nanu yathā śailāntarloko bhavadbhāvanotthita iti bhavadbhāvanāmātrasāraḥ
evamayaṃ bāhyaloko'pi bhāvanāmātrasāraścet kasya bhāvanayotthita
ityāśaṅkyāha - tatreti / lokasya bhāvanāsāratve siddha ityarthaḥ / ādyayā
sarvakāraṇabhūtayā / sṛṣṭau sṛṣṭiviṣaye sṛṣṭyarthamiti yāvat / prabhāvitaḥ
bhāvanāyogād bhāvitaḥ / hiraṇyagarbhākhyo yo brahmā tasya
bhāvanayaitajjagadutthitamiti sambandhaḥ

p1.80

jagattatra tu yā saṃvit tvamahaṃrūpabhāsinī /
sā paraiva hi cicchaktistadbhedo na tu vidyate

p1.80

nanu brahmādyudbhāvite loke sati sarvakartṛtā kathaṃ tripurāyāḥ
syādityāśaṅkyāha - tatreti / sṛṣṭisāmānya ityarthaḥ / brahmabhāvite
madbhāvite'nyabhāvite vā loke tvamahamityādirūpeṇa bhāsinī sarvāpi
paricchinnasaṃvit tripurā paraiva / yathā hi ghaṭādyavacchinnagaganasya na
mahākāśabhedaḥ evamatrāpi bhedo na vidyate

p1.81

bhedastvaupādhiko bhāti hyapādhirbrahmabhāvitaḥ /
tadbhāvanopasaṃhāre nāsti bhedasya bhāsanam

p1.81

nanu bhedābhāve kathaṃ bhedabhāsanamiti cedāha - bhedastviti / aupādhiko
gaganasya ghaṭādibhiriva dehaprāṇādyupādhikṛto bhedaḥ / nanūpādheḥ kuta
utthitiriti cedāha - brahmabhāvita iti / tattallokakartṛbhāvanayotthita ityarthaḥ /
bhedasyaupādhikatvādevāha - tadbhāvaneti / teṣāṃ jagatkartṝṇāṃ
bhāvanāyā upasaṃhāre virāme upādherlayāt tatparicchinnasaṃvidāṃ
ghaṭādīnāṃ nāśe paricchinnagaganānāmiva na bhedasya bhāsanamasti
[atraiva ghamātṛkā'vasitā]

p1.82

p. २३४)
cito yā bhāvanāśaktirmāyayā te samāvṛtā /
tadāvaraṇahāne tu tava sā siddhimeṣyati

p1.82

nanu cidātmano bhāvanāyāṃ svātantryaṃ naisargikam tat kuto mama na dṛśyata
iti cedāha - cita iti / te bhāvanāśaktirmāyayā bhagavataḥ svātantryaśaktyā
samāvṛtā'stīti śeṣaḥ / tasyā bhāvanāyāḥ proktayuktyā āvaraṇahāne sati / tava
sā bhāvanā siddhiṃ sarvasādhāraṇasṛṣṭisāmarthyam eṣyati

p1.83

deśaḥ kālo'thavā kiñcid yathā yena vibhāvitam /
tathā tattatra bhāseta dīrghasūkṣmatvabhedataḥ

p1.83

kiñcit gajaturagādikam / yena anāvṛtabhāvanena / tad deśakālādikam / tatra
bhāvitapradeśādau / bhāvanānurodhena dīrghasūkṣmatvabhedato bhāseta

p1.84

mayaikadinarūpeṇa bhāvitaṃ tad dinaikakam /
brahmaṇā tāvadevātra dvādaśā'rbudarūpataḥ

p1.84

etadeva śailalokabāhyalokayorupapādayati - mayeti / tāvat dinaikakameva / atra
brahmasṛṣṭaloke / rūpato bhāvitamityanvayaḥ

p1.85

bhāvitaṃ tenaivametacciraśīghratvabhāsanam /
brahmaṇā nirmite śaile pādagavyūtisammite [atraiva
ghamātṛkā'vasitā]

p1.85

tena bhāvanābhedenaiva / ekasminneva kāle ciraśīghratvabhāsanam / evameva
deśe'pītyāha - brahmaṇeti

p1.86

mayā'nantapradeśasya bhāvitatvādanantatā /
evaṃ ca dvayamapyatra satyaṃ cāsatyameva ca

p1.86

evayamapi etadbāhyalokasya deśakālau śailalokasya deśakālau ca /
arthakriyākāritvādirūpavyāvahārikasatyalakṣaṇasattvāt satyam
anavabhāsanarūpabādhasattvāt paramārthato'satyamapi

p1.87

p. २३५)
tvamapyantaḥ krośamitaṃ deśaṃ kālaṃ kalātmakam /
vibhāvya bhūyastatraiva bhāvayānantayojanam

p1.87

naitaccitramityāha - tvamapīti / antaḥsaṅkalpabhūmau ādau krośamitaṃ
parvatādirūpaṃ deśaṃ kalātmakaṃ sūkṣmakālaṃ ca vibhāvya bhūyastatraiva
krośamite deśe kalātmake kāle cāsaṃkhyayojanamanantakālaṃ ca bhāvayeti
sambandhaḥ

p1.88

asaṃkhyakālamapi ca bhāsed yāvaddhi bhāvanam /
tasmād bhāvanamātrātmarūpametajjagad bahiḥ

p1.88

yathā vitastimātradarpaṇe girinagarādivipuladeśasya muhūrttamite svapne
varṣātmakacirakālasya ca bhāsanam evaṃ yāvatte bhāvanamasti tāvadbhāsedeva /
bhāvanāvaraṇāpagame tvetadeva sarvasādhāraṇatayā bhāseteti bhāvaḥ /
tasmādbhāvanārūpamevaitajjagaccidātmarūpe'vyakte bahirātmani bhāsata iti
sambandhaḥ

p1.89

cidātmarūpe'vyakte vai bhāsate manujādhipa /
tasmād bāhyātmakāvyaktabhittau citramayaṃ jagat

p1.89

tasmādbhāvanāmātrarūpatenāsatyatvādyathā citrasya bhittmātrātmatā
tathā'vyaktabhitticitrakalpaṃ jagadvyaktabhittimātramiti sambandhaḥ

p1.90

avyaktabhittimātraṃ syāt sā svabhitticidātmikā /
ata eva cirād gamyo dūradeśo'pi yoginaḥ

p1.90

sā'vyaktātmikā jaḍaśaktirapi cidātmabhittau citrakalpā cidātmikaiva / ata eva
cidātmavyatirekeṇa jagato'satyatvādeva / yoginaḥ paśyantītyanvayaḥ

p1.91

p. २३६)
kṣaṇena gatvā paśyanti karāmalakavad dhruvam /
tasmād dūraṃ samīpaṃ vā ciraṃ śīghramathāpi vā

p1.91

kṣaṇeneti / dūratvasya satyatve kṣaṇena gamanamasambhāvyamiti bhāvaḥ / tasmād
dūrāderasatyatvāt / dūraṃ samīpamityādi bhāvanāmātrasāraṃ niścityetyanvayaḥ

p1.92

bhāvanāmātrasaṃsiddhaṃ ciddarpaṇasamāśritam /
niścityaivaṃ tyaja bhrāntiṃ śuddhacidbhāvanakramāt

p1.92

cidātmakadarpaṇe pratibimbavat samāśritaṃ tadatirekeṇāsatyamevaitajjagaditi
niścitya dehādyatiriktaśuddhacinmātrasya yā'hamasmīti bhāvanā tasyā
dīrghakālanairantaryānuvṛttirūpakramād jagatsatyatvabhrāntiṃ tyajetyarthaḥ

p1.93

tatastvamapyahamiva svatantrasut bhaviṣyasi /
iti śrutvā munisutavacanaṃ munisattamaḥ

p1.93

tataḥ satyatvābhimānanivṛttyanantaram

p1.94

parityajyākhilabhrāntiṃ jñātajñeyaḥ śubhāśayaḥ /
samādhyabhyāsayogena saṃsādhya nijabhāvanām

p1.94

akhilabhrāntiṃ jagatsatyatvadehātmatvādibhrāntim / jñātaṃ jñeyaṃ
jagatpratibimbadarpaṇātmakātmatattvaṃ yena / ata eva śubhaḥ kāmakrodhādirahita
āśayo yasya

p1.95

svātantryamadhigamyātha cirakālaṃ vihṛtya tu /
dehābhāsamathonmūlya mahāgaganasaṃśrayaḥ

p1.95

sṛṣṭyādau svātantryamadhigamya / atha cirakālavihārānantaram /
dehābhāsasyonmūlanaṃ bādhitadehābhāsasyāpi tyāgaḥ / mahāgaganaṃ
nirvikalpaparasaṃvit

p1.96

nirvāṇaṃ paramaṃ prāpto mahāseno'pi bhārgava /
evaṃ jagat satyabhāvabhāvanāmātrahetutaḥ

p1.96

nirvāṇamiti / bādhitānuvṛttimapi dehābhāsaṃ parityajya
nirvikalpasaṃvinmātramūrtiḥ san paramaṃ nirvāṇaṃ videhamuktiṃ prāpta
ityarthaḥ / evamuktarītyā / satyabhāvabhāvanāmātrahetuto jagad bhātītyanvayaḥ

p1.97

p. २३७)
bhāti satyātmarūpeṇa vimṛśaitad bhṛgūdvaha /
vicāreṇa śamaṃ yāyād bhrāntiste cittasaṃśrayā

p1.97

satyātmarūpeṇa jagad bhāti / etanmayoktaṃ vimṛśa vicāraya / bhūyo
mananarūpavicāreṇa bhrāntiḥ śamaṃ yāyāt

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe śailalokākhyānaṃ nāma
caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २३८)
atha pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ
iti śrutvā śailalokākhyānamatyadbhutaṃ tadā /
bhūyo'tyantaṃ vismito'bhūd rāmo bhṛgukulodvahaḥ

p1.1

atrāṣṭāvakrakathayā padyaiḥ kanakasaṃmitaiḥ /
prāha vedyamavedyaṃ ca saṃkṣepādātmano vapuḥ //
pūrvādhyāye vimṛśeti guruṇoktam / svasthānaṃ [k, kh, g:
svasthāne] gatvā samyak kutarkarahitayā śuddhayā buddhyā niścitya
punarāgatya saṃśayaṃ papracchetyāha - vimṛśyeti

p1.2

vimṛśya guruṇā proktaṃ buddhyā niścitya śuddhayā /
dattātreyaṃ punargatvā natvā papraccha sādaram

p1.3

bhagavan yattvayā proktamākhyānairvividhaistu tat /
tatra sāramiyajjñātaṃ mayā'tyantaṃ vicārataḥ

p1.3

bhagavanniti / tvayā yatproktaṃ tatra mayā vicārata iyajjñātamiti yojanā

p1.4

saṃvedanaṃ satyamekaṃ saṃvedyaṃ tatra kalpitam /
ādarśanagaraprakhyaṃ mṛṣaiva pravibhāvitam

p1.4

tadevāha - saṃvedanamiti / tatra saṃvedane / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - ādarśeti /
ata eva mṛṣaiva pravibhāvitaṃ mithyābhūtamasadeva jñātam

p1.5

sā citiḥ paramā śaktiḥ saṃvidrūpā maheśvarī /
svātmabhittau jagaccitramavyaktādiprabheditam

p1.5

evaṃ mṛṣāpravibhāvane saṃvidātmanaḥ svātantryameva nimittamityāha -
seti / yatra vedyaṃ kalpitamekasmin saṃvedane tasya vedyādvailakṣaṇyanirūpaṇāya
citirityādi viśeṣaṇam / citiḥ svaparaprakāśamayī [k: para nāsti] paramā
aparicchinnā śaktirdurlakṣyā / saṃvideva rūpaṃ yasyāḥ / mahatāṃ
brahmādīnāmapīśvarī niyantrī / avyaktaṃ bahiḥpadārthaḥ

p1.6

p. २३९)
bhāsayet [k: bhāvayet] svātantryamātrād nirupādānahetukam /
etāvattu mayā jñātaṃ vicārya sūkṣmayā dhiyā

p1.6

svātantryamātrāt svātantryaikanimittāt / nirupādānahetukaṃ jagat

p1.7

kintvevaṃvidhasaṃvittirvedyavandhyā nirūpitā /
upalabdhumaśakyaiva savedyāyāḥ sadā sthiteḥ

p1.8

vedyaṃ vinā tu saṃvitteḥ kathaṃ syādupalambhanam /
upalambhaṃ vinā tasyāḥ puruṣārtho na vidyate

p1.8

evamupadiṣṭeṣu nirṇītāṃśamuktvā śeṣamāha - kintviti / vedyavandhyā
śuddhā nirvikalpā / yā nirūpitā sopalabdhumaśakyetyarthaḥ / atra hetuḥ -
savedyāyā iti / sadā savedyatvenaiva tasyā upalabhyamānatvāditi bhāvaḥ / kathamiti
? ayaṃ ghaṭo'yaṃ paṭa iti vedyākāreṇaiva tasyā upalambhaniyamāt / mā'stu
tasyā upalambha iti cedāha - upalambhamiti / tasyā
vastutastathāvidhatve'pyupalambhasyaiva puruṣārthasādhakatvam anyathā bandha eva
na saṃbhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.9

puruṣārtho'pi mokṣaḥ syāt sa vā kiṃvidha ucyate /
vijñāne sati mokṣaḥ syānmukte vyavahṛtiḥ katham

p1.9

saṃśayāntaram - puruṣārtha iti / saḥ mokṣaḥ / kiṃvidhaḥ kiṃrūpaḥ /
vijñānottaraṃ jīvata eva muktāvanantaraṃ tasya kathaṃ vyavahāra iti
praśnāntaram

p1.10

jñānino'pi ca dṛśyante vyavahāraparāyaṇāḥ /
kathaṃ teṣāṃ hi saṃvedyamuktaṃ saṃvedanaṃ sthitam

p1.10

jñānināṃ nāsti vyavahāra iti cennetyāha - jñānina iti / nanu jñānino
vyavahāre ko'yaṃ virodha iti cedāha - kathamiti / vyavahārasya
savikalpajñānatvena [k: kalpakajñāna] tatkāle saṃvedyamuktaṃ
nirvikalpasaṃvedanaṃ kathaṃ sthitaṃ bhavet

p1.11

p. २४०)
sthitāyāṃ śuddhasaṃvittau vyavahāraḥ kathaṃ bhavet /
vijñānamekarūpaṃ vai mokṣo'pyekaḥ phalaṃ bhavet

p1.11

sthitāyāmiti / nirvikalpasaṃvittau sthitāyāṃ vā kathaṃ vyavahāraḥ parasparaṃ
virodhāditi bhāvaḥ / mokṣasādhanavijñānasya vijñānaphalamokṣasya ca
nānātvābhāve kathaṃ jñānināṃ bhinnā sthitirloke dṛśyata iti praśnāntaram
- vijñānamiti

p1.12

tatkathaṃ jñānināṃ bhedaḥ sthitau loke hi dṛśyate /
kecit karma prakurvanti kāle sacchāstracoditam

p1.12

bhinnāṃ sthitimevāha - kecidityādi / kāle tattatkāle

p1.13

kecit samārādhayanti devatāṃ bhinnavartmabhiḥ /
kecit samādhiparamāḥ saṃhṛtendriyamaṇḍalāḥ

p1.13

bhinnavartmabhiḥ vaidikādimārgaiḥ

p1.14

kecittapaḥ prakurvanti dehendriyaviśoṣaṇam /
kecicchiṣyān bodhayanti pṛthakpravacanaiḥ sphuṭam

p1.14

pravacanairupadeśavākyaiḥ

p1.15

kecidrājyaṃ praśāsanti daṇḍanītyuktavartmanā /
kecit pravādaṃ kurvanti sadassu prativādibhiḥ

p1.16

kecicchāstrāṇi vividhānyajasraṃ racayanti vai /
anye kevalamugdhatvamāvahanti sadaiva hi

p1.16

mugdhatvaṃ mūḍhatvam

p1.17

ke'pi lokavigarhyāṃ tu vṛttiṃ nityamihāsthitāḥ /
ta ime jñānina iti prathitā bhūriśocanaiḥ

p1.17

vigarhyāṃ nindyām / prathitāḥ vikhyātāḥ

p1.18

tatkathaṃ sādhanaphalābhede'pi sthitibhinnatā /
kimete samavijñānāstāratamyamutāśritāḥ

p1.18

tatkathamiti / eteṣāṃ jñānitvaṃ katham ? kimekarūpamuta vividhamityarthaḥ /
ekavidhatve kathaṃ bhinnā sthitirityāha - sādhaneti / sādhanaphale
vijñānamokṣe / tatkathamityasya vivaraṇam - kimeta iti / jñānatāratamyam

p1.19

p. २४१)
etatsarvamaśeṣeṇa pravaktuṃ me samarhasi /
śiṣye'nanyaśaraṇye te nisargasadayaṃ manaḥ

p1.19

sarvaṃ praśnajātam / yato nisargasadayaṃ manaḥ ato'rhasīti sambandhaḥ

p1.20

ityatrisūnurāpṛṣṭo bhārgaveṇa prasannadhīḥ /
matvā yogyaṃ praśnajātaṃ pravaktumupacakrame

p1.21

rāma buddhimatāṃ śreṣṭha nūnaṃ spṛśasi tatpadam /
savimarśaparo yastvamato jñātuṃ prabhāvitaḥ

p1.21

tatpadaṃ spṛśasi / parasaṃvidātmarūpaṃ jñātuṃ samartho'sītyarthaḥ / kuta
etaditi cedāha - sadvimarśeti / yadyasmāttvaṃ sadvimarśaparaḥ sattarkaparaḥ
[k, kh: sattarkaparaḥ nāsti] / prabhāvitaḥ samarthaḥ

p1.22

etadeva hi tacchaktipāto yatsadvimarśanam /
bhagavacchaktipātena vinā kaḥ śreya āpnuyāt

p1.22

tasyeśvarasya śaktipāto'nugrahaśaktiḥ [g: prāptiḥ] /
śaktipātakāryatvācchaktipātatvam / śreyaḥ śreyomukhyasādhanaṃ sattarkam

p1.23

kṛtyamātmadevatāyā jānīhyetāvadeva hi /
yat sadvimarśanaṃ nityaṃ vardhayet suprasāditā

p1.23

prasanneśvarasya sutarkotpādanameva kṛtyamityāha - kṛtyamiti

p1.24

yat tvayā viditaṃ tattu tādṛk satyaṃ nahītarat /
kintu tat tādṛśamapi tvayoktaṃ apracidvapuḥ

p1.24

yaditi / tatra sāramiyajjñātam (१५/३) ityādinā yattvayā viditamuktaṃ
tattādṛgeva itarad anyathā na bhavatīti satyam kintu tvayoktaṃ tādṛśaṃ
paracidvapurna suviditamiti sambandhaḥ

p1.25

na te suviditaṃ rāma yata evaṃ vasayataḥ /
tāṭasthyena tu yo yāvadveda tāvanna veda vai

p1.25

na te tvayā / suviditamaparokṣīkṛtam yataḥ sā parā
citirātmabhittāvādarśanagaravad jagadavabhāsayediti [k: jagad nāsti]
tāṭasthyenānuvadasi / astu yathākathañcidviditameveti cedāha - tāṭasthyeneti /
na vedeti / vedanamukhyaphalābhāvānna vedetyarthaḥ

p1.26

p. २४२)
yataḥ sā viditā samyak tāṭasthyamupaśāmayet /
taṭasthasaṃvedanaṃ tu svapnasaṃvedanopamam

p1.26

samyag mayā viditvāpi tāṭasthyena nirūpitamiti cedāha - yata iti / sā parasaṃvit
/ parasaṃvidaḥ pratyagātmanaḥ samyagvedanamahamasmīti / evaṃ vidite'nantaraṃ
tāṭasthyanimittakaṃ sā jagadavabhāsayediti kathaṃ nirūpaṇaṃ syāditi tātparyam /
taṭasthasaṃvedanaṃ parokṣajñānam / aparokṣavastunaḥ parokṣaṃ [g:
parokṣajñānaṃ] jñānaṃ bhramarūpamevetyāha - svapneti

p1.27

yathā svapnanidhiprāptiḥ puruṣāṇāṃ nirarthikā /
tathā taṭasthavijñānamamukhyaphaladaṃ bhavet

p1.27

parokṣajñānaṃ vyarthamityāha - yatheti / amukhyaphaladam / śuktau
rajatadarśanena rajataprāptinimittaharṣādisambhave'pi yathā harṣo mukhyaṃ phalaṃ
na bhavatyevamatrāpītyarthaḥ

p1.28

atra te kathayiṣyāmi prāgvṛttamatiśobhanam /
purā videheṣu kaścidāsīd rājā sudhārmikaḥ

p1.28

atra taṭasthavijñānasyāmukhyaphalatve

p1.29

vṛddhaprajño hi janakaḥ pravijñātaparāvaraḥ /
sa kadācit svātmadevīmīje kratubhiruttamaiḥ

p1.30

tatrājagmurbrāhmaṇādyā vidyāvantastapasvinaḥ /
kalābhijñā vaidikāśca yajvānaścāpi satriṇaḥ

p1.31

tatkāla eva varuṇo yaṣṭuṃ samupacakrame /
tenopahūtā viprādyā na yayustatra bhūriśaḥ

p1.31

tatra varuṇayāge / bhūriśaḥ bahavaḥ

p1.32

p. २४३)
janake hyabhisaṃprītāḥ pūjitāstena tarpitāḥ /
athājagāma varuṇadāyādo bauddhasampadā

p1.32

agamane hetubhūtaṃ viśeṣaṇam - janaka iti / tatrāpi hetuḥ - pūjitā ityādi /
atha brāhmaṇādyanāgamananiścayānantaram varuṇasya dāyādaḥ putraḥ
bauddhasampadā baudhā buddhisambandhinī sampat tayā sahita ityarthaḥ /
tarkakuśala iti tātparyam

p1.33

vipraveṣadharo netuṃ brāhmaṇān kūṭavartmanā /
āsādya yajñasadanaṃ nṛpaṃ saṃyojya cāśiṣā

p1.33

netumājagāma / kūṭavartmanā kapaṭamārgeṇa

p1.34

ākṣipattatra [k: akṣi] sabhyāṃstu śṛṇvatāṃ ca sabhāsadām /
rājaṃste yajñasadanamatyantaṃ naiva śobhate

p1.34

ākṣepastiraskāraḥ / ākṣepaṃ śṛṇvatāṃ sabhāsadāṃ madhye sthita iti śeṣaḥ

p1.35

kamalākaravat kākakaṅkavṛndasya sañcayāt /
sabhā vidvatsamudayaiḥ śobhinī śobhatetarām

p1.35

na śobhata ityatra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - kamaleti / kuta iti cedāha - sabheti /
śobhinīti / svataḥ śobhamānā nitarāṃ śobhate

p1.36

śāradaṃ haṃsasaṅghātaiḥ sapadmaṃ tu saro yathā /
tadatra vidyāviśadaṃ na paśyāmyekamapyalam

p1.36

dṛṣṭāntaḥ - śāradamiti / yasmānna paśyāmi tat tasmānna śobhata iti
sambandhaḥ

p1.37

svasti te'stu gamiṣyāmi nātra me saṃsthitirbhavet /
kathaṃ sabhāmimāṃ mūrkhapracurāṃ saṃviśāmyaham

p1.38

evaṃ vāruṇinā proktāḥ sabhyāścukrudhurañjasā /
kimare dvijabandho tvamadhikṣipasi sarvataḥ

p1.38

kruddhānāṃ vacanam - kimare iti / sarvataḥ sarvān

p1.39

p. २४४)
keyaṃ tavedṛśī vidyā yayā sarve vayaṃ jitāḥ /
vṛthā katthasi durbuddhe jitvā'smāṃstvaṃ gamiṣyasi

p1.39

jitā bhavāma iti śeṣaḥ

p1.40

prāyo bhūlokasaṃsthānā vidvāṃsaḥ saṅgatāḥ khalu /
kiṃ tvaṃ bhūlokamevādya jetumicchasi durmate

p1.40

bhūlokasaṃsthānāḥ bhūlokasthāḥ / atra saṅgatāḥ militā vartanta iti śeṣaḥ

p1.41

brūhi kā te bhavedvidyā yayā'smān jetumicchasi /
ityuktavatsu sabhyeṣu vāruṇiḥ punarāha tān

p1.42

samayena vijeṣyāmi sarvān vaḥ kṣaṇamātrataḥ /
ahaṃ jito bhavadbhistu samudre syāṃ nikajjitaḥ

p1.42

samayena pratijñayā / samayamevāha - ahamiti

p1.43

yuṣmāsvahaṃ majjayāmi jitaṃ jitamathāpi vā /
upetyaivaṃ tu samayaṃ vivadantu mayā saha

p1.43

upetya aṅgīkṛtya

p1.44

ityuktāḥ sammatiṃ cakruḥ sabhyā vādāya tena tu /
vivādaṃ cakruratyantaṃ tena vāruṇinā dvijāḥ

p1.44

sammatiṃ pratijñāṅgīkāram

p1.45

jije(gā)ya vāruṇirviprān vitaṇḍājalpavartmanā /
sindhau jimajjitā viprāḥ śataśo'tha sahasraśaḥ

p1.45

vitaṇḍājalpavartmaneti / kathā tridhā vādajalpavitaṇḍābhedāt / vādaḥ
svasiddhāntasaṃsthāpanamātropayuktā kathā / jalpaḥ
svasiddhāntasthāpanaparasiddhāntadūṣaṇayorupayukta /
parasiddhāntadūṣaṇamātropayuktā vitaṇḍā / kāṃścidvitaṇḍāmārgeṇa
kāṃścijjalpamārgeṇa jije(gā)ya / tadanantaraṃ jitā viprāḥ sindhau
nimajjitāḥ

p1.46

nimajjitāstu ye viprā dūtaistairvāruṇairhṛtāḥ /
vāruṇaṃ yajñamāsādya mumuduḥ pūjitā bhṛśam

p1.46

varuṇena pūjitāḥ

p1.47

p. २४५)
majjitaṃ pitaraṃ śrutvā kaholaṃ tatsutastataḥ /
aṣṭāvakraḥ samāgatya jñānavaitaṇḍyajalpakaḥ

p1.47

svapitaraṃ majjitamaṣṭāvakraḥ śrutvā / vaitaṇḍyaṃ vitaṇḍā

p1.48

vijitya vāruṇiṃ sindhāvādideśa nimajjane /
atha prakāśamāpanno vāruṇirdvijamukhyakān

p1.48

ādideśa ājñāpayāmāsa / atha ādeśānantaram / prakāśaṃ prakaṭatām /
vipraveṣaṃ parityaktavāniti yāvat

p1.49

samānayat svalokasthānaṣṭāvakreṇa nirjitaḥ /
athāgateṣu vipreṣu kaholatanayo bhṛśam

p1.50

viprān vimocitān sarvānatyavartata darpataḥ /
aṣṭāvakreṇa vimatā viprāḥ khedamupāgatāḥ

p1.50

atyavartata atikrāntavān / avama(mā)nena [g: avamena] iti yāvat /
vimatāḥ avamānitāḥ [k: apa]

p1.51

tatkāla āgatāṃ kāñcit tāpasīṃ śaraṇaṃ yayuḥ /
tān samāśvāsya viprān sā kāṣāyāmbaravāsinī

p1.51

aṣṭāvakradarpabhañjanāya śaraṇaṃ yayuḥ

p1.52

jaṭilā nityataruṇī manoharavapurdharā /
sabhāmupetya provāca nṛpeṇābhisupūjitā

p1.52

nityataruṇī yogena jarāvarjitā

p1.53

kaholasuta vatsa tvamatyantaṃ buddhimānasi /
tvayā vimocitā viprā vāde nirjitya vāruṇim

p1.54

ahaṃ pṛcchāmi kiñcittvāṃ vada hitvā sukaitavam /
yatpadaṃ viditaṃ sarvāmṛtatvapratipādakam

p1.54

kaitavaṃ vitaṇḍājalpavartma / vijigīṣāṃ parityajyeti yāvat /
sarvāmṛtatvamaparicchinnāmṛtatvam

p1.55

yatpade vidite sarvasandehaḥ pralayaṃ vrajet /
avijñātaṃ na kiñcit syādāśāsyaṃ vā na kiñcana

p1.55

āśāsyaṃ vāñchitam

p1.56

p. २४६)
avedyaṃ viditaṃ tacced vada māmupa satvaram /
tāpasyaivaṃ samāpṛṣṭaḥ kaholatanayo'bravīt

p1.56

evaṃvidham avedyaṃ tatpadaṃ viditaṃ cedvada / māmupa matsamīpe

p1.57

viditaṃ tatpadaṃ bhūyo vacmi tāpasi saṃśṛṇu /
na me hyaviditaṃ loke hyasti kiñcit kiyattvidam

p1.57

tatpadaṃ tvayā pṛṣṭaṃ padam / bhūyaḥ asakṛt / idaṃ tvatpṛṣṭam / kiyat
atyalpamiti yāvat

p1.58

mayā śāstrāṇi sarvāṇi bhūyaḥ saṃluṭhitāni vai /
yat tvaṃ pṛcchasi tadvakṣye śṛṇu tāpasi tattvataḥ

p1.58

saṃluṭhitāni saṃloḍitāni samyag vimṛṣṭānīti yāvat

p1.59

taddhi sarvajagaddheturādimadhyāntavarjitam /
deśakālānavacchinnaṃ śuddhākhaṇḍacidātmakam

p1.59

tat tvatpṛṣṭaṃ [k: tvatpṛṣṭapadam] padam /
ādimadhyāntarahitatvādevāha - deśetyādi / śuddhamakhaṇḍamiti
vijātīyasajātīyavastvantarāsambheda uktaḥ

p1.60

yadupāśritya vai sarvaṃ jagadetad virājate /
ādarśanagaraprakhyaṃ tadetatparamaṃ padam

p1.60

yat proktacittattvamupāśritya / upāśrayaṇaṃ ca [k: ca nāsti] na ghaṭe
nīlarūpāderivetyāha - ādarśeti

p1.61

prāpnoti tadviditvaiva niścalāmṛtasaṃsthitim /
ādarśe vidite yadvanna sandehaḥ kvacidbhavet

p1.61

tat paramaṃ [k: paramapadam] padaṃ viditvā / tadvedanena sarvaṃ
sandehanivṛttyādikaṃ sadṛṣṭāntamāha - ādarśeti / yathādarśe vidite
tadgatapratibimbeṣu kvacidapi na sandeho bhavet
pratibimbānāmādarśamātrātmatvāt

p1.62

p. २४७)
pratibimbeṣvananteṣu na syādaviditaṃ tathā /
nāśāsyaṃ vā bhavet kiñcidevaṃ pravidite pare

p1.62

evamaviditamapi na kiñcid bhavet / evamāśāsyaṃ vā na kiñcid bhavet
pratibimbatvena jñāte āśānudayāt / evaṃ pare śuddhe svātmani vidite
taditarasyākhilasya pratibimbatvena tadananyatvāttatra sandeho vā kiñcidaviditaṃ vā
āśāsyaṃ vā na bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.63

taccāpyavedyamanyasya vedakāderabhāvataḥ /
evaṃ tāpasi tat tattvaṃ śāstradṛṣṭyā vibhāvitam

p1.63

evaṃvidhamātmatattvamevāvedyam anyasya vedakasyābhāvāt / anyavedakasya
jaḍatve vedakatvahānirajaḍatve tatrāpi vedakāntarāpekṣāyāmanavastheti bhāvaḥ /
ādinā karaṇamapyevaṃ jñeyam / śāstradṛṣṭyā na tu pratyakṣeṇa vibhāvitaṃ
jñātam

p1.64

ityaṣṭāvakravacanaṃ śrutvā sā punarabravīt /
munidāraka sūktaṃ te yathāvat sarvasammatam

p1.64

te tvayā yathāvaduktaṃ tatsūktaṃ sarvasammataṃ ca

p1.65

yaduktaṃ vedakābhāvādavedyaṃ taditi tvayā /
prāpnoti tadviditvaiva cāmṛtaṃ padamavyayam

p1.65

tatraitāvānaṃśo viruddha ityāha - yaduktamiti

p1.66

iti pūrvottaravaco manyase saṅgataṃ katham /
avedyaṃ cenna jānāmi nāstīti ca nirūpaya

p1.66

avedyaṃ tatpadaṃ viditvaivāmṛtaṃ padaṃ prāpnotīti pūrvottaravacaḥ saṅgataṃ
kathaṃ manyase / kuta iti cedāha - avedyaṃ cediti / avedyaṃ
cettajjñānasambhāvitameva / aviditasyāprakāśitatvena tatsattvamapyasambhavīti
bhāvaḥ [k, kh: tatvetaratatsattva]

p1.67

p. २४८)
asti jānāsi yadi tadavedyamiti mā vada /
athaitattu tvayā vipra śāstradṛṣtyā vibhāvitam

p1.67

dūṣaṇāntaramāha - atheti / etat paramātmatattvaṃ śāstradṛṣṭyā
vākyajñānena vibhāvitaṃ viniścitam

p1.68

na tat svayaṃ vijānāsi tasmāttannāparokṣakam /
dṛṣṭvā pratyakṣataḥ sarvaṃ pratibimbaṃ yathāsthitam

p1.68

svayaṃ sākṣāt / tat parātmatattvam / na vijānāsi / nāparokṣakaṃ na
pratyakṣaviṣayam / tathā ca sarvaṃ jagattatrādarśaṃ pratibimbaṃ yathā
pratibimbakalpaṃ sthitaṃ pratyakṣato dṛṣṭvā ādarśaṃ [k, kh:
ādarśa] pratyakṣeṇa na vijānāsītyetat kathaṃ vacaḥ saṅgataṃ bhavediti
bhāvaḥ

p1.69

ādarśaṃ na vijānāsi pratyakṣeṇeti tatkatham /
evaṃ vadan sabhāmadhye janakasyāsya vai puraḥ

p1.69

evaṃ pūrvottarāsaṅgataṃ [k, kh: tarasaṅgata] vacaḥ /
vidvatsabhāmadhye tatrāpi janakasya vidvacchiromaṇeḥ puro'grataḥ

p1.70

paribhūtaṃ svamātmānaṃ manyase no kathaṃ vada /
evamuktastayā tatra naiva provāca kiñcana

p1.70

ātmānaṃ paribhūtaṃ tiraskṛtaṃ na kathaṃ manyase /
sabhāsvasandarbhavākyanirūpaṇameva maurkhyadyotakam / bhūyastatraiva vākye
susandarbhatābhimānastu sutarāṃ mauḍhyapradyotaka iti bhāvaḥ

p1.71

vimanā iva sañjāto lajjito'bhavadañjasā /
avāṅmukhaḥ kṣaṇaṃ sthitvā vicāryāntastayeritam

p1.71

vimanā iva vyagracitta iva / antaḥ manasi

p1.72

tatpraśnottaramaprāpya tāṃ prāha dvijasattamaḥ /
tāpasyahaṃ na jānāmi tvatpraśnasyottaraṃ vacaḥ

p1.72

tasyāstāpasyāḥ praśnottaram / tāṃ tāpasīm

p1.73

śiṣyo'haṃ te vadaitanme kathametannirūpitam /
nāhaṃ vadāmyanṛtakaṃ tapoharamanarthakam

p1.73

etat tvayā pṛṣṭam / avedyaṃ viditvā'mṛtatvaprāptiriti śāstre nirūpitaṃ kathaṃ
saṅgatametadvada / aviditamapi jānāmītyanṛtakam

p1.74

p. २४९)
ityāpṛṣṭā tāpasī sā prasannā tasya satyataḥ /
aṣṭāvakraṃ pratyuvāca śṛṇvatāṃ ca sabhāsadām

p1.74

tasya aṣṭāvakrasya

p1.75

vatsaitadaviditvaiva bahavo mohamāgatāḥ /
śuṣkatarkairavijñeyaṃ sarvatraiva sugopitam

p1.75

etat proktavirodhasamādhānam / etadavijñeyam / sarvatra śāstreṣu

p1.76

etāvatsu sabhāsatsu na vijānāti kaścana /
rājā'yaṃ vettyahaṃ vāpi vedmi nānyastu kaścana

p1.76

na vijānāti kaścanetyetadeva bhūyaḥ spaṣṭārthamāha - nānyastviti

p1.77

sarvatra hi vivādeṣu naitatpraśnottaraṃ kvacit /
prāyo vidurhi vidvāṃsastarkamātrasamāśrayāḥ

p1.78

naitattarkeṇa sujñeyamapi sūkṣmadhiyā kvacit /
vinā sadgurusevāyā devatānugrahādvinā

p1.78

sūkṣmadhiyāpi / devatānugrahapūrvakasadgurusevanaṃ vinā
śuddhā'dvitīyātmatattvasākṣātkāraṃ vinaitadarthasya durvijñeyatvāditi tātparyam

p1.79

muniputrābhidhāsyāmi śṛṇvetatsūkṣmayā dhiyā /
nedaṃ śrutvāpi vijñeyaṃ tāṭasthyaprāṇayā dhiyā

p1.79

sūkṣmayā ekāgrayā dhiyā / kuta iti cedasamāhitabuddheretad durvijñeyamityāha
- nedamiti / tāṭasthyaprāṇa iva mukhyadharmo yasyāḥ / ātmanyasamāhitayā
bahirmukhyeti tātparyam

p1.80

yāvadetaddhi vijñānamanudāhṛtamātmani /
tāvat sahasraśaḥ proktaṃ śrutaṃ cāpi nirarthakam

p1.80

vijñānaṃ vijñānasādhanopapattijālam / anudāhṛtamātmanīti / ātmā sūryavat
svaprakāśa iti guruvākyaṃ śrutvā'hamevaṃvidho bhavāmi na bhavāmi veti
viniścayāya samāhitāntaḥkaraṇaḥ svarūpābhimukho yāvanna bhavediti tātparyam
/ guruṇā proktaṃ svena śrutaṃ ca

p1.81

p. २५०)
yathā kaścit svakaṇṭhasthaṃ muktāhāraṃ pramādataḥ /
avijñāya hṛtaṃ caurairmanyate mūḍhabhāvataḥ

p1.81

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / pramādataḥ vismaraṇāt / avijñāya adṛṣṭvā

p1.82

prabodhito'pi sa punaḥ kaṇṭhe'stīti hi kenacit /
svātmānamanudāhṛtya yāvat kaṇṭhaṃ na paśyati

p1.82

tava kaṇṭhe'stīti / svasyātmānaṃ śarīram / anudāhṛtyāsammukhīkṛtya /
tatrendriyavyāpāramakṛtvetyetat

p1.83

tāvannāpnoti kaṇṭhasthaṃ hāraṃ sūkṣmavimarśyapi /
evaṃ munisutātmānaṃ svasvabhāvaṃ niśamya ca

p1.83

svasvabhāvaṃ svasvarūpaṃ niśamya śrutvā

p1.84

bhūyo'tinipuṇo'pyantarātmānamanudāharet /
yāvat tāvad bahiḥ kutra kathaṃ tadviditaṃ bhavet

p1.84

bhūyo niśamyeti sambandhaḥ / antarātmānamanudāharet samāhitacittaḥ
svarūpāntaḥ svātmaivaṃvidho na vetyātmarūpaṃ niścetumabhimukho na bhavet /
tat ātmarūpam

p1.85

yathā hi dīpo viṣayān prakāśayati sarvataḥ /
svayaṃ prakāśyatāṃ naiti kvaciddīpasya kasyacit

p1.85

evaṃ samāhitasyāntarmukhasyaiva phalaprāptirityuktvā
prakṛtamātmatattvasyāvedyasya vedanaprakāraṃ sadṛṣṭāntaṃ
vaktumupakramate - yatheti / sarvataḥ sarvatra / kasyacidanyasya dīpasya svayaṃ
prakāśyatāṃ naiti

p1.86

prakāśate svayaṃ caivānapekṣyānyaṃ prakāśakam /
evaṃ sūryādayaḥ [k, kh: sūryodaye] sarve prakāśakatayā
sthitāḥ

p1.86

sūryādayo'pyevamanyaprakāśakāḥ [k, kh: sūryodaye]
svaprakāśe'nyānapekṣāḥ svataḥ prakāśante

p1.87

p. २५१)
evaṃ ca kiṃ dīpamukhā aprakāśyatvahetutaḥ /
na santi na prakāśanta iti vaktuṃ hi yujyate

p1.87

evaṃ ceti / dīpādayo'prakāśyatvahetoḥ na santi na prakāśanta iti vaktuṃ yujyate
kim / na yujyata ityarthaḥ

p1.88

evaṃ prakāśyabhūteṣu satsu dīpaukheṣu vai /
atyantamaprakāśyaṃ yaccittattvaṃ tatkuto vada

p1.88

evamiti / evaṃ citprakāśyeṣu dīpādiṣu satsvatyantamaprakāśyaṃ
yaccittattvamasaṃvedyaṃ prakāśate cetyatra kuto vicikitsitaṃ tava tadvadeti
sambandhaḥ

p1.89

asaṃvedyaṃ prakāśeta cetyatra vicikitsitam /
tasmāt tvamantarmukhayā dṛṣṭyā samyag vicaraya

p1.89

vicikitsitaṃ saṃśayaḥ / dīpāderjaḍasyāpyaprakāśyasya prakāśo'stitā ca dṛṣṭā
cidātmana evaṃvidhatve kaḥ saṃśaya iti bhāvaḥ / tasmādaprakāśyasya
prakāśādisambhavād aprākāśyacidātmanaḥ prakāśanaṃ svato'sti vā na veti
samyagvicāraya

p1.90

cicchaktireṣā paramā tripurā sarvasaṃśrayā /
sarvāvabhāsinī kutra kadā vā na prakāśate

p1.90

prakāśātmano dīpādeḥ paricchinnasya kadācit kvacidaprakāśo'pi syāt
citestvaparicchinnāyā na kadācidaprakāśanamityāha - cicchaktiriti / paramā
sarvakāraṇatvena sarvotkṛṣṭā / tripurā turyā / sarveṣāṃ saṃśrayā /
pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa iva jagadāśrayabhūtā / ata eva
sarvamātmanyavabhāsayatīti sarvāvabhāsinī / kutra deśe kadā kāle kena rūpeṇa na
prakāśate ? sarvatra sarvadā sarvarūpeṇa ca prakāśata evetyarthaḥ

p1.91

yadā sā na prakāśeta prakāśeta tadā nu kim /
aprakāśenāpi saiva citiśaktiḥ prakāśate

p1.91

sā citiśaktiḥ [k, kh: śakti nāsti] / tadā kiṃ prakāśeta ? na
kiñcit prakāśetetyarthaḥ / nanu suṣuptipralayādau na kiñcit prakāśate
ataścitprakāśaḥ kālaparicchinna iti cennetyāha - aprakāśeneti / na prakāśata
iti rūpeṇāpi citireva prakāśata ityarthaḥ / anyathā na prakāśata iti vā kathaṃ
siddhyediti bhāvaḥ

p1.92

p. २५२)
aprakāśo yathā bhāti sā na bhāyāt kathaṃ vada /
bhāti cet sā kathaṃ bhāti vimṛśaitat susūkṣmataḥ

p1.92

nanu suṣuptau prakāśābhāva eva kevalaṃ bhāsate na tu citiriti cedāha -
aprakāśa iti / aprakāśo hi na svaprakāśaḥ virodhāt / tasmāccitireva tatprakāśiketi
siddham / tathā cāprakāśaprakāśikā citiḥ kathaṃ na bhāyādityarthaḥ / evaṃ ca
citerabhāne'prakāśo'pi na bhāyāditi citiḥ sadā prakāśata ityeva vaktavyam / tathā
ca citiḥ sarvadā bhāti cet ? sā citiḥ svato bhāti vā parato bhāti vetyetat
sūkṣmadṛśā tvameva vimṛśetyāha - bhāsata iti

p1.93

atra sarve na paśyanti kuśalā api paṇḍitāḥ /
anantardṛṣṭayastena mohitāḥ saṃsaranti ca

p1.93

nanu kathametadvimṛśāmi yato dṛṣṭo ghaṭo hi vimṛśyate / śuddhā
citiradṛṣṭeti kathaṃ sā vimṛśyā bhavedityāśaṅkāyāmāha - atreti /
svarūpe śuddhacidviṣaya ityarthaḥ / kuśalāstarkanipuṇāḥ / kuta iti cedāha -
anantardṛṣṭaya iti / yato'nantardṛṣṭayastato na paśyantītyarthaḥ / tena
anantardṛṣṭitvena hetunā

p1.94

yāvad dṛṣṭiḥ pravṛttiṃ tu na parityajya tiṣṭhati /
tāvadantardṛṣṭitāpi na syādeva kathañcana

p1.94

antardṛṣṭitā kathaṃ syāditi cedāha - yāvaditi / dṛṣṭiḥ manaḥ tasyāḥ
pravṛttiḥ saṅkalpaḥ / tiṣṭhatīti / na svapnādikaṃ vrajatītyarthaḥ / saṅkalpaṃ
parityajya jāgraddaśāyāmeva tiṣṭhati svapnādyavasthāntaraṃ na prāpnotīti
bhāvaḥ

p1.95

p. २५३)
yāvannāntardṛṣṭimeti tāvattāṃ na prapaśyati /
antardṛṣṭirnirīhā syāt sehāyāḥ sā kathaṃ bhavet

p1.95

evamantardṛṣṭiṃ vinā svarūpaṃ na paśyatītyāha - yāvaditi / tāṃ
śuddhacitim / antardṛṣṭipadārthaṃ niṣkṛṣyāha - antardṛṣṭiriti / nirīhā
nirgatā īhā saṅkalpo yasyā dṛṣṭermanasaḥ sā antardṛṣṭiḥ

p1.96

parihṛtya tu tāṃ samyak svabhāvamupasaṃśraya /
kṣaṇaṃ svaṃ [k, g: svabhāva] bhāvamāśritya nirvimarśastataḥ
param

p1.96

tām īhām / samyak niḥśeṣeṇa parihṛtya / svabhāvaṃ svarūpam / upasaṃśrayeti /
mano hi pratyagātmanā śuddhacidrūpeṇākāśena pūrṇo ghaṭa iva svabhāvādeva
pūrṇam / vrīhipūritaghaṭavad bhūyaḥ saṅkalpairapi pūrṇam / tathā ca
vrīhimātranirasana ākāśapūrṇaghaṭavat saṅkalpamātranirasana ātmanā
pūrṇameva mana iti saṅkalpaparihārānantaraṃ svabhāvopasaṃśraye na
vyāpārāntarāpekṣeti jñeyam / evaṃ kṣaṇaṃ kiñcitkālaṃ svabhāvamāśritya
nirvimarśaḥ sthitaḥ / tataḥ param

p1.97

vimṛśya smaraṇadvārā tato vetsi samastakam /
asaṃvedyaṃ suvedyaṃ ca tadevaṃ tattvamucyate

p1.97

smaraṇadvārā svabhāvasaṃśrayadaśāṃ smṛtvā tacchuddhacidrūpaṃ
saṅkalpābhāvadaśāyāṃ svato bhātaṃ vā parato bhātaṃ vetyetadvimṛśa /
tataḥ evaṃ vimarśanāt / tacchuddhacittattvam / asaṃvedyaṃ suvedyaṃ caivamucyata
iti samastaṃ tvaṃ svata eva vetsi jñāsyasītyarthaḥ

p1.98

viditvaivamavedyaṃ ca prāpnuyādamṛtāṃ sthitim /
etatte'bhihitaṃ sarvaṃ muniputra namo'stu te

p1.98

jana evamuktaprakāreṇa itarāvedyaṃ svato viditvā prakāśāmānamupalakṣya /
amṛtāṃ sthitiṃ mokṣadaśām / upasaṃharati - etaditi

p1.99

vrajāmyahaṃ tvayā caitanna vijñātaṃ sakṛcchruteḥ /
bodhayiṣyati tvāmeṣa rājā buddhimatāṃ varaḥ

p1.99

sakṛcchruteḥ saṃkṣepeṇaikavāraṃ śravaṇāt

p1.100

p. २५४)
pṛccha bhūyaḥ saṃśayaṃ te sarvaṃ chetsyati vai nṛpaḥ /
ityuktvā pūjitā rājñā praṇatā ca sabhāsadaiḥ

p1.100

atra yaḥ saṃśayaste syāt taṃ pṛccha / sabhāsadaiḥ sabhāsadbhiḥ

p1.101

vātanunnābhralekheva kṣaṇādantarddhimāyayau /
etat te'bhihitaṃ rāma vedanaprakriyātmanaḥ

p1.101

vātena nunnā preritā'bhralekheva / antardhimantardhānam / ātmano vedanaprakriyā
śuddhacidātmopalabdhumaśakya iti yadadhyāyādau pṛṣṭaṃ tadevaṃ
vedanaprakāra ukta ityupasaṃhṛtaṃ guruṇeti jñeyam

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe aṣṭāvakrīye pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २५५)
atha ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ
śrutvaitad bhārgavo rāmaḥ prāpya vismayamāntare /
bhūyaḥ papracchātrisūnumavitṛptaḥ kathāśruteḥ

p1.1

atrādhyāye vedhapadyairvedyā'vedyā ca sā citiḥ /
nirodhasuptibhedaśca yuktyā samyag nirūpyate //
kathāśruteḥ kathāśravaṇāt

p1.2

bhagavannadbhutaṃ hyetacchrutaṃ vṛttaṃ purātanam /
bhūyaḥ papraccha rājānamaṣṭāvakro mahāmuniḥ

p1.2

yat papracchetyanvayaḥ

p1.3

yadrājā pratyuvācainaṃ tacca me vada sarvaśaḥ /
aho'dbhutaṃ samākhyānaṃ na kvacicca mayā śrutam

p1.4

vijñānavṛttasarvasvaṃ dayayā vada me guro /
ityevānuyukto'tha dattātreyo mahāmuniḥ

p1.4

vijñānavṛttaṃ vijñānaprakriyā tadeva sarvasvaṃ mukhyārtho yatra /
janakāṣṭāvakrasaṃvādarūpamākhyānam / anuyuktaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ

p1.5

bhārgavāya samācakhyau kathaṃ paramapāvanīm /
śṛṇu bhārgava yat proktaṃ janakena mahātmanā

p1.6

nirgatāyāṃ tu tāpasyāmaṣṭāvakro muneḥ sutaḥ /
saṃvṛto bahubhirvipraiḥ sametya nṛpapuṅgavam

p1.6

nṛpapuṅgavaṃ janakam

p1.7

papraccha yattu tāpasyā saṃkṣipyoktaṃ [kh: saṃkṣepo]
mahārthakam /
taducyamānaṃ tu mayā samyak śṛṇu samāhitaḥ

p1.7

mahānarthaḥ mokṣākhyo yasmāt / evaṃvidhaṃ tāpasyoktam

p1.8

p. २५६)
rājan videhādhipate tāpasyoktaṃ tu yattayā /
tadahaṃ nāvidaṃ samyak saṃkṣepoktatvahetutaḥ

p1.8

aṣṭāvakraḥ pṛcchati - rājannityādinā / saṃkṣepeṇoktatvāddhetornāvidam

p1.9

kathaṃ vidyāmavedyaṃ tat samācakṣva dayānidhe /
evaṃ janaka āpṛṣṭaḥ prāha taṃ vismayanniva

p1.9

avedyaṃ tacchuddhaccittatvaṃ kathaṃ vidyām / avedyaṃ tanmama vedyaṃ kathaṃ
bhavediti bhāvaḥ / vismayanniva āścaryaṃ prāpta iva / tattvapraṣṭurdurlabhatvāt

p1.10

muniputra śṛṇu vaco mayā yat procyate'dhunā /
nāvedyaṃ sarvathā taddhi vedyaṃ cāpi na sarvathā

p1.10

tat śuddhacidātmatattvam

p1.11

avedyaṃ cet sarvathaiva tad guruḥ kiṃ vadedvada /
gururāvedayet tattvamata ādau guruṃ śrayet

p1.11

avedyamiti / sarvathā'vedyatve gurūpadeśastatphalaṃ vā na bhavediti bhāvaḥ / yato
gururāvedayedato guruṃ śrayecca / ato nātyantamavedyam

p1.12

etadvedanamatyantaṃ sulabhaṃ duḥśakaṃ ca hi /
yaḥ parāvṛttadṛṣṭiḥ syāttasya tat sulabhaṃ bhavet

p1.12

etadvedanaṃ śuddhacidātmajñānam / kuta evamiti cedāha - etaditi [g: ya
iti] / parāvṛttā antarmukhī dṛṣṭirantaḥkaraṇasya (ṇaṃ yasya)

p1.13

yaḥ parāgdṛṣṭirevāste tasya taccātidurlabham /
anirūpyaṃ kevalaṃ tadavedyamapi sarvathā

p1.13

parāgdṛṣṭirbahirdṛṣṭiḥ / idamiti sarvathā'nirūpyamavedyaṃ ca

p1.14

kathañcidanyarūpeṇa nirūpyaṃ vedyamapyuta /
yadyad dṛśyaṃ paśyasīha tena tadvedyamucyate

p1.14

evamapyanyarūpeṇa idaṃ na idaṃ na ityatadvyāvṛttirūpeṇa nirūpyaṃ vedyañca /
nanu parairhi jñānaṃ jñānāntaravedyamityucyate tat kathamiti cedāha -
yadyaditi / yadyad ghaṭādidṛśyaṃ paśyasi tena rūpeṇaiva parairapi jñānaṃ
vedyamityucyate / tathā ca ghaṭajñānavānahamityādau jñānasya
ghaṭādyanyarūpeṇaiva vedyatvaṃ na svata iti bhāvaḥ / jñānasya [kh:
jñānasya hi ityasya sthāne tān paśyasīha iti pāṭhaḥ] hi
tattadupādhiparicchinnānantajñānānusyūtaṃ jñānasāmānyamātraṃ naijaṃ
rūpam / ata eva deśakālākārairaparicchinnam / taccāvedyameva [k, kh:
tacca] tasya tadatiriktena vedanāprasiddheriti dhyeyam

p1.15

p. २५७)
yatte'vabhāsate kiñcit tadvibhāvaya saddhiyā /
bhānaśaktirbhāsyahīnā sarvabhānasamāśrayā

p1.15

nanu tarhyevaṃvidhamaparicchinnajñānātmakamātmatattvaṃ kathamahaṃ
vijānāmīti cedāha - yatta iti / yattava kiñcijjñānaṃ
ghaṭādyākāramavabhāsate tat saddhiyā kutarkarahitayā sacchraddhāviśadayā
dhiyā vibhāvaya / kathaṃ vibhāvanīyamiti cedāha - bhāneti / yaddhi
ghaṭajñānaṃ tatrāṃśadvayamasti - ghaṭaḥ jñānaṃ ceti / tatra ghataḥ
prakāśyaḥ jñānaṃ prakāśaḥ / tadeva prakāśamātrātmakaṃ jñānaṃ
bhānaśaktirityucyate / sā ca bhāsyahīnā / tasyā bhānaśakterbhāsyaṃ hi ghaṭasya
mṛdiva vā nīlarūpamiva vā na [k, kh: na nāsti] svarūpāntargatamato
bhāsyahīnetyarthaḥ / sarvabhāneti / viṣayabhedena puruṣabhedena vā yāni bhānāni
vibhinnamivāvabhāsamānāni teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ samāśrayā / bhānānāṃ
vedyāṃśaṃ vihāyānyathā [k, kh: ya tathā] svarūpebhedasya
durvacatvenābhedāt [g: tvena] sarvabhānātmatvena
sarvabhānasamāśrayeti bhāvaḥ

p1.16

saiva tattattvamityeva vijānīhi muneḥ suta /
vedyameva na vittiḥ syāt svato yanna prakāśate

p1.16

saiva proktabhānaśaktireva / tattattvaṃ śuddhacidātmatattvam /
evamupādhiparicchinnākhilajñānānugataṃ
bhānaśaktirūpamevātmatattvamityuktam / samprati jñāne bhāsamānabhedo hi na
svābhāvikaḥ kintvaupādhika iti sādhayitumārabhate - vedyameveti /
ghaṭādijñāne bhāsamāno yo ghaṭādirūpo vedyāṃśaḥ sa eva na vittiḥ na
jñānam / jñānāṃśasya vedyabhūto ghaṭādirna svarūpamiti bhāvaḥ / yat
yasmādvedyaṃ svato na prakāśate / vedyaṃ na vittirūpam / asvaprakāśatvāditi
bhāvaḥ

p1.17

p. २५८)
vittiranyā yayā vedyaṃ vedyate na svataḥ kvacit /
vedyaṃ vibhinnarūpaṃ vai vittyaiva vedyate khalu

p1.17

ato vittirvedyādanyā / yayā vittyā vedyaṃ vedyate prakāśyate / nahi vittivadvedyaṃ
svataḥ kvacit prakāśate / yata evaṃ vedyaṃ vittyaiva vedyate ato vedyaṃ
vittervibhinnarūpam

p1.18

tattadrūpavibhedena vittirno bhidyate kvacit /
bhedo hi vedyadharmaḥ syānna vittiṃ saṃspṛśet kvacit

p1.18

atastattadvedyarūpavibhedena vittirna kvacidbhidyate / nanu (yathā) ayaṃ
ghaṭo na paṭa itivad idaṃ ghaṭajñānaṃ na paṭajñānamiti pratyayād jñāne'pyasti
bheda iti cennetyāha - bheda iti / yathā'yaṃ ghaṭākāśo'yaṃ maṭhākāśa iti
evaṃ sa bhedo ghaṭādivedyadharma eva vitterna bhedasparśo'pi

p1.19

yata ākārabhedo hi vedyapakṣe vibhāsate /
paśya vedyaṃ pṛthakkṛtya buddhyā'kāravivarjitām

p1.19

pratīyamāno bhedo jñānagata eva kuto neti cedāha - yata iti / yato bhedastu
parasparamākārabhedādvaktavyaḥ / tathā cākārabhedasya
śuklanīlavartulādirūpasya vedyapakṣa eva bhāsamānatvānna vitternirākārāyā
bhedaḥ / nāyaṃ parokṣavādaḥ kintu pratyakṣata upalabhya ityāha - paśyeti /
sūkṣmayā buddhyā asaṅkalpayuktyā vittervedyaṃ pṛthakkṛtya
ākāravivarjitāṃ vittiṃ paśya

p1.20

bimbānukṛtirādarśo yadvat tadvadiyaṃ citiḥ /
dṛśyākāradhṛternānārūpatāṃ pratipadyate

p1.20

atra dṛṣṭāntamāha - bimbeti / yathā hyādarśa ekarūpo'pi
vibhinnabimbānukṛtirbhavati tadvadiyaṃ citirapi dṛśyānāṃ ghaṭādīnāṃ ya
ākāro nīlavartulādirūpaḥ tasya dhṛterdhāraṇānnānārūpatāṃ pratipadyate na
svata iti bhāvaḥ

p1.21

p. २५९)
evaṃ vittiriyaṃ vedyā vedyavyāvṛttarūpataḥ /
na tu svabhāvato vedyā sā vittirviśvasaṃśrayā

p1.21

evamiti / uktaprakāreṇa vedyavyāvṛttā / iyaṃ [g: iyam nāsti] prakrāntā /
seyaṃ [kh: sā] vittiḥ vedyavyāvṛttarūpataḥ vedyānām idaṃ na idaṃ
neti vyāvartane niṣedha(dhe) kṛte sati pariśeṣarūpato [k, kh:
apari] vedyā bhavet na tu svabhāvato vittiriyamīdṛśīti vedyā /
viśvasaṃśrayeti / ghaṭādiparicchinnā vittiḥ kathañcidiyamiti vedyā syāt /
viśvasaṃśrayā'paricchinnā śuddhavittistu neyamiti vedyeti bhāvaḥ

p1.22

yata etadvedituḥ syād rūpaṃ tasmānna vedyate /
vimṛśāṣṭāvakra rūpaṃ nijamevaṃvidhaṃ sphuṭam

p1.22

atra hetumāha - yata iti / śuddhā vittiryasmādvedituḥ svarūpaṃ tasmānna
vedyate / ayamatrāśayaḥ - śuddhavitterveditṛrūpatvena kartari
karaṇavyāpārāpravṛtterneyamiti vedyatā api tvātmatvena
bhāsamānavedyadehādeḥ sarvasya nāyamātmeti pratiṣede kṛte svātmarūpasya
pratiṣeddhumaśakyatvena tasya pratiṣedhāvadhibhūtasya
sarvapratiṣedhānantaramitarānullekhe svataḥ prakāśamānatvāttato vyutthitasya
taddaśāvimarśanena vedyamiva bhavediti / evaṃvidhaṃ veditrātmakam

p1.23

na tvaṃ śarīraṃ prāṇo vā mano vāpyasthiratvataḥ /
śarīraṃ dhātunikaraṃ tatte rūpaṃ kathaṃ bhavet

p1.23

vimarśanaprakāramevāha - na tvamiti / asthiratvataḥ śarīraprāṇamanasāṃ
sthiraikarūpatvābhāvāt / anusandhānenātmanaḥ sthiraikarūpatve siddhe
dhātunikarādyasthirātmakaśarīrādi te rūpaṃ kathaṃ bhavet

p1.24

p. २६०)
taccānyaviṣayābhāse tvahaṃdhiyamativrajet /
evaṃ prāṇo mano'pi syādahaṃbuddhivyatikramāt

p1.24

hetvantaramapyāha - tacceti / śarīrādikamityarthaḥ / ātmanaḥ svaprakāśatvena
sarvadā'hamiti sphuradrūpatvam / śarīrādikaṃ tu na tathā /
ghaṭādyanyaviṣayabhānakāle [k, g: bhāsanakāle] hi śarīrādikam
ahaṃdhiyam ahamiti sphūrtim ativrajet atikramya vrajet / ahamiti na sphurediti
tātparyam / na ca ghaṭādijñānakāle'pi dehādikamahantvena sphuratyeveti vācyam
ghaṭādijñānakāle gauraprāṃśutvādiguṇavato dehādeḥ
sphuraṇasyānubhavāsiddhatvāt ghaṭādijñāneṣu dehaḥ prāṃśurgaura
ityādyullekhaprasakteśca / yadvā'nyaviṣayābhāsa ityasyānyaviṣayatvenāyaṃ
[k, kh: se'nyasyānya] deho mametyanātmatvenāvabhāse ityarthaḥ / na
caivaṃ ghaṭādyavabhāsakāle śuddhātmano'pyahaiti sphuraṇaṃ nāstīti vācyam
tathā sati ghaṭāderaprakāśaprasaṅgāt / yataḥ prakāśakābhimato
dīpādiraprakāśamāno na ghaṭādikaṃ prakāśayan dṛṣṭaḥ / na ca tadā
prakāśamāno'pi nāhamiti sphuratīti vācyam / yataḥ prakāśanaṃ hi
kenacidvapuṣaiva yujyate na kevalam jāḍyāpatteḥ / tathā ca yogyatvādahamityeva
prakāśate / ala eva jñānānāṃ svataḥprāmāṇyavādibhirahaṃ ghaṭaṃ
jānāmityevākāro'bhyupagataḥ / atha ca ghaṭādijñāneṣvahamiti
svarūpasphuraṇānabhyupagame'hamasmi vā na veti
saṃśayaviparyayayorabhāvaniyamānupapattiḥ / na ca ghaṭādijñānakāle'hamiti
sphuraṇaṃ dehādiviṣayakameveti vācyam ghaṭādijñānakāle
tathātvasambhave'pyayaṃ me deha ityādidehādijñānakāle tadasambhavāt / na ca
caitro'yamiti jñānakāle
caitrīyacidātmano'pīdaṃpratyayaviṣayatvenā'haṃbuddhyatikramaṇamastīti vācyam
caitrasya tatkāle'haṃpratyayasyākṣatatvāt / na ca suṣuptau samādhau
vā'haṃpratyayo nāstīti vācyam smṛtyanusandhānānurodhena tatkāle'pi
svarūpaśpūrterabhyupeyatvena sarvairiṣṭatvāt / nanu suṣuptisamādhyorātmano
nirvikalpatvena tadā'hamiti savikalpapratyayo na sambhavīti cet ?
atrāhurāgamatattvavidaḥ - ahaṃ pratyayo hi dvividhaḥ - nirvikalpaḥ
savikalpaśceti / vikalpo nāma bhedaḥ tena sahitaḥ savikalpaḥ / tadanyo nirvikalpaḥ /
tathā ca dehādiparicchinnaviṣayako'haṃpratyayo bhedaviṣayakatvena savikalpaḥ /
samādhisuṣuptyoḥ svarūpamātraviṣayakatvena bhedāsparśādahaṃpratyayo
nirvikalpa iti / na ca samādhyādāvahaṃpratyayābhyupagame tripuṭīprasaktiriti
śaṅkanīyam tadānīmahaṃpratyayamātrapariśeṣeṇa
pratyayapratyayipratyeyabhedāsphūrteḥ / etaccoktaṃ pratyabhijñāyām -
ahaṃpratyavamarśo yaḥ prakāśātmāpi vāgvapuḥ / nāsau vikalpaḥ sa hyukto
dvayāpekṣī viniścayaḥ // (१/५३) iti / eṣa evāhaṃpratyayaḥ
pūrṇāhantāpūrṇakhyātirityādipadairāgameṣu vyavahriyate / asyāḥ
pūrṇāhantāyā bhāvivāṅnimittatvadṛṣṭyā vāgvapurityādivyavahāraḥ /
vastutastadānīṃ na sthūlaśabdamayatvamiti jñeyam / na
caivaṃvidhapūrṇāhaṃrūpatā nirvikalpacitsvabhāvasya pratyākhyātuṃ śakyā
jaḍatvāpatteḥ / yaduktaṃ bhagavatā hariṇā - vāgrūpatā
cedutkrāmedavabodhasya śāśvatī / na prakāśaḥ prakāśeta sā hi pratyavamarśinī
// (vā० pa० १/१२४) iti / śrīpratyabhijñāyāmapi -
svabhāvamavabhāsasya vimarśaṃ viduranyathā / prakāśo'rthoparakto'pi
[k, kh: prakāśārtho ..... sphaṭiko hi jaḍopamaḥ] // (१/४२) iti /
evaṃ nirvikalpacidātmano'haṃrūpatā śrībhagavatpādairapyuktā -
bālyādiṣvapi jāgradādiṣu tathā sarvāsvavasthāsvapi
vyāvṛttāsvanuvartamānamahamityantaḥ sphurantaṃ sadā (da० sto० ७) iti /
evamiti / tvadrūpādbhinnamityarthaḥ / tameva hetumāha - ahaṃbuddhīti

p1.25

p. २६१)
ahaṃbuddhiṃ na vyatītya tiṣṭhatyeṣā parā citiḥ /
tasmāccitiḥ sarvavettrī tvamaṣṭāvakra tattvataḥ

p1.25

yasmādahaṃbuddhiṃ citirna vyatītya tiṣṭhati tasmāt sarvavettrī citireva tvam

p1.26

p. २६२)
paśya pratyāvṛttacakṣuḥ svātmānaṃ kevalāṃ citim /
ādeśakāla eva svaṃ paśyantyuttamabuddhayaḥ

p1.26

naivaṃvidhamātmatattvaṃ parokṣamityāha - paśyeti / nanu śravaṇānantaraṃ
mananādikrameṇa kālāntare paśyāmīti cedāha - ādeśa iti / upadeśakāle
śravaṇakāle evetyarthaḥ / svam ātmānam

p1.27

cakṣurnaitad golakaṃ te manaścakṣurudāhṛtam /
yena paśyasi svapneṣu taccakṣurmukhyamucyate

p1.27

nanu cakṣuṣo bahiḥprasarasvabhāvasya kathaṃ pratyāvṛttiḥ syāditi cedāha -
cakṣuriti / pratyāvṛttacakṣurityatra vivakṣitaṃ cakṣurnaitad golakaṃ bahiḥ
sarvairdṛśyamānam kintu mana eva cakṣuḥśabdenocyate / nanu manasaḥ kathaṃ
cakṣuṣṭvatvamiti [k: cakṣuḥśabdatva] cettadeva mukhyaṃ cakṣurityāha
- yeneti / jāgrati netravyāpārasya mano'dhīnatvena svapneṣu manasa eva
cakṣūrūpatvena ca mana eva mukhyaṃ cakṣuriti bhāvaḥ

p1.28

tasya pratyāvṛttirapi procyate śṛṇu bhūsura /
apratyāvṛttacakṣurvai naiva paśyati kiñcana

p1.28

tasya manorūpamukhyacakṣuṣaḥ / manasaḥ pratyāvṛttiṃ vinā na kiñcidapi
paśyatītyarthaḥ

p1.29

didṛkṣuścakṣuṣā kiñcittadanyebhyo hyaśeṣataḥ /
pratyāvṛttya dṛḍhaṃ tasminneva saṃyojayedyadi

p1.29

etadeva nirūpayati - didṛkṣuriti / kiñciddidṛkṣuḥ puruṣo
didṛkṣitādanyebhyo'śeṣebhyo manaḥ pratyāvṛttya tasmin didṛkṣita eva yadi
niścalatvena dṛḍhatayā manaḥ saṃyojayettadā tadbhāsata ityanvayaḥ

p1.30

tadā tadbhāsate spaṣṭaṃ nānyadā tu kadācana /
anyadā tu purovṛtti na spaṣṭaṃ bhāsate kvacit

p1.30

tad didṛkṣitam / anyadā manaso'pratyāvṛttikāle / bhāsamānamapi na
viśeṣarūpeṇa spaṣṭaṃ bhāsata ityāha - anyadeti

p1.31

p. २६३)
abhātakalpameva syādapratyāvṛttacakṣuṣā /
evaṃ śrotratvagādīnāṃ bhūdevāvehi saṃsthitim

p1.31

evamaspaṣṭaṃ bhātamabhātatulyamityāha - abhāteti / evaṃ netravat /
pratyāvṛttamanasa eva śrotrādyaiḥ śabdādigrahaṇamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.32

manasā'pyevameva syāt sukhaduḥkhāvabhāsanam /
nāpratyāvṛttamanasā kiñcid veditumarhati

p1.32

mānasasukhādyavabhāsanamapyevamevetyāha - manaseti / puruṣo veditumarhati

p1.33

tasmāttadekaparatā parāvṛttiśca cakṣuṣaḥ /
pratyāvṛttaṃ manaḥ śuddhaṃ nijarūpāvabhāsakam

p1.33

tasmāduktaprakāreṇānvayavyatirekadarśanāt / didṛkṣitaikaparatā
tadanyebhyaḥparāvṛttiśca manaso didṛkṣitāvabhāsane'pekṣiteti śeṣaḥ /
ātmano nijarūpāvabhāsakaṃ pratyāvṛttaṃ mana eva / na
[etaccātraivāgre'nupadameva spaṣṭībhaviṣyati] tasya tadekaparatā'pekṣiteti
bhāvaḥ

p1.34

atra te sampravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tanniyatāntaraḥ /
agocaraścedātmāsau manasā gocaro'pi ca

p1.34

atra ātmāvabhāsane / yadviśeṣaṃ pravakṣyāmi tacchṛṇu / manasaḥ agocaro
gocaraśca

p1.35

atra muhyanti bahavaḥ śrutyagamavivecakāḥ /
manogocaratā bāhye dviprakāreṇa saṃsthitā

p1.35

atra ātmano manogocaratvaṃ tadabhāvaścetyatra / etadeva nirūpayitumupakramate
- mana iti / bāhye anātmani

p1.36

ādyānyebhyaḥ parāvṛttiḥ parā tatparatā bhavet /
anyebhyastu parāvṛttimātre'pi manasaḥ sati

p1.36

dviprakāratāmevāha - ādyeti / didṛkṣitādanyebhyaḥ parāvṛttiḥ / parā
dvitīyā / tatparatā tadekaniṣṭhitiḥ / evaṃ dvividhā manogoracatā manovyāpāraḥ /
anyaparāvṛttimātramevāstu tatparatā māstviti cedāha - anyebhya iti

p1.37

p. २६४)
na kiñcidbhāsayedvastu taṭasthāasareṣu yat [k: tat] /
tasmāttatparatāpyatra vyāpāro mānasaḥ paraḥ

p1.37

taṭasthāvasareṣu udāsīnadaśāsu / yadyasmād na [k: na nāsti] kiñcidvastu
bhāsayet tasmāttatparatā'pyatra vastubhāsane mānasaḥ paro dvitīyo vyāpāra
eṣṭavya iti śeṣaḥ / yadyapi tatparatvamātrasya manovyāpāratve na kaściddoṣaḥ
tathāpi tatparatvamātramityatra mātrapadārtha evānyaparāvṛttiriti jñeyā

p1.38

evaṃ vyāvṛttabhāvānāṃ vyāpāradvayabhāsanam /
avyāvṛttā citiryasmāttasmānnātra tathā bhavet

p1.38

evamuktarītyā vyāvṛttabhāvānāṃ paricchinnānātmavastūnāṃ
mānasavyāpāradvayena bhāsanam / atra cidātmaviṣaye / na tathā na
vyāpāradvayāpekṣaṃ bhāsanaṃ bhavet

p1.39

anyebhyastu parāvṛttimātreṇaivāvabhāsayet /
yathā puraḥsthitādarśe kiñciddarśanahetave

p1.39

tarhi kathaṃ tadavabhāsanamiti cedāha - anyebhya iti /
manaścidātmānamavabhāsayet / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / kiñcit
pratibimbadarśanahetave

p1.40

anyebhyastu parāvṛttirābhimukhyaṃ ca tasya vai /
apekṣyate darpaṇasya pratibimbadidṛkṣuṇā

p1.40

tatpratibimbādanyapratibimbebhyaḥ parāvṛttistatpratibimbābhimukhyaṃ ca
bimbadidṛkṣuṇā'pekṣyate

p1.41

gaganaṃ darpaṇe draṣṭuṃ yadā samabhivāñchati /
tadā'nyebhyaḥ parāvṛttimātreṇa hi kṛtārthatā

p1.41

darpaṇāntargatayatkiñcitpratibimbāvabhāsane vyāpāradvayāpekṣāmuktvā
tadanatargatapratibimbagaganadarśane na vyāpāradvayāpekṣetyāha -
gaganamiti / anyebhyaḥ pratibimbebhyaḥ / kṛtārthatā
pratibimbagaganāvabhāsanasiddhiḥ

p1.42

p. २६५)
gaganaṃ sarvato vyāptaṃ darpaṇe sarvadā sthitam /
avyāvṛttaṃ kintu cānyairabhicchannaṃ na bhāsate

p1.42

etadevopapādayati - gaganamiti / darpaṇe pratibimbagaganaṃ sarvato vyāptaṃ
sadā sthitaṃ ca tadgatanikhilapratibimbebhyo'vyāvṛttaṃ ca [k: tteśca] /
evaṃ sthite pratibimbabhāsanakāle kuto na bhāsata iti cedāha - kintu cānyairiti /
anyaiḥ pratibimbairityarthaḥ

p1.43

sarvāśrayaṃ sarvagatamapi taiśchāditaṃ yataḥ /
atastebhyaḥ parāvṛttimātreṇaiva vibhāsate

p1.43

sarvapratibimbānāmāśrayamapi / darpaṇe sarvatra gataṃ sthitamapi / taiḥ
pratibimbaḥ / yataḥ chāditam ataḥ pratibimbebhyaḥ parāvṛttimātreṇa gaganaṃ
vibhāsate / yadyapyatra taṭasthasya tadgaganāvabhāsāttatparatvamapyapekṣitameva
tathāpi pratibimbadidṛkṣordarapaṇatatparasya anyapratibimbaparāvṛttimātreṇa
darpaṇatatparatvenaiva gaganāvabhāsanam na tatparatāntaramapekṣitamiti bodhyam
[kh, g: dhyeyam]

p1.44

eva citiḥ sarvagatā sarvāśrayatayā sthitā /
sarvakāle samāpūrṇā manasi vyomavad dvija

p1.44

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / sarvakāle sameti / darpaṇagaganavad
ghaṭādibhāsanakāle'pi sarvagatatvādikaṃ na tyajatītyarthaḥ / darpaṇe
gaganavanmanasi pūrṇā

p1.45

tasmādanyaparāvṛttimātra manasa iṣyate /
paśya vipra citiḥ kutra kadā nāstyavabhāsinī

p1.45

yasmānmanasi sarvadā pūrṇā tasmāt /
saṃvidātmasvabhāvabhāsane'nātmavastubhyaḥ parāvṛttimātraṃ manasaḥ
pratyāvṛttatvamitīṣyate / atredaṃ tātparyam - śuddhacidātmanaḥ
sarvagatatvena manogatatve siddhe cidātmano'nyebhyaḥ parāvṛttasya manasaḥ
svaprakāśasya svānabhimukhyā ghaṭanā nisargasiddhaṃ svābhimukhyamiti
nāpūrvasya tatparatvasyāpekṣeti / citiḥ sarvagatetyetat sādhayati - paśyeti

p1.46

p. २६६)
yadā yatra ca sā nāsti na yadā nāpi yatra ca /
tasmāccidātmāvabhāse manaso'nyaparāvṛtiḥ

p1.46

sā citiḥ / na yadeti / yadetyuktaḥ kālo yatretyukto deśaśca tadā na siddhyediti
bhāvaḥ / tasmāt sarvagatatvādanyaparāvṛttiḥ kevalā'pekṣiteti sambandhaḥ

p1.47

kevalāpekṣitā naivābhimukhyaṃ nūtanaṃ kvacit /
ābhimukhyābhāvahetorevā'vedyatvamiṣyate

p1.47

ābhimukhyasya nisargasiddhatvānnūtanaṃ tannāpekṣitamityāha - naiveti /
cidātmano'vedyatvamābhimukhyānapekṣaṇādevocyata ityāha - ābhimukhyeti

p1.48

ata eva śuddhamanovedyaṃ tattattvamucyate /
anyebhyastu parāvṛttireva śuddhirhi mānasī

p1.48

ata eveti / avedyatvasyābhimukhyānapeks'ṇahetukatvādeva / keyaṃ śuddhiriti
cedāha - anyebhya iti

p1.49

etadeva paraṃ tattvajñāne sādhanamucyate /
yāvannahi manaḥ śuddhaṃ tāvajjñānaṃ kathaṃ bhavet

p1.49

etadeva anyaparāvṛttireva / paraṃ mukhyaṃ sādhanam / vyatirekato'sya
mukhyasādhanatvamāha - yāvaditi

p1.50

śuddhe manasi vai jñānaṃ kathaṃ vā na bhaved dhruvam /
upakṣīṇaṃ sarvamatra sādhanaṃ tasya śodhane

p1.50

anvayato'pi tasya mukhyatāmāha - śuddha iti / karmopāsanādi sarvaṃ [k:
sarva] śāstroktasādhanaṃ manaḥśodhana eva viniyuktamityāha -
upakṣīṇamiti / atra asmin / tasya manasaḥ śodhane

p1.51

karma vopāsanaṃ vāpi vairāgyādikameva vā /
manasaḥ śodhane eva viniyuktaṃ na cānyathā

p1.51

etadeva spaṣṭamāha - karma veti / ādinā bhaktiśraddhādi / na cānyathā na
sākṣājjñāne viniyogaḥ

p1.52

p. २६७)
tasmācchuddhena manasā bhāsate tat paraṃ vapuḥ /
iti rājñeritaṃ śrutvā tvaṣṭāvakraḥ punarjagau

p1.52

tasmāt sarvasādhanānāṃ manaḥśodhane upakṣīṇatvāt / paraṃ vapuḥ
śuddhacidvapurātmā / rājñā janakena

p1.53

rājastvayoktamanyebhyaḥ parāvṛttirhi mānasī /
kevalā cet sā parā cid manasā pravibhāsate

p1.53

anyebhyaḥ anātmavastubhyaḥ / tatparatvamanapekṣya manaso'nyaparāvṛttiḥ
[g: nyā parā] kevalā sampannā cecchuddhātmasvarūpaṃ bhāsata iti
tvayoktam

p1.54

tat suṣuptau vibhāseta parāvṛttaṃ manastadā /
tataḥ [k: tatra] kiṃ sādhanairanyaiḥ suptimātrāt kṛtārthatā

p1.54

evaṃ cet suṣuptau manaso'nyaparāvṛttatvāt tad ātmasvarūpaṃ vibhāseta / tataḥ
sādhanānāṃ vaiyarthyamityāha - kiṃ sādhanairiti

p1.55

iti paryanuyukto'tha vipreṇovāca bhūpatiḥ /
samāhitaḥ śṛṇu brahman samādhānaṃ vadāmi te

p1.55

paryanuyuktaḥ ākṣiptaḥ

p1.56

satyaṃ suṣuptau manasaḥ parāvṛttistu sarvathā /
līnaṃ manastvaṃ cāpyasya kathaṃ tāmavabhāsayet

p1.56

samādhānamāha - satyamityādi / sarvathā parāvṛttirastīti satyam / asya
manaso manastvaṃ vastvavabhāsanasāmarthyaṃ nirmalatātmakasāttvikatvamiti
yāvat / līnaṃ tamasācchannam / tasmāt tāṃ śuddhacitiṃ kathamavabhāsayet
[k: kathamanava]

p1.57

kajjalena samālipte darpaṇe gaganaṃ nahi /
anyebhyastu parāvṛttimātreṇa bhāsate kvacit

p1.57

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - kajjaleneti

p1.58

p. २६८)
evaṃ vilipte manasi nidrayā'nyaparāvṛteḥ /
ayogyatvādeva mano bhāsayenna citiṃ kvacit

p1.58

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / nidrayā tamorūpayā jaḍaśaktyā /
anyaparāvṛttereva hetormano na kvacit citiṃ bhāsayet / kuta iti cedāha -
ayogyatvāditi

p1.59

anyathā loṣṭakuḍyāderapi bhāyāt kuto na sā /
tasmādyogyena manasā śuddhena bhāsate hi sā

p1.59

yogyena manasā'vabhāseta / ayogyenāpi yadi vastu bhāseta tarhi
loṣṭādibhirhastagṛhītairanyebhyo dūramapasaraṇena
parāvṛttairghaṭādyābhimukhyena sthāpitairapi ghaṭādikaṃ
kevalaparāvṛttairvā sā citiḥ kuto na bhāyādityāha - anyatheti / kuḍyādeḥ
kuḍyādibhiḥ / tato yogyaśuddhamanasā śuddhā citirbhāsata ityāha - tasmāditi

p1.60

ataḥ sadyojātaśiśorbhāsate nahi kiñcana /
athāpi śṛṇu vakṣyāmi maṣīlipte hi darpaṇe

p1.61

ataḥ sadyojātaśiśormanaso'yogyatvāt / samādhānāntaraṃ sadṛṣṭāntamāha ##-
alakṣitaṃ cāpi maṣīpratibimbanamasti vai /
saṃśleṣānna vilakṣyeta svabhāvasyānapohanāt

p1.61

maṣīlipte darpaṇe maṣīpratibimbanaṃ kenāpyalakṣitamasti / asti cet kuto na lakṣyata
iti cedāha - saṃśleṣāditi / kuta evaṃ kalpyata iti cedāha - svabhāvasyeti /
sammukhasthapratibimbagrahaṇasvabhāvasya / anapohanāt anapāyāt /
sammukhasthapratibimbagrahaṇasvabhāve hi darpaṇe
maṣīpratibimbanamāvaśyakamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.62

tathā manaḥ suṣuptisthaṃ saṃśliṣṭaṃ nidrayaiva hi /
ato'nyebhyaḥ parāvṛtterabhāvād bhāsayenna tām

p1.62

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - tatheti / maṣīsaṃśliṣṭadarpaṇavanmano nidrayā
saṃśliṣṭam / ato nidrāsaṃśleṣāddhetoḥ / nidrākāragrahaṇāt
suṣuptāvanyaparāvṛtterabhāvānmano na tāṃ śuddhāṃ citiṃ bhāsayet

p1.63

p. २६९)
ato nidrāsmṛtirapi vyutthitasya hi sambhavet /
mūḍhatāpi ca yā tasyāṃ daśāyāmanubhūyate

p1.63

ataḥ suṣuptau nidrākāragrahaṇāt / suṣuptervyutthitasya na kiñcidavediṣamiti
nidrāsmṛtiḥ saṃbhavet smṛtergrahaṇapūrvakatvaniyamāditi bhāvaḥ / suṣuptau
nidrāsaṃśleṣābhyupagamādeva tasyāṃ suṣuptidaśāyāṃ
nidrātmakamūḍhatā'nubhūyata iti smṛtyanurodhena yat kalpitaṃ tadapi
sambhavediti jñeyam

p1.64

tatte samyak pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu samyak samāhitaḥ /
manasastu dvidhā'vasthā prakāśāmarśabhedataḥ

p1.64

evaṃ suṣuptāvātmāvabhāsaprasaktiṃ suṣuptau manaso manastvasya
līnatvānnidrātatparatvenānyaparāvṛttyabhāvācceti hetunā nirākṛtya bhūyaḥ
suṣuptyādisvarūpabhedavivecanenāpi doṣanirākaraṇāyārabhate - tata iti / tat
suṣuptisamādhyorbhedam / prakāśāvasthā āmarśo vimarśāvasthā ceti

p1.65

bahirartheṣu viśrāntiryā prakāśaḥ sa ucyate /
yastadvicāraḥ svasmin vai sa vimarśa udāhṛtaḥ

p1.66

etayoreva svarūpaṃ viśadayati - bahiriti / bahirmanaso yā'rtheṣu viśrāntiḥ
sambandhaḥ sa prakāśaḥ prakāśāvasthocyate / svasmin manaso'ntaḥ
pratibimbatvena gṛhītasya tasyaivārthasyāyamīdṛśa iti śabdasambhedātmā
vicāraḥ sa vimarśaḥ vimarśadaśā / idamatra tātparyam - mano
hīndriyādidvārā ghaṭādiviṣayasambaddhamādau bhavati / tatkāle hi ghaṭādivastu
kevalamayaṃ ghaṭa iti śabdollekhavarjanenāvyāvṛttarūpeṇa prakāśate / etadeva
savikalpajñānahetu [k: jñāne hetu] nirvikalpakaṃ nityānumeyamiti
jñānānāṃ parataḥprāmāṇyavādina āhuḥ / etadeva vastuprakāśo
vastudarśanamityāgameṣūcyate / evaṃ vastuprakāśottarakṣaṇe
bāhyaghaṭāderyaḥ pratibimbātmako manasyākāraḥ tasyāyamīdṛśa iti
śabdasambhedenetaravyāvṛttasvarūpavicārātmāvabhāso yaḥ sa vimarśaḥ
savikalpakamiti cocyata iti / etaduktaṃ pratyabhijñāyām - idametādṛgityevaṃ
yadvaśādvyavatiṣṭhate / vastu pramāṇaṃ tat so'pi svābhāso'bhinavodayaḥ //
so'ntastathā vimarśātmā deśakālādyabhedini / ekābhidhānaviṣaye
mitirvastunyabādhitā [k, kh: prativastunyabādhitā] // (२/१६##-
p. २७०)
prakāśo nirvikalpaḥ syād vastūnāmavibhedataḥ /
vimarśaḥ śabdasambhedād vibhedāt savikalpakaḥ

p1.66

evadeva spaṣṭamāha - prakāśa iti avibhedataḥ avyāvṛttarūpeṇa vastūnāṃ
prakāśo nivikalpako bhavediti śeṣaḥ / vibhedād vyāvṛttarūpeṇa
śabdasambhedād vastūnāṃ vimarśaḥ savikalpako bhavet

p1.67

ayamevaṃvidha iti śabdasambhedavarjitaḥ /
vastudarśanarūpo'sau prakāśo nivikalpakaḥ

p1.67

punaretasyaiva vivaraṇaṃ ślokadvayena kriyate - ayamiti

p1.68

ayamevaṃvidha iti vastudarśanamūlakaḥ /
śabdasambhinnarūpo'sau vicārātmāvabhāsanaḥ

p1.68

vastudarśanaṃ nirvikalpakaṃ mūlaṃ kāraṇaṃ yasya / ayamevaṃvidha iti /
vicārātmā avabhāsanaṃ yasya saḥ savikalpaka iti śeṣaḥ

p1.69

āntaro'bhinavo'nyo vā vimarśa iti kīrtitaḥ /
tatra yo'bhinavābhāsaḥ sa prokto'nubhavātmakaḥ

p1.69

evaṃvidho vimarśa āntaro mānasapratibimbālambanaḥ / so'pi - abhinavaḥ
anyaśceti dvividhaḥ kīrtitaḥ / tatra tayormadhye yo'bhinavābhāsaḥ
so'nubhavātmakaḥ

p1.70

anyaḥ smṛtyanusandhānātmakaḥ saṃskārasambhavaḥ /
evaṃ mano dviprakāraśaktiyuktaṃ sadā sthitam

p1.70

tadanyo yaḥ savikalpaḥ smṛtirūpa'nusandhānarūpaśca vikalpaḥ
saṃskārasambhavaḥ prāganubhavotthasaṃskārajanyaḥ / evamuktarītyā manaḥ
prakāśāmarśātmakanirvikalpasavikalpakābhāsaśaktidvayayuktaṃ bhavati

p1.71

p. २७१)
nidrāprakāśarūpā'sau suṣuptiścirasaṃsthitā /
jāgarāmarśabahulā cetyamūḍhadaśocyate [ca iti amūḍha iti
cchedaḥ]

p1.71

evaṃ manaso dvaividhyaṃ pratipādya
suṣuptermūḍhadaśātvamupapādayitumupakramate - nidreti / nidrāviṣayako yaḥ
prakāśo nirvikalpaṃ jñānam tadrūpā suṣuptiḥ / cirasaṃsthitā
ghaṭādinirvikalpavanna kṣaṇiketyarthaḥ / castvarthe / jāgaradaśā tu āmarśabahulā
āmarśāḥ savikalpajñānāni bahulāni yasyāṃ sā
ekaikanirvikalpottaramanekasavikalpodayādāmarśabahulā jāgrat ityato hetoḥ sā
amūḍhadaśocyate / suṣuptāvāmarśābhāvānmūḍhateti tātparyam

p1.72

prakāśanibiḍā yasmāt suṣuptirmūḍhatātmikā /
ata eva hi dīpādeḥ prakāśanibiḍatvataḥ

p1.72

suṣuptiryasmāddhetoḥ prakāśanibiḍā kevalaprakāśātmikā vimarśahīneti
tātparyam / tasmāt suṣuptirmūḍhatārūpā / mūḍhadaśeti yāvat / atrāyaṃ bhāvaḥ
- cidātmā hi prakāśaikavapurapi nahi
śāntātmavādināmivāśmaśakalakalpaḥ jaḍatvaprasakteḥ / api tu
sphuratprakāśarūpaḥ / sphuratprakāśarūpatvaṃ hi na dīpādiṣviti jaḍato
vyāvṛttiḥ / eṣaiva sphuradrūpatā caitanyaṃ vimarśaścitiśaktiḥ kriyā spandaḥ
parāhantetyādipadairāgameṣūcyate / evaṃrūpatvādeva parātmano
jagatkriyāprabhaviṣṇutvam / yadāhurācāryāḥ - śivaḥ śaktyā yukto yadi
bhavati śaktaḥ prabhavituṃ na cedevaṃ devona khalu kuśalaḥ spanditumapi
(sau० la० १/१) iti / nahyatra śivo'nirvacanīyamṛṣātmakamāyāśaktyā
yukta ityartho'bhipretaḥ tadaiva tvaṃ tasmai diśasi nijasāyujyapadavīm (sau० la०
१/२२) iti bhajanti tvāṃ dhanyāḥ katicana cidānandalaharīm (sau० la० १/
८) iti turīyā kāpi tvaṃ duradhigamaniḥsīmamahimā mahāmāye
[mahāmāyā iti mudritagranthapāṭhaḥ] viśvaṃ bhramayasi
parabrahmamahiṣī (sau० la० २/५८) iti ca
prastutaśaktisvarūpanirūpaṇāsāmañjasyaprasakteḥ /
p. २७२)
na ca jagataḥ śaśaviṣāṇakalpatvena tatkriyāyāśca tatsamaśīlatvānna parātmano
niruktarūpatābhyupagamaḥ saprayojana iti vācyam śūnyavādaprasakteḥ / jagataḥ
śaśaviṣāṇakalpatvābhyupagame hi - yato vā imāni bhūtāni jāyante
(taitti० ३/१) janmādyasya yataḥ (bra० sū० १/१/२) etad yasmāt
samutpannam ityādiśrutismṛtyāgamānāmunmattapralapitatvaprasakteśca / na ca
nāsti śūnyavādaprasaktiḥ paracidātmano'bhyupagamāditi vācyam
abhyupagamapadārthasya jagadantaḥpātitvena śaśaviṣāṇakalpatvenāsiddheḥ /
nanu jagatsvarūpābhyupagame dvaitaprasaktiḥ neha nānāsti kiñcana (bṛ० u०
४/४/१९) ityādiśrutyādivyākopaśceti cet atattvajño'syadvaitaśāstrasya / nahi
jagataḥ śūnyatāmāha kvacidadvaitaśāstram sadeva āsīt (aita० u० १/१)
aitadātmyamidaṃ sarvam (cha० u० ६/८/७)
tadananyatvamārambhaṇaśabdādibhyaḥ (bra० su०० २/१/१४) eka eva
parātmā'sau bhāsate jagadātmanā ityādiśrutyādibhirjagataḥ satyatānirūpaṇāt /
nāstyadvaitahānirapi / yato darpaṇāntarbhāsamānapratibimbanagarasya vibhinnatvena
bhāsamānasyāpi darpaṇamātrātmatā na tato darpaṇasyādvitīyarūpatāhānirevaṃ
paracidātmani bhāsamānajagataḥ paracidātmamātratā tato
nādvaitasvarūpahāniśca / neha nānāsti (bṛ० u० ४/४/१९) ityādiniṣedhastu
dvaitamātraparyavasito'bhipretaḥ / ata eva - sarvaṃ māyeti yajjñānamajñānaṃ
parikīrtitam / sarvaṃ śiva iti jñānaṃ jñānaṃ jñānavido viduḥ //
ghaṭpaṭaśakaṭāvabhāsajālamasaditi [k: ślokasya pūrvārdho nāsti]
viditaṃ bhavedavidyā / ghaṭapaṭaśakaṭāvabhāsajālaṃ saditi suviditaṃ bhaveddhi
vidyā // (yo० vā० ६ pū० /१०/४५)
ityādisūtasaṃhitāvāsiṣṭhādyuktisaṅgatiḥ / tathā ca paracidātmā
māyā'parābhidhānasvasvātantryamātrāt svātmānameva
vicitravaiśvarūpye'nāvabhāsayati svāvabhāsitaparicchinnacidātmakajīvadṛṣṭyā
/ evamavabhāsite viśvarūpe dvaitadṛṣṭirjīvānāṃ bandhaḥ
advaitadṛṣṭirmokṣaḥ / svātantryaṃ vaiśvarūpyāvabhāsanaṃ jīvāvabhāsanaṃ
tadvandhāvabhāso mokṣāvabhāsaścetyetatsarvaṃ darpaṇapratibimbavad bhagavatā
svātantryenāvabhāsitaṃ svapnasaṅkalpanagaravadavabhāsanamātrasāram
[k, kh: svasaṃ० avabhāsanaṃ tu paracidekarūpamiti sarvamanavadyam /
tathā ca paracidātmani jīvitabhūto vimarśaḥ / suṣuptau
nidrārūpajaḍaśaktipratibimbena [k, kh: bimbairna]
vimarśāśācchādanānmūḍhateti sarvairvidvadbhirniściteti sambandhaḥ /
ghaṭādidṛśyānāṃ cidekarasatve'pi tatra vimarśāṃśānunmeṣādeva jaḍatvam /
evaṃ dīpasya prakāśanibiḍasyāpīti / tasmādvimarśānunmeṣa eva jāḍyanimittamiti
tātparyam

p1.73

p. २७३)
niścitā mūḍhatā sarvairvidvadbhirapi sarvathā /
nidrā prathamajā'vyaktaṃ mahāśūnyamihocyate

p1.73

suṣuptau nidrayācchādanād vimarśānunmeṣa ityuktam / keyaṃ sā nidreti cedāha
- nidreti / prathamajā'vyaktam / sṛṣṭau prathamato yaḥ
svarūpasaṅkoco'vabhāsitastannāntarīyako yo bāhyāvabhāso
jagaccitrabhittirūpatvena [k: miti] prāgudāhṛtastadeva prathamaṃ jātatvāt
prathamajam / na kenacidākāreṇa kvacid vyajyata ityavyaktam / ata
evākārādyabhāvād mahāśunyam / iha suṣuptau nidretyucyate

p1.74

nāsti sāmānyapadavī suṣuptistatprakāśanam /
vastudarśanakāle'pi jāgratyevaṃvidhaṃ manaḥ

p1.74

nāsti sāmānyapadavīti / nāstīti yaḥ pratyayaḥ tatsāmānyasya padavī viṣayaḥ
dṛśyasāmānyābhāva iti yāvat / proktāvyaktamevātyantābhāvaḥ / suṣuptau na
kiñcidavediṣamiti smṛtyanurodhena na kiñciditi dṛśyasāmānyābhāvaḥ
prakāśata iti bhāvaḥ / suṣuptirhi evaṃvidhanidrāprakāśanaṃ
nidrāprakāśāvasthā / vastudarśanaṃ ghaṭādinirvikalpaḥ / tatkāle'pi
jāgraddaśāyām / evaṃvidhaṃ suṣuptidaśāyāmiva mūḍhameva mano bhavati

p1.75

p. २७४)
kintūttarakṣaṇodbhūtavikalpaughaistirohitam /
suṣuptāvavyaktaśaktiprakāśanibiḍatvataḥ

p1.75

nanu suptāviva jāgrati na kadācidapi mūḍhatā'nubhūyata iti cedāha - kintviti /
jāgrati nirvikalpasya kṣaṇikatvena taduttarodbhūtavikalpajñānasamudāyena
mūḍhatvaṃ tirohitam / nanu suṣuptau mano vilīyata iti prasiddhamanyatra
[suṣuptikāle sakale vilīne (१/१३) iti kaivalyopaniṣadādau] tat
kathaṃ nidrāprakāśakaṃ mana ityuktamiti cedāha - suṣuptāviti /
avyaktaśaktiprakāśaikarūpatvānmanaso vimarśāṃśānunmeṣāditi tātparyam /
viviñcantīti sambandhaḥ

p1.76

mano vilīnamityevaṃ viviñcanti vivecakāḥ /
vastudarśanakāle'pi caivaṃ līnaṃ mano bhavet

p1.76

mana iti / tadānīṃ nirvikalpaikarūpatvena sthiratvānmanasaḥ
pratikṣaṇabhinnapariṇāmābhāvamātreṇa mano vilīnamityevaṃ [k:
mityeva] vivekanipuṇā viviñcanti niścinvanti / cetyābhimukhatā prāptaṃ
cittattvaṃ cittamucyate ityādyuktyā cidātmatattvameva viṣayeṣu prasaradiva sthitaṃ
mana ityucyate / suṣuptau sthiratvena prasaradrūpatābhāvānmano
vastudarśanātmakaghaṭādinirvikalpakāle tulya ityāha - vastviti

p1.77

p. २७५)
śṛṇu brahman rahasyaṃ te vakṣyāmi svānubhūtitaḥ /
yatra muhyanti vidvāṃso'pyatisūkṣmavivecakāḥ

p1.77

evaṃ suṣupterjāḍyatāmupapādya samādhisuṣuptyorbhedaupapādayitumupakramate
- śṛṇviti / svānubhūtitaḥ svānubhavānusāreṇa / rahasyatve hetumāha -
yatreti / sūkṣmavastūnāṃ svarūpasya vivecanakuśalā api yatra vakṣyamāṇārthe
muhyanti

p1.78

nirvikalpasamādhiśca suṣuptirvastudarśanam /
trayametaccaikavidhaṃ prakāśanibiḍatvataḥ

p1.78

tadevāha - nirvikalpeti / nirvikalpasamādhiḥ cidātmanaḥ
svaprakāśamātrātmanā'vasthitiḥ / suṣuptirvastudarśanaṃ
cāvyaktaghaṭādibhāvayoḥ prakāśau / etattrayamapyekavidhaṃ samānam / tatra
hetuḥ - prakāśanibiḍatvata iti / anudbhūtavimarśātmatvādityarthaḥ / proktāsu
tisṛṣvapi daśāsu vimarśātmakavikalpaśakteḥ sthūlāyā ayamīdṛśa
ityādiśabdamayayā [k, kh: prāptyā] abhāvāt prakāśamātrātmatvāt
prakāśanibiḍatvamitibhāvaḥ

p1.79

vimarśabhedād bhedo hi lakṣyate vyāvahārikaiḥ /
tatra heturbhāsyabhedādityeva praviniścayaḥ

p1.79

tarhi kathamiyaṃ suṣuptirayaṃ samādhirityādivyavahārabheda iti cedāha -
vimarśabhedāditi / tatsvarūpasāmye'pi
tattaduttarodbhūtānusandhānādirūpavimarśabhedādityarthaḥ /
samādheruttarametāvatkālamahaṃ tūṣṇīmāsamiti suṣupteruttaraṃ na
kiñcidavediṣamiti vastudarśanottaram ayaṃ ghaṭa iti ca vimarśabhedo jñeyaḥ /
nanu kāraṇasāmye kāryasāmyanaiyatyāt kathaṃ vimarśasyāpi bheda iti cedāha ##-
samādhyādīnāmapi svarūpabhedaḥ syāditi vācyam
śabdasambhedātmakavikalpatvā bhāvena teṣāṃ svarūpabhedābhāvāt

p1.80

samādhau kevalacitiḥ suptāvavyaktameva ca /
darśane bhinnabhāso hi bhāsyamevaṃ tridhā sthitam

p1.80

bhinnān viṣayānevāha - samādhāviti / kevalacitiḥ
dṛśyadehādyākārāsaṃvalitamātmatattvam / avyaktaṃ proktaṃ
bahiḥpadasyārthabhūtam / bhinnabhāso vyāvṛttatvena bhāsamāno ghaṭādiḥ /
yadyapi citeḥ paraprakāśyatvarūpavedyatvaṃ nāstyeva tathāpi
śuddhamanovyāpārāpekṣāyā nirūpitatvāt kathañcidvedyatvamastītyavaseyam

p1.81

p. २७६)
bhāsyabhede'pi bhāsastu kevalaṃ nirvikalpakaḥ /
ataḥ prakāśanibiḍa ityeva saṃpracakṣate

p1.81

nanu bhāsyabhede samādhyādeḥ svarūpabheda āvaśyaka iti cedāha - bhāsyeti
/ samādhyādibhāsastu na bhinnaḥ nirvikalpatvāt / śabdānusambhedo hi
vikalpasvarūpabhedakaḥ / sa prakṛte nāstīti na svarūpabheda iti tātparyam /
yasmācchabdāsambhedena vimarśarahitaḥ ataḥ samādhyādidaśābhedaḥ
prakāśanibiḍa iti pracakṣate

p1.82

samādhiśca suṣuptiśca cirakālabhavatvataḥ /
anantaraṃ spaṣṭatayā sarvairapi vimṛśyate

p1.82

nanu samādhyāditrayaṃ tulyaṃ cet samādhisuṣuptī iva vastudarśanamapi
svottarakāle sarvaiḥ spaṣṭaṃ kuto na vimṛśyata iti cedāha - samādhiśceti /
cirakālebhavatvata iti / akṣaṇikatvādityarthaḥ

p1.83

kṣaṇikatvād darśanaṃ tu spaṣṭaṃ nahi vimṛśyate /
evaṃ samādhiḥ suptiśca kṣaṇikā na vimṛśyate

p1.83

yathā vastudarśanaṃ kṣaṇikatvāduttarakāle spaṣṭaṃ na vimṛśyate evaṃ
kṣaṇikasamādhisuṣuptī na vimṛśyete ityāha - evamiti

p1.84

suṣuptiḥ kṣaṇikā tadvat samādhirapi vidyate /
suṣuptirlakṣyate sūkṣmadṛgbhiḥ paricayāt khalu

p1.84

suṣuptiḥ samādhiśca jāgradādau vidyete / tatra kṣaṇikā suṣuptistu
dīrghasuṣupteranubhavena paricayāt sūkṣmadṛgbhirlakṣyata ityāha - seti
(suṣuptiriti) / kṣaṇiketyarthaḥ

p1.85

p. २७७)
samādhistvaparicayāt sūkṣmo nahi vimṛśyate /
sarveṣāṃ prāṇināṃ brahman vyavahāradaśāsvapi

p1.85

samādhirananubhūtatvenāparicayānna vimṛśyata ityāha - samādhiriti
[k, kh: samādhiriti ..... sarveṣāmiti nāsti] / sūkṣmaḥ kṣaṇikaḥ / nanu
kṣaṇikaḥ samādhiḥ kasyāstīti cet āha - sarveṣāmiti / daśāsvapīti /
jāgradādiṣvapītyarthaḥ / samādhayaḥ santītyanvayaḥ

p1.86

sūkṣmāḥ samādhayaḥ santi cāvyutpattyā vibhānti no /
jāgratyavimṛśiryā syāt sa samādhirudīritaḥ

p1.86

tarhi te samādhayaḥ kuto na bhāntīti cedāha - avyutpattyeti /
svarūpāparicayādityarthaḥ / jāgrati samādhiḥ kiṃvidha iti cedāha - jāgratīti /
yā avimṛśiḥ yā vimarśābhāvadaśā sa samādhiḥ

p1.87

vimarśābhāvamātraṃ tu samādhirabhidhīyate /
suṣuptau darśane cāpi samādhitvamataḥ sthitam

p1.87

samādhilakṣaṇamāha - vimarśeti / ata eva suṣuptivastudarśanayoḥ
samādhitvaṃ sthitam

p1.88

kintu mukhyasamādhitvamanayornahi vidyate /
bhedāmarśanasaṃskāragarbhitatvānna mukhyatā

p1.88

nanu tarhi suṣuptyādinaiva samādhiphalaṃ bhavediti cennetyāha - kintviti /
anayoḥ suṣuptivastudarśanayoḥ / bhedāmarśaneti / bhedo'nātmabhūtaṃ
dṛśyavastu tadviṣayakaṃ yadāmarśanaṃ vikalpajñānam tasya saṃskāraḥ
sūkṣmaṃ śaktimayaṃ rūpam tena garbhitatvād yuktatvāt / suṣuptyuttaraṃ na
kiñcidavediṣamiti vastudarśanottaramayaṃ ghaṭa iti ca
nidrāghaṭarūpabhedaviṣayakamāmarśanaṃ vikalpajñānaṃ bhavati / etayoḥ
saṃskārātmakaṃ sūkṣmaṃ yacchaktimayaṃ rūpaṃ tat svakāraṇe suṣuptau
vastudarśane cāsti / kāraṇe kāryasya saṃskārātmanā'vasthānasya
satkāryavādibhiraṅgīkṛtatvāditi bhāvaḥ / samādhyuttaravimarśanasya
cidātmamātraviṣayatvena bhedo jñeyaḥ

p1.89

p. २७८)
darśanaṃ jāgrati bhavedavimarśanarūpakam /
tathāpi te pravakṣyāmi muniputrādarācchṛṇu

p1.89

yathā suṣuptisamādhyorakṣaṇikayoravimarśanarūpatā tathā jāgrati
kṣaṇikasuṣuptisamādhyorapītyāha - darśanamiti / jāgrati nidrācitātmanoryat
ksaṇikasuṣuptisamādhirūpaṃ darśanam tadapi
ghaṭādidarśanavadavimarśanarūpamevetyarthaḥ / nanu tarhi samādherapi
suṣuptivajjaḍāvasthātvaprasaktiriti cedāha - tathāpīti / yadyapi sāmyameva
prāptam tathāpi sūkṣmaṃ viśeṣaṃ pravakṣyāmītyarthaḥ

p1.90

avyaktaṃ yatprathamajaṃ nāsti sāmānyakaṃ hi tat /
nāstītyeva hi tadbhānamatyantābhāvarūpakam

p1.90

evaṃ samādherjaḍatvavyāvṛttaye viśeṣanirūpaṇaṃ pratijñāya tadarthameva
suṣuptisamādhyorviṣayaṃ parīkṣitumupakramate - avyaktamiti / sṛṣṭerādau
prathamajātaṃ bahiḥpadasyārthabhūtam avyaktaṃ yat tadeva nāsti sāmānyaṃ nāsti
sāmānyapratyayaviṣayam / dṛśyasāmānyābhāva [k: sāmānyabhāva]
iti yāvat / suṣuptau dṛśyasāmānyābhāvo bhāsata ityatrānubhavaṃ nidarśayati
- nāstīti / hi yasmāt / suṣuptau yadbhāsate tat sāmānyato nāstītyeva bhāsate /
atastatra dṛśyātyantābhāva eva bhāsata ityarthaḥ / suṣuptervyutthitasya na
kiñcidavediṣamiti smaraṇānurodhena suṣuptau nāstītyevānubhavao vaktavyaḥ /
tathā ca dṛśyasāmānyābhāva eva tadā bhāsamānaḥ siddhyatīti tātparyam

p1.91

eṣā suṣuptirityuktā jaḍaśaktirbhaveccitaḥ /
darśane bhāsamānaṃ ca nāstyābhāsapadaṃ yataḥ

p1.91

evañca suṣupterjaḍadaśātvaṃ siddhyatītyāha - eṣeti / yā citaḥ
paracidātmanaḥ dṛśyasāmānyātyantābhāvarūpā'vyaktātmakajaḍaśaktiḥ saiva
[g: saiṣā] suṣuptirityuktā bhavet / yataḥ kāraṇāt suṣuptau darśane jñāne
[k: jñānaṃ bhāsamānaṃ nāstyābhāsapadaṃ nāstyābhāso
dṛśyātyantābhāvo jaḍaśaktiḥ padaṃ viṣayo yasya / na kiñcidavediṣamiti
smṛtyābhāsaviṣayasyaiva suṣuptikālikadarśane bhāsamānatvād jñānasya
smṛtisamānākāratāniyamena sauṣuptajñānasya jaḍaśaktyākāratāsiddhau
suṣupterjaḍarūpateti bhāvaḥ

p1.92

p. २७९)
ataḥ suṣuptireva syājjaḍadarśanasaṅgatā /
samādhau bhāsamānā yā citiḥ sā brahmarūpiṇī

p1.92

ata iti / suṣuptervyutthitasmṛtyanurodhāt / suṣuptireva jaḍadarśanena
jaḍaśaktyātmakātyantābhāvajñānena saṅgatā yuktā na samādhirityarthaḥ /
nanu suṣuptāviva samādhau bhāsamānasyāpi jaḍaśaktitvaṃ kuto na bhavediti
cedāha - samādhāviti / samādhirnāma manaso'nātmaviṣayebhyaḥ
parāvṛttasya pratyakcidātmākāratayā'vasthitiḥ / tathā ca
jaḍaśaktyavabhāsābhāvaḥ / nanu pratyakciterjīvasya paricchinnarūpatvena
paricchedakopādherapi jaḍaśaktirūpasya samādhau bhāsanamastīti cedāha - sā
brahmarūpiṇīti / samādhau bhāsamānā citiranavacchinnatvena bṛhatvād
brahmarūpiṇītyarthaḥ

p1.93

bhakṣiṇī kāladeśānāṃ nāstyābhāsavināśinī /
sarvathā'stimayo devī suṣuptiḥ sā kathaṃ bhavet

p1.93

kutaḥ samādhau bhāsamānaciteraparicchinnateti cedāha - bhakṣiṇīti /
kāladeśānāṃ bhakṣiṇī grasanaśīletyarthaḥ /
ākāśaparicchedakopādherghaṭāderbhāsanakāla eva
paricchinnaghaṭākāśādyavabhāsanam na tvanyadā evaṃ prakṛte'pi citeḥ
paricchedakadeśakālākārāṇāṃ jaḍaśaktipallavabhūtānāṃ dṛśyebhyo
[k: deśebhyo] manasaḥ
parāvṛttatvenāvabhāsanābhāvādaparicchinnatvena sāmānyacitirūpatvāt
sarvaviṣayāvabhāsakatattatparicchinnākhilacityanusyūtarūpatvena
kāladeśādibhakṣiṇī brahmarūpiṇī [k: brahmarūpiṇī nāsti] sā citiriti
bhāvaḥ / paricchinnaciterhi atrādhunaivamākārā'sti atrādhunaivamākārā nāstīti
[k, kh: nāsti] hyabhāvarūpatā sampadyate aparicchinnatvenaiṣā tu
nāstītyābhāsasyātyantābhāvasya vināśinī / nāstītyatra
netyaṃśasyārthabhūto'tyantābhāvo'nupalabdhyātmakaprakāśajīvita-bhūto'pi
citprakāśasambandhādastitvābhiniṣiktaḥ śūnyatāṃ parityajati / nañarthasyāpi
śūnyasya citsambandhādastitvaprāpternāstyābhāsavināśinīti tātparyam /
tasmānnañarthasambandhāsambhavāt sarvathā bhāvarūpeṇābhāvarūpeṇa vā devī
prakāśaikarūpā sā paracitirastimayī sattvaikaghanā suṣuptivajjaḍātmikā kathaṃ
bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.94

p. २८०)
tasmāt suṣuptimātreṇa na bhaveddhi kṛtārthatā /
bodhayāmāsa janaka ityaṣṭāvakramuktibhiḥ

p1.94

tasmād jaḍamayatvena samādhivilakṣaṇatvāt / upasaṃharati - bodhayāmāseti /
iti bodhayāmāsetyanvayaḥ

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe aṣṭāvakrīye ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. २८१)
atha saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ
śrutvaivaṃ janakenoktamaṣṭāvakraḥ punarnṛpam /
papraccha yattadvadāmi śṛṇu bhārgava yatnataḥ [g: saṃyataḥ]

p1.1

atra māyikapadyaistu proktā kṣaṇasamādhayaḥ /
puruṣārtho na taiśceti jñānaprāptikramo'pi ca //
evaṃ jāgrati kṣaṇikasamādhayaḥ santīti

p1.2

rājan yaduktaṃ bhavatā vyavahāradaśāsvapi /
sūkṣmāḥ samādhayaḥ santītyevaṃ tanme [k: tantre] vada sphuṭam

p1.2

tat kṣaṇikasamādhisthānam

p1.3

daśāsu kāsu te santi nirvikalpacidātmakāḥ /
evaṃ tenānuyukto'tha prāha rājā mahāśayaḥ

p1.3

etadeva viśadayati - daśāsviti / vyavahāradaśātmakajāgratsvapnayoḥ
kāsvantarāladaśāsu / te nirvikalpacidātmakāḥ samādhayaḥ / mahānaparicchinna
āśayaścittaṃ yasya / aparicchinnacidākāramānasaḥ nityasamāhita iti yāvat

p1.4

śṛṇu brahman pravakṣyāmi vyavahāre samādhayaḥ /
priyayā sampariṣvakto navyayā prathamaṃ yadā

p1.4

vyavahāre ye samādhayastān pravakṣyāmi / tadevāha - priyayeti / priyayā
manaḥkāntayā / navyayā abhuktapūrvayā / prathamaṃ ratyāveśopakrame / yadā
saṃpariṣvaktaḥ samyagāliṅgitaḥ

p1.5

tadā na veda bāhyaṃ vā'pyāntaraṃ vā kṣaṇaṃ naraḥ /
tiṣṭhenna nidrayākrāntaḥ sa samādhirudīritaḥ

p1.5

tadā āliṅganakāle / ādau kṣaṇamātraṃ bāhyaṃ digdeśakālādyam / āntaraṃ
sukhaduḥkhādikaṃ vā na veda / nanu bāhyāntare [k, kh:
bāhyāntaravedanābhāvaḥ suṣuptau] vedanābhāve suṣupto bhavediti
cennatyāha - na nidrayākrānta iti / nidrākrāntyā mūḍhatāmaprāpta eva
yastiṣṭhet so'yaṃ vyavahāradaśāyāṃ kṣaṇasamādhiḥ

p1.6

p. २८२)
yaccirādvāñchitaṃ kiñcidalabhyatvena niścitam /
akasmāttasya saṃprāptiryadā bhavati vai mune

p1.6

yatkiñcid vastu cirakālādvāñchitam / akasmāt asambhāvitaprāptikāla

p1.7

tadā na veda bāhyaṃ vā'pyāntaraṃ vā kṣaṇaṃ naraḥ /
tiṣṭhenna nidrayākrāntaḥ sa samādhirudīritaḥ

p1.7

tadā na vedetyādi kṛtārtham

p1.8

atarkitaṃ vrajan kvāpi nirbhayo hṛṣṭamānasaḥ /
akasmādyadi sampaśyed vyāghrādi mṛtyusammitam

p1.8

atarkitam atra vyāghrādikaṃ bhavediti sambhāvanā'viṣayam / mṛtyusammitaṃ
mṛtyutulyam

p1.9

tadā na veda bāhyaṃ vā'pyāntaraṃ vā kṣaṇaṃ naraḥ /
tiṣṭhenna nidrayākrāntaḥ sa samādhirudīritaḥ

p1.10

atipriyaṃ svaputrādi vibhuṃ ca gṛhakarmaṇi /
arogiṇaṃ yadā'kasmāt saṃśṛṇoti mṛtaṃ kila

p1.10

gṛhakarmaṇi vibhuṃ samartham

p1.11

tadā na veda bāhyaṃ vā'pyāntaraṃ vā kṣaṇaṃ naraḥ /
tiṣthenna nidrayākrāntaḥ sa samādhirudīritaḥ

p1.12

athānyathāpi vakṣyāmi samādheḥ sambhavaṃ śṛṇu /
jāgratsvapnasuṣuptīnāṃ madhye santi samādhayaḥ

p1.12

evaṃ mahāsukhaharṣabhayaśokānāmakasmāt sambhave tatrārambhakṣaṇe mano
nirvimarśaṃ svarūpasthitaṃ bhavati / seyaṃ kṣaṇikasamādhidaśetyuktvā anyā api
vaktumupakramate - atheti / samādheranyathā prakārāntareṇa sambhavaṃ
sthitim / tadevāha - jāgraditi / jāgrad bāhyendriyavyāpāradaśā / svapno
manomātrasya sthūlavyāpāradaśā / suṣuptirmanaso nidrāyāṃ vyāpāradaśā /
tathā caitāsāmantarāle kṣaṇaṃ mano nirvimarśaṃ bhavati / ta ime samādhayaḥ

p1.13

p. २८३)
dūre kiñcit paśyatastu buddhyā caikagrayā mune /
mano dīrghātmatāṃ yāti jalūkeva tṛṇāliṣu

p1.13

prakārāntaramāha - dūra iti / dūre nabhomaṇḍale sūryaṃ paśyataḥ puruṣasya
mano yathā tṛṇajaḷkā'vaṣṭabdhatṛṇāt tṛṇāntarāvaṣṭambhāya
dīrghībhavati tathā dehe sthitaṃ manaḥ sūryamaṇḍalaparyantaṃ dīrghatāṃ yāti /
vyagramanasa itastataścāñcalyāḍ ṛjurūpeṇa [k: guru] dīrghatā na
sampadyata ityekāgrayā buddhyetyuktam / sūryamaṇḍalaikatatparamanasetyarthaḥ

p1.14

dehe dehābhāsamayaṃ bhāve bhāvātmakaṃ tathā /
madhye tannirvikalpākhyaṃ mano lakṣaya sarvadā

p1.14

evaṃ manasi sati / dehe dehākāraṃ sūryamaṇḍalarūpabhāve bhāvākāraṃ ca
bhavati / so'yaṃ samādhiḥ / evaṃ bāhyabhāvadarśanakāle sarvadā mano'sti
tallakṣaya / na ca mano dehasūryayormadhye gaganākāramiti vācyam gaganasya
nirākāratvena manaso gaganākāratvāsambhavāt / na ca gaganaṃ cakṣurdvāreṇa
manasā gṛhyata iti vācyam rūpavat eva cakṣurdvārā grahaṇasambhavāt anyathā
vāyorapi grahaṇaprasaṅgāt / na ca manasastatkāle dehādyākārasya kathaṃ
svarūpamātrasthitiriti vācyam dehādyavacchedena tattadākāratve'pi madhye
nirākāratvena svarūpaniṣṭhāyā akṣatatvāt / evaṃvidhamanoṃ'śasya
samāhitatvaṃ bahumānasātmakottamajñāninirūpaṇāvasare vakṣyati [१९
adhyāye ८० ślokato'dhyāyasamāptiparyantametad dṛśyate] / janakādayo
jīvanmuktā api rājyādivyāpāraṃ kurvantaḥ sthitāḥ teṣāmekāṃśena mano
vyavahāraparamekāṃśena samāhitamiti sadā samāhitāste ityuktirata eva
saṅgacchate

p1.15

p. २८४)
bahunā kimihoktena śṛṇu sūkṣmavimarśana [sūkṣmavimarśanam iti
sārvatrikaḥ pāṭhaḥ] /
vyavahāre na kasyāpi jñānamekaṃ tu bhāsate

p1.15

bahunā prakāreṇa uktena kim / sarvadaiva sūkṣmasamādhayo vartante te procyante
śṛṇu / sūkṣmavimarśaneti sambodhanena vakṣyamāṇārthasya sūkṣmatā jñeyā
/ vyavahāre jāgratsvapnayorghaṭādyākārajñānadhārā sarvānubhavasiddhā / nahi
tat sarvamekameva jñānam ākārabhedasya sarvānubhavasiddhatvāt

p1.16

khaṇḍajñānasamūhātmā vyavahāro'yamātataḥ /
ata eva varṇayanti tairthikāḥ sarva eva hi

p1.16

tattadākāraparicchinnakhaṇḍajñānasamudāya evāyamātataḥ prasṛto
vyavahāraḥ / jñānaikatve vyavahāra eva na sambhavediti tātparyam /
jñānasyānaikyādeva tairthikā matapravartakā ācāryāḥ sugatakaṇabhuk
prabhṛtayaḥ sarve varṇayanti

p1.17

ātmānaṃ buddhimapi vā kṣaṇabhedavibheditam /
tadantarakṣaṇaugheṣu nirvikalpadaśā sthitā

p1.17

yadvarṇayanti tadāha - ātmānamiti / kṣaṇabhedena bheditajñānadhāraivātmeti
sugata āha = tādṛśajñānadhāraivātmano dharmo buddhirityuvāca kaṇādaḥ /
etena kṣaṇikajñānasattve ācāryāntarasammatiruktā jñeyā / evaṃ jñānabhede
siddhe prakṛtamāha - tadantareti / kṣaṇikajñānāmantarāleṣu nirvikalpatā
sthitā / ghaṭajñānameva na svottaraṃ paṭajñānam ekatvāpratīteḥ
samūhālambanatvādyāpatteśca / evaṃ ca siddhe
jñānabhede'ntarāladaśā'varjanīyaiveti [k: varjanaiveti] tadā manaso
nirvikalpatā'kṣataiva

p1.18

kaholātmaja jānīhi jānatāṃ tu pratikṣaṇam /
samādhirasti cānyasya samādhiḥ śaśaśṛṅgavat

p1.18

śaśaśṛṅgavaditi jānīhītyanvayaḥ / jānatāṃ paricitasamādhisvarūpāṇām /
anyaḥ ajñātasamādhisvarūpaḥ

p1.19

p. २८५)
janakoktamiti śrutvā bhūyaḥ papraccha sa dvijaḥ /
rājannevaṃ vyavahṛtau samādhirnirvikalpakaḥ

p1.19

janānāṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ samādhiriti śrutvā / evaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ samādhiścediti
sambandhaḥ

p1.20

sarveṣāmasti yadi cettat kutaḥ saṃsṛtirbhavet /
suṣuptau darśane cāpi jaḍāvyaktavibhāsataḥ

p1.20

samādhereva puruṣārthasādhakatvena kutaḥ saṃsṛtirbhavedityarthaḥ / nanu
suṣuptyāderiva nāsya puruṣārthasādhakatvamiti cedāha - suṣuptāviti /
nirvikalpake jñānātmakavastudarśane suṣuptau ca jaḍātmakaghaṭāderavyaktasya
ca vibhāsanāt [k: bhāsanāt] puruṣārthāsādhanatvamiti sambandhaḥ

p1.21

puruṣārthāsādhanatvaṃ samādhistvavikalpakaḥ /
śuddhasaṃvidvibhātātmā tad bhūyaḥ saṃsṛtiḥ katham

p1.21

naivaṃ samādhirityāha - samādhistviti / avikalpakaḥ
svarūpātiriktajaḍānavabhāsakaḥ / kuta evamiti cedāha - śuddheti /
yasmādavikalpakaḥ [k: davikalpaḥ] pūrṇasvarūpāvabhāsātmakaḥ tasmād
bhūya evaṃvidhasamādhiprāptyanantaraṃ kathaṃ saṃsṛtiḥ

p1.22

etadeva hi vijñānamajñānakulanāśanam /
nirvikalpasamādhyākhyaṃ yanniḥśreyasakāraṇam

p1.22

nahīto'nyajjñānamajñānakulanāśanamityāha - etadeveti / vijñānaṃ
svarūpabhūtaṃ samādhau prakāśamānaṃ jñānaṃ / yanniḥśreyasa kāraṇaṃ
tadetadevetyanvayaḥ

p1.23

etanme śaṃsa rājendra sarvasaṃśayanāśanam /
ityāpṛṣṭo mahīpālaḥ prāha taṃ munipuṅgavam

p1.23

sarvasaṃśayanāśanametat praśnottaram

p1.24

p. २८६)
śṛṇu brahman pravakṣyāmi rahasyaṃ paramaṃ tvidam /
ajñānāt saṃsṛtiriyaṃ pravṛttā'nādikālataḥ

p1.24

paramamatyantaṃ rahasyam / samādhinā saṃsārakāraṇājñānānivṛttiriti
vaktumupakramate - ajñānāditi / iyaṃ sarvānubhavasiddhā

p1.25

sukhaduḥkhāvabhāsānāṃ pravāhātmatayā sthitā /
svapnavat santatā sarvaiḥ sarvadā hyanubhūyate

p1.25

kīdṛśī saṃsṛtirityāha - sukheti / nanu sarvānubhavasiddhatvāt saṃsṛteḥ
satyatvenānivṛttyā'nirmokṣaprasaṅga ityata āha - svapnavaditi /
pravāharūpeṇa sarvadā'nuvartamānāpi santatāpi sarvaiḥ
svapnavadanubhūyamānatvena na satyeti bhāvaḥ

p1.26

nivṛttistasya tu jñānādeveti pravibhāvitam /
tajjñānaṃ saṃvikalpaṃ syādajñānasya prabhādanam

p1.26

svapnavadanubhūyamānatvādevājñānamūlakatvena tasyājñānasya sakāryasya
[k: sarvakāryasya] jñānādeva nivṛttiriti vidvadbhirniścitamityāha -
nivṛttiriti / taccājñānanivartakaṃ kīdṛśaṃ jñānamiti cedāha -
tajjñānamiti / ajñānasya prabhādhanaṃ niḥśeṣanāśanaṃ [k:
ṣatājñānaṃ] yasmāt tajjñānaṃ savikalpākhyaṃ so'hamiti
pratyabhijñārūpamityarthaḥ / atredaṃ tattvam -
vairāgyādijñānasādhanavataḥ śravaṇena parokṣamātmatattvajñānam / tataḥ
parokṣeṇa jñāte samyaṅmananena saṃśayanivṛttiḥ / tato nididhyāsanena
dehādāvahaṃbuddhyādirūpadṛḍhavāsanāyattaviparītabhāvanāvega##-
śuddhapratyagātmāparokṣajñānam / tataḥ
śāstrādhigataparātmapratyagātmanorakhaṇḍaikatvāvagāhi [k:
paramātma] pratyabhijñānaṃ so'hamiti / tadetat pratyabhijñānaṃ
saṃsāramūlājñānanāśakabhiti [k: bhūtā] / nanvetadyadi savikalpakaṃ
tadā sa hyukto dvayāpekṣī viniścayaḥ (१/५३) iti pratyabhijñoktarītyā
dvaitaviṣayatvena [k: yakatvena] bhramatvānnājñānanivartakaṃ
proktapratyabhijñānamiti cet atrocyate - nahīdaṃ dvaitavis'yakaṃ jñānam /
yathā hi prāg daśārṇeṣu dṛṣṭaścaitraḥ ka iti pṛcchantamāhānyaḥ so'yaṃ
caitra iti / tataśca so'yaṃ caitra iti vākyena na dvaitamavagamyate / praśnasya
svarūpamātraviṣayatvenottarasya tadananurūpatāpatteḥ / na ca
tadidaṃśabdavācyayorviruddhayoraikyaṃ ghaṭate yataḥ
praśnasamatvenaikaviṣayatvamuttarasya sambhavet /
tasmāttadidamityaṃśadvayenāpi niṣkṛṣṭaṃ [k, kh: nikṛṣṭaṃ]
caitrapiṇḍamātraṃ lakṣyate / tathā prakṛte'pi so'hamityabhilāpāṃśadvayenāpi
pratyabhijñātamakhaṇḍacinmātrameveti na doṣaḥ / nanvasya tarhi kathaṃ
vikalpatvamiti cecchṛṇu so'hamityabhilāpāṃśānaikyena
prasiddhavikalpatulyatvāt / abhilāpāṃśahīnaprasiddhanirvikalpavilakṣaṇatvādvā
savikalpatvamiti / nanu nirvikalpasamādhyātmakaṃ jñānamapi
prakṛtapratyabhijñāsamānaviṣayameveti / nanu nirvikalpasamādhyātmakaṃ
jñānamapi prakṛtapratyabhijñāsamānaviṣayameveti
kutastasyājñānanivartakatvamiti [kh, g: jñānā] ceducyate
samānaviṣayatve'pi svotpādakasāmagrībhedāt phalabheda iti / tathā hi -
pratyabhijñāne hi
tacchabdārthāsmacchabdārthopasthitisahakṛtānātmavastuparāvṛttaṃ manaḥ
kāraṇam / samādhau tu niruktopasthitatyanapekṣaṃ mana eveti / so'yaṃ ghaṭa
ityādipratyabhijñāmātraṃ hi akhaṇḍavastuviṣayameva / tathā ca
ghaṭamātraviṣayakavikalpasamānaviṣayatve'pi so'yaṃ ghaṭa iti pratyabhijñānasya
phalabhedaḥ sāmagrībhedakṛta eveti sarvairabhyupeyatvena nātrāpūrvakalpanaṃ
kiñcidastītyavadheyam

p1.27

p. २८७)
nirvikalpakavijñānādajñānaṃ na nivartate [k, g: viva] /
nirvikalpakavijñānaṃ kenacinna viruddhyate

p1.27

nirvikalpakajñānaṃ pratyabhijñābhinnaṃ samādhirūpaṃ nājñānanāśakamiti
nirūpayitumupakramate - nirvikalpaketi / kuto na nivartata iti
cedaviruddhatvādityāha - nirvikalpaketi

p1.28

p. २८८)
nirvikalpakavijñānaṃ savikalpasamāśrayam /
vicitracitrābhāsānāṃ bhittivat suvyavasthitam

p1.28

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - vicitreti / citrābhāsānāṃ bhittiriva vikalpānāṃ
nirvikalpakaṃ jñānamāśrayamityarthaḥ

p1.29

nirvikalpaṃ jñānamiti kevalaṃ jñānamucyate /
tatraiva hi vikalpānāmullekhāt savikalpakam

p1.29

kathametaditi cedāha - nirvikalpamiti / kevalaṃ jñānamiti /
jñeyapratibimbarahitaṃ śuddhaṃ jñānamityarthaḥ / tatraiveti / śuddhajñāna
evetyarthaḥ / yathā hi śuddha eva darpaṇe bimbasāṃmukhyadaśāyāṃ
pratibimbarūpatā evaṃ śuddha eva jñāne saṅkalpadaśāyāṃ tattadākārollekhāt
savikalpateti [k: lpaketi] bhāvaḥ

p1.30

ajñānaṃ savikalpākhyajñānameva na cetarat /
tadanekavidhaṃ kāryakāraṇātmatayā sthitam

p1.30

nanu nirvikalpajñānasya savikalpāśrayatve'pi kuto nājñānavirodhitvamiti cedāha
- ajñānamiti / na cetaraditi / na jñānābhāvaḥ nāpyanirvacanīyamityarthaḥ /
atrāyamāgamābhyupagamaḥ bhagavataḥ śuddhacidvapuṣo hi paramātmano
jaḍavyāvṛttaṃ yat sphuradrūpatvaṃ tadeva svātantryaṃ māyāśaktyabhidham
tathaivāvidyāvabhāsanapūrvakaṃ jagadavabhāsitamiti / yadvā na cetaraditi
jñānābhāvamātrapratiṣedhārthaḥ / tat ajñānam / kāraṇātmakaṃ
kāryātmakamityanekavidham

p1.31

kāraṇaṃ svātmapūrṇatvākhyātirūpamudīritam /
cidātmā pūrṇa eva syādavacchedavivarjanāt

p1.31

dvaividhyameva vivecayati - kāraṇamiti / svātmapūrṇatvākhyātireva
kāraṇarūpamajñānamityarthaḥ / nanu pūrṇatvākhyātiriti khyātyabhāvo hi
jñānābhāva evokta ityāśaṅkāyāṃ pūrṇatvākhyāti padārthameva
vivecayitumādau pūrṇatāṃ nirūpayati - cidātmeti

p1.32

p. २८९)
avacchedanahetūnāṃ kalādīnāṃ hi sādhakaḥ /
tathāvidhātmanaḥ khyātirapūrṇatvena yā sthitā

p1.32

kuto'vacchedavarjanamiti cedāha - avacchedaneti / avacchedanasya heturnimittaṃ
kālo deśa ākāro vā idānīmatretthamidamastīti trayameva prasiddham / nahīdaṃ
trayamapi cidātmanaḥ paricchedakaṃ bhavitumarhati pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa iva
cidātmanastatsvarūpasādhakatvāt / nahi svasvarūpasādhakasya darpaṇasya
pratibimbaṃ paricchedakaṃ bhavitumarhati / evaṃ prakṛte'pīti bhāvaḥ /
tathāvidhātmanaḥ kālādyaparicchinnasya yā'pūrṇatvena khyātiḥ sthitā sā
pūrṇatvākhyātirityuktā mūlājñānaṃ bhavediti sambandhaḥ

p1.33

atrādhunā'smītirūpā mūlājñānaṃ hi sā bhavet /
tasyaiva pallavaprāyaṃ dehātmatvādibhāsanam

p1.33

apūrṇakhyāteḥ svarūpamullikhati - atreti / tasyaiva mūlājñānasyaiva /
pallavaprāyaṃ kāryātmakaṃ dehātmatvādibhāsanam ahaṃ sthūlo'hamandha
ityādibhāsanam kāyājñānamiti śeṣaḥ / anirvacanīyājñānapakṣe [k:
nīyajñāna] tu atrādhunāsmīti vṛtterajñānaprathamakāryatvena [k,
kh: nivṛtte] mūlājñānatvamityādi jñeyam

p1.34

ajñānasya nivṛttyantaṃ saṃsāro na nivartate /
pūrṇātmavijñānamṛte tvajñānaṃ na [k, kh: nāti] nivartate

p1.34

saṃsāramūlamajñānaṃ tannivṛttiśca jñānādevetyāha - ajñānasyeti

p1.35

tacca pūrṇātmavijñānaṃ dvividhaṃ suvyavasthitam /
parokṣamaparokṣaṃ ca parokṣaṃ guruśāstrataḥ

p1.35

tacceti / ajñānanivartakaṃ cetyarthaḥ / guruśāstrata gurūktaśāstraśravaṇāt /
jātamiti śeṣaḥ / guruśāstrata ityanāśritagurorna jñānamiti sūcanāya

p1.36

p. २९०)
tat sākṣāt puruṣārthasya na kāraṇamiti sthitam /
yādṛśaṃ te bhavejjjñānaṃ śāstraśrutisamudbhavam

p1.36

tat parokṣajñānam / na sākṣāt puruṣārthasya saṃsāraduḥkhanivṛtteḥ kāraṇam
[k: kāraṇatvam] / aṣṭāvakraṃ prati janaka āha - yādṛśaṃ ta iti /
śāstraśrutyā śāstraśravaṇena samudbhavo yasya / parokṣamiti yāvat

p1.37

śraddhāmātrābhyupagataṃ phaladaṃ na pracakṣate /
aparokṣaṃ hi vijñānaṃ samādhiparipākajam

p1.37

śraddhāmātreṇābhyupagataṃ niścitaṃ phaladaṃ na parokṣajñānasya
sākṣādaparokṣasaṃsārabhramanivartakatvābhāvāditi bhāvaḥ / parokṣajñānasya
sākṣāt puruṣārthāsādhakatve kena dvāreṇa tatsādhakatvamiti
cedaparokṣajñānadvāreṇetyāha - aparokṣamiti / na tadapyāpātarūpaṃ
dehādivāsanāpratibaddhaṃ pumarthasādhakamityāha - samādhīti / samādheḥ
paripākaḥ prakarṣaḥ tena jātaṃ niṣprakampamiti yāvat / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ -
dehādyahambhāvādirūpavāsanāyāścirasaṅgatatvena malinadhiyāṃ
sakṛdaparokṣe jāte'pi tasyāpātajñānasya
dṛḍhasaṃskārānādhāyakatvenāprayojakatvāt samādhiprakarṣasiddhatajjñānena
dṛḍhasaṃskārādhānād dṛḍhadehādyahaṃbhāvādivāsanāvigalanānna
bhūyo'narthasaṅgariti

p1.38

saprapañcājñānanāśakṣamaṃ śubhaphalāvaham /
samādhirjñānapūrvastu vijñānaṃ janayet khalu

p1.38

saprapañceti / dehātmajñānavad dṛḍhaṃ saṃśayaviparyayāparāhataṃ
śuddhasaṃvidātmaviṣayakamaparokṣajñānameva
saprapañcājñānanāśanasamarthaṃ mokṣaphalāvahaṃ cetyarthaḥ / nanu
samādhiprakarṣa evaivaṃvidhamaparokṣaṃ jñānaṃ janayati tathā ca sarveṣāṃ
jāgradādiṣu proktasamādhiparamparāyāḥ sattvājjñānaṃ kuto neti cedāha -
samādhiriti / jñānapūrva iti / parokṣajñānapūrvaka ityarthaḥ / vijñānam
aparokṣajñānam

p1.39

p. २९१)
tasmādajñānināṃ nārthaḥ samādhau sambhavatyapi /
yathā'viditamāṇikyaḥ paśyan kośagṛhe maṇim

p1.39

tasmāt parokṣajñānābhāvāt / samādhau satyapyajñānināṃ na puruṣārthaḥ
sambhavatīti sambhandhaḥ / nanvevamapi śāstrārthajñānāṃ
parokṣajñānasattvena teṣāṃ niruktasvābhāvikasamādhibhiḥ kuto na puruṣārtha
ityāśaṅkya sadṛṣṭāntaṃ samādhātumupakramate - yatheti /
parokṣato'viditaṃ māṇikyaṃ yena sa puruṣaḥ / arthāt kośagṛhamupagato
māṇikyaṃ paśyannapidaṃ tanmāṇikyamiti na jānātītyanvayaḥ

p1.40

na jānāti yathāṇyastu śrutajñātamaṇiḥ kvacit /
dṛṣṭvā pratyabhijānāti tatparo maṇimañjasā

p1.40

yathā ca śruto lakṣaṇaśravaṇena jñātaḥ [k: śrutena lakṣaṇaśravaṇe
jñātaḥ; kh: śrutaḥ ityeva] parokṣato jñāto maṇiryena sa pūrvasmādanyaḥ
puruṣaḥ kvacit kośagṛhādau maṇiṃ dṛṣṭvā tatparaḥ san [k, kh:
sa] maṇiṃ so'yaṃ maṇiriti pratyabhijānāti

p1.41

atatparaḥ śrutamapi bhūyaḥ paśyan maṇiṃ kvacit /
na vijānāti tadiha brahman sunipuṇo'pi san

p1.41

śrutamaṇirapyanyo yadā'tatparo maṇiṃ dṛṣṭvā kimidamiti vicāraparastadā
[kh, g: vicārā] śrutamapi maṇiṃ bhūyaḥ paśyannapi sunipuṇo'pi san
iha loke tat tasmād atatparatvāddhetoḥ so'yaṃ maṇiriti na vijānāti

p1.42

tathā mūḍhā na vindanti phalaṃ vijñānasaṃśrayam /
ajñātatvāt paṇḍitāstu śrutajñānayutā api

p1.42

evaṃ dṛṣṭāntamupapādya dārṣṭāntike saṅgamayati - tatheti / mūḍhāḥ
parokṣeṇājñātatvāt svābhāvikasamādhibhirvijñānasaṃśrayaṃ
phalamajñānanāśanaṃ na vindanti / paṇḍitāḥ śāstrajñāstu
śrutajanitaparokṣajñānayutā api na vijānantītyanvayaḥ

p1.43

p. २९२)
atatparatvahetostu na vijānanti sarvathā /
yathā hi tārakāṃ paśyannapi jānāti na kvacit

p1.43

atatparatvahetoriti / dehādivilakṣaṇaṃ paracinmayaṃ madvapuḥ śāstroditaṃ
sarvathā tat
sādhanasampādanenāparokṣīkartavyamityabhiniveśānāsādanāddhetorityarthaḥ /
punarasyārthasyātisūkṣmatvād dṛṣṭāntāntareṇa nirūpaṇamārabhate -
yatheti / mūḍho na jānātītyanvayaḥ

p1.44

mūḍhaḥ śrutajñānahīnaḥ śrutajñānayuto'pi vai /
paśyannapi ca no vetti tatparatvavivarjanāt

p1.44

śrutajñānahīna iti / śukratārālakṣaṇaśravaṇajanyajñānahīna ityarthaḥ /
evaṃvidho mūḍha ākāśe kvacitkāle śukratārakāṃ paśyannapi seyaṃ
śukratāraketi na jānāti / anyaḥ śrutajñānayuto'pi tatparatvavivarjanād mayā
śrukratārakā sarvathā jñātavyetyabhiniveśavarjanāt tattārakāṃ paśyannapi no
vetti

p1.45

yastu śrutvā śukratārāṃ digākārādilakṣaṇaiḥ /
mayā jñeyaṃ sarvatheti tatparo buddhimān naraḥ

p1.45

yastu digākārādilakṣaṇaiḥ paścimadiggatā sūryāstānantaraṃ dṛśyā
bhāsvarākārā śubhravarṇā śukratāreti lakṣaṇavākyaiḥ śrutvā mayā
śukratārāsvarūpaṃ sarvathā jñeyamiti tatparo buddhimānūhāpohakuśalo naraḥ
pratyabhijñāsyatītyanvayaḥ

p1.46

ekāgramānasaḥ paśyan pratyabhijñāsyati sphuṭam /
evamajñānato mūḍhāścānye tātparyavarjanāt

p1.46

ekāgramānasaḥ taditaraparāvṛttamanaskaḥ / dṛṣṭāntasiddhārthaṃ
dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / mūḍhāḥ parokṣajñānābhāvāt [kh:
parokṣā] / anye śāstrajanitaparokṣajñānavantastātparyasya
mayaitadātmatattvaṃ sarvathā jñeyamiti tatparatva(tvasya) varjanānna
vijānantīti yojanā

p1.47

na vijānanti svātmānaṃ brahman satsu samādhiṣu /
bhikṣāmaṭati durdaivād yathā vai vismṛtākaraḥ

p1.47

kṣaṇikasamādhiṣu satsvapi tātparyābhāvācchāstrajñāḥ svātmānaṃ na vijānanti
/ atredaṃ tattvam - ādau śāstrādinā dehādivyāvṛttaṃ pratyagātmatattvaṃ
jagadvyāvṛttaṃ parātmatattvaṃ ca cidekarasamaparicchinnamiti parokṣato jānāti /
tataḥ parokṣato jñāte
yuktyanucintanātmakamananābhidhaśrutyanugatasattarkeṇāśeṣasaṃśayamapohati
/ tato
dehādidṛśyavyāvṛttāparicchinnacidrūpo'hamityākārakacittavṛttipravāhīkara
ṇātmakadhyānābhidhanididhyāsanaṃ karoti / tena
dehādyahaṃpratyayarūpaviparītabhāvanā śithilībhavati / tataḥ
proktanididhyāsanaparipākāt
proktākāravṛtterayatnenānuvṛttirūpasavikalpasamādhirbhavati / atra
savikalpasamādhau dhyeyadhyātrādibhedaparisphūrtirasti [k: dhyānādi] /
etasyaivābhyāsaprakarṣeṇa paripāke evamahaṃ dhyāyāmityantaḥ
sūkṣmābhimānāṃśavigalane dhyeyaśuddhacinmātrātmakasthitipariśeṣo
nirvikalpasamādhiḥ / etaddhi śuddhātmatattvasyāparokṣa(kṣya)m / tato
vyutthāya samādhau sphuritaṃ śuddhasvātmarūpaṃ śāstrato viditaṃ
parātmarūpañca pratyavamṛśya sa evāhamiti pratyabhijānāti / tathā ca
mūḍhaśāstrajñayoḥ parokṣajñānatatparatvayorabhāvāt pratyavamarśānudayena
pratyabhijñānānudayānna puruṣarthasiddhiriti / (durdaivāditi /) etadeva
dṛṣṭāntadvāreṇāha - bhikṣāmiti / tathaite iti śeṣaḥ

p1.48

p. २९३)
tasmādetā daśāḥ sarvāḥ samādhīnāṃ nirartha(rthi)kāḥ /
ata eva śiśūnāṃ hi sarvadā nirvikalpakam

p1.48

tasmāditi / pratyabhijñāyāmanupayuktatvādityarthaḥ / samādhīnāmetāḥ
proktajāgratsvapnādyantarālarūpā daśāḥ / ata eva nirarthakatvādeva /
sadyojāgratsvapnādyantarālarūpā daśāḥ / ata eva nirarthakatvādeva /
sadyojanitaśiśūnāṃ sarvadā avicchinnamakṣaṇikamapi yacchuddhacidviṣayakaṃ
nirvikalpakamastīti śeṣaḥ

p1.49

na phalaṃ sādhayed brahman ajñānasyānivṛttitaḥ /
pratyabhijñātmakaṃ yattu jñānaṃ syāt savikalpakam

p1.49

tannājñānanivṛttirūpaṃ phalaṃ svakāryaṃ sādhayet / kuta etajjñātamiti
cedajñānānuvṛtterityāha - ajñānasyānivṛttita iti / tasmāt
pratyabhijñātmakaṃ proktayuktyā savikalpakarūpaṃ
jñānamevājñānanāśakamityāha - pratyabhijñātmakamiti

p1.50

p. २९४)
tadeva saṃsāramūlamajñānaṃ vinivartayet /
anekajanmasu kṛtaiḥ santuṣṭā svātmadevatā

p1.50

evaṃvidhapratyabhijñānasya sādhanadaurlabhyādatidaurlabhyamāha - aneketi /
kṛtaiḥ sukṛtairiti śeṣaḥ

p1.51

yadā tadā mūkṣutvaṃ nānyadā kalpakoṭibhiḥ /
cetanatvaṃ janmavatsu paramaṃ durlabhaṃ bhavet

p1.51

yadā bhavatīti śeṣaḥ / anyadā sukṛtābhāve kāmyaniṣiddhakarmabhirnītaiḥ
kalpakoṭibhirapi kālairna mumukṣutvaṃ prāpyata ityarthaḥ /
mumukṣutvasādhanamapyatidurlabhamityāha - cetanatvamiti

p1.52

sudurlabhaṃ teṣvapi ca mānuṣaṃ janma sarvathā /
tatrāpi sūkṣmabuddhitvamatyantaṃ hi sudurlabham

p1.52

teṣvapi cetaneṣvapi / tatrāpi mānuṣatve prāpte'pi

p1.53

paśya brahman sthāvarāṇāṃ śatāṃśenāpi sammitam /
na dṛśyate jaṅgamaṃ vai teṣāmapi śatāṃśataḥ

p1.53

etadevodāharaṇena viśadayati - paśyeti / teṣāmapi jaṅgamānāmapi

p1.54

samaṃ nāsti manuṣyatv'm tatrāpi paribhāvaya /
paśutulyāḥ pradṛśyante manuṣyāṇāṃ hi koṭayaḥ

p1.54

manuṣyatvaṃ manuṣyajātiḥ / tatrāpi manuṣyeṣvapi janmanā [kh: janmato; g:
janmano] manuṣyā api vyavahāre paśutulyāḥ

p1.55

ye na jānanti sadasat puṇyaṃ vā pāpameva vā /
anye'pi koṭiśo martyāḥ pravṛttaḥ kāmanāparāḥ

p1.55

etadeva spaṣṭamāha - ya iti / sat suvṛttam / asad durvṛttam / anye'pi
ūhāpohakuśalā buddhimanto'pi / kāmanāparāḥ santaḥ pravṛttaḥ
pravṛttimārgāśritāḥ

p1.56

p. २९५)
gatāgataṃ rocayante pāṇḍityābhāsagarvitāḥ /
evaṃvidhajanānāṃ tu ke'pyanye buddhimadvidhāḥ

p1.56

gatāgataṃ svargādyanityaphalam / te'pi śāstrajñāḥ kuto na paramārthaphalaṃ
vāñchantīti cedāha - pāṇḍityeti / pāṇḍityābhāsena jñānābhāsena garvitā
abhimānaṃ prāptāḥ / abhimānavatāṃ sadasadvivekābhāvaḥ spaṣṭa eveti bhāvaḥ /
evaṃvidhaśāstrajanānāṃ madhye ke'pi buddhimadvidhāḥ kiñcidvivekanipuṇāḥ

p1.57

mālinyaśeṣacittāste'pyadvaitapadanāstikāḥ /
bhagavanmāyayācchannamadvaitaṃ paramaṃ padam

p1.57

pāpasaṃskāramālinyaśeṣacittā dvaitapariniṣṭhayā'dvaitapadāpahnavaparāḥ /
kathamevamiti cedadvaitajñānamatidurlabhamityāha - bhagavaditi

p1.58

kathaṃ sarvaiḥ samāsādyaṃ māyāndhairmandabhāgyakaiḥ /
māyāndhānāṃ tatpadaṃ tu na buddhimuparohati [kh: mava]

p1.58

mandabhāgyakairiti [k, kh: rityarthaḥ] /
atyantapuṇyapākādevādvaitajñānamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.59

anye durbhāgadheyāste buddhyārūḍhamapīha ye /
vṛthābhiniviśā [k, kh: niviśanti] bhūyo'pahnuvanti
kukalpanaiḥ

p1.59

evaṃ māyāndhānāṃ durbhāgyānāmadvaitātmapadaṃ śrutamapi na
buddhyārūḍhaṃ bhavatītyuktvā ito'pyanye buddhyārūḍhamapi parityajantītyāha ##-
āgrahaṃ kurvanti ye tādṛśāḥ kukalpanaiḥ kutarkairapahnuvanti /
dvaitamatamasmadīyaṃ na parityājyamityāgraheṇa nirviṣayakaṃ jñānaṃ nāstyeva
asti ced ghaṭa ivopalabhyeta ityādi kutarkairapalapantīti bhāvaḥ

p1.60

p. २९६)
aho bhagavatī māyā paśyanto'pi mahatpadam /
cintāmaṇi hastagataṃ tyajanti hi kukalpanaiḥ

p1.60

etadapi māyāvilāsa evetyāha - aho iti / mahatpadam
apricchinnādvaitātmapadam / hastagataṃ cintāmaṇiṃ kācakhaṇḍo'yamiti
kukalpanaireva tyajanti

p1.61

yeṣāṃ samārādhanena tuṣṭā [kh: saṃtuṣṭā para] sā svatmadevatā /
te māyayā vinirmuktāḥ sutarkāḥ śraddhayā yutāḥ

p1.61

kuta evamiti ceddevatānugrahābhāvādityāha - yeṣāmiti / devatānugraheṇaiva
sutarkaśraddhābhyāṃ śreyaḥprāptiriti bhāvaḥ

p1.62

parādvaye samāśvastāḥ prāpnuvanti paraṃ padam /
tatkramaṃ te'bhidhāsyāmi brahman saṃśṛṇu saṃyataḥ

p1.62

tatkramaṃ paraśreyaḥprāptikramam

p1.63

anantajanmasukṛtairdevatābhaktirāpyate /
tayā saṃrādhya suciraṃ tatprasādāttataḥ param

p1.63

ananteti / anantajanmasukṛtaiḥ satsaṅgāddevatāmāhātmyaśruterbhaktirāpyate /
tayā bhaktyā / tataḥ paraṃ vairasyaṃ prāpnuyādityanvayaḥ

p1.64

vairasyaṃ bhogavṛndeṣu tatparatvaṃ ca prāpnuyāt /
vairāgyatatparatvābhyāṃ śraddhayā cāpi saṅgataḥ

p1.64

devatāprāsādād vicārodayastato bhogavṛndeṣu viṣayeṣu doṣadṛṣṭyā
vairasyam raso rāgastadvigamo vairasyam [k, kh: vairasyam nāsti]
vairāgyamiti yāvat / tato viṣayavaimukhyena śreyaḥsādhanānāṃ
śraddhāgurusevādīnāṃ tatparo bhavatītyāha - vairasyamityādi

p1.65

sadguruṃ prāpya tatproktyā vettyadvaitaṃ paraṃ padam /
etajjñānaṃ parokṣaṃ vai hyastyadvaitamitīha yat

p1.65

tatproktyā tadvacanena / etajjñānaṃ guruvākyaśravaṇajanyaṃ jñānam /
kīdṛśaṃ tat parokṣajñānamiti cedāha - astīti

p1.66

p. २९७)
tato vicārayet samyagadvaitaṃ svātmadaivatam /
upapādya sutarkaistu saṃśayāṃstena nāśayet

p1.66

tataḥ śravaṇajanitaparokṣajñānānantaram /
parokṣajñānamadvaitātmadaivatamevamupapadyate [k: mevopapadyate] na
vetyāgamānugatasutarkairupapādyopapattiṃ prāpayaya [k, kh: prāpya]
vicārayet niścayaviṣayaṃ kuryāt / tena evaṃvidhavicāreṇa mananātmakena
saṃśayān nāśayet / saṃśayāniti vacanena
sādhanajñānādvaitamokṣādigatākhilasaṃśayasya nāśanīyatvaṃ jñāpitam

p1.67

atha niścitamātmākhyatattvamadvayamādarāt /
anudhayayedā'parokṣaṃ haṭhavṛttyāpi yatnataḥ

p1.67

atha evaṃ mananānantaram / mananena niścitamadvayātmatattvamanudhyāyet
tanmātrākāraṃ cittaṃ dhārayet / taccādarāt / ādaro'nupekṣaṇam avaśyaṃ
mayaitad dhyātvā jñeyamityabhimānaḥ / yadi cittamaticañcalamiti tanmātrākāraṃ
dhārayituṃ na śakyate tadāpi yatnato haṭhavṛttyāpi dhārayedeva na tato viramet /
yatnastu sutīvraḥ hastaṃ hastena saṃpeṣya dantān dantairvicūrṇayan /
aṅgānyaṅgaiḥ samākramya jayedādau svakaṃ manaḥ // (yo० vā० sā० ४/
१७) iti vāsiṣṭhoktaḥ [k, kh: vāsiṣṭhokteḥ] / haṭhavṛttistu
prāṇasaṃyamadhāraṇādirūpā / kiyatkālamevamanudhyeyamiti cedāha -
āparokṣamiti / aparokṣānubhavaparyantamityarthaḥ

p1.68

tato vikalpaviṣayīkṛtya dhyātaṃ paraṃ padam /
saṃsāramūlamajñānaṃ nāśayennātra saṃśayaḥ

p1.68

tataḥ evaṃ nididhyāsanena pratyagātmatattvāparokṣānantaram / dhyātaṃ
pratyagātmatattvam / paraṃ padaṃ parātmatattvaṃ [kh: paramātma] ca
vikalpaviṣayīkṛtya so'hamiti pratyabhijñāyeti yāvat / asya
pratyabhijñānasyākhaṇḍavastuviṣayatvena nirvikalpasamādhitulyatve'pi
sāmagrīphalyorbhedādvikalpatvamiti jñeyam / evaṃ
vikalpaviṣayīkṛtamadvaitātmatattvamajñānaṃ nāśayet

p1.69

p. २९८)
pakvadhyāne nirvikalpe samādhyākhye paraṃ padam /
āsādya paścāt saṃsmṛtya pratyabhijñānavān bhavet

p1.69

etadeva punarviśadayati - pakveti / śravaṇamananābhyāṃ niścitasya
pratyagātmatattvasyānudhyāne pakve satyevaṃvidhapakvadhyānameva
nirvikalpasamādhiḥ / ayamatra vivekaḥ - dhyānameva paripākatāratamyena
savikalpasamādhirnirvikalpasamādhiśca / tathā hi - śuddhātmākārameva
cittaṃ ciraṃ tiṣṭhatviti saṅkalpya tatsaṅkalpamavismaran
saṃskārarūpeṇānuvartayan citte dhyeyāvaṣṭambhānuvartanena yāvanmadhye
madhye saṅkalpavismaraṇena dhyeyākāratā citte vicchidyate tāvattad dhyānam /
evaṃvidhadyānābhyāsaprakarṣeṇābhimatakālaparyantaṃ
saṅkalpasaṃskārāvicchedena citte dhyeyākāratānuvṛttau savikalpasamādhiḥ /
etatsamādhyabhyāsaprakarṣeṇa
saṅkalpasaṃskāramanapekṣyābhimatakālaparyantaṃ citte dhyeyākāratānuvṛttau
nirvikalpasamādhiriti [kh: kalpaka] / yaduktaṃ paramānande -
saṃsmṛtāvapi vicchedād dhyānaṃ proktaṃ maheśvari //
avicchedāt saṃsmṛtau tu samādhiḥ syād guṇātmakaḥ /
asaṃsmṛtāvavicchedat samādhiḥ phalamucyate // iti /
evaṃvidhapakvadhyānātmakanirvikalpasamādhau paraṃ padaṃ śuddhaṃ
pratyagātmatattvamāsādya viṣayīkṛtya paścād vyutthānottarakṣaṇe
samādhāvanubhūtaṃ pratyagātmatattvaṃ śāstrato nirṇītaṃ parātmatattvaṃ ca
saṃsmṛtya so'dvaitātmā'hamasmīti pratyabhijñānavān bhavedityanvayaḥ / nanu
samādhernirvikalpaprakāśatvena tato vyutthitasya kathaṃ tatsmaraṇam
savikalpasaṃskārasyaiva smṛtijanakatvāt / tathā hi - nirvikalpo hi kevalaṃ
ghaṭādiviṣayaprakāśa eva na tatsaṃskāraḥ smṛtijanakaḥ / anyathā mārge
gacchato nirvikalpadṛṣṭanikhilavastusmṛtiprasaṅgaḥ / nahi mārge nirvikalpaṃ
dṛṣṭaṃ sarvaṃ smaryate ghaṭo'yaṃ paṭo'yamiti savikalpajñātasyaiva smaraṇāt /
ata eva nirvikalpadṛṣṭe yāvadaṃśe savikalpasampattistāvadaṃśasyaiva kiñciditi
ucca [k, kh: uccarati] iti manuṣya iti puruṣa iti devadatta iti smṛtibheda
upapadyata iti cet ? atra kecit - samādhyuttarakṣaṇe savikalpadvāraiva
smṛtirityāhuḥ / pare tu śuddhasya pratyagātmanaḥ savikalpaviṣayatvāyogāt
samādhyanubhavādeva smṛtiḥ / na ca savikalpasamādhau śuddhasya
viṣayatvamastīti vācyam savikalpasamādheḥ proktasaṅkalpātmakatvena
śuddhasvarūpāviṣayatvāt / nanu nirvikalpasaṃskārasya kathaṃ
smṛtyādhyāyakatvamiti ceducyate - nahi savikalpādeva smṛtiriti niyamaḥ /
vikalpo hi bhedābhāsaḥ mārge nirvikalpadṛṣṭānāmapi
kiñcidityādisamānyarūpeṇa smṛtisambhavāt / ata eva suṣuptau nirvikalpadraṣṭuḥ
proktāvyaktasmṛtirupapāditopapadyate [k, kh: rūpatāpā] /
nirvikalpasamādhyasmṛtiprasaṅgācca / tathā ca yajjñāne yasya yāvānaṃśaḥ
samyak sphurati tāvadaṃśena tasya kālāntare smṛtiḥ / dṛśyasya hi na
sarvo'pyaṃśaḥ sarvajñāne sphurati kintu yathāruci yathārthitvam (२/१८)
ityādipratyabhijñoktarītyā kaścidevāṃśaḥ sphurati / ata eva sarvo vikalpaḥ
smṛtiriti śāstrajñasamayasaṅgatiḥ / tathā ca nirvikalpasamādhau
śuddhasvarūpasphūrtyā śuddhasvarūpasmṛtirupapadyata iti prāhuḥ /
etadvistarastu pratyabhijñātātparyavivṛtau draṣṭavyaḥ

p1.70

p. २९९)
so'dvaitātmā'hamasmīti tvaparokṣavikalpataḥ /
saṃsāramūlamajñānaṃ sāṅgaṃ nāśayati drutam

p1.70

evaṃvidhapratyabhijñārūpādaparokṣavikalpāt / sāṅgaṃ samagraṃ sakāryamiti
yāvat / pratyabhijñātātmatattvo nāśayati

p1.71

p. ३००)
dhyānasya paripāko hi vikalpaparivarjanam /
vikalpo vividhakhyātirekadhā nirvikalpakaḥ

p1.71

pakvadhyānameva nirvikalpa iti yaduktaṃ tadvivecayati - dhyānasyeti /
vikalpapadārthamevāha -vikalpa iti / vividhā anekavidhā khyātirvikalpaḥ /
ekadhā ekavidhā khyātirnirvikalpakaḥ / nīlo ghaṭa ityatra jñānaṃ ghaṭo nīla
ityākāratraividhyād [k: traividhyavika] vikalpatvam /
samādherghaṭādyākāratvābhāvena jñānaikarūpatvānnirvikalpatvam

p1.72

anyānullekhamātreṇa vikalpo varjito bhavet /
vikalpe varjite paścānnirvikalpaṃ svataḥ sthitam

p1.72

kathaṃ jñānasya nirvikalpatāsampattiriti cedāha - anyeti /
anātmollekharūpamanovyāpāravarjanamātreṇa jñāne vividhākāratā nivartata
ityarthaḥ / mātraśabdena sādhanālpatvāt susādhyatvaṃ dyotitam /
vikalpavarjanamātreṇa nirvikalpatāsampattirityāha - vikalpa iti

p1.73

citre vimṛṣṭe yadvattu śuddhā bhittirhi saṃsthitā /
sampādanaṃ śuddhabhitteścitrasammārṣṭireva hi

p1.73

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - citra iti / saṃmārṣṭiḥ saṃmārjanam

p1.74

evaṃ vikalpasyāpohe nirvikalpaṃ manaḥ svataḥ /
nirvikalpātmasampattirvikalpatyāga eva hi

p1.74

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / apohe anullekhanena nirasane

p1.75

nāto'dhikaṃ [k: tato] kiñcidasti padaṃ prāpyaṃ hi pāvanam [k:
pāvakam] /
atra muhyanti vibudhā api māyāmahitvataḥ

p1.75

yathā hi darpaṇasammukhato bimbāpasāraṇamātreṇa
śuddhadarpaṇasvarūpasiddhirevamanullekhamātreṇa nirvikalpatāsiddhirityuktvā
nirvikalpasvarūpameva paramaṃ phalaṃ nāto'dhikaṃ kiñcidastītyāha - nāta iti /
pāvanamiti / saṃsāraduḥkhadoṣavarjitatvāt pāvanamityarthaḥ / atra
nityaprāptaivaṃvidhasvarūpaprāptau vibudhāḥ paṇḍitā api mahitvataḥ
māhātmyāt

p1.76

p. ३०१)
subuddhānāṃ kṣaṇenaiva padametaddhi lakṣitam /
tridhā'dhikāriṇo brahman uttamādhamamadhyamāḥ

p1.76

subuddhānām uttamādhikāriṇām / lakṣitaṃ bhavediti śeṣaḥ / etadeva viśadayati
- tridhetyādi

p1.77

uttamāḥ sakṛdādeśakāle buddhyanti tatpadam /
vicāro dhyānamapi ca śrutikālasamaṃ bhavet

p1.77

sakṛdādeśaḥ prathamopadeśaḥ / vicāradhyānādikaṃ kathaṃ kṣaṇena syāditi
cedāha - vicāra iti / śrutikāle eva bhavet

p1.78

uttamānāṃ nahi kleśaḥ prāptau tasya padasya hi /
ahaṃ purā nidāghasya rātrau jyotsnāsumaṇḍite

p1.78

atra svātmānamevodāharati - ahamiti / nidāgha uṣṇakālaḥ / maṇḍite
vāṭikāṅgaṇa iti sambandhaḥ

p1.79

priyayā sampariṣvakto vikasadvāṭikāṅgaṇe /
parārddhyaśayanāsīno madirāmadaghūrṇitaḥ

p1.79

parārddhyamuttamam

p1.80

aśrauṣaṃ khe siddhagaṇavacanaṃ madhupeśalam /
advaitatattvāśritaṃ [k, kh: advaitatvāśritaṃ vaiva] vai tatkāle
hyavidaṃ padam

p1.80

madhuvat peśalaṃ sundaram / kiṃvidhaṃ vacanamiti cedāha - advaiteti / tatkāle
śravaṇakāla evāvidam

p1.81

vijñātaṃ tadvicāreṇa dhyānenāpi tadaiva hi /
evamardhamuhūrtena jñātvā tatpāvanaṃ padam

p1.81

evaṃ tadaiva śravaṇakāla eva vicāreṇa mananena dhyānenāpi
nirvikalpasamādhyantanididhyāsanenāpi vijñātaṃ pratyabhijñātam /
evamuktarītyā'rdhamuhūrtena kālena tat pāvanaṃ padamadvaitātmapadaṃ jñātvā

p1.82

p. ३०२)
muhūrtamabhavaṃ bhūyastatsamāhitamānasaḥ /
paramānandavārāśiparimagno hyaśeṣataḥ

p1.82

tasminnevādvaitātmapade samyagāhitaṃ mānasaṃ yasya nirvikalpasamādhimān
muhūrtamabhavam / paramānandeti / niḥśeṣeṇa paramānandasamudre magno
brahmānandaikarūpa iti bhāvaḥ

p1.83

atha smṛtiṃ samāsādya vicāraparamo'bhavam /
aho'dbhutapadaṃ hyetadānandāmṛtanirbharam

p1.83

atha samādhyanantaraṃ vicāraparamaḥ vicāraikaparaḥ

p1.84

apūrvamāsāditaṃ me bhūyastat saṃviśāmyaham /
naitasya leśamātraṃsyādaindrādisukhamapyalam

p1.84

tadātmapadaṃ saṃviśāmi / tatra samāhitamānaso bhavāmītyarthaḥ / etasya
samādhisukhasya / alaṃ pūrṇaṃ sukhamapi

p1.85

ābrahma sukhametasya leśato'pi na sammitam /
adyāvadhi vyartha eṣa kālo me hyativāhitaḥ

p1.85

ābrahma sukhaṃ hairaṇyagarbhānandāntaṃ sarvaṃ sukham / me mayā /
ativāhito'tikrāmitaḥ kālaḥ prakṛtānandānadhigamād vyarthaḥ

p1.86

aviditvā svaṃ nidhānaṃ cintāmaṇigaṇānvitam /
yathā bhikṣāmaṭati vai muṣṭipiṣṭapralipsayā

p1.86

janānāṃ svātmānandānabhijñānena viṣayānandābhīpsāṃ sadṛṣṭāntaṃ
nirūpayati - aviditveti / svaṃ svīyam

p1.87

aho lokāstathā svātmānandājñānavimohitāḥ /
bāhyaṃ sukhaṃ leśamātraṃ prāpnuvanti mahāśramaiḥ

p1.87

svātmānandājñānena vimohitāḥ

p1.88

tadalaṃ me vṛthā bāhyasukhaleśapariśramāt /
anantānandasandohatatparaḥ syāṃ hi sarvadā

p1.89

p. ३०३)
alametena bāhyena vyavahāreṇa me kimu /
piṣṭapeṣaṇakalpena copālambhapadena vai

p1.89

etena viṣayānandenālam / ata eva tatprāpakeṇa bāhyavyavahāreṇa me kimu
prayojanamiti śeṣaḥ / upālambhapadena nindāsthānabhūtena

p1.90

tāni bhojyāni tānyeva mālyāni śayanāni ca /
bhūṣaṇāni vicitrāṇi yoṣitsambhogakāśca te

p1.90

piṣṭapeṣaṇatulyatāmevāha - tānīti / asakṛd bhuktānītyarthaḥ [k:
bhūtā]

p1.91

ciraparyuṣitaprāyāṇyapi saṃsevyate punaḥ /
gatānugatikatvānme jugupsā nahi jāyate

p1.91

gatānugatikatvād gatānāṃ pitṛpitāmahādīnāmanugatiḥ samānācaraṇaṃ yasya
avicāraparatvāditi yāvat / paryuṣitaprāyaviṣayabhoge jugupsā

p1.92

iti niścitya bhūyo'haṃ yāvadantarmukhodyataḥ /
tāvadanyo vimarśo māṃ suśubhaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ

p1.92

antarmukhatāyāmudyataḥ / vimarśo vicāraḥ

p1.93

aho me cittamoho'yaṃ kiṃ māmevamupasthitaḥ /
ānandaparipūrṇātmā sa evāhaṃ sthito'pi san

p1.93

tamevāha - aho iti / samādhyanubhūtasukhasya svarūpatvena sarvadā
prakāśamānatvāt punaḥ kvacit pravṛttiriyaṃ moheneti bhāvaḥ / sa evānandarūpa
eva

p1.94

bhūyaḥ kiṃ kartumicchāmi prāptavyaṃ vā'pi kiṃ mayā /
kimaprāptaṃ mayā kutra kadā vā prāpyate katham

p1.94

kathaṃ kenopāyena

p1.95

aprāptasyāpi samprāptiḥ kathaṃ satyā hi sambhavet /
aho'nantacidānandarūpe me syāt kathaṃ kriyā

p1.95

aprāptasya sukhasya prāptiścet - jātasya hi dhruvo mṛtyuḥ (bha० gī० २/
२७) iti nyāyena tatsukhamanityameva syādityāha - aprāptasyeti / mama
niṣkriyasya na kāpi kriyā sambhavatītyāha - aho iti

p1.96

p. ३०४)
dehendriyāntaḥkaraṇānyapi svāpnasamāni [k: svapna] vai /
mamaiva tāni sarvāṇi tvakhaṇḍaikacidātmanaḥ

p1.96

nanu pūrṇacidātmanaḥ sākṣāt kriyābhāve'pi dehādidvārā syāditi cedāha -
deheti / teṣāmasatyatvena taddvārāpi na kriyeti bhāvaḥ / nanu tathāpi - arthaṃ
hyavidyamāne'pi saṃsṛtirna nivartate / dhyāyato viṣayān puṃsaḥ [asya iti
prāyikaḥ pāṭhaḥ] svapne'narthāgamo yathā // (bhā० pu० २/२७/४)
ityuktarītyā manonirodhena phalaṃ bhavediti cedāha - mamaiveti / pratyekaṃ
jīvānāṃ yāni pṛthag dehādyantaḥkaraṇāntāni santi tāni sarvāṇi mamaiva
bhavanti / kuta iti cedakhaṇḍaikacidātmana iti viśeṣaṇam

p1.97

tatraikamantaḥkaraṇaṃ niruddhyāpi ca kiṃ bhavet /
anyānyapyaniruddhāni manāṃsi ca mamaiva hi

p1.97

tathā ca kimiti cedāha - tatreti / teṣvantaḥkaraṇeṣu madhye
etaddehāntargataikāntaḥkaraṇanirodhena kiṃ phalaṃ bhavet na kiñciditi bhāvaḥ /
antaḥkaraṇanirodhe vikṣepanivṛttiḥ syāditi cedāha - anyānīti / ekasya
nirodhe'pyanyeṣāmanirodhānna tena vikṣepanivṛttiriti bhāvaḥ

p1.98

tathā caikasya manaso nirodhe mama kiṃ bhavet /
niruddhānyaniruddhāni manāṃsi mayi bhāntyalam

p1.98

etanmanonirodhe etaddehāvacchedena vikṣepanivṛttiḥ syāditi cedāha - tathā
ceti / anekadehāvacchedena vikṣepasattve ekadehe vikṣepanivṛttiraprayojiketi
bhāvaḥ / nanvekameva manastvadīyaṃ nānyaditi cedāha - niruddhānīti / yathā
hyekaṃ mano bhāti tathā jagati niruddhāni yogināṃ manāṃsi anyeṣāmaniruddhāni
ca manāṃsi mayayeva bhāntītyaviśeṣād mamaiva tāni sarvāṇīti bhāvaḥ

p1.99

p. ३०५)
nirodhe sarvamanasāmapi me na nirodhanam /
mahākāśāt suvitate kuto mayi nirodhanam

p1.99

manaso nirodhe'pi mama nirviśeṣaikarūpasya na kaścana viśeṣo bhavedityāha ##-
mahākāśasyāpi cidātmaprakāśyatvena tato vitatatvaṃ jñeyam

p1.100

evaṃ pūrṇānandarūpe samādhiḥ syāt kathaṃ mayi /
cidānandaprapūrṇasya pūrṇasya gaganādapi

p1.100

evaṃ manonirodhe'pi svarūpe viśeṣābhāvānna samādherapi sambhava ityāha -
evamiti / samādhirnāma dṛśyānavabhāse svarūpānandāvirbhāvaḥ / etacca na
sambhavati aparicchinnānandarūpe mayi dṛśyāvabhāse'pyānandānirodhād
[k: pyānanda] mayi śubhāśubhaprāpakakriyā'sambhava ityāha -
cidānandeti / cidānantaprapūrṇasyetyanena kayācitkriyayā svarūpaprakāśo vā
ānandāvirbhāvo vā prāpyo nāstīti sūcitam

p1.101

mama kriaya kathaṃ kā syādyayāpi [k: syādadvayā'pi] staḥ
śubhāśubhe /
ananteṣu śarīrātmābhāseṣu manmahitvataḥ

p1.101

keti kriyāsvarūpākṣepaḥ [k: pekṣā; kh: pekṣaḥ] / śarīrātiriktasya me
śarīre'pyābhāsamānakriyayā na kiñcidityāha - ananteṣviti /
manmāhātmyādeva kriyādyābhāsa ityāha - manmahitvata iti

p1.102

kriyābhāsāvabhāsena tadabhāvena vā'pi kim /
kartavyaṃ vā'pyakartavyaṃ mama nāstyapi leśataḥ

p1.102

ato mama na kartavyākartavye ityāha - kartavyaṃ veti

p1.103

p. ३०६)
tasmānnirodhane kiṃ syādahamānandanirbharaḥ /
samādhāvasamādhau vā satyapūrṇasvabhāvakaḥ

p1.103

yato'haṃ samādhāvasamādhau vā satyapūrṇasvabhāva ānandanirbharaśca tato
nirodhena na kiñcit phalamityāha - tasmāditi

p1.104

yasyāṃ kriyāyāṃ deho'yaṃ sthitastatraiva tiṣṭhatu /
ityahaṃ sarvathā svasthaḥ sumahānandamandiraḥ

p1.104

yato mayi kriyā na sambhāvyate na vā tatphalamata āha - yasyāmiti / svasthaḥ
dehāhambhāvavarjanāt svarūpasthaḥ

p1.105

anastamitabhārūpo'haṃ supūrṇo nirañjanaḥ /
uttamādhikṛtasyaivaṃ sthitirme samprakīrtitā

p1.105

anastamiteti / aparicchinnacidrūpa ityarthaḥ / nirañjanaḥ kriyāmālinyarahitaḥ / evam
uktarītyā sthitirjñānaprāptiprakāraḥ

p1.106

adhamānāmanekaistu janmabhirjñānajaṃ phalam /
madhyamānāṃ [k: adhamānāṃ] tu kramataḥ śravaṇaṃ ca
vicāraṇam

p1.106

adhamānāṃ naikajanmanā jñānaphalam / madhyamānāṃ kālakrameṇa jñānam /
na tūttamānāmivākrameṇa tatkāle

p1.107

anudhayanaṃ ca bhavati tato jñānaṃ prajāyate /
vijñānaphalasaṃyuktaḥ samādhirdurlabho bhavet

p1.107

tato'nudhyānānantaraṃ [k, kh: nantarajñānaṃ] jñānaṃ
pratyabhijñānam

p1.108

vijñānaphalahīnena kiṃ samādhiśatena vā /
tasmādvijñānahīnaistaiḥ phalaṃ nāsti samādhibhiḥ

p1.108

tasmād vijñānātmakaphalahīnasamādhervyarthatvāt / taiḥ jāgradādau
sthitakṣaṇasamādhibhiḥ

p1.109

loke'pi gacchan mārgeṣu nirvikalpaprakāśitān /
bhāvānavijñāya teṣāmajñānaṃ na nivartate

p1.109

kuta evamiti cennirvikalpasyājñānānivartakatvāditi sadṛṣṭāntamāha - loka
iti / avijñāya viṣayavikalpamakṛtvā sthitasya tadajñānaṃ na nivartate

p1.110

p. ३०७)
nirvikalpākhyavijñānaṃ jñānamātraṃ nijaṃ vapuḥ /
tat sarvadā bhāsamānamapyabhātavidhaṃ nanu

p1.110

kuto nirvikalpādajñānānivṛttiriti cet samānaviṣayakatvenaiva
jñānasyājñānanivartakamityāha - nirvikalpeti / jñānamātraṃ
nirviṣayakamityarthaḥ / tacca śuddhasvarūpabhūtam / tat nirvikalpam / sarvadā
savikalpakāle'pi

p1.111

vikalpācchādanādeva vikalpānāṃ vyapohane /
bhāsamānameva bhūyo bhātakalpamapūrvataḥ

p1.111

kasmādabhātavidhamiti cedāha - vikalpeti / nirvikalpasamādhirūpaṃ jñānaṃ
darpaṇatulyaṃ sarvavikalpapratibimbāśrayam / ato vikalpairācchannatvāt
pratibimbapūrṇadarpaṇavad bhātamapyabhātavidhamityarthaḥ / ata eva vikalpahāne
bhūyaḥ sarvadā bhāsamānamevāpūrvato bhātakalpo bhavatītyāha -
vikalpānāmiti

p1.112

jñānajñeyāvibhedena tvajñātaṃ jñātamucyate /
evameṣa bhavedātmavijñānakrama uttamaḥ

p1.112

pūrvaṃ jñeyamiśritatvād jñānajñeyayoravibhedena
apṛthagbhāvahetunā'jñātaṃ vikalpanirasane tadeva jñātamityucyate /
upasaṃharati - evamiti / uttamaphaladatvāduttamaḥ

p1.113

brahmannevaṃ śrutaṃ bhūyo vicārya jñātumarhasi [g: dhyātu] /
atha vijñāyātmatattvaṃ kṛtārthastvaṃ bhaviṣyasi

p1.113

bhūyaḥ punaḥ / atha vicāradhyānātmakamanananididhyāsānantaram / vijñāya
so'hamiti pratyabhijñāya

p1.114

janakenaivamādiṣṭastvaṣṭāvakro mahāmuniḥ /
pūjitastvabhyanujñāto gatvā svaṃ sthānamādarāt

p1.114

ādiṣṭaḥ upadiṣṭaḥ janakena pūjitaḥ / ādarāt vicārānudhyānapūrvamiti yojanā

p1.115

p. ३०८)
vicārānudhyānapūrvaṃ vijñāya paramaṃ padam /
vidhūya sarvasandehān [sarvasandehamiti ṭīkānusārī pāṭhaḥ]
jīvanmukto'bhavad drutam

p1.115

paramaṃ padam advitīyātmatattvam / sarvasandeham avedyaṃ vedyaṃ kathaṃ
bhavedityādi sandeham / drutamityaṣṭāvakrasyottamādhikāritā dyotitā

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe'ṣṭāvakrīye saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ३०९)
atha aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ
bhārgavaivaṃ hi sā saṃvid vedyavandhyā nirūpitā /
upalabdhidaśāstasyā bahudhā saṃśrutā nanu

p1.1

atra setūpapadyaistu svarūpaṃ procyate kramāt /
mokṣasya manaso vyomabandhayoḥ satyavastunaḥ //
evaṃ janakoktarītyā / sā ātmarūpiṇī / tasyāḥ vedyarahitasaṃvidaḥ

p1.2

avyutpattyā na jānanti janā māyāvimohitāḥ /
sā daśā bhāvyate sūkṣmadṛśaiva nānyathā kvacit

p1.2

avyutpattyā svarūpāparicayena / tāṃ saṃvidaṃ na jānanti / sā daśeti
vedyarahitasaṃviddaśā / sūkṣmadṛśā abahirmukhamanasā

p1.3

kiṃ bahūktena te rāma śṛṇu sāraṃ bravīmyaham /
manasā vedyate vedyaṃ manaso'to na vedyatā

p1.3

pañcadaśādhyāyādau - kintveveṃvidhasaṃvittirvedyavandhyā nirūpitā /
upalabdhumaśakyaiva (१५/७) iti bhārgaveṇoktaṃ
tadetajjanakāṣṭāvakrasaṃvādena nirūpitamapi cittārohāya bhūyo nirūpayati -
kiṃ bahūkteneti / manaseti / sarvaṃ vedyaṃ manasā vedyata iti prasiddham / ato
manahsvarūpavedane karaṇābhāvānna manaso vedyatā'sti

p1.4

tathā ca vedyanirmuktaṃ mano'pyastīti sambhavet /
tanmano vedyanirmuktā vittirityabhidhīyate

p1.4

tathā ceti / manaso'vedyatvasiddhāvityarthaḥ / vedyānāṃ vedanāntarālādau [g:
vedanā nāsti] vedyanirmuktaṃ mano'pyastīti sambhavet / kāryāntarāleṣu
kāraṇasya [kh, g: karaṇasya] nirvyāpārasvabhāvatvāditi bhāvaḥ /
evaṃvidhaṃ mana eva vedyanirmuktā vittirityupalabdhuṃ suśakyaivetyāha -
tanmana iti / vedyanirmuktaṃ mana eva śuddhamātmatattvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.5

p. ३१०)
upalabdhisvarūpatvādviditaiva hi sā sadā /
anyopalabdhyapekṣāyāmāndhyaṃ syādanavasthiteḥ

p1.5

nanvevaṃvidhātmatattvasyāvedyatve pumarthasiddhaye
tadvedanamasambhāvyamityāśaṅkyāha - upalabdhīti / svaprakāśatvena
viditaiva prakāśamānaiva / na tatprakāśe itarāpekṣeti bhāvaḥ / tasyāḥ
svaprakāśatvānaṅgīkāre doṣamāha - anyeti / anyā
svātiriktopalabdhiranyopalabhdiḥ tadapekṣāyām / vittervedanaṃ vittyantareṇa tasya
ca vittyantareṇetyanavasthāyāṃ na kiñcit prakāśeteti bhāvaḥ

p1.6

kañcidbhāvaṃ [k: kiñci] hi saṃpaśyanna bhāsi kimu bhārgava /
na bhāsi cenna tvamasi tataḥ praśnastu te katham

p1.6

cidātmanaḥ sadā svaprakāśatvamanubhāvayati - kañciditi /
ghaṭādidarśanakāle tvaṃ na bhāsi kimityarthaḥ / yadītarabhāsanakāle tvaṃ na
bhāsi tarhi tadā tvaṃ nāsi sattvasya bhāsanāyattatvāt / iṣṭāpattau
praśnānupapattimāha - tata iti

p1.7

aho svayaṃ khapuṣpātmā san kathaṃ hitamicchasi /
kathaṃ tavatmānamahaṃ sādhayāmi vibhāvaya

p1.7

ātmā nāstīti vadantamupahasati - aho iti / svātmaniṣedhakasya [k:
svātmaniṣedhakasya nāsti] tavātmānamahaṃ [k: svātmānamahaṃ]
kathaṃ sādhayāmyetadvibhāvaya / svayaṃ martuṃ pravṛttasyānyena
rakṣaṇamaśakyamiva svātmānaṃ niṣeddhuṃ pravṛttasya
mūḍhasyātmasādhanamanyena kartumaśakyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.8

sāmānyena vibhāntaṃ māṃ na jānāmi viśeṣataḥ /
iti ced rāma sāmānyameva te rūpamavyayam

p1.8

nanvahamātmānaṃ na niṣedhāmi kintu sāmānyato bhāntamātmānaṃ
viśeṣarūpeṇa jñātumicchāmītyākṣipati - sāmānyeneti / loke'pi
sāmānyajñāne viśeṣajijñāsayaiva praśnaḥ ato nāhaṃ mūḍha iti bhāvaḥ /
samādhatte - sāmānyameveti / loke sāmānyaviśeṣātmakeṣu ghaṭādiṣvevaṃ
praśnaḥ sambhavati na tu niḥsāmānyaviśeṣātmakagaganatulye'khaṇḍaikarūpe / ato
yattvayā sāmānyamātmarūpaṃ jñātaṃ tadeva vastuto niḥsāmānyaṃ te
rūpamavyayaṃ nityam / anyaddehādyātmanā bhāsamānamanityaṃ na te rūpamiti
bhāvaḥ

p1.9

p. ३११)
viśeṣaleśarahitametāvaddhyeva te vapuḥ /
aho jānannapi punaralaṃ muhyasi vai vṛthā

p1.9

dṛśyadraṣṭṛbhāvādisarvaviśeṣarahitaṃ yadetat saṃvitsāmānyaṃ vibhāti
tadetāvadeva te nijaṃ vapuḥ / tatajjñātvāpi vṛthā'tyantaṃ tvaṃ muhyasītyāha
- aho iti

p1.10

bhāsakaṃ sarvamapi ca viśeṣaviṣayaṃ bhavet /
ataḥ sāmānyarūpastvaṃ vibhāsi svata eva hi

p1.10

nanu tarhi ghaṭapaṭāditattadviṣayabhāsakaṃ jñānasāmānyaṃ madvapuḥ
syāccennetyāha - bhāsakamiti / tattadbhāsakajñānasya
tattadbhāsyaviśeṣākārarūpitatvena na tadbhāsakatvena tvadrūpatetyarthaḥ / ataḥ
kevalajñānasāmānyarūpastvamanyānapekṣatayā svata eva vibhāsi / sāmānyaṃ
vā viśeṣo vā parasparānusaṃpṛktameva bhāsate na tu svātantryeṇa / cidātmā tu
niḥsāmānyaviśeṣavapuṣā bhāsata iti bhāvaḥ

p1.11

śarīrādyātmanā bhāsi cecchṛṇu prabravīmi te /
śarīrātmatayā bhāsi saṅkalpenaiva nānyathā

p1.11

nanu na [k: na nāsti] me tvaduktacitsāmānyavapuṣā bhāsanamasti kintu
dehendriyādisaṅghātasāmānyarūpeṇaivetyāśaṅkāṃ [k:
ndriyādisātmasa] parihartumāha - śarīreti /
śarīrāderātmatvamahaṃbuddhiviṣayatvam tacca tattaddehādisaṅkalpakāle
evetyāha - śarīrātmeti / dehādyākārollekhasaṅkalpenaiva śarīrātmatayā
bhāsi na svata ityarthaḥ

p1.12

vibhāvaya sūkṣmadṛśā saṅkalpe'nyasya dehataḥ /
bhāti kiṃ tava dehatvaṃ dehastaccāpi te bhavet

p1.12

etadevānubhāvayati - vibhāvayeti / dehādanyasya ghaṭādeḥ saṅkalpakāle
bhāsāanasya tava deharūpatā bhāti kim ? na bhātītyarthaḥ / nanu
dehatvasyābhāsane'pi [k: tvasya bhāsane'pi] vastuto mama cidātmanaḥ
sambandhāddehādirmama vapuriti ced bhāsyaghaṭāderapi
sambandhāviśeṣāttaccāpi tava deho bhavedityāha - deha iti

p1.13

p. ३१२)
evaṃ saṅkalpyate yadyaccharīraṃ tattadeva hi /
tena sarvamayastvaṃ syāḥ kathaṃ dehātmamātrakaḥ

p1.13

nanu tathāpyahaṃpratyayinaścidātmanaḥ paricchedakopādhitvādeva deho'pi
svarūpamiti ced ghaṭādijñānakāle
ghaṭādisaṅkalpātmakajñānasyaivāhaṃpratyayitvena ghaṭādīnāmeva
tatparicchedakopādhitvād ghaṭādyamapi te rūpaṃ syāt ato
bhāsamānakramikasarvabhāvamayatvameva te bhavenna tu dehamātrātmatvamityāha
- evamiti

p1.14

tasmād dṛśyaṃ tava vapurnahi syādvyabhicārataḥ /
tasmād dṛṅmātrarūpo'si na dṛg dṛśyā kadācana

p1.14

tasmāditi / sarvamayatvaprāpterityarthaḥ / iṣṭāpattiriti cedāha - vyabhicārata iti /
tattadbhāsanakāle taditareṣāmahaṃpratyayisambandhādyabhāvādityarthaḥ / tasmād
dṛśyasya tvadrūpatānupapatteḥ / ata eva tavātmabhūtā dṛg dṛśyātmikā na
bhavatītyāha - na dṛgiti

p1.15

sā svaprabhā dṛśyarūpaviśeṣaleśavarjitā /
dehadeśakālabhedacitravaicitryacitritā

p1.15

ātmarūpameva niṣkṛṣyāha - seti / ātmasvarūpā dṛg ityarthaḥ / svaprabhā
svaprakāśarūpā svasvarūpabhāsane'nyāpekṣāvarjiteti bhāvaḥ / dṛśyarūpeti /
śuddhadṛṅmātrarūpeti bhāvaḥ / nanu dehadeśādinikhilaviśeṣasya
tadekaniṣṭhatvāt kathaṃ viśeṣaleśavarjiteti cedāha - deheti /
bhedātmakacitrasya vaicitryeṇa citritā pratibimbacitritadarpaṇavajjagaccitravatīti
bhāvaḥ

p1.16

p. ३१३)
tasmāt saṅkalpamātrasya varjanāt parataḥ sthitam /
śeṣaṃ śuddhacite rūpaṃ svātmānamupalakṣaya

p1.16

tasmāditi / darpaṇe pratibimbavaicitryasya bimbamūlakatvavacciti jagadvaicitryasya
saṅkalpamūlakatvādityarthaḥ / parataḥ sthitaṃ saṅkalpavarjanottaraṃ
svato'bhivyajyamānam / śeṣaṃ saṅkalpatyāgāvadhibhūtam

p1.17

evaṃ sakṛllakṣite tu yat sthitaṃ tadalakṣaṇāt /
ajñānaṃ sarvasaṃsārakāraṇaṃ tad vilīyate

p1.17

evaṃ saṅkalpavarjanena svātmani sakṛllakṣite pratyabhijñāte sati tasmin yat
sthitaṃ dehādyaṃ tasyālakṣaṇāttu sthūlo'haṃ brāhmaṇo'hamityanabhimananādeva
taddehādāvahambhāvakāraṇabhūtamajñānaṃ vilīyate /
dehātmabhāvādyunmūlanakṣamātmapratyabhijñānenaivājñānanivṛttirna
kṣaṇikasamādhirūpānnirvikalpādāpātapratyabhijñānād veti bhāvaḥ

p1.18

na mokṣo nabhasaḥ pṛṣṭhe na pātāle na bhūtale /
saṅkalpavarjanācchuddhasvarūpasya prathaiva saḥ

p1.18

nanvevamajñānanivṛtyayuttaraṃ kadā kutra kiṃvidho mokṣaḥ prāpyata
ityāśaṅkyāha - na mokṣa iti / saṅkalpavarjanakāle eva svātmanyeva
svarūpaprathātmako mokṣo bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.19

sa svarūpātmakatvāttu nāprāptaḥ syāt kadācana /
kevalaṃ mohamātrasya nirāsena kṛtārthatā

p1.19

nāṣyevaṃvidho mokṣo'pūrvaḥ prāpyate tasya svarūpabhūtaprathātmatvādityāha
- sa iti / nanu tarhyetāvān śravaṇādiprayāso vyartha iti cennetyāha -
kevalamiti / moho'jñānam

p1.20

anyo mokṣo na sambhāvyaḥ kṛtakatvādvināśyataḥ [k: śyate] /
svarūpādatiriktaścecchaśaśṛṅgasamo hi saḥ

p1.20

nanu niruktajñānāt svargādivadanya eva mokṣaḥ kuto neṣyata iti cettasya
kṛtakatvena vināśyatvaprasakterityāha - anya iti / ato nānyo mokṣa iti
sambandhaḥ

p1.21

p. ३१४)
svarūpaṃ sarvataḥ pūrṇamanyo mokṣaḥ kva sambhavet /
svarūpe sambhavan(ved)mokṣo darpaṇapratibimbavat

p1.21

kutaḥ śaśaśṛṅgatulyatvamiti cedāha - svarūpamiti /
svarūpabāhyasyāsiddheḥ samyaṅnirūpitatvānna mokṣaḥ kvacit setsyatīti bhāvaḥ /
nanu jagadiva svarūpa eva mokṣo'stviti cettarhi pratibimbavat svarūpānatirikta
evetyāha - svarūpa iti

p1.22

loke'pi bandhavigamādṛte mokṣo na bhāvitaḥ /
vigamo'bhāva eva syāt satyo'bhāvātmakaḥ katham

p1.22

loke'pi mokṣa iti na vastvantaramityāha - loke'pīti / vigamo hi bandhanāśaḥ /
nāśo nāma dhvaṃsābhāvaḥ / tathā cābhāvasya satyatvena bhāvatve caikameva
viruddhabhāvābhāvobhayarūpaṃ bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.23

bhāvābhāvātmakaṃ vastu nahi sambhavati kvacit /
tathā ca svāpnabhāvāśca bhāvābhāvobhayātmakāḥ

p1.23

bhāvābhāvātmakamiti / viruddhobhayarūpaṃ kvacinna sambhavati satyatāṃ na
prāpnotītyarthaḥ / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ - bhāvatvaṃ sattvam abhāvatvamasattvam
tadubhayarūpamekaṃ na sambhavati virodhāditi na bandhābhāvo'tiriktaḥ kintu
tadadhikaraṇasvātmarūpa eveti / nanu bandhābhāvasyātmarūpatve ātmana eva
bhāvābhāvaviruddhobhayarūpatvaṃ syādityāśaṅkya ātmātiriktasya
bhāvatvābhāvatvāderakhilasyāsiddhyā na viruddharūpateti vaktumekasya
viruddhobhayarūpatvāṅgīkāre svāpnabhāvānāṃ tathāvidhānāṃ
satyatvaprasaktirityāha - tathā ceti / asti
nāstītyubhayapratyayaviṣayatvādubhayātmatvam / satyāḥ syuriti sambandhaḥ

p1.24

satyāḥ syurbādhahetoste tvasatyā iti cecchṛṇu /
bādho'bhāvapratyayaḥ syāt pratyayābhāvakālikaḥ

p1.24

nanu svāpnānāṃ nobhayarūpeṇa satyatā tadgatabhāvarūpatāyā
bādhitatvādityāśaṅkya evamātmātiriktasyākhilasyāpi bādhasambhavānna
mokṣo'pyatiriktaḥ setsyatītyāha - bādhahetorityādi / bādhitasyāsatyatāṃ
vaktuṃ bādhalakṣaṇamāha - bādha iti / nāsti ghaṭa ityabhāvapratyaya eva
bhādhaḥ / nanvātmano'pi nāstyātmeti kasyacit
pratyayasambhavādvādhitatvenāsatyatāprasaktirityata āha -
pratyayābhāvakālika iti / ātmano nityaprakāśatvena pratyayābhāvāsambhavād
nāsatyateti tātparyam

p1.25

p. ३१५)
yasyaivaṃ bādhayogaḥ syāt so'satyo nahi cetaraḥ /
asti sarvasya dṛśyasya bādho'pratyayakālikaḥ

p1.25

yasya ghaṭādeḥ / evam uktarītyā /
tatpratyayābhāvakālikatadabhāvapratyayarūpabādhayogaḥ syāt so'satyaḥ / nahi
cetara iti / evaṃbādhayogarahito nāsatyaḥ / apratyayakālika iti / dṛśyamātrasya
pratyayābhāvakālikābhāvapratyayarūpabādhasattvādasatya(tva)mityartha
ḥ

p1.26

tasmādasatyameva syād bhāvābhāvātmanā sthitam /
yasyābhāvasparśaleśaḥ kadācit kutracinnahi

p1.26

tasmāt uktabādhayogāt / bhāvābhāvātmanā sthitamiti / asti
nāstītyubhayapratyayaviṣayībhūtaṃ dṛśyamātram / yasya vastunaḥ / kadācit kāle
kutraciddeśe vā abhāvasparśaleśaḥ
pratyayābhāvakālikābhāvapratyayasambandho nahi

p1.27

evaṃvidhaṃ tu cittattvaṃ satyaṃ sarvātmanā sthitam /
tasmādvibhinnamokṣastu na satyaḥ syāt kathañcana

p1.27

evaṃvidhaṃ bādhavidhuraṃ cidātmatattvameva satyam / nanu ghaṭādipratyayakāle
nāsti cidātmapratyaya iti cedāha - sarvātmaneti / darpaṇapratibimbanyāyena
sarvātmanā tasyaiva bhāsamānatvena sthitatvānna tadapratyayaḥ kadācaneti bhāvaḥ
/ tasmāditi / ātmabhinnadṛśyamātrasyāsattvādityarthaḥ

p1.28

mokṣaḥ pūrṇasvarūpasya sakṛt prathanamucyate /
cetyavarjanamātreṇa citiḥ pūrṇā prakīrtitā

p1.28

svarūpātiriktasya nikhilasyāsatyatvāt pūrṇamaparicchinnaṃ yat svarūpaṃ tasya yat
sakṛt prathanamaparicchinnaṃ prathanam / avidyāyā
naṣṭatvādavidyā'nāvṛtamiti yāvat / nanu sadā pūrṇasvabhāvāyāściteḥ kathaṃ
mokṣadaśāyāmeva pūrṇatvamiti cedāha - cetyeti / svabhāvataḥ pūrṇāpi
cetyasamparkādapūrṇeva bhavatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.29

p. ३१६)
cetyābhāsanamevāsyāściteḥ saṅkocanaṃ bhavet /
cetyābhāne citiḥ pūrṇā paricchedavivarjanāt

p1.30

etadevāha - cetyeti / asyāściteḥ / yathā hi darpaṇasvarūpaṃ pratibimbaiḥ
saṅkucitamiva bhavati tatheti bhāvaḥ / yathā hi pratibimbābhāsane
darpaṇasyāparicchinnateva bhavati tathā cetye'bhāte citiḥ pūrṇeva bhavatītyāha ##-
kālādibhiḥ paricchedo yadi tasyā nirūpyate /
acetitaḥ paricchedaścetito vā bhaved vada

p1.30

evaṃ citeḥ svāntarbhātacetyaireva paricchedābhāso na vastutaḥ kālādyaiḥ
pariccheda iti vaktumupakramate - kālādibhiriti / tasyāḥ citeḥ / paricchedaḥ
paricchedakaḥ kālādiḥ / cetito vā'cetitaḥ citiprakāśito vā na vetyarthaḥ

p1.31

acetane hyasiddhaḥ syāccetane saiva vyāpikā /
loke kālaparicchinno bhavo yaḥ ko'pi bhāvitaḥ

p1.31

acetane acetitatve cityā'prakāśitatva iti yāvat / asiddhaḥ syāditi / cidaviṣayasya
śaśaśṛṅgatulyatvādasiddhiriti bhāvaḥ / cetana iti / cetitatve ityarthaḥ / saiva
citireva / vyāpiketi / darpaṇavyāptaiḥ pratibimbairdarpaṇasyeva [k, kh:
syaiva] citivyāptaiḥ kālādyaiściterna pariccheda iti bhāvaḥ / etadeva
sodāharaṇamupapādayati - loka iti bhāvitaḥ dṛṣṭaḥ

p1.32

p. ३१७)
bhāvakālau paricchedyaparicchedakatāṃ gatau /
citā vyāptau bhavetāṃ vai yadā tarhi tathāvidhau

p1.32

tatraivaṃ sthitirityāha - bhāvakālāviti / citā vyāptayoḥ prakāśitayoreva
bhāvakālayostathāvidhatā paricchedyaparicchedakatā

p1.33

avyāptau tu citā yarhi kathaṃ siddhyet paricchidiḥ /
citerbahiryadā cetyamasti tat syāt paricchidiḥ

p1.33

tatra paricchedyaparicchedakayormadhye'nyatarasyāpi citā'vyāptau na
paricchedasiddhirityāha - avyāptāviti / evañca prakṛte
paricchedakābhimatasya kālādeścidvyāptatvasyāvaśyameṣṭavyatvena vyāpyena
kālādinā vyāpakasya paricchedo na sambhavatīti bhāvaḥ / yadi
paricchedakābhimatakālādicetyasya cidavyāptasya citerbahiḥ sattvasambhave
paricchedastena citeḥ syādityāha - citeriti / tat tadā

p1.34

citerbahiścetyasiddhiḥ sarvathā nopapadyate /
yo bahiḥ sa kathaṃ siddhyeccitisambandhavarjitaḥ

p1.34

cidvyāptyā prakāśamānasyaiva svarūpasiddhirnānyasyetyāha - citeriti

p1.35

sambandho'pi naikadeśaḥ syādasiddhastathetaraḥ /
tatsambandhāṃśamātrasya bhānādanyanna siddhyati

p1.35

nanu citsambandhādvastusvarūpasiddhiḥ / tathā ca ghaṭe daṇḍasambandha iva citeḥ
kālādyekadeśasambandhenāpi kālādisvarūpasiddhiścidavyāptiśca siddhyatīti
cedāha - sambandha iti / citsambandhaḥ kālāderekadeśa iti vaktumayuktam /
tathā sati citsambandhāditarāṃśo'siddhaḥ syāt / kuta iti
cedanyāṃśasyābhāvādityāha - tatsambandheti

p1.36

ato bahiḥ padārtho'pi citinirmagna iṣyatām /
evaṃ ca sarvātmanaiva magnaṃ cetyamapīṣyatām

p1.36

yataścityanirmagno na siddhyati ato
yatrāvyaktabhittāvakhiladṛśyacitramavabhāsate tatsvarūpasiddhyarthaṃ tadapi
bahiḥpadārtharūpaṃ citinirmagnamiṣyatām / evañca
dīpālokanirmagnabhittisthacitrāṇāmarthādyathā dīpālokanirmagnatvaṃ tathā
citinirmagnaṃ cetyamiṣyatāmityāha - ata iti

p1.37

p. ३१८)
kathaṃ svāntarvinirmagnaṃ svaparicchedakaṃ bhavet /
cetyamevaṃvidhaṃ rāma vicāraya suyuktitaḥ

p1.37

evaṃ svāntarnirmagnena kālādinā svaparicchedo'sambhavītyāha - kathamiti /
evaṃ paricchedakakālādervyāpyatvādaparicchedakatvamuktvā samprati
gaganavyāptairghaṭādyairgaganasya paricchedavadapi cidātmano na pariccheda iti
sūcayituṃ gaganād ghaṭādikamiva cidātmano vyatiriktaṃ dṛśyaṃ nāstīti
sādhayitumupakramate - cetyamiti / evaṃvidhaṃ citinirmagnam

p1.38

citerantarbhāsamānaṃ pratibimbātmakaṃ bhavet /
na bhāvodarago bhāvo bhavan loke sudṛśyate

p1.38

vicāraprakāramevāha - citeriti / citinirmagnatvenāntarbhāsamānaṃ cetyaṃ
pratibimbātmakameva bhavet anyathā nirūpayitumaśakyatvat
pratibimbalakṣaṇayogācca / etacca prāg vitānitam [dvādaśādhyāye
caturdaśādhyāye ca] / anyathā'nupapattimeva darśayati - na bhāveti

p1.39

bhāvānāṃ syāddhi sāṅkaryaṃ tathā ced rāma sarataḥ /
bahiḥpadārthaste prokto bhramamūlo hi sarvathā

p1.39

bhāvaśarīre na bhāvāntaramityatra pratyakṣānupalabdhiṃ pradarśya
tathāṅgīkāre sāṅkaryadoṣamāha - bhāvānāmiti / ghaṭapaṭādeḥ
parasparasvarūpāntarbhāve ghaṭaḥ paṭaḥ syāt paṭo ghaṭaḥ syāditi bhāvaḥ / tathā
ca darpaṇapratibimbatulyatvād dṛśyaṃ na cidātmano vyatiriktamiti tātparyam /
prakārāntareṇāvyatiriktatāṃ sādhayati - bahiḥpadārtha iti / avyaktamityarthaḥ /
bhramamūlaḥ svarūpājñānamūla iti prāk proktam [dvādaśe'dhyāye]

p1.40

p. ३१९)
tadāśrayāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ kathaṃ syāt satyatā vada /
citisvarūpaḥ svātmaiva tattadbhāvātmanā sadā

p1.40

tadāśrayāṇām avyaktātmakabahiḥpadārthāśrayāṇām /
bhrāntyāropitabhittigatacitrāṇāmiva nādhiṣṭhānātiriktatvena satyatvamiti bhāvaḥ /
tasmāt svātmaiva citisvarūpaḥ sadā tattaddṛśyabhāvātmanā bhāsata ityanvayaḥ

p1.41

bhāsate svācchandyaśaktyā nādhikaṃ vidyate kvacit /
iti vākyaṃ samākarṇya punaḥ papraccha bhārgavaḥ

p1.41

kuta evaṃ bhāsata iti cedāha - svācchandyeti / māyābhidhānayā
svātantryaśaktyā māyāviparikalpitendrajālasṛṣṭiriva bhāsate / ataḥ
svarūpātiriktaṃ kvacit kiñcidapi nahi vidyate

p1.42

bhagavan bhavatā proktaṃ durghaṭaṃ pratibhāti me /
śuddhā citirvicitraikā bhāsata ityasambhavāt

p1.42

śuddhākhaṇḍā [k: khaṇḍaciti] citirekāpi vicitrā bhāsata ityasambhavād
durghaṭaṃ pratibhāti

p1.43

citiścetyamiti dvedhā vastu sarvairvibhāvitam /
tatra cetyaṃ citā bhāsyaṃ svaprabhā citirastu te

p1.43

asambhavameva viśadayati - citiriti / sarvairvibhāvitaṃ
sarvānubhavasiddhamanapahnavanīyamiti tātparyam / tatra taryomadhye te citiḥ
svaprabhaivāstu / citeḥ svaprakāśatvaṃ tvaduktamevāstviti tātparyam

p1.44

yathā'lokabhātamapi vastu tadbhinnamasti vai /
evaṃ citā bhāsitaṃ tu cetyamastu pṛthagvidham

p1.44

citeścetyaṃ [g: cita] bhinnamiti sadṛṣṭāntaṃ sādhayati - yatheti /
ālokabhātamālokādyathā bhinnam evaṃ cito bhinnaṃ cetyamastvityarthaḥ

p1.45

cetyaṃ cidātmakamiti nānubhūtiṃ samāruhet /
atha ca prāgabhihitaṃ janakena mahātmanā

p1.45

nānubhūtiṃ samāruhet sarvānubhavavirodhācciccetyayorekatā
nānubhavaviṣayetyarthaḥ / ākṣepāntaram - atheti / janakenoktamiti bhavatā
yadabhihitaṃ tat kathamiti vyavahitena sambandhaḥ

p1.46

p. ३२०)
saṅkalpavarjanādeva nirvikalpaṃ mano bhavet /
tadeva nirvikalpaṃ syājjñānaṃ saṃsāranāśanam

p1.46

janakoktimevānuvadati - saṅkalpeti / tadeva nirvikalpaṃ mana eva /
saṃsāranāśanam pratyabhijñānadvārā saṃsāranivartakamityarthaḥ

p1.47

tadeva hyātmano rūpamityuktaṃ tat kathaṃ bhavet /
ātmano hi manaḥ proktaṃ karaṇaṃ jñānakarmaṇi

p1.47

kathaṃ bhavedityākṣepanidānānupapattimāha - ātmano hīti / jñānakarmaṇi
jñānakriyāyām

p1.48

mano yadyātmano na syādviśiṣyeta jaḍāt katham /
mano jaḍādviśeṣaḥ syādātmano bhagavannanu

p1.48

cetanasyātmanaścitikriyākaraṇaṃ manaḥ / tadabhāve ātmano
jaḍatvaprasaktirityāha - mana iti

p1.49

manasaiva hi bandhaḥ syānmokṣo vā'pyātmanaḥ sphuṭam /
savikalpaṃ mano bandho [hetuhetumatorabhedenopacārād mano bandho
mano mokṣa iti cocyata iti bhāvaḥ] mokṣaḥ syānnirvikalpakam

p1.49

ātmano bandhamokṣāvapi manonimittakāvityāha - manasaiveti /
bandhamokṣayormukhyahetutvād [hetuhetumatorabhedenopacārād mano bandho
mano mokṣa iti cocyata iti bhāvaḥ] bandho mokṣa iti

p1.50

tat kathaṃ mana evātmā karaṇaṃ hi manaḥ smṛtam /
nirvikalpasya saṃsiddhāvapi dvaitaṃ tu śiṣyate

p1.50

nirvikalpaṃ mana evātmeti prāguktaṃ tatkathamityāha - tatkathamiti / tat tasmāt
/ kartṛkaraṇayorabhedānupapatterityarthaḥ / ato darpaṇapratibimbanyāyena
dṛśyaikye'pi manaso [kh, g: manasā] dvaitaṃ pariśiṣyata ityarthaḥ

p1.51

p. ३२१)
athāpi loke dṛṣṭo'sti yasya bhrāntirasan hi saḥ /
nahi bhrāntirasatyā syāttadadvaitaṃ kathaṃ bhavet

p1.51

bhrāntiviṣayasyāsatyatve'pi bhrāntisvarūpasya satyatvād dvaitapariśeṣa ityākṣipati
- atheti

p1.52

arthakriyā na kvacicca dṛṣṭā'satyena vastunā /
sarvaṃ hi jāgataṃ vastu sthiramarthakriyākaram

p1.52

arthakriyā sthairyaṃ cāsatye rajjusarpādau na dṛṣṭam tat
kathamarthakriyākāriṇo'sthi(ṇaḥ sthi)rasya dṛśyamātrasyāsatyatetyāha
- arthakriyeti

p1.53

tadasatyaṃ kathaṃ brūhi yato'dvaitaṃ prasiddhyati /
sarvaṃ ca bhrāntivijñānaṃ bhrāntyabhrāntibhidā katham

p1.53

yataḥ jagato'satyatvāt advaitaṃ prakarṣāt siddhyati / yadi dṛśyajñānaṃ sarvaṃ
bhrāntirūpaṃ tarhyanyasyābhrāntijñānasyābhāvād bhrāntirabhrāntiriti
jñānabhedavyavahāraḥ kathamityāha - sarvamiti

p1.54

bhrāntiḥ sarvasamā vāpi kathaṃ syād brūhi me guro /
sandeha eṣa cirato [k, kh: virato] hṛdi me parivartate

p1.54

sarveṣāmekarūpā bhrāntirvā kathaṃ syādityāha - bhrāntiriti

p1.55

ityevaṃ praśnamākarṇya dattātreyaḥ samastavit /
sādhupraśnaprahṛṣṭātmā pravaktumupacakrame

p1.55

samastavit sarvajñaḥ

p1.56

rāma sādhu tvayā pṛṣṭaṃ proktaprāyamidaṃ punaḥ /
yāvanna manasastoṣastāvad bhūyo viśodhayet

p1.56

tvayā punaḥ pṛṣṭametadataḥ proktaprāyameva / sarvo'pyeṣo'pūrvaḥ [k:
apūrva] praśno na bhavatīti tātparyam / tarhi kathamasya sādhutvamiti cedāha
- yāvaditi / saṃśayanivṛttyā toṣaḥ / viśodhayet vicārayet

p1.57

gururvāpi kathaṃ brūyādapṛṣṭāstanmanogatam /
prāṇināṃ hi buddhibhedāttarkaḥ pṛthagavasthitaḥ

p1.57

tanmanogataṃ śiṣya jijñāsitam / punaḥ praśno'pyupapadyata ityāha -
prāṇināmiti / buddhibhedena tarkabhedāt / śiṣyahṛdgatatarkasya guruṇā
jñātumaśakyatvena sakṛdupadeśena śaṅkā'nivṛtteriti bhāvaḥ

p1.58

p. ३२२)
apṛṣṭvā svasvābhimataṃ kaḥ sandehādvimucyate /
apṛṣṭurvidyā hi sudṛḍhā praśno bījaṃ nirūpaṇe

p1.58

apraṣṭuḥ sandehānivṛttistasmāt [k: sandeha] praṣṭureva vidyā bhavati
nānyasyetyāha - apṛṣṭveti / praśnādeva nirūpaṇaṃ bhavatītyāha -
praśna iti

p1.59

apraṣṭurnaiva vidyā syāt pṛṣṭvā vidyāttato gurum /
citirekaiva vaicitryādbhāsata iti sambhavet

p1.59

tataḥ apraṣṭurvidyābhāvāt krameṇottaraṃ vaktumupakramate - citiriti

p1.60

ekarūpo yathādarśaḥ praibimbādanekadhā /
paśya svapnavikalpādau mana ekaṃ hi kevalam

p1.60

kathaṃ sambhavediti ced [k: ca sadṛ] dṛṣṭāntamāha - ekarūpa iti /
darpaṇasya bimbasāpekṣatvena vaiṣamyamiti dṛṣṭāntaramāha - paśya
svapneti

p1.61

draṣṭṛdarśanadṛśyātmavaicitryeṇa vibhāti hi /
evaṃ śuddhaiva sā saṃvidvicitrākārabhāsinī

p1.61

svapnamanorājyavikalpe mana eva bimbādyanapekṣya draṣṭrādivaicitryeṇa vibhāti /
evameva śuddhasaṃvidvicitrākārabhāsinī

p1.62

citiścetyamiti dvedhā svapne'pi hi vibhāsate /
ālokamantarā tvandho bhāvaṃ jānāti vai nanu

p1.62

evaṃ citervaicitryamupapādya dvitīyākṣepaṃ nirākaroti - citiriti /
ciccetyayordvaitaṃ svapne sarveṣāṃ bhāsamānamapi yathā na vastuto'sti evaṃ
jāgrati sarveṣāṃ bhāsamānamapi dvaitaṃ nāstītyarthaḥ / athālokena
bhāsamānaghaṭādestadanyatvamiva [k: meva] citā bhāsamānadṛśyasya
cidanyatvamiti tṛtīyākṣepaparihārāyāha - ālokamiti / yadyadvinā na bhāsate
tattadātmakamiti vyāpterdṛṣṭānte vyabhicāraḥ andhasyālokaṃ vinā tvacaiva
ghaṭāderbhāsanāt

p1.63

p. ३२३)
andhasyābhāsamānaṃ ca rūpaṃ bhāti smṛtau kila /
naivaṃ citerabhāne kiṃ kadā kutra vibhāsate

p1.63

nanvevamapyālokaṃ vinā rūpasyābhāsanādālokarūpayorabhedaprasaktiriti cedāha
- andhasyeti / janmāndhasyarūpābhāsane'pi tadanyes.āṃ
sarveṣāmālokamanapekṣya rūpasyāpi smṛtau bhāsamānatvād nālokātmatā
rūpasyetyarthaḥ / prakṛte tu na kvāpi vyabhicāra ityāha - naivamiti /
etadevopapādayati - citeriti / kadā kāle [k, kh: loke] kutra deśe
citimanapekṣya kiṃ vibhāsate na kiñcidityarthaḥ

p1.64

yathādarśaṃ vinā kiñcit pratibibaṃ na bhāti vai /
ādarśānnātirikto'taḥ pratibimbo bhavedyathā

p1.64

prakṛtavyāpterdṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / yathā ādarśaṃ vinā pratibimbo na
bhāti ato hetoreva yathā pratibimba ādarśānnātiriktaḥ

p1.65

evaṃ citimṛte kiñcidatiritkaṃ na vidyate /
ata eva mano'pyanyat sarvatha nāsti vai citeḥ

p1.65

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / ata eveti / manaso'pi dṛśyatulyatvādityarthaḥ

p1.66

yathā svapne manastadvajjāgratyapi mano nahi /
kalpitaṃ kāryasaṃsiddhyai karaṇaṃ kevalaṃ manaḥ

p1.66

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / svapne hi
jñātṛjñānakaraṇajñeyānāmekarūpatvena [k: kāraṇa] yathā
pṛthaṅmano nāsti tathā jāgranmano'pītyarthaḥ / yathā svapne kalpitamanasaiva
sakalakāryanirvāha evaṃ jāgratyapītyāha - kalpitamiti

p1.67

p. ३२४)
yathā svapnaḥ kuṭhāraḥ syāt karaṇaṃ taruchedane /
rāma kriyā'satyarūpā satyaṃ tatkaraṇaṃ katham [kh: tathā]

p1.67

svāpnatarucchedanakriyāyā asatyatvād yathā tatkaraṇaṃ kuṭhāro'pyasatyaḥ evaṃ
dṛśyāsatyatvena tajjñānasyāpyasatyatvāt tatkāraṇamapyasatyamityāha [k:
karaṇa] - yatheti / tarucchedane yathā kuṭhārastathā mana iti śeṣaḥ /
manaso'satyatvamavarjjanīyamityāha - kriyeti

p1.68

asatā naraśṛṅgeṇa kaḥ kadā suvidāritaḥ /
tasmānnāsti mano rāma cāsat kāryasya kāraṇam

p1.68

kāryakāraṇayorasatyatve [g: karaṇa] kriyā sutarāmasatyeti
sadṛṣṭāntamāha - asateti / kārakaṃ karaṇam

p1.69

svapne dṛśikriyākāryakaraṇaṃ [k, kh: kāraṇaṃ] mana ucyate
/
yathā [kh: tathā rāma] tathā sarvadāpi mano nāsti kriyākaram

p1.69

proktameva [k: proktā] punaḥ sadṛṣṭāntaṃ draḍhayati - svapna iti

p1.70

cidātmā kevalaṃ svacchasvācchandyānmana ādikam /
parikalpya vyavahared dṛśyadraṣṭṛādibhedataḥ

p1.70

tarhi kathametadbandhamokṣādivaicitryābhāsanamiti cedāha - cidātmeti /
svacchamapratihataṃ svācchandyaṃ svātantryam / aindrajālika iva
svīyamāyaśaktyaiva sarvaṃ parikalpya vyavaharedityarthaḥ

p1.71

kvacit kvacit kevalaṃ tu nirvikalpātmanā sthitaḥ /
śṛṇu bhārgava cittattvaṃ paripūrṇamapi svayam

p1.71

kvacit kvacit proktā'ntarāladaśāsu / cidātmaiva sarvatra savikalpanirvikalparūpeṇa
bhāsata ityupapādayitumupakramate - śṛṇviti

p1.72

p. ३२५)
nākāśatulyaṃ caitanyāt svaprakāśamataḥ sthitam /
ākāśaśca cidātmā ca na vilakṣaṇatāṃ gatau

p1.72

ākāśavat pūrṇamapi cidrūpatvānnātmavastvākāśatulyamityāha -
nākāśatulyamiti / yataścaitanyarūpamata ātmatattvaṃ svaprakāśam /
nākāśavajjaḍam / ākāśātmanoḥ sarvasāmye'pi
caitanyamātramevātmano'dhikamityāha - ākāśaśceti

p1.73

pūrṇaḥ sūkṣmo nirmalaścājo'nanto'pi nirākṛtiḥ /
sarvādhāro'pyasaṅgātmā sarvāntarabahirbhavaḥ

p1.73

tayoḥ sādhāraṇadharmānāha - pūrṇa ityādi / pūrṇo vyāpakaḥ / sūkṣmaḥ
apratigharūpaḥ / nirmalaḥ ekarasaḥ / ajo'nanta iti
prāgabhāvadhvaṃsābhyāmaspṛṣṭaḥ / nirākṛtiravayavasaṃsthānahīnaḥ /
sarvādhāro'pyasaṅgātmā sarvāśrayo'pyasaṃspṛṣṭaḥ / sarvāntarabahirbhavaḥ
sarvānusyūtaḥ

p1.74

viśeṣastatra caitanyamākāśe tanna vidyate /
vastutaścaitanyapūrṇa ātmaivākāśa ucyate

p1.74

evaṃ sarvasāmye'pi caitanyamevātmani viśeṣa ityāha - viśeṣa iti / tat
caitanyam / avāstavo hyākāśātmanorbheda ityāha - vastutastviti

p1.75

nahyātmākāśayorbedo leśato'pi hi vidyate /
ya ākāśaḥ sa ātmaiva yaścātmākāśa eva saḥ

p1.76

ajñāḥ paśyantyātmarūpamākāśamiti vai bhramāt /
saurālokaṃ yatholūkastamomātraṃ prapaśyati

p1.76

ātmānamevājñā ākāśaṃ paśyanti / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - saureti / yatholūkaḥ
svanetradoṣāt saurālokamevāndhakārātmakaṃ paśyati
evamavidyādos.ādātmānamevākāśaṃ paśyanti janāḥ

p1.77

ākāśameva vijñāstu paśyantyātmacidātmakam /
parā citiḥ pareśānī svacchasvātantryavaibhavāt

p1.77

vijñāḥ paṇḍitāstvākāśameva ātmacidrūpaṃ paśyanti / etadevopapādayati -
parā citiriti / paracidrūpaḥ parameśvaraḥ svacchasvātantryasya vaibhavād
māhātmyād avabhāsayediti sambandhaḥ

p1.78

p. ३२६)
avabhāsayedātmānaṃ paricchinnamanekadhā /
yathā rāma svamātmānaṃ svapne bahuvidhaṃ pṛthak

p1.78

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / pṛthag bhāsayasītyanvayaḥ

p1.79

manuṣyādivibhedena bhāsayasyevameva hi /
anekadhā'vabhāso'pi paricchinnadṛśaiva hi

p1.79

evameva cidātmano hyenakadhā'vabhāsanam / svātmano'nekadhā'vabhāso'pi na
svadṛṣṭyetyāha - anekadheti

p1.80

svayaṃ svadṛṣṭyā pūrṇātmarūpiṇyeva parā citiḥ /
aindrajālika eko'pi svamātmānamanekadhā

p1.80

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - aindrajālika iti

p1.81

bhāsayaṃstatra draṣṭṝṇāṃ svadṛṣṭyā bhāsate [k: bhāsayet]
svayam /
eka eva nirvikāra evaṃ sā paramā citiḥ

p1.81

yathā aindrajālikaḥ svamāyayācchanno māyāvṛtadṛṣṭyā svayamanekadhā
bhāsamāno'pi māyā'pratibaddhasvadṛṣṭaya svayameka eva bhāsate evaṃ parā
citiḥ svamāyodbhāvitāvidyācchannadṛśāmanekadhā bhāsamānāpi
svadṛṣṭyā nirvikāraikarūpetyāha - evaṃ seti

p1.82

śuddhaikarūpabhāsāpi paricchinnā hyanekadhā /
paricchinnasvarūpāṇāṃ bhāsayed [kh: bhāsayan] māyayāvṛtā

p1.82

śuddha ekarasaḥ ekaḥ akhaṇḍaḥ bhāso yasyāḥ sā

p1.83

māyāvaraṇamapyetat paricchinnadṛśo bhavet /
yathaindrajāliko māyāvṛtaścānyadṛśo bhavet

p1.83

yathā'nekarūpatā'nyadṛṣṭyā evaṃ māyāvṛtatvamapyanyadṛṣṭyaiveti
sadṛṣṭāntamāha - māyeti / svadṛṣṭyā'nāvṛtatvam [kh:
svadṛṣṭyanā] anekatvaṃ ceti bhāvaḥ

p1.84

p. ३२७)
māyā paracito'tyantaṃ svātantryamatidurghaṭam /
loke'pi yogino'nye ca māntrikā aindrajālikāḥ

p1.84

nanu paracidātmanaḥ śuddhacidekarūpasyaivamātmano'nekarūpatāvabhāsanaṃ na
ghaṭata ityāśaṅkya māyāśaktyā sarvaṃ ghaṭata iti vaktuṃ māyāsvarūpamāha
- māyeti / paracidātmano yad duḥsādhyaṃ ghaṭayati
evaṃvidhamatyantamatyuttamaṃ [k, kh: tamasvāta] svātantryaṃ sā
māyetyarthaḥ / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - loke'pīti

p1.85

ācchāditaṃ svasvātantryaṃ prāpya kiñcit suyuktitaḥ /
durghaṭaṃ ghaṭayantyeva tato naitadvicitritam

p1.85

ācchāditamiti / yogipramukhā hi vastutaḥ paracidātmāna eveti pūrṇasvātantryayutā
eva tathāpi paracinmāyayācchannaṃ tat svātantryaṃ
yogādisuyuktyācchannasvātantryād yatkiñcit svātantryāṃśābhivyaktiṃ prāpya
niyatakāraṇābhāvena durghaṭamapi gajaturagādikaṃ te ghaṭayanti / tathā ca
prakṛte paracidātmano'paricchinnamāyāśakteretajjagadavabhāsanaṃ na
vicitramityarthaḥ

p1.86

evaṃ paraciteḥ svacchasvātantryāt svātmano vapuḥ /
anekadhā paricchinnaṃ bhāsitaṃ bhṛgunandana

p1.86

evaṃ proktopapattyā

p1.87

paricchedo'bhimānasya tvekadeśe suviśramaḥ /
sā'pyapūrṇatvavikhyātiryā'vidyā parigīyate

p1.87

nanu pūrṇasya cidātmanaḥ paricchedaḥ kiṃvidha iti cedāha - pariccheda iti /
abhimāno'haṃbhāvaḥ / cidātmā hi dīpādijaḍaprakāśavilakṣaṇaḥ
sphuratprakāśarūpaḥ / tādṛśasphūrtyātmakaprakāśasyānātmaviśrama
evedaṃbhāvaḥ / svātmaviśramo'haṃbhāvaḥ / yaduktamajaḍapramātṛsiddhau ##-
yo'haṃbhāvaḥ sa paracidātmano'khilasvarūpaviśrāntatvād aparicchinnatvāt
[k, kh: aparicchinnapūrṇā] pūrṇāhaṃbhāva ityucyate /
evaṃvidhapūrṇākhaṇḍasvarūpasyāpi svasvātantryākhyamāyāvaśato
yadekadeśabhāsanaṃ tatra ca yaḥ svātmaviśramaḥ sa pariccheda ityucyate /
pūrṇāhaṃbhāvataḥ paramātmanaḥ svamāyāśaktyā yaḥ
svātmaikadeśāhaṃbhāvaḥ sa pariccheda iti tātparyam / apirevārthe /
yā'pūrṇatvakhyātiḥ avidyā iti ca śāstreṣu parigīyate sa eva apūrṇāhaṃbhāvaḥ
[k: pūrṇā]

p1.88

p. ३२८)
atra muhyanti bahavastārkikāḥ paṇḍitā api /
svātmānamanudāhṛtya bahirdṛṣṭitayā sthiteḥ

p1.88

evaṃ caikadeśe'haṃbhāva viśramāt tadatiriktākhilacidātmarpadeśa eva
ākāśatvena bhāsate ato nātmano'tirikta ākāśa iti siddham / atra
ākāśasyātmānanyatve muhyanti / kuto muhyanti iti cedāha - svātmānamiti /
anudāhṛtyeti / śrute mate'pyarthe pratyagrūpe nididhyāsanamakṛtvetyarthaḥ /
tatrāpi heturbahirdṛṣṭitayā sthiteriti

p1.89

gurūpadiṣṭaṃ yat kiñcit sadvā'pyasadapītarat /
anudāhṛtya cātmānaṃ yāvanna hyavalokayet

p1.89

tasmād [k: tasya] nididhyasanapūrvakāparokṣaṃ vinā
nājñānanivṛttirūpaphalaprāptirityāha - gurūpadiṣṭamiti / sadvā
prakāśādirūpatā vā itaradasadvā aprākśādirūpatā vā

p1.90

tāvanna phalamāpnoti parokṣātmatayā śruteḥ /
ato mayoktaṃ rāma tvaṃ sampaśyātmani saddṛśā

p1.90

tāvat aparokṣaparyantam phalam ajñānāśādiḥ / parokṣātmatayā śrutereva
śravaṇajanitaparokṣatāmātrādeva na phalam / saddṛśā
tyaktabahirmukhatvadṛṣṭyā

p1.91

citiryā paramā devī sarvasāmānyarūpiṇī /
sā prakāśamayī yasmājjaḍavyāvṛttarūpiṇī

p1.91

punaḥ paricchedakāraṇamāyāsvarūpanirūpaṇapūrvakamākāśasvarūpaṃ
suspaṣ'taṃ nirūpayitumupakramate - citiriti / sarvasāmānyarūpiṇī
dṛśyākāraparicchedarahitā / yasmājjaḍavyāvṛttarūpiṇī / prakāśamayīti
dīpādijaḍavyāvṛttaprakāśamayītyarthaḥ

p1.92

p. ३२९)
ataḥ svātmani viśrāntistvahantā pararūpiṇī /
jaḍāścidātmaviśrāntāścidatmani vibhāsataḥ

p1.92

ataḥ svātmani viśrāntirūpā pararūpiṇyahantā'paricchinnā parāhantā tasyā
bhavediti śeṣaḥ / jaḍānāṃ na svātmaviśrāntirityāha - jaḍā iti

p1.93

na svarūpe svato bhānti tasmānna svātmaviśramaḥ /
citestu kevalaṃ svasminnananyāpekṣayā sadā

p1.93

etadeva spaṣṭamāha - na svarūpa iti / svataḥ ananyāpekṣatayā jaḍānāṃ
cidātmāśrayeṇaiva bhāsanāt svātmani svato bhāsanābhāvānna svātmaviśramaḥ
citestu kevalaṃ jaḍamanapekṣyānanyāpekṣayā svātantryeṇa sadā svasmin
bhāsamānatvāt svasmin viśrāntirupapadyata iti sambandhaḥ

p1.94

bhāsamānatvataḥ svasmin viśrāntirupapadyate /
pūrṇāhantā parā seyaṃ yā jaḍeṣu na vidyate

p1.94

upapadyata iti / jaḍavadanyāpekṣā svasvarūpaprakāśe yā nāsti eṣa eva
svātmaviśrama iti bhāvaḥ / seyaṃ svatmaviśrāntireva pūrṇāhantā

p1.95

vyāvṛttisparśahīneyaṃ paricchedavivarjanāt /
sarvamasyāṃ yataḥ saṃsthamādarśe nagaraṃ yathā

p1.95

asyā ahantāyāḥ pūrṇatvaṃ kuta iti cedāha - vyāvṛttīti / vyāvṛtterbhedasya
sparśena hīnā sarvathā bhedasambandhavidhureti bhāvaḥ / kuta evamiti cedāha ##-
pratibimbanagaravadasyāmeva pūrṇāhantātmakaciti tādātmyena sthitaṃ sarvaṃ
dṛśyam / ataḥ paricchedakasya svātiriktasyānyasyābhāvāt paricchedābhāvena
[k, kh: paricchinnā] vyāvṛttisparśo nāstīti

p1.96

p. ३३०)
vyāvṛttirvā paricchedaḥ kathaṃ kena hi sambhavet /
evaṃ pūrṇasvarūpāyāḥ pūrṇaṃ yatsphuraṇaṃ sthitam

p1.96

ato vyāvṛttyādikaṃ na sambhavatītyāha - vyāvṛttiriti / punaḥ
pūrṇāhantāṃ niṣkṛṣyāha - evamiti / pūrṇasvarūpāyāściteḥ
pūrṇamaparicchinnaṃ yat svarūpasphuraṇaṃ tadeva kathyata iti sambandhaḥ

p1.97

tadeva svātmaviśrāntiḥ pūrṇāhantā ca kathyate /
akhaṇḍaikarasaṃ hyetadetāvad rāma vai bhavet

p1.97

nanu tathāpi citiḥ pūrṇāhanteti ca vastudvaividhyāt paricchedaḥ
syādityāśaṅkyāha - akhaṇḍeti / etāvat citiḥ pūrṇāhantā ceti
dvayamapyetadakhaṇḍaikarasam / akhaṇḍamekam ekarasaṃ cinmātram

p1.98

nirūpaṇe bahuvidhamiva tat pratibhāsate /
evāvadeva svātantryaṃ yataḥ śaktirhi tanmayī

p1.98

tarhi kathaṃ dvidhā nirdeśa iti cedāha - nirūpaṇa iti / tat cittattvam / etāvadeva
akhaṇḍaikarasameva svātantryamapi / pūrṇāhantā svātantryañca śaktireveti
tanmayaṃ tadekarasamityarthaḥ

p1.99

prakāśāstejo yadvadauṣṇyaṃ caivāpṛthak sthitam /
evaṃ svātantryaviśrāntisahitaikarasātmikā

p1.99

bhedavyavahāraviṣayaśakterapṛthaktve dṛṣṭāntamāha - prakāśa iti /
sahitā citiḥ

p1.100

iyameva hi māyākhyā śaktiḥ paramadurghaṭā /
ādarśavadyatsvarūpe cidekarasarūpiṇī

p1.100

iyameva pūrṇāhantaiva / durghaṭā duḥsādhyamapi ghaṭayati / durghaṭatāmeva
nirūpayati - ādarśavaditi

p1.101

satyapyanekavaicitryābhāsanena vibhāsate /
tathā bhāsanakāle'pi svarūpādanivartanam

p1.101

pratibimbavicitro'pyekarūpādarśa iva svarūpe cidekarūpiṇī satyapi
jagadvaicityarābhāsanena vibhāsanaṃ vaicitryabhāsanakāle'pi
cidekarasasvarūpādanivartanamiti yat etadeva tasyā atidurghaṭatvamiti śeṣaḥ

p1.102

p. ३३१)
paricchedāvabhāso yaḥ so'nātmābhāsa ucyate /
sā'vidyā jaḍaśaktiḥ sā śūnyaṃ prakṛtireva ca

p1.102

evaṃ svātantryākhyamāyayā yaḥ svātmanaḥ paricchedāvabhāsaḥ sa
evānātmābhāsaḥ / ābhāsābhāsyayostādātmyādāha - sā'vidyeti

p1.103

atyantābhāva ākāśāstamaḥ prathamasargakaḥ /
sarvaṃ tadeva samproktaṃ paricchedanamādimam

p1.103

sarvam anātmābhāsādiprathamasargāntaṃ tadādimaṃ paricchedanamevoktam /
māyayā
ādyaparicchedavāsanā'vinābhūtamanātmabhāsanamevāvidyādiśabdairucyata
ityarthaḥ

p1.104

rāma yaḥ paripūrṇātmā viśramo vai samāsthitaḥ /
tasyaikadeśatābhrāntikṛtamākāśabhāsanam

p1.104

evamuktamevākāśasvarūpaṃ niṣkṛṣya ślokadvayena bhaṅgyantareṇāha -
rāma ya iti / tasya pūrṇātmaviśramasya / ekadeśatābhrāntikṛtam

p1.105

ata ātmapradeśo ya ātmābhimativarjitaḥ /
ākāśaḥ sa hi samproktaḥ sa hi saṃsārakāraṇam

p1.105

ataḥ ahantāyā ekadeśatvabhrānteḥ / ātmābhimatirahaṃbhāvaḥ
ātmābhimativarjito ya ātmapradeśaḥ sa evākāśaḥ / sa evākāśaḥ
saṃsārakāraṇam

p1.106

eṣa eva bhaved bhedaḥ paśudṛṣṭyekagocaraḥ /
rāma sūkṣmadṛśā paśya ya ākāśastvayekṣyate

p1.106

nanvākāśaḥ kathaṃ saṃsārakāraṇamiti cedāha eṣa iti / ākāśa evetyarthaḥ /
saṃsārakāraṇaparicchinātmajñānabhāsitākāśāvabhāsanāntarīyakatvād
bhedābhāsasya bheda evākāśaḥ saṃsārakāraṇaṃ ceti bhāvaḥ /
ākāśātmanorabhedamanubhāvayati - rāmeti

p1.107

p. ३३२)
tatratyajīvarāśīnāmātmā caitanyameva saḥ /
yathā'nyadeheṣvākāśo bhāsate yaḥ sadā tava

p1.107

tatratyeti / tādṛśākāśapradeśasyetyarthaḥ / jīvarāśīnāṃ śarīriṇām / sa
ākāśaḥ / yaḥ sa evātmetyanvayaḥ

p1.108

sa eva teṣāmātmā syāccidānandaghanātmakaḥ /
evaṃ svakalpitākāśagrastaṃ yaccidvapuḥ sthitam

p1.108

anyadeheṣu sadā tavākāśo bhāsate yaḥ sa evākāśasteṣāṃ cidānandaghanātmaka
ātmā syāt vastunorekadeśasthatvāyogāditi yathā tathā tavāpyātmeti śeṣaḥ /
evaṃ ca yatra yatra yo ya ākāśo bhāsate tatratyaśarīriṇāṃ sa evātmeti bhāvaḥ /
evamākāśātmanoraikyamupapādya manaḥsvarūpaṃ nirūpayati - evamiti /
ākāśagrastam ākāśaparicchinnam

p1.109

tadeva mana ityuktamātmaiva nahi cetarat /
tatrāvaraṇamukhyatvāt pramāṇaṃ mana ucyate

p1.109

tadeva ākāśaparicchinnaṃ cidvapureva / ata ātmaiva mano retarat / nanvātmana eva
manastve kathaṃ pramātṛpramāṇabheda ityāśaṅkāpanodanāyāha - tatreti /
ātmana eva manastve siddhe satītyarthaḥ / āvaraṇamukhyatvāditi /
jaḍaśaktyāvṛtaṃ cittattvaṃ hi jīvaḥ / tatrāvaraṇātmakajadaśaktiprādhānyena
pramāṇaṃ jñānakaraṇaṃ mana ityarthaḥ

p1.110

āvṛtaprādhānyatastu pramātā jīva ucyate /
evamākāśāvṛto'pi cidātmā bhūya eva tu

p1.110

āvṛtacittattvaprādhānyena jīva eva pramātetyāha - āvṛteti / evaṃ
svasvātantryaparikalpitākāśātmakajaḍaśaktyā āvṛto'pi bhūyaḥ
pañcabhūtātmakadehenāpyāvṛta ityāha - evamiti

p1.111

ākāśe komale'tyantaśithile nirghane'male /
kaṭhinaśliṣṭaghanatāmālinyānāṃ prakalpanaiḥ

p1.111

tatrādāvākāśasyaiva guṇāntarollāsanena vāyavādirūpatetyāha - ākāśa iti /
ākāśe komale sparśābhāvavati śithile'saṃśliṣṭāvayave nirghane'nibiḍe amale
mālinyarahite / kaṭhinatvaṃ sparśaḥ śliṣṭatā saṃśliṣṭāvayavatā ghanatā
nibiḍatā mālinyaṃ samalatā eteṣāṃ prakalpanaiḥ / bhūtānyābhāsyeti sambandhaḥ

p1.112

p. ३३३)
bhūtānyābhāsya dehātmā dehenāpi samāvṛtaḥ /
kumbhodaragato dīpa udaraṃ vyāpya bhāsate

p1.112

bhūtānīti / asparśasyākāśasya sparśakalpanena vāyutvam / tasyaiva
vāyorasaṃśliṣṭāvayavasya saṃśliṣṭāvayavatvakalpanena tejastvam / bhavati hi
vāyavapekṣayā tejasaḥ saṃśliṣṭāvayavatvam yataḥ saṃśliṣṭāvayavasya
pṛthvīsaṃkrāntasya cakṣurgocaratopapadyate / tasyaiva tejaso nirghanatvasya
ghanatākalpanena jalatvam / bhavati hi jalasya [k: jalasya nāsti] ghanatvam
yato'bhighāta upapadyate / tasyaiva jalasya nirmalasya mālinyakalpanena pṛthvītvam
/ bhavati ca pṛthivyāṃ mālinyam yato jale nirmagnaghaṭādikamiva
pṛthvīnirmagnaṃ na dṛśyata iti / evaṃvidhabhūtarāśimayadehenāpi
samāvṛtaḥ san dehatādātmyena dehātmā'bhavaditi śeṣaḥ / evaṃ dehātmatāṃ
prāpto'pi cidrūpatāṃ na parityajatīti sadṛṣṭāntamāha - kumbheti / yathā
bhāsata iti yojanīyam

p1.113

evameṣa śarīrāntaravabhāsanamātrakaḥ /
āste gūḍhapradīpātmā tadantarmātrabhāsanaḥ

p1.113

eṣa cidātmā avabhāsanamātrakaḥ / citprakāśamātrarūpo [k: rūpakaḥ]
ghaṭāntargūḍhapradīpavadātmā svarūpaṃ yasya / yathā ghaṭāntarmātrabhāsano
dīpaḥ evaṃ dehāntarmātrabhāsanaḥ

p1.114

dīpaprabhā ghaṭacchidrādyathā niryāti vai bahiḥ /
evamakṣadvāramukhād bhūyo niryāti vai citiḥ

p1.114

netrādikaraṇasaraṇisamuditamapi ghaṭādijñānamātmabhūtameveti
sadṛṣṭāntamāha - dīpaprabheti / bhūya iti / ataḥ sadā prakāśamānā
citistattadviṣayākāreṇa punarnūtanatvenāpi prakāśata ityarthaḥ

p1.115

p. ३३४)
niryāṇaṃ tu citernāsti pūrṇatvādakriyatvataḥ /
svātmāvaraṇamākāśaṃ sphūrtiśaktiścidātmanaḥ

p1.115

nanu citerākāśatulyāyāḥ kathaṃ niryāṇasambhava iti cedāha - niryāṇamiti /
na vastutaściterniryāṇamasti kintu tadābhāsanamātramityāha - svātmeti

p1.116

yāvannivārayettāvad niryāṇaṃ pravibhāsate /
manovyāpāra eṣa syāt sphūrttyāpahatirāvṛteḥ

p1.116

yāvaditi / svātmana āvaraṇabhūtamākāśātmakaṃ jaḍaśaktirūpamajñānam
cidātmanaḥ sphūrtirūpā jñānaśaktiryāvad dūraṃ nivārayet tāvacciterniryāṇaṃ
pravibhāsate / atredaṃ tattvam - paracidātmanaḥ
svātantryodbhāsitaparicchinnāhambhāvāvabhāsanena parimitapramātā jīvaḥ / sa
ghaṭāntargatadīpavaddehāntargatacitprakāśamayaḥ /
ghaṭacchidrānnirgatadīpaprabhayā niṣkriyasya tamaso'pasaraṇavat cidātmanaḥ
sphūrtiśakteryatra yatrendriyādisamprayoganimittābhivyaktistatra tatra
tadāvarakākāśādyabhidhājñānanivṛttyā citiḥ prasṛteva bhātīti /
evamāvaraṇanivṛttireva manovyāpāro'pītyāha - mana iti

p1.117

tasmādrāma mano nānyadātmaiva mana ucyate /
calā citirmanonāmnī niścalātmasvarūpiṇī

p1.117

tasmāditi / āvaraṇamukhyacidātmana eva manastvādityarthaḥ / etadeva
punarniṣkrṣyāha - caleti

p1.118

āvṛttyabhihatiḥ sphūrtyā calanaṃ rāma vai citeḥ /
etadeva vikalpaḥ syād vikalpaparivarjane

p1.118

calanapadārthamāha - āvṛttīti / etadeva calanameva / vikalpasya calanasya
parivarjane kṛte satīti śeṣaḥ

p1.119

nirvikalpaṃ pūrṇarūpaṃ vijñānaṃ muktināmakam /
rāma tyajātra sandehaṃ vikalpasya vivarjane

p1.119

pūrṇarūpam / paricchedasya vikalpakṛtatvāt pūrṇarūpatā /
evaṃvidhapūrṇarūpataiva muktirityarthaḥ / atra nirvikalpavijñānasya muktirūpatve

p1.120

p. ३३५)
apyāvaraṇaśeṣaḥ syāditi nāstyeva cāvṛtiḥ /
āvṛtirnahi satyā'sti yataḥ svenaiva kalpitā

p1.120

sandehasvarūpamāha - vikalpavarjane'pyāvaraṇaśeṣah syāditi / asya
sambhāvanārūpatvāt sandehatvam / nanu nirvikalpasthitimātreṇāvaraṇanivṛttiḥ
kathaṃ syādityāśaṅkyāha - nāstyeveti / rajjusarpavadāvṛteḥ svenaiva
kalpitatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.121

yathā manorathe baddhaḥ kenacicchatruṇā svayam /
tāḍyamānastarjyamāno yāvat saṅkalpavarjanam

p1.121

atra dṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / manorathe manorājyāvasare / saṅkalpavarjane
kuryāditi sambandhaḥ

p1.122

kuryāttāvattāḍanaṃ vā tarjanaṃ vāpi līyate /
kiṃ tatra śiṣyate bandhastathā'trāpi vibhāvaya

p1.122

yāvattāvaditi yadā tadetyarthakam / evaṃ saṅkalpavarjanena tāḍanādervilaye sati
tatra tasmin kāle bandhanaṃ śiṣyate kim? na śiṣyata ityarthaḥ / tathā'trāpīti /
saṅkalpavarjane bandho na śiṣyata ityarthaḥ

p1.123

anādikālādrāmātra bandho nāstyeva kasyacit /
jadātmabhrāntimutsṛjya ko'yaṃ bandho vicāraya

p1.123

kalpanātirikto bandhaḥ kasyāpi kadāpi kutrāpi nāstītyāha - anādīti / atra
saṃsāre / nanu tarhi vyartho'yamupadeśādikrama iti cennetyāha - jaḍeti /
jaḍātmakadvaitabhrāntikṛta eva bandha iti bhāvaḥ

p1.124

eṣa eva mahābandho bandhasatyatvaniścayaḥ /
mṛṣā bhītasya bālasya yakṣagraha iva sthitaḥ

p1.124

bandhasatyatvaniścaya evāpohyo bandha ityāha - eṣa iti / svarūpajñāne satyapi
bandhasatyatvabhrāntyanuvṛttau [k, kh: bhrāntyāvṛttau]
jñānaphalānudayādeṣa eva mukhyo bandha iti bhāvaḥ / tasyānarthakaratve
dṛṣṭāntaḥ - mṛṣeti

p1.125

p. ३३६)
yāvad bandhabhrāntimenāṃ notsṛjed buddhimānapi /
na tāvat saṃsṛtermukto bhavet kvāpi mahodyamaiḥ

p1.125

bandhasatyatvabhrāntim kvāpi kāle deśe vā

p1.126

ko'yaṃ bandhaḥ kathaṃ vā syānnirmalasya cidātmanaḥ /
pratibimbātmakaiḥ svātmādarśāntaḥpravibhāvitaiḥ

p1.126

anāropito bandho na siddhyatītyāha - ko'yamiti /
nirmalasyākāśatulyasyāsaṅgasya cidātmanaḥ ko'yaṃ bandha iti
bandhasvarūpākṣepaḥ kathaṃ vā syāditi tatsambandhākṣepaḥ / nanu bandhasya
cidātmātirekeṇāsattve'pi tadantaḥ pratibimbabhūtairdṛśyābhāsaiḥ syāditi
cennetyāha - pratibimbātmakairiti

p1.127

bandho yadi tadādarśapratibimbāgnirādahet /
bandhasya satyatābuddhirmanaso'stitvaniścayaḥ

p1.127

svātmāntaḥ pratibimbātmabhūtairdṛśyairbandhasyātyantāsambhavamāha -
tadādarśeti / bandhaḥ [k, kh: bandhasatyaḥ] satyaḥ mano'stīti
dvividhabhramātirikto bandho nāstītyāha - bandhasyeti

p1.128

etad dvayamṛte nāsti bandhaḥ kasyāpi kutracit /
yāvadetad dvayamalaṃ sadvicāramahājalaiḥ

p1.128

dvayamalaṃ proktabhramadvayātmakamalam

p1.129

nonmārjitaṃ tāvadiha tasya saṃsāranāśane /
ahaṃ vā brahmadevo vā viṣṇurvāpi ca śaṅkaraḥ

p1.130

yasya proktadvividhabhramo vicāreṇa na naṣṭastasya saṃsāro duṣparihara ityāha ##-
vidyātmikā vā tripurā naiva śaktāḥ kathañcana /
tasmādrāma dvayaṃ caitat parityajya sukhī bhava

p1.130

dvayaṃ proktabhramadvayam

p1.131

p. ३३७)
tasmādrāma nirvikalparūpe manasi saṃsthite [k: saṃsthitaḥ] /
ātmamātratvatastasya dvaitaṃ na pariśiṣyate

p1.131

evaṃ prasaṅgāgataṃ pratipādya nirvikalpadaśāyāmapi manasaḥ sattvād
dvaitāpattiriti doṣaparihāramupasaṃharati - tasmāditi /
manaso'nanyatvādityarthaḥ / tasya manasaḥ

p1.132

idaṃ taditirūpeṇa bhāsanānyanmano nahi /
idamādiparityāge bhāsanātmaiva [k: manasā; kh: bhānamā] śiṣyate

p1.132

manaso rūpaṃ niṣkṛṣyāha - idamiti / bhāsanādanyat / dṛśyākārasaṃvalita
ātmaiva mana iti tātparyam

p1.133

rajjusarpaparibhrāntiḥ satyābhimatavastuni /
rajjurūpe hi sarpasya bhāsinīti viniścayaḥ

p1.133

bhrāntisvarūpeṇāpi dvaitaṃ pariharati - rajjviti / rajjurūpe satyābhimatavastuni
rajjusarpasya bhrāntiḥ sarpasya bhāsinī

p1.134

tatra sarpasya bādhe'pi rajjvālambanahetutaḥ /
cidrūpādātmano'nyattu rajjujñānaṃ sthitaṃ bhavet

p1.134

tatreti / rajjusarpabhrāntyādau sarpāderāropitasya bādhe'pi bhrāntijñānaṃ
rajjuviṣayatvahetoḥ pramāturanyattadrajjujñānamabādhitaṃ sthitaṃ
bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.135

sāpi [kh: sārparajju] rajjuściti yadā svapnadṛṣṭāntakalpitā /
rajjubādhe hi tajjñānaṃ kathaṃ śiṣyet kimāśrayam

p1.135

naivaṃ prakṛte ityāha - seti / svapnadṛṣṭāntena yadā sā rajjuściti kalpiteti
niścayaḥ tadā rajjorapi bādhe nirālambanaṃ tajjñānaṃ pramātṛvyatirekeṇa
kimāśrayaṃ kathaṃrūpaṃ vā śiṣyedityarthaḥ / ghaṭanāśe ghaṭākāśavanna
pṛthak śiṣyata iti tātparyam

p1.136

tasmād dṛśyasya bādhe tu tajjñānaṃ kevalā hi dṛk /
cidātmānatiriktatvād dvaitaṃ tena kathaṃ bhavet

p1.136

tasmād bhrāntijñānāpariśeṣāt / tajjñānaṃ dṛśyajñānam / atastasya
cidātmānatirekāttena bhramajñānena kathaṃ dvaitaṃ bhavet

p1.137

p. ३३८)
arthakriyā hi saṃdṛṣṭā svapnavastuṣu susthirā /
svāpnavastu sthiramiti svapne sarvairvibhāvitam

p1.137

arthakriyākāritvād dṛśyaṃ satyamiti pakṣaṃ pratikṣipati - arthakriyeti /
susthirā tatkāle'bhādhitā / svāpnavastunaḥ sthairyaṃ ca
svāpnānubhavasiddhamityāha - svāpneti

p1.138

etāvāneva bhedaḥ syāt svapnajāgradvibhāsayoḥ /
jāgrati svapnamithyātvaniścayo bhavati dhruvam

p1.138

nanu svapnajāgarayoḥ [k: svāpna] ko bheda iti cedāha - etāvāneveti /
svapnānubhūtasya mithyātvaniścayaḥ

p1.139

svapne na jāyate jāgranmithyātvasya vinirṇayaḥ /
naitāvataiva satyatvaṃ jāgradvyavahṛterbhavet

p1.139

svapne jāgradanubhūtasya na mithyātvanirṇayaḥ / etāvatā bhedenaiva

p1.140

yathā jāgrati vastūnāṃ sthiratārthakriyāpi ca /
dṛśyate kiṃ tathā svapne dṛśyate nahi vā vada

p1.140

arthakriyā sthairyaṃ ca jāgratsvapnayostulyamityāha - yatheti / svapne tathā na
dṛśyate kimiti yojanā

p1.141

na svapne jāgarā bhāvāḥ svāpnā nā naiva jāgare /
arthakriyākarā vāpi sthirā vā bhānti tatsamam

p1.141

tat tasmāt / samaṃ jāgrat svapnaśceti dvayaṃ tulyam

p1.142

vibhāvaya sūkṣmadṛśā ko bhedo'tītasvapnayoḥ /
paśyaindrajālikakṛte sthairyamarthakriyāmapi

p1.142

atītasvapnayoḥ ko bhedaḥ ? na ko'pītyarthaḥ / cittārohāya
jāgratyanubhūyamānaṃ dṛṣṭāntaramāha - paśyeti / aindrajālikakṛte
gajaturagādau

p1.143

p. ३३९)
kiṃ tāvataiva tat satyamaindrajālikanirmitam /
satyāsatyavibhāgo vai prākrṭairvidito nahi

p1.143

tāvataiva arthakriyāsthairyābhyāmeva / nanu taulye'pi tayoḥ kathamekaṃ
satyamaparamasatyamiti vyavahāra iti cet satyāsatyavivekābhāvādityāha -
satyeti

p1.144

ata eva mohitāste procuḥ satyaṃ hi jāgatam /
kadāpyabhāvāsaṃspṛṣṭaṃ satyaṃ rāma pracakṣate

p1.144

tarhi kiṃ tayorlakṣaṇamiti cet satyalakṣaṇamāha - kadāpīti /
pratiyogitvenābhāvāsaṃspṛṣṭam / abhāvāpratiyogītyarthaḥ

p1.145

abhāvaḥ syādabhānādvai tvabhānaṃ na citeḥ kvacit /
abhānamacitāmasti hyanekatvāvabhāsataḥ

p1.145

kutaścidātmano'bhāvāsaṃspṛṣṭatvamiti cedanupalambhasyābhāvagamakatvena
cidātmanastadasambhavāttadabhāvāsiddherityāha - abhāva iti / abhānāt
pratiyogyanupalabdheḥ / abhāvaḥ pramitatvena siddhaḥ syāt / acitāṃ
dṛśyānāmabhānaṃ sarvato'stītyāha - abhānamiti / tatra hetuḥ -
anekatveti

p1.146

parasparābhāvabhāsā acidbhāvā hi sarvathā /
cidabhānaṃ kadā kutra syād rāma pravicāraya

p1.146

dṛśyānāmanekatvāvabhāse'pi kathamabhānamiti cedāha - paraspareti /
acidbhāvā dṛśyabhūtā ghaṭādayo'nekatvāt parasparābhāvabhāsāḥ /
ghaṭādīnāṃ parasparaṃ vyāvṛttānāṃ svetarabhinnatvenaiva bhānam / tathā ca
svetarānyonyābhāvavatāmeva dṛśyānāmavabhāsanāt parasparābhāvabhāsā
[g: rābhāsā] acidbhāvā iti bhāvaḥ / naivaṃ cidātmetyāha -
cidabhānamiti / ghaṭādīnāṃ pratibimbatayā cidātmanirmagnānāmeva bhānānna
tasyābhānaṃ kadācidvā setsyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.147

yadā citirna bhāyādvai tadā bhāyāt kathaṃ vada /
na bhāyādvā kathaṃ bhāyādabhāne yadi taddvayoḥ

p1.147

nanu dṛśyasāmānyānupalambhadaśāsu suṣuptyādiṣu
cidanupalambhācciterapyabhāvaḥ syādityāśaṅkyāha - yadeti / yasmin kāle
citirna bhāyāt tadā yadetiśabdavācyatatkālaḥ kathaṃ bhāyāt / kiñca na bhāyāditi
proktacidanupalabdhirvā kathaṃ bhāyāt / tatkālānupalabdhyorapi
citprakāśyatvāditi tātparyam / nanu tatkālānupalabdhyorabhāne'pi cidabhāvaḥ
setsyatīti cedāha - abhāna iti / taddvayoḥ tatkālatadanupalabdhyoḥ

p1.148

p. ३४०)
rāma bhāyādeva citistasmāt satyaiva sā citiḥ /
rāma satyāsatyabhedaṃ śṛṇu saṃkṣepato bruve

p1.148

bhāyādeveti / tatkālatadanupalabdhyorabhānenāsiddhyā tadupalabdhireva siddhyatīti
bhāvaḥ / tasmāt tadabhāvāsiddheḥ / evaṃ cidātmanaḥ satyatāṃ tadvyatirekeṇa
dṛśyasyāsatyatāṃ pratipādya punaretasyaiva dārḍhyāya satyāsatyalakṣaṇaṃ
prakārāntareṇa vaktumāha - rāmeti

p1.149

anyānapekṣabhāsaṃ syāt satyamanyadasatyakam /
anyathā rajjusarpādyamapi satyaṃ bhavennanu

p1.149

anyānapekṣeti / svaprakāśaṃ satyamitaradasatyamiti phalitārthaḥ / anyatheti /
nāstītyabhāvapratyayena bādhitamasatyamabādhitaṃ satyamiti cedityarthaḥ / rajjviti /
yatra rajjusarpādijñānottaraṃ nāyaṃ sarpa ityādibādhajñānamanutpannaṃ tat
sarpādyamapi satyaṃ bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.150

bādho hyabhāvavijñānaṃ tadbhāve'pi hi sambhavet /
abhāve bhāvavijñānamapi sambhavati sphuṭam

p1.150

etadevopapādayati - bādha iti / bhavadabhyupagato bādho'bhāvavijñānam tacca
bhāve satyābhimate'pi sambhavet / abhāve'satyābhimate
bhāvavijñānamastītyabādhitasatyajñānaṃ ca sambhavatīti sphuṭaṃ
sarvānubhavasiddham / satyābhimatasya bādhitatvamasatyābhimatasyābādhitatvaṃ
tanmate syāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.151

p. ३४१)
tato na bādhitaṃ satyamasatyaṃ bādhitaṃ bhavet /
iti pakṣo na yuktaḥ syāt sarvathā vyabhicārataḥ

p1.151

tataḥ uktātiprasaṅgāt / yanna bādhitaṃ tat satyaṃ yadbādhitaṃ tadasatyamiti
tvatpakṣo na yuktaḥ proktarītyā sarvathā vyabhicārāt

p1.152

cito'bhāne na kiñcit syānna syāttadapi sarvathā /
tasmādyaścinna bhātīti vadet tārkikasatkharaḥ

p1.152

matpakṣe cidatiriktasvāsvaprakāśatvena citaḥ svaprakāśatvena na doṣa ityāha ##-
svaprakāśā'bhyupagantavyeti bhāvaḥ / citaḥ paraprakāśyatvena
nityaprakāśatvamanabhyupagacchantaṃ tārkikamupahasannadhikṣipati -
tasmāditi / uktānupapatterityarthaḥ

p1.153

sa bruyānnāhamasmīti tatra kena kimucyate /
yasyātmani syāt sandeho bhānābhāvena sarvadā

p1.153

kena kiṃ samādhānamucyate / atimūḍhatvena samādhānottarānarha iti tātparyam

p1.154

so'nyeṣāṃ nāśayenmohaṃ nipuṇaistarkagumphanaiḥ /
tadā gaṇḍaśilā'pyeṣā'pyanyamohaṃ vināśayet

p1.154

yadi mohaṃ tarkagumphanairupalakṣitaśāstrapraṇayanena janānāṃ nāśayet tadeti
yojayet

p1.155

tasmādarthakriyābhāsamātreṇa nahi satyatā /
sarvameva hi vijñānaṃ bhrāntireva na saṃśayaḥ

p1.155

tasmāt satyāsatyavibhedasya proktavidhatvāt / sarvasya jñānasya bhrāntitve
bhrāntyabhrāntivibhedo na syāditi śaṅkāṃ nirākartumupakramate -
sarvameveti

p1.156

apareyaṃ mahābhrāntisteṣvabhrāntatvaniścayaḥ /
yathā hi bādhavijñānāt pūrvaṃ bhrāntirbhavettathā

p1.156

teṣu jāgatabhrāntijñāneṣu / nanu sarvaṃ jñānaṃ bhrāntirūpaṃ cedabhrāntitvena
kathaṃ bhātīti cedāha - yatheti

p1.157

p. ३४२)
sarvajāgatavijñānamabhrāntiriva hi sthitam /
yathā ca rajatajñānaṃ śuktijñānād bhramātmakam

p1.157

tarhi kadaiteṣāṃ bhrāntitvaṃ gṛhyata iti cedāha - yatheti

p1.158

evaṃ cidātmavijñānāt sarvaṃ jñānaṃ bhramātmakam /
nabhonīlabhramaḥ sarvasamāno bhāsate tathā

p1.158

cidātmavijñānād advitīyapūrṇacidātmāparokṣāt / sarvaṃ jāgataṃ jñānam /
bhramasya kathaṃ sarvasādhāraṇatvamiti śaṅkāmapanudati - nabha iti / yathā
tatheti yojanīyam

p1.159

jāgato bhrama eṣa syāt sarveṣāṃ doṣahetutaḥ /
abhrāntiḥ śuddhavijñānaṃ yaccidātmatayā sthitam

p1.159

doṣahetuta iti / dūratvadoṣavadavidyādoṣasya sāmyaditi bhāvaḥ /
abhrāntimupapādayati - śuddhavijñānamiti / sarvajñānānusyūtaṃ
cinmātrarūpam

p1.160

evametattvayā pṛṣṭaṃ proktaṃ yuktyanusaṅgatam /
sandehamatra santyajya rāma proktaṃ viniścinu

p1.160

upasaṃharati - evamiti / yuktyanusaṅgataṃ yuktiyuktam / mayā proktam

p1.161

kathaṃ mukte vyavahṛtiriti pṛṣṭaṃ purā tu yat /
tatte pravakṣyāmi rāma śṛṇu samyak samāhitaḥ

p1.161

purā pañcadaśādhyāyādau mukte kathaṃ vyavahṛtiriti pṛṣṭam

p1.162

muktā hi jñānino loke hyuttamādhamamadhyamāḥ /
prārabdhopanatairbhogaiḥ khidyamānāḥ kṣaṇe kṣaṇe

p1.162

adhamānāha - prārabdheti / prārabhenopanataiḥ
prāptairbhogairviṣayajanitasukhaduḥkhaiḥ

p1.163

p. ३४३)
svarūpajñāstu ye rāma te mandajñāninaḥ smṛtāḥ /
yetu prārabdhasaṃprāptān bhuñjānā api no viduḥ

p1.163

pūrṇātmasvarūpajñā api vaiṣayikasukhe doṣagrahāt sukhe duḥkhe ca tattatkāle
khidyamānā mandajñānino'dhamajñānina ityarthaḥ / samprāptān viṣayān

p1.164

madhukṣībā rasamiva madhyāste jñāninaḥsmṛtāḥ /
ye tu prārabdhakoṭīnāṃ phalairapi vicitritaiḥ

p1.164

kathaṃ no viduriti cedāha - madhukṣībeti / satatasamāhita[k:
hitaḥ]svāntāḥ [k: svāntāḥ nāsti] / suṣuptau
mandamārutamaśakadaṃśanajātasukhaduḥānubhavavad
āpātasukhaduḥkhānubhavo madhyajñānināmityarthaḥ [kh:
madhyamānā]

p1.165

na svasthiteḥ pracyavante nodvijantyāpadāṃ gaṇaiḥ /
na vismayanti cāścaryairna hṛṣyanti mahāsukhaiḥ

p1.165

svasthiteḥ svarūpasamāhiteḥ

p1.166

antaḥśāntā bahirlokasamāste jñāniṣūttamāḥ /
evaṃ buddhivibhedena jñānapākavibhedataḥ

p1.166

antaḥśāntāḥ kāmakrodhādijanitakṣobharahitāḥ /
bahirajñānilokasamavyavahāravattvena tatsamāḥ / adhamajñānino na santataṃ
svarūpasamādhiḥ api tu prārabdhena vāsanāśeṣeṇa ca madhye samādhivicchedāt
kleśayogaḥ / nāyaṃ jīvanmuktaḥ api tu kevalajñānī / itarau dvau jīvanmuktau / tatra
dvitīyastu paripakvanirodhasamādhiḥ / tṛtīyastu paripakvabāhyasamādhiḥ / evaṃ
buddhyādibhedena tṛtīyeṣvapi vyavahāravacitryamityāha - evamiti

p1.167

p. ३४४)
prārabdhaśeṣamāhātmyād vyavahārā vicitritāḥ /
madhumattādivatteṣāṃ vyavahāro'pi sambhavet

p1.167

teṣāṃ jñāninām

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyām
aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ३४५)
athaikonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ
iti dattātreyamukhācchrutvā bhārgavanandanaḥ /
bhūyaḥ papraccha muktānāṃ vyavahārakramaṃ kramāt

p1.1

pūrvādhyāyānte saṃgraheṇoktāṃ jīvanmuktasthitiṃ tadbhedanimittaṃ ca
nirūpayituṃ rāmapraśnamavatārayati - itīti

p1.2

bhagavan bhūya etanme vistareṇa nirūpaya /
yathā buddhivibhedena jñānapākavicitratā

p1.2

etadityuktameva viśadayati - yatheti / jñānapākaḥ jñānasiddheraprakampyatā

p1.3

jñānaṃ tvekavidhaṃ svātmamātrabhānātmakaṃ nanu /
upeyaṃ ca tadeva syādyanmokṣastatprathātmakaḥ

p1.3

jñānapākavacitryamākṣipati - jñānamiti / yat yasmāt / tatprathātmakaḥ
jñānātmaprathātmakaḥ

p1.4

tat kathaṃ buddhibhedena pākabhedasamāśrayam /
sādhanānyapi bhidyante'thavā neti tadīraya

p1.4

tat tasmāt mokṣopāyamokṣayorekarūpatvāt /
buddhestīvramandatvabhede'pyupāyopeyayorekavidhatvena jñāne kathaṃ [k:
kathaṃ nāsti] pāka vicitrateti bhāvaḥ // samāśrayaṃ jñānaṃ jñānasya
sādhanāni

p1.5

iti pṛṣṭaḥ punastena dattātreyo dayānidhiḥ /
vistareṇa tamevārthaṃ pravaktumupacakrame

p1.5

tena rāmeṇa / tamevārthaṃ jñānaparipākabhedam

p1.6

śṛṇu rāma pravakṣyāmi rahasyaṃ hyetaduttamam /
sādhane na vibhedo'sti jñānaṃ na citrasādhanam

p1.6

jñānasādhane vibhedo nāsti / etadeva spaṣṭamāha - jñānamiti

p1.7

p. ३४६)
tāratamyāt sādhanānāṃ phalaprāptirvibheditā /
pūrṇe tu sādhane jñānamanāyāsena siddhyati

p1.7

sādhanānāṃ tāratamyād alpānalpatvahetoḥ / phalaprāptiḥ jñānasiddhiḥ / pūrṇe
tviti / anekaprāgjanmārjitasādhanapūrtisampattau

p1.8

apūrtitāratamyena tvayā sā(tvāyāsā)pekṣaṇādbhavet /
vastutaḥ sādhanaṃ kiñcid jñāne naivopayujyate

p1.8

sādhanapūrtau jñānamākāśaphalapātavadanāyāsena [k: phalapāta
nāsti] sidhyati apūrtipakṣe'pyapūrtitāratamyenāyāsatāratamyāpekṣetyāha ##-
- vastuta iti

p1.9

jñānaṃ kvacinnaiva sādhyaṃ sidhatvāttu svabhāvataḥ /
caitanyameva vijñānaṃ tat sadā svaprakāśakam

p1.9

svabhāvataḥ svarūpatvāt sādhanānāṃ tadutpattāvanupayoge'pi jñaptāvupayogaḥ
syāditi cedāha - caitanyamiti

p1.10

tatra kā sādhanāpekṣā nityabhānasvarūpake [k: nityā] /
caitanyaṃ [kh: caitanyaṃ ....... nirmale nāsti] nihitaṃ
cittakaraṇḍe'tisunirmale

p1.10

tadāvaraṇanivāraṇa eva sādhanopayogaṃ jñānasya maṇirūpakatvena nirūpayati
- caitanyamiti / atisunirmala iti /
sphaṭikakaraṇḍāntargatapadmarāgavaccittāntargatamapi caitanyamanāvṛtameveti
[kh, g: vṛttameveti] tātparyam

p1.11

anantavāsanāpaṅkamagnaṃ naivopalakṣyate /
nirodhasalilaiḥ samyag vāsanāpaṅkamārjane

p1.11

ananteti / paṅkatulyavāsanaughapūritasphaṭikakaraṇaḍatulyacittāntargatatvāt
padmarāgatulyamapi caitanyaṃ na svarūpeṇopalakṣyata ityarthaḥ /
tadupalakṣaṇayuktimāha - nirodheti / mārjane kṛte sati

p1.12

p. ३४७)
vicāraśitayantreṇa yatnāccittakaraṇḍake /
cirāt saṃghaṭite rāma suyuktyodghāṭite tataḥ

p1.12

vicāreti / tataḥ paṅkamārjane kṛta ityanvayaḥ /
śravaṇādirūpavicārānantarameva nididhyāsanarūpanirodhasambhavāt /
cirādanādikālāt saṅghaṭite cittakaraṇḍe dehāditādātmyamāpanne
vicāratīkṣyayantreṇa yuktyā mananasahitaśravaṇena udghāṭite dehādibhyo vivecite
/ dṛśyadehāditādātmyahāne iti tātparyam

p1.13

bhāsamānaṃ tu maṇivaccaitanyamupalabhyate /
rāma tasmād vāsanānāṃ nirāse sādhanaṃ smṛtam [kh: sthitam]

p1.13

dehāditādātmyāpannameva caitanyaṃ cittamityucyate / tasya dehāditādātmyameva
saṅghaṭṭanam / tasya dehādibhyo vivecanamudghāṭanam nirodhena vāsanāpagame
[k: vāsanāpagame nāsti] bhūyo dehāditādātmyānāsādanam / evaṃ
vicāreṇa dehādibhyo vivecitaṃ caitanyamātmatattvaṃ nirodhena maṇivat svato
bhāsamānamevopalabhyata ityāha - bhāsamānamiti / tasmāt svarūpe
sādhanānupayogāt / sādhanamupayuktaṃ smṛtam

p1.14

vāsanālpādhikyabhāvād [k, kh: nātmyā] buddhistu vividhā
bhavet /
yasya yāvad vāsanaugho buddhimācchādya saṃsthitaḥ

p1.14

yasya janmāntarasamarjitapuṇyādisādhanādinā citte yāvadvāsanā nyūnā'dhikā vā
tasya tāvat sādhanāpekṣā'lpānalpatetyāha [k, kh: kṣātmānātmyate]
- yasyeti

p1.15

sādhanāpekṣaṇaṃ tasya tāvadeva bhṛgūdvaha /
vāsanā vividhāḥ proktāstatra mukhyā vadāmi te

p1.15

tatra yatnenāpohāya [kh: yatnenāpohāya nāsti] prabalāḥ kāścana
vāsanāḥ parigaṇayati - vāsaneti / vāsanāḥ saṃskārāḥ

p1.16

p. ३४८)
aparādhakarmakāmabhedena trividhā hi sā /
aśraddhaivāparādhaḥ syād mukhyaḥ svātmavināśanaḥ

p1.16

tā eva krameṇa vivecayannādyamaparādhamāha - aśraddheti / śraddhā
gurvāgamoktaṃ yat tattathaiveti dṛḍhaniścayaḥ tadabhāvo'śraddhā

p1.17

viparītagrahaścāpi hyaparādhastu pauruṣaḥ /
prāyaḥ kalāsu kuśalā aparādhavaśānnanu

p1.17

ajñānabījapallavabhūtaviparītagraho'pi puruṣāparādha ityāha - viparīteti /
pauruṣaḥ puruṣasvabhāvābhyupagataḥ / mahatāṃ
śāstrajñānāmapyetadvaśādeva jñānānudaya ityāha - prāya iti

p1.18

satsaṅgaśāstrayogaiśca paraṃ tattvaṃ hi no viduḥ /
nirviśeṣaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ nāsti naiva ca sambhavet

p1.19

satsaṅgādisādhanasattve'pi [k: satyatve'pi] / vividhaviparītagrahānāha ##-
asti tannaiva vijñātaṃ śakyate kenacit kvacit /
jñātvāpi paramaṃ tattvaṃ naitattattvaṃ [k: naiva tattvaṃ] paraṃ
bhavet

p1.19

na jñātuṃ śakyamiti dvitīyaḥ / nididhyāsanāntasādhanena jñātvāpi naitatparaṃ
tattvamiti tṛtīyaḥ

p1.20

etajjñānāt kathaṃ mokṣa ityādi bahudhā sthitaḥ /
viparītagraho vāpi caitatsaṃśaya eva vā

p1.20

etasya nididhyāsanenāparokṣīkṛtasya jñānāt / ādinā [k, kh:
anādirnāsti] nāsti kaivalyamokṣa ityādisaṃgrahaḥ /
proktaviparītagrahavattatsaṃśayo'pi puruṣāparādha ityāha - etatsaṃśaya iti

p1.21

aparādhah pauruṣastu vāsanādyā prakīrtitā /
śāstravidyāsu kuśalāḥ śataśo'tha sahasraśaḥ

p1.21

eṣo'parādha evādyā vāsanetyāha - aparādha iti

p1.22

p. ३४९)
anayā vihatā rāma saṃsṛtiṃ samupāgatāḥ /
purā duṣkṛtasaṃskāravaśād buddhau tu yat sthitam

p1.22

anayā aparādharūpavāsanayā / dvitīyāṃ vāsanāmāha - pureti

p1.23

mālinyamupadeśasya grahaṇapratibandhakam /
yenācāryaiḥ samyaguktamapi no gṛhyate khalu

p1.23

mālinyaṃ mauḍhyam / yena buddhau sthitena

p1.24

sā karmavāsanā proktā durjeyāpi nirodhataḥ /
kāmaḥ kartavyaśeṣaḥ syādananto bahuśākhakaḥ

p1.24

seyaṃ karmavāsanā / durjeyeti / prāyaḥ sarvavāsanā nirodhājjeyāḥ iyaṃ tu
durjeyetyarthaḥ / tṛtīyāmāha - kāma iti / idaṃ kartavyamidaṃ kartavyamiti
kartavyaśeṣātmakaḥ saṃskāragaṇaḥ / ananto vistīrṇaḥ / bahuśākhakaḥ
asaṃkhyeyabhedaḥ

p1.25

rāmābhodhau taraṅgāṇāṃ saṃkhyāṃ kuryāddhi kaścana /
pārthivānāmaṇūnāṃ vā tathā tārāgaṇasya vā

p1.25

asaṃkhyeyatvameva nirūpayati - rāmeti

p1.26

ekasyāpi hi kāmānāṃ saṃkhyātuṃ naiva śakyate /
iyaṃ rāma tṛtīyā te saṃproktā kāmavāsanā

p1.26

ekasyāpi puruṣasya

p1.27

ākāśādapi vistīrṇā hyacalā bhudharādapi /
āśāpiśācī prokteyaṃ rāma [g: rāmeyaṃ] yā kāmavāsanā

p1.27

anantatvamevāha - ākāśāditi / sarvajagadvyāpakatvād duṣpūratvādvā
vistīrṇā / nirasitumaśakyetyāha - acaleti / piśācī iti proktā / iyaṃ kāmavāsanā

p1.28

anayaiva hi sarvo'yaṃ loka unmattavat sthitaḥ /
yena dandahyamāno'yaṃ loka ākrandate sadā [k, kh: tadā]

p1.28

piśācītvamupapādayati - anayeti / grasta iti śeṣaḥ / yena āśāpiśācīgrasanena

p1.29

p. ३५०)
ke'pi loke dhanyatamā mahāmantrasamāśrayāt /
vinirmuktāstayā bhānti narāḥ sarvāṅgaśītalāḥ

p1.29

ke'pīti / lokottamā ityarthaḥ / mahāmantraḥ paravairāgyam

p1.30

etābhistisṛbhī rāma vāsanābhiryato manaḥ /
samākrāntamato nūnaṃ tattattvaṃ nāvabhāsate

p1.30

etābhiḥ aparādhakarmakāmarūpābhiḥ / tattattvaṃ nityāparokṣamapyātmatattvam

p1.31

ataḥ sarvasādhanasya vāsanānāśanaṃ phalam /
tatrādyā hyaparādhatvaniścayād vinivartate

p1.31

ataḥ nityāparokṣapratyagātmatattve sādhanānupayogāt / trividhavāsanānāśe
pratyekaṃ sādhanamāha - tatreti / tāsvityarthaḥ / ādyā
aśraddhādyaparādharūpā / aparādhatvaniścayād mama
jñānānutpattiretadaparādhamūlikaiveti niścayāt

p1.32

dvitīyā janmanaikena nivartetāpi janmabhiḥ /
aiśvareṇa prasādena nānyathā koṭiyuktibhiḥ

p1.32

dvitīyā mauḍhyarūpā karmavāsanā / aiśvaraprasādenālpāyā ekana janmanā
analpāyā anekajanmabhirnivṛttiḥ / nānyathā īśvaraprasādaṃ vinā

p1.33

tṛtīyā vinivarteta vairāgyādisusādhanaiḥ /
doṣadṛṣṭyaiva vairāgyaṃ bhavennaivānyathā kvacit

p1.33

tṛtīyā kāmavāsanā / vairāgyaviṣayavaimukhyāditīvrasādhanaiḥ / vairāgye
kāraṇamāha - doṣadṛṣṭyaiveti / viṣayeṣu sadā doṣacintanādityarthaḥ /
etenāparādhatvaniścaye aiśvaraprasāde ca gurūpadeśavicārayośca
īśvarārādhanaṃ kramāt kāraṇaṃ jñeyam

p1.34

proktānāṃ vāsanānāṃ vai svalpānalpavibhedataḥ /
tasyāścālpānalpabhāvāpekṣā bhavati bhārgava

p1.34

proktānāṃ kāmavāsanānām / tasyāśca doṣadṛṣṭeśca / alpānalpabhāvāpekṣā
/ vāsanālpatve doṣadṛṣṭyalpasattvādyapekṣeti

p1.35

p. ३५१)
tatrādyaṃ sarvamūlaṃ syānmumukṣutvaṃ na cetarat /
mumukṣāmantarā yattu śravaṇaṃ mananādikam

p1.35

tatra sādhaneṣu madhye sarvamūlaṃ sarvasādhanasampattihetu / ata evādyam / nanu
mumukṣāmantarāpi śāstrakuśalānāṃ śrāṇādisādhanamastīti cet tanna
phalaparyantamityāha - mumukṣeti / ādinā nididhyāsanam

p1.36

na mukhyaphalasaṃyuktaṃ kevalaṃ śilpavad bhavet /
na śilpajñānamātreṇa prāpyate paramaṃ padam

p1.36

phalībhūtāparokṣajñānābhāvena śāstraprakriyājñānamātrasampattyā [k:
sampattyādiśilpa] śilpavat tāvatā na saṃsāranivṛttirūpamahāphalamityāha
- na śilpeti

p1.37

mumukṣāmantarā yaistu śrutaṃ samyag vicāritam /
śavālaṅkāravat sarvaṃ teṣāṃ vyarthaṃ bhavet khalu

p1.37

amumukṣoḥ sādhanasampattirvyarthetyāha - mumukṣāmiti

p1.38

vyarthā sāpi bhavenmandā mumukṣā rāma sarvathā /
yathā phalaśrutericchā sāmānyā na phalāvahā

p1.38

mumukṣā'pyatīvrā vyarthetyāha - vyartheti / sā mumukṣā / phalaśrutyā
sarveṣāmanutkaṭā [k: kaṇṭhā] sāmānyā icchā bhavatyeva / sā yathā na
tattatphalāvahā evaṃ prakṛte'pītyāha - yatheti

p1.39

phalaśrutyuttarodbhūtā necchā karmaphalāvahā /
phalaśrutyā kasya nāma na syāt sā jīvadharmiṇaḥ

p1.39

etadeva spaṣṭamāha - phaleti / icchā'nutkaṭā / sā icchā / tasyāḥ phalāvahatve
[k: vahavattve] sarveṣāṃ sarvaṃ phalaṃ śayo bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.40

tasmādāpātarūpāyā mumukṣāyā na vai phalam /
yathā mumukṣā tīvrā syāttathā tasyā'ciraṃ [tasyā aciramiti cchedaḥ /
sandhirārṣaṇ] phalam

p1.40

tasmād mandamumukṣāyāḥ phalābhāvāt / amandāpi sā tīvrā tīvrataretyādirūpeṇa
yathotkaṭā tathā tasyā aciraṃ phalaṃ bhavedityāha - yatheti

p1.41

p. ३५२)
mumukṣā yā mukhyatamā sā sādhanagaṇeṣvalam /
pravṛttimutpādayed vai sā hi tatparatocyate

p1.41

alam atyantam / sā sādhaneṣvatyantapravṛttiḥ

p1.42

yathā sudagdhasarvāṅgo na śītānyadapekṣate /
tathā yadā vimuktyanyannāpekṣeta hi sarvathā

p1.42

tīvramumukṣāyāṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / śītajalāderanyannāpekṣate

p1.43

sā mumukṣā bhavettīvrā samarthā phalasādhane /
eṣā vimukteranyatra doṣadṛṣṭyaiva jāyate

p1.43

tīvramumukṣāyāṃ kāraṇamāha - eṣeti / tīvramumukṣetyarthaḥ

p1.44

tīvravairāgyamukhataḥ krameṇa tīvratāmiyāt /
doṣadṛṣṭyā hi vairāgyaṃ viṣayaprītināśanam

p1.44

doṣadṛṣṭyā mumukṣodayakramamāha - tīvreti / vairāgyamukhataḥ
vairāgyadvārataḥ / sāmānyā mumukṣaiva tīvratāṃ krameṇa prāpnuyāt /
tatkramamāha - doṣadṛṣṭyeti / vairāgyaṃ viṣayavaimukhyam

p1.45

vairāgyeṇa mumukṣutvaṃ tīvraṃ tatparatodayam /
tatparatvaṃ sādhaneṣu pravṛttiratitīvrataḥ [k: tīvratā]

p1.45

tatparatāyā udayo jananaṃ yasmāt

p1.46

atitīvaraprakṛtyaiva drutaṃ phalamavāpnuyāt /
iti dattātreyavaco niśamya bhārgavaḥ punaḥ

p1.46

tīvramumukṣutvaṃ tīvrapravṛttidvāreṇaiva phalasādhakamityāha atitīvreti

p1.47

p. ३५३)
papraccha sandigdhamanāḥ saṃśayaṃ sumahattaram /
bhagavan bhavatā proktaṃ satsaṅgo mūlakāraṇam

p1.47

mūlakāraṇam ādikāraṇam

p1.48

īśvarānugrahaścāpi doṣadṛṣṭirapīti ca /
kimādikāraṇaṃ mukhyaṃ tatprāptirvā kathaṃ bhavet

p1.48

satsaṅga īśvarānugraho doṣadṛṣṭiśca mūlakāraṇamityuktam / teṣu madhye
mukhyamādikāraṇaṃ kim? tasyāpi kiṃ kāraṇamiti pṛcchati - kimādīti

p1.49

nahi niṣkāraṇaṃ kiñcid bhavediti hi niścayaḥ /
tat kathaṃ syādvinā hetoretanme vada vistarāt

p1.49

nanu na tasya kiñcitkāraṇamiti cedākasmikatvaprasaktirityabhiprāyeṇāha -
nahīti

p1.50

iti pṛṣṭaḥ prāha rāmaṃ dattātreyo dayānidhiḥ /
bhārgava śṛṇu te vakṣye śreyasaḥ paramodbhavam

p1.50

paramodbhavamiti / paramaṃ prakṛṣṭam ādyam udbhavamutpattim / śreyasa
ādikāraṇamiti yāvat

p1.51

parā sā yā citirdevī svasvātantryasya vaibhavāt /
svātmanyeva jagaccitraṃ darpaṇapratibimbavat

p1.51

satsaṅga eva mūlakāraṇam / sa ca
prākṛtavicitrasukṛtaparipākavaśādityetatkarmapravṛttinirūpaṇapūrvakaṃ
vaktumāha - pareti / sā prakaraṇapratipādyatvena prasiddhā / svīyasvātantryasya
māyāśaktervaibhavānmāhātmyād jagaccitram unmeṣayaditi yojayet

p1.52

saiva hairaṇyagarbhākhyāṃ tanumāsthāya vai parā /
anādyajñānasaṃcchannajīvānāṃ hitakāmyayā

p1.52

saiva parā citireva

p1.53

unmeṣayadāgamābdhiṃ sarvakāmapūraṇam /
tatra jīvāḥ svabhāvena vicitrakāmavāsanāḥ

p1.53

teṣāṃ kāmā eva hitā iti sarvakāmaprapūraṇam āgamābdhimunmeṣayat / kuto
jīvānāṃ kāmahitatvamiti cedāha - tatreti / sṛṣṭau svabhāvena / anādikālika
kāmavāsanayā [k, kh: kāmavāsanāyā ityadhikaṃ] kāmānubhavaḥ
tadanubhavād vāsanotpattiriti bhāvaḥ

p1.54

p. ३५४)
kathaṃ teṣāṃ śubhaṃ bhūyādevaṃ cintāparāyaṇaḥ /
asṛjat kāmyakarmāṇi phalacitrāṇi sarvaśaḥ

p1.54

kāmavāsanayaiva jananamaraṇapravāhapatitānāṃ teṣāṃ cintāparāyaṇo
hiraṇyagarbha āgamābdhau kāmyakarmāṇyevāsṛjat pratipāditavān / sarvaśaḥ
sarvatra

p1.55

sadasadvāpi hi janaḥ karotyeva svabhāvataḥ /
tathā ca kenāpi karmaparipākavaśena tu

p1.55

tatrādau mānuṣyaprāptiprakāramāha - sadasadveti / svabhāvataḥ
karmavāsanayā

p1.56

bhraman yonivibhedeṣu mānuṣyamupasaṅgataḥ /
kāmanāvaśataḥ kāmye karmaṇyabhimukho bhavet

p1.56

upasaṅgataḥ prāptaḥ / karmaṇyabhimukhaḥ pravṛttaḥ

p1.57

kāmanāyā viśeṣeṇa yadeśvaraparo bhavet /
tadaiśvarāṇi śāstrāṇi prasaṅgādavalokayet

p1.57

kāmanāyā viśeṣeṇa kāmyakarmaphalaṃ nirvighnena me bhūyāditīcchāviśeṣeṇa

p1.58

kāmyakarmaphalaśrutyā pravṛttaḥ kāmyakarmaṇi /
vihatastatphalāprāptyā [g: prāptivaigu] vaiguṇyāt sūkṣmakarmaṇaḥ

p1.58

etadeva vivicyāha - kāmyeti / kāmavāsanayā kāmyaprāptyupāyamanviṣyan
āgamasthakāmyaphalaśruteḥ tatra pravṛttaḥ / tatra sūkṣmakarmaṇaḥ
karmaikadeśaleśasyāpi vaiguṇyād lopādavaśyasambhāvya(vyāt)
tatphalāprāptyā vihato duḥkhitaḥ / kathaṃ kṛtvā karmaphalaṃ prāpnuyāmiti
kartavyajijñāsayā praṣṭuṃ kañcit satpuruṣaṃ pūrṇāśayaṃ prāptakāmaṃ vrajet
śaraṇīkuryād ityanvayaḥ

p1.59

p. ३५५)
kartavyajijñāsayaiva kañcit satpuruṣaṃ vrajet /
tatprasaṅgavaśāt kvāpi māhātyamaṃ śṛṇuyāt kvacit

p1.59

tatprasaṅgavaśāditi / satpuruṣāḥ kāmiṣu vimukhā eva tiṣṭhanti / tathāpi
satpuruṣāṇāṃ kvāpi deśe kvacit kāle yaḥ prasaṅgaḥ parasparaṃ
praśnaprativacanātmakaḥ kathāviśeṣastatra maheśvarasya māhātmyaṃ
śṛṇuyāt / etaduktaṃ vāsiṣṭhe - sadā santo'bhigantavyā yadyapyupadiśanti
no / yā hi svairakathāsteṣāmupadeśā bhavanti tāḥ // (yo० vā० sā० १/७) iti

p1.60

maheśvarasya ca tataḥ prākpuṇyaparipākataḥ /
tasya prasādane bhūyat pravṛttirapi bhārgava

p1.60

yasya [yasya smṛtyā ca nāmoktyā tapoyajñakriyādiṣu /
nyūnaṃ sampūrṇatāmeti sadyo vande tamacyutam // iti sampūrṇaḥ śloko
bhaktigrantheṣu bahuśo dṛśyate /] smṛtyā ca nāmoktyā
ityādimāhātmyaṃ śrutvā tata aiśvarāṇi śāstrāṇyavalokayet / tataḥ
puṇyaparipākavaśāt tatprasādane [k, kh: tatpratipādane]
pravṛttirbhūyāt

p1.61

tasmāt prākpuṇyapākena satsaṅgamabhigamya tu /
prāpnoti śreyaḥsopānapaṅktimatyantadurlabhām

p1.61

evaṃ prākpuṇyaparipākādeva satsaṅgapūrvakaṃ krameṇa
śreyaḥprāptirityupasaṃharati - tasmāditi

p1.62

prāyaḥ satsaṅgamūlaiva śreyaḥprāptirudīritā /
kvacidutkṛṣṭapuṇyena cotkṛṣṭatapasāpi vā

p1.62

utkṛṣṭapuṇyena utkṛṣṭatapasā parameśvaraprītaye kṛtena

p1.63

śreyaḥ prāpnoti sahasā hyākāśaphalapātavat /
tasmāt kāraṇavaicitryācchreyaḥprāptivicitratā

p1.63

prāgjanmakṛtena puṇyādinā / sahasā akasmāt satsaṅgādikaṃ vinaiva / tasmāt
kāraṇavaicitryāt svarūpāvarakavāsanānāśakasādhanānāmalpānalpatvena
vaicitryāt śreyaḥprāptivicitratā jñānāvarakavāsanānivṛttitāratamyena
jñānavaicitryamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.64

p. ३५६)
tathā ca buddhibhedena vāsanātāratamyataḥ /
sādhanānāṃ tāratamyād vicitrā jñānināṃ sthitiḥ

p1.64

tathā ca ceti / jñānatāratamye siddhe cetyarthaḥ / buddhibhedena
vāsanātāratamyataḥ / sarvabuddhau vāsanāsāmyābhāvāt / ata eva
sādhanasāmyaṃ nāstītyāha - sādhanānāmiti

p1.65

svabhāvādyasya vai buddhervāsanā viralā bhavet /
tasyālpasādhanenaiva jñānasiddhirbhavedalam

p1.65

etadeva vivicyāha - svabhāvāditi / prākkṛtapuṇyakarmādisaṃskārāt / viralā
alpā / alamatyantamapratibaddhā jñānasiddhiḥ

p1.66

yasya svabhāvāt saṃśuddhaṃ vāsanā nahi leśataḥ /
tasya svalpanimittena bhavejjñānaṃ mahattaram

p1.66

svabhāvāt puṇyakarmādiprakarṣasaṃskārāt saṃśuddhaṃ mana iti śeṣaḥ /
svalpanimittena janakasyeva sakṛcchrutamātreṇa mahattaraṃ niṣprakampaṃ
cirābhyāsaparipakvajñānasadṛśam

p1.67

yasya svabhāvādatyantavāsanānibiḍaṃ manaḥ /
tasya jñānaṃ jātamapi samācchāditakalpakam

p1.67

svabhāvāt atipāpakarmasaṃskārāt / ācchāditakalpakam
ajñānanāśanāsamartham

p1.68

tenaiva sādhitaṃ bhūyaścirādabhyeti pūrṇatām /
ata eva jñānināṃ tu dṛśyate vividhā sthitiḥ

p1.68

tenaiva ācchāditajñānavataiva / nididhyāsanaprakarṣeṇa sādhitam / cirāt [k:
cirāt nāsti] ekena anekena vā janmanā / pūrṇatāmajñānanāśanasamarthatām
/ ata eva karmasaṃskārabhedena buddhisthiti bhedādeva

p1.69

p. ३५७)
cittapākavibhedena sthitibhedo bhṛgūdvaha /
tasmād buddhau vāsanābhistvāvṛttestāratamyataḥ

p1.70

etadeva spaṣṭamāha - citteti / jñānisthitibhedaḥ / etadeva bhūyo vivecayati ##-
jñānaṃ bhinnaṃ lakṣyate hi sthitibhedastathā bhavet /
rāma paśya sthiterbhedaṃ jñānināṃ tu parasparam

p1.70

jñānisthitibhedaḥ / etadeva udāharati - rāmeti

p1.71

brahmaviṣṇumaheśānāṃ svabhāvajñāninastu te /
teṣāṃ paśya sthiterbhedaṃ svabhāvaprabhavairguṇaiḥ

p1.71

svabhāvajñāninaḥ / teṣāṃ citte karmādivāsanābhāvād anāvṛtajñānāḥ /
sthitibhedaṃ sṛṣṭyāditatparatvaṃ sattvādiprākṛtaguṇaiḥ

p1.72

naiṣāṃ jñānasya mālinyaṃ vaktuṃ śakyaṃ kathañcana /
svabhāvaguṇamāhātmyaṃ bhinnameva tathāpi hi

p1.72

jñānamālinyaṃ jñānāvaraṇaṃ na vaktuṃ śakyam sarvajñatvādyaiśvaryasya
prasiddhatvāt / tathāpi viśuddhajñānitve'pi

p1.73

yathā jñāniśarīraṃ tu gauraṃ na śyāmatāṃ vrajet /
evaṃ cittasvabhāvo'pi nānyabhāvaṃ prapadyate

p1.73

jñānasya svabhāvānabhibhāvakatvamāha - yatheti

p1.74

asmān rāma tathā paśya jñānino'trisutān sthitān /
durvāsasaṃ candramasaṃ māṃ ca bhinnasthitiṃ gatam

p1.74

svātmānaṃ codāharati - asmāniti

p1.75

krodhinaṃ kāminaṃ tyaktasarvaliṅgaparigraham /
vasiṣṭhaṃ paśya karmiṣṭhaṃ sanakādīṃśca nyāsinaḥ

p1.75

bhinnasthitimevāha - krodhinamiti / liṅgaṃ varṇāśramacihnam / parigrahaḥ
strīdhanādiḥ / nyāsinaḥ saṃnyāsinaḥ

p1.76

nāradaṃ bhaktisaṃmagnaṃ kavayantaṃ ca bhārgavam /
daityapakṣasaṃśrayiṇaṃ guruṃ devasamāśrayam

p1.76

bhārgavaṃ śukraṃ / kavayantaṃ kāvyaṃ racayantam

p1.77

p. ३५८)
vāgminaṃ ca vyāsamapi [kh: vāgminaṃ vyāsamapi ca]
śāstranirmāṇatatparam /
janakaṃ paśya rājānaṃ bharataṃ tyāginaṃ tathā

p1.77

vāgminaṃ vādakuśalam / bharato jaḍabharataḥ

p1.78

bhinnasthitīn svabhāvena jñāninaḥ paśya cāparān /
rahasyaṃ te pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu bhārgavanandana

p1.78

aparān cyavanayājñavalkyaviśvāmitrādīn / evaṃ sthitibhedanimittaṃ vaktumāha
- rahasyamiti

p1.79

trividhā [k, g: vividhā] yā vāsanoktā dvitīyā tatra yā bhavet /
karmajā mūḍhatārūpā sā sarvebhyo mahattarā

p1.79

trividhā aparādhakarmakāmarūpā / sarvebhyaḥ aparādhakāmavāsanābhyaḥ

p1.80

yeṣāṃ talleśakaścitte nāsti medhāvinastu te /
aparādhavihīnānāṃ teṣāṃ kāmādivāsanāḥ

p1.80

tasyāḥ karmavāsanāyā leśaḥ pūrvasampāditasādhananaṣtatvānnāsti / te
medhāvina ityucyanta iti śeṣaḥ / aparādho'pi svanimittakarmaviśeṣābhāvānnāsti /
kāmādivāsanā avilīnā [k: vilīnā] iti sambandhaḥ

p1.81

abhyāsenāvilīnāśca jñānasyāpratibandhikāḥ /
tato vairāgyādikaṃ tu na teṣāmupayujyate

p1.81

abhyāseneti / abhyāsābhāvenāvilīnā iti bhāvaḥ / jñānasyāpratibandhikā iti /
idamatra tātparyam -
karmavāsanayā'tyantamūḍhacittānāmaparādhādivāsanābhāve'pi mauḍhyādeva na
jñānodayaḥ / svalpakarmavāsanayā īṣanmūḍhacittānāmaparādhakāmavāsanā
jñānapratibandhikāḥ / yeṣāṃ punaraparādhakarmavāsane leśato'pi na stasteṣāṃ
kāmavāsanā na jñānapratibandhikā iti / tata iti kāmavāsanāyā apratibandhakatvāt
/ ādinā doṣadarśanam

p1.82

p. ३५९)
na vā bhūyo'pi mananaṃ samādhiścopayujyate /
sakṛcchravaṇamātreṇa mananaṃ dhyānameva ca

p1.82

vairāgyāderiva mananāderapyanupayogamāha - na veti / bhūyaḥ asakṛt /
teṣāṃ jñānotpattikramamāha - sakṛditi

p1.83

tatkāla īṣat saṃprāpya jñātāsandigdhatatpadāḥ /
bhavanti jīvanmuktāste janakapramukhā iva

p1.83

tatkāle śravaṇakāle / tatpadaṃ pūrṇātmapadam

p1.84

viparītābhyāsavaśānnaiva taiḥ kṣapitāḥ khalu /
kāmādivāsanāḥ samyak sūkṣmā nirmalabuddhibhiḥ

p1.84

jñānāpratibandha(ka)tvādeva kāmakrodhādivāsanā na kṣapitāḥ

p1.85

atastaistatpade jñāte cāpi pūrvasthitāstu tāḥ /
kāmādivāsanāḥ prāgvat pravartante nirantaram

p1.85

ataḥ abhyāsena akṣapitatvāt

p1.86

na tābhirīṣadvā buddhesteṣāṃ lepo bhavet kvacit /
vidvadbhiste hi saṃproktā muktāśca bahumānasāḥ

p1.86

lepaḥ svarūpacyutinimittamālinyam / evaṃ ca yeṣāṃ vairāgyādyabhyāsena [k:
dyanabhyāsena] kāmakrodhādivāsanāḥ prārabdhaviśeṣajātā
jñānāpratibandhikā na naṣṭāsteṣāṃ jñānotpattyanantaramapi
kāmitvakrodhitvādikamiti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ
sthitibhedamupapādyottamatvādibhedamapi jñānināmāha - te hi saṃproktāḥ /
bahumānasā uttamā bhavantīti śeṣaḥ

p1.87

rāma karmavāsanābhiratimūḍhaṃ tu yanmanaḥ /
tasya jñānaṃ naiva bhavet śivoditamapi kvacit

p1.87

aparādhakarmavāsanayordārḍhye jñānaṃ na bhavedevetyāha - rāma karmeti

p1.88

p. ३६०)
dṛḍhāparādhayuktānāmapi na syāt kathañcana /
yasyāparādharūpāpi karmarūpāpi vāsanā

p1.88

jñānaṃ na syāt vāsanā svalpetyanvayaḥ

p1.89

svalpā kāmātmakāścāpi bahulāstasya bhārgava /
bahulaśravaṇaiśtadvad mananaiśca samādhibhiḥ

p1.89

kāmātmakāḥ vāsanāḥ / bahuleti / bhūyaḥ kṛtaśravaṇādibhirityarthaḥ

p1.90

cirakālena vijñānaṃ bahukleśena jāyate /
tasya vyavahṛtiḥ svalpā tatrābhyāsaprakarṣataḥ

p1.90

tasya tatra samādhyabhyāsaprakarṣādvyavahṛtiḥ svalpā
śārīranirvāhamātropayoginī [k: śarīra]

p1.91

mano yadi bhavennaṣṭaprāyaṃ nirvāsanatvataḥ [k: nirvāsanaṃ
tataḥ] /
jñāninastvīdṛśāḥ proktā madhyamā naṣṭamānasāḥ

p1.91

evaṃ svalpavyavahṛtiparāṇāṃ yoganiṣṭhāprakarṣeṇa yadi
kāmādivāsanānāśād mano naṣṭaprāyaṃ sadā niruddhaṃ bhavet tadā
īdṛśajñānino ye te madhyamā naṣṭamānasāḥ

p1.92

teṣāmeva tu keṣāñcidabhyāsasyāprakarṣataḥ /
vāsanāviralaṃ yasmādanaṣṭaṃ mānasaṃ bhavet

p1.92

teṣāṃ yoganiṣṭhānāmeva yeṣāṃ keṣāñcid alasānāmabhyāsāprakarṣād
vāsanāviralaṃ mano'naṣṭaṃ bhavet

p1.93

samanaskāstu te proktā mandajñānayutāstu vai /
kevalajñāninastvete jīvanmuktāstathetare

p1.93

ete mandajñānino na jīvanmuktā ityāha - kevaleti / itare madhyamā uttamāśca
jñāninaḥ

p1.94

kevalajñānino dṛṣṭaduḥkhabhājo bhavanti hi /
prārabdhatantrāste proktā dehānte muktibhāginaḥ

p1.94

jīvanmuktyabhāve dṛṣṭaduḥkhabhogo bhavedityāha - kevaleti /
prārabdhatantrāḥ prārabdhā dhīnāḥ

p1.95

p. ३६१)
ye naṣṭamānasāḥ proktāstaiḥ prārabdhaṃ parākṛtam /
manobhūmau tu prārabdhabījaṃ bhogāṅkuraṃ bhavet

p1.95

anye tu na prārabdhatantrā ityāha - ya iti / parākṛtaṃ jitam / nanu tat
prārabdhaṃ kiṃ bhavediti cet svata eva naśyatītyāha - mana iti

p1.96

manobhūmerabhāvena tat prārabdhaṃ tu kālataḥ /
kusūlasthaṃ bījamiva vinaśyed naṣṭaśaktikam

p1.96

tannāśaprakāraṃ sadṛṣṭāntamupapādayati - manobhūmeriti /
kusūlasthabījavad manaḥsambandhābhāvena kālena naṣṭaśaktikaṃ
sadāśrayaliṅgadehanāśād videhamuktikāle naśyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.97

yathātyantasumedhāvī yugapad daśa pañca ca /
kāryāṇi kurute kvāpi bhavedaskhalito'pi ca

p1.97

athoktamajñānināṃ bahumānasatvanirūpaṇamupakramate - yatheti /
yugapadekakāle

p1.98

bhūya evaṃvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ kriyānaipuṇyasaṃśrayāḥ /
yathā gacchan vadan kurvan yugapallakṣyate janaḥ

p1.98

evaṃvidhā medhāvino loke bhūyo bahuśo dṛṣṭāḥ / etadevodāharati - yatheti

p1.99

tatra caikena manasā kathaṃ syāt trividhā kriyā /
adhyetṛṇāṃ bahūnāṃ ca yugapallakṣayed guruḥ

p1.99

evaṃ yugapadekamanasā'nekakriyā kathaṃ syādityāha - tatreti /
proktapuruṣeṣvityarthaḥ / udāharaṇāntaram - adhyetṝṇāmiti

p1.100

apabhrāṃśānuccaritaṃ(nūccarita)varṇabhedavyavasthitam /
rāma yaste hataḥ śatrurarjuno haihayādhipaḥ

p1.100

apabhraṃśeti / svoccārānantaroccaritavarṇānāṃ bhedenāyathāvarṇena
vyavasthitamapabhraṃśamapaśabdam / udāharaṇāntaram - rāma yasta iti

p1.101

sahasrabāhuryugapad hetibhirbahubhiḥ pṛthak /
ayudhyadaskhalan kvāpi medhāvī dṛṣṭa eva te

p1.101

hetibhirāyudhaiḥ / askhalan tattacchastraprayagamārgādapracyutaḥ san / te
[k, kh: te nāsti] tvayā

p1.102

p. ३६२)
teṣāṃ mano bahuvidhaṃ bhūtvā tattatkramānugam /
yathā kāryaṃ bahuvidhaṃ sādhayettadvadeva hi

p1.102

evaṃ yugapadvividhakriyā ekena manasā na sambhavatītyata āha - teṣāmiti /
arjunādimedhāvināmityarthaḥ / tattatkramānugaṃ
tattatkarmasādhanānukūlavyāpārakramayuktam

p1.103

uttamajñānināmātmadṛṣṭirbāhyagatāpi ca /
aviruddhā sarvadā syādyeṣāṃ te bahumānasāḥ

p1.103

ātmadṛṣṭiḥ ātmākāraṃ manaḥ / bāhyagatāpi ca viṣayākāramapi ca /
manaso'nekatvād aviruddheti

p1.104

tat prārabdhaṃ manobhūmau bhavedaṅkuritaṃ pṛthak /
bhaved jñānāgninā dagdhaṃ bhūtaṃ bhūtaṃ punaḥ punaḥ

p1.104

evamuttamajñānino bahumānasatvamupapādya prārabdhabhogābhāvaṃ nirūpayati
- tat prārabdhamiti / aṅkuritaṃ sukhaduḥkhākārāṅkuravat / tathāpi
phalaparyavasāyi na bhavatītyāha - bhavediti / aṅkurātmanā bhūtaṃ bhūtaṃ
tattatprārabdhaṃ punaḥ punarjñānāgninā dagdhaṃ bhavati na [k, kh: na
tadvilakṣaṇa] tu dvikṣaṇāvasthāyi bhavediti tātparyam

p1.105

prārabdhabījāṅkuraḥ syāt sukhaduḥkhasamāgamaḥ /
tadvimarśaḥ phalaṃ proktaṃ kuto dagdhāṅkure phalam

p1.105

prārabdhātmakabījasyāṅkuraḥ sukhaduḥkhasambandhaḥ / sukhādi nirvikalpakaṃ
phalaṃ sukhādervimarśaḥ savikalpakam / āpātata eva sukhāderbhānamiti tātparyam

p1.106

āhṛtairanusandhānaisteṣāṃ vyavahṛtirbhavet /
yathā prauḍho hi bālena saha khelan hi dṛśyate

p1.106

nanvevaṃ sarvatrāpātapratyayenānusandhānābhāve kathaṃ vyavahāra iti cedāha
āhṛteti / na teṣāṃ svato'nusandhirudeti kintu vyavahāropayuktānusandhānaṃ balāt
svecchayā āhṛtya vyavaharanti / evaṃ vyavahāre'pi
tannimittaharṣādirnāntarabhyudetīti sadṛṣtāntamāha - yatheti

p1.107

p. ३६३)
hṛṣṭo viṣaṇṇaśca śilāgajādīnāṃ vināśane /
evaṃ hṛṣyanti sīdanti kāryeṣu bahumānasāḥ

p1.107

śilāgajādīnāmiti / śilādinirmitagajaturagādisenayoryuddhakrīḍāyāṃ
svīyagajādināśe paragajādināśe ca yathā bālo visīdati hṛṣyati ca evaṃ prauḍho
bahirhṛṣyan viṣīdannapi nāntarvikāramāyātītyarthaḥ / evamiti / prākṛtānāṃ hi
dṛśyasatyatvaniścayāt saṃskāraprābalyenā'nicchato'pi balādanusandhistato
harṣaviṣādāśca bhavanti / uttamajñāninastvasatyatvaniścayāt [k:
niścayātmasaṃskāra] saṃskāraśaithilyena svataḥ
sarvatrānusandhyādyabhāve'pi vyavahārasiddhaye
prayatnenāhṛtadhāraṇāsaṃskārādanusandhipūrvako bāhyavyavahāra iti bhāvaḥ

p1.108

yathā'nyakāryasaktasya harṣodvegau na cāntarau /
evaṃ teṣāṃ vyavahṛtau samā sarvatra saṃsthitiḥ

p1.108

dṛṣṭāntāntaramāha - yatheti / na cāntarāviti / anyapuruṣavyavahāre
lābhālābhayorantarharṣādyabhāve'pyanyahṛdayarañjanāya hṛṣyati khidyati
cetyarthaḥ / teṣām uttamajñāninām / samā anyakāryavat svakārye'pi

p1.109

medhāvināṃ jñānināṃ tu vāsanānāśahetave /
viruddhavāsanābhyāsanirodhāderabhāvataḥ

p1.109

jñānināṃ vyavahārabhede nimittaṃ niṣkṛṣyopapādayati - medhāvināmiti

p1.110

anuvṛttirbhavet pūrvavāsanā'nāśahetutaḥ /
ataḥ kecit karmaniṣṭhāḥ kāminaḥ krodhino'pare

p1.110

anuvṛttiriti / prākkṛtakarmānurūpaśubhāśubhāntaḥkaraṇavāsanāyā
jñānāpratibandhikāyā avināśitattvad [k, kh: tattvajñāno]
jñānordhvamapi tattadvāsanānuvṛttirbhavedevetyarthaḥ / ataḥ
tattadvāsanānuvṛtteḥ

p1.111

p. ३६४)
uttamajñānino bhānti vividhācāratatparāḥ /
samanaskastatra yo vai mandajñānī nirūpitaḥ

p1.111

mandajñānino'pi samāhitadaśāyāmuttamajñānitulyatvamevetyāha -
samanaska iti

p1.112

tenāpi vedyamakhilamasatyatvena niścitam /
svarūpavittau no kiñcidbhāsate hi samādhiṣu

p1.112

tenāpi mandajñāninā'pi [k: bheda] / samādhiṣu samāhitadaśāsu /
svarūpasyādvayacidātmano vittiranusandhānaṃ yasmin kāle tasmin kāle vedyaṃ na
kiñcidbhāti / tathā ca tasya tadetarajñānivadeva na [k: na nāsti]
harṣaviṣādādīti bhāvaḥ

p1.113

samādhirvai svarūpasya vimarśo nānya ucyate /
nirvikalpasvarūpaṃ tu sarvāśrayatayā sadā

p1.113

evaṃ mandajñāninaḥ samādhidaśāṃ nirūpyottamasya samādhim -
tattvātmabodha [tattvātmabodho bhagavan iti mudritapustakapāṭhaḥ]
evaikaḥ sarvāśātṛṇapāvakaḥ / proktaḥ samādhiśabdena na tu tūṣṇīmavasthitiḥ
// (yo० vā० ५/६२/८) iti vāsiṣthoktarītyā sahajasamādhirūpaṃ nirūpayati ##-
mūḍhasamādhiḥ / nanu haṭhayogināmapi samādhau jñānināmiva
nirvikalpātmatattvameva bhāsate tathā ca kuto na tasya samādhitvamiti cedāha -
nirvikalpeti / sadā sphuratyeveti sambandhaḥ

p1.114

sphuratyeva hi sarveṣāṃ tadasphūrtau na kiñcana /
tathā vikalpavikalaṃ sphuret proktadaśāsu ca

p1.114

tadasphūrtau na kiñcana sphurediti śeṣaḥ / vikalpavikalaṃ nirvikalpātmarūpam /
proktadaśāsu paricchinnajñānāntarālādidaśāsu

p1.115

p. ३६५)
tāvatā nahi sarveṣāṃ samādhiḥ syāddhi bhārgava /
ye tadvimarśasaṃyuktāḥ sa teṣāmeva saṃsmṛtaḥ

p1.115

svarūpajñānaṃ vinā nirvikalpasvarūpasphūrtimātreṇa na samādhiḥ
siddhyatītyāha - tāvateti / haṭhayogino yadi svarūpasphūrtimātraṃ [k:
svasvarūpa] nirodhakālikaṃ samādhiḥ syāccet sarveṣāmapi proktadaśānāṃ
samādhitvaṃ syāditi bhāvaḥ / yeṣāṃ
nirvikalpātmatattvavijñānavatāmanusandhānātmakavimarśapūrvako nirodhaḥ sa
eva teṣāṃ samādhiriti vidvadbhiḥ saṃsmṛtaḥ /
atredaṃ vijñānarahasyam - śravaṇādibhiraparicitanirvikalpacidātmatattvo
haṭhayogī dvividhaḥ - pātañjaloktāṣṭāṅga saṃsiddhaḥ [k: saṃ
nāsti]
tantroktaṣaṭkarmādisādhanapūrvakaprāṇāyāmaprakarṣaparipākakuṇḍalī##-
samādhyādāvanātmavikalpollekhahānaṃ saṅkalpya krameṇa
sarvavikalpamapahāya sarvānte'khilavikalpābhāvamullikhaṃstatastadullekhamapi
tyaktvā tatsaṃskāraśeṣamātrastiṣṭhati / tathā ca pātañjalaṃ sūtram -
virāmapratyayābhyāsapūrvaḥ saṃskāraśeṣo'nyaḥ (१/१८_ iti / dvitīyastu
suṣumṇāyāṃ prāṇavāyoratyantapraveśe tadādau prāṇanirodhajātāyāsasya
suṣumṇāpraveśamātreṇa vinaṣṭatvād bhārāpagama iva sukhī bhavati / tato
madamūrcchāgrastamiva mano mūrcchitaprāyaṃ bhavati / dvayorapi tatkāle
suṣuptāviva sukharūpateti / śraṇādibhirvijñātanirvikalpacidātmatattvasya
jñānayoginastu samādheḥ pūrvamapyavidyāvaraṇanirmuktanirvikalpātmatattvaṃ
pratibimbakramacitritadarpaṇadṛśyavikalpavicitraṃ sadā prasphuratyeva / tataḥ
samādhyādau vikalpāṃśamapahāya vikalpāṃśāpagamasākṣī
prasphurannirvikalpacidrūpaḥ pariśiṣṭastiṣṭhatīti / na ca haṭhayogyapi tadā
tāvataiva rūpeṇa tiṣṭhatīti vācyam tāvadeva rūpaṃ jñānayoginaḥ samādhau
parihṛtājñānavaraṇavikṣepobhayabhāgaṃ bhavati / haṭhayoginastu tadā
svarūpaṃ parihṛtājñānavikṣepāṃśamapyajñānāvaraṇāṃśāvṛtameva
bhavet / jñāninastva parokṣajñānenāvaraṇāṃśasya vinaṣṭatvāt anāvṛtaṃ
svarūpamiti bhedāt / nanu haṭhayogināṃ tarhi suṣuptisamādhyoḥ ko bheda iti
ceducyate suṣuptau manasastamaḥpariṇāmena
gāḍhaghanacchannābhradarśanaiśāndhakāravad gāḍhamauḍhyayutam samādhau
tu manasaḥ sattvapariṇāmena
prakāśamānamapyātmatattvamabhracchannasūryavadavidyāvṛtaṃ nālaṃ
bhāsate / jñāninastu manasaḥ sattvapariṇāmenāvidyāvaraṇābhāvena ca
nirabhranirmalanabhomadhyagatadyumaṇirivālaṃ pradyotamānaṃ
tadātmatattvamityādi praviditātmatattvānāmanubhavasaraṇimavatīrṇameveti na
kiñcidapūrvamiti dhyeyam

p1.116

p. ३६६)
vyavahāraparā vittirapi vedyavivarjitā /
viditaṃ nābhasaṃ nailyaṃ yathā bhūyo'valokane

p1.116

evaṃ jñānināmeva samādheḥ samādhitvamupapādyottamajñānināṃ
vyavahārakāle'pi samādhiravyāhata ityāha - vyavahāreti / samādhirnāma
vedyasambandharahitavittidaśā / uttamajñānināṃ vyavahāre'pi
vedyasambandhavarjitaiva vittirityarthaḥ / etadevopapādayati - viditamiti

p1.117

asatyatvena vijñātaṃ na vittistena saṃyutā /
anyathā naiva bhedaḥ syāttattvātattvavibhāsayoḥ

p1.117

viditaṃ dṛśyamānamapi nailyamasatyatvena vijñātaṃ sad bhūyo'satyatvena
jñānānantaraṃ punaravalokane tena nailyena vittiḥ pūrvavanna saṃyutetyarthaḥ /
nanu nailyavitterviṣayasambandha āvaśyaka eveti cedāha - anyatheti /
viṣayasambandhābhyupagama ityarthaḥ / tattvātattvavibhāsayoriti / ākāśe nailyaṃ
nāstīti nailyabādhajñānavato ya ākāśasya tattvātmako yathārtho vibhāsaḥ yaśca
proktabādhajñānavidhurasyākāśaviṣayako'tattvātmako'yathārtho vibhāsaḥ
tayorubhayornailyasambandhābhyupagame bhedo na syāt / na ceṣṭāpattiḥ kartuṃ
śakyā arthakriyābhedasya sarvānubhavasiddhatvāt / nahi
marujalatattvajñastadattvajña iva tajjalāharaṇādau pravartate / atastattvajñasya
jñāne na marūdakasambandha iti bhāvaḥ / na ca bhādhajñānāt pravṛttiḥ
pratibadhyata iti vācyam kḷptakāraṇābhāvādevāpravṛttisiddheḥ
pratibandhakatvakalpanāyā anyāyayatvāt

p1.118

p. ३६७)
tathā'satyagṛhītasya vedyasya nahi vedane /
sambandhaḥ kutracidvā syājjñānināmata eva hi

p1.118

dṛṣṭāntasiddhārthaṃ dārṣṭāntike yojayati - tatheti / asatyatvena gṛhītasya
vedyasya jñāninaḥ kutracidvedane sambandho nahi syāt / ata eva jñānināṃ
vedyahīnā vittirbhavediti sambandhaḥ

p1.119

vedyahīnā bhavedvittirbādhitasya vibhāsanāt /
amanaskasya sutarāṃ yataḥ sā conmanī daśā

p1.119

vedyahīneti / vedyasambandharahitetyarthaḥ / atra hetuḥ - bādhitasya
vibhāsanāditi / ayaṃ bhāvaḥ - abādhitajalāderyathā'jñasya
marvādisambandha(ddha)tvena bhāsanam naivaṃ jñasya
vittisambaddhadharmisambaddhatvena bhānamiti / amanaskasya madhyamajñāninastu
sutarāṃ vittau vedyasambandhābhāvaḥ / atra hetuḥ - yata iti / tasya sā
sthitirunmanī daśetyayucyate

p1.120

mano vai niścalaṃ yatra taduktaṃ conmanī daśā /
manasaścalanaṃ tat syāt satyavedyasya saṅgatiḥ

p1.120

etadeva viśadayati - mana iti / yatra yasyāṃ daśāyām / manaso
viṣayavyāpṛtau vittau vedyasambandho bhavet / madhyajñānino
manovyāpārābhāvānna vedyasambandha iti bhāvaḥ / nanu tarhi
manaścalanamuttamajñānino'stīti vedyasambandhaḥ iti bhāvaḥ / nanu tarhi
manaścalanmuttamajñānino'stīti vedyasambandhaḥ syāditi cedāha - manasa iti /
satyatvena jñātavedyavyāpṛtireva prakṛte manaścalanaṃ vivakṣitamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.121

uttamajñāninaścaite daśe yugapadāsthite /
sa sarvadā vyutthataśca samādhisthaśca bhārgava

p1.121

ete daśe manaso'tyantaniścalatā asatyavedyasaṅgatirūpābhāsacalatā ca /
yugapadekakāla eva / uttamajñānināṃ bahumānasatvād manaso'nekākāratā
yugapat sambhavediti bhāvaḥ / ata evāha - sarvadeti

p1.122

p. ३६८)
tasmāttasyāpi vedyena rahitā vittirāsthitā /
evametaddhi saṃproktaṃ pṛṣṭaṃ yadyat purā tvayā

p1.122

tasmād manaso dvividhatvāt / tasyāpi uttamajñānino'pi / upasaṃharati - evamiti

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe jñānisthitivibhedakathanam
ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti tripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyām
ekonaviṃśatitamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ३६९)
atha viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ
atra te vartayiṣyāmi purā vṛttaṃ śṛṇuṣva tat /
purā brahmasabhāmadhye satyaloke'tipāvane

p1.1

śrīgurucaraṇadvandvaṃ natvā smṛtvā parāṃ citiṃ tripurām /
sarvāntarātmarūpāṃ vidyāgītāṃ sphuṭāṃ ca vivṛṇomi //
saṃśuddhyai svasya dhiyastaddāsatvasya saṃsidhyai /
tatparajanasantuṣṭyai siddhaḥ syādyatna eṣa tatkṛpayā //
atra jālakapadyaistu sarvārthasyāpi saṃgrahaḥ /
bodhasaukaryasaṃsiddhyai vidyāgītātmanocyate //
nikhilaprakaraṇārthaṃ saṃgraheṇa vivakṣurviśvāsaprakarṣasiddhaye'dhikāriṇāṃ
sukhabodhāya ca sasādhanaṃ vijñānaṃ jñānisthitinirūpaṇāpadeśena
sākṣādvidyāśaktipratipāditāṃ vidyāgītāmupadeṣṭuṃ dattagururupakramate -
atreti / jñānināṃ sthitiryā pṛṣṭā tatretyarthaḥ / purā pūrvakāle / vṛttamatītam

p1.2

jñānaprasaṅgaḥ samabhūt sūkṣmātsūkṣmavimarśanaḥ [k: nam] /
sanakādyā vasiṣṭhaśca pulastyaḥ pulahaḥ kratuḥ

p1.2

sūkṣmeti / atisūkṣmavicārarūpaḥ / sanakādyāḥ samuditā ityanvayaḥ

p1.3

bhṛguratriraṅgirāśca pracetā nāradastathā /
cyavano vāmadevaśca viśvāmitro'tha gautamaḥ

p1.4

śukraḥ [kh: śukaḥ] parāśaro vyāsaḥ kaṇvaḥ kāśyapa eva ca /
dakṣaḥ sumantuḥ śaṅkhaśca likhito devalo'pi ca

p1.5

evamanye ṛṣigaṇā rājarṣipravarā api /
sarve samuditāstatra brahmasatre mahattare

p1.5

brahmasatre jñānayajñaprasaṅge

p1.6

p. ३७०)
mīmāṃsāṃ cakruratyuccaiḥ sūkṣmātsūkṣmanirūpaṇaiḥ /
brahmāṇaṃ tatra papracchur-ṛṣayaḥ sarva eva te

p1.7

bhagavan jñānino loke vayaṃ jñātaparāvarāḥ /
teṣāṃ no vividhā bhāti sthitiḥ prakṛtibhedataḥ

p1.7

prakṛtibhedataḥ prākṛtasaṃskārabhedāt

p1.8

kecit sadā samādhisthāḥ kecinmīmāṃsane ratāḥ /
apare bhaktinirmagnāścānye karmasamāśrayāḥ

p1.8

tadevāha - keciditi

p1.9

vyavahāraparāstveke bahirmukhanarā iva /
teṣu śreyān hi katama etanno vaktumarhasi

p1.9

teṣu samādhisthādiṣu / śreyān śreṣṭhaḥ

p1.10

svasvapakṣaṃ vayaṃ vidmaḥ śreyāṃsamiti vai vidhe /
iti pṛṣṭo'vadad brahmā matvā'nāśvastamānasān

p1.10

nanu yūyaṃ sarve vidyāpāraṅgatā [k, kh: sarve tadvidyā] etad
[k, kh: eva] vijñātuṃ svataḥ samarthā eveti cedāha -
svasvapakṣamiti / svīyaṃ svīyaṃ pakṣamevāgamayuktighaṭitatvena śreyāṃsaṃ
vidma iti hetorvaktumarhasīti yojanā / nāhamapyetadvedmītyanvayaḥ / kuta evaṃ
sarvajño vidhiravadat ? iti cedāha - anāśvastamānasāniti /
aśraddhāhatacittān / mayātra samādhānamuktāmapi svapakṣo'nenāpi prokta iti na
grahīṣyantīti mattveti bhāvaḥ

p1.11

munīndrā nāhamapyetadvedmi sarvātmanā tataḥ /
jānīyādimamarthaṃ tu sarvajñaḥ parameśvaraḥ

p1.11

sarvātmanā sarvāṃśena asandigdhatayeti yāvat / tataḥ tasmāddhetoḥ / tatra yāma
ityanvayaḥ / tasya parameśvarasya na kvacidajñānamiti jñāpayitum - sarvajña
iti

p1.12

p. ३७१)
tatra yāmo'tha [k: yāmo'rtha] saṃpraṣṭumityuktvā tatra tairyayau /
saṅgamya devadeveśaṃ viṣṇunābhisamāgatam [k: viṣṇu nā]

p1.12

tatra sarvajñasamīpe kailāse / ityuktvā atha tadanantarameva tatkāle taiḥ
sanakādyaiḥ saha yayau / arthādviṣṇunā samāgataṃ sahitaṃ devadeveśaṃ
mahādevaṃ saṅgamya prāpya

p1.13

papraccha ṛṣimukhyānāṃ praśnaṃ taṃ lokasṛḍ vidhiḥ /
praśnaṃ niśamya ca śivo jñātvā vidhimanogatam

p1.13

taṃ praśnaṃ jñāniṣu bhinnasthitiṣu kaḥ śreṣṭha iti ṛṣibhiḥ kṛtam /
vidhimanogatam anāśvastā [k: śvāsā] ete madvaco na grahīṣyantīti

p1.14

matvā'nāśvastamanasa ṛṣīn devo vyacintayat /
kiñciduktaṃ mayā'trāpi vyarthameva bhavennanu [k, g: na tu]

p1.14

matveti / yogadṛśā'nāśvastamanasa ṛṣīn jñātvetyarthaḥ /
cintanaprakāramevāha - kiñciditi / mayāpītyanvayaḥ / atra
prakṛtapraśnaviṣaye / nanviti sambhāvanādyotakaḥ

p1.15

svapakṣatvena jānīyur-ṛṣayo'śraddhayā yutāḥ /
iti matvā pratyuvāca devadevo maheśvaraḥ

p1.15

kutastvaduktaṃ [k, kh: kutastveta] vyarthaṃ bhavediti cedāha -
svapakṣatveneti / mahādevasya pakṣo'yamiti jānīyuḥ / kuta evamiti
cedaśraddhāhatatvādityāha - aśraddhayā yutā iti / maduktaṃ vyarthaṃ
bhavediti matvā

p1.16

śṛṇudhvaṃ munayo nāhamapyetadvedmi susphuṭam /
ato vidyāṃ bhagavatīṃ dhyāyāmaḥ parameśvarīm

p1.16

etāvatā granthena sanakādibhirapyaviditatvāt
prakaraṇapratipādyārthasyātyuttamatvam brahmādyukterapi
vaiyarthyakathanādaśraddhāyā jñānaṃ prati prabalapratibandhakatvam
ṛṣibhirbrahmādiṣvapyajñānasya sambhāvitatvādajñānasya durnirasanatvam
saguṇamūrtīnāṃ paricchinnatvaṃ ca sūcitam / atha
prakaraṇapratipādyaparadevatāyāḥ śuddhacicchakteḥ sarvottamatvāvagamanāya
taddhyānenāśraddhānāśapūrvakasarvasaṃśayanivṛttimṛṣīṇāṃ vaktuṃ
mahādevavākyamudāharati - śṛṇudhvamiti / etad bhavatprṣṭam / ataḥ
prakṛtārthe saṃśayanivṛttyabhāvāt / vidyāśakteravidyāvirodhitvānna
taduktāvaśraddhā syāditi tātparyam / parameśvarīmiti tasyā vāgādyabhāve'pi
pūrṇasvātantryayuktatvenāsmatsaṃśayacchedane samarthaiveti bhāvaḥ

p1.17

p. ३७२)
tatprasādānnigūḍhārthamapi vidmastataḥ param /
ityuktā munayaḥ sarve vidhiviṣṇuśivaiḥ saha

p1.17

nidūḍhārthaṃ rahasyārtham / tataḥ paraḥ dhyānena prasādanānantaram / iti
śivenoktāḥ

p1.18

dadhyurvidyāṃ maheśāniṃ tripurāṃ ciccharīṇīm /
evaṃ sarvairabhidhyātā tripurā ciccharīriṇī

p1.18

maheśānīm abhīṣṭadāne svatantrām tripurāṃ jāgratsvapnasuṣuptyāditrikebhyaḥ
purāṃ turyām aparicchinnāmiti tātparyam / ciccharīriṇīmiti /
avidyātatkāryaleśarahitatvenānāvṛtacidrūpatvena sarvajñatvāt
praśnārthanirūpaṇe samarthatvaṃ dyotitam / evaṃ proktarītyā
svābhilaṣitadānayogyarūpeṇa [k, kh: jñāna] anyathā
phalaprāptyanupapatteḥ / taduktam - yathā yathā dhyāyati taṃ tathaiva
cintāmaṇistvaṃ samupaiṣi deva iti

p1.19

āvirāsīccidākāśamayī śabdamayī parā /
abhavad meghagambhīraniḥsvano gaganāṅgaṇe

p1.19

cidākāśamayī aparicchinnacidekarūpā ata eva dṛśyadoṣaleśavarjanāt parā
uttamā / evaṃvidhāyāḥ kathamāvirbhāvasambhava iti cedāha - śabdamayīti /
śabdarūpeṇendriyagocaratāṃ brahmādīn prati svasyāvabhāsayaditi tātparyam /
tatparakāramevāha - abhavaditi / meghānāmiva gambhīro mahān niḥsvanaḥ
śabdaḥ / gaganāṅgaṇe ākāśapradeśe

p1.20

p. ३७३)
vadantvṛṣigaṇāḥ kiṃ vo dhyātā tad drutamīhitam /
matparāṇāṃ hi keṣāñcinna hīyetābhivāñchitam

p1.20

niḥsvanasvarūpamevāha [k: svarūpa nāsti] vadantviti / brahmādīn vihāya
ṛṣigaṇā iti sambodhanaṃ praśnarūpadhyānanimittasya ṛṣigaṇaniṣṭhatvena /
kiṃ kimartham / vaḥ yuṣmābhiḥ / tadīhitamīpsitam vadantviti sambandhaḥ / drutamiti /
mayi prasannāyāṃ phalaprāptau na kālavilambo bhavediti tātparyam / tadevāha ##-
yeṣāṃ teṣām madbhaktānāmityarthaḥ / na hīyeta kālādyantaritaṃ na bhavet

p1.21

iti śrutvā parāṃ vāṇīṃ praṇemurmunipuṅgavāḥ /
brahmādayo'pi tadanu tuṣṭuvurvividhaiḥ stavaiḥ

p1.21

vāgrūpeṇābhivyaktāṃ śrutvā śravaṇendriyadvārā hṛdayaṅgamīkṛtya
praṇemuḥ daṇḍavannatāḥ brahmādayo'pi praṇemuḥ daṇḍavannatā tadanu
praṇāmānantaram

p1.22

atha procur-ṛṣigaṇā vidyāṃ tāṃ tripureśvarīm /
namastubhyaṃ maheśāni śrīvidye tripureśvari

p1.22

atha brahmādistutyanantaraṃ vidyāṃ tuṣṭuvuriti sambandhaḥ / śrīmatī dīptimatī
anavacchinnaprakāśarūpā vidyā cidrūpā ata eva tripurā turyā
śuddhacidadvayarūpā tathāsvarūpāpyanantasvātantryaśaktimattvādīśvarī

p1.23

aśeṣotpādayitrī tvaṃ sthāpayitrī nijātmani /
vilāpayitrī sarvasya parameśvari te namaḥ

p1.23

samastajagatsṛṣṭyādisvātantryamapi tavaiva ataśca tvameva parameśvarītyāha
- aśeṣeti / nijātmani darpaṇasadṛśe svasvarūpe sthāpayitrī
pratibimbasadṛśajagaddhārayitrītyarthaḥ / svātmanīti
yogyatayotpādayitrītyādāvapi yojanīyam

p1.24

anūtanā sarvadā'si yato nāsti janistava /
navātmikā sadā tvaṃ vai yato nāsti jarā tava

p1.24

utpattināśavadaśeṣajagadāśrayabhūtāyā api tava notpattināśāvityāha -
anūtaneti / nūtanamutpattimat / yato nāsti jareti / sthitarūpanivṛttyā
rūpāntaraprāptirūpavipariṇāmāvasthā nāstīti bhāvaḥ /
etaccāśeṣavikārābhāvopalakṣakaṃ jñeyam

p1.25

p. ३७४)
sarvā'si sarvasārā'si sarvajñā sarvaharṣiṇī /
asarvā'sarvagā'sārā'sarvajñā'sarvaharṣiṇī

p1.25

tadaiśvaryaṃ varṇayati - sarā'sīti / darpaṇasya pratibimbātmatvavat
svāntaravabhāsitajagatastvatsvarūpatvāt tvameva sarvā'si / nanu
kathamavikṛtādvitīyarūpāyā aparimitasarvavikārarūpateti cedāha -
sarvasārā'sīti / sāraṃ dṛḍhamanaśvaraṃ rūpam / tathā ca ghaṭādiṣu mṛdiva
sarvatrāvyabhicaritasārātmakasadrūpeṇānuvṛttatvāt [k:
bhicāravṛttisārā] sarvasārātmatvam / nanu kiṃ pradhānātmaka[k:
tmakājaśakti]jaḍaśaktirūpeṇānuvṛttatvamiti [k: nuktatva]
cennetyāha - sarvajñeti / sarvatra
jñānātmakacitprakāśarūpeṇānuvṛttetyarthaḥ / nanu citprakāśo'pi
svātantryavarjita udāsīno nimittabhūtaḥ kṛteḥ [g: prakṛtaḥ] svātantrye
jaḍatulyayogakṣemaḥ sāṃkhyānāmiva bhavediti cennetyāha - sarvaharṣiṇīti /
tasya svātantryamevānandaḥ / ānando viśvāhantāpariṇāmaḥ (yo० hṛ० dī० १/
१३) ityādyuktanītyā sarvatra svātantryāt sarvaharṣavatī
aparicchinnānandarūpetyarthaḥ / loke'pīha [g: loke'pi hi] yasya yāvat
svātantryaṃ tāvāṃstasyānanda iti spaṣṭameva / yasya yāvat pāratantryaṃ
tāvattasyānandācchādanam yāvatpāratantryanivṛttistāvadānandābhivyaktiriti
tātparyam / proktaviśeṣaṇeṣu
sarvapadārthasyābhāsanamātrasāratvenāvyatiriktatvādvastutaḥ sarvātmatvādikaṃ
nāstītyāha - asarvetyādi / sarvagatatve sāratā syāt sarvagatatvābhāvāt
sāratvābhāva ityāha - asarvagā'sāreti

p1.26

p. ३७५)
devi bhūyo namastubhyaṃ purastāt pṛṣṭhato'pi ca /
adhastādūrdhvataḥ pārśve sarvataste namo namaḥ

p1.26

evaṃ stutvā namaskārasya sammukhe kartavyatvena paradevatāyā aśarīriṇyāḥ
sāmmukhyadaurlabhyāt svapuraḥpṛṣṭhādyakhiladikkālavyāpakatvena ca sarvato
namaskurvanti ṛṣayaḥ - devīti / bhūyaḥ aparimitakṛtvaḥ

p1.27

brūhi yatte'paraṃ rūpamaiśvaryaṃ jñānameva ca /
phalaṃ tatsādhanaṃ [k: tasmāddhanaṃ] mukhyaṃ sādhakaṃ
siddhameva ca

p1.27

evaṃ devatāṃ stutipūrvakaṃ namaskṛtya jijñāsitārthaṃ pṛcchanti -
brūhīti / yadyapi jñāniṣūttamajijñāsayaiva
pravṛttāstathāpyalabhyaparadevatāsamāgamaparituṣṭā jñātasyāpyarthasya
dārḍhyasampattaye daśadhā munayaḥ praśnaṃ cakruriti /
paramityatrākārapraśleṣāpraśleṣābhyāṃ paraṃ rūpamaparaṃ rūpamiti
praśnadvayam uttarānurodhāt / te aiśvaryaṃ te jñānaṃ jñānasya mukhyaṃ
phalaṃ sādhanaṃ sādhakaṃ ca jñāne [k: jñānaṃ] siddham

p1.28

siddhestu paramāṃ kāṣṭhāṃ siddheṣūttamamevaca /
devyetat kramato brūhi bhūyastubhyaṃ namo namaḥ

p1.28

siddheriti jātyekavacanam / nirdhāraṇe ṣaṣṭhī / siddhīnāṃ madhya ityarthaḥ /
paramāṃ mukhyāṃ kāṣṭhāṃ paryavasānabhūmim yatprāptyanantaraṃ nāsti
prāptavyasiddhyantaramiti tātparyam / jñānasiddheṣu [k: jñānā]

p1.29

ityāpṛṣtā mahāvidyā pravaktumupacakrame /
dayamānā ṛṣigaṇe spaṣṭārthaṃ paramaṃ vacaḥ

p1.29

āsamantāt sarvairmunibhiḥ pṛṣṭā / bhūyaḥ praṇāmena bhaktyā ca parituṣṭā
prakarṣeṇa sarvasaṃśayacchedanārhayuktiyogena vaktum /
nanvāptakāmāyāstasyāḥ prativacane kiṃ nimittamiti cedāha - dayamāneti /
spaṣṭārtham asandigdham / paramamatisundaraṃ śravaṇānandanam

p1.30

p. ३७६)
śṛṇudhvamṛṣayaḥ sarvaṃ [k: sarve] pravakṣyāmi krameṇa tat /
amṛtaṃ hyāgamāmbhodheḥ samuddhṛtya dadāmi vaḥ

p1.30

śrotṝnabhimukhayati - śṛṇudhvamiti / tad bhavatpṛṣṭam /
āgamāmbhodheḥ śāstrasamudrādamṛtamiva sārāṃśaṃ vo yuṣmabhyaṃ
dadāmi

p1.31

yatra sarvaṃ jagadidaṃ darpaṇapratibimbavat /
utpannaṃ ca sthitaṃ līnaṃ sarveṣāṃ bhāsate sadā

p1.31

evamabhimukhīkṛtyādyaṃ praśnaviṣayaṃ paraṃ rūpamupapādayati - yatreti
/ parā pratibhā mama paraṃ rūpamīritamiti ṣaṣṭhaślokenānvayaḥ / iha
ghaṭapaṭādivicitradṛśyākārā pratibhā jñānaśabdavācyā
svaprakāśā'napahnavanīyāsti / tasyā apahnave na praśno nāpi cottaraṃ ghaṭate
praśnaprativacanādeḥ pratibhāyattatvāt / nahi
tasyāstattaddṛśyākārakṣaṇikapratibhāmātrapariniṣṭhitaṃ rūpam
smṛtyanusandhānādyanupapatteḥ / atastadrūpaṃ
tattatpratibimbaparicchinnadarpaṇāṃśarāśyanusyūtamahāpratibhaiva / evaiṣa parā
pratibhā sāmānyajñānarūpā deśakālādyaparicchinnā mama paraṃ sarvamaulaṃ
rūpamiti tātparyam / tadeva yatretyādipañcabhiḥ ślokaiścittārohāya viśiṣyate /
yatra yasyāṃ parapratibhāyām idaṃ sarvaṃ pratyakṣasiddhaṃ jagat utpannaṃ
nūtanābhāsaviṣayaṃ sthitamābhāsadhārāviṣayam līnam ābhāsāviṣayam sadā
sarveṣāṃ pramātṝṇāṃ kramādbhāsate / nanu bhūtale ghaṭādiriva pṛthak san
bhāsata iti cennetyāha - darpaṇapratibimbavaditi / darpaṇe
pratibimbasyotpattisthitilayāvabhāsavat parapratibhāyāmavyatirekeṇaiva jagata
utpattyādibhāsanamiti

p1.32

yadeva jagadākāraṃ bhāsate'viditātmanām /
yadyogināṃ nirvikalpaṃ vibhātyātmani kevalam

p1.32

nanu darpaṇe bimbanimittakaṃ pratibimbabhāsanam parapratibhāyāṃ kuto
jagadavabhāsanamiti cet svasvātantryākhyamāyāśaktinimittakamityāha -
yadeveti / yadeva parapratibhākhyatattvameva aviditātmanāṃ
māyāśaktyavasthāntarātmakāvidyāvṛtamanasāṃ
kāmalādoṣāvṛtanayanānāṃ śaṅkhe pītimeva [k: pītamiva; kh:
pītameva] jagadākāraṃ bhāsate / yadeva tattatvaṃ yogināṃ
vidyāvinaṣṭāvidyānāṃ nirvikalpaṃ dṛśyadvaitākāravarjitaṃ bhāti / nanu
tathāpi tadasya bhātīti bhāsyabhāsakadvaitānapagama iti cedāha - ātmani
kevalamiti / svātmani cidrūpe dehādidṛśyābhāsaleśavikale kevalamahamiti
draṣṭṛmātrarūpeṇa bhāsata ityarthaḥ

p1.33

p. ३७७)
gambhīrastimitāmbhodhiriva niścalabhāsanam /
yat subhaktairatiśayaprītyā kaitavavarjanāt

p1.33

nanu tathāpi tanna [k, kh: tannirvi] nirvikalpaṃ bhavitumarhati tadā
kṣaṇikakevalajñānadhārāyā eva bhāsamānatvāttatra ca
kṣaṇikakevalajñānānāṃ parasparaṃ bhinnatvādityāśaṅkyāha - gambhīreti
/ yogināmātmatattvaṃ gambhīrastimitāmbhodhivad niścalabhāsanaṃ bhavati /
gambhīramiti deśāparicchedaḥ stimitamiti kālāpariccheda ukto jñeyaḥ /
anantādvayarūpeṇaiva tadbhāsanamiti [k, kh: bhāna] tātparyam / evaṃ
tadeva tattvaṃ bhaktaśreṣṭhairapi sevyata ityāha - yat subhaktairiti / sevyata iti
sambandhaḥ / suṣṭhu dvaitamālinyavarjanena bhajantīti subhaktāḥ
parātmatattvavidaḥ / atiśayaprītyeti / prītiranuraktiḥ cittavṛttiviśeṣaḥ tasyā
atiśayatvamanavadhitvam / seyaṃ prītirdvaitināṃ na ghaṭate / ātmanastu kāmāya
sarvaṃ priyaṃ bhavati (bṛ० u० २/४/५) ityuktyā teṣāṃ
parātmaprīterātmārthatvenātmaprītervyāvṛttatvena nyūnatvena
cānavadhitvābhāvāt / advaitināṃ parātmanaḥ svātmābhedena
tatprīteritarārthatvābhāvānnoktadoṣa iti dhyeyam / kaitavavarjanāditi / kaitavaṃ
śāṭhyam [kh, g: kāpaṭyam] / yathā hi vārayoṣā viṭeṣu prītiṃ
kurvanti tatkaitavam / arthagatā hi tāsāṃ mukhyā prītiḥ / yato'mukhyāmapi
viṭagatāṃ mukhyāmiva kṛtvā pradarśayanti ataḥ sā prītiḥ kaitavādbhavati
dvaitināmīdṛśyeva bhaktiriti sudhībhirvimarśanīyam

p1.34

p. ३७८)
svabhāvasya svarasato jñātvāpi svādvayaṃ padam /
vibhedabhāvamāhṛtya [k: māruhya] sevyate'tyantatatparaiḥ

p1.34

advaitināṃ svātmabhūtaparātmasevanaṃ kathaṃ sambhavet
sevyasevakayorbhedavimarśamantareti cedāha - vibhedabhāvamāhṛtyeti /
vibhedasya [k, kh: vivekabhedasya] bhāvaḥ sattā / tamāhṛtya
balājjñātvā / āhāryabhedajñānenetyetat / etadevāha - jñātvāpīti /
svasmādadvayamadvitīyaṃ padaṃ prāpyaṃ parātmatattvaṃ jñātvāpi / evaṃ
jñānavataḥ kuto vibhedabhāvāharaṇamiti cedāha - svabhāvasya svarasata iti /
svabhāvasya cittasya svarasataḥ svābhāvyāt / yathā hi keṣāñcijjñānināṃ
pūrvasaṃskāravaśādrājyādikriyā evaṃ vāsanāvaicitryādetadapīti bhāvaḥ /
nanvevaṃvidhānāṃ sevanamanādarapūrvakaṃ syāditi cedāha - taparaiti /
tatparatvayutairityarthaḥ

p1.35

akṣāntaḥkaraṇādīnāṃ prāṇasūtraṃ yadāntaram /
yadabhāne na kiñcit syādyacchāstrairabhilakṣitam

p1.35

akṣeti / akṣāṇīndriyāṇi antaḥkaraṇaṃ manaḥ ādinā buddhyāderdehasya ca [k:
ca nāsti] grahaṇam eteṣām / āntaraṃ pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇa iva yat
svabhāvabhūtam / yadvā eteṣāṃ yadāntaraṃ prāṇasūtram / yathā hi
sūtrapāñcālikā svāntarasthena prāṇatulyena sarvaceṣṭānidānasūtreṇaiva
tattacceṣṭāṃ karoti evamakṣādīnāṃ svasvaceṣṭānidānabhūtāntaraprāṇasūtram /
atha ca yasyābhāne'prakāśane kiñcidapi na syānna sattāṃ prāpnuyāt / evaṃvidhe
paratattve kiṃ pramāṇamiti cellakṣaṇāvṛttyā śāstramevetyāha -
yacchāstririti / evaṃ proktarūpā parā'navacchinna pratibhaiva devyā
jagatkrīḍāparāyā mama paraṃ vāstavaṃ rūpamiti yojayet

p1.36

p. ३७९)
parā sā pratibhā devyāḥ paraṃ rūpaṃ mameritam /
brahmāṇḍānāmanekānāṃ bahirūrdhve sudhāmbudhau

p1.36

evaṃ paraṃ rūpaṃ pratipādyā'paraṃ rūpamupapādayitumādau tripurāsaguṇamūrti
[k, kh: purā] prakṛte prastutāṃ nirūpayati - brahmāṇḍānāmiti
/ brahmāṇḍānāmityādikathanamanavadhikaiśvaryanirūpaṇadvārā
saguṇamūrtibhya utkṛṣṭatvena praśaṃsitum / sudhāmbudhau amṛtajalārṇave

p1.37

maṇidvīpe nīpavane cintāmaṇisumandire /
pañcabrahmamaye mañce rūpaṃ traipurasundaram

p1.37

maṇidvīpe navaratnamaṇisa.kḷptanavakhaṇḍātmakadvīpe / nīpāḥ
kadambavṛkṣaviśeṣāḥ teṣāṃ [k: teṣāṃ nāsti] vane vipine /
cintāmaṇiḥ bhaktānāṃ cintitaphalaprado maṇiviśeṣaḥ amṛtamathanasamaye
mahatā prayatnena daivaireka āsāditaḥ / tādṛśamaṇigaṇaviracite sundare mandire
/ pañcabrahmamaye brahmaviṣṇurudreśvarātmacatuṣpāde sadāśivāmaphalake
mañce traipurasundaraṃ triṣu pureṣu dhāmasu jāgradādiṣu
sarvaspṛhaṇīyatvenātisundaram anugataṃ yatparaṃ rūpaṃ paracidātmatattvam
tatsambandhi bhaktānugrahāya svasvātantryamātranimittāvabhāsitaṃ rūpam

p1.38

anādimithunaṃ yattadaparākhyamṛṣīśvarāḥ [kh: hyetada] /
tathā sadāśiveśānau vidhiviṣṇutrilocanāḥ

p1.38

anādimithunaṃ prāṅmāhātmyakhaṇḍe pratipāditam utpattivarjitaṃ
kāmeśvarakāmeśvarīrūpam / yadyapi
brahmādyanugraheṇāvirbhāvarūpotpattistatrābhihitā tathāpi na ādiḥ kāraṇaṃ
yasyeti vigraheṇa kāraṇāt svasvātantryabhinādutpattivarjanaṃ jñeyam /
evaṃvidhaṃ yattadeva me'paraṃ rūpam / evaṃ [k, kh: evaṃ nāsti]
pradhānamaparaṃ rūpamabhidhāya yadyadvibhūtimatsattvam (bha० gī० १०/
४१) iti bhagavaduktanyāyenāpradhānarūpāṇyapyāha - tatheti /
sadāśivādyāḥ pañca
anugrahatirodhānasṛṣṭisthitilayātmakapañcakṛtyādhikāriṇaḥ

p1.39

p. ३८०)
gaṇeśaskandadikpālāḥ śaktayo gaṇadevatāḥ /
yātudhānāḥ surā nāgā yakṣakimpuruṣādayaḥ

p1.39

gaṇeśo vināyakaḥ / skandaḥ ṣaṇmukhaḥ / dikpālā indrādayaḥ / śaktayaḥ
prāguktāḥ kumārīlakṣmīpramukhā anyāśca / gaṇadevatāḥ vasurudrādayo
gaṇarūpāḥ / yātudhānādikiṃpuruṣāntāḥ pūjyā ityanvayaḥ

p1.40

pūjyāḥ sarvā mama tanūraparāḥ parikīrtitāḥ /
mama māyāvimūḍhāstu māṃ na jānanti sarvataḥ

p1.40

yātudhānāsurādiṣu yā yāḥ pūjyā mūrtayaḥ tāḥ sarvā mamāparāḥ tanūḥ
tanvaḥ / evaṃ sarvatra tattadrūpeṇa sthitāṃ māyāvimūḍhā māṃ na jānantītyāha
- mameti / tāḥ sarvā mūrtayo matsambandhinya eveti na jānantīti bhāvaḥ

p1.41

pūjitā'hameva [k: pūjitā hyeva sarvaistairda] sarvairdadāmi
phalamīhitam /
na matto'nyā kācidasti pūjyā vā phaladāyinī

p1.41

kutastā mūrtayastvatsambandhinya iti cettatra tatra pūjyā phalapradā cāhamevetyāha
- pūjiteti / īhitaṃ icchitam / kuta etaditi cet pūjānurūpaphaladātṛtvasya
saṃvidatirikte durghaṭatvamityāha - na matta iti

p1.42

yathā yo māṃ bhāvayati phalaṃ mat prāpnuyāttathā /
mamaiśvaryamṛṣigaṇā aparicchinnamīritam

p1.42

yathā yatphaladātṛtvena tatphalaṃ [k, kh: tatphalaṃ nāsti] mat
mattaḥ tathārūpāyāḥ / tṛtīyaṃ praśnamuttarayati - mameti / aparicchinnam
anantam

p1.43

p. ३८१)
anapekṣyaiva yatkiñcid ahamadvayacinmayī /
sphurāmyanantajagadākāreṇa ṛṣipuṅgavāḥ

p1.43

tatra mukhyamaiśvaryamāha - anapekṣyaiveti / svarūpādbhinnaṃ
yatkiñcitkāraṇamanapekṣyaiva jagadākāreṇa sphurāmītyarthaḥ / nanu
svarūpātiriktakāraṇābhāve'pi svāṃśabhedāpekṣayā jagadākāratā syāditi cenneti
bodhayitum - advayacinmayīti / akhaṇḍacinmātratvena mamāṃśābhāvāditi
tātparyam

p1.44

tathā sphurantyapi sadā nātyemyadvaitacidvapuḥ /
etanme mukhyamaiśvaryaṃ durghaṭārthavibhāvanam

p1.44

nanu pūrvaṃ tavādvayacinmātratve'pi jagadākāratāpattyanantaraṃ
vicitrānekarūpatā syāditi cedāha - tatheti / vicitrajagadākāreṇa sadā
sphurantyapyahamadvaitacidātmakaṃ vapuḥ svarūpaṃ nātyemi na parityajāmi /
vicitrajagadākārasya rpatibimbatulyatvānna me svarūpapratihatiriti bhāvaḥ / etad
anapagatādvaitacinmātrarūpāyā api vicitrajagadātmanā sphuraṇam /
durghaṭārthasya vibhāvanaṃ sampādanam

p1.45

mamaiśvaryaṃ tu rṣayaḥ paśyadhvaṃ sūkṣmayā dṛśā /
sarvāśrayā sarvagatā cāpyahaṃ kevalā sthitā [k: citiḥ]

p1.45

sarveṣāṃ dṛśyānāmāśrayā sarveṣu gatā'nusyūtā cāpi
kevalādvaitacinmātrātmanāhaṃ sthitā evaṃvidhaṃ mamaiśvaryaṃ paśyadhvam

p1.46

svamāyayā svamajñātvā saṃsarantī cirādaham /
bhūyo viditvā svātmānaṃ guroḥ śiṣyapadaṃ gatā

p1.46

aparamaghaṭitaghaṭanasāmarthyarūpamaiśvaryamāha - svamāyayeti /
svasambandhinī yā māyāśaktiḥ paramasvātantryarūpā tayā ahaṃ svaṃ
svātmānamajñātvā'jñānāvṛtaṃ kṛtvā saṃsarantī cirādanādikālād
jananamaraṇapravāhapatitā satī śiṣyasya padaṃ svarūpaṃ prāptā bhūtvā bhūyaḥ
punaḥ guroḥ sakāśāt svātmānamātmatattvaṃ viditvā muktā bhavāmīti
sambandhaḥ

p1.47

p. ३८२)
nityamuktā punarmuktā bhūyo bhūyo bhavāmyaham /
nirupādānasambhāraṃ sṛjāmi jagadīdṛśam

p1.47

etada(evama)vidyādermāyikatvena satyabandhābhāvānnityamuktāpi
vāraṃ vāraṃ punarmuktā bhavāmi / atha ca īdṛśamanantavicitraṃ
jagannirupādānasambhāraṃ yathā tathā upādānādikāraṇasāmagrīṃ vinaiva
sṛjāmi

p1.48

ityādi santi bahudhā mamaiśvaryaparamparāḥ /
na tad gaṇayituṃ śakyaṃ sahasravadanena vā

p1.48

tad aiśvaryaṃ sahasravadanena ādiśeṣeṇāpi na gaṇayituṃ śakyam / anantatvāditi
bhāvaḥ

p1.49

śṛṇvantu saṃgrahād vakṣye madaiśvaryasya leśataḥ /
jagadyātrā [k: dhātrā] vicitreyaṃ sarvataḥ saṃprasāritā

p1.49

aiśvaryasyānantatvameva bhaṅgyantareṇāha - śṛṇvantviti / jagadrūpī
yātrā vyavahāro'vabhāsa iti yāvat / iyamanādyanantā sarvāparokṣabhūtā
samprasāritā samyagabādhitasthirārthakriyārharūpeṇa prasāritā avabhāsitetyarthaḥ

p1.50

mama jñānaṃ [k: mamājñānaṃ] bahuvidhaṃ
dvaitādvaitādibhedataḥ /
parāparavibhedācca bahudhā cāpi tatphalam

p1.50

evaṃ parātmanaḥ parāparam aiśvaryaṃ ca pratipādya
tadudbhāvitāvidyābandhānmokṣasiddhaye caturthapraśnottaramāha - mameti /
bahuvidhatāmevāha - dvaiveti / dvaitajñānamupāsanam /
advaitamanubhavarūpam / paramaparokṣam [k: param nāsti] / aparaṃ
parokṣam / evaṃ jñānasya bahuvidhatvāt phalamapi bahuvidhamityāha -
bahudheti

p1.51

dvaitajñānaṃ tu vividhaṃ dvitīyālambanaṃ yataḥ /
dhyānameva tu tatproktaṃ svapnarājyādisammitam

p1.51

dvaitājñānasyānekavidhatve hetumāha - dvitīyālambanaṃ yata iti / yato
dhyātuḥ svarūpātiriktamūrtimantrādivividhaviṣayakadhyānameva
dvaitajñānamityarthaḥ / asya jñānasyādvaitajñānādapakṛṣṭatvaṃ dyotayituṃ
viśeṣaṇam - svapnarājyādisammitam / ādinā manorājyādisaṃgrahaḥ /
dhyānasya smṛtyanusandhānarūpatvenāprāmāṇyāt
svapnarājyabhramatulyatvamiti dhyeyam

p1.52

p. ३८३)
taccāpi saphalaṃ jñeyaṃ niyatyā niyataṃ yataḥ /
aparaṃ cāpi vividhaṃ tatra mukhyaṃ tadeva hi

p1.52

nanu dhyānātmakadvaitajñānasya bhramatulyatve niṣphalatvāpattiriti cedāha -
taccāpīti / smṛtirūpamapītyarthaḥ / saphalamityeva jñeyam / kathametaditi cedāha
- niyatyā niyataṃ yata iti / yadyapi smṛteḥ
sāmānyato'jñānanivṛttirūpaprakṛtaphalaṃ sākṣāt pāramparyeṇa vā nāsti
tathāpi proktasmṛtiviśeṣāṇāṃ
bhagavanniyatiśaktiniyamitatvāccittaśodhanadvārā proktaphalavattvamiti jñeyam /
nanu dvaitajñānamālambanabhedānnānāvidhamityuktam / tatra kiṃ sarvaṃ samam
uta yatkiñcinmukhyamiti cedāha - aparaṃ ceti / dvaitaṃ cetyarthaḥ

p1.53

proktamukhyāparamayadhyānaṃ [k: mayaṃ dhyānaṃ]
mukhyaphalakramam /
advaitavijñānameva paravijñānamīritam

p1.53

kiṃ taditi cedāha - prokteti / brahmāṇdānāmanekānām (२०/३६)
ityādinā proktaṃ yanmukhyamaparaṃ rūpam tanmayaṃ tadekaviṣayakaṃ
yaddhyānaṃ tadeva mukhyam / kuta iti cedāha - mukhyaphalakramamiti /
mukhyaḥ sākṣātprāpyaḥ phalasya cittaśuddhyāderjñānasādhanasamudāyasya
kramaḥ paramparā yasmādityarthaḥ / mukhyā'pararūpadhyānena
sākṣājjñānasādhanasampattiḥ sadāśivādidhyānena tvetaddhyānaprāptidvāreti
jñeyam / dhyānātmakadvaitajñānasya sākṣādajñānanāśakatvābhāvenaitasmāt
sākṣādajñānanāśakamadvaitajñānameva śreṣṭhamityāha - advaiteti /
paravijñānaṃ śreṣṭhavijñānam

p1.54

p. ३८४)
māmanārādhya paramāṃ ciraṃ vidyāṃ tu śrīmatīm /
kathaṃ prāpyeta paramāṃ vidyāmadvaitasaṃjñikām

p1.54

nanvalaṃ dvaitavijñānenāpakṛṣṭena sarvairadvaitavijñānaṃ
śreṣṭhamevāśrayitavyamiti cedāha - māmiti / śrīmatīṃ vidyāṃ
śrīvidyābhidhānāṃ paramāṃ śarīreṣu mūrdheva ityuktarītyā saguṇamanmūrtiṣu
sadāśivādiṣu sumukhyām / ciraṃ bahukālamanārādhya kathamadvaitavidyā
prāpyeta ? naiva prāpyeteti bhāvaḥ / vidyāṃ jñānam

p1.55

tadevādvaitavijñānaṃ kevalā yā parā citiḥ /
tasyāḥ śuddhadaśāmarśo dvaitāmarśābhibhāvakaḥ

p1.55

evaṃ dvaitajñānaṃ nirūpyāparokṣātmakaṃ paramadvaitajñānamāha -
tadeveti / kevalā dṛśyadvaitaleśavarjitā parā anavacchinnā yā citiḥ
parasvarūpatvena proktā tadevādvaitavijñānam / nanu
proktapararūpātmakakevalaciteḥ citrasya bhittirivājñānasahitajagadāśrayatvena
kathamajñānanivartakatvaṃ syāditi cedāha - tasyā iti / paraciteḥ yā
śuddhadaśā vedyābhāsasambhedavarjitarūpā jñeyavarjitasāmānyajñānarūpeti
yāvat tasyā āmarśo nirduṣṭapramāṇenāparokṣajñānam / sa
dvaitāmarśābhibhāvakaḥ dvaitaviṣayo ya āmarśo'vabhāsaḥ
tasyāprāmāṇyagrahotpādanenābhibhāvakaḥ tiraskārajanakaḥ
arthakriyotpādanānarhatvasampādaka iti yāvat / yathā hi darpaṇe jñāte
tadgatapratibimbasarpavyāghrāderbhayādyarthakriyotpādanānarhatā evamiti
tātparyam

p1.56

cittaṃ yadā svamātmānaṃ kevalaṃ hyabhisampatet /
tadevānuvibhātaṃ syād vijñānamṛṣisattamāḥ

p1.56

etadeva bhūyaḥ sphuṭatayopapādayati - cittamiti / yadā yasmin kāle kevalaṃ
dṛśyākārakalaṅkarahitaṃ parokṣato viditaṃ svaṃ svarūpabhūtamahaṃ
pratyayinamātmānamakhilāvasthānugatasāmānyacidrūpam / kevalamiti
citte'pyanveti / kevalaṃ vikalpasaṃskāravarjitaṃ dṛśyavimukho'smi
ātmābhimukho'smītyādisavikalpasamādhidaśāsthasaṃskāreṇāpi varjitamiti yāvat /
evaṃvidhaṃ cittaṃ citaḥ prasaradrūpajñānaśaktiḥ / abhisampatet abhitaḥ
paricchedavarjanena sarvataḥ samyagekībhāvasamāpattyā pate / cittasya
śuddhacidātmani majjanena tadekībhāvaprāptyā nirvikalpasamādhiryadā bhavediti
tātparyam / tataḥ samādhervyutthitasya tadeva samādhāvanubhūtaṃ
śuddhacidrūpamanuvibhātaṃ syāttadevāhamityakhaṇḍākāreṇa pratyabhijñātaṃ
syād bhavet / tadeva proktapratyabhijñānameva paraṃ vijñānamityucyata iti śeṣaḥ

p1.57

p. ३८५)
śrutito yuktito vāpi kevalātmavibhāsanam /
dehādyātmāvabhāsasya nāśanaṃ jñānamucyate

p1.57

evaṃ paraṃ jñānaṃ nirūpyāparajñānasvarūpaṃ nirūpayati - śrutita iti /
śrutitaḥ sāṅgaśravaṇena / yuktito vāpi kevalatarkeṇa vā / kevalātmano
dehādiparicchedavarjitacidātmanaḥ / vibhāsanaṃ viśeṣato niścayarūpeṇa
parokṣato yadbhāsanam / tacca kiṃvidhaṃ tadāha - dehādīti / dehaprāṇādau
paricchinne dṛśye ya ātmatvāvabhāso'haṃpratyayaḥ [k, kh:
ātmāva] tasya nāśanaṃ tatrāprāmāṇyagrāhakam
evaṃvidhakevalātmavibhāsanamaparajñānamucyate / nanu yuktito vāpīti
kevalatarkeṇa jñānopapādanamadvaitaśāstraviruddhamiti ceducyate -
śravaṇādikaṃ vinottamādhikāriṇāmanupāyākhyajñānasya
kevalatarkamātrajanitasyāgameṣvabhyupagatatvāt / yaduktam - uttamānāṃ tu
vijñānaṃ guruśāstrānapekṣaṇam iti / prasiddhāścākṛtaśravaṇā jñānino
vāmadevakarkaṭikādayaḥ

p1.58

tadeva bhavati jñānaṃ yajjñānena tu kiñcana /
bhāsamānamapi kvāpi na vibhāyāt kathañcana

p1.58

evaṃ parāparajñāne kramānnirūpya bhūyaḥ phaloddeśena [k:
phalādeśena] dvaitajñānādvivecanāya paraṃ jñānaṃ ślokapañcakenāha
- tadeveti / yatkiñcana dṛśyaṃ bhāsamānamapi kvāpi kvacidapi yajjñānena
kathañcana kenāpi prakāreṇa na vibhāyād jñātadarpaṇatattvasya
tatpratibimbamiva na pṛthaksattvena viśeṣādabādhitatvena bhāyāt tadeva paraṃ
jñānaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ

p1.59

p. ३८६)
tadevādvaitavijñānaṃ yadvijñānena kiñcana /
avijñātaṃ naiva bhavet kadācilleśato'pi ca

p1.59

yathā hi darpaṇatattvajñānena pratibimbaṃ leśato'pi kadācidapi
pratibimbakāle'nyadā vā'vijñātaṃ na bhavet tathā yadvijñānena yatkiñcanāpi
dṛśyamavijñātaṃ na bhavet tadevādvaitavijñānam

p1.60

sarvavijñānātmarūpaṃ yadvijñānaṃ bhavet khalu /
tadevādvaitavijñānaṃ paramaṃ tāpasottamāḥ

p1.60

sarveṣāṃ ghaṭādivyāvṛttaviṣayāṇāṃ paricchinnaviśeṣajñānānāṃ [k:
viṣaya] pratibimbaparicchinnadarpaṇāṃśānāṃ mahādarpaṇa ivātmarūpaṃ
yadvijñānaṃ bhavet / khalvityevārthaḥ / ātmasvarūpameva na kathañcidanyatheti
tātparyam / tadeva paramadvaitavijñānam / nanu pratyabhijñātmakaṃ jñānaṃ
kathaṃ sarvajñānātmarūpam pratyabhijñāviṣayasya śuddhacitastathātvaṃ
syāditi ceducyate -
darpaṇāntaḥpratibimbadarpaṇāntaraṃśavattayoratyantamabhedapratyayena
tathāvyavahārasambhavāt

p1.61

jāte yādṛśavijñāne saṃśayāścirasambhṛtāḥ /
vāyunevābhrajālāni vilīyante paraṃ hi tat

p1.61

yathā darpaṇatattve jñāte tatpratibimbasvarūpagatākhilasaṃśayā
darpaṇamātratvaniścayena vilīyante tathā yādṛśavijñāne jāte sati
pradhānaprakṛtikā vā sṛṣṭiḥ paramāṇuprakṛtikā veti dṛśyagatāḥ deho
vāhaṃ prāṇo vetyādidraṣṭṛgatāśca saṃśayāścirādanādikālāt sambhṛtā
hṛdi nihitā vilīyante / vāyunevābhrajālānīti vilaye vilambābhāvadyotanāya / tat
jñānam

p1.62

p. ३८७)
kāmādivāsanāḥ sarvā yasmin santi na kiñcana /
syurbhagnadaṃṣṭrāhiriva tadvijñānaṃ paraṃ smṛtam

p1.62

yathā jñātadarpaṇatattvasya tatpratibimbagatākhilakāmadveṣādivāsanāvilayaḥ
evaṃ yasmin jñāte sati dṛśyagatakāmādyakhilavāsanā na kiñcaneti
niḥsvarūpā luptā bhaveyuriti tātparyam / prārabdhādivaśāt kāścana vāsanā
aluptā api bhagnadaṃṣṭrāhiriva syuḥ / yathā hi bhagnaviṣadaṃṣṭraḥ sarpo na
maraṇādyanarthāvahaḥ tathā tā vāsanā na janmāntararūpānarthapradāḥ
tadadhigama uttarapūrvāghayoraśleṣavināśau (bra sū० ४/१/१३) iti nyāyena
tatkāmādivāsanayā kṛtakarmaphalāsaṃśleṣāt

p1.63

vijñānasya phalaṃ sarvaduḥkhānāṃ vilayo bhavet /
atyantābhayasaṃprāptirmokṣa ityucyate phalam

p1.63

evaṃ jñānaṃ nirūpya phalaṃ nirūpayati - vijñānasyeti / sarvaduḥkhānāṃ
śārīrādīnām / yadyapi sarvaduḥkhavilayaḥ suṣuptyādāvasti tathāpi
bhāviduḥkhasambhāvanayā bhayamastītyata āha - atyanteti / eṣa eva mokṣa
ityucyate

p1.64

bhayaṃ dvitīyasaṅkalpādadvaite vidite dṛḍham /
kutaḥ syād dvaitasaṅkalpastamaḥ sūryodaye yathā

p1.64

kuto'syātyantābhayasamprāptiriti cedāha - bhayamiti / ayaṃ vyāghro'yaṃ
vṛścika ityādidvitīyasaṅkalpādeva loke bhayaṃ prasiddham suṣuptau
dvaitasaṅkalpābhāvena bhayābhāvāt / advaite dṛḍha vidite sati
niḥsandigdhādvaitajñāne sati tena jñānenāvidyāyā naṣṭatvena nimittābhāvānna
punardvaitasaṅkalpa ityāha - kuta iti / yathā darpaṇādvayatattve vidite
punastatpratibimbeṣu na dvitīyatvaniścaya evaṃ prakṛte'pīti bhāvaḥ

p1.65

ṛṣayo na bhayaṃ kvāpi dvaitasaṅkalpavarjane /
ato yatphalamanyat syāttadbhayaṃ sarvathā bhavet

p1.65

bhayanimittadvaitasaṅkalpavarjane bhayasambhāvanāpi nāstītyāha - ṛsaya iti
/ kvāpi deśe kāle vā / evaṃ dvaitasaṅkalpavarjitaṃ svarūpameva phalaṃ
mokṣātmakamityuktvā svarūpātiriktasya nābhayātmakaphalatvamityāha - ata iti
/ niruktasvarūpasyaiva phalatvāt / svarūpādanyattu bhayapradatvād
bhayamevetyarthaḥ

p1.66

p. ३८८)
antavattu dvitīyaṃ syād bhūyo loke samīkṣaṇāt /
sānte bhayaṃ sarvathaivābhayaṃ tasmāt kuto bhavet

p1.66

tasya bhayapradatvameva sādhayitumāha - antavaditi / nāśavadityarthaḥ /
dvitīyam anyat / kuta etadavagatamiti cedāha - bhūya iti / loke
putrakalatragṛhadhanāderanyasyāntavattvasya bahudhā dṛṣṭatvādityarthaḥ /
ataḥ sānte naśvare sarvathaiva bhayaṃ bhavet / tato'bhayaṃ sāntāt kuto bhavet

p1.67

saṃyogo viprayogāntaḥ sarvathaiva vibhāvitaḥ /
phalayogo'pi tasmāddhi vinaśyediti niścayaḥ

p1.67

evamanyasya svarūpato'ntavattvena bhayapradatvamupapādya tatsambandhasyāpi
tathātvād bhayapradatvamahā - saṃyoga iti / sambandha ityarthaḥ /
viprayogāntaḥ viprayogo viyogaḥ svarūpanāśaḥ so'nte yasya sambandho naśvara iti
yāvat / evaṃvidhaḥ sambandhaḥ sarvairvibhāvito dṛṣṭaḥ / ataḥ phalasya yogaḥ
sambandho'pi naśyedeva

p1.68

yāvadanyat phalaṃ proktaṃ bhayaṃ tāvatprakīrtitam /
tadevābhayarūpaṃ tu phalaṃ sarve pracakṣate

p1.68

tasmādanyaphalaṃ svarūpataḥ sambandhataścānityamiti [k, kh:
sambandhatastasmādani] bhayapradamevetyāha - yāvaditi /
tasmādyadātmasvarūpādananyadeva mokṣākhyaṃ phalamadvaitaśāstroktaṃ
tadevābhayarūpaṃ phalamiti sarve paṇḍitāḥ prakṛṣṭatvena kathayantītyāha -
tadeveti / yattadeveti [kh: etade] sambandhaḥ

p1.69

p. ३८९)
yadātmano'nanyadeva phalaṃ mokṣaḥ prakīrtitaḥ /
jñātā jñānaṃ jñeyamapi phalaṃ caikaṃ yadā bhavet

p1.69

yadātmano'nanyattadevābhayarūpaṃ phalaṃ sarve pracakṣate / evaṃvidhaṃ
phalameva mokṣaḥ prakīrtita iti yojanā / mokṣākhyaṃ
phalamadvitīyātmasvarūpamevetyetadvivicya pradarśayitumāha -
jñātetyādinā / yadā jñātṛjñānajñeyaphalānāṃ bhedānavabhāsādekatvaṃ
bhavet tadetyanvayaḥ

p1.70

tadā hi paramo mokṣaḥ sarvabhītivivarjitaḥ /
jñānaṃ vikalpasaṅkalpahānaṃ mauḍhyavivarjitam

p1.70

paramaḥ dvaitaśāstraprasiddhādutkṛṣṭo mokṣo bhavet / atra hetugarbhaṃ
viśeṣaṇam - sarvabhītivivarjita iti / ito'nyo [k: yato] mokṣo na
sarvabhītivivarjita iti tātparyam / jñātrādīnāṃ
svarūpoddeśapūrvakamekatvamupapādayati - jñānamiti /
vikalpātmakādvaitaviṣayā ye saṅkalpāścittavṛttiviśeṣāḥ teṣāṃ hānaṃ
varjanaṃ yatra / etacca suṣuptyādāvapyastīti cedāha - mauḍhyavivarjitamiti /
śuddhasvarūpasphuraṇaṃ jñānamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.71

jñātuḥ svacchātmarūpaṃ tadādāvanupalakṣitam /
upalakṣaka [k: upadeśaka] evāto guruḥ śāstraṃ ca netarat

p1.71

etadeva jñātuḥ svarūpamityāha - jñāturiti / nanvevaṃvidhasvarūpameva
jñānaṃ cettadādāvapi sthitameveti cedāha - svacchātmarūpamiti /
saṅkalpamauḍhyābhyāṃ varjitaṃ svarūpaṃ pūrvaṃ na sthitamiti bhāvaḥ / nanu
jñānāntarālādinivikalpadaśāsu sthitameveti cedāha - ādāvanupalakṣitamiti /
sthitamapi tannopalakṣitaṃ na paricitam nirvikalpatvenānanubhūtatvāditi tātparyam /
ato jñānasya svasvarūpānatiriktatvād mohenānupalakṣitasvarūpasya
mohanirasanopāyenopalakṣaka eva guruḥ śāstraṃ ca / netaraditi / na
tayorvyāpārāntaramastītyarthaḥ

p1.72

p. ३९०)
etadeva hi vijñeyasvarūpābhidhīyate /
jñātṛjñānajñeyagato yāvad bhedo'vabhāsate

p1.72

etadeva saṅkalpamauḍhyavarjitaṃ saṃvidrūpameva / evaṃ
jñātṛjñānajñeyānāmekarūpatāmupapādyaitadeva jñātrādīnāṃ vāstavaṃ
rūpamityāha - jñātreti / saṅkalpāvarjanena yāvadbhedo'vabhāsate

p1.73

tāvajjñātā jñānamapi jñeyaṃ vā na bhavet kvacit /
yadā bhedo vigalito jñātrādīnāṃ mithaḥ sthitaḥ

p1.73

tāvajjñātrādīnāṃ bhāsamānaṃ svarūpaṃ na vāstavaṃ bhavedityāha -
tāvaditi / yadā sarvathā saṅkalpavarjanena jñātrādīnāṃ mitho bhāsamāno bhedo
vigalito bhavet tadā jñātrādīnāṃ satyasvarūpasampattirityanvayaḥ

p1.74

tadā jñātrādisampattiretadeva phalaṃ smṛtam /
jñātrādiphalaparyantaṃ na bhedo vastuto bhavet

p1.74

etadeveti / evaṃvidhajñātrādirūpamevetyarthaḥ / phalaṃ paramokṣākhyaṃ
smṛtam / nanu jñātṛjñeyaphalānāmaikye'pi
cittavṛttirūpapratyabhijñātmakajñānasya kathaṃ tadaikyamiti ceducyate -
cittaṃ hi jaḍaśaktyāvṛtaparicchinnacaitanyameva / tadvṛttiviśeṣo hi
pratyabhijñānamakhaṇḍacaitanyākāram / tenājñānanivṛttau
paricchedakajaḍaśaktervilayāccittattve [k: ccitte] vilīne
tatpratyabhijñānameva pūrṇacaitanyatāṃ prāptamiti tadaikyamavarjanīyameveti /
tasmānna jñātrādiphalāntānāṃ vastuto bheda ityāha - jñātrādīti

p1.75

vyavahāraprasiddhyarthaṃ bhedastatra prakalpitaḥ /
ato'pūrvaṃ labhyamatra phalaṃ nāstyeva kiñcana

p1.75

nanu tarhi kathaṃ śāstreṣu jñātrādibhedavyavahāra iti cet ? upadeśārthaṃ
prakalpita ityāha - vyavahāreti / tatra śāstreṣu / ataḥ jñātrādīnāmabhedāt

p1.76

ātmaiva māyayā jñātṛjñānajñeyaphalātmanā /
yāvadbhāti bhavettāvat saṃsāro hyacalopamaḥ

p1.76

yāvadavidyayā bhedasaṅkalpanaṃ tāvadayamavidyāvabhāsito
jananamaraṇādirūpaḥ saṃsāraḥ susthira ityāha - ātmaiveti / māyayā avidyayā

p1.77

p. ३९१)
yadā [k: yathā] kathañcidetattu bhāyād bhedavivarjitam /
saṃsāro vilayaṃ yāyācchinnābhramiva vāyunā

p1.77

yadā yasmin kāle kathañcid atidurghaṭena devatānugrahaikamūlakena
sadgurupadeśādinā / etad jñātrādivibhedāvabhāsaṃ sarvaṃ bhedavivarjitameva
bhāyāt / tadā vilayaṃ yāyāt / vilaye niḥśeṣatvavilambābhāvayordyotanāya
dṛṣṭāntaḥ - chinnābhramiti /
mahāsamudāyādvicchinnamabhrakhaṇḍamityarthaḥ

p1.78

evaṃvidhamahāmokṣe tatparatvaṃ hi sādhanam /
tatparatve tu saṃpūrṇe nānyat sādhanamiṣyate

p1.78

evaṃ phalaṃ pratipādya sādhanamāha - evamiti / mahāmokṣe pūrṇamokṣe /
tatparatvasyaiva mukhyasādhanatvaṃ vaktumāha - tatparatva iti / iṣyate
phalasādhanāyopayujyate

p1.79

apūrṇe tatparatve tu kiṃ sahasrasusādhanaiḥ /
tasmāttātparyameva syānmukhyaṃ mokṣasya sādhanam

p1.79

vyatirekato'pi mukhyatāmāha - apūrṇa iti / kiṃ sahasrasusādhanaiḥ
samyaksādhanapracayairapi na phalodaya iti bhāvaḥ / tasmād evamanvayavyatirekāt

p1.80

tātparyaṃ sarvathaitattu sādhayāmīti saṃsthitiḥ /
yastātparyeṇa saṃyuktaḥ sarvathā mukta eva saḥ

p1.80

tātaryaṃ tatparatvam / tatsvarūpamāha - sarvatheti / etattu etadeva prakṛtaṃ
mokṣākhyaṃ phalameva / etadavaśyaṃ sādhayiṣyāmīti tatsādhanasampādane
vilambāsahanaprayojakacittavṛttiviśeṣaḥ / mukta eva sa iti /
tatsādhanasyāvaśyaphalaparyantatvād muktaprāya evetyarthaḥ

p1.81

p. ३९२)
dinairmāsairvatsarairvā muktaḥ syādvā'nyajanmani /
buddhinairmalyabhedena ciraśīghravyavasthitiḥ

p1.81

phalasyāvaśyaṃbhāvitvamevāha - dinairiti / nanu kathaṃ
sādhanaparipūrtāvekākārāyāṃ kālavilambavaiṣamyamiti cedāha -
buddhinairmalyeti / buddhermālinyatāratamyena kālavilambatāratamyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.82

buddhau tu bahavo doṣāḥ santi sarvārthanāśanāḥ /
yairjanāḥ satataṃ tvevaṃ pacyante ghorasaṃsṛtau

p1.82

buddhimālinyameva nirūpayati - buddhau tviti / sarveṣāṃ
dharmādipuruṣārthānāṃ nāśanāḥ / yaiḥ doṣaiḥ / evaṃ jananamaraṇādiprāptyā /
pacyanta iti / duḥkhamanubhavantīti tātparyam

p1.83

tatrādyaḥ syādanāśvāso dvitīyaḥ kāmavāsanā /
tṛtīyo jāḍyatā proktā tridhaivaṃ dos'saṃgrahaḥ

p1.83

tāneva gaṇayati - tatreti / doṣeṣvityarthaḥ / anāśvāso'viśvāsaḥ
śāstrārtheṣvidamitthameva bhavediti dṛḍhasambhāvanā'bhāvaḥ / asyādyatvaṃ
sādhanapratibandhakeṣu mukhyatvena / kāmavāsanā viṣayābhilāṣādiḥ / jāḍyatā
jaḍatvam śāstrārthāgrahaṇanimittaṃ cittasya tamoṃ'śarūpaṃ mauḍhyam /
saṃgraha iti / vistārastveteṣāṃ śākhopaśākhā bhūto'nanta [k:
śākhāsvābhu] iti bhāvaḥ

p1.84

dvividhaḥ syādanāśvāsaḥ saṃśayaśca viparyayaḥ /
mokṣo'sti nāsti vetyādyaḥ saṃśayaḥ samudāhṛtaḥ

p1.84

ādyasyāvāntarabhedamāha - dvividha iti / tatsvarūpamevāha - mokṣa iti /
etaccopalakṣaṇaṃ muktasya punarāvṛttirasti nāsti vetyādeḥ

p1.85

nāstyeva mokṣa ityādyo bhavedatra viparyayaḥ /
etaddvayaṃ tu tātparye mukhyaṃ syāt pratibandhakam

p1.85

mokṣo nāstyeveti viparyayaḥ / ādyaśabdena punarāvṛttirastyevetyādiḥ /
evaṃvidhānāśvāsasya pratibaddhyamāha - etad dvayaṃ tviti /
dvayamevetyarthaḥ / prārabdhasyāpi sādhāraṇapratibandhakatvānmukhyamiti
[k: mukhyatvamiti]

p1.86

p. ३९३)
viparītaniścayena naśyedetad dvayaṃ kramāt /
atropāyo mukhyatamo mūlacchedo na cāparaḥ

p1.86

etannirasane upāyamāha - viparīteti / mokṣo bhavedeveti
dṛḍhasambhāvanārūpaḥ proktasaṃśayāderviparīto niścayaḥ / etad dvayaṃ
proktasaṃśayo viparyayaśca / kramāditi / niścayasya
svasaṃskārānuvṛttirūpadārḍhyatāratamyakramāt
saṃśayādisaṃskārānuvṛtteḥ kramānnāśa iti bhāvaḥ / saṃśayaviparyayasattve
kathaṃ niścayodaya iti cet sādhanamāha - atreti / niścaye ityarthaḥ

p1.87

anāśvāsasya mūlaṃ tu viruddhatarkacintanam /
tatparityajya sattarkāvartanasya prasādhane

p1.87

ko'yaṃ mūlaccheda iti cedāha - anāśvāsasyeti / āśvāsaviruddhatarkacintanam
/ tad viruddhatarkacinaṃ [g: tad viruddhatarkacinatanan nāsti] parityajya /
sattarkasya proktasambhāvanātmakāśvāsānukūlatarkasya / āvartanasya
prasādhanamabhyasanaṃ tadanuvartanānukūlamānasavyāpāraḥ / tasmin kṛte sati

p1.88

viparīto niścayaḥ syād mūlacchedanapūrvakaḥ /
tataḥ śraddhāsamudayādanāśvāsaḥ praṇaśyati

p1.88

viparītaniścayaḥ proktasambhāvanārūpaḥ / mūlacchedanapūrvakaḥ
viparītatarkanimittasaṃskāracchedanapūrvakaḥ / tataḥ tadanantaram / śraddhāyāḥ
proktabhāvanāyā udayāt / atra viparītaniścayarūpabhāvanaiva dṛḍha / satī
śradhetyucyate / praṇaśyati nivartate

p1.89

kāmādivāsanā buddheḥ śravaṇe pratibandhikā /
kāmādivāsanāviṣṭā buddhirnaiva pravartate

p1.89

dvitīyadoṣapratibaddhyamāha - kāmādīti / buddheḥ pratibandhikā /
śrutārthasya buddhāvanavatāranimittam / gurūktārthe sā buddhirnaiva pravartate
tamarthaṃ naiva gṛhṇāti

p1.90

p. ३९४)
loke'pi kāmī kāmyasya sadā dhyānaikatatparaḥ /
puraḥsthitaṃ na paśyecca śrotroktaṃ śṛṇuyānna ca

p1.90

atrārthe lokaprasiddhimupapādayati - loke'pīti / kāmyasya kāmitasya
strīdhanādeḥ / śrotroktaṃ karṇe uccaritamapi śabdaṃ na śṛṇuyāt

p1.91

kāmādivāsitasyaivaṃ śrutaṃ cāśrutasammitam /
kāmādivāsanā tasmājjayed vairāgyasampadā

p1.91

tasmāt kāmādivāsitasya kāmādivāsanāviṣṭacittasya / evaṃ
proktadhyānatatparatvāt / śrutamapi hṛdayānārohādaśrutena sammitaṃ tulyaṃ
bhavet / tasmāt śravaṇapratibandhakatvāt / vairāgyasya vaitṛṣṇyasya sampadā
sampattyā jayet

p1.92

santi kāmakrodhamukhā vāsanāstu sahasraśaḥ /
tatra kāmo mūlabhūtastannāśe nahi kiñcana

p1.92

kāmādivāsanetyatrādipadārthaṃ kāmavāsanāyā mukhyatvaṃ cāha - santīti /
kāmavāsanā krodhavāsanā / ādyarthakamukhapadena [k, kh: mukhya]
lobhamadamātsaryādivāsanāḥ / kāmo viṣayecchā / krodho'yaṃ me'pakārī sarvathā
hantavya ityādicittavṛttiḥ / tattadviṣayadarśanamātreṇa jhaṭiti
kāmādyudbhavanimittaḥ saṃskāraścittagato vāsaneti jñeyam / krodhādīnāṃ
kāmamūlakatvāt kāmo mukhya ityāha - tatreti / tāsu vāsanāsvityarthaḥ / nahi
kiñcana krodhādikaṃ bhavediti śeṣaḥ

p1.93

tato vairāgyasaṃyogād [g: saṃpanno] nāśayet kāmavāsanām /
āśā hi kāmaḥ saṃprokta etanme syāditi sthitā

p1.93

tataḥ kāmasya mukhyatvāt / kāmasvarūpamāha - āśeti / iti sthitā āśā

p1.94

śakyeṣu sthūlabhūtā sā sūkṣmā'śakyeṣu saṃsthitā /
dṛḍhavairāgyayogena sarvāṃ tāṃ pravināśayet

p1.94

tasyānantatāmāha - śakyeṣviti / prāptuṃ śakyeṣu strīdhanādiṣu /
sthūlabhūtā idaṃ me syāditīcchārūpā / aśakyeṣu brahmāṇḍabhedanādiṣu /
sūkṣmā proktasaṃskārarūpā / dṛḍhavairāgyayogena sārvakālikasya
śmaśānavairāgyādibhinnatīvravairāgyasya yogena sampattyā / sarvāṃ sthūlāṃ
sūkṣmāṃ ca / tāṃ vāsanām

p1.95

p. ३९५)
tatra mūlaṃ kāmyados'parāmarśaḥ pratikṣaṇam /
vaimukhyaṃ viṣayebhyaśca vāsanā nāśayediti

p1.95

tatra dṛḍhavairāgye / kāmyasya strīdhanāderbhogyaviṣayasya doṣaḥ
[naśvaratvarūpaḥ nāśena duḥkhapradatvarūpaḥ
saṃbhāvitanāśānusandhānena bhayahetutvādirūpaśca doṣa iti granthayojanā /
] naśvaratva-nāśena duḥkhapradatva-saṃbhāvita##-
(naśvaratvena nāśena duḥkhapradatvena sambhāvitanāśānusandhānena
bhayahetutvādirūpaḥ) ityevaṃ koṣṭhake sthāpitaḥ pāṭho dṛśyate kapustake
/ mūlamātṛkāyāṃ ṭippaṇīrūpeṇa sthitaḥ syāditi saṃbhāvyate /] tasya
parāmarśo'nusandhānam / viṣayebhyo vaimukhyaṃ
viṣayasvarūpasyānusandhānābhāvo dehayātrānupayuktādhikāsevanaṃ ca

p1.96

yastṛtīyo buddhidoṣo jāḍyarūpo vyavasthitaḥ /
asādhyaḥ so'bhyāsamukhaiḥ sarvathā ṛṣisattamāḥ

p1.96

jāḍyarūpaḥ prākkṛtaduṣkarmanimittakatamoṃ'śapracuratā /
abhyāsādyairnivartayitumasādhyaḥ

p1.97

yena tātparyataścāpi śrutaṃ buddhimanāruhet /
tajjāḍyaṃ hi mahān doṣaḥ puruṣārthavināśanaḥ

p1.97

astu kiṃ tenaikena ? anyasādhanapauṣkalyāt phalaṃ bhaviṣyatīti cedāha -
yeneti / sthitena jāḍyenetyarthaḥ / cakārāditaranikhilasādhanasaṃgrahaḥ /
puruṣārthasyājñānanivṛttermokṣasya vā / vināśanaḥ pratibandhakaḥ

p1.98

tatrātmadevatāsevāmṛte nānyaddhi kāraṇam /
sevāyāstāratamyena jāḍyaṃ tasya harāmyaham

p1.98

tatra jāḍyanāśane / mamātmadevatārūpāyāḥ sevāṃ japapūjādhyānādirūpām
ṛte vinā

p1.99

p. ३९६)
jāḍyālpānalpabhāvena sadyo vā parajanmani /
bhavettasya phalaprāptirjāḍyasaṃyuktacetasaḥ

p1.99

jāḍyālpeti / jāḍyālpatve sevānalpatve sadyaḥ jāḍyasevayoralpatve'nalpatve vā
cirakālāt jāḍyānalpatve [k, kh: jāḍyālpatve] sevālpatve parajanmani
iti vivekaḥ

p1.100

sarvasādhanasampattirmamaiva praṇidhānataḥ /
upayāti ca yo bhaktyā sarvadā māmakaitavāt

p1.100

evaṃ jāḍyanāśe matsevāheturityuktvā jāḍyarahitānāmapyetadāvaśyakamityāha
- sarveti / sarveṣāṃ tatparatvavāsanānāśādirūpāṇāṃ satsaṅgādīnāṃ ca
sādhanānāṃ sampattiḥ / praṇidhānataḥ dyānādirūpasevanāt / bhavediti śeṣaḥ /
etadeva spaṣṭamāha - upayātīti / sevata ityarthaḥ / bhaktyā
anavacchinnānurāgeṇa / akaitavādakāpaṭyāt niṣkāmanayeti bhāvaḥ

p1.101

sa sādhanapratyanīkaṃ vidhūyāśu kṛtī bhavet /
yastu māmīśvarīṃ sarvabuddhiprasarakāriṇīm

p1.101

sa evaṃvidhopāsakaḥ / pratyanīkaṃ vighnam / kṛtī kṛtārthaḥ / yaḥ sādhakaḥ /
sarveṣāṃ buddheḥ prasaraḥ pravṛttiḥ tatkaraṇaśīlām

p1.102

anādṛtya sādhanaikaparaḥ syād mūḍhabhāvataḥ /
pade pade vihanyeta phalaṃ prāpyeta vā na vā

p1.102

anādṛtya anupagamya / ata eva mūḍhabhāvanaḥ mūḍhacittaḥ / vihanyeta
vighnairhato bhavet / phalaprāptāvapi saṃśaya evetyāha - phalamiti

p1.103

tasmāttu ṛṣayo mukhyaṃ tātparyaṃ sādhanaṃ bhavet /
evaṃ tātparyavāneva sādhakaḥ paramaḥ smṛtaḥ

p1.103

sādhananirūpaṇamupasaṃharati - tasmāditi / tātparyavataḥ phalābhāvasya
buddhidoṣakṛtatvāditi bhāvaḥ / vairāgyaśamādikaṃ pratibandhanivartakam /
devatopāsanaṃ kāryasādhāraṇakāraṇam / atastatparatvamevātra mukhyaṃ
kāraṇamiti bhāvaḥ / sādhakamāha - evamiti / proktamukhyatātparyavāneva
mukhyasādhaka ityarthaḥ

p1.104

p. ३९७)
tatra madbhaktiyuktastu sādhakaḥ sarvapūjitaḥ /
siddhirātmavyavasitirdehānātmatvabhāvanā

p1.104

tatra tatparatāvatsu / madbhaktiyuktaḥ mayayanuraktaḥ matsevāpara iti yāvat /
sarvapūjitaḥ sādhakottama ityarthaḥ / tatsādhanasyāvaśyakaphalāntatvāt / evaṃ
sādhakamuktvā siddhiṃ nirūpayati - siddhiriti / ātmano vyavasitirvyavasāyo
niścayaḥ / sā vyavasitiḥ kiṃvidheti cedāha - deheti / dehe
dehādāvanātmatvabhāvanaṃ yataḥ
śuddhātmasvarūpaniścayāddehaprāṇādāvanātmatvābhimāno bhavediti
tātparyam

p1.105

ātmatvabhāvanaṃ nūnaṃ śarīrādiṣu saṃsthitam /
tadabhāvanamātraṃ tu siddhirmauḍhyavivarjitam

p1.105

etadeva [k, kh: tadeva] punarviśadayati - ātmatveti / ātmatvasya
bhāvanamanuvṛttānubhavasaṃskārarūpo'bhimānaḥ / sarveṣāṃ sadā saṃsthitam /
tadabhāvanamiti / śarīrādāvātmatvasyābhāvanaṃ viparītaniścayena
tatsaṃskārānuvṛttyucchedanam / etanmātrameva siddhiḥ /
nanvevaṃvidhasaṃskārānuvṛttyabhāvaḥ suṣuptāvastīti cedāha -
mauḍhyavivarjitamiti / yadyapi suṣuptāvapyasti saṃskārastathāpi tasya
vilīnatvenocchinnaprāyatvam jñeyam / yadvā
prakṛtilayarūpasāṃkhyādimokṣavyāvṛttyarthamiti jñeyam

p1.106

ātmā vyavasitaḥ sarvairapi no kevalātmanā /
ata eva tu samprāptā mahānarthaparamparā

p1.106

dehānātmabhāvane viśeṣeṇa phalamupapādayati - ātmeti / sarvairapi
vyavasitaḥ / no kevalātmanā na dehādivyavacchedena kintu dehādimayatvena / ata
eva dehādyavivekādeva sarvairajñaiḥ kintu dehādimayatvena / ata eva
dehādyavivekādeva sarvairajñaiḥ prāptā

p1.107

tasmāt kevalacinmātraṃ yad dehādyavabhāsakam /
tanmātrātmavyavasitiḥ sarvasaṃśayanāśinī

p1.107

tasmāt avivekasyānarthahetutvāt / yatprakāśena dehaprāṇādyavabhāsate
evaṃvidhaṃ yatkevalaṃ cinmātraṃ tanmātre ātmavyavasitirahaṃvimarśaḥ /
sarveṣāṃ svātmarūpādiviṣayāṇāṃ saṃśayānāṃ nāśinī siddhirityucyata
ityanvayaḥ / evaṃ ca cidātmanaḥ svaprakāśarūpatvena sarvadā'hamiti
bhāsamānatvānnāpūrvaṃ tasya bhāsanam api tu dehādyavivekena bhāsamānasya
tadvivekena tadabhāvanameva siddhiriti

p1.108

p. ३९८)
siddhirityucyate prājñairnātaḥ siddhiranantarā /
siddhayaḥ khecaratvādyā aṇimādyāstathaiva ca

p1.108

ataḥ ātmavyavasitirūpasiddheḥ / anantarā etadanantaraṃ phalatvena labhyā nāsti /
nanu khecaratvādisiddhayo'nyāḥ santīti cedāha - siddhaya iti /
khecaratvaparakāyapraveśādyā aṇimalaghimādyāḥ

p1.109

ātmavijñānasiddhestu kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm /
tāḥ sarvāstu paricchinnāḥ siddhayo deśakālataḥ

p1.109

naitadaṃśenāpi tāḥ samā ityāha - ātmeti / kalā ṣoḍaśo'śaḥ / tatsāmyamapi
nārhantītyarthaḥ / kuta evamiti cedāha - tā iti / khecaratvādyāḥ tāsāṃ
brahmāṇḍāntarbrahmakalpaparyantameva sattvamiti deśakālaparicchinnāḥ

p1.110

iyaṃ syādaparicchinnāḥ svātmavidyā śivātmikā /
svātmavidyāsādhaneṣu tāḥ sarvāḥ supratiṣṭhitāḥ

p1.110

iyamātmajñānarūpā siddhiḥ / svātmeti /
pūrṇacidānandarūpaśivātmakasvātmajñānarūpatvānna
kāladeśavyavadhānamiti bhāvaḥ / tāsāmetadantarbhūtatvaṃ nirūpayati -
svātmeti / tāḥ siddhayaḥ / tāsāmetadantarbhūtatvaṃ nirūpayati - svātmeti / tāḥ
siddhayaḥ / supratiṣṭhitāḥ jñānasādhanaikadeśasādhyā evetyarthaḥ

p1.111

ātmavidyāvidhāvetāstvantarāyaprayojakāḥ /
kiṃ tābhirindrajālātmasiddhitulyābhirīhitam

p1.111

nanvevaṃ cejjñāniṣu tāḥ siddhayaḥ kuto na dṛśyanta iti cedāha -
ātmavidyeti / ātmavidyāyā vidhau prāptau etāḥ siddhayaḥ antarāyasya vighnasya
prayojakāḥ nimittabhūtāḥ / atastīvramumukṣūṇāmantarāyarūpāsu tāsu na
pravṛttiriti bhāvaḥ / kuta evaṃvidhamahāphaleṣu na pravṛttiriti cedāha -
kiṃ tābhiriti / indrajālarūpasiddhitulyābhiḥ phalgubhistābhiḥ
khecaratvādisiddhibhirīhitamīpsitaṃ mokṣākhyaṃ prāpyate kim ? nāpyata
ityarthaḥ

p1.112

p. ३९९)
yasya sākṣād brhmapadamapi syāttṛṇasammitam /
kiyantyetāḥ siddhayo vai kālakṣapaṇahetavaḥ

p1.112

kuta etadalaukikaṃ khecaratvādyapyanīhitamiti cedāha - yasyeti / mumukṣoḥ
brahmapadaṃ satyalokaḥ sākṣāt prāptamapīti śeṣaḥ / saṃmitaṃ tulyam / tasyaitāḥ
siddhayaḥ kiyanti jñānāntarāyatvena kālakṣapaṇahetavaḥ

p1.113

tasmāt siddhirnetarā syādātmavijñānasiddhitaḥ /
yayā'tyantaśokanāśo bhavedānandasāndratā

p1.113

tasmāt phalgutvād vijñānasiddheranyā'dhikānāsyevetyarthaḥ / kuta iti
cedasādhāraṇaṃ jñānaphalamāha - yayeti / jñānasiddhyetyarthaḥ /
ānandasāndratā ānandaikarasatā

p1.114

saiva siddhirnetarā tu mṛtyugrāsavimocinī /
iyamātmajñānasiddhirvividhābhyāsabhedataḥ

p1.114

saiva evaṃvidhaphaladaiva / mṛtyorgrasanaṃ grāsaḥ / tadvimocanaṃ
nānyasiddheriti bhāvaḥ / evaṃ siddhiṃ nirūpya tasyāḥ pūrṇatvarūpapākaṃ
vaktumupakramate - iyamiti / abhyāsasya bhedatastāratamyāt

p1.115

buddhinairmalyabhedācca paripākavibhedataḥ /
saṃkṣepastu trividhā cottamā madhyamā'dhamā

p1.115

buddhīti / abhyāsasya buddhinairmalyasya ca tāratamyād
jñānasiddhiparipāko'pyuttamādibhedena vividhaḥ /
dehādyatiriktaśuddhacidrūpasyāhamiti pratyakṣavimarśanaṃ jñānasiddhiḥ /
tasyābhyāsaḥ tadekākāravimarśadhārānurūpaḥ paripākabheda iti bhāvaḥ

p1.116

p. ४००)
loke dvijānāmṛṣayaḥ paṭhitaśrutisammitā [k: paṭhitā śruti] /
medhayā ca mahābhyāsād vyāpāraśatasaṃkulā

p1.116

etadeva nirūpayituṃ dṛṣṭāntamāha - loka iti / ṛṣaya iti sambodhanam /
dvijānāṃ yā paṭhitā dhāraṇādhyayanena samyag dhṛtā śrutirvedaḥ tatsaṃmitā
tattulyā / paṭhitaśrutestraividhyamāha - medhayeti / dhāraṇāvatyā
buddhyetyarthaḥ / abhyāsa āvartanādirūpaḥ

p1.117

apyaskhalitavarṇā yā paṭhitā śrutiruttamā /
samāhitasya vyāpāre'samāhitasya cānyadā

p1.117

apīti / atimedhāvatātiśayābhyāsena dhṛtā śrutiḥ vyāpāraśatasaṅkulāpi
paṭhanasamaye'nekavyāpāraṃ kurvato'pi askhalitavarṇā / varṇetyupalakṣaṇaṃ
svarasyāpi / varṇasvaraviparyayarahitā yā śrutiḥ paṭhitā sottamā / vyāparakāle
samāhitasya śrutyānupūrvīgatacittasyā'vyāpāre'samāhitasya yā'skhalitā sā
madhyamā

p1.118

pūrvavadyā'pyaskhalitā paṭhitā madhyamā śrutiḥ /
yā sadā hyanusandhānayogādeva bhavettathā

p1.118

pūrvavad varṇādiṣvaskhalitā yā śrutiḥ / anusandhānayogāt samāhitatvādeva /
tathā askhalitā

p1.119

paṭhitā śrutiratyantāskhalitā tvadhamā [k: madhyamā] hi sā /
evamevātmavijñānasiddhiruktā tridharṣayaḥ

p1.119

adhamā / dṛṣṭāntamupapādya dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evameveti

p1.120

yā mahāvyavahāreṣu pratisandhānavarjane /
anyadā tadvarjane vā sarvadā pratisandhitaḥ

p1.120

yā jñānasiddhiḥ jñānasthitiḥ / mahāvyavahāreṣu rājyakṛtyādirūpavyāpāreṣu
satsvapi / pratisandhānavarjane samāhitatvābhāve'pi / anyadā vyāpārābhāve
pratisandhānavarjane / sarvadā pratisandhāne satyeva / anyūnādhikabhāvā
syādityanvayaḥ

p1.121

p. ४०१)
anyūnādhikabhāvā syātsottamā madhyamā'dhamā /
atrottamaiva saṃsiddheḥ parā kāṣṭhā nirūpitā

p1.121

anyūneti / avismaraṇādinaikarūpateti tātparyam / sā jñānasiddhistrayāṇāṃ
kramāduttamā madhyamā'dhamā cetyarthaḥ / atra tisṛṣu jñānasiddhiṣu madhye
uttamaiva jñānasiddheḥ parā kāṣṭhā

p1.122

svapnādiṣvapyavasthāsu yadā syātparamā sthitiḥ /
vicārakṣaṇatulyeva siddhiḥ sā paramottamā

p1.122

evaṃ jñānasiddheḥ parāṃ kāṣṭhāṃ sadṛṣṭāntaṃ nirūpya bhūya etadeva
prakārāntaraiḥ svagataparagatatatsidherjñānāya nirūpayati - svapnetyādi /
ādyaśabdena bāhyasaṅkalpāvasthā / vicārakṣaṇasadṛśī
śarīrādyahaṃbhāvavarjanena śuddhacinmātrāhaṃbhāvarūpā

p1.123

sarvatra vyavahāreṣu yatnāt saṃskārabodhataḥ /
yadā pravṛttiḥ siddheḥ sā parā kāṣṭhā samīritā

p1.123

svataḥ pravṛttau saṃskāro na prabudhyate / kintu āhāryajñāna iva svaprayatnena
saṃskārodbodhena yadā pravṛttiḥ

p1.124

ayatnenaiva parame sthitiḥ saṃvedanātmani /
avyāhatā yadā siddhistadā kāṣṭhāṃ samāgatā

p1.124

ayatnenaiveti / yathā hi laukikānāmayatnenaiva bāhyapravṛttiḥ tathā
saṃvedanātmani parame dehādyanavacchinne avyāhatā'vicchinna sthitiḥ

p1.125

vyavahāraparo bhāvān paśyannapi na paśyati /
dvaitaṃ tadā hi sā siddhiḥ pūrṇatāmabhisaṅgatā

p1.125

evaṃ svagate jñānasiddhiparākāṣṭhājñānāya tatprakāramuktvā
paragatajñānāyāha - vyavahāreti / bhāvān paśyannapi dvaitaṃ na paśyati /
dvaitādarśanaprayuktavyavahāraskhālityaṃ kādācitkamanyairjñātuṃ śakyameva

p1.126

jāgarādau vyavaharannapi nidritavad yadā /
sthitistadā hi sā siddhiḥ pūrṇatāmabhisaṅgatā

p1.126

jāgarādāviti / pūrvottarānusandhānasya vicchedānnidritavat sthitiḥ

p1.127

p. ४०२)
evaṃ siddhimanuprāptaḥ siddheṣūttama ucyate /
vyavahāraparo nityaṃ na samādhiṃ vimuñcati

p1.127

mukhyabhūtaṃ caramapraśnaṃ prativadati - evamiti /
proktaparākāṣṭhātmakajñānasiddhimanuprāptaḥ / mukhyapraśnārthatvād bhūyo
bahuprakārairetannirūpayati - vyavahāreti / vyavahāraparasyāpi na
samādhiviccheda iti bhāvaḥ

p1.128

kadācidapi medhāvī sa sidheṣūttamo mataḥ /
jñānināṃ vividhānāṃ ca sthitiṃ jānāti sarvadā

p1.128

kadācinna muñcatīti sambandhaḥ / medhāvī evaṃvidhadhāraṇāprakarṣavān /
vividhānām uttamamadhyamādīnāṃ sarvadā vidyamānāṃ sthitiṃ jānāti

p1.129

svānubhūtyā svāntareva sa siddheṣūttamo mataḥ /
saṃśayo vāpi kāmo vā yasya nāstyeva leśataḥ

p1.129

svānubhūtyeti / aheḥ pādānivāhaya iti nyāyena svāntaḥsthitasarvasthityanubhavena /
saṃśaya iti / tanmūlāvidyāyā naṣṭatvāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.130

nirbhayo vyavahāreṣu sa siddheṣūttamo mataḥ /
sarvaṃ sukhañca duḥkhañca vyavahārañca jāgatam

p1.130

nirbhaya iti / hānilābhādyanusandhānābhāvāditi bhāvaḥ / vyavahāraṃ
darśanasparśanādirūpaṃ jagatsambandhi

p1.131

svātmanyevābhijānāti sa siddheṣūttamo mataḥ /
atyantaṃ baddhamātmānaṃ muktaṃ cāpi prapaśyati

p1.131

svātmanīti / darpaṇavajjagadvyavahārapratibimbāśrayatvena svātmano jñātatvāt /
atyanteti / svātmanaḥ sāmānyacidrūpatvena jñātatvāt svātmatādātmyāpannameva
sarvaṃ baddhaṃ muktaṃ ca jīvaṃ paśyati / tasya sarvānusyūtatvena sarvātmatvāt

p1.132

p. ४०३)
yaḥ svātmani tu sarvātmā sa siddheṣūttamo mataḥ /
yaḥ paśyan bandhajālāni sarvadā svātmani sphuṭam

p1.132

svasya sarvātmatvena sarvādhiṣṭhānatvena sarvajīvabandhaṃ svātmani jānannapi
tdasatyatvaniścayānmikṣaṃ nāpekṣate

p1.133

mokṣaṃ nāpekṣate kvāpi sa siddheṣūttamo mataḥ /
siddhottamo'hameveha na bhedastvāvayoḥ kvacit

p1.133

kvāpi kadācidapi / siddhottamaṃ stauti - siddhottama iti / iha jagati

p1.134

etadva ṛṣayaḥ proktaṃ suspaṣṭamanuyuktayā /
etanmayoktaṃ vijñāya na kvacit parimuhyati

p1.134

upasaṃharati - etaditi / praśnānāmuttaramityarthaḥ / anuyuktayā pṛṣṭayā /
jano na parimuhyati

p1.135

ityuktvā sā parā vidyā virarāma bhṛgūdvaha /
śrutvaitadṛṣayaḥ sarvaṃ sandehamapahāya ca

p1.135

vidyāgītāmupasaṃharati - ityuktveti / apahāya tyaktvā

p1.136

natvā śivādīn lokeśān jagmuḥ svaṃ svaṃ niveśanam /
vidyāgītā mayaiṣā te proktā pāpaughanāśinī

p1.136

niveśanaṃ sthānam / gītāṃ stauti - pāpauheti / śrutā arthato'vagatā
pāpaughānāśinī

p1.137

śrutā vicāritā samyak svātmasāmrājyadāyinī /
vidyāgītā'tyuttameyaṃ sākṣādvidyānirūpitā

p1.137

vicāritā bhūyo mananena hṛdayaṅgamīkṛtā / svātmasāmrājyaṃ
pūrṇānandasvarūpātmikā muktiḥ / itaragītābhyo'tyuttamā / tatra hetuḥ -
sākṣādvidyeti / anyagītānirūpakaśrīkṛṣṇādeḥ śarīritvena
samāyatvasambhavāditi dhyeyam

p1.138

paṭhatāṃ pratyahaṃ prītā jñānaṃ diśati sā svayam /
saṃsāratimirāmbhodhau majjatāṃ taraṇirbhavet

p1.138

jñātumasamarthānāṃ kevalaṃ paṭhatāmapi vidyāprasādena kramāt phalaṃ
syādityāha - paṭhatāmiti /
saṃsāranimittāvidyātmakāndhakārasamudramagnānāmuddhāreṇa tārakamityāha
- saṃsāreti / taraṇirnaukā sūryo vā

p1.1

p. ४०४)
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe vidyāgītānāma viṃśatitamo'dhyāyaḥ //
yathāmati mayā gītā vidyoktā vivṛtā kramāt /
śrīvidyāpādakamale samyag bhūyāt samarpitā //
kvāhaṃ mandamatirvidyāgītā kva gahanāśayā /
yatno'yaṃ svātmaśuddhyarthaṃ tatsaṃsargānmayā kutaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
vidyāgītāvyākhyānaṃ viṃśatitamo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ४०५)
śrutvetthaṃ bhārgavo rāmo dattātreyamunīritam /
avidyājālavibhrāntermuktaprāyo babhūva ha

p1.1

atra varipapadyaistu mukhyaṃ jñānasya sādhanam /
lakṣaṇaṃ śāstratattvaṃ ca praśnottaratayoditam //
bhārgavapraśnamavatārayati - śrutvetthamiti / sandehaśeṣasya
vidyamānatvādāha - muktaprāya iti

p1.2

punaḥ papracchātrisutaṃ kiñcinnatvā subhaktitaḥ /
bhagavan brūhi vijñānasādhanaṃ [kh: vijñānaṃ] suviniścitam

p1.2

kiñcit papraccha

p1.3

sārabhūtaṃ ca sulabhaṃ yat sākṣāt phaladāyakam /
jñānināṃ lakṣaṇaṃ cāpi yena jñāsyāmi tān drutam

p1.3

prāksādhanaṃ bhūyaḥ proktamiti cedāha - sārabhūtamityādi / tān jñāninaḥ

p1.4

jñānināṃ dehasaṃyoge viyoge ca sthitiṃ tathā [k: yathā] /
vyavahāraṃ kurvatāṃ cāpyanāsaktaṃ manaḥ katham

p1.4

dehasaṃyogetyādi / dehasaṃyogaviyogayoḥ [k: viyoga nāsti]
dehabhānābhānayoḥ sthitiṃ dehadvārā vyavahāraṃ kurvatāṃ jñāninām
anāsaktaṃ vāsanārahitam

p1.5

etat sarvaṃ sukṛpayā spaṣṭaṃ me vaktumarhasi /
evamatrisutaḥ pṛṣṭo jamadagnisutena vai

p1.5

etatsarvaṃ sādhanādikam

p1.6

santuṣṭaḥ prāha karuṇāsindhuḥ sambodhya bhārgavam /
śṛṇu rāma pravakṣyāmi rahasyaṃ jñānasādhanam

p1.6

samyakpraśnena bhaktiyuktena santuṣṭaḥ / rahasyaṃ śāstreṣvaprasiddham

p1.7

p. ४०६)
jñānasya sādhanaṃ mukhyaṃ devatānugrahaḥ paraḥ /
yaḥ sarvabhāvataḥ svātmadevatāmupasaṅgataḥ

p1.7

paraḥ mukhyo'nugrahaḥ / ayaṃ me paramabhaktaḥ etadvāñchitamavaśyaṃ
pūraṇīyamiti svīyatvena grahaṇam / anugrahe kāraṇamāha - sarvabhāvata iti /
vāṅmanaḥkarmabhiḥ / upasaṅgataḥ sāmīpyaṃ samyakprāptaḥ
satatamatyaktadevatābhāvana iti tātparyam / japadhyānakarmaikaparaḥ
svātmadevatāṃ svāntaryāmitayā sthitām

p1.8

tasya jñānaṃ susulabhaṃ bhavatīti viniścayaḥ /
etat sarvottamaṃ rāma proktaṃ jñānasya sādhanam

p1.8

tasya proktadevatātatparasya / etat devatātatparatvam / rahasyaśāstreṣu proktam

p1.9

anyānapekṣametattu phalasaṃsādhane kṣamam /
etadvihāyānyadatra na samyak phaladaṃ bhavet

p1.9

sarvottamatvamupapādayati - anyeti / etat tatparatvam / turavadhāraṇe
etadevetyarthaḥ / kṣamaṃ samartham / etat tatparatvam / anyat śravaṇādi / na
samyakphaladam / devatānugrahaṃ vinā kevalaśravaṇādyaiḥ phalaparyavasāyi
jñānaṃ na bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.10

śṛṇvatra kāraṇaṃ rāma sakāraṇamidaṃ bhavet /
vijñānaṃ kevalacitiryā sarvasyāvabhāsikā

p1.10

atra anugrahaṃ vinā na phalamityatra / idaṃ tatparatvenāvaśyaṃ phalamiti /
sakāraṇaṃ dṛṣṭakāraṇayutam / etadevopapādayati - vijñānamiti /
phalabhūtaṃ vijñānam / sarvāvabhāsikā kevalā sāmānyā citiḥ

p1.11

tasyāvabhāsarūpāyāḥ kalpitāvaraṇaṃ tu yat /
vicārāt tadapohena tatsvarūpopalakṣaṇam

p1.11

tasyāḥ svaprakāśātmabhūtāyāḥ kathaṃ phalatvamiti cedāha - tasyā iti /
sandhirārṣaḥ / citeḥ svasvātantryaparikalpitaṃ yadāvaraṇavidyākhyam /
vicārācchravaṇādirūpāt / tasyāvaraṇasyāpohena nāśena / tasyāḥ kevalaciteḥ
svarūpasyopalakṣaṇaṃ so'hamiti pratyabhijñānaṃ syāt

p1.12

p. ४०७)
taccānyeṣāṃ bahirbhāvatatparāṇāṃ sudurlabham /
bhaktānāmanyaparatāhānena tatparatvataḥ

p1.12

tacca svarūpopalakṣaṇaṃ ca / cakāreṇa phalaṃ kevalātmanā sthityādi /
devatāparāṇāṃ kathaṃ sulabhamiti cedāha - bhaktānāmiti

p1.13

sulabhaṃ śīghrasamprāpyaṃ bhavatyeva suniścitam /
devatātatparastvevaṃ bhūtvā svalpānyasādhanaḥ

p1.13

sulabhamiti / strīdhanādibahirbhāvaparāṇāṃ manaso bahirmukhatvena durlabham
svātmadevatāparāṇāṃ manaso bahirmukhatvābhāvāt sulabhamiti bhāvaḥ /
devatātatparasya sulabhatayaiva jñānatatphalodayakramamāha - devateti / evaṃ
vāṅmanaḥkarmabhirdevatātatparo bhūtvā svalpāni tātkālikāni
vairāgyādyanyasādhanāni yasya

p1.14

jñātvā kathañcidātmānamanyān prati nirūpayet /
nirūpayan sadā rāma samāveśaṃ samāpnuyāt

p1.14

kathañcit parokṣato'parokṣato vā / anyān jijñāsūn / sadā sarvakāle / samāveśaṃ
tadākāracittatām

p1.15

evaṃ nirūpaṇādyaistu samāveśe dṛḍhe sati /
śivatāmāpya taccittaṃ harṣodvegavivarjitam

p1.15

evaṃ samāviṣṭamanasā / nirūpaṇādyaiḥ nirūpaṇasvarūpānusandhānaiḥ /
samāveśasya dārḍhyam aprayatnena cittasya tadākāratām / śivatāṃ
śuddhacidātmaikarūpatām / ata eva harṣodvegavivarjitam

p1.16

yatra yatra vrajati tat sarvaṃ tacchivasātkṛtam /
karotyuttamavijñānī jīvanmuktapadasthitaḥ

p1.16

yatra yatra dṛśye / taccittam / tad dṛśyaṃ sarvaṃ śivasātkṛtaṃ
śivaikarūpaṃ karoti / dṛśyasambandhe'pi [k, kh: dṛśye]
cidātmākāratāṃ na parityajatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.17

tasmāt subhaktiyogenānyebhyo bhūyo nirūpaṇam /
śreṣṭhaṃ sādhanametattu nānyadetatsamaṃ bhavet

p1.17

tasmād evaṃrītyā mahāphalaprāpteḥ / etatsamaṃ
bhaktiyogapūrvakadevatātatparatayā saha svātmatattvanirūpaṇasamam

p1.18

p. ४०८)
bhaktyā nirūpaṇasamaṃ na bhavedanyasādhanam /
jñānināṃ lakṣaṇaṃ rāma durvijñeyaṃ bhavet khalu

p1.18

dvitīyapraśnottaraṃ vaktumāha - jñānināmiti

p1.19

yataḥ sarvāntaraṃ tattu netravāgādyagocaram /
na nirūpayituṃ śakyaṃ lakṣituṃ vā'paraiḥ kvacit

p1.19

jñāninaḥ śuddhacinmātrarūpeṇāvasthitatvāt tatsvarūpaṃ dehādeḥ
sarvasyāntaram / ata evāha - netretyādi / ata evāha - na nirūpayitumiti /
lakṣituṃ lakṣaṇayuktatvena jñātum

p1.20

yathā śāstrajñatā loke tvanyairna jñāyate kvacti /
dehavastrabhūṣaṇādyairevamanyairna vedyate

p1.20

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / jñānitvaṃ na vedyate

p1.21

vidvatā hi svasaṃvittimātravedyā na cānyathā /
yathā saṃsvāditarasarasajñatvaṃ hi bhārgava

p1.21

yathā madhurādirasajñatā svānubhavamātravedyaivaṃ jñānitvamapītyāha -
vidvatteti / rasasambandhi rasajñatvam

p1.22

tathāpi caturairvidyāvadbhistadbhāṣaṇādibhiḥ /
vedyate hi yathā svasya mārgaḥ sūkṣmapipīlakaiḥ

p1.22

tathāpi durvijñeyatve'pi / tasya jñānino bhāṣaṇamukhaprasādādyaiḥ / atra
dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / sūkṣmapipīlikānāṃ mārgo yathā taireva vedyate evaṃ
jñānilakṣaṇaṃ jñānimātravedyamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.23

santi sthūlalakṣāṇāni tvanekāntāni tāni tu /
sūkṣmalakṣmāṇi cānyāni durvijñeyāni vai paraiḥ

p1.23

nanu śāntyādisthūlalakṣaṇāni santīti cettāni vyabhicaritānītyāha - santīti /
paraiḥ ajñānibhiḥ

p1.24

p. ४०९)
nirūpaṇaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ ca sādhanābhinayastathā /
jñānināmiva cānyaistu kartuṃ śakyo hi lakṣyate

p1.24

sthūlalakṣaṇānāṃ vyabhicāramupapādayati - nirūpaṇamityādi / sādhanasya
vairāgyāderabhinayaḥ parapradarśanārthaṃ taccihnasya dhāraṇam /
anyairajñānibhirdāmbhikaiḥ

p1.25

anirmalāntaḥkaraṇairabhyastaṃ jñānasādhanam /
sthirībhavati yatteṣāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tat prakīrtitam

p1.25

astu tāni sthūlalakṣaṇāni kānīti cedāha - anirmaleti / nirmalāntaḥkaraṇānāṃ
jñānasādhanavairāgyādyabhyāso nopayukta iti tātparyam / yatsādhanaṃ
sthirībhavati aprayatnena sthitaṃ bhavati

p1.26

yasya mānāvamānau ca lābhālābhau jayājayau /
neṣadviśeṣituṃ śaktau vidyāt taṃ jñāniṣūttamam

p1.26

tadevāha - yasyeti / saṃmānādibhiryasya mukhādau prasādādiviśeṣo na
bhavediti tātparyam

p1.27

svātmānubhavavārtāsu pṛṣṭo gūḍhārthamapyuta /
asandigdhaḥ prativaded jhaṭiti jñāniṣūttamaḥ

p1.27

gūḍhārthaṃ samādhyanubhavādikam / jhaṭiti avimṛśyaiva / anubhūtārthasya
nirūpaṇe hi na sandeho nāpi kālavilamba iti prasiddhameva

p1.28

yasyotsāho bhaved jñānavārtāsvatitarāṃ kila /
nirūpaṇe hyavaimukhyaṃ jñānino lakṣaṇaṃ hi tat

p1.28

jñānaprakriyānirūpaṇe avimukhatā sonmukhatā

p1.29

anārambhaḥ svabhāvena santoṣaḥ śucicittatā /
mahāpatsvapi śāntātmā sa bhavejjñāniṣūttamaḥ

p1.29

anārambhaḥ apravṛttiḥ / svabhāvena yatnaṃ vinaiva / cittasyābahirmukhatā
śucicittatā kāmādirahitatā / śāntātmā udvegahīnaḥ

p1.30

etadādīni lakṣmāṇi bhārgavottama jñāninām /
svātmanastu parīkṣāyāṃ susthirāṇi na saṃśayaḥ

p1.30

ādinā dṛśyānabhiṣvaṅgādi / svātmano jñānitva parīkṣaṇe suthirāṇi
avyabhicaritāni parasyaitānyāropitānyanāropitāni ca vivektumaśakyāni / tato na
parajñānitvalakṣaṇānīti bhāvaḥ

p1.31

p. ४१०)
sādhakastu sadā svātmaparīkṣātatparo bhavet /
yathā parīkṣaṇe'nyasya nipuṇaḥ saṃpravartate

p1.31

nanu svaparīkṣaṇaṃ vyarthameveti cennetyāha - sādhaka iti / nipuṇaḥ
sūkṣmārthavicāracaturaḥ

p1.32

tathā parīkṣan svātmānaṃ siddhiṃ na kathamāpnuyāt /
yadā'nyaguṇadoṣāṇāmavicāraṇatatparaḥ

p1.32

na kathamāpnuyāt āpnuyādevetyarthaḥ / parīkṣāprakāramāha - yadeti /
paraguṇadoṣavicāraparasya svaguṇādyanusandhānaṃ na bhavediti bhāvaḥ

p1.33

svīyānāṃ guṇadoṣāṇāṃ vicāraparamo bhavet /
tadā sarvasādhānānāṃ prāptyā siddhimupaiṣyati

p1.33

vicāraparamaḥ vicāraparaḥ / tadā saguṇadoṣavicāre kṛte sati / doṣāṇāṃ hānena
guṇānāmupādānena jñānasādhanasampattyā siddhimeṣyati

p1.34

evaṃ proktāni lakṣmāṇi jñānināṃ bhṛgunandana /
svātmanastu parīkṣāyāmupayuktāni sarvathā

p1.34

proktārthamupasaṃharati - evamiti

p1.35

anyeṣāṃ tu parīkṣāyāmanekāntānyamūni tu /
yato ye jñānino'tyantaśuddhasvāntā bhṛgūdvaha

p1.35

anekāntāni vyabhicaritāni / amūni lakṣaṇāni / prāg dambhiṣvanvayavyabhicāra
uktaḥ samprati vyatirekavyabhicāramāha - yata iti / yasmāt kāraṇādityarthaḥ

p1.36

teṣāmāpātasaṃsiddhasādhanaiḥ siddhirāsthitā /
ataḥ pūrvavāsanānurodhavyāpāratatparāḥ

p1.36

svabhāvādevāparādhakarmavāsanārahitā ye teṣāṃ tātkālikāpātasādhanaireva
jñānasiddhau pūrvasthitakāmādivāsanā'nivṛtteḥ pūrvavadeva
svavyāpāratatparā ajñānitulyavyavahāriṇaḥ teṣu proktalakṣaṇābhāvāt kathaṃ te
parīkṣaṇīyā iti bhāvaḥ

p1.37

p. ४११)
kathaṃ parīkṣaṇīyāste sāmānyavyavahāriṇaḥ /
jñāninastu tatparīkṣāṃ kuryurabhyāsavaibhavāt

p1.37

sāmānyaḥ sarvasādhāraṇo vyavahāro yeṣāṃ te / jñānināṃ parīkṣā jñānibhiḥ
kartuṃ śakyetyāha - jñāninastviti / jñānābhyāsasya vaibhavād māhātmyāt

p1.38

āpātadarśanādeva yathā ratnaparīkṣakāḥ /
mandajñānavatāṃ dehasaṃsthā mūḍhasamaiva hi

p1.38

āpātadarśanādeva parīkṣāṃ kuryuriti sambandhaḥ / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti
/ ratnaparīkṣakā hi ratnasvarūpaparicayābhyāsaprakarṣamāhātmyādyathā
āpātadarśane'pi idaṃ kṛtrimamakṛtrimamiti ratnaparīkṣāṃ kuryurevaṃ
jñānino'pītyarthaḥ / evaṃ jñānilakṣaṇaṃ nirūpya tṛtīyapraśnottaraṃ
tatsthitimāha - mandeti / dehasaṃsthā
dehābhimānastannimittavyāpārastatphalaṃ ca / mūḍhasamā ajñānitulyā

p1.39

yato na teṣāṃ sahajasamādhiprāptirasti hi /
yāvad vimarśanaparāstāvatte pūrṇarūpiṇaḥ

p1.39

kuta evamiti cedāha - yata iti / sahajaḥ sārvakālikaḥ / teṣāṃ kathaṃ
mūḍhasamatvamiti cedāha - yāvaditi / vimarśanaṃ svarūpānusaṃdhānaṃ
pūrṇacinmātrarūpiṇaḥ

p1.40

yadā vicāravimukhāstadā dehamayatvataḥ /
sukhaduḥkhajuṣo'tyantaṃ paśutulyatayā sthitāḥ

p1.40

vicāravimukhāstyaktānusandhānāḥ

p1.41

madhye madhye pūrṇadaśāsādanānnirvṛtā api /
teṣāṃ yā sā paśudaśā sadvimarśāntarālagā

p1.41

nanu tajjñānasya bādhitatvena na tato mokṣa iti cennetyāha - madhya iti /
pūrṇadaśānusandhānena / nirvṛtāḥ naṣṭasaṃsāratāpāḥ / teṣāṃ
pūrṇadaśāntarālagā paśusthitirna bandhāyetyāha - teṣāmiti

p1.42

p. ४१२)
na bandhanāya bhavati dagdharajjuriva sthitā /
lākṣārasairyadā vastraprāntayugmaṃ surañjitam

p1.42

tatra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - dagdheti / tatpaśudaśāyā bandhakatvābhāvamupapādayati
- lākṣeti

p1.43

vyāptyā vāsomadhyamapi sarvaṃ lākṣāruṇaṃ bhavet /
evaṃ tasya vyavahṛtiścidāmarśanamadhyagā

p1.43

vyāptyeti / yathā vastrāñcaladvayaṃ lākṣārasaiḥ suṣṭhu rañjitaṃ ced
lākṣārasasya vyāptyā sarvaṃ vāsomadhyamapi lākṣāruṇaṃ bhavet evaṃ tasya
mandajñānino'nusandhānamadhyagaḥ paśudaśāvyavahāraścinmātrībhūto na
bandhanāyeti bhāvaḥ

p1.44

cidrūpātmaikatāṃ yātā na tato bnadhanāya sā /
madhyavijñānināṃ dehasaṃyogo nāsti sarvathā

p1.44

madhyajñānināṃ sthitimāha - madhyeti

p1.45

dehātmatvagraho dehasaṃyogaḥ procyate budhaiḥ /
sa nāsti madhyavijñānavato rāma kadācana

p1.45

kuto vidyamānadehasya sambandho neti cedāha - deheti / sa dehātmatvagrahaḥ

p1.46

abhyāsātiśayāttasya mano līnaṃ hi sarvadā /
sadā samāhitasvānto vyavahāro na tasya hi

p1.46

kuto neti cenmanaso layādityāha - abhyāseti / līnaṃ saṅkalpavarjanena
niruddham / tasya madhyajñāninaḥ

p1.47

yo dehayātrānirvāhaḥ so'pi tasya suṣuptivat /
yathā kaścit suṣuptistho vāsanāmātrataḥ kvacit

p1.47

bhojanādivyavahārastasyāstīti cet tasyākiñcitkaratvamāha - ya iti / kuta evamiti
cettasyābhāsatvāditi sadṛṣṭāntamāha - yatheti / vāsanā saṃskāraḥ

p1.48

kiñciduktvā ca kṛtvā ca na paścādveda [kh: paścādveda na]
kiñcna /
yathā ca madirāmatto vadan kurvanna veda vai

p1.48

dṛṣṭāntāntaram - yatheti

p1.49

p. ४१३)
evameṣa [kh: meva] mahāyogī lokayātrābahirgataḥ /
kiñcit kadācit kurvaṃśca na vijānāti tatpunaḥ

p1.49

lokasambandhinī yātrā vyavahāraḥ / tadbahirgataḥ tadrahitaḥ / puarna vijānāti
nānusandhatte

p1.50

prārabdhavāsanābhyāṃ tu sa deho nirvahet sadā /
yastūttamaḥ suvijñānī [k: ttamaḥ sa vi] dehastasyāpi nāsti hi

p1.50

nanvanusandhānābhāve daihikavyavahāraḥ kathaṃ nirvahediti cedāha -
prārabdheti / vāsanā saṃskāraḥ / yathā śiśoḥ prārabdhodbuddhasaṃskāreṇa
stanyapāne pravṛttirevamiti bhāvaḥ / uttamasya sthitimāha - yastviti

p1.51

vyavahāraṃ karotyeṣa rathasārathivat sthitaḥ /
yathā rathena vyāpāraṃ kurvan na rathadehakaḥ

p1.51

tarhi pūrvasmādasya ko viśeṣa iti cedāha - vyavahāramiti / kathaṃ karotīti
cedāha - ratheti / etadevopapādayati - yatheti

p1.52

sārathiḥ syādevameva dehavyāpāratatparaḥ /
na dehī nāpi vyāpārī śuddhasaṃvedanātmakaḥ

p1.52

na dehīti / dehatadvyāpārayostyaktābhimāna iti tātparyam

p1.53

antaratyacchasusvānto bahirvyavaharatyasau /
yathā strīveṣito nāṭye [kh: nāndye] dvairūpyamupasaṅgataḥ

p1.53

antariti / atyacchaṃ dṛśyākāraleśarahitam ata eva suṣṭhu svātmarūpamātreṇa
sthitaṃ svāntaṃ yasya / antariti svātmamātradṛṣṭyā / bahiriti lokadṛṣṭyāpi /
asau uttamajñānī / atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / strīveṣitaḥ puruṣaḥ

p1.54

yathā krīḍana [kh: krīḍatku] kumāreṇa prauḍhastaddoṣavarjitaḥ /
evameṣa jagatkrīḍātatparo nirmalāśayaḥ

p1.54

vyavahāraphalābhāve dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / taddoṣeṇa
krīḍāsambandhijayaparājayanimittāntaraharṣādinā varjitaḥ / eṣa uttamajñānī

p1.55

p. ४१४)
madhyajñānī nirodhasya prakarṣeṇācalasthitiḥ /
acalasthitiretasya vicārasya prakarṣataḥ

p1.55

madhyamottamayoḥ sthitibhedanimittamāha - madhyeti / nirodhasya prakarṣaḥ
parā kāṣṭhā / etasya uttamajñāninaḥ / vicārasya prakarṣaḥ
niṣprakampaniścayarūpaphalaparyavasāyitā

p1.56

buddhestu paripākeṇa madhyamottamayorbhidā /
atra te śṛṇu vakṣyāmi saṃvādaṃ jñāninormithaḥ

p1.56

kuta evaṃ sādhanabhedena bhinnā sthitiriti cedāha - buddheriti /
buddhāvaparādhādirūpadoṣālpatve vicāramātreṇaiva kiñcinnirodhena
niṣprakapaniścayastadanalpatve tu nirodhabāhulyāpekṣaṇamiti bhāvaḥ /
vyavahāre'pi jñānināṃ manaḥ kathamanāsaktamiti praśnasyottaramuktaprāyamiti
jñeyam / taditthaṃ mandajñānina āsaktermadhye madhye'nusandhānena
vicchedenādṛḍhamūlāsaktimattvāt
taditarayoranusandhānābhāvaśaithilyābhyāmanāsaktatvaṃ manasa iti / atra
vijñānaprakriyāprasaṅge / sarvasandehanāśanaṃ saṃvādam

p1.57

purā hi parvateśo'bhūd [kh, g: pārva] rājā ratnāṅgadāhvayaḥ
/
sa vipāśāmanu purīmadhyāsīdamṛtābhidhām

p1.57

vipāśāmanu vipāśānadītīre sthitāṃ purīm

p1.58

tasya putrau mātmānau sthitāvatimanīṣiṇau /
rukmāṅgadahemāṅgadau janakasyātivallabhau

p1.58

manīṣiṇau nirmalaprajñau / vallabhau priyau

p1.59

tatra rukmāṅgado hyāsīcchāstrāṇāṃ pāradarśanaḥ /
hemāṅgado'tivijñāno jñānināmuttamo'bhavat

p1.60

p. ४१५)
tāvubhau nirgatau sarvasenābhiḥ parivāritau /
mṛgayārthaṃ vasanteṣu yayaturgahanaṃ vanam

p1.60

vasanteṣviti / bahuvacanaṃ bahudinabodhakam / gahanaṃ vanaṃ mahāraṇyam

p1.61

tatrānekān mṛgān vyāghrān śaśakān mahiṣānapi /
hatvā'tyantapariśrāntāvāsādya hradamāsthitau

p1.61

kañcana hradam

p1.62

taddhradasya pare pāre nyagrodhe brahmarākṣasaḥ /
samastaśāstrasārajño [k: pārajño] vidvadbhirvivadatyalam

p1.62

nyagrodhe vaṭavṛkṣe sthita iti śeṣaḥ / alam atyantam

p1.63

nirjitān bhakṣayannāste cirakālāddhi bhārgava /
rukmāṅgadaścāramukhād niśamya vādakautukī

p1.63

nirjitān viduṣaḥ / cārāḥ vṛttāntaprāpakāḥ / brahmarākṣasavṛttaṃ niśamya

p1.64

gatvā tatra bhrātṛyutastena vādaparo'bhavat /
nirjitastena vādeṣu gṛhīto brahmarakṣasā

p1.64

tatra nyagrodhapradeśe / tena brahmarākṣasena

p1.65

rukmāṅgado'tha taddṛṣṭvā prāha hemāṅgadastu tam /
bho brahmarākṣasainaṃ tvaṃ na bhakṣayitumarhasi

p1.65

rukmāṅgado gṛhītaḥ / taṃ brahmarākṣasam / enaṃ madbhrātaram

p1.66

māṃ jitvā'varajaṃ hyasya tato nau saha bhakṣaya /
hemāṅgadavacaḥ śrutvā provāca brahmarākṣasaḥ

p1.66

astya tvayā gṛhītasyāvarajaṃ mām / nau bhrātarau

p1.67

cirāya labdho hyāhāro bubhukṣā māṃ prabādhate /
etena pāraṇāṃ kṛtvā vivadāmi tvayā saha

p1.67

etena tvadbhrātrā / pāraṇām upavāsasamāptim

p1.68

tatastvāmapi nirjitya bhakṣitena tvayā tataḥ /
atyantaṃ tarpito bhūyāmiti me nṛpa niścayaḥ

p1.69

p. ४१६)
cirādeṣa varaḥ prāpto vasiṣṭhāttu mahātmanaḥ /
kadācidāgataḥ śiṣyo vasiṣṭhasya tu bhakṣitaḥ

p1.69

eṣa nirjitasya bhakṣaṇātmakaḥ / varaprāptimevāha - kadāciditi / atrāgato mayā
bhakṣitaḥ

p1.70

devarātābhidhastena śaptastena mahātmanā /
itaḥ paraḥ bhakṣayitvā manuṣyaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.70

devarātābhidhaḥ śiṣyaḥ / tena bhakṣaṇanimittena / śāpaprakāramāha - ita iti

p1.71

dagdhaṃ bhavettava mukhamiti paścād mayā muniḥ /
bhūyaḥ samprārthito mahyaṃ prāyacchad varamuttamam

p1.71

iti śapta ityanvayaḥ / śāpaprāpteḥ paścāt / bhūyaḥ bahukṛtvaḥ

p1.72

vādeṣu nirjitān martyān bhakṣaya tvaṃ samantataḥ /
iti tadvādavijitān bhakṣayāmi tatastvaham

p1.72

varamevāha - vādeṣviti / iti varaṃ prāyacchadityanvayaḥ / tat tasmāt / tataḥ
tadanantaram prāpta ityanvayaḥ

p1.73

cirāyaiṣa [kh: deṣa] mayā prāpta āhāraḥ sarvato'dhikaḥ /
bhakṣayitvā tato vāde tvāṃ vijeṣyāmi bhūmipa

p1.73

tataḥ tasmāt

p1.74

ityuktvā bhakṣaṇodyuktaṃ punarhemāṅgado'bravīt /
brahmarākṣasa madvākyaṃ kiñcicchṛṇu suyācitaḥ [k: mayā
citaḥ]

p1.75

api kiñcit prāpya cainaṃ parityajasi tadvada /
datvā tubhyaṃ tadenaṃ tu mocayāmi sahodaram

p1.75

kiñcidapi yatprāpya / enaṃ mad bhrātaraṃ taddattvā

p1.76

ityuktaḥ prāha bhūyastaṃ nṛpaṃ sa brahmarākṣasaḥ /
śṛṇu rājannāsti tadvai kiñcid yenainamutsṛje

p1.76

ito'dhikaṃ priyaṃ kiñcinnāstītyāha - śṛṇviti

p1.77

p. ४१७)
kaḥ prāṇapriyamāhāraṃ tyajet kālopasaṅgatam /
kintvekaḥ samayo me'sti praśnā me hṛdi saṃsthitāḥ

p1.77

tatra hetuḥ - kaḥ prāṇa iti / kāle kṣudhākāle / upasaṅgataṃ prāptam /
samayaḥ pratijñā / tamevāha - praśna ityādi

p1.78

tān me yadi pratibryūstatte bhrātaramutsṛje /
tato hemāṅgadaḥ prāha pṛccha tān saṃvadāmi te

p1.78

tān praśnān / tat praśnottaraprāptyā / tān praśnān

p1.79

ityukto nṛpaputraṃ taṃ papraccha brahmarākṣasaḥ /
gūḍhapraśnān krameṇaiva tadvakṣye śṛṇu bhārgava

p1.79

gūḍhapraśnān guptottaravatpraśnān

p1.80

ākāśādvitatā kā [k: yā] syāt sūkṣmā ca paramāṇutaḥ /
sā kiṃrūpā sthitā kutra vadaitannṛpaputraka

p1.80

tāneva praśnānāha - ākāśādityādi / sā pṛṣṭarūpā

p1.81

vitatā citirkāśāśāt sūkṣmā ca paramāṇutaḥ /
sphuradrūpā svātmasaṃsthā śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.81

krameṇottaramāha - vitatetyādi / citirbrahmarūpaṃ sāmānyacaitanyam /
sarvāntaratvādagocaratvācca sūkṣmatvam / svātmasaṃsthā svarūpa eva sthitā

p1.82

ekāpi sā'tivitatā kathaṃ sūkṣmatarā bhavet /
sphurattvaṃ kiṃ kimātmā ca vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.82

vitatā sūkṣmāpyekā ca [g: ca nāsti] kathaṃ bhavet

p1.83

kāraṇatvāddhi vitatā sūkṣmā'grāhyatvato'pi ca /
sphurattvamātmā ca citiḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.83

upādānakāraṇatvena sarvavyāptyā vitatā / agrāhyatvāt / sphurattvamātmā ca
cinmātrameva / na tato'dhikamiti tātparyam

p1.84

sthānaṃ tadupalabdhau kiṃ kathaṃ vā sopalabhyate /
upalabdhyā ca kiṃ vā syād vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.84

tasyāḥ cita upalabdhau / kathamiti / kathamiti sādhanapraśnaḥ / kimiti phalapraśnaḥ

p1.85

p. ४१८)
dhīḥ sthānamupalabdhau tu svaikāgryāt sopalabhyate /
upalabdhyā janirna syācchṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.85

suṣṭhau parokṣajñānena mohavarjitamaikāgryaṃ dṛśyākāratānullekhaḥ /
yadvā svaviṣayakamekāgryam / cittasya dṛśyākāratāvarjanena
svātmacinmātrākāratāsampattiḥ / etena mūḍhasamādhirvyāvṛttaḥ

p1.86

dhīḥ keyaṃ te [k: te nāsti] samākhyātā tadaikāgryaṃ ca kīdṛśam /
janirvā'pi bhavet kā sā vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.87

citirjāḍyāvṛtā dhīḥ syādaikāgryaṃ svātmaviśramaḥ /
janirdehātmatābuddhiḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.87

jāḍyaṃ prāguktā jaḍaśaktiravyaktākhyā / svātmani viśramo
dṛśyānunmukhatvam

p1.88

kasmācciternopalabdhiḥ kena vā sopalabhyate /
janiḥ kathaṃ vā samprāptā vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.88

kasmānnimittāt / kena karaṇena [k: kāra]

p1.89

avivekād nopalabdhirātmanā sopalabhyate /
janiḥ kartṛtvābhimānācchṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.89

ātmanā svenaiva karaṇāntaranairapekṣyeṇeti [k: kāra] yāvat

p1.90

ko'vivekastvayā proktastathātmā vāpi ko bhavet /
ko vā kartṛtvābhimāno vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.91

aviveko'pṛthagjñānamātmānaṃ pṛccha svātmani /
tadvāsanābhimānaḥ syācchṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.91

apṛthagjñānamaikyādhyāsaḥ / ātmānamiti / tasya durnirūpatvena
tadupalabdhisādhanasya coktatvena niṣeddhumaśakyatvena pratyagrūpatvena ca
svenaiva jñātuṃ śakyamiti bhāvaḥ / tasyāhaṃ karteti jñānasya vāsanā
saṃskāraḥ

p1.92

p. ४१९)
avivekaḥ kena naśyettasya kiṃ vā hi kāraṇam /
tasyā'pi kiṃ kāraṇaṃ syād vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.92

tasya avivekanāśakasya / tasyāpi tatkāraṇasyāpi

p1.93

vicāreṇa sa naśyedvai vairāgyaṃ tasya kāraṇam [kh: vāraṇam] /
tatkāraṇaṃ doṣadṛṣṭiḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.93

viṣayadoṣadṛṣṭiḥ

p1.94

ko vicāro bhavet kiṃ vā vairāgyaṃ sampracakṣate /
doṣadṛṣṭiśca kā proktā vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.95

dṛgdṛśyayoḥ parīkṣāto dṛśye tatparivarjanam /
duḥkhabuddhiḥ sā hi dṛśye śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.95

dṛgdṛśyayorjijñāsāpūrvakasvarūpavivecanaṃ parīkṣā / saḥ vicāraḥ / tasya
rāgasya dṛśye parivarjanaṃ vairāgyam / dṛśye duḥkhasādhanatvabuddhiḥ sā
dos'dṛṣṭiḥ

p1.96

etatsarvaṃ kena bhavet sa vā kasmādavāpyate /
tatra vā kiṃ nidānaṃ syād vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.96

etatsarvaṃ vicārādikam / kena sādhanena / nidānaṃ mūlakāraṇam

p1.97

devatānugrahāt sarvaṃ bhaktyā sa [ka: sā] hi samāpyate /
nidānaṃ satsaṅga eva śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.97

saḥ anugrahaḥ

p1.98

kā devatā ca samproktā kā ca sā bhaktirucyate /
santaśca kīdṛśāḥ proktā vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.99

devatā syājjagaddhātro bhaktistatparatocyate /
santaḥ śāntā dayāvantaḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.99

jagaddhātrī jaganniyantrī / tatparatvaṃ tatpravaṇatvam

p1.100

sadā bibheti ko loke sadā duḥkhaparo'pi kaḥ /
sadā dainyayutaḥ ko vā vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.101

p. ४२०)
madhādhanī sadā bhīto duḥkhī bahukuṭumbavān /
āśāgrastaḥ sadā dīnaḥ śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.102

nirbhayaḥ ko bhavelloke nirduḥkhaścāpi ko bhavet /
adīnaḥ [k: ahīnaḥ] sarvadā kaḥ syād vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.103

nirbhayaḥ saṅgarahito nirduḥkho jitamānasaḥ /
jñātajñeyastvadīnātmā śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.103

jñātajñeyo jñānī

p1.104

durlakṣyaḥ syāt ko hi loke videho dṛśyate ca kaḥ /
niṣkriyasya kriyā kā syād vadaitannṛpanandana

p1.104

videho deharahitaḥ

p1.105

jīvanmukto hi durlakṣyo videho dehavānapi /
tatkriyā niṣkriyasyoktā śṛṇu tvaṃ brahmarākṣasa

p1.105

ayaṃ jīvanmukta iti parerlakṣitumaśakyaḥ / dehakriyāyāṃ
cābhimānābhāvādvideho niṣkiryaśca jīvanmuktaḥ

p1.106

kimasti kiṃ nāsti loke ko'tyantāsambhavī bhavet /
etāvaduktvā nṛpate mocaya drutamagrajam

p1.106

etāvat caramaṃ praśnatrayam

p1.107

dṛgasti nāsti vai dṛśyaṃ vyavahāro hyasambhavī /
uktametad brahmarakṣo muñca madbhrātaraṃ drutam

p1.107

dṛksāmānyacaitanyam / dṛśyābhāvādeva
tadviṣayakavyavahārasyāsambhavitvam

p1.108

śrutvaitadatha santuṣṭo mumoca brahmarākṣasaḥ /
rukmāṅgadaṃ tataḥ paścādabhavad brāhmaṇo hi saḥ

p1.108

etat praśnottaram / saḥ brahmarākṣasaḥ

p1.109

tejasvinaṃ tapomūrtiṃ dṛṣṭvā brāhmaṇarūpiṇam /
papracchatū rājasutau ko bhavāniti śaṅkitau

p1.109

brahmarakṣaso brāhmaṇarūpatāṃ dṛṣṭvā śaṅkitau saṃśayaṃ prāptau

p1.110

p. ४२१)
atha prāha brāhmaṇāgryaḥ svaṃ vṛttaṃ vai yathātatham /
ahaṃ purā brāhmaṇastu magadheṣvabhiviśrutaḥ [kh, g: māga]

p1.110

yathātathaṃ [k: yathātathaṃ nāsti] yathārthabhūtam /
pāṇḍityādiguṇairviśrutaḥ

p1.111

vasumāniti vikhyātaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ /
sabhāsu nirjitā bhūyo mayā vidyābhimāninā

p1.112

vidvāṃsaḥ śataśo viprāstato'tyantasugarvitaḥ /
kadācid magadheśasya [kh, g: māga] sabhāyāmaṣṭakaṃ munim

p1.112

tato vidvajjayāt

p1.113

parāvarajñaṃ saṃśāntaṃ vādārthī saṅgato'bhavam /
śuṣkatarkaikanipuṇa ātmavidyāvicāraṇe

p1.113

parāvarajñatvādeva saṃśāntam / vicāreṇa saṅgato vādārthaṃ pratyupasthitaḥ

p1.114

tato mayā sa ākṣiptaḥ kevalaṃ tarkayuktibhiḥ /
samādhānavacastasya vahvāgamasubṛṃhitam

p1.114

saḥ aṣṭakaḥ

p1.115

dūṣayitvā tarkajālairadhikṣepaparo'bhavam /
adhikṣipto'pi bahudhā mayā rājasabhāgataḥ

p1.115

samādhānavacanamapi dūṣayitvā / adhikṣepaḥ tiraskāraḥ

p1.116

śāntastūṣṇīṃ babhūvātha śiṣyastasya mahātmanaḥ /
kāśyapo māṃ krodhavaśāccchaśāpa nṛpasaṃsadi

p1.116

aṣṭakaḥ śāntaḥ

p1.117

ācārya me'dhikṣipasi tvamasthāne dvijādhama /
yatastasmācciraṃ kālaṃ brahmarakṣo bhaviṣyasi

p1.117

asthāne adhikṣepanimittābhāve'pi

p1.118

śapta evamahaṃ tena bhīto'tyantaṃ tadā munim /
vepamānaḥ praṇamyāśu cāṣṭakaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ

p1.118

vepamānaḥ śāpabhītyā kampitaḥ

p1.119

p. ४२२)
mayi so'tha dayāṃ cakre virodhinyapi śāntadhīḥ /
śāpasyāntaṃ dadau mahyaṃ tanme nigadataḥ śṛṇu

p1.119

antaṃ śāpamokṣāvadhi / tat śāpāntam

p1.120

praśnāṃstvayā [k: tvayāpi hi] mayi kṛtān pratyuktāṃśca mayā hi
tān /
sthāpitān kevalaistarkairyadaikaḥ prativakṣyati

p1.120

tvayā sthāpitān dūṣitottaratvenānuttarīkṛtān / eko [k, kh: evaṃ]
vidvān

p1.121

kaścid vidvāṃstadā śāpādvimuktastvaṃ bhaviṣyasi /
tacchāpādadya [k: datha] te muktaścirāya nṛpanandana

p1.121

tacchāpāt tādṛśāṣṭakaśiṣyaśāpāt / te tvattaḥ

p1.122

tattvāṃ manye mahātmānaṃ jñātajñeyaṃ nṛṣūttamam /
ityuktastena vipreṇa vismito'bhūnnṛpātmajaḥ

p1.122

tat tasmāddhetoḥ

p1.123

tato bhūyo nṛpasuto'nuyuktastena sarvaśaḥ /
vasumantaṃ bodhayitvā samyak prāgāt puraṃ svakam

p1.123

anuyuktaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / tena brāhmaṇena samyak pṛṣṭārthān bodhayitvā

p1.124

praṇamya vasumantaṃ taṃ sahito bhrātṛsainikaiḥ /
etatte sarvamākhyātaṃ yatpṛṣṭaṃ bhārgava tvayā

p1.124

upasaṃharati - etaditi

p1.1

iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍe rākṣaopākhyāne ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ //
iti śrītripurārahasye jñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyām
ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ४२३)
atha dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ
śrutvaivaṃ rākṣasakathāṃ rāmo bhṛgukulodvahaḥ [k: dbhavaḥ] /
punaḥ papracchāvadhūtakuleśaṃ praśrayāśrayaḥ

p1.1

atra rūpakapadyaistu proktaṃ jñāniviceṣṭitam /
proktaṃ jñānaprakriyāyāstattvaṃ cātyantasaṃgrahāt //
bhārgavapraśnamavatārayati - śrutveti / praśrayo vinayaḥ

p1.2

bhagavan kiṃ tena pṛṣṭaṃ śāpamuktadvijena vai /
hemāṅgadena kiṃ proktametanme kṛpayā vada

p1.3

kautukyatyantamatrāhaṃ na tadalpaṃ bhavet kvacit /
iti pṛṣṭaḥ punaḥ prāha dattātreyo dayāparaḥ

p1.3

atra tatsaṃvādaśravaṇe / tatra hetuḥ - na taditi / rājakumāreṇa
mahāviduṣoktaṃ tādṛśena brāhmaṇena pṛṣṭaṃ ca nālpaṃ kvacidapi
bhavedityarthaḥ

p1.4

rāma tatte pravakṣyāmi mahārthaṃ tatprabhāṣitam /
tataḥ papraccha vasumān hemāṅgadamupasthitam

p1.4

tena rājakumāreṇa pratibhāṣitam upa samīpe sthitam

p1.5

rājaputra kiñcidahaṃ pṛcchāmi tvaṃ samīraya /
ahamaṣṭakayogīśāt tadajñāsiṣamāditaḥ

p1.5

tat parātmatattvam / ajñāsiṣaṃ jñātavān / āditaḥ ādau

p1.6

bhūyastvaduktyā ca samyag viditaṃ [k: vihitaṃ] paramaṃ padam /
kintu te jñātatattvasya kathaṃ sthitiriyaṃ bhavet

p1.6

te tava / iyaṃ mṛgayādivyavahārarūpā

p1.7

kathaṃ jñātasuvijñeyo vyavahāraparāyaṇaḥ /
dhvāntaprakāśayoryadvat sthitirekatra sambhavet

p1.7

kimatra bādhakamiti cedāha - kathamiti / vyavahāraparāyaṇaḥ kathaṃ bhavediti
śeṣaḥ / śāstrajñānāmiva paratattvajñānāmapi bhavediti cennetyāha -
dhvānteti / dhvāntaprakāśayorekatra sthitiryadvadviruddhaiva
sambhavedevametadapītyarthaḥ

p1.8

p. ४२४)
etanme rājatanaya brūhi samyag yathāsthitam /
ityāpṛṣṭaḥ prāha hemāṅgadastaṃ brāhmaṇottamam

p1.8

etad jñānini viruddhaṃ vyavaharaṇam

p1.9

brahman te bhrāntiradyāpi na samyak pravināśitā /
vyavahāreṇa kiṃ jñānaṃ bādhyate svātmasambhavam

p1.9

pravināśitā pravinaṣṭā / kuta iti cedāha - vyavahāreṇeti / kiṃ
vyavahāreṇātmasvarūpabhūtajñānasya virodhaḥ utājñānanāśakaso'hamiti
pratyabhijñātmakajñānaviśeṣasya virodha [virodho veti iti vāghaṭitaḥ
sārvatrikaḥ pāṭho'nāvaśyakaḥ uta ityanena gatārthatvāt /] iti vikalpya nādya
[k: vikalpaḥ / nādya] ityāha - kiṃ jñānaṃ bādhyata iti /
svātmarūpeṇa sambhavaḥ sthitiryasya tat / kimityākṣepe [k, kh:
kṣepaḥ] / na bādhyata ityarthaḥ

p1.10

vyavahāravaśād jñānaṃ bādhyate cet [k: ca] tataḥ katham /
puruṣārthasya lābhaḥ syāt svāpnajñānasamena vai

p1.10

kuta evamiti cedāha - vyavahāreti / vyavahāreṇa svarūpabhūtajñānasya bādhe
svāpnajñānavattasyāsatyatvena [k: sattvena] tādṛśena svarūpeṇa
yutasya mumukṣoḥ svarūpanāśāt kasya kathaṃ mokṣākhyapuruṣārthaḥ syāditi
bhāvaḥ

p1.11

sarvo'pi vyavahāro'yaṃ jñānamāśritya sambhavet /
tajjñānaṃ bādhyate tena kathaṃ tanme samīraya

p1.11

atha ca svarūpabhūtajñānāśritatvādvyavahārasya kathaṃ
jñānabādhakatvamityāha - sarva iti / tena svamiśritavyavahāreṇa / tad
vyavahārasya jñānabādhakatvam

p1.12

p. ४२५)
jñānaṃ tadeva hi bhaved yatredaṃ bhāsate jagat /
saṅkalpād vyavahāro hi jñāne sarvaḥ [k: sarvaṃ] prakāśate

p1.12

pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇavat sarvavyavahārāśrayaṃ jñānameva
svarūpabhūtamityāha - jñānamiti /
dvitīyasyāpyajñānanāśakajñānaviśeṣasya kiṃ vyavahāraḥ svarūpanivartako
vā'prāmāṇyagrāhako veti vikalpya svarūpasya kṣaṇikatvānnivartakānapekṣaṇād
dvitīyaṃ nirasitumāha - saṅkalpāditi / svarūpabhūte jñāne

p1.13

asaṅkalpena tadrūpamanulakṣya dhiyā sakṛt /
kṛtārtho bandhanirmukto bhavatīti suniścayaḥ

p1.13

asaṅkalpeneti /
tattacchabdollekharūpasaṅkalpāddhānopādānādyābhāsarūpavyavahāreṇa
[k, kh: svasvarūpa] tirohitamiva sampannaṃ svasvarūpaṃ [g:
svarūpam] śravaṇādinā parokṣatvena viditaṃ nididhayasanarūpasaṅkalpena
svato'nubhūya tato dhiyā sakṛdanulakṣya so'hamiti sakṛtpratyabhijñāya
kṛtārtho bhavati / tathā ca
sakṛdanulakṣaṇarūpapratyabhijñānādavidyānāśena bandhānnitarāṃ muktatvāt
punarabādhitavikalpānudayenāprāmāṇyagrahānudayāditi bhāvaḥ

p1.14

tasmād brahmanna te praśnaḥ sammato'yaṃ subuddhibhiḥ /
punastaṃ prāha vasumān nṛpasūnuṃ mahāśayam [kh: śayaḥ]

p1.14

tasmād vyavahāreṇa bādhābhāvasya spaṣṭatvāt / iti śrutvā punaḥ prāha

p1.15

satyaṃ rājakumāraitad mayāpītthaṃ suniścitam /
svarūpaṃ nirvikalpaṃ hi saṃvedanamihocyate

p1.15

itthaṃ tvaduktarītyā / tathāpi vyavahāre kriyamāṇe bhrāntiḥ syādevetyupapādayati
- svarūpamiti

p1.16

savikalpatvamāpanne punarbhrāntiḥ kuto nahi /
vikalpa eva hi bhrāntiryathā rajjau bhujaṅgamaḥ

p1.16

punarbhrāntiriti / tattadākārollekhasaṅkalpamantarā vyavahārāsambhavenākārasya
svarūpe'sato viruddhasyāvabhāsamānatve sati bhrāntitvaṃ syādevetyarthaḥ / svasya
jñānātmano viruddhavikalpasvarūpataiva bhrāntirityāha - vikalpa iti / tataḥ
kimiti cedāha - yatheti / yathā rajjubhujaṅgo'narthāvaha evaṃ
vikalpābhāso'narthāvaha iti bhāvaḥ

p1.17

p. ४२६)
śṛṇu brahman na jānāsi bhramābhramavinirṇayam /
gaganaṃ [k: gagane nīlimā bhāti] nīlamābhāti gaganaṃ jānatāmapi

p1.17

uttaramāha - śṛṇviti / jñātatattvānāṃ vyavahāro na bhrama ityāha -
śṛṇviti (bhrameti) / etadevodāharaṇena viśadayati - gaganamiti /
gaganaṃ na nīlamiti jānatāmapi

p1.18

vyavahāraṃ ca kurvanti nīlaṃ nabha iti kvacit /
tāvataiva tu tajjñānaṃ na bhrāntirabhidhīyate

p1.18

kvacit samaye / tāvatā vyavahāramātreṇa tajjñānaṃ teṣāṃ gaganatattvavedināṃ
[k: gaganatva] nīlaṃ nabha iti jñānam

p1.19

atattvajñe hi sā bhrāntistattvajñe sā pramaiva hi /
hataprāmāṇyajīvaṃ tajjñānaṃ mṛtamahāhivat

p1.19

atattvajñe gaganatattvānabhijñe sā [k, kh: sā nāsti] nīlaṃ nabha iti
pratītiḥ / nanu kathamekavidhameva jñānaṃ puruṣabhedena
bhramapramobhayarūpamiti cettayorasti bheda ityāha - hateti / jñānāṃ hi
pramāṇyaṃ jīvabhūtamasti yadvaśādarthakriyodayaḥ / yathā hi sarpajñānaṃ
bhayakampādyarthakriyāṃ karoti / viruddhajñānena nāyaṃ sarpa ityādirūpeṇa
sarpajñānasyāprāmāṇyagrahe tasya hataprāmāṇyajīvatvena mṛtasarpavad na
bhayādyarthakriyākaratvam / evaṃ ca gaganatattvajñānāṃ nīlaṃ nabha iti
jñānasya hataprāmāṇyajīvasyārthakriyākāritvābhāvād
gaganatattvājñajñānavailakṣaṇyena [kh: tattvajña] na bhramatvamiti

p1.20

p. ४२७)
darpaṇapratibimbasya vyavahāraḥ samo [k: hārasamo] bhavet /
abhijñasyānabhijñasya cāpyato'sti bhidā tayoḥ

p1.20

darpaṇeti / viditagaganatattvasya nīlaṃ nabha iti vyavahāro yastasya
darpaṇapratibimbagaje'yaṃ gaja ityādivyavahāraḥ samo bhavet / ato
gaganābhijñasyānabhijñasyāpi [k: nabhijñasya nāsti] nīlaṃ nabha iti
jñānayorbhedo'sti

p1.21

jñasya pramaiva tajjñānamajñasya [g: manyasya] tu bhramātmakam
/
jñānināṃ jñānameva syāt sarvo'pi vyavahārakaḥ

p1.21

jñasyeti / gaganatattvajñasya pramaiveti bhramaprayuktārthakriyābhavāditi bhāvaḥ
/ tajjñānaṃ nīlaṃ nabha iti jñānam / dārṣṭāntike yojayati - jñānināṃ
jñānameveti / proktavad hataprāmāṇyajīvatvānnānarthāvahaḥ [k:
nārthāvahaḥ] sarvo'pi vyavahāra iti bhāvaḥ

p1.22

darpaṇapratibimbānāṃ vyavahāreṇa sammitaḥ /
abhijñānāmato bhūyo nahi bhrānteḥ samudbhavaḥ

p1.22

jñānivyavahāro darpaṇapratibimbavyavahāratulya ityāha - darpaṇeti / ataḥ
tadvyavahārasya bādhitatvāt / bhrānteriti / jñānivyavahārasya
jñānamātrarūpatvena na tasya bhrāntitvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.23

kevalājñānajanitaṃ jñānena vinivartate /
doṣe'na janitaṃ kasmādvilīyed jñānamātrataḥ

p1.23

nanu rajjvajñānajātasarpasya tajjñānānnivṛttivadadvayātmājñānād
avabhāsamānadṛśyasyādvayajñānāt [k, kh: dabhāsa] kuto na
nivṛttiriti cedāha - kevaleti / kasmādvilīyediti / vilīyetetyarthaḥ / jñānasya
tadvilayakāraṇatvābhāva iti tātparyam

p1.24

ata eva taimirikaḥ paśyed [kh: paśyan] jānannapi dvayam /
jagadābhāsa eṣastu karmados'samudbhavaḥ

p1.24

atrodāharaṇamāha - ata eveti / jagadudbhave ko'yaṃ doṣaḥ kāraṇamiti cedāha
karmeti

p1.25

p. ४२८)
tasmādākarmavilayaṃ vyavahāro na līyate /
samāpte karmaṇi tataḥ śiṣyedadvayacinmayam

p1.25

tasmāt jñānamātreṇāvināśyatvāt [k: mātreṇa vi] / karmaṇi samāpte
phaladānena prakṣīṇe sati / jagadābhāsarahitamadvayacinmayamātmarūpaṃ śiṣyet /
ajñānamūlakadehādyahaṃbhāvodbhūtakarmamūlakatvājjagataḥ / ajñānasya
jñānena nivṛttāvapi pravṛttakarmavilayādeva jagataḥ svarūpato'navabhāsa iti
tātparyam

p1.26

tasmānnāstyeva vijñānāṃ [k: vijñānaṃ] kadāpi bhrāntisambhavaḥ
/
iti śrutvā punarvipraḥ papraccha nṛpanandanam

p1.26

tasmād vyavahārasya jñānamātratvānna [k: hārajñāna]
bhrāntisambhavaḥ / karmaśeṣādvaitābhāsa iti śrutvā

p1.27

aho nṛpātmaja kathaṃ jñānināṃ karma sambhavet /
jñānāgnisaṃsparśane'pi karmatūlaḥ kathaṃ sthitaḥ

p1.27

jñānināṃ kathaṃ karmaśeṣa ityākṣipati - aho iti

p1.28

athāha hemāṅgado'pi vipraṃ taṃ nṛpanandanaḥ /
brahman śṛṇu pravakṣyāmi trividhaṃ karma jñāninām

p1.28

atha viprapraśnānantaram / jñānināṃ sarveṣāṃ trividhaṃ karma samānaṃ syāditi
sambandhaḥ

p1.29

sarveṣāṃ ca samānaṃ syādapakvaṃ pakvameva ca /
hatoditaṃ ceti tatra naśyed jñānādamadhyamam

p1.29

tannāmānyāha - apakvamiti / sañcitaṃ prārabdhaṃ kriyamāṇamiti trividhaṃ
karma / tatra teṣu madhye jñānāt pakvātmakaprārabdhakarmaṇo madhyamādanyad
dvayaṃ naśyet

p1.30

karmaṇāṃ pācakaḥ kālo niyatyā niyataḥ sthitaḥ /
kālena pācitaprāyaṃ pakvaṃ karma samīritam

p1.30

eteṣāṃ svarūpaṃ vivecayati - karmaṇāmityādi / etāvatā kālenāsya karmaṇaḥ
pāko bhavediti bhagavatsaṅkalpātmakaniyatiniyamitaḥ kramikakriayarāśirūpaḥ
kālaḥ karmaṇāṃ pācakaḥ / pācitaprāyamiti / atyantaparipāke hi yugapat sarvaṃ
phalapradonmukhameva bhavediti tātparyam

p1.31

p. ४२९)
apācitamapākvaṃ syād jñānotpatteranantaram /
kṛtaṃ hatoditaṃ viddhi jñānāddhatasamudbhavāt

p1.31

apācitamiti / tatpuruṣāyuṣā paripākānarhamityarthaḥ / anantaraṃ kṛtaṃ karma /
nāmno'nvarthatāmāha - hateti / jñānāddhataphalapradaśaktimattvena
samudbhavādityarthaḥ

p1.32

tatra pakvaṃ tu yat karma tadārabdhamitīryate /
āvegaṃ muktaśaravattiṣṭhatyeva phalapradam

p1.32

tiṣṭhatyeveti / na jñānena naśyatīti bhāvaḥ

p1.33

tanmūlako jagadbhāso jñānasya tāratamyataḥ /
sthito'pi bhrāntitulyo'pi na bhrāntiḥ phalabhedataḥ

p1.33

tanmūlakaḥ prārabhdakarmamūlakaḥ / sa jagadavabhāso jñānināmuttamādīnāṃ
jñānaparipākatulyatayā sthita ityāha - jñānasyeti / tāratamyataḥ
mandātimandatvādirūpeṇa [k, kh: rūpeṇākuto] / kuto na bhrāntiriti
cedāha - phalabhedata iti / arthakriyābhedādityarthaḥ

p1.34

janayet tatkālaphalaṃ mandajñānavatāṃ sphuṭam /
madhyānāmasphuṭaṃ [kh: madhyānāṃ ca sphuṭaṃ] tacca
jñānināṃ phalabhāsanam

p1.34

jagadavabhāsaphalabhedameva mandamadhyamottamajñānināṃ krameṇāha -
janayediti / jagadavabhāsaḥ svakāle mandajñānināṃ sukhādirūpaṃ phalaṃ janayet
/ madhyānāṃ jñānināṃ tatphalabhāsanaṃ jagadbhāsakāle mandajñānivadevāsti
parantu tadasphuṭam / mandasuṣuptau
maśakadaṃśanamandamārutajaduḥkhasukhasamamiti [k: sukhaṃ sama]
bhāvaḥ

p1.35

uttamānāṃ tu tatkālaphalaṃ ca spaṣṭabhāsanam /
śaśaśṛṅgasamaṃ brahman nahi tatphalamucyate

p1.35

uttamajñānināṃ tu jagadbhasanakāle sukhādiphalam anyadṛṣṭyā
spaṣṭāvabhāsanamapi svadṛṣṭyā śaśaśṛṅgasamam ato na
tatphalamityucyate

p1.36

p. ४३०)
ajñānināṃ karmaphalaṃ puṣṭaṃ pūrvānusandhitaḥ /
pūrvāparānusandhānāt [kh: pūrvopapuṣṭa] poṣitaṃ tatphalaṃ tu
taiḥ

p1.36

evaṃ jñānināṃ jagadābhāsaphalabhedaṃ sāmānyenoktvā viśeṣeṇaitadeva
bhūyo nirūpayitumādāvajñānināṃ phalaprakāramāha - ajñānināmiti /
pūrvānusandhitaḥ puṣṭamityasyaiva vivaraṇam - pūrvetyādi / sukhāgamanāt
pūrvamīdṛśaṃ sukhaṃ me bhaviṣyatīti taduttaraṃ caivaṃ sukhaṃ
mayānubhūtamiti ca ciramanusandhānāt poṣitaṃ saṃskārarūpeṇa
rāgādyutpādakatenāntaḥ sthitaṃ bhavati

p1.37

jñānināṃ phalasandhānaṃ chinnamātmānusandhitaḥ /
ato na puṣṭaṃ mandānāmārabdhajanitaṃ phalam

p1.37

mandānāṃ jñānināṃ tatphalasyānusandhānaṃ madhye madhya
ātmānusandhitaśchinnaṃ bhavati / ato'jñānināmiva na tatpuṣṭaṃ bhavati

p1.38

madhyānāṃ jñānināṃ tacca phalaṃ mandasuṣuptiṣu /
maśakādikṛtaṃ duḥkhamiva tat sūkṣmatāṃ gatam

p1.38

sadā nirodhasamādhimatāṃ madhyajñānināṃ samādhiviśleṣadaśāsu
prārabdhaphalaṃ duḥkhaṃ sukhaṃ vā suṣuptau
maśakamandamārutakṛtaduḥkhasukhavat sūkṣmatāṃ prāptaṃ bhavati

p1.39

uttamajñānināṃ tattu phalaṃ pūrṇamapi [kh: pūrvamiti] sthitam /
dagdharajjuriva bhavet sthitātmajñānavaibhavāt

p1.39

uttamajñānināṃ bāhyasamādhimatāmanyadṛṣṭyā eṣa sukhī duḥkhīti
vyavahārayogyatvena pūrṇaṃ sthitamapi dṛśyābhasaphalaṃ [k:
dṛśya] sukhādidṛṣṭyā dagdharajjuvadbhavet / kuta evamiti cedāha -
sthiteti / madhyajñāninaḥ samādhiviśleṣāt svarūpānusandhānaṃ vicchidyate
uttamasya tu sadānusandhānātmajñānasthitimāhātyamāddagdharajjuvadbhavediti
bhāvaḥ

p1.40

p. ४३१)
yathā nāṭakavṛtteṣu naro veṣāntaraṃ gataḥ /
hṛṣyan viṣīdaṃśca bhūyo nāntarvikṛtimāpnuyāt

p1.40

uttamajñāninastatsukhādyanubhavaprakāraṃ darśayati yatheti / veṣāntaraṃ
strīveṣam / putrodbhavabhartṛviyogādyabhinayaiḥ hṛṣyan viṣīdan

p1.41

evameṣa sthitajñānī supūrṇaphalasaṅgataḥ /
na phalaiḥ spṛśyate tasmāttatphalaṃ śaśaśṛṅgavat

p1.41

lokadṛṣṭyā rājyalābhaputramaraṇādau hṛṣyan khidyan
supūrṇaphalasaṅgato'pyantaḥ sarvasya svātmamātratvadṛḍhaniścayena phalasya
dvitīyasyābhāvānna taiḥ spṛśyate / phalasambandhābhimānavānna bhavatīti
tātparyam

p1.42

ajñānibhistu śuddhātmā nopalakṣita eva hi /
ato dehātmabhūtāste dṛśyasatyavimarśanāḥ

p1.42

ajñānināṃ kutaḥ phalasambandhābhimāna iti cedātmajñānābhāvena
dṛśyasatyatvaniścayādityāha - ajñānibhiriti / dehātmabhūtāḥ svātmānaṃ
dehādimayaṃ manyamānāḥ dṛśye satyatvavimarśanaṃ yeṣāṃ te

p1.43

mandajñānibhirātmā tu viditaḥ śuddhacinmayaḥ /
jagaccāsatyato dṛṣṭaṃ tathāpyabhyāsamāndyataḥ

p1.43

mandajñānināṃ kathaṃ phalabhoga iti cenmadhye madhye
svarūpānusandhānavismṛtyā dehātmabhāvaprāptyetyāha - mandeti /
vismṛtau nimittamāha - abhyāsamāndyata iti

p1.44

prāgvāsanāhṛtajñānāste dehātmaprabhāsanam /
jagataḥ satyatābhāsaṃ madhye madhye samāyayuḥ

p1.44

vāsanayā hṛtaṃ vicchinnamanusandhānātmakaṃ jñānaṃ yeṣāṃ te
mandajñāninaḥ / dehe ātamtvaprabhāsanaṃ jagataḥ satyatābhāsaṃ ca madhye
madhye prāgvad jñānotpatteḥ pūrvamiva samāyayuḥ

p1.45

p. ४३२)
bhūyo jñānavasanayā [k: vāsanā yā] vidhunvantyasatīṃ dṛśam /
vāsanaivaṃ satyamithyājñānayośca parasparam

p1.45

nanveteṣāṃ bhūyaḥ saṃsāraprasaktiriti cedāha - bhūya iti /
abhyastajñānavasanayā prodbuddhayā / asatīṃ dehātmatvādiviṣayām / vāsanā
parasparaṃ militeti sambandhaḥ

p1.46

militā mandajñānināmato madhye phalaṃ sphuṭam /
same'pi vāsane caite nahi tulye mahīsura

p1.46

madhye mithyājñānavāsanodbodhakāle / nanvevaṃ vāsanayostulyatvena
tajjñānaṃ pratibaddhaṃ mokṣāsādhakaṃ [k, kh: mokṣasā] bhavediti
cennetyāha - same'pīti / samānānuvṛttike apītyarthaḥ

p1.47

satyajñānavāsanayā bādhyate vāsanā'parā /
na ca mithayavāsanayā bādhyate satyavāsanā

p1.47

kuto na tulyeti cedajñānavāsanāyā bādhitatvādityāha - satyeti / aparā
avidyāvāsanā / satyavāsanāyāḥ prabalapramāṇajātatvena mithyāvāsanayā na
bādha ityāha - na ceti

p1.48

mithyāvāsanayāviṣṭo vismṛtaḥ kevalāṃ parām [k, paraḥ; kh:
param] /
tato mithyāvāsanāṃ tu viniścitya bhramātmikām

p1.48

nanu mithyāvāsanāyā bādhitatve satyavāsanānivṛttiḥ [k, kh: nāyā
nivṛttiḥ] kathaṃ mithyāvāsanākāla iti cedāha - mithyeti /
abhyāsāprakarṣānmithyāvāsanā'nantajanmābhyastā bādhitā'pyanuvartate / tataḥ
prārabdhodbodhena kevalāṃ parāṃ vāsanāṃ vismṛtaḥ san mithyāvāsanāviṣṭo
bhavati / tataḥ prāptāṃ mithyāvāsanāṃ satyavāsanāviṣṭo bhrāntirūpāṃ niścitya

p1.49

vidhūya vāsanāṃ satyāmupaiti brāhmaṇottama /
tato na bādhitā satyavāsanā bhavati kvacit

p1.49

mithyāvāsanāṃ bhramātmikāṃ niścitya tato vidhūyeti sambandhaḥ / satyāṃ
vāsanāmupaiti samprāpnoti / tato mithyāvāsanāyā bhrāntitvaniścayāt

p1.50

p. ४३३)
madhyamasya vismṛtirno na mithyājñānameva ca /
avismṛtasyecchayaiva mithyājñānaṃ kvacidbhavet

p1.50

evaṃ mandajñāninaḥ sthitimuktvā madhyasya sthitimāha - madhyamasyeti /
satyavāsanāvismṛtirno / madhye śāriravyavahāradaśāyāṃ
satyavāsanāmavismṛtasyaiva svecchayā vyavahāropayuktaṃ mithyājñānaṃ
bhavet

p1.51

siddhasyaiṣā sthitiḥ proktā sādhakasyocyate śṛṇu /
yathā yathā tatparaḥ syāttathā'vismṛtirucchritā

p1.51

evaṃ sāmānyato madhyamasya sthitimuktvā tasya siddhasādhakatvena dvaividhyād
dvayoḥ krameṇa sthitiṃ vaktumāha - siddhasyeti / tatparaḥ
samādhyabhyāsaparaḥ / ucchritā dṛḍhā'vismṛtiḥ

p1.52

pūrṇasya vismṛtirnāsti [kh: ca smṛti] mithyājñānaṃ
prayatnataḥ /
uttamasya punarbrahman samādhivyavahārayoḥ

p1.52

pūrṇasya samādhyabhyāsapāraṅgatasya prayatnataḥ svecchayā /
uttamajñānisthitimāha - uttamasyeti

p1.53

na bhedo leśato'pyasti yato'vismaraṇaṃ sadā /
yaḥ samādhiparo madhyastasya yā'vismṛtiḥ sthitā

p1.53

sthiterna bhedaḥ / atra hetuḥ - yata iti / nanvevaṃ cenmadhyamottamayoḥ ko
bheda iti cedāha - ya iti / nanvevaṃ cenmadhyamottamayoḥ ko bheda iti cedāha
- ya iti / avismṛtiḥ

p1.54

seṣanmlānā [k: saiṣā] bhavenmithyājñānabhūmiṣu bhūsura /
yastūttamo'pi svācchandyāt prārabdhavaśato'pi vā

p1.54

sā avismṛtiḥ / mithyājñānadaśāsu īṣanmlānā bhavet vyavahāradaśāsu
satyavāsanā vicchinneva bhavediti tātparyam / uttamasya
kadāpyavismṛteramlānatetyāha - yastviti / svācchandyāt svecchayā
prārabdhādvā samādhyatatparo vyavahāraparaḥ /
tāapyavismṛtiramlānaivetyarthaḥ

p1.55

p. ४३४)
samādhyatatparo bhūyāt tasyāmlānaiva cāsmṛtiḥ /
vastutaḥ śṛṇu bhūdeva madhyamottamajñāninām

p1.55

evaṃ madhyamottamayoḥ prārabdhābhyupagamena tatphalaṃ pratipādya samprati
tayorna prārabhdmapītyāha [k, kh: mityāha] vastuta iti

p1.56

karma naivāsti [k: marṇaivāsti] yatkiñcidyataste pūrṇatāṃ gatāḥ /
saṃvidātmātiriktaṃ yanna te paśyanti kiñcana

p1.56

yatkiñcit prārabhdaṃ karmāpi / pūrṇatvaṃ gatānāṃ kuto na prārabdhamiti cedāha
- saṃviditi / yat yasmāt / te madhyamā uttamāśca [k: uttamā nāsti]
saṃvidātmātiriktaṃ na kiñcana paśyanti / atredaṃ tātparyam -
karmādṛṣṭaṃ [k, kh: karmādṛṣṭaphalā] phalānurodhena kalpyate
/ jñāniṣu phaladarśanājjñānena prārabdhānivṛttyabhyupagamaḥ / tacca phalaṃ
mandajñāninyeva sambhavatīti tasyaiva kalpanīyaṃ prārabdhaṃ nānyayoḥ / phalaṃ
ca [k, kh: caitadeva] tadeva bhavati yatsukhādyantaḥkaraṇārūḍhaṃ
svīyatvena bhāseta / nahi madhyamottamayorantaḥkaraṇārūḍhaṃ tatsvīyatvena
bhātīti vaktuṃ yuktam samādhau sukhāderatyantamabhānāt vyutthāne ca
pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇamātrātmatvavaddṛśyamātrasyānātmanaḥ [k:
mātrāt sattva] svātmadṛṅmātratvapratīterātmamātratvena
bhāsamānasukhādeḥ svīyatvenābhānāt / na ca svātmetvenāpi bhāsamānaṃ
sukhādi prārabdhanimittakameveti vācyam parakīyatvena bhāsamānasukhāderapi
bhāsamānatvasāmānyāt svaprārabdhamūlakatvaprasaṅgāt / nahi
tatparaprārabdhamūlakameveti vaktuṃ śakyam paraiḥ svīyatvena
jñāyamānasukhādereva tatprārabdhanimittakatvāt svīyatvena jñāyamānasya tasya
svaṃ pratyevaṃ phalatvāt parakīyatvena jñāyamānasya tasya sukhyahamiti
svasambandhānubhavānimittasya ghaṭāditulyatvena taṃ pratyaphalatvācca
[k, kh: prāpya phala] /
p. ४३५)
atasteṣāṃ phalabhūtasukhābhāvānna prārabdhakalpane prayojanamiti /
mandajñāninastu sarvaṃ saṃvinmātramiti satyavāsanā'nusandhānavismaraṇena
vyavhāraprasaktau tātkālikasukhādeḥ svīyatvena bhānādasti
prārabdhakalpanaprayojanam / nanu mandajñānināṃ
vāstavasvarūpānusandhānavicchedena viparītapratyayasambhave
tadviparītapratyayaiḥ pratibaddhatajjñānasya na puruṣārthasādhakatvaṃ sākṣāditi
cet satyamevaitaditi [k, kh: satyamevaṃ vai taditi] kecidāhuḥ /
tattvavidastu samyagjñānasamakālamevājñānanivṛtteḥ svarūpāvaraṇasya
naṣṭatvāt prārabdhanimittakājñānavikṣepaśaktereva kiñcitkālamanuvṛttiḥ /
phalapradānamātreṇa prārabdhe svata upakṣīṇe sati dehāntaraprāpakakarmābhāvāt
svarūpāvarakājñānāntarotpattinimittābhāvācca
vikalpotpādakāntaḥkaraṇasyāpyanindhanānalavannāśe dehāntarāsambhavo
brahmātmamātrapariśeṣa iti mokṣo'varjanīya eva / yasya tu viparītapratyayena
jñānaṃ bādhitameva bhavenna tasya samyag jñānam kintu jñānābhāsa eva / ata
eva kevalajñānijīvanmuktayorbhedaḥ śāstroktaḥ saṅgacchate / mandajñāninaḥ
sadānusandhānābhāvenā'ntakāle yaṃ yaṃ vāpi smaran bhāvam (bha० gī० ८/
६) iti nyāyena prārabdhanimittkaviparītasmaraṇena dehāntaraprasaṅga ityapi na
madhyamottamajñāninorapi prārabdhanimittakaviparītabhāvanāyā durnivāratvāt
[k, kh: durnivāratvāt ityasyāgre yaṃ yaṃ vāpītyetasya
jñānyatiriktaparatvāt / ajñānasya jñānasamakālanaṣṭatvena prārabdhakṣaye
ityadhikaḥ pāṭhaḥ /] taryoraphalībhūtasukhāderākasmikatvavāraṇāya
kathañcit prārabdhasyābhyupeyatvāt / tayorna prārabdhamiti tu
mandajñāniprārabdhavisadṛśatvāditi [k, kh: viparītasadṛśatvāt]
yojanīyam / yaṃ yaṃ [k, kh: yaṃ yaṃ ...... prārabdhakṣaye nāsti]
vāpītyetasya jñānyatiriktaparatvāt / ajñānasya jñānasamakālanaṣṭatvena
prārabdhakṣaye manaso'pi [k, kh: na so'pi] nāśādantakāle jñānino
viparītasmṛtyasambhavāt / tathā ca
kevalajñānijīvanmuktayordṛṣṭaduḥkhasattvāsatvābhyāṃ bhedo jñeyaḥ / ata
evoktam - tīrthe śvapacagṛhe vā naṣṭasmṛtirapi parityajan deham /
jñānasamakālamuktaḥ kaivalyaṃ yāti hataśokaḥ // (pa० sā० ८३) iti / tathā
- ekavāraṃ pramāṇena śāstrādvā guruvākyātaḥ / jñāte [k: iti]
śivatve sarvasthe pratipattyā dṛḍhātmanā // karaṇena [k, kh:
kāraṇena] nāsti kṛtyaṃ kvāpi bhāvanayāpi vā [k, kh, g:
ca] // (śi० dṛ० ७/५-६) iti

p1.57

p. ४३६)
karma śeṣaṃ kathaṃ śiṣyed yataḥ sarvaṃ cidagninā /
bhasmīṛtamatasteṣāṃ na kiñcit pariśiṣyate

p1.57

sarvasya saṃvidātmānatirekadarśanād madhyamottamānāṃ mandajñānivat
śeṣaṃ [k, kh: śeṣakarmārabdha] karma prārabdharūpaṃ na
śiṣyatītyāha - karmeti / sarvaṃ dvaitam / na kiñcit karma

p1.58

aindrajālikakarmeva tvitaraireva dṛśyate /
śṛṇu brahman rahasyaṃ te pravakṣyāmi samāsataḥ

p1.58

nanūttamajñānināṃ harṣaviṣādādiprārabdhaphalakāryaṃ dṛśyata iti cedāha
- aindreti / aindrajālikasya yatkarma svaśiraśchedādirūpaṃ tadyathetaraireva
dṛśayate svena na dṛśyate evamasya harṣādikamiti bhāvaḥ / jñānināṃ
śivatulyatvānna karmetyāha - śṛṇviti

p1.59

śivasya yā dṛśiḥ saiva jñānināṃ dṛṣṭirucyate /
nāsti bhedo leśato'pi satyametanna saṃśayaḥ

p1.59

dṛśiḥ [k: dṛśiḥ nāsti] śuddhacidātmakasvātmamātrarūpā / ato na
prārabdhaśeṣa iti bhāvaḥ

p1.60

p. ४३७)
tasmānna kiñcit karmāpi jñānināmanuvartate /
iti śrutvā sa vasumān hemāṅgadanirūpitam

p1.60

kiñcit / jñānināṃ madhyamottamānām / iti rājakumāroktaṃ sarvam

p1.61

sarvasandehanirmukto vijñānaviśadāśayaḥ /
pūjito rājaputrādyaiḥ svaṃ sthānaṃ pratyapadyata

p1.62

prāptau svanagaraṃ rājaputrāvapi tataḥ param /
evaṃ śrutvā punā rāmaḥ papracchātrisutaṃ munim

p1.63

śrutametaddhi vijñānaṃ guro tvanmukhanirgatam /
vinaṣṭo mama sandeho viditaṃ tanmahatpadam

p1.63

tanmahatpadaṃ śuddhacidadvayātmarūpam

p1.64

sarvānusyūtasaṃvittimātrātmā bhāti sarvataḥ /
tathāpi bhavatā proktamāditaḥ sarvameva tu

p1.64

svānubhavamevāha - sarveti / sarveṣu vedyākāraparicchinnajñāneṣu
yānusyūtā saṃvittiḥ śuddhacidrūpā tanmātrarūpo mamātmā sarvato bahirantaśca
bhāti / yadyapyahaṃ kṛtakṛtyaḥ tathāpi proktārthasyāvismartavyatvena
proktākhilārthaṃ saṃkṣepeṇa brūhīti pṛcchati - tathāpīti

p1.65

saṃkṣepeṇa punarbrūhi vijñānaṃ sāravattaram /
yāvaddhārayitavyaṃ me guro sarvātmanā mayā

p1.65

me sarvātmanā yāvaddhārayitavyaṃ tāvad brūhi

p1.66

ityāpṛṣṭaḥ sa rāmeṇa punaḥ prāhātrinandanaḥ /
śṛṇu rāma pravakṣyāmi sarvasāratamaṃ punaḥ

p1.66

sarvasya proktasya sāratamam

p1.67

yā citiḥ parameśānī pūrṇāhantāmayī parā /
sā svātantryābhidhamāyāśaktimāhātmyataḥ sadā

p1.67

yā tvayā svātmatvenānubhūyamānā parameśānī sarvādhikeśanaśīlā /
paramasvātantryayuteti bhāvaḥ / kiṃ tat svātantryamiti cedāha -
pūrṇāhantāmayīti / citerhi jaḍavailakṣaṇyāya kaścana dharmo'vaśyamabhyupeyaḥ
/ sa ca svarūpasphūrtireva / sphūrtiśca dvividhā lokasiddhā - ahamiti
[k, kh: ahamidamiti] idamiti ca / tatredamiti sphūrteḥ paratantratvena
parāpekṣāyāmanavasthādiprasaktyā citerahamityeva sphūrtirvācyā / sā
cāhaṃsphūrtidehādāvapūrṇā kālādiparicchedāt [k: kalā] / iyaṃ
tvakhilakālādisvarūpasādhanabhūtaciti viśrānteti pūrṇā / ataḥ
pūrṇāhantetyucyate / svarūpānatiriktā seti tanmayītyucyate / akhaṇḍarūpāyā eva
citerupadeśāvasare evaṃ vibhajya kathanaṃ svarūpaparicayāya / ata eva parā
anuttarā / paraciteryat svātirikte dṛśye viśramaḥ [k: viśrāmaḥ]
sā'hantā / sā ca dehādiviśrāntā paricchinnetyucyate / dehādivyāvṛttaśuddhaciti
viśrāntā pūrṇāhantetyucyate / evaṃvidhā sā citiḥ
svātantryābhidhamāyāśaktimāhātmyataḥ pūrṇāhantaiva sṛṣṭyādau
sisṛkṣoricchātmikā svātantryamiti sṛṣṭikāle kartuḥ kriyātmikā māyeti cocyate
/ prakṛte [k: na tu] kriyā hi na [k: kriyāhīna] parispandarūpā
pariṇāmarūpā vā kintu darpaṇapratibimbāvabhāsavada(va)bhāsarūpā /
evaṃ ca pūrṇāhantā svātantryaṃ māyeti jñānecchākriyātmakaśaktitrayamuktam
/ māyāśaktermāhātmyaṃ mahitvamucchūnatā / tato jagadavabhāsayedityanvayaḥ /
sadeti pūrṇāhantāyāḥ svarūpabhūtatvena jagadavabhāsasya kālaparicchedo nāstīti
bhāvaḥ / ata evoktam - sadā sṛṣṭivinhodāya (śi० sto० २०/९) ityādi

p1.68

p. ४३८)
jagadābhāsayed nūnaṃ durghaṭaikavidhāyinaḥ /
pratibimbavadādarśe tatprakāraṃ śṛṇu kramāt

p1.68

durghaṭaikavidhāyino māhātmyata iti sambandhaḥ / durghaṭasyaikamasahāyaṃ
yadvidhānakartṛ tasmādityarthaḥ / evaṃ jagadavabhāsanakāle'pi
svasyādvaitacinmātratvaṃ na pratihataṃ bhavatītyetad dṛṣṭāntadvārāha -
pratibimbeti / tatprakāraṃ jagadavabhāsanaprakāram / kramāt kāryakāraṇakramāt

p1.69

p. ४३९)
yā sā parā citiḥ pūrṇā pūrṇāhaṃbhāvabṛṃhitā /
svātantryavaśataḥ svātmarūpaṃ dvedhā'vabhāsayat

p1.69

yā sā anupadaṃ nirūpitā / pūrṇāhambhāvenāparicchinnasvarūpasphūrtyā
vṛṃhitā nirbharā sphūrtyaikaghaneti [k: sphūrtyeka] yāvat /
svātmarūpaṃ citsphūrtighanam

p1.70

tatraikāṃśe'pyahaṃbhāvo'pūrṇa ābhāsito yadā /
tadā dvitīyabhāgastadahaṃbhāvavinirgataḥ

p1.70

dvividhatāmevāha - tatreti / svarūpe ityarthaḥ / aṃśadvayamavabhāsya
ekāṃśe'pūrṇāhaṃbhāvo'pi yadā'vabhāsitaḥ tadā yo dvitīyabhāgaḥ
svetarabhāga[k, kh: svetarabhāgaḥ nāsti]
stadahaṃbhāvāttasmādapūrṇākhyādapūrṇāhaṃbhāvādvinirgato'bhavat [k:
bhavet] / apinā svarūpabhūtapūrṇāhantāyā iyamanyeti sūcitam / ata eva
svarūpalopo nāstīti jñeyam / svātmanyaṃśadvayamavabhāsya tatraikāṃśe
paricchinnāhaṃbhāvāvabhāsanaenetarāṃśamahaṃbhāvānākrāntamavabhāsayad
iti bhāvaḥ

p1.71

bāhyamavyaktamabhavat taddṛṣṭyaiva bhṛgūdvaha /
apūrṇāhaṃbhāvayuta eṣa proktaḥ sadāśivaḥ

p1.71

yo'yamaṃśo'haṃbhāvānākrāntaḥ sa bāhyapadārtharūpamavyaktamabhavat
[k, kh: meva bhavet] / aṃśadvayādibāhyaparyantavikalpāvabhāsaḥ
sarvo'pi paricchinnāhaṃbhāvākrāntacidaṃśadṛṣṭyaiva na tu
pūrṇaciddṛṣṭyetyāha - taddṛṣṭyaiveti / eṣa
paricchinnāhaṃbhāvayutacidaṃśa eva sadāśiva ityuktaḥ yamaupaniṣadā
īśvaraṃ prāhuḥ

p1.72

sa tamavyaktabhāgaṃ tu paśyan bhinnamapi svataḥ /
saḥ sadāśivaḥ / svataḥ svasmāt / bhinnaṃ paśyannapi / ahametaditi sadā
anusandhiparo'bhimānaparo'bhavaditi [k, kh: abhimānaparo nāsti]
śeṣaḥ / aupaniṣadāstvetamavyaktabhāgamevāvidyāmāyādiśabdairvyavaharanti /
yathāsmaddehe vibhedena bhāsamāne'pyahaṃbhāvādasmākaṃ
svāmitvamevamasyāvyakta iti jñeyam

p1.73

p. ४४०)
sa eva bhūyaḥ svātantryāt sisṛkṣurvividhaṃ jagat /
avyaktamātmano dehametadevāhamāsthitaḥ

p1.73

sa eva sadāśiva eva / svātantryāt svāhaṃbhāvarūpāt / avyaktarūpamātmadehaṃ
dṛṣṭveti śeṣaḥ / etadevāvyaktarūpa evāhamāsthita ityevaṃ yadānusandhānapara
iti sambandhaḥ

p1.74

ityevamanusandhānapara īśvara ābabhau /
avyaktamabhimānenāviṣṭa īśvara eva tu

p1.74

tadā sadāśiva eveśvara ābabhau / ahametaditi citprādhānyenānusandhiparaḥ
sadāśivaḥ etadahamityavyaktaprādhānyānusandhipara īśvara iti bhāvaḥ /
avyaktamahamityabhimānenāviṣṭa īśvara eva tridhā'bhavaditi sambandhaḥ

p1.75

tridhā samabhavad rudraharidruhiṇarūpataḥ /
dṛṣṭṛdṛśyāhārāśisamudāyāvabhāsakāḥ [k: bhāsakaḥ]

p1.75

tatreśvaraḥ svasvātantryādavyaktaṃ tamaḥsattvarajoguṇairbahuvidhamābhāsya
tattadguṇaparicchinnāvyaktāṃśeṣvasaṃkhyāteṣu
paricchinnāhantārūpābhimānena rudraharindruhiṇarūpeṇa tridhā rāśitrayarūpeṇa
samabhavat / trayāṇāṃ sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhārakriyā āha - draṣṭriti /
mahārāśirbrahmāṇḍam / tadanekatvābhiprāyeṇa - samudāya iti /
utpattyavabhāsakāḥ

p1.76

vidhayo vividhā āsaṃstathā tadrūpasaṃsthitāḥ /
bahavo harayo'pyāsaṃstatsaṃhāraparāyaṇāḥ

p1.76

tadrūpasaṃsthitā aṇḍānāṃ rūpaṃ saṃsthitaṃ yebhyaḥ / sthitikartāra iti yāvat /
saṃhāraparāyaṇā rudrā āsanniti sambandhaḥ

p1.77

p. ४४१)
anekaśo'bhavan rudrā evameṣa jagadvidhiḥ /
evaṃvidhaṃ jagattattvaṃ darpaṇapratibimbavat

p1.77

anekaśo rudrā āsannityarthaḥ / atrāṇḍānāmanantatvena brahmādīnāmanantatvaṃ
jñeyam / jagato vidhirvidhānam / evaṃ proktavat / evaṃvidhamapi jagattatvaṃ
paraciteravyatiriktamevetyāha [k: parā] - darpaṇeti

p1.78

bhāsate kevalaṃ rāma nahi jātaṃ tu kiñcana /
parā citiḥ prapūrṇāhaṃbhāvarūpaiva sarvadā

p1.78

evamavabhāsanameva jagadutpattyādi na tasyārambhaḥ pariṇāmo vetyāha -
bhāsata iti evamavabhāsanamātrasāratvājjagadavabhāsane'pi paraciteḥ [k:
parā] svarūpādapracyutimāha - parā citiriti

p1.79

sthitāpyanekā sampūrṇāhaṃbhāvaparibṛṃhitā /
yathā tvaṃ rāma sarvasmin dehe'haṃbhāvabṛṃhitaḥ

p1.79

vastutaḥ sadāśivādikṛmyantānāṃ
tanmātrarūpatvādanantaparicchinnāhaṃbhāvapūrṇāpi setyāha - sthiteti /
rūpaiva sthitāpīti sambandhaḥ / etadeva sadṛṣṭāntamupapādayati - yatheti

p1.80

pṛthag netrādyahaṃbhāvairapi tattatkriyāparaḥ /
evameva parā saṃvit pūrṇāhantāsamāśrayā

p1.80

yathā tvamakhiladehavyāptāhaṃbhāvavānapi
rūpādigrāhakanetrāditattadekadeśāhantāsamudāyavān evameva sā parā saṃviditi

p1.81

sadāśivādistambāntā'pūrṇāhantāśrayāpi vai /
vastutaḥ saiva paramā citirevaṃ hi bhāsinī

p1.81

vastuta iti / vastutaḥ sā parasaṃvideva
pūrṇāhantāparicchinnāhantāsadāśivādirūpe'navabhāsinītyarthaḥ

p1.82

dehāhaṃbhāvarūpastvaṃ svato rūparasādikam /
grahītumasamartho'pi cākṣatādātmyametya tu

p1.82

adhunā sarvajñatvaṃ sarvakartṛtvaṃ sadāśivasya śuddhaparacitervastuto na
kartṛtvādikamiti sadṛṣṭāntaṃ krameṇāha - deheti / svataḥ
cakṣurāditādātmyamaprāpya akṣatādātmyamindriyatādātmyametya sarvaṃ
gṛhṇāsīti sambandhaḥ

p1.83

p. ४४२)
sarvaṃ gṛhṇāsi satatamevaṃ devaḥ sadāśivaḥ /
svataḥ sarvābhedamayo brahmādistambarāśiṣu

p1.83

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / sarvāntaryāmitvena sarvābhedamayaḥ

p1.84

antastādātmyamāpanno [k: ataḥ] jānāti ca karoti ca /
yathā te nirvikalpaṃ tu rūpaṃ sarvāśrayaṃ hi sat

p1.84

sarvaṃ jānāti karoti ca / yatheti / darpaṇasthānīyaṃ tava nirvikalpaṃ
śuddhacidrūpaṃ pratibimbasthānīyaṃ dehendriyādyakhilāśrayaṃ sadapi

p1.85

na kiñcidapi jānāti karoti ca bhṛgudvaha /
evameva parā saṃvit sarvalokasamāśrayā

p1.85

na kiñcijjānāti karoti ca / jñeyakāryayorvastutaḥ svātmamātratvāditi bhāvaḥ /
dārṣṭāntike saṅgamayati - evamiti

p1.86

bhedaleśamapi kvāpi na jānāti karoti ca /
etāvajjāgataṃ sarvaṃ tasyāmevāvabhāsate

p1.86

kvāpi kāle / kuta evamiti cet ? jñeyakāryayostanmātrarūpatvādityāha -
etāvaditi

p1.87

tatsvātantryāt [kh: svasvā] prabhūtaṃ [k: taśca] ca
darpaṇapratibimbavat /
jagato bhāsanaṃ sarvaṃ tasyā evāvabhāsanam

p1.87

avabhāsanaṃ bhavanaṃ ca darpaṇe svaśaktyā pratibimbānāmiva paraciti
[k, kh: parācitiḥ] svasvātantryeṇa jagata ityāha - tatsvātantryāditi
/ avabhāsate prabhūtaṃ ceti sambandhaḥ / avabhāsanaṃ prakarṣeṇa / sarvaṃ [g:
sattvaṃ] ca tadadhīnamiti bhāvaḥ / ata evāha - jagata iti / tasyāḥ paraciteḥ

p1.88

p. ४४३)
yathādarśābhāsa eva [k, kh: eṣa] pratibimbāvabhāsanam /
atra tvamahamanye ca draṣṭāro dṛṅmayāḥ khalu

p1.88

dṛśyavaddraṣṭṛṇāmapi tanmātratāmāha - atreti / jagatītyarthaḥ

p1.89

dṛśyāsaṃmelane śuddhacitireva na cetarat /
ghaṭādidarpaṇo yadvad ghaṭādīnāmasaṅgame

p1.89

ye dṛṅmayā bhāsante teṣāṃ svarūpaṃ dṛśyasyāsammelane'navabhāse sati
śuddhā parā citireva / etad dṛṣṭāntadvāropapādayati - ghaṭeti /
ghaṭādipratibimbaparicchinnadarpaṇāṃśaḥ

p1.90

śuddhadarpaṇamātraḥ syādvibhedaḥ pratibimbataḥ /
evaṃ vikalpasambhūtadṛśyābhāsapramārjane

p1.91

pratibimbakāle'pi bhedaḥ [k: bhedaprati] pratibimbarūpaupādhika ityāha ##-
śeṣitā paramā saṃvidadvitīyasvarūpiṇī /
mahānandaghanā caiṣā duḥkhaleśavivarjanāt

p1.91

saṅkalpena bhāsamānadṛśyasyānullekhena pramārjane kṛte sati śeṣitā
anullekhasākṣitvena sthitā svātmasaṃvidadvitīyasvarūpiṇī parasaṃvideva /
tadrūpasya puruṣārthatvasiddhaye sukharūpatāmāha - mahānandeti /
mahatā'paricchinnenānandena ghanā nibiḍā / akhaṇḍānandarūpeti yāvat / kuta
evamiti cedāha - duḥkheti / duḥkhasyaupādhikatvena vastutaḥ svarūpe
tadabhāvādakhaṇḍānandarūpatā

p1.92

sarvānandaghanākārā yataḥ sarvairabhīpsitā /
sukhamātmasvarūpaṃ syāt sarvairyasmādabhīpsitam

p1.92

sarveti / sarveṣāṃ prāṇināṃ ye ānandā viṣayābhivyaktyā'vabhāsamānāḥ
tairghano nibiḍa ākāraḥ svarūpaṃ yasyāḥ sā /
sarvairanubhūyamānānandamātrasvarūpeti yāvat / evamevaitaditi hetupradarśanena
sambhāvayati - yata iti [k, kh: yata iti nāsti] / ātmā
ānandaikarūpaḥ sarvābhīpsitatvāt strīsukhavaditi prayogaḥ / nanu sarvābhīpsitaṃ
sukhaṃ bhogyam / tatkathaṃ bhoktṛrūpaṃ syādityākṣepaparijihīrṣayāha -
sukhamiti / ātmasvarūpameva sukhaṃ bhavet sarvābhīpstitatvāt yannaivaṃ tannaivam
yathā duḥkhamiti prayogaḥ

p1.93

p. ४४४)
yadartho dehādibhāvo yanna kasyāpi nepsitam /
yasyaiva leśo viṣayānanda ityabhidhīyate

p1.93

nanveṣa heturdehastrīdhanādiṣvīpsiteṣu [g: īpsiteṣu nāsti] vyabhicarita
ityāśaṅkāṃ śamayannāha - yadartha iti / dehādermukhyepsitatvābhāvaḥ
[k, kh: dehāderdehamukheya] / yato hi dehādyamātmasukhārthamīpsitam
/ evaṃ [kh, g: ata eva] svargādisukhārthināmanaśanādinā
dehādityāga upapadyate / ata eva ātmasvarūpaṃ kathañcidapi kadācidapyanīpsitaṃ
netyāha - yaditi / ātmasvarūpamityarthaḥ / ata ātmaiva mukhyepsitatvāt
sukhātmaka iti bhāvaḥ / nanu strīsukhādeḥ spaṣṭaṃ
bhogyatvānubhavāttadatiriktasukhasyāprāmāṇikatvānnātmanaḥ sukharūpateti
cedāha - yasyaiveti / yasyātmānandasya leśa eva viṣayānanda
ityāgameṣvabhidhīyata ityarthaḥ / yathā gaganasya niṣkriyasya
ghaṭādiparicchinnāṃśe aupādhikī kriyopalabhyate yathā ca cidātmano'vedyasya
dṛśyaparicchedenaupādhikaṃ vedyatvam evaṃ sukhasya
paricchedanimittamaupādhikaṃ bhogyatvamiti bhāvaḥ

p1.94

sa eva bhārahānādau suṣuptau cāvabhāsate /
cidev spṛhaṇīyatvādānanda iti procyate

p1.94

nanvātmanaḥ sukhārthitvameva na sukharūpatā
pramāṇābhāvādityāśaṅkāmapohitumāha - sa eveti / svarūpabhūtānanda
eva / bhārasya hānaṃ tyāgaḥ / ādinā'sahyaśirovyathādeḥ sadyo nivṛttidaśā /
suṣuptau cāvabhāsate / atredaṃ tātparyam - bhāratyāgottaraṃ
sarvairanubhūyamānaṃ sukhamanapahnavanīyaṃ svasaṃvedanasiddhamasti / tasya
stryādisaṅganimittakatvābhāvāt [k, kh: nirnimitta] svarūpabhūtatvam
/
p. ४४५)
na ca tadbhāratyāgaprayuktamiti vaktuṃ yuktam bhāratyāgasyābhāvatvena
tasmādbhāvotpatteranabhyupagamāt / nahītarattadā kiñcidasti sukhaprayojakam
atastatsvarūpabhūtameva [k: atastattva] sukhamiti / nanu tadā
gāḍhaduḥkhanivṛttereva sukhatvaṃ bhrāntyā bhāsata ityāśaṅkyāha -
suṣuptāviti / svastho'pi puruṣa suṣuptau nirnimittaṃ mahatsukhamanubhavati /
vyutthitasya sukhamahamasvāpsamiti smṛtiḥ tasyā apahnotumaśakyatvāt / tacca
svarūpabhūtameva / tatra hi sukhānabhyupagame paśupāmarādyakhilānāṃ
suṣuptau pravṛttirnopapadyeta [k: dyate] / nanu sukhasya svarūpabhūtatve
tatsarvadā kuto nānubhūyata iti ceducyate - yathā hi sarveṣāmādhāradhvaniḥ
satataṃ vidyamāno'pi bāhyadhvaninā [k, kh: dhvanirito] tirobhūtaḥ ata
eva karṇagāḍhapidhānādinā śrūyate evaṃ svātmasukhaṃ
kāmakartavyatādyakhilavāsanaughadāvāgnidandahyamānasya taddu.khāttirohitam /
tasya vāsanaughasya suṣuptau svakāraṇe vilayāt pihitakarṇasya
dhvanerivātmasukhasyābhivyaktiḥ / bhāravahanasamaye
bhāranimittakamahāduḥkhena vāsanaughakṛtaduḥkhasya tirobhāvād
bhāraduḥkhameva prarūḍham / bhāratyāgena tadduḥkhanivṛttau
vāsanāduḥkhodbhavaparyantamātmasukhamabhivyaktaṃ bhavati /
stryādiviṣayasukhamapyevam / tathā hi - anantā hi vāsanāḥ kaṇṭakavat
pratudantyo'jasraṃ hṛdi samāhitāḥ / tatrānyataraviṣayaprāptisambhāvanāyāṃ
tadviṣayakakāmanāyā utkaṭatvena tajjanitasantāpasyotkaṭasyopasthitau anyāḥ
sarvā vāsanāstirohitā iva bhavanti / tatastadviṣayaprāptau mahāduḥkhapraśāntyā
itarakāmanodbhavaparyantamātmasukhamabhivyaktaṃ bhavatīti / tasmāt
sarvaspṛhaṇīyatvāccidātmaivānanda iti procyata ityāha - cideveti

p1.95

p. ४४६)
mūḍhā nahi vijānanti svātmabhūtaṃ mahāsukham /
vibhinnamabhijānanti vyañjakānāṃ vibhedataḥ

p1.95

nanu tarhi sarvaṃ sukhaṃ svātmabhūtamiti [k: sukhaṃ sva nāsti] kuto na
jānantīti cedāha - mūḍhā iti / mauḍhyādeva na jānantīti bhāvaḥ /
svasvarūpādvibhinnam / atra hetumāha - vyañjakānāmiti / vyañjakasya
stryāderbhedāttattatkāle utpannaṃ naṣṭaṃ ceti jñānāt sthirātmarūpaṃ na
jānantīti bhāvaḥ

p1.96

yathā hi darpaṇe bhāvā bhāsamānā nimittataḥ /
yāvaddarpṇavijñānaṃ bhinnā eva vibhānti vai

p1.96

yathā svātmabhūtaṃ sukhaṃ vibhinnaṃ jānanti tathā svātmābhinnāṃ
jagadapyajñā vibhinnaṃ jānantīti sadṛs.ṭāntamāha yatheti /
bimbātmakanimittataḥ / yāvaddarpaṇavijñānamiti / darpaṇasyāyaṃ darpaṇaḥ
pratibimbagrahaṇasamartha iti viśeṣeṇa jñānaparyantamityarthaḥ /
pratibimbātmakā bhāvā bhinnā eva vibhānti / darpaṇa evaitatsarvamiti na bhāntīti
bhāvaḥ

p1.97

vidite pratibimbatve bhāsamānaṃ ca pūrvavat /
na darpaṇād bhinnamasti tvādarśaḥ śuddha eva hi

p1.98

teṣāṃ pratibimbatve darpaṇajñānapūrvakaṃ vidite sati / tataḥ
pūrvavadbhāsamānamapi tatsarvaṃ na darpaṇādbhinnamastīti jānanti kintvādarśaḥ
śuddha evaitatsarvamiti hi jānantīti śeṣaḥ / ९७ //
evaṃ viditatattvasya jagadetāvadīdṛśam /
bhāsamānamapi svātmamātrameva na cetarat

p1.98

dārṣṭāntike yojayati - evamiti / na cetaradbhāsata iti śeṣaḥ

p1.99

ghaṭādikaṃ mṛdi yathā hemni yadvadvibhūṣaṇam /
pratimāśca yathā śaile jagadevaṃ cidātmani

p1.99

jagaccidātmano'natiriktamityetadasatkhyātinirākaraṇābhiprāyeṇa
dṛṣṭāntairnirūpayitumupakramate - ghaṭādikamiti / cidātmani bhāsata
[k: bhāsata nāsti] iti śeṣaḥ

p1.100

p. ४४७)
jagannāstyeveti dṛṣṭirapūrṇaiva bhṛgūdvaha /
nāstīti viparīto hi niścayo naiva siddhyati

p1.100

jagaditi / asatkhyātivādino niradhiṣṭhānameva bhramamabhyupagacchanti /
tanmatanirākaraṇārtho'yamārambhaḥ / tanmate hi idaṃ rajatamityasadālambanaṃ
jñānam / evaṃ jagajjñānamapyasadālambanameva / jagannāstīti niścayapūrvakaṃ
śūnyasyaiva cirabhāvanayā jagadbhāvanānivṛttau śūnyātmatāpattirmokṣa iti
sthitiḥ / etad dūṣayati - jagannāstīti / apūrṇā bhramarūpetyarthaḥ / yathā hi
sarvātmanā ghaṭādikaṃ nahyasat api tu mṛdādirūpeṇa sadeva evaṃ jaganna
sarvathā hyasat kintu cidrūpeṇa sadeva / ato jagadatyantaṃ nāstīti niścayo bhrama
eveti bhāvaḥ / kuta iti cedāha - nāstīti / sarvathā nāstīti yo viparītaniścayaḥ sa
pramāṇatvena yato na siddhyati

p1.101

sādhakātmajagaddṛṣṭerbhūyaḥ sambhavataḥ sphuṭam /
nāstīti śāpamātreṇa kathaṃ syājjagato layaḥ

p1.101

etadapi kuta iti cedāha - sādhaketi / asti nāstītyubhayapakṣasādhakasya
cidātmanaḥ svarūpeṇa jagaddṛṣṭeḥ sarvaniṣedhānantaramapi bhūyaḥ sphuṭaṃ
sambhavāt / ghaṭādīnāṃ vikārātmanā nāstīti niṣedhe'pi
mṛdrūpeṇānapohanavad dṛśyajagato dṛśyatvena niṣedhe'pi
dṛgrūpeṇāvabhāsanasyānapohyatvamiti k: bhāsamānasyā] bhāvaḥ /
atredaṃ tattvam - jagaddhi mṛdanugataghaṭādivaccidanugatameva bhāsate /
atra paraḥ sarvathā niṣedhati bhāsamānam asatkhyātyabhyupagamāt / tatrocyate
[k, kh: atro] - niṣeddhurniṣedhyakoṭyantargatatve
niṣedhāsiddherniṣeddhuranugatacidātmano'niṣedha iti / parasya
sarvaniṣedhe'yamāśayaḥ [k: sarva nāsti] cito hi savikalpaḥ svabhāvaḥ sa
eva hi saṃsāra nirvikalpaciteraprāmāṇikatvāt sarvaniṣedhe mokṣasiddhiriti /
niṣeddhurniṣedhāyogādeva nāstīti śāpamātreṇa na jagataḥ sarvātmanā laya
ityāha - nāstīti / sarvasādhakaśuddhacidātmano nirvkalpasya svaprakāśasya
sarvaniṣedhe samādhyādau bhāsamānatvāt

p1.102

p. ४४८)
ādarśanagaraṃ sarvamastyādaśasvabhāvataḥ /
evaṃ jagaccidātmaikarūpaṃ satyamudīritam

p1.102

nanvadvaitamityatra yo'yaṃ niṣedhyāṃśaḥ sa kiṃvidha ityāśaṅkyāha -
ādarśeti / atrāhuraupaniṣadāḥ - ādarśapratibimbavat
sadasadādirūpairanirvacanīyaṃ jaganniṣedhyamiti / āgamikāstu -
ādarśanagarāvabhāsavajjagadavabhāsanam /
pratibimbasyādarśātmatvavajjagataścidātmatvena satyatvamiti / nanu tarhi kiṃ
niṣedhyamiti cet ? dvaitamiti brūmaḥ / nanu dvaitaṃ jagadantaḥpāti na vā ?
ādye satyatvena tanniṣedhāyogāt / dvitīye tasyānirvacanīyatvamavarjanīyamiti
ceducyate - dvaitamapi jagadantargatameva / nanu tarhi kathaṃ dvaitasya satyasya
niṣedhaḥ ? śṛṇu - atra naye hi bhāsyasya bhāsanānatiriktatvena
dvaitasya bhramabhāsanānatiriktatvād dvaitaniṣedho
dvaitabhramanirasanamaparyavasāyīti / ata evoktam - paramārthe [eṣa śloko
rājānakarāmakaṇṭhakṛtāyāṃ spandakārikāvivṛtāvapyuddhṛto dṛśyate /
draṣṭavyam - pṛ० १६३] tu naikatvaṃ pṛthaktvādbhinnalakṣaṇam /
pṛthaktvaikatvarūpeṇa tattvamekaṃ vyavasthitam // iti / anirvacanīyavāde'pi
niṣedhaḥ kimanirvacanīya uta satyaḥ ? ādye jagadaniṣedhaḥ / dvitīye
dvaitaprasaktiḥ / na ca niṣedhasyādhikaraṇātmakatvena brahmarūpatvānna
dvaitaprasaktiriti vācyam anātmatvena pratīyamānasya
niṣedhasyātmarūpatvābhyupagame nikhilajagato'pyātmarūpatvasvīkārasyā
smaduktasyāpyaduṣṭatvāt [k: svīkārasyā ityanantaraṃ
sattvādevamarthaparyavasāyitvaṃ niṣedhasyeti vaktuṃ yuktatvādanirvacanīyatvasyā
ityayamadhikaḥ pāṭhaḥ] / na cābhāvasyaivādhikaraṇātmatvamiti śaṅkyam
svetarabhedasya svātmarūpatvamityādirītyā nikhilajagato
bhāva(abhāva)tvasya sampādayituṃ śakyatvāt / niṣedhena vānyathā vā
dvaitābhāsātmakabhramanirasane [g: rasane ..... cidātmaika nāsti]
puruṣārthatvamityevādvaitaśāstratvam / ato mumukṣubhirmatabhedeṣu
tarkamūlakeṣu nābhinivi(ve)ṣṭavyamiti dhyeyam /
yathādarśapratibimbanagaramādarśānatiriktam evaṃ satyaṃ cidātmaikarūpameva
jagaditi / nahi jagaccidātmarūpeṇa satyamityuktimātreṇa jagaccidātmarūpeṇāsti
kimityākṣeptuṃ yuktam anirvacanīyā'vidyeti kathite kimavidyāsti
vetyākṣepatulyatvāt / anirvacanīyatvakathanādeva yathā tasyā asti
vetyākṣepo'yuktaḥ evaṃ cidanatiriktaṃ sarvamityuktau [g: sarvamityuktau
nāsti] sarvamasti vetyākṣepo'pyanupapanna eveti dhyeyam

p1.103

p. ४४९)
pūrṇavijñānametat syāt saṅkocaparivarjanāt /
dṛgeva dṛśyatāṃ prāptaṃ svamāhātmyaprakarṣataḥ

p1.103

evaṃ sarvaṃ satyamiti jñānameva pūrṇajñānamityāha - pūrṇeti / kuta iti
cedāha - saṅkoceti / dṛśyaṃ dṛgiti dvayam / tatra dṛśyaṃ nāstītyukte'pi
dṛśyābhāvaprayuktaṃ saṃkocāvabhāsanamasti [k, kh:
saṃkocābhāvabhāsana] / dṛśyaṃ sarvaṃ darpaṇapratibimbavad
dṛṅmātramityukte hi saṅkocāvabhāso nāstīti [g: astīti]
pūrṇavijñānametadeveti bhāvaḥ / tasmānna dṛgatiriktaṃ
dṛśyamityupasaṃharati - dṛgeveti / svamāhātmyaṃ svasvātantryam

p1.104

yathādarśo nagaratāmeṣa śāstrārthasaṃgrahaḥ /
na bandho'sti na mokṣo'sti sādhakaḥ sādhanaṃ ca na

p1.104

atra dṛṣṭāntaḥ - yatheti / ādita uktaṃ sarvaṃ saṃgṛhya
vadetyaktamupasaṃharati - eṣa iti / punaḥ proktārthasāraṃ saṃgṛhya vadati
- na bandho'stīti / dṛgatiriktatvena bhāsamānasya sarvasya pratibimbanyāyena
dṛṅmātratvāt svarūpātiriktabandhanābhāvānna bandho'sti / ata eva na mokṣo'sti /
sādhakaḥ sādhanaṃ ca na

p1.105

p. ४५०)
akhaṇḍādvayacicchaktistripuraivāvabhāsinī /
saivāvidyā ca vidyā ca bandho mokṣaśca [kh: mokṣasya] sādhanam

p1.105

nanu tarhi kimetadvicitratvenāvabhāsata iti cedāha - akhaṇḍeti / akhaṇḍeti
svagatabhedasya advayeti vijātīyasajātīyabhedasya ca nirāsaḥ / evaṃvidhā
cicchaktistriparā turyā yā saiva darpaṇavadvaicitryeṇāvabhāsinī / ataḥ saiva
sarvamityāha - saiveti

p1.106

etāvadeva vijñeyaṃ nānyad bhārgava vidyate /
etatte'bhihitaṃ rāma vijñānakramamāditaḥ

p1.106

tasmādajñānamātrādeva bandhodayaḥ / evaṃ jñānenaiva kṛtārthavetyāha ##-
- etattu iti / āditaḥ sādhanaprāptimāabhyetyarthaḥ

p1.107

etat suvijñāya jano bhūyaḥ kvāpi na śocati /
nāradaiṣa jñānakhaṇḍaḥ sūpapattyupalabdhikaḥ

p1.107

etad jñānakhaṇḍaṃ suṣṭhu kutarkarahitayā buddhyā vijñāya
vicārapūrvakamarthato'nubhūya / jana iti nātra
varṇāśramādyadhikāriviśeṣaniyama iti sūcitam / kvāpi dehapātāt
pūrvamanantaraṃ vā / nāradaṃ prati hāritāyan āha - nāradeti / upapattiryuktiḥ
upalabdhiranubhavaḥ / suṣṭhurūpam ubhayaṃ yasmin

p1.108

śruto na nāśayet kasya mohamajñānasambhavam /
śrutvāpyetad yasya moho na śāntiṃ prāpnuyāt kvacit

p1.108

mohaṃ bhramam / kasya mohaṃ na nāśayet / sarvasyāpi mohaṃ
nāśayedevetyarthaḥ / śāntiṃ nāśam

p1.109

sa śailapuruṣo loke kena jñānaṃ punarbhavet /
sakṛdeva śrutaṃ [kh: kṛtam] hyetadvijñānaṃ janayed
dṛḍham

p1.109

sa śailamayaḥ atimūḍhaḥ puruṣaḥ / kena punastasya jñānaṃ bhavet ? na
kenāpītyarthaḥ / nirmaladhiyāṃ sakṛcchrutena jñānaṃ bhavedityāha -
sakṛdeveti

p1.110

p. ४५१)
dvidhā tridhā vā mandasya jñātaṃ na janayet katham /
etat pāpaughaśamanaṃ śrutaṃ vijñānadaṃ matam

p1.110

mandasya mandadhiyaḥ / dvidhā tridhā vā śrutaṃ jñānaṃ kathaṃ na janayedapi tu
janayedevetyarthaḥ / jñānakhaṇḍaṃ stauti - etaditi / arthāvagamamantarā
śrutam / matamarthato'vagatam

p1.111

likhitaṃ dṛṣṭidoṣaghnaṃ pūjitaṃ cittaśodhanam /
mūḍhatānāśanaṃ caitat sarvadā pariśīlitam

p1.111

dṛṣṭidoṣaḥ / dṛṣṭerbāhyendriyasya doṣo viṣayapravaṇatā / cittasya
rāgādidoṣaśāntyā śodhanam / mūḍhatā karmavāsanā / pariśīlanaṃ bhūyo
vicāraḥ

p1.112

sarvātmabhūtaṃ yadrūpaṃ vicāryāvagataṃ sphuṭam /
muktiḥ syādanyathā bandhaḥ sā bhavet tripuraiva hrīm

p1.112

granthānte prakaraṇapratipādyāyāḥ svabhāvanirdeśātmakamaṅgalamāracayati
- sarveti / sarveṣāṃ sthāvarajaṅgamātmakānāṃ bhāvānām [k, kh:
bhāvānām nāsti] ātmabhūtṃ svabhāvabhūtam yad rūpaṃ paracitirūpam
pratibimbānāṃ darpaṇavat sthitaṃ vicārya / cetyaṃ sarvaṃ citimātram
tadananugatatvenābhāsanāt darpaṇamātrātmapratibimbavad iti sattarkeṇa niścitya /
sphūṭamaparokṣatvenāvagatam / sarvātmabhūtā citirahamiti pratyabhijñātaṃ cediti
śeṣaḥ / saṃsārabandhānmuktiḥ syād bhavet / anyathā anavagataṃ cedbandha eva
sthiraḥ syāt / yadā'vagataṃ yadrūpameva muktiḥ syādanyathā bandhaḥ syāditi /
bandhamokṣayoḥ svarūpānatirekādyuktamevaitat / yaivaṃvidhā parā citiḥ sā
prakṛtaprakaraṇapratipādyā tripuraiva / sā hrīmiti
śaktipraṇavārthabhūtatvāttadarūpā [g: praṇavārdha]
vācyavācakayorabhedāt / iti śivam

p1.1

iti śrīmaditihāsottame tripurārahasye dvādaśasāhasryāṃ saṃhitāyāṃ
jñānakhaṇḍe dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ //
p. ४५२)
tātparyadīpikākhyānā tripurāyā rahasyake /
jñānakhaṇḍasya suvyākhyā tripurāprītaye kṛtā

p1.2

drāviḍeṣvanuhālāsyanagaraṃ [k, kh: nagare] santi sammatāḥ /
pañca grāmāstatra mahāpuṣkaragrāmasaṃsthitiḥ

p1.3

drāviḍānvayadugdhābdhisamudyatsukalānidhiḥ /
bṛhaccharaṇasadvaṃśaprodyanmuktāphalasthitiḥ

p1.4

vaidyanāthamahāyajvā sadvidyāviśadāśayaḥ /
abhūttattanujaḥ śrīmān śrīnivāsābhidho budhaḥ

p1.5

śrtyāgamasutattvajñastripurātatparāśayaḥ /
netrāgninandajaladhi(४९३२)varṣe'tīte kalau yuge

p1.6

tātparyadīpikāmenāṃ tripurāyā rahasyake /
jñānakhaṇḍasya suvyākhyāmatanodatisusphuṭām

p1.7

syādatra me'jñāsya kutau hi sarvato doṣo [k, kh: ṣo'pyapa]
hyapabhraṃśamukhastu sarvathā /
saṃśodhayiṣyantyanuraktamānasāḥ śiṣyasya me prārthanayaiva taṃ budhāḥ

p1.8

kvāhaṃ mandamanīṣaḥ kvedaṃ vijñānaśāstrasarvasvam /
śrītripurāparasukṛpāmātrānmūkasya vāgmiteveyam

p1.9

tātparyadīpikā hyeṣā svātmaśuddhyai vibhāvitā /
paracittripurānandonmeṣaṇāya [k: parā ci] bhavet sadā

iti śrītripurārahasyajñānakhaṇḍavyākhyāyāṃ tātparyadīpikāyāṃ
śrīnivāsavibudhaviracitāyāṃ [k, kh: budha ityeva]
dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ //
srotaḥ
muktabodhapustakālayaḥ

Original text: tripurārahasyam (jñānakhaṇḍam) · Sanskrit Wikisource contributors · Sanskrit Wikisource · CC BY-SA 4.0

Esc